DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND LABOR

BULLETIN

BUREAU OF FISHERIES

VOL. XXVI

1906

GEORGE M. BOWERS, Commissioner

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

I 907

;m-3

CONTENTS.

Fishes of the islands of Luzon and Panat. By David Starr Jordan and Alvin

Seale. I Issued January 11, 1907.) 1^48

Fishes op the Philippine Islands. By Barton Warren Evermann ind Uvin Seale I u d

January 11. L907.) >'■' ' "»

\ CESTODE PAH \S1TE IN THE FLESH OF THE m TTERFISH. By K'lwill LintOn I tied May 11,

L907.) ' IU L32

Notes On Lake Tahoe, us troi i \ o trout-fishing. By Chancey Juday. (Issued May 11,

L907.) ■ L33 L46

A mi pi OF TWIN Lakes. COLORADO, WITH ESPECIA1 CONSIDERATION 01 THE POOD 01 TH1

troi is. By Chancey Juday. (Issued Maj 24, 1907.) 117-178

•Hawahan Cirripedia. By Henry A. Pilsbry. (IssuedJuly LO, 1907.O) 179-190

'ClRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST "1 V'l.lll \\Ill:l. \ Bj II'IM) A. Pilsbry. [sSUed

Jul) LO, l:u>7." > 1'" 204

Notes on pishes of Hawaii, with descriptions of mw species. Bj David Starr Jordan

and John Otterbein Snyder. (Issued October 25, L907.) 205 '-

Tin: fishes of Alaska. By Barton Warren Evermann and Edmund Lee Goldsborough.

(Issued December 6, L907.) 219 360

a Dale erroneously printed June 29 on cover ol separate.

in

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATES.

Page.

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFIS1I:

Plate I. (1) Specimen of butterfish laid open to show cystf -' 5) Mi. rosoopical drawings of cysts and blas-
tocysts. (6) Cyst from intestine of squeteague 132

II. (7) Cyst, blastocyst, and scolex. (8) Blast". ROlex emerging. (9) Scolex removed from
blastocyst. (10) Part of bothrium. (11) cm., of the accessory organ Efer-
ent views of probosci lee. (17) Cyst and blastocyst, with Bcolex and muscle tissue of host, com-
pressed. (18-19) Sections of muscle tissue with cysts 312

A study of Twin Lakes, Colorado:

Plate III. View of Twin Lakes from side of Mount I-'.lliert 151

Hawaiian ClRRIPEDI \:

Plate IV. (1-2) Scalpellum hawaiensc. (3 4> ScalpeUum paclficum pis lmwaicnsis. (6) PcbcI-

laamabellum. (7) Alepc re ! U ; pel irinats 9 10 Verruca halotheca 190

V. (1-8) Catophragmus danvini 190

ClRRirEDIA FROM PACIFIC COAST:

Plate VI. (1) Scalpellum phantasma. (2-6) Scalpellum larva alpeUum californlcu

ScalpeUum calilomicum. (9-11) Scalpellum proxlmum (12) Scalpello 13) Scalpel-
lum californicum -"'I

vil. (i-:i) Scalpellum gruvelianum. (4) Scalpellum gruvellaiium secundum i-6 Balanu galeatus.

(7-14) Balanus evermanni -'<>4

VIII. (1-4) Balanus evermanni. (S-8) Balanus aquila 204

IX. (1 7) Balanus flos. (8-11) Balanus galeatus 204

X. Hi Balanus evermanni. (-'! Balanus aquila 204

XI. (I) Balanus evermanni. (2) Balanus aquila ' '

Fishes of Hawaii:

Plate XII. (1) Caprodon sehlegeli. (2) Thalassomn ncanls 218

XIII. (l) Anampses godefiroyi. (2) Cailyodon persplcillatus 218

Fishes of Alaska:

Plate XIV. (1) Argyrosomus alascanus. (2) Osmerus albatrossis 234

XV. (I) Salmo clarki. (2) Hexagrammos lagocephalus 258

XVI. Sebastodcs aleutinnus 284

XVII. (1) F.nophrys claviger. (2) Oncocottu* hexacornls 318

XVIII. (1) I.ii>ariscyclopus. (2) Liparis herschelinus 332

XIX. Liparis cyclostigma 332

XX. (1) Crystallichthys mirabllis. (2) Prognurus cypselurus 332

XXI. (1) Lumpenus medius. (2) Bothrocara mollis 3M

xxil. Bogoslovius clarki '

XXIII. Humpback salmon, adult male 360

XXIV. Humpback salmon, breeding male uai

XXV. I Iuii 1 1. back salmon, adult female. 360

XXVI. Humpback salmon, br line female 360

XXVII. Dog salmon, breeding male 360

XXVIII. Dog salmon, breeding female 360

XXIX. Chinook salmon, adult male ". 360

XXX. Chinook salmon .adult female 360

XXXI. Silver or coho salmon, adult male 360

XXXII. Silver or eoho salmon, breeding male 360

XXXIII. Red salmon, adult male 360

XXXIV. Red salmon, breeding male 360

XXXV. Red salmon, adult female 360

XXXVI. Red salmon, breeding female 360

X X XVI I . Alaska cutthroat trout 360

X X X V 1 1 1 . Steelhead trout 360

XXXIX. Alaska rainbow trout 360

X L. Dolly Varden trout 360

XLI. Alaska grayling 360

XLII. Red rockfisb 360

VI

ILLUSTRATIONS.

TEXT CUTS.

Fishes of Luzon and Panay: Page.

Figure L Jenkinsiella nectura 6

2. Gymnothorax philippinus 7

3. Doryichthys spaniaspis 10

4. Polydactylus zophonms 12

5. Amia cavitensis 16

6. Priopis lungi 18

7. Nemipterus luteus 21

8. Scolopsis luzonia 23

9. Upeneus luzonius 26

10. Abudcfduf turchesius 28

11. Callyodou eleree 32

12. Elates thompsoni 39

13. Rhinogobius lungi 41

14. Rhinogobius ocyurus 42

15. Gobius panayensis 42

16. Creisson validus 43

17. Oplopomus vergens 44

18. Dactylopus dactylopus 46

19. Blennius thysanius 47

20. Petroscirtes vulsus 48

Fishes of the Philippine Islands:

Figure 1. Myctophurn gilberti 55

2. Corythroichthyselera? 57

3. Nesogrammus piersoni 62

4. Caranx freer! 64

5. Citula haUi 66

6. Leiognathus stercorarius 67

7. Leiognathus edwardsi 68

8. XystEeraabaconensis 70

9. Amia jenkinsi 73

10. Apogonichthys mentalis 74

11. Cephalopholis kendalli 76

12. Cephalopholis obtusauris 77

13. Lutianus luzonius 80

14. Nemipterus worcesteri 82

15. Scolopsis bulanensis S5

16. Pomacentrus popei 90

17. Pomacentrus alexandera? 91

18. Pomacentrus philippinus 92

19. Lo unimaculatus 99

20. Hypomacrus albaiensis 102

21. Platophrys palad 105

22. Synaptura sorsogonensi s 106

Study of Twin Lakes, Colorado:

Diagrams 1-2. Temperature changes in Upper Lake. 156

3. Temperature changes in Upper Lake. . 157

4. Temperature changes in Lower Lake. 157
5-6. Temperature changes in Upper and

Lower Lakes L58

Hawaiian Cirripedia:

Figure 1. Trilasmis eburneum 183

2. Aiepas percarinata 1S5

3. Aiepas rex 187

4. Catophragmus darwini _ 189

Cirripedia from Pacific Coast:

Figure L, ScalpeUom larvale 195

2. Balanus aquila 200

3. Balanus flos 202

4. Balanus evermanni 203

Fishes of Hawaii:

Figure 1. Ariomma evermanni 209

2. Caranx dasson 210

3. Rooseveltla aloha 212

4. Scariilra m-rosa 216

Fishes of Alaska:
Figure 1. Polistotrema deani 225

2. Entosphenus tridentatus 227

3. Lampctra aurea 227

4. Hydrolagus colliei 230

5. Catostomus catostomus 231

6. A vocettina gilli 232

7. Clupea pallasii 232

S. Alosa sapidissima 234

9. Stcnodus mackenzii 236

10. Salmo gairdneri 260

11. Salmo irideus 262

12. Cristivomer namaycush 263

13. Mallotus villosus 268

14. Thaleichthys pacifieus 268

15. Osmerus thaleichthys 268

16. Osmerus dentex 269

17. Hypomesus pretiosus 269

IS. Hypomesus olidus 270

19. Leuroglossus stilbius 270

20. Plagyodus sesculapius 271

21. Dallia pectoralis 272

22. Esox Lucius 273

23. Gasterosteus cataphraetus 274

24. Aulorhynchus flavidus 275

25. Zaprora silenus 276

26. Cymatogastcr aggregatus 277

27. Cyniatogaster aggregatus 277

28. Damalichthys argyrosomus 279

29. Sebastolobus altivelis 280

30. S.-Uistnd-'s nii'lanops 280

31. Sebastodes ciliatus 281

32. Sebastodes mystinus 282

33. Sebastodes brevispinis 282

34. Sebastodes alut us 2S3

35. Sebastodes pinniger 284

36. Sebastodes swifti 285

37. Sebastodes caurinus 288

38. Sebastodes maliger 288

39. Sebastodes nigrocinctus 289

40. Pleurogrammus monopterygius 290

41 . Hexagrammos decagrammus 293

42. Hexagrammos octogrammus 294

43. Hexagrammos stelleri 294

44. Hexagrammos superciliosus 295

45. Ophiodon elongatus 295

40. Oxylebius pictus 296

47. Chitonotus pugetensis 296

48. Icclinus burchami 297

49. Icclinus borealis 298

50. Stelgidonotus latifrons 299

51. Rastrinus scutiger 300

52. Icelua spiniger .• C00

53. Icelus canaliculatus 301

54. Radulinus asprellus 301

55. Triglops beani 301

56. Triglops scepticus 302

57. Steniias xenostethus _ 302

58. Prionistius macellus 302

59. Elanura forficata 303

60. Melletes papilio 303

61. Hemilepidotus jordaiii 304

62. Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus 304

63. Enophrys bison 305

64. Ceratocottus diceraus 305

ILLUSTRATIONS.

VII

Fishes of Alaska— Continued. Page.

Figure 65. Cottus aleuticus 308

66. Cottus chamberlaini 309

67. Myoxocephalus potyacanthocephalus 310

68. Myoxocephalus jaok 311

69. Myoxocephalus verrucosus 312

70. Myoxocephalus axillaris 313

71. Myoxocephalus stelleri 313

72. Myoxocephalus Dlger 313

73. Megalocottus platyeephalue 314

74. Megalocottus laticeps 315

75. Zesticelus prof undonim 315

76. Thecopterus aleuticus 316

77. Dasycottus setiger 316

78. Oncocottus quadricoruis 317

79. Gymnocanthus pistilligcr J19

80. Gymnocanthus galcatus 320

81. Leptocottus annatus 320

82. Oligocottus raaculosus ;-'i

83. Sigmistescaulias 321

si. Blennicottus embryum ; '

85. Blcnnicottus clarki 323

86. Histiocottus bilobus 324

87. Blepsias cirrhosus 324

88. Paychrolutea paradoxus 326

89. Gilbert i'liii sigolutes

90. RhamphocOttUS richardsoni. 327

91. Occa dodeeaedron 128

92. Pallasina barbata

93. Podiitl us ai'ipcnscriiuis 328

94. AverruncuB emmelane 329

95. Sarritor frenatus 329

96. Bathyagonus nigripinnia

97. aapldopboroldes gnntberi 330

98. Lethrotremus muticua 331

99. Neoliparia rutteri

100. Neollparis callyodon 332

101. Liparis agassizii 333

102. Bathymastcr algnatua 334

103. Ronquilus jordani 334

104. Trichodon trichodon 335

Fishes or Alaska— Continued. Page.

Figure 105. Arctoscopus japonicus 335

106. Caularchus mseandricus 336

107. Bryostemma polyactocepbalua 336

108. Apodichthys flavidus 336

109. Pholis dolichogaster 337

110. Pholis gilli 337

111. Pholis ornatus 338

112. Anoplarchus atropurpureus 338

113. Xiphistes chirus 339

114. Xiphidion rupestre 33!)

115. Lumpenus longirostris 340

116. Stichaeus punctatus 341

117. Lyconectes aleutensis 341

118. Anarhii bus lepturus 342

119. Ptilichtbys goodei 342

120. Lycodes jordani 343

121. Lycodalepls turner) 344

122. Furclmaxras diapterus 344

123. Gymnelis vlridia 344

124. Uelanostlgma pmnmelas 345

12."). Uerlucclua productua... 345

126. Boreogadua saida 346

127. Thcrugru chalcogramma 346

128. Blegkius n;ivaga 347

129. Bilcrogadua prozlmua 348

130. Lota maculoaa 349

131. Macrouru 350

132. Atbereatbes stomlaa 350

133. Hlppoglossus bippogloaaua 351

134. Hiiipoglossoideselassodon 352

135. Psettlchthj s melanoatlctua 353

opaetta lschyra 353

137. Lepldopsetta tUineaita 354

138 Llmanda aapera 354

139. I. mi indaprol lea 355

l in Pleuronectea quadrltuberculatus 355

141. I.inpscttaglacialla 358

142. Platlchthya atellatua 156

143. Platlchtl ua 357

114. Cltbarichtbys aordldus 358

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND LABOR
BUREAU OF FISHERIES

GEORGE M. BOWERS. Commissioner

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY

FROM BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES
Volume XXVI, 1906, Pages 1 to 48

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 606
ISSUED JANUARY II. 1907

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1907

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY.

By DAVID STARR JORDAN and ALVIN SEALE.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 606.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY.

By DAVID STARR JORDAN and ALVIX SEALE.

In the summer of 1900, in connection with the investigations in Japan by
Professors Jordan and .Snyder, a very considerable collection of fishes was made
at Manila and Cavite, on the island of Luzon, and about Iloilo. od the island of Panav,
in the Philippine Islands, by Dr. George A. Lung, surgeon in the United States
Navy. This collection is the property of Stanford University, hut a series of
specimens has been presented to the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries and to the U. S.
National Museum. The specimens in question are in excellent condition, and
the large number of species obtained shows the faithful work of Dr. Lung as
collector. '

The following are the new species in the collection, with the numbers borne
by the types and cotypes in the Stanford University and U. S. National museums.
In cases where specimens are registered in both institutions the firsl Dumber given
is that of Stanford University, the second thai of the National Museum. Where
only one number is sjiven, the Stanford University collection is referred to.

Jenkinsiella ncctura (99SI)
Gymnothorax philippinus (9215).
Doryichthys spaniaspis (92-10).
Polydactyly zophomua (20113, 5.5598).
Amis cavitensis (9211 |
Priopis lungi (9242, 53060).
Scolopsis luzonia (9243).
Upeneus luzonius (9244, 53067).
Abudcfduf turchesius (9245).

Callyodon elere (92 Hi
Elates thompsoni (9247, 53068).
Rhinogobiua lungi (9248,53069).
Rhinogobius ocyurus (9249, 53070).
Gobius panayensis (9250).
Creisson validly (9251
Oplopomus vergens (9256, 53071).
Blennins thys:itiiii> 9252, 53072).
Petroscirtes vulsus (92.53).

Two specimens from Cavite.

Family CARCHARIDjE.

SCOLIOD0N Mailer & Henle.

1. Scoliodon acutus I ROppell),

Family SPHYRNIDjE.

SPHYRNA Rafinesque.

2. Sphyrna zygsena (Linnaeus).

Length of posterior margin of each lateral expansion of the head equal to its width at eye: a groove along
anterior edge of expansion. Three specimens from Cavite, length 11 to 17 inches.

Note.— The accompanying plates are from drawings by Mrs. Chloe Lesley Starks and William S. Atkinson.

3

4 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family RHINOBATID/E.

RHYNCHOBATUS Muller & Henle.

3. Rhynchobatus djiddensis (Forskal).

Dorsal almost over ventrals; a black spot behind eye; scattered round white spots over back. One
specimen from Cavite, length 18 inches.

Family DASYATIM.

DASYATIS Rafinesque.

4. Dasyatis kuhli (Muller & Ilenle).

Two specimens of this sting-ray are in the collection. The adult is brownish, with dark purple spots on
back; the posterior half of tail has alternate white and dark bands. The young (in spirits) do not show the
dark spots on back.

The specimens from Japan referred by .Ionian & Fowler to Dasyatis kuhli do not belong to this species,
but probably rather to Dasyatis akajei. Dasyatis kiihli U not certainly known to occur in Japan.

Family AETOBATIDjE.

STOASODON Cantor.

5. Stoasodon narinari (Euphrasen).

One specimen of this ray was secured at Cavite. In spirits the color is brownish, the upper surface of
disk covered with pale blue, spots. The. pale spots are much fainter than in Hawaiian examples, the latter,
however, of much larger size.

Family CHIROCEXTRID.E.

CHIROCENTRUS Cuvier.

6. Chirocentrus dorab (Forskal).

Head 5.50 in length; depth (3.75; eye 4.50 in head; dorsal 17; anal 33. Color silvery, blue on back, a
dusky blotch on upper part of opercles. One specimen from Cavite, length 7.50 inches.

Family CHANIDjE.

CHANOS Forskal.

7. Chanos chanos (Forskal).

Head 3.75 in length; depth 4.25; eye 3.05 in head; a very large adipose eyelid; dorsal 14: anal 9; scales
13-83-75. One specimen from Cavite, length 10.75 inches.

Family CLUPEIDjE.

HARENGULA Cuvier & Valenciennes.

8. Harengula gibbosa (Blecker).

Head 4 in length; depth 3.55; eye 3.10 in head; dorsal IN; anal 10; scales 42; bluish above, silvery belovi ,
belly sharply serrated; a dusky blotch on opercle; tip of dorsal and spot near base of anterior rays dusky; tip
of caudal dusky. Seven specimens; length 1.50 to 4.25 inches.

This species is near Harengvila sundaica, recorded by us from Negros. It is not quite so deep in body,
and it usually shows some more or less distinct dusky streaks on upper third of body.

9. Hareng;ula moluccensis (Bleeker).

Head 1.10 in length: depth 4.12; dorsal IN; anal 16; scales 45; eye 3 in head; maxillary ending under
anterior third of eye; ventral below middle of dorsal. Color deep blue above, silvery below, the dividing line
of colors sharply marked. Three specimens from Ca\ Lte, length 3.25 to 4.35 inches.

This species is near //. sundaica, but more slender in body.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 0

DUSSTTMIERIA Cuvier & Valenciennes.
10. Dussumieria elopsoides (Bleeker).

Head 3.80 in length; depth 5; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal 19; anal 1.5. Color bluish above, silvery below,
a more- or less distinct line along sides; margin of caudal dusky; belly not distinctly rounded but slightly
compressed, with a ridge which, however, has no sharp scutes.

A second specimen has the head 3.50 in length; depth 6; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal 20; anal 24: scales

about 56; s minute teeth in jaws. Color yellowish white, a distinct black streak clown back, another

indistinct one along side. The two colors are not sharply divided on sides. This specimen has the origin of
ventrals under anterior half of dorsal.

Four specimens from Cavite; length 5.75 to 6 inches.

ILISHA Gray.

11. Ilisha hoevenii i l'.lc c k, i i

Head 3.50 in length; depth 9.45; eye 2.50 in head; dorsal 17: anal 37; maxillary 2 in head. Color silvery;
tip of caudal and dorsal dusky. Eight specimens from Cavite, length 3 to 7.50 inches.

Family D0R0S0MATID.E.

AN0D0NT0ST0MA Bleeker.
12. Anodontostoma chacunda (Hamilton).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2.25; eye 3.50 in head; adipose eyelid well developed; tip of snout projecting
beyond the narrow under jaw: maxillary ending under anterior margin of pupil: scales 39; dorsal 18; anal 19.
Color light brown above, silvery below, a brown spot above axil of pectoral just posterior to upper edge of
opercle. Five specimens from Cavite, length 3.50 to r> inches.

Famil) ENGRAl LlDiC.

ANCH0VIA Jordan & Evermann.
13. Anchovia commersoniana (Lacepede)

Ibad 1.20 in length; depth 5.50; dorsal 15: anal 21; small teeth in jaws, vomer, and palatines; scales 36.

Color yellowish white, caudal with wash of dusky at lip. Seven specimens from Manila, length 2 to 1.20

inches.

14. Anchovia hamiltonii K in

Head 1.45 in length: depth 3.50; eye I in head; scales W; dorsal 12; anal 37; maxillary ending as a
sharp spine almost on line with posterior margin of opercle; maxillary 4.'_'5 in head. Color brownish above;
silvery below; red a! base of anal; a blotch of short narrow black lines "ti shoulders; belly sharp, serrated.
Two speci ns from < 'av He. length 3 and 7.35 inches.

15. Anchovia indica (Van Hasselt).

Head 1.50 iii length; depth 6; eye 3.20 in head; dorsal Hi; anal 18; scales about 40; deciduous teeth in
jaws, vomer, and palatines. Color yellowish white1; a silvery line on side. Six specimens From Cm He length

2.50 to ti inches.

Related to Anchovia commersoniana, I lasily distinguished by tin- greater length and the greater number

of scales.

Family SYN0D0NTID/E.

, SAURIDA Cuvier & Valenciennes.

16. Saurida japonica (Houttuyn).

Iliad I in length: depth 9; eye 1.25 in head; dorsal 11: anal 10: scales 54; adipose eyelid thin. Color
in spirits brownish above, with some indistinct blotches on side, white below; outer half of pectoral and
caudal shaded with gray. Eight specimens from Ca\ ite, length 3.50 to 5. .50 inches.

This species differs from Saurida badi (Cuvier) in the thin adipose eyelid, and pale ventrals. Saurida
tumbil has the scale's 60, and the back with dark crossbars.

b BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

17. Saurida gracilis (Quoy i Gaimard).

Head 4.10 in length; depth 6.20; eye 5 in head; dorsal 10: anal 9; scales 49. Color brownish, with
dusky blotches along the side, extending to below lateral line; fins spotted and irregularly banded with brown.
Three, specimens from Manila, length 1.25 inches

Family LEPTOCEPHALID.Ji.

TJR0C0NGER Kaup.
18. Uroconger lepturus (Richardson).

Teeth in double rows in jaws; vomerine teeth in a single pointed row; outer and anterior teeth largest.
Tail tapering to a very fine point Color in spirits dull uniform brown: head and chin lighter. One specimen
from Manila, length 12.50 inches.

Family Ml K.L".\ES0CII).€.

MUR.ENES0X McClelland.

19. Muraenesox cinereus (Forskal).

Vomerine teeth large and sawlike, with a basal lobe before and behind. Two specimens from Manila,
length 12.75 and 13.50 inches.

Family MYRIDvE.

20. Mursenichthys gyrnnopterus (Bleeker).

Two specimens, one of 4 inches, one of 12, from Cavite.

Family OPHICHTHYIDjE.

OPHICHTHUS Ahl.

21. Ophichthus tapeinopterus (Bleeker).

Teeth small, pointed, of equal size, forming broad bands in maxillary, in two rows on mandible and vomer;
trunk half the length of tail: gape 2.75 in head. ( lolor in spirits uniform yellowish brown, a little darker on
upper part. One specimen from Cavite, length 11 inches.

22. Ophichthus sp. (larva) .

Four specimens, from Manila, of a larval eel with sharp-pointed mouth, rather long teeth in a single series;
no pectorals; anal, dorsal, and caudal fin differentiated, body very strongly compressed, rather short. Length
4 to 5 inches.

23. Jenkinsiella nectura Jordan, new species.

Fig. 1. — Jenkinsiella nectura Jordan, new species. Type.

Body slender, subterete, the greatest depth about 3 in head: head 9.75 in total length, 2.25 in trunk; head
and trunk 3.5 in tail : eye very small, nearly 9 in head. I 75 in snout ; mouth rather large, extending much past
eye nearly 3 in head: edge of upper lip with a rots of conspicuous fleshy fringes posteriorly, the longest about

FISHES OK THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. t

1.66 in eye; teeth slender, even, sharp, arranged in single series; no canines; upper jaw wider than lower and
projecting around it; snout sharp, about 5.5 in head; anterior nostril with a moderate tube: gill open
small, placed rather low. Pectorals long, 1 .6 in head: insertion of dorsal close behind base of pectoral. Di
En very low, not much higher than eye. Anal very low; tip of tail without fin. Color light brown, darkened
above by minute dots, which become sparse below; no distinct spots or bars; fins plain yellowish,

A single specimen, 7.5 inches long, was taken by Dr. Lung at Cavite. It is numbered '.Mist in Stanford
I "hi \ ersity.

The specie - is close to JenkinsieHa maegregori \ Microdonophis n acgregori Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish
mission xxn, 1902, p. 422) described by Jenkins from Maui, Hawaii. It differs from that specie - in the more
posterior insertion of the dorsal, in the lower dorsal, and much longer pectoral. Tin' coloration is much the

si !, Inn the tail is much longer in the Philippine species, JeiJnnsieBa nectura. The fringe of barbel-, as in

the genus Cirrhimursena, well separates Jenkinsiella from If a donophis.

Familj MORINGUIM.

24. Moringua lumbricoidea Richardson.
One specimen, (>.."> inches in length, from Cavite.

Family ML KJ-MD.U.
GYMNOTH0RAX Bloch.
25. Gymnothorax philippinus Jordan it Scale, new species

i

Fro. 2. -Oymnothora > species rype.

Head 3.45 in trunk; length of head and inmk greater than length of tail bj a distance equal to length

of -i I . eye rather huge, 1.90 in snout; length of mouth to angle 2.40 in head: a single row of sharp-pointed

teeth in lower jaw; teeth in upper jaw in a single row, reinforced bj 3 or 4 additional teeth in palatine series;
three large fang-like vomerine teeth in front, with a rcra of smaller ones extending back: anterior teeth large
canines: fins of moderate height.

Color in spirits, everywhere powdered with yellow and brown, lighter on belly and chin, darker onposti riot
two-thirds of body, which shows rather wide indistinct darker bands; a distinct black blotch at angle of
mouth, which unites with a black band around chin; a second dusky blotch midway between angle of mouth
and gill opening; gill openings uncolored: fins dark, without white margins.

One line specimen, the type, no. 9215, Museum Stanford University, 23 inches long.

O BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family SILURID£.

NETTJMA Bleeker.

26. Netuma nasuta (Bleeker).

Head 3. .50 in length: depth 4.50: barbels 6; maxillary barbel single; dorsal i, 7; anal 17. Teeth villi-
form, those of palate in subtriangular patches, as in Bleeker's figure. Three specimens from Cavite, length
7 to 12 inches. In all of these specimens the spines have been broken off by the fishermen.

Family PLOTOSID^E.

PL0T0SUS Lac<Spede.

27. Plotosus anguillaris (Bloch).

Head 4.75 in length: depth S: barbels 8. Color in spirits brown, with 2 longitudinal pale bands. Four-
teen specimens from Manila, length 3 to 6.25 inches.

Family CLARIID.-E.

CLARIAS Gronow.
28. Clarias magur (Hamilton-Buchanan).

Head 3.30 in length: depth 1.75; barbels S; top of head entirely ossified except the small fontanelle.
Dorsal 65: anal 53; pectoral spine finely serrated, hidden under the skin.

Family BELONIM.

TYLOSTTRTJS Cocco.

29. Tylosurus leiurus (Bleeker.)

Head 2.75 in length; depth 4.30 in snout ; eye 2.75 in postorbital part of head; snout 4 in length without
caudal. Dorsal 19; anal 23; insertion of dorsal over the eighth to ninth anal rays; caudal truncate: no
teeth on vomer. Color in spirits bluish above, silvery below, a silvery and blue band along side: no keel
on caudal peduncle. One specimen from Cavite, length 14 inches.

30. Tylosurus giganteus (Schlegel).

Head 2.30 in length; depth 3.30 in snout; eye 2.10 in postorbital part of head. Dorsal 24; anal 21;
origin of dorsal very slightly posterior to origin of anal; caudal with lower lobe prolonged. Color in spirits
bluish green above, silvery below, a blue line on side. Two specimens from Cavite, length 11.75 inches.

Family EXOCfETID.J:.

HEMIEAMPHUS Cuvier.
31. Hemiramphus quoyi Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Head 4 75 in length; exposed lower jaw 1.50 in head; depth 8.50; dorsal 16: anal 15; scales about 52.
Color in spirits bluish above, a blue line on side; top of dorsal and tip of caudal bluish. Seven specimens
from Cavite, length 4 to 8.75 inches.

32. Hemiramphus cantoris Bleeker.

Head 5 in length; exposed lower jaw 2.75; depth 6.50; dorsal 15: anal 15; caudal forked. Color in
spirits yellow isli white, side with a wide blue band: tip of caudal dusky: lower jaw and top of head dusky.
Four specimens from Cavite, length 4 to 5.50 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 9

ZENARCHOPTERUS Gill
33. Zenarchopterus dispar (Cuvier iS; Valenciennes).

Hemirhamphu* dispar Gtinther, Cat., vi. "274.

Head 3.50 in length ; the exposed lower jaw 2. "ill in length without caudal; caudal almost rounded; scales
about 39; base of anal modified into a reproductive organ: dorsal 11: anal Id. Color in spirits yellowish,
with wash of light brownish; side with B silvery line, with a narrow dark line above it. One specimen from
Cavite, length 4 inches.

PAREXOCCETUS Bleeker.

34. Parexocoetus mento (Cuvier & Valenciem
Exocatta mento Gtinther, Cat., vi, 281.

Head 4 in length: depth .V. eye 2.75 in head; dorsal 11: anal 12; ventral- short. Color in spirits bluish
above, silvery below; pectoral bluish above, whitish below; dorsal with broad dusky tip. Eight specimens

IV Cavite: length 3.50 to 1.75 inches

CYPSILURUS Swainson.

35. Cypsilurus brachysomus Blei

Head I in length; depth 5; eye 3 in head; dorsal 1Z; anal 8; ventral extending 1 iddle of base of anal;

pectoral reaching middle of base of dorsal. Color in spirits bluish above, silvery below; pectoral uniform
bluish, the lower ray whitish. One specimen 7 inches long from Ca\ it.

Family FISTULARIlDiE.

FISTULARIA Linnaeus.
36. Fistularia serrata Cuvier.
Four young specimens from Cavite.

37. Fistularia petimba Laclpede.
One fine adult from Cavite, length 32 inches.

Famih CENTRISCIDjE.

CENTRISCUS Linnaeus.

38. Centriscus scutatus Linnssus,

Bead 3 in length; depth 2.10 in the projecting snout; dorsal in. Hi; anal 12: dermal skeleton with the
ventral margin sharp. Nine specimens from Manila, length 3 to 3.2D inches.

Family SYXCNATHID.-E.

CORYTHROICHTHYS Kaup.
39. Corythroichthys spicifer i Eaup).

Head 7.15 in length: snout 1.S5 in head: rings 15+39; dorsal 26; a single ridge aeross cheek. Color in
spirits brownish, with black bands around belly, a row of black dots on side of lower jaw. One specimen,
length 6 inches, from Manila, and one 4.50 inches long from Cavite.

10 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

DORYICHTHYS Kaup.

40. Doryichthys spaniaspis Jordan >& Scale, new species.

Head 8.75 in total length; snout 2.30 in head; rings 13+34; dorsal 20; no distinct filaments on head:
cheek with a single keel; dorsal fin on 5 rings: profile aboui eye not elevated: snout narrow, its width being
1.50 in depth: trunk 1.75 in tail; egg-sac on abdomen; lateral line running down to caudal ridge, where it is

Fig. 3. — Doryichthys spaniaspis Jordan & Seale, new species. Type.

interrupted; caudal small, its length 3.90 in head: pectoral of 1 1 rays, short, 5.50 in head; edges of rings no1
distinctly serrated; no strong median line on interorbital space. Color in spirits grayish with tint of green-
alternating darker hands over body, narrow dusky crossbands of dots on chin and throat. One specimen
from Cavitc, the type, no. 9240, Museum Stanford University, 4.24 inches long.

GASTER0T0KEUS Heckel.

41. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus (Bloch).

Head 5.25 in length; snout 1.S5 in head; dorsal 44; rings 17+44; filaments on under side of body and
tail. Color in spirits grayish, with slight tint of green: a row of black spots on each side of belly. Two
specimens from Iloilo, length 5.75 and 6.25 inches. One specimen from Cavite, length 6.25 inches

HIPPOCAMPUS Linmeus.

42. Hippocampus aterrimus Jordan & Snyder.

Hippocampus aterrimus Jordan & Snyder, Proc. (J. S. National Museum, vol. xxiv, 1002. p. 14, pi. ix. Riukiu Islands.

Snout equal to postorbital part of head, spines blunt, short; dorsal 16; rings 11+36. Color black,
spines enlarged at ventrals. One specimen from Cavite, agreeing with the Riukiu Islands type, length about
."> indies.

43. Hippocampus kuda Bleeker.

Snout longer than postorbital part of head; rings 11+35; dorsal 17: spines blunt. Color in spirits,
brownish. One specimen from Cavite, length 5.50 inches. It corresponds well with the account given by
Jordan and Snyder.

Family PEGASID.i.

PARAPEGASUS Dumeril.

44. Parapegasus natans (Linnaeus).

Head 3 in length; depth 13; snout 4.75 in head; dorsal 5; anal 5; vent much nearer eye than to base of
caudal; lail compressed, with 12 rings; upper surface of head and trunk concave: pectoral rays equally
slender; snout prolonged into a large Hat process which is denticulate on sides: pectoral and dorsal spotted
with brown. One specimen from Cavitc, length 2.20 inches.

The generic name Zalises is synonymous with Pegasus.

Family Ml CILID.F.

MUGIL Linnaeus.

45. Mugil longimanus Gunther.

Head 4 in length; deptli 3.75; scales 32, 9 in vertical series; dorsal n, 8; anal in, S. Color in spirits
silvery, with narrow indistinct longitudinal lines along each row of scales; a black spot at axil of pectoral.
Five specimens from Cavite, length 4 to 7.50 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 11

46. Mugil sundanensis Bleeker.

Head 4.10 in length; depth I: dorsal iv, 9; ana! m. 9; scales '-'7 to 30, 9 in vertical series; a well-
devel6ped adipose eyelid; snoul equal to eye: 17 hi- 1^ scales in fronl of dorsal. Color in spirits silvery;
no spot at axil: narrow line indistinctly along each row of seales. Two specimens from Cavite. length 7.50
inches.

47. Mugil ceramensis (u\ i.-i- A. Valenciennes.

Six specimens from Cav ite

LIZA Jordan & Swain.

48. Liza amarula (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Eead 3.75 in length; depth 4; eye 3.10 in head; dorsal rv I, 9; anal m, 9; scales 37; upper jaw rather

wide, smooth; lower jaw thin, the symphysis prominent; preorbital strongly bent ami serrated Color
silvery, light below, outer margin of caudal dusky. One specimen from Cavite, length 3.2S inches.

49. Liza troscheli i Bleeker)

Bead 3.50 in length: depth 3.55; eye 3.50 in head, 1 in snoul . scales :'>2. 11 in vertical series; no adipose
eyelid: (Inisal iv i, 8; anal in. 9; 19 rows of scales before dorsal; lip thin: premaxillary hidden, except
tip; preorbital strongly spinous at ''ml; maxillary scaled; origin of dorsal ovei anterio) third of anal; caudal
emarginate. Color in spirits silvery, a lighl brownish wash above ; caudal with dusk} wash at margin, fins
otherwise uniform. One specimen from Cavite. length 2.75 inches.

50. Liza waig-iensis (Quo) & Gaimard

Bead 3.50 in length; depth 3.75; dorsal n i, 8; anal m, 8; scales 27 Coloi in \ vellowish, with

silvery reflections, the centers of scales with narrow dark longitudii | i half of pectoral

black, other fins gray. Two young examples from Ca\ ite, length 2.50 inches.

Familj SPHYR 1 \ll> H.

SPHYRiENA Linnaeus.

51. Sphyreena obtusata < 'u\ ii :i & Valencienn

Head a in length; depth 6.05; eye 1.25 in head; snout 2.50; dorsal vi, 9; anal I, 9; seales 83, about
16 series in front of dorsal and 16 between the 2 doi or in spirits dusky above, silvery below, an

indistinct dusky band on side. Five specimens from Cavite, length 5 to '.' 50 inches.

52. Sphyraena jello < 'u\ ;n ,y Valencie is

Head 2.90 in length; depth 8; scales about 130; dorsal \ i, 9; anal i, 9. Color in spirits yell
with indistinct darker bands over back and on sides • toe specimen from Manila, length 5 2£

Family l'ni.WKMIIU:.

POLYDACTYLY Lacepede.

53. Polydactylus zophomus .Ionian A: McGregor, new spi

Polynemut -plebcjus Cantor, Malayan Fishes, 27 1854, W I I Gunther, Cat., n, 329, 1860;

Amboyna; Malayan Peninsula; not synonymj
Polydactylus plebi ins Jordan 4 Evermann, Proi U. S Nat. Uus., \w. 1902, 351, Kotosho, For

I bad A:2 in length to base of caudal; depth 3.25; dorsal raw, bi: anal in, 13; first dorsal spine and
first anal spine minute: ."> free pectoral rays, the longest reaching a little beyond tip of pectoral fin; eye 4 in
head; seales large, ctenoid, deciduous, about ">N in lateral line.

Color in alcohol light golden brown; lins browner, all of them more or less speckled with black: hist
dorsal most heavily speckled and with a narrow but distinct black border; a horizontally oblong black spot
with serrate edges, three-eighths of an inch in diameter, above gill-opening, the lateral line passing through
its middle.

12

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Four S] iinens, 0.2S to 8 inches in length, from Cavite, Luzon. The type is numbered 55598, U. S.

National Museum. Cotype is no. 2011:5, Museum Stanford University.

This species differs from the true Polydactyly.* plebeius of Samoa in its much larger scales and also in its
different color, its less concave anal and -rend dorsal, its deeper body, and shorter, blunter snout. In
P. zophomus the free pectoral filaments reach but little beyond tip of pectoral, while in P. plebeius they reach
beyond tip of ventral.

Fig. 4.— Polydactylus zophomus Jordan & Seale, new species. Type.

P. zophomus has been confounded with Polydactylies plebeius, as the above synonymy indicates. It is,
however, quite distinct from the latter and equally so from the common Japanese species, Polydactylus ayonasi
Jordan & McGregor, which also has been recorded as Polydactylus plebeius.

Family H0L0CEXTRIIL-E.

H0L0CENTRUS Bloch.

54. Holocentrus ruber (Forskal).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.75: dorsal xh, 13: anal iv, 9; scales 37. Color in spirits yellowish, with 8
dark longitudinal stripes: a dusky blotch at base of soft dorsal, tip of ventrals and upper and lower margins
of caudal, web between first and second anal rays, and portions of spinous dorsal dusky. Three specimens
from island of Panav, length 3 to 3.25 inches.

Family SCOMBRI!).*.

SCOMBER Linnaeus.

55. Scomber microlepidotus Ruppell.

Head 3.35 in length; depth 3.75; eve 3.90 in lead; adipose eyelid covering all but middle of eye. Dorsal
x-i,n, v; anal i,ii-v; teeth minute, in both jaws; none on vomer or palatines; maxillary reaching in below
posterior margin of eye. Color, back bluish, old individuals with longitudinal stripes, silvery below; young
with dusky spot under pectoral fin; adults usually showing sonic dusky spots at base of spinous dorsal, the
fin with dusky margins: other fins yellowish white; pectoral with slight wash of dusky at tip. Twelve speci-
mens from Cavite, length 3 to 11 inches.

FISHES OK THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 13

SCOMBEEOMOETTS Lacepede.

56. Scomberomorus commersoni (Lacepede).

Head 3.7.5 in length : depth ."i; eye 1.75 in bead; dorsal xvi-in. ll-t-ix: anal ii. 12— ix: maxillary long,
extending to posterior margin of eye: teeth strong, canine-like. Color l>Iuish above, with irregular vertical
hands, siherv below; first dorsal black, posterior dorsal with a black margin. One young example from
Cavite, length I inches.

Family TRICHIURID/E.

TEICHIUETJS LiniiiEUS.

57. Trichiurus savala Bleeker.

Head aboul 7 in length; depth 2 in head; eye 5.50 in bead, 2 in snout; jaws with long fang-like teeth;
anal fin consisting of small spicules. Color silverj , -lightly darker above; litis with slight dusky tint at tip.
Six specimens from Cavite, length in to 17 inches.

Famih CARANGIDjE.
SCOMBEB0IDES Lacepede.
58. Scomberoides tala Cuviei A. Valencienni

Head !..">() in length: depth 3; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal \n t, 20; anal n-i. 17: teeth on jaws, vomer,
tongue, and palatines: enlarged canines in each jaw; maxillary long, ending slightly posterior to hind-margin,
of eye. Color in spirits dull bluish a hove, silver) below; a row of about 7 large vertical brown blotches along
side: tip of dorsal dusky: a small black spot in axil of pectoral. Five from Cavite, length I to 12

inches.

This species is easily distinguished from Scomberoides toloo-parah bj its great depth and by its markings
and from S. lysan by the presence of canines.

59. Scomberoides toloo-parah (Ruppell).

Head 4.50 in length: depth I : eye I.Hi in bead; dorsal i a, 18 rx; anal n. 20, the posterior 10 or 12
anal rays united by a very narrow membrane al base only. M.-i xillat \ ending under posterior third of eye:
minute teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue, enlarged canine-like teeth in outer row in jaws; dorsal
spines not connected. Color bluish above, silvery below; 8 or 9 dusky spot- along side, a black -put at axil
and a wide dusky area from upper margin of opercle to interorbital; anal lin- golden; dorsal yellowish, with
a black blotch on its upper half: tips of caudal slightly dusky: other lin- yellowish white. Fourteen speci-
mens from Cavite, length I to in inches.

TEACHUE0PS Gill.

60. Trachurops crumenophthalrna (Bloch).

Head 15.20 in length: depth 3.20; eye 2.75 in head; dorsal vm-i, 24; anal n [,21; entirely scaled, scales
of straight portion of lateral line forming keeled plates, about 3N in number. Color yellowish white, with
golden reflections; a dusky opercular -p.it: caudal with dusky tip. Two specimens from Cavite, length 10
inches.

CAEANX Lacepede.

61. Caranx hasselti Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Head 3.50 in length: depth 3.10: dorsal vit. I. 2.">: anal it. 21: plat.- well developed: maxillary short,
ending under anterior third of e\ . : pectoral very long, falcate. 2.7-"> in length. Color brownish ahox 6, silvery
below: a very distinct opercular -pot. One specimen from Cavite, length 7.50 inches.

62. Caranx forsteri Cuvici & Valenciennes.
Three specimens from Cavite.

14 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

63. Caranx sexfasciatus Quoy & Gaimard.

Head 3.10 in length: depth 2.75: eye 3.7.5 in head: adipose eyelid well developed: maxillary 2 in head,
the end under posterior third of eye; teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue: a row of slightly enlarged
teeth in jaws: breast scaled: 53 scales in curved portion of lateral line; 34 plates along straight portion;
dorsal vi-i, 20: anal n 17. Color yellowish; tip of dorsal, anal, and caudal dusky: a dusky wash along
plates: axil dusky: a black opercular spot. Three specimens from Cavite, length about 11 inches.

These specimens seem to belong to the species from Hawaii and Samoa called Caranx rhabdotus by Dr.
Jenkins.

64. Caranx nigTipinnis Day.

Head 3.60 in length: depth 2.75: dorsal vn-23; anal n, 21; plates 54; breast scaled; no teeth on vomer
or palatines. Color silvery below, dark bluish above: a distinct opercular spot; spinous dorsal dusky, soft
dorsal more or less marked with dusky. Eight specimens from Cavite, length 3 to 4 inches.

65. Caranx ignobilis (Forskal).

Head 3.50 in length: depth 2.50; eye 3 in head; maxillary reaching to below posterior third of eye; no
scales on breast; dorsal vt-i, 20: anal n-1, IS. Color silvery, darker above, with 5 wide vertical dusky-
bars. Eleven specimens from Cavite, length 1.50 to 3.75 inches.

66. Caranx speciosus (Forskal).

Color silvery, with about 11 dusky lines alternating narrow and wide, the one through the eye and the
one over nuchal region very dark. Two specimens from Cavite.

67. Caranx plumbeus Quoy & Gaimard.

Head 3.20 in length: depth 2; eye 3.75 in head: dorsal vi-l, 21; anal ii-i, 18; maxillary 2.18 in head;
42 plates along lateral line; axil black; several of dorsal and anal rays elongate and filiform in males. Color
yellowish, with bright reflections; the young banded vertically, with anterior rays of dorsal and anal extremely
elongate ; in females, a dusky blotch on posterior margin of opercle. Eight specimens, length 3.50 to 10 inches.

This species seems identical with the one from Samoa which we call Caranx plumbt lis.

68. Caranx armatus (Forskal).

Head 3 in length: depth 1.50: eye 3.10 in head: small teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines; maxillary
extending to below anterior margin of pupil; breast naked: a dusky opercular spot; dorsal vi-i, 20; anal
ii-i, IS; about 48 scales in straight portion of lateral line; the anterior rays of dorsal and anal elongate. Three
specimens from Cavite, length 2 to 3 inches.

ALECTIS Rafinesque.

69. Alectis cOiaris (Bloch).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 1.20: eye 4 in head: dorsal vi-i. 19; anal n-i, 16; teeth villiform. A small
keel on si, I,, of caudal peduncle; anterior dorsal and anal rays greatly prolonged into black filaments: anterior
rays of ventrals greatly prolonged; five wide, rather indistinct bands down the side. Three specimens from
Cavite.

Family RACHYCENTRID^.

KACHYCENTR0N Kanp.

70. Rachycentron pondicerrianum (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

I had 4 in length: depth 7.50: dorsal vm-30; anal 27. VUliform teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and
tongue. The young have the caudal rounded; in the adult it becomes lunate. Color in spirits brownish;
two brown longitudinal lines along side; upper and lower margins of caudal white. Two specimens from
Iloilo, length 4.15 and 6.75; one specimen from Manila, length S.5 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAV. 15

Family MEXID.i.

MENE Lacepede.

71. Mene maculata iRIi" h

Head 3.10 in length; depth 1.18; eye 3.20 in head; dorsal iv, 42: anal 33: no scales: origin of dorsal
fin on back; teeth villiform. Color silvery below, with large bluish blotches above a line from pectoral to
top of caudal peduncle: a dusky spot in front of eye. The young have the ventral fins filiform. Three
specimens from Iloilo: length 2 to 7.50 inches.

Family EOl I LIDF.

EQUULA Cuvier.

72. Equula insidiator < Bloch I.

Head 3.75 in length; depth 2.10: eye 2 20 in head. Color yellowish white, with several incomplete
bands over back, down to middle of side-; a black band from lower anterior orbital margin to chin. Four
specimens from Cavite, length about 3.2") inches.

73. Equula ruconia (Hamilton-Buchanan).
Equula interrupts GUnther, Cut., n. 504. liny. Fishes "f India, 242, pi. i.i, c, fig. 4

Head 3.75 in length; depth 1.50; eye 2.50 in head: dorsal vm. 10: anal in. 14: lateral line extending
to opposite middle of soft dorsal. Color yellowish above, silvery below; axil of pectoral black: a black line
from orbit to chin: a dusky spot on upper pari of opercle; dorsal tipl with dusky. Five specimens from
Cavite. length 2 to 2.75 inches.

This species is very similar to Equula insidiator, but the body is deeper.

LEI0GNATHUS Lacepede.

74. Leiognathus fasciatus Lacepede.

Head 3.20 in length: depth 2: eye 2.60 in head: dorsal vn, 10; anal m, 14: lateral line complete;
lower margin of preopercle finely denticulate; teeth minute, two minute spines above upper anterior margin

of ml lit ; second dorsal and second anal spines greatly elongate, the third and fourth dorsal spines rugose mi
sides. Color silvery, with indications of irregular vertical streaks on body. One specimen from Cavite,
length 4 12 inches.

75. Leiognathus dussumieri I Cu\ iei A. Valencient

Head 3 in length: depth 1.60; eye 3 in head; dorsal vm, 10; anal in, 14: lateral line complete: two small
spines ,_.,ovc anterior margin of eye; teeth villiform; thorax naked. Color silvery, bluish above; axil of
pectoral black. Two specimens from Cavite, length 2 and 7 inches.

GAZZA Euppell.

76. Gazza minuta (Bloch).

Head 3 in length; depth 2: eye 3 in head; dorsal vm, 16; anal in, 14. Color silvery bluish above, a
slight yellowish wash above the head, a dusky spot in axil; iris yellow. Eight specimens from Cavite. length
4 to 5.50 inches.

Family STROM ATEIU.-E.

AP0LECTUS Cuvier & Valencienne

77. Apolectus niger iBloch).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 1.75; eye 3.30 in head: dorsal vi, 42; anal 37: 5 or 0 rudimentary spines in
front of dorsal; minute teeth in jaws, apparently none on vomer or palatines: scales minute, breast appar-
ently naked: scales of lateral line very slightly modified into feeble plates on caudal peduncle. Color grayish
blown: dorsal and anal bluish: young with about 4 indistinct vertical bluish bands, a dusky ocular band.

16

BULLETIN OF THE BURKAU <>F FISHERIES.

A specimen 2.75 inches long has ventral fins 0.75 of an inch long, while a larger specimen, length 3.75
inches, has the ventrals but 0.30 of an inch long; these fins disappear in the adult.
Two specimens (young) from Cavite.

Family APOGOMCHTHYID.-E.

AMIA Grouow.
78. Amia quadrifasciata (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal vn-i, 9; anal n, 8; scales 25. Color in spirits
yellowish, with 2 longitudinal brown stripes, one from tip of snout thru eye and along median line of body to
tip of caudal, the other from upper part of snout back to base or near base of caudal : about 11 indistinct vertical
bands on side of body ; a black band through the basal portion of soft dorsal and anal ; anterior part of spinous
dorsal marked with dusky; tip of ventrals dusky: anal also indistinctly tipped with dusky; no black spot at
base of caudal. Six specimens from Cavite, length 2.50 to 3 inches. Three of these, which dilfer in no other
respect, have the colors much less distinct, not showing any trace of the vertical bands, and a very indistinct
trace of bands through anal and dorsal.

Amia fasciata (White), from Sydney, as represented by specimens sent by Mr. Edgar R. Waite, seems to
be distinct from this species, and equally so from Amia nnveinftisciata (Cuvier & Valenciennes) and Amia
arouiiensis (Hombron & Jacquinot), with both of which Dr. Gi'mther confounds it in Fische der Siidsee.

79. Amia cavitensis Jordan & Seale, new species.

Head 2.90 in length without caudal; depth 3.05; dorsal vn r,9; anal n,S; eye 3 in head; scales 2-26-5;
maxillary 2 in head, its distal end under posterior third of eye; posterior limb of preopercle serrated: snout
1.35 in eye; interorbita] equal to snout.

Fig. 5.— Amia cavitensis Ionian & Scale, new species. Type-
Body compressed, of moderate depth, the profile from origin of dorsal to tip of snout almost straight;
depth of caudal peduncle 2.20 in head; small teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines; lateral line complete; origin
of spinous dorsal directly over origin of ventrals, third dorsal spine 1.90 in head; second less than half as long,
the first very minute; the spine of soft dorsal 2.20 in head, the longest dorsal ray 1.50; base of anal 2.75 in
head, longest ray of anal 1.75 in head; ventrals 1.75 in head: pectorals 1.50; caudal slightly emarginate, with
lobes rounded.

Color in spirits yellowish, a distinct dusky line on median line of nuchal region; a distinct dusky line from
snout over eve. extending to upper base of caudal, very indistinct posteriorly; a wide dusky line from snout
thru eye. to opercle; about 5 indistinct shadowy, longitudinal lines on side of body: tips of lins dusky: a
distinct round spot on middle of base of caudal, dorsal fins yellowish, with slight wash of dusky more dis-
tinctly dusky on posterior rays of soft dorsal, other fins yellowish-white with slightly dusky wash, the anal
with indistinct dusky line at base.

One specimen from Cavite, the type, 2.75 inches long. no. 9211, Museum Stanford University.
This species seems related to A. hartefddii (Bleeker).

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 17

80. Amia novse-guinese (Bleeker).

Head 2.50 in length ; depth 3: eye 3.75 in head; dorsal vn-i, 9: analn, • 25; lateral line complete;

outer limb only of preopercle denticulate, and that very minutely; maxillary reaching to below posterior
margin of pupil; teeth in jaws, vomer, and palatines. Color yellowish: anterior spines of spinous dorsal
dusky, tip of soft dotsal dusky and a dusky line thru its lower third; caudal with dusky tip: othei fins without
markings. Three specimens, apparently 3-oung and faded, the smallest two showing an indistinct banded
appearance : length 2.25 to 3.25 inches.

MIONORUS Krefft.

81. Mionorus glaga (Bleeker).

Head 2.45 in length; depth 2.75; eye 1.12 in head: dorsal ra-i, 9; anal n,8; scales 27; maxillary 2 in
head, its end under posterior margin of orbit. Color yellowish, with about S irregular dusky longitudinal
stripes, no spot on caudal peduncle; upper half of spinous dorsal black; soft dorsal with about I irregular
oblique dusky bands: caudal margined and tipped with du-k\ anal with 2 or more dusky bands on basal half;
ventrals and pectoral yellow. Four specimens from (a-, ite, length about 1.50 to 4 inches.

82. Mionorus rnydrus Jordan & Seale.

One young example from Manila.

FOA Jordan & Evermann.
83. Foa fo .Ionian & Seale.

Eead 2.55 in length: depth 2.30; dorsal vii-i, !); anal II, 8; scales 22: opercle and preopercle entire;
lateral line strongly developed on anterior '.I scales, connected with a broken line of points on caudal peduncle;
villiform teeth in jaws, vomer, and palatines; maxil'ary _' in head, its distal and under posterioi margin of
eye. Color in spirits yellowish. w it li dark moldings, ventrals dusky. Three specimens from Cavite, length 2
to 2.25 inches, identical with the original type from Samoa.

Foa differs from Mionorus in the inc plete lateral line.

ARCHAMIA Gill.

84. Archamia lineolata (Ehrentx rg

(Apogon lincnlutu* Gtinther, Cat., I, p. 244.)

Head 2.50 in length; depth 2.25; eye 3.10 in head: maxillary 2, reaching to below posterior margin of

pupil; scales 23: lateral line complete: cl k scaled, lower limb of preopercle onlj denticulate; teeth in jaw -

and on vomer, none on palatines; second doi al pita' 2.75 in depth; dorsal vi-i, HI; anal 11, 17. Color in
spirits yellowish white, slightly shaded with minute black dots which air largest and mosi abundant on
cheek; fins unmarked; some have a spot at base of caudal and on opercle; others do not. Six specimens
from Cavite, length 1.50 to 3.50 inches.

PSEUDAMIA Bleeker.

Pseudamia is apparently well distinguished by its small scales.

85. Pseudamia polystigma (Castelnau).

Apogonichtttps polystigma, Bleeker, Atlas, pi. cccxlviii. fig. 2.

Head 2.75 in length; depth 4.12: eye 4.75 in head: dorsal VI-I, 8; anal 11, 10; scales 42, a distinct mem-
branous flap at each anterior nostril; maxillary reaching to below posterior margin of eye. Color grayish,
each scale with dark specks which form irregular rows, a large black blotch on base of caudal; dorsal fins
dusky, with submarginal area of deep black on soft dorsal: caudal blackish; anal dusky; ventrals yellowish;
top of head black; a black dot on posterior maxillary. One specimen from Cavite, length 4.25 inches.

B. ii. F. 1900— 2

18

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family AMBASSIDjE.

86. Ambassis kopsi (Bleeker).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.50; eye 2.75 in head; scales 30, two rows of scales on cheek; lateral line
curved, continuous, 2i rows of scales above it, 9 or 10 scales before dorsal; preorbital and lower limb of
preopercle serrated: first dorsal spine 3.50 in length. Color yellowish white, uniform or with indistinct
silvery line down middle of body; a black tip to second to fifth dorsal spines and membranes. Two specimens
from Cavite, length 3 and 3.50 inches.

The generic name Chanda Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822, has priority over Ambassis Cuvier, 1S2S. The
name Ambassis is not used in a generic sense by Commerson or by Lacepede. The first reviser of Chanda,
Fowler (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1905, p. .500), has chosen Jala as type, and as this is a species of the group
called Pseitdambassis, Chanda would replace the latter name, thus allowing Ambassis to stand for the original
type, Ambassis ambassis.

PRI0PIS Kuhl & Van Hasselt.

87. Priopis buruensis (Bleeker).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.25; second dorsal spine 3.40: preorbital serrated; two rows of scales on
cheek; lateral line interrupted; maxillary 2.75 in head, its tip under anterior margin of eye. Color yellowish
white, slightly shaded above with minute dots, a silvery band along median line; membrane between third
and fourth spines dusky," between third and fourth anal spines white. Two specimens from Cavite, length
3.25 and 4 inches.

88. Priopis interruptus (Bleeker).

Head 2.7.5 in length: depth 2.20; eye 2.75 in head; scaJes 26; second dorsal spine very strong, equal to
head, scales on cheek in 2 rows of 5 scales each. Color yellowish white; membrane between second and third
dorsal spines dusky; a dusky line on a silvery band from base of caudal forward, fading out under anterior
of spinous dorsal. One specimen from Cavite, length 2.75 inches.

89. Priopis lungi Jordan & Seale, new species.
{Ambassis urolsenia, Day, not of Bleeker.)

Head 2.75 in length without caudal; eye 2.85 in head; dorsal vn-i, 9; anal m, 9; scales 3-24-6; a single
row of scales on cheek; snout 1.S5 in eye; interorbital 1.50 in eye; lateral line interrupted under third dorsal

Fig. ti. -Priopis lungi Jordan ,v Beale, new species Type.

ray and turned downward to middle of side, where it is continued to base of caudal: anterior portion with 11
pores, oblique portion one complete pore and one partial pore, posterior portion 12 pores.

Body moderately elongate, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.50 in head; snout pointed, lower jaw
the longer; upper anterior profile from origin of dorsal to tip of snout with a low angle and almost straight;

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS <>F LUZON AND PANAV. 19

maxillary 2.8.5 in head: minute teeth on jaws, vomer, and tongue; preorbital and lower limbs of preopercle
serrated; gillrakers rather long, sharp-pointed; second dorsal spine strong, 1.50 in head; spine of second
dorsal 2.3.5; base of anal 1.90; third anal spine the longest, 2.10: pectoral 1.60; ventral 1 .60, its origin directly
below origin of pectoral; caudal deeply forked, its length greater than head.

Color in spirits yellowish white, a narrow dark line along median line of side, becoming more distinct
posteriorly; a dark line along base of dorsal fins; membrane between second and third dors;. I spines dusky;
membrane between second and third anal spines slightly tinted with dusky ; upper and lower margin of caudal
white, the submarginal area dusky: a dusky blotch on upper part of orbit ; eye golden

Two specimens from Cavite. Type, no. 53060, U. S. .National Museum, length 2 85 inches. Cotype, no.
9242, Museum Stanford University.

This species is characterized by the single row of scales on cheek, the broken lateral lin< , and bj the
marking of the lins. Priopis urotsenia Bleeker, with which Day confounds this species, has a double row of

scales on cheek.

Family SERRANID/E.

PLECTROPOMUS Cuvier i Oken.
90. Plectropomus calcarifer (Bloch).

Head 2.60 in length; depth 3.20; eye 4.20 in head: dorsal vn-i, 12; anal m, 9; scales 16 to base of caudal;

preopercle serrated, with a strong spine at angle: opercle with a small Hat spine: maxillary reaching to below
posterior third of iris: minute teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue: no canines. Color dusky brownish,
with numerous indistinct longitudinal dusky stripes; tins brownish; tips of ventrals, anal, caudal, and soft
dorsal with slight wash of dusky. Otic specimen from Cavite. length .5 inches.

The generic name Plectropomus, later called Plettropoma, belongs apparently to this species a- the chi t dt
lil, of Cuvier, calcarifer.

CEPHAL0PH0LIS Bloch & Schneider.

91. Cephalopholis stigmatopomus (Richardson)

Head 2.50 in length: depth 2.7.5: eye 5 in head; dorsal ix, 1.5; anal in. 8; scales about 1*7: teeth in
several series in jaws, with I outer anterior canines in each jaw; small teeth on vomer and palatines; opercle
with 3 strong spines, the upper the longest, the lower two closer together; preopercle with small denticulations;
mouth long: maxillarv 2 in head. Color uniform brown, becoming blackish posteriorly, Ens black, unmarked.
One specimen from Manila, length 7.50 inches.

CROMILEPTES Swainson.

92. Cromileptes altivelis (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 2.7.5 in length: depth 2.75: eye t in head: dorsal \. IN; anal in, 10: scales 130; teeth in jaws,
vomer, and palatines; preopercle serrated and rounded; opercle with 3 spines, the middle one the largest.

Color light brown, with scattered round deep black --pots, about size of eye on tins anil body, small on head, a
few running together on helix , ( hie specimen from Manila, length 4.50 inches.

EPINEPHELUS Bloch.

93. Epinephelus malabaricus Bloch.

Head 2.60 in length; depth 3: eye 1.7.5 in head; dorsal xi. 17: anal in. 8; scales about 100 in lateral
series; gillrakers 14: preopercle serrated, with about 3 of the teeth al angle enlarged: opercle with spines, the
two lower ones nearer together than upper and middle, the middle one largest and most posterior: canines in
anterior of jaw. Color dull brownish, apparently without stripes or markings. Two specimens from Cavite,
length 3.75 and 4.50 inches.

94. Epinephelus diacanthus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 2.S5 in length; depth 3.20; eye 5 in head, 1 in snout, and 1 in interorbital: preopercle serrated, the
serrations larger at angle; dorsal XI. Hi; anal in. 8; scales about IOO. Color brownish, with (i dark bands over
hack, which slope obliquely forward; numerous vermieulating brownish lines with some --pots on side of body;
dark bands of body extending into dorsal tin. Fourteen specimens from Cavite, length 3 to 8 inchc-.

20 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Two of these specimens have the eye much larger and the body slightly more elongate, and may prove to
be a different species.

95. Epinephelus megachir (Richardson).

Head 2.30 in length; depth 3.10; eye 3.7.5 in head; pieopercle serrated, the serrations larger at angle;
dorsal xi. 16: anal ill, 8; scales 85; 14 gillrakers. Body with extremely large brown spots which also cover
the fins. One specimen from Cavitc. length 5 inches.

96. Ephinephelus tauvina (Forskal).

Head 2.60 in length: depth 3: eye 5 in head; scales 110. Grayish dusky above, with 6 indistinct bands
and scattered large brown spots; preopercle serrated, the serrations much larger at angle. Three specimens
from Cavite, length about 5 inches.

Family PRIACANTHID/E

PKIACANTHDS Cuvier.

97. Priacanthus cruentatus (Lac6pe.de).

Head 3 in length : depth 2.5; eye 2 in head; dorsal x, 12; anal in, 13; scales about 75; maxillary reaching
to below anterior of pupil, 2 in head; preopercle serrated, with long spines at angle, the spine reaching to below
middle of base of pectoral, tenth dorsal spine 2 in head, the ninth about as long. Color in spirits dull brown,
margin of dorsal dusky, tips of ventrals dusky, also tip of caudal. Two specimens from Cavite, length 3
and 3.50 inches.

Family LUTIANID£.

LUTIANUS Bloch.

98. Lutianus dodecantheoides (Bleeker).

Head 2.50 in length; depth 2.30; dorsal xi, 12; anal in. 9; scales 11-55; eye 4.75 in heaa; snout 2.75.
Color in spirits yellowish white, with narrow oblique dusky lines above lateral line and about 10 longitudinal
lines below; a silvery white blotch in posterior axil of dorsal: a broad black saddle over caudal peduncle:
dorsal tipped with black; a dusky wash on anal; tips of ventrals black. One specimen from Manila, length 7
inches.

99. Lutianus vitta (Quoy & Gaimard).

Head 2.50 in length: depth 3; dorsal x, 13; anal in, 8; scales 11-66; eye 4.50 in head; snout 3.10.

Color yellowish white, center of scales above lateral line with dark spots, forming dark oblique lines one-fourth

as wide as interspaces, a broader brown band from eye along side to below posterior axil of soft dorsal; no

color on fins: notch and knob of opercle small but distinct. Eighteen specimens from Cavite, length 3.25

to 9 inches.

100. Lutianus quinquelineatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

One specimen from Cavite. Five blue stripes along side; a large dusky lateral blotch.,

101. Lutianus russelli (Bleeker).

Head 2.75 in length: depth 2.75; eye 3.50 in head: snout 3. .50; dorsal x, 14; anal m, S: scales about 47.
Two young examples from Cavite, length 3 inches.

102. Lutianus gibbus (Forskal).

Head 2.75 in length: depth 2.75; eye 4 in head, 1.50 in snout ; preopercular knob and notch large, acute;
dorsal x, 14; anal HI, 8; scales 8-6.5. Color yellowish white, with many (35 to 40) narrow oblique dusky
lines following the oblique lines of scales entirely across the body. Spinous dorsal with dusky margin;
soft dorsal dusky with white upper margin: ventrals tipped with dusky; anal witli margin of white and
intramarginal area of dusky; caudal dusky with white margin. One specimen, 7 inches long, from Cavite.

As compared with Lutianus gibbus of the same size from Samoa, the maxillary is shorter, the depth of
body is less, and the snout is less pointed.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND I'AXAY.
103. Lutianus decussatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

21

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3: dorsal x. 13; anal in. 8; scales 7-6.5; snout 3 in head: eve 4.50 in head;
mi xillary,2.75, reaching to below anterior half of eye; no distinct preopereular notch. Color yellowish white,
with 5 wide brown longitudinal bands on side, the 3 upper ones with 7 vertical bands extending through them:
a Muck spot on caudal peduncle. One specimen from Manila, length 5.50 inches.

PINJALO Bleeker.

104. Pinjalo typus Bleeker.

Head 3 in length; depth 2. .50; dorsal xi, 13; anal in. 9; -rales about 60; preopercle serrated; mouth
moderate; maxillary ending under anterior margin of eye; teeth in jaws and 70 "n palatines or

tongue. Color uniform yellowish while, the dorsal fins with dusky edges, middle of caudal margin dusky
Nine specimens from Cavite, length 2.75 to 5 inches.

NEMIPTERTS Swainson.

Fia 7 V. mipU r\i \utt " i I'.loch).

105. Neniipterus luteus (Bloch).

Head 3.20 in length; depth I: eye 3 in head; '■', rows .it .-.ales on cheek: dorsal X, 9; anal ill. 7: scales
about 44. Color yellowish, with 9 dark bands over bark and down to lateral line. One specimen from Cavite.

106. Neniipterus tseniopterus (Cuvier <£ Valencii

Head 3.10 in length; depth 3.50; eye 3.,'itl in bead, slightly less than snout; 3 rows of scales on cheek;
canine teeth in each jaw; membranes of dorsal slightly incised. Color yellowish white: upper half of body
with slight wash of light brownish, a reddish band on fifth row of cales below lab ral line: some indistinct
lighter longitudinal bands below lateral line: lins nol elongate. One specimen from Manila. 5.25 inches long,

and one from Cavite, 10.25 inches long.

107. Neniipterus ovenii (Bleeker).

Bead 3.50 in length; deptli 3.50; eye 3 in head; canine teeth in outer row in each jaw: dorsal X, 9: anal
m,7. Color yellowish white, with 5 dusky vertical bands over back and down to middle of side. One specimen
from Cavite, length 3.25 inches.

108. Neniipterus japonicus (Bloch

Head 2. s.5 in length; depth 3.14; eye 3.80 in. head; snout slightly greater than eye; canines in upper jaw

and si slightly enlarged teeth in sides of lower mandible; maxillary ending under anterior third of eye: the

upper ray of caudal much prolonged; membrane of dorsal but little incised; three rows of scales on cheek;
traces of minute denticulations on the limb of preopercle. Color yellowish white, with indistinct lighter lines.
Eight specimens from Cavite, length 3.50 to .5.50 inches.

22 BULLETIN OE THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

109. Nemipterus metopias (Bleeker).

Head 3.20 in length; depth 3.50: eye 3 in head: canines in both jaws; preorbital smooth; 3 rows of
scales mi cheek; dorsal spines not prolonged; ventral rays prolonged; caudal rays slightly elongate. Color
yellowish white; some dusky on opercle. One specimen, 5.95 inches long, from Cavite.

110. Nemipterus tolu (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3.15 in length; depth 3.75: eye 3.20 in head; dorsal x, 9; anal in, 7; the first two dorsal spines
very close together: jaws with bands of small teeth; preopercle entire; three rows of scales on cheek; dorsal
fins rather elongate, with the membranes deeply incised; lateral conical teeth in each jaw. Color in spirits
yellowish white, with indistinct longitudinal lighter lines. One specimen from Cavite, length 5 inches,

Family H^MULIDiE.

EUELATICHTHYS Fowler.

The genus or subgenus Euelatichthys Fowler is separated from Phctorhynckus Lacepede by its large scales.

111. Euelatichthys crassispinus (Ruppell).

Head 2.75 in length: depth 2.20; eye 3 in head: dorsal XIV, 15; anal m, 6; the second anal spine very
long and strong; preopercle strongly denticulate; minute teeth in jaws. Color brown, uniform: tip of soft
dorsal, anal, and all of caudal white. One specimen from Cavite, length 3.75.

SPILOTICHTHYS Fowler.
112. Spi otichthys pictus (Thunberg).

Head 3.05 in length; depth 2. .50; eye 4 in head; dorsal x, 23; anal in, 7. Color (specimens 6 inches
long) yellowish, a broad dusky band from eye extending on caudal; above this band a longitudinal row of
spots with another brown baud above it: an additional hand or row of spots at base of dorsal; below the
broad median brown band 2 or 3 rows of spots more or less bandlike; spinous dorsal black, with whitish a!
anterior base: soft dorsal with dusky margin; a dark band thru the middle with brown spots on each side-
caudal with margins dusky, with white markings forming irregular circles; anal dusky without spots; ven-
trals tipped with dusky; dusky on base of pectoral. In young examples the color pattern is very different;
specimens 3 inches long show no spots, but the side of body is taken up by the wide median stripe of black:
this type of coloration intergrades perfectly with that of the adult.

In 2 specimens still larger, 6.25 inches, the adult coloration, spots without bands, is shown. These spots
are not connected, but arranged in longitudinal scries: belly plain: dorsal and caudal with brown spots and
margined with black: anal and ventrals dusky, without spots; caudal very slightly emarginate.

We have no occasion to question Bleeker's determination of this species. In all its changes with age, it
may 1"' known by the presence of but 10 (or 9) dorsal spines, the distinctive character of the genus Spilotichthys
of Fowler.

A fine series of 11 specimens from Cavite, length 1.50 to 6.25 inches.

113. Scclopsis vosmeri Bleeker.

Two young examples from Cavite, 2 and 2.25 inches in length, and 4 from Manila. 3.50 inches long. Young
with the color in spirits yellowish brown, the characteristic silvery hand over the opercular spot and dark in
axil of pectoral.

114. Scolopsis luzonia Jordan & Seale, new species.

Head 3. IS in length without caudal; depth 3. IS; eye 2.75 in head: snout 3.25: interorbital equal to snout :
dorsal X, !•; anal in. 7: scales 42; preopercle serrated; a rather strong spine on preorbital; head scaled: a
prominent serrated ridge on the maxillary.

Body oblong, slightly compressed; depth of caudal peduncle equal to orbit: mouth rather small, the max-
illary ending under the anterior margin of eye: hands of villiform teeth in jaws, none on vomer or palatines;
gillrakers very short and blunt, about 5 on lower limb: origin of dorsal somewhat in advance of origin of

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PAN'AY.

23

ventral-;; distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal 1.45 in base of dorsal; third dorsal spine 2.10 in head,
longest dorsal ray2; base of anal 2; pectoral 1 in length without caudal; caudal moderately forked.

Color in spirits yellowish: upper part with a slight wash of light brown; upper and lower parts of iris
dusky: lins all yellowish white.

One specimen from Cavite, the type, 3.2 inches long, no 9243, Museum Stanford University.

■ • « species.

115. Scolopsis ciliata (Lacepedi

Head 3.20 in length: depth 3; eye :; in head; dorsal \. 9; anal in. 6; spine of preorbital ol moderate
strength; preopercle distinctly serrated. Color yellowish a single silvery white line between lateral line and
spinous dorsal. One specimen from Manila, length 3.75 inches.

POMADASIS Lacepede.

116. Pomadasis argenteus (l,aee]»

Head 2.75 in length: depth 2.90; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal hi, 11. anal in. 7; preopercle denticulate.
( lolor grayish, silvery In-low : the upper half of body with dark -p.it - forming sinuous hue-, a dusky blotch on
opercle; dorsal fin with black spots forming more or less tegular dusky line-, tin.- specimen from Cavite,
length 3.35 inches

117. Pomadasis maculatus (Bloch).

Head 3 in length; depth 2.75; eye I in head; dor-.,: ten, 13; anal m, 6; scales 50; patches of small teeth
in jaw-; mouth small; maxillary ending under nostril, preopercle serrated; opercle entire. Color yellowish,
with 5 oblique dusky hand- descending to about median line: spinous dorsal with a dusky blotch, -oft dorsal
dusky at tip; other lins yellowish. Nine specimens from Cavite, length 3 to 8 inches.

PENTAFUS Cuvier.

118. Pentapus vittatus (Bloehi.

Head 3.50 in length; depth 3.75; eye 3.25 in bead; scales 45; dorsal x. 0: anal in. 0. Color brownish:
3 whitish stripes on upper half of body from eye. the upper along ha-r of dorsal, the middle along anterioi
half of lateral line, the lower from side of snout through lower part of orbit to Caudal; below this line a dusky
hand parallel with it. forming a dusky axil to pectoral.

TERAPON Cuvier.

119. Terapon jarbua (Forskil).

Head 3 in length: depth 3; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal XII, HI; anal m. 9: scales 85. Color silvery, with
brownish bands: dorsal spine with a large dusky blotch; -oil dorsal with 2 dusky blotches. Four specimens
from Cavite, length 4 to 6.75 inches.

24 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

120. Terapon puta (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3.10 in length: depth 3.9.5: eye 3.25 in head: dorsal x, 12, 10: anal in, 9: scales numerous; maxil-
lary extending to below anterior margin of eye. Color grayish, with 4 dusky longitudinal lines, one from tip
of snout to tip of caudal, the other from superior orbit to posterior axil of dorsal: caudal with a median central
line and 2 oblique lines: spinous dorsal with a large dusky blotch.

Another example: Head 3.20 in length; depth 3.50; dorsal xn, 10; anal in, 8; scales 54. Color grayish,
with 4 longitudinal brown lines, the upper one indistinct, running along base of dorsal and over top of head,
the 3 broader lines below this, 2 or more oblique brown bands on tail apparently the continuation of the lines
on side; dorsal with black blotch.

Four specimens from Manila, length about 1.3 inches, and 3 specimens from Cavite, length about 2.75
inches.

The species is easily distinguished by the very strong tooth-like spines at angle of preopercle.

121. Terapon quadrilineatus (Bloch).

Head 3.12 in length; depth 3.12; dorsal xn, 10; anal m, 10; eye 3.25 in head; serration at angle of
preopercle rather strong, but even. Color grayish, with 5 dusky longitudinal lines: a dusky spot, not very
distinct, on the shoulder: spinous dorsal with small dusky blotch. Six specimens from Manila, length about
1.50 to 3 inches.

122. Terapon theraps (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3. .50 in length: depth 2.75; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal xn, 10: anal m, 8: scales 54; preopercle
strongly but evenly serrated. Color dull grayish, with 3 longitudinal dusky bands, caudal with 2 oblique
dusky bands; spinous dorsal with a large dusky blotch: soft dorsal with 2 dusky blotches: anal and ventrals
with dusky blotches. One specimen from Iloilo, length 3.50 inches.

Family SPARID£.
LETHRINUS Cuvier.

123. Lethrinus mahsenoides Bleeker.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.50; dorsal x, 9; anal in, 8; scales 48 to end of vertebra?; eye 1.90 in snout;
maxillary thin, its median width 2 in pupil. Color, dull yellowish white. One specimen 9.20 inches long:
4 young examples, length 3 to 4 inches. The young have slight indications of dark blotches.

Easily distinguished from Lethrinus ramak by the narrow maxillary.

124. Lethrinus amboinensis Bleeker.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.50: dorsal x, 9: anal in, 8: scales ,52; eye 1.95 in snout: maxillary at middle
equal to pupil. Color yellowish silvery, a black blotch below lateral line above middle of pectoral. Upper
profile of head convex. One adult example, 7.50 inches in length; 1 young example from Cavite 2 inches long.

Family GERRIM.

XYSTJEMA Jordan & Evermann.

125. Xystsema punctatum (Cuvier & Valenciennes).
(Qerres filamentosus Cuvier & Valenciennes.)

Head 3 in length; depth 2.20; dorsal IX, 10; scales 49; first dorsal ray elongate, reaching to posterior
dorsal ray. Color light yellowish brown above, with about 7 vertical bands on side down to median line;
silvery below; dusky spot on axil; in old examples these hands take more or less the form of bands of spots.
Nine specimens from Cavite, length 2 to 5.25 inches.

PENTAPRI0N Bleeker.

126. Pentaprion longimanus (Cantor).

Head 3.40 in length: depth 2.7.5: eve- 2.7.5 in head: dorsal ix, 14; anal v. 13: scales deciduous. Color
yellowish white; a dusky opercular spot; a .-light shade of dusky on anterior membranes of spinous dorsal,
otherwise fins unmarked. Six specimens from Cavite, length 2.7.5 to 3.5 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 25

. Family SClUMD.-E.

PSEUDOSCLKNA Bleeker.

127. Pseudosciaena anea (Block).

Head 3 in length: depth 3.20: eye 4.10 in head; dorsal XI, 24: anal n. 7: canines in jaws: maxillary 2.10,
ending on line with middle of eye, posterior limb of preopercle serrated; opercle with two small spine-like
points. Color yellowish; a yellow streak from opercle to caudal along median line: a dusky blotch on operele
and on upper part of orbit; spinous dorsal dusky, otherwise fins unmarked. Two specimens from Cfi
length 4.23 and 5 inches.

TJMBRINA Cuvier.

128. Umbrina russelli Cuvier Ac Valenciennes.

Head 3.25 in length; depth 3.25; eye 3.25 in head; dorsal xi, 25: anal n, 7: scales 52; snoul overhang-
ing, no enlarged canines; teeth in outer half of maxillary slightly larger; barbel half length of eye. Color

yellowish : a dark blotch on opercle: spinous dorsal dusky : other fins unmarked. Tour specimens from( avite,
length about 3.25 inches.

129. Umbrina dussumieri Cuvier A: Valenciennes.

Head 3.10 in length: depth 3.75; eye 1.20 in head; dorsal \i. 25; anal n, 7: barbel at symphysis, short,
less than one-half of eye. small teeth in jaws, with anterior ones of maxillary slightly enlarged : spinous dorsal
high, 1.20 ill depth Color dull yellowish, shaded with brownish, more or less blotched; lower half of bodj
brighter: spinous dorsal shaded with dusky: caudal with some dusky: other fins unmarked. One specimen
from Cuvite, length 7 inches.

Famih SILLAGINIDjE.

SILLAGO Cuvier.
130. Sillago sihania i Forsk&l).

Head 3. 15 in length : depth 5.75; eye 1.75 in head; scales 73. Color yellowish, with a longitudinal silvery

band: an indistinct blotch of dusky on upper pari of opercles. Seven specimens from Cavite. length 3. .50 to
6 inches.

Family MLLLID.-E.

PSEUDUPENEUS Bleeker.
( Upeneus Giinthcr; Parupt nt tu Bleeker. >

131. Pseudupeneus barberinus (Lacepede).

Head 3 in length ; depth 5; eye4inhead; scales 31; barbels reaching to below middle of opercle. Color

yellowish, a brown line along side of snout through eye to below middle of soft dorsal fin: a black spot on bn >
of caudal peduncle; fins without markings. One specimen from Iloilo, length 3.75 inches.

132. Pseudupeneus indicus (Shaw).

Head 3.20 in length: depth 4: eye 5 in head; snout rather pointed: barbels reaching to below angle of
preopercle. Color dull yellowish white, a goldi n elongate blotch on and above lateral line between thi 2 dorsal
tins; a distinct brown spot on each side of caudal peduncle: fins unmarked. Two specimens from Iloilo,
length about 5 inches.

UPENEUS Cuvier. <JJ peiieoides Bleeker.)

133. Upeneus luzonius Jordan & Seale, new species.

Head 3.60 in length without caudal; depth 4.05; eye fin head: dorsal vni-i, 8; anal 1, 6; scales.34: barbels
reaching to below angle of preopercle; Srsl dorsal fin high, its height equal to or greater than depth of bodj
snout 2.40 in head; interorbital 1.75 in snout.

26

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Body moderately elongate and compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.25 in head: mouth moderate
the maxillary 2.35 in head; upper jaw slightly the longer; a band of small teeth in jaws, teeth on vomer and
palatines: gillrakers small, sharp-pointed, 12 developed on lower limb, the longest 2.5 in orbit; dorsal fin
high, length of second dorsal spine greater than depth of body, about equal in length to head; 5 rows of scales,
between the dorsal fins: height of second dorsal 1.75 in head, none of its rays elongate; base of anal 2. .50. its
longest ray 2; origin of anal slightly nearer origin of ventrals than base of caudal; pectoral 1.40 in head:
ventrals 1.20; caudal well forked, equal to length of head.

Fig. 9. — Upeneus luzonius Jordan & Seale. new species. Typo.

Color in spirits dull yellowish, with tint of brown; a brown line from eve along median line to caudal; a
brown saddle over anterior half of caudal peduncle, a second less distinct band of brown extending down on
side from anterior two-thirds of soft dorsal: some brownish indistinct markings on top of head and side of
snout; upper and lower lobes of caudal with 4 oblique cross-bands as in Upeneus vittatus; spinous and soft
dorsals with 3 rather indistinct dusky bands; remaining lins unmarked.

Seven specimens from Cavite. The type. 4.75 inches long, is no. 53067, U. S. Nal ional Museum. Cotypes,
no. 9244. Museum Stanford University.

134. Upeneus sulphureus (Cuvie'r & Valenciennes).

Head 3.40 in length; depth 3.40; eve 3.75 in head: scales 38. Color yellowish; spinous dorsal with 3
dark bands, the upper one forming the tip of tin and being most distinct; soft dorsal with 3 indistinct cross-
bands, the tip dusky; tip of caudal dusky, other lins yellowish. Fourteen specimens from Cavite, length 2 to
6.75 inches.

135. Upeneus tragula (Richardson).

Head 3.50 in length: depth 4.25; eve 4 in head; scales 2-32-7; barbels reaching to angle of preopercle.
Color dull silvery, much blotched and spotted with brown: the caudal fin with 4 oblique brown bands; spinous
dorsal tip! with dusky, with some brown spots; soft dorsal with 2 brown bands; anal and ventrals with
brown markings. One specimen from Manila ami 2 specimens from lloilo, length about 4 inches.

Family ANAH.W TlDli.

ANABAS Cuvier.

136. Anabas scandens (I)aldorf).

Head 2.9 in length; depth 2.3; eye 5.25 in head; dorsal xvin, 10; anal x, 9; strong serrations on opercle,
and very strong spine-like teeth on subopercle. Color olive brown, a lighter blotch on posterior of opercle.
Two specimens from Cavite, length 5.25 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 27

Family OPHIOCEPHALIDjE.

OPHIOCEPHALUS Bloch.

137. Ophiocephalus striatus (Bloch).

Head 3.85 in length; depth 5.50; dorsal 15; anal _'ii: -ruli-- -m: ~.al.'~ on tup of head lar^c anil irregular.
Color in spirits dusky above, this color forming dark longitudinal lines which extend to the white of the belly;
two dark line backward from angle of mouth. Two specimens from Cavite, length 8.50 and 9 inches.

Family CEPOUDjE.

ACANTH0CEP0LA Bleeker.
138. Acanthocepola abbreviata i( inn i ■& Valencienm

Head li in length; depth 9; eye 3.50 in head: dorsal 70; anal 73; teeth in a single row in both jaws;
scales -mall but dist i net : dorsal and anal continuous with caudal; a strong spine at angle of preopercle followed
l.\ 1 spinelets on its lower limb. Color yellowish, with indistinct traces of numerous vertical bands on back ;
anal and dorsal tipped with dusky. Nine specimens From Cavite, length •"> to 7.25 inches.

Famil) POMACENTRID I

DASCYLLUS Cuvier.

139. Dascyllus aruanus (Linnseus).

Head :i in length; depth 1.75; eye 2.50 in head; dorsal xn. LI; anal ii. li. Color in spirits yellowish,
with 3 deep black cross-bands, one covering nuchal region and snout, the second from lifth to seventh dorsal
spines to ventrals; the third covering posterior dorsal down to posterior of anal: caudal yellow. Five spei
mens of this well-known species from Cavite, length I to 2.25 inches.

140. Dascyllus trimaculatus I Etiipp

Bead 3.75 in length; depth 1.60; eye 3 in lead, dorsal xn. 11: anal n. 12; scales 3 27 11: anterior id

head and snout bluntly and evenly rounded, the -iiciiii and nh not projecting. Color blackish, tip of soft

dorsal yellowish, a yellowish white spot under middle of dorsal fin, the one on nuchal region apparent!} obsolete;
tins black. One specimen from Manila, length 3.50 inches.

P0MACENTRUS Lacepede.

141. Pornacentrus tripunctatus Cuvier i Valenciennes.

(Pomaccntms Irilineatus Ehrenberg.

Head 3.40 in length; depth 2; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal XIII, 15; anal it. 15: scales 3-27-0; preopercle
and orbital strongly denticulate. Color in spirits rich brown; caudal yellow: tins blackish.

Two line specimens from Cavite. length about I inches, colored as above.
A specimen 3 inches long, from Cavite. is dull brown with dark spot in axil of pectoral and on top of caudal
peduncle; caudal yellow: anal and ventral black; some bluish on snout.

Another specimen from Cavite, 2.50 inches long, is dull yellowish brown, a black spot at origin of lateral line
and in axil of pectoral; fins yellowish-brown, except dusky wash on dorsal; some bluish on snout; caudal
yellow.

A small specimen, length 2.50 inches, from Cavite. is brown, with yellow caudal, a black dot at origin "I
lateral line; a narrow blue line from snout over top of head on each side; another alongside of snout through
eye, a slight dusky blotch in soft dorsal.

28 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

ABUDEFDUF Forskal.
142. Abudefduf turchesius Jordan & Seale, new species.

Head 3.25 in length; depth 2.40; eye 3 in head; snout 4; interorbita) 3.50; dorsal Xm, 13; anal n, 12;
scales 2-28-9; preopercle entire; opercle with a small but distinct spine at its posterior margin.

Body oblong, compressed; jaws even, angle of mouth under anterior third of eye; head and body firmly
scaled; depth of caudal peduncle equal to its length, which is 2 in head; a single row of blunt pointed teeth in
each jaw; suborbital above angle of mouth equal to one-half width of pupil; gillrakers slim and sharp, about

. ' --v.

Fig. 10.— Abudefduf turchesius Jordan & Seale, new species, Type.

12 on lower limb; spinous dorsal rather low, the longest spine 2.50 in head; dorsal rays longer, 1.20; base of
anal 2.50 in base of dorsal, its longest ray 1.20; pectoral equal to head; ventrals with outer rays prolonged,
reaching to base of anal; caudal rounded, equal to head.

Color in spirits uniform deep blue, slightly lighter, with yellowish wash on thorax and belly; tins all
uniform blue except pectorals and ventrals, which are gray.

One specimen from Cavite, type no. 9245, Museum Stanford University, length 2 inches.

143. Abudefduf saxatilis (Linnseus).

Head 3.20 in length; depth 2; eye 3.20 in head; dorsel xm, 13; anal II, 13. Color dull grayish white;
5 wide black vertical bands on side; a black spot at axil of pectorals; fins dusky, no black lines extending
into caudal; lower part of body with yellowish wash. One specimen from Manila, length 4.35 inches.

Family LABKIU^.

CH02R0PS Ruppell.

144. Chcerops anchorago (Bloch).

Head 3 in length; depth 3; eye 5 in head; dorsel xm, 7; anal in, 9; scales 30; cheek with imbricate
scales: preopercle serrated Color in spirits yellowish with the upper anterior two-thirds of body black,
invaded at middle of pectoral by a yellow band; posterior pari of body, belly, soft dorsal caudal, anal, pectoral
and ventrals yellow, dusky at axil of pectoral. One specimen from Manila, length 4.75 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 29

LEPIDAPLOIS Bill.

145. Lepidaplois macrurus (Lacepedei.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.95; dorsal mi, 9; anal in, 12; scales 32. Color in spirits yellowish white;

4 red hands through interorbital space over nuchal region and back over upper half of body; 2 similar lines

through eve and 2 or '■'• below eve, these extending back on body; a wide deep black area below soft dorsal,

at the lateral line sending an oblique band-like projection of black downward and backward, running out on

lower caudal rays to tip; ventrals black; margin of anal black, a dusky wash on belly. One specimen from

Manila, length 10 inches.

HALICHCERES Riippell.

146. Halichoeres nigrescens (Bloch & Schneider).

Mead 3.20 in length; depth 3; eye 6 in bead; dorsal i\. 12; anal in, 12; a strong canine at angle of jaw;
scales 28. Color in spirits yellowish, with bluish gray on upper two-thirds of body more or less distinctly
arranged in 8 or 9 cross-bands; a blue-black yellow-edged ocellus between the lifth to seventh dorsal spines;
margins of caudal bright yellow, the inner pari with blue ami yellow cross-bands, dusk; below ; a black spot
in axil of pectoral; outer edge of dorsal and anal bluish, the inner half of these lins with roundish yellowish
markings; head with blue lines. Three specimens from Manila, length 3.75 to 5.20 inches.

147. Halichoeres hyrtli i Bleckcn

Head 3.50 in length; depth I; dorsal i\, 12; anal m, 11; scales 29; teeth in a single row in each jaw, with
a distinct posterior canine. Color in spirits yellowish, the scales with a tint of brown; a wide distinct brown

band fr snout through eye tc base of caudal; a black yellow-edged ocellus at posterioi end of this line on base

of caudal; a brown band along base of caudal; the lines of each side uniting at tip of snout; a blai-ksp.it
between the first and second dorsal spines at base sometimes extending back to third spine; dorsal, anal, and
caudal with indistinct reticulating lines or while- spots; base of pectorals with a black spot. Three specimen
from Manila, length 2.50 to 3.10 inches,

148. Halichoeres scapularis I Bennett).

Head :{ in length; depth 4; eye 4 in head; siioul 3.75; interorbital 1.75 in snout ; dorsal IX. 11; anal ill.
11; scales 3 27 9; a distinct canine at angle of jaws

Body oblong, moderate!] i pressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.30 in head; snout rather sharp pointed.

the lips thick; sharp-pointed teeth in a single series in each jaw; the anterior canines of each jaw -lightly
enlarged; posterior canines distinct ; gillrakers short . sharp-pointed, 1 1 on lower limb; scales in front of dorsal
and on thorax small, 9 series in front of dorsal; dorsal tin low, its-longest spine 2.50 in head, the rays slightly
longer: base of anal equal to length of head, its longest ray 2.50 in head; pectorals 1.60; ventrals 2.10; caudal
rounded, 1.7.r>.

Color in spirits dull gray; a distinct black stripe from eye along side to upper base of caudal: a n

narrow indistinct light line on the median line from lol f opercle to middle of caudal; lins yellowish white

without markings; no black spot in axil of pectoral or on base of caudal.

Two specimens from Panay, length 2.75 inches,

A specimen from Manila which was 5.50 inches long had head 4 in length; depth I: eye 5.50 in head;
a blunt tooth at angle of mouth; some small scales behind the eye. Color in spirit- (specimen much faded),
above grayish green, I he scales with darker centers, yellowish below: caudal banded; dorsal and anal with
2 or 15 longitudinal bands of dusky and yellowish; check with bands and dots, especially a band behind eye and
2 spots on upper part of opercle; a dusky oblique band I ach side of belly from inner axil of pectoral.

149. Halichoeres binotopsis (Bleeker).

Head 3.20 in length; depth 3.75; dorsal ix. 11 : anal m. 1 1 ; scales 28. Color in spirits (badly faded i
yellowish, with indistinct dusky spots and 4 or 5 indistinct cross-bands; a black dot on upper base of caudal:
a dusky ocellus between first and second dorsal spines and another between first and second dorsal rays;
some lines on head, one of which forms a short but rather wide vertical dark line behind eye

Another specimen has the head 3 in length; depth 3.50; eye 4 in head. Color in spirits bluish, with 5
dark bands with white lines between them; dorsal with ocelli; anal with a row of ocelli; caudal with ocelli;
a black bar behind eye; lines on cheek not forming a complete circuit.

Numerous specimens from Cavite, length 2.25 to 3.25 inches.

30 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

150. Halichoeres miniatus (Kulil & Van Ilasselt).

Head 3.95 in length; depth 3.50; eye 4.50 in head. Anal tin with fine black dots; dorsal with spot in
middle; a black bar behind eye and a black dot in front ; about 5 dark bars over back and 5 along side, these
more or less united by longitudinal dark band: dorsal with oblique dusky lines. Several specimens from
Manila and Cavite.

151. Halichoeres argus (Bloch & Schneider).

Head 3.35 in length; depth, 3.35; eye, 4.20 in head. Each scale with a round spot on a blue Geld;
dorsal and anal with round spots on blue field; caudal dusky at tip, with round rings on rest of fin; stripes on
thorax; blue lines on head; a lighter line above lateral line; six white marks each side of dorsal. Three
specimens from Cavite.

152. Halichoeres poecilus (Richardson).
{ Halichceres anmilutus Fowler.)

Head, 2.55 in length; depth, 3.75; eye, 3.75 in head. Three bands of color along side; about six dark
bands over back; a dark bar behind eye with a dark line from its upper and lower part; a dark line from eye
to snout, a large black ocellus in middle of dorsal; another between anterior spines, the fin with markings
extending into it from the body; anal with row of rings at base followed by a line: markings on cheek variable
the dark sometimes forming complete rings. Numerous specimens from Cavite.

153. Halichceres pseudorniniatus (Blceker).

Head:-! in length; depth 3.50; eye 4.75 in head. One specimen from Cavite, with which II . operculars
of the South Seas may prove to be identical, but in (be latter the silver band under eye always curves back
near posterior edge of opercle and extends forward across lower part of cheek, while in H. pseudorniniatus it
ends at opercle or at its base, not doubling back sharply as in //. opercularis.

STETH0JULIS Gunther.

154. Stethojulis phekadopleura Bleeker.

Head 3 in length; depth 3.10. Color brownish above, white below with 3 rows of brown dots along
lower part of side; a brown spot at base of caudal. Three specimens from Cavite.

155. Stethojulis bandanensis (Bleeker).

Head 2.95 in length; depth 3. Color drab, light brown above, yellowish below; a white spot above axil
of pectoral; base of pectoral brown; 3 small black dots on caudal peduncle, and a black spot between pos-
terior rays.

Other specimens show the following coloration: Drab above, yellowish white below, the colors not meet-
ing sharply on body, but on head the division sharply marked by a white line extending from snout to a
little past posterior of opercle, where it forms a while characteristic spot just above axil of pectoral; 3 black
dots on caudal peduncle, 1 between posterior rays of dorsal and one, or a slight indication of one, between the
last rays of anal.

Numerous specimens from Cavite. This species, found also af Samoa, is very near Stethojulis axillaris
of Hawaii, but apparently distinct.

156. Stethojulis kalosoma Bleeker.

Head 3.98 in length: depth 4, eye 4.50 in head. A black line from posterior orbit to about tip of perioral
very indistinct; 4 lines of dots along lower side with line specks between them, no black dot on fin; dorsal
with indistincl oblique lines. Several specimens from Cavite.

THALASS0MA Swainson.

157. Thalassoma lunare (Linnaeus).

II 13.20 in length; depth 3.50; eye 5 in head; dorsal VIII, 13; anal II, 11; scales 26; a single row of

teeth in jaws. Color in spirits, tody olive-brown, the center of each scale with a short vertical stripe; bead
deep blue: caudal yellow, outer rays with dusky; dorsal and anal blue with the outer third yellow; 2 brown

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAT. 31

longitudinal stripes on each side of thorax below pectoral; a blue line around under jaw from angle to angle,
with ;i median blue line to tip of under jaw; pectoral with deep blue on upper part: caudal rays prolonged.
One specimen from Cavitc. length 4.. 5.5 inches.

158. Thalassemia dorsale (Quoy & Gaimard).

Head 3 in length; depth 3.10; eye 5 75 in head; dorsal VIII, 13; anal III, 11; scales 20; caudal lunate.
Color in spirits yellowish white, with 7 black bands o\ ei side and down almost to median line on side: head with
broad red hands; dorsal with dusky longitudinal hand through middle, the Outer part yellow, lip of caudal
dusky, anal yellow with dusky black. One specimen from Manila, length .5 inches.

CHEILINUS Lacepede.

159. Cheilinus trilobatus Lacepede.

Head 2.50 in length; depth 2.85; dorsal i\. 10; anal in. 8; scales 20. Color in spirits brownish, with 4
wide dark hands on side; a black spol at base of eighth to ninth dorsal rays; 3 black spots on median line "ii
posterior half of body; some black spots in anal; soft dorsal whitish; numerous light colored dots and short
lines on head. One specimen from Manila, length I 75 inches.

160. Cheilinus rostratus Cartier.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.60; eye 5 in head; dorsal ix, 10; anal in, 9; scales 24; preopercle serrated;
caudal rounded; profile of head above snout concave, the snout slim and conical, its length 3 in head Color
in spirits yellowish white; 4 rather irregular dusk} blotches or hands on side of body : a dusky band from eye
vertically down to throat; uppei lip with duskj spots; some dusky blotches on dorsal and anal: caudal with
some dusky bars. One specimen from [loilo, length I inches.

HEMIPTER0N0TUS Lacepede.

161. Hernipteronotus pentadactylus Lacepede.

Head 1 in length ; depth 3.25; eye 1.50 in bead; dorsal n vu, 12; anal in, 12; scales 28. The lirsi 2 dorsal
spines elongate and separate from rest of fin , check scaly Color in spirits yellowish white, a black blotch on

side of body above posterior third of pectoral fin, a longer light yellowish blotch just below this black spot;
lins unmarked. Two specimens from Manila, lengl h 3 75 and 1.20 inches.

l-amih SCARICHTHYID/E.

CALLY0D0N Gronow (Scarus Foiskal.)

162. Callyodon lacerta (Cii\ i. i & Valencienne

A young example 3.75 inches long, probably of this species, from [loilo has the following characteristics:
Head 3 in length ; depth 3; eye 1 in head; 3 rows of scales on cheek, the i nidi lie row of 6 scales, the lower of 2;
lips entirely covering the while teeth; caudal rounded. Color uniform yellowish hrown, no liars or markings;
dorsal with slight lip of dusky; anal with 2 indistinct bands.

163. Callyodon elerse Jordan & Scale, new species.

Head 3 10 iii length; depth 2.95; eye 6.50 in head 2.50 in snout; dorsal ix, 10; anal n, 8; scales 2-25-6,
3 rows on cheek, the lower row of 4 scales covering the lower limb of preopercle; lips narrow . covering about
two-thirds of upper jaw; teeth green, with 2 strong canines at angle

Body oblong, rather deep; depth of caudal peduncle 2.7.5 in head: head bluntly hut evenly pointed;
even rows of scales in front of dorsal ; dorsal' fin rather low, its longest ray 2.75 in head; base of anal fin 1.30
in head. 2.20 in base of dorsal; pectoral 1.30 in head; ventral 1..55; caudal rather deeply lunate, the lobe
almost equal to length of head.

Color in spirits dull yellowish, the upper half with a wash of hrown darker on shoulders and upper half of
head, the colors being distinctly separated on cheek, on line with lower part of orbit; lips yellow, followed by
a broader green line which extends hack to eye, the yellow margin on lower lip very narrow; a slightly darker

32

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

band extending across part of interorbital space; dorsal fin yellowish with a slight wash of green, a narrow-
line of dark green at margin; anal yellow with a broad green margin; ventral yellow; pectoral yellow, with
wash of dull green; caudal green with the upper and lower intramarginal rays yellowish.

One specimen from Cavite, length 12.50 inches, type no. 024(1, Museum Stanford University.

This species is named for the late Fra Castro de Elera. professor in the college of Santo Tomas in Manila,
author of a catalog of the fauna of the Philippines.

Fig. 11.— Callyodcm eler^r Jordan & Sealo, new species. Type.

Family SC0KPII).£.

MONODACTYLuS Lacepede (Psettus Cuvier).

164. Monodactylus argenteus (Linnreus).

Head 3 in length; depth 1.10; eye 2. .50 in head; dorsal vm, 30; anal III, 29; teeth villiform in jaws,
vomer, palatines, and tongue. Color silvery, with purplish reflections: a black ocular band through eye:
another dusky band over shoulders to posterior margin of opercle: anterior portion of dorsal and anal fins
dusky. Four young examples from Cavite, length 1.50 to 4.75 inches.

Family ILARCHID^.

PLATAX Cuvier.

165. Platax orbicularis (ForskfiJ).

Head 3 in length; depth slightly less than length; dorsal v, 37; anal in, 27. Color grayish in spirits; a
black ocular band which extends down and out on the long ventral fin; another black band at posterior margin
of opercle and at base of caudal fin: anterior rays of dorsal and anal dusky; caudal yellow. One specimen,
2.75 inches long, from Ileilo.

Family EPH1PPID.-E.

EPHIPPUS Cuvier (Scafophagus Cuvier & Valenciennes).

166. Ephippus argus (Gmelin).

Head 3.05 in length; depth 1.75; pectoral fins short; dorsal xi, 17; anal iv, 13. Color brownish, white
on belly, thorax, and chin; scattered black spots over upper half of body: some spots on caudal peduncle;
fins dusky. Five specimens from Cavite, length 2 to 5 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 33

Family DREPANIDjE.

DREPANE Cnvier & Valenciennes.

167. Drepane punctata (Gmelin).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 1.10; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal ix, 20; anal in, 18; scales 50; spine pointing
forward under the skin in front of dorsal, second dorsal spine long; pectoral long, reaching about to base of
caudal; all specimens have small barbels on each side of throat, with a cluster of about ii on chin. Color
silvery, with aboul 7 vertical dusky bands made up of (>lu<k spots, these bands more distinct in young, being
less broken up into spots; ventrals partly dusky; head without bands. Five specimens from Cavite, length
2.50 to 6.75 inches.

Family CHiET0D0NTID£.

CHELM0 Cuvier.

168. Chelmo rostratus I Linn

Head 2.35 in length; depth 1.70; dorsal ix, 30; anal in. 21; snout pointed. 2 in bead. Color yellowish,

with I yellow dark-edged vertical bands, the anterior forming the ocular band, a large black " bite-edged

ocellus in middle of soft dorsal, at upper part of fourth band; a dark band on caudal peduncle.

The largest example shows: Head 2.7)0 in length; depth 1.25; snout 1.25 in hi I in snout. Color

in spirits yellowish, with 5 vertical darker bands, the anterior one forming the ocular band; in addition there
are numerous longitudinal lines; a large blue-edged ocellus of black on the soft dorsal.

Three specimens from Cavite, length 1.50 to 6.25 inches.

PARACH.ET0D0N Bleeker.
169. Parachaetodon ocellatus (Cuvier <V \ ilen icnncs).

Head 3 in length ; depth 1.10; dorsal kh, 24; anal m, 20. Color yellowish, with 3 oblique broad bands
of light brown on side of body; another similar band occupying posterior portion of dorsal and anal fins,

crossing the caudal peduncle, where it has a white 1 at its margins; a brown ocular band with black margins;

the third band of bod} has a round black ocellus at its iippei portion, a dusky line down middle of forehead
and snout ; ventrals duskj Nine specimens from Cavite, length 1 .50 to 3.50 inchi

G0N0CHJET0D0N Bleeker.

170. Gonochaetodon triangulum (Cuvier £ Valenciennes).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 1.10; eye 2.80 in head; dorsal si; anal mi. 26: the posterior of dorsal I'm is
almost straight with the angle directed inward. Color brownish, darker on posterior of bodj , with numerous
white lines on body forming blunt angles with the point toward tin- bead; 3 dark bands on bead, extending

on ventral I'm; inner half of caudal black; tip of caudal white; a narrow intramarginal black line on anal

CHffiTODON Linnaeus.

171. Chsetodon trifasciatus Park.

Head 3.35 in length: depth 1.50; dorsal xin, 12; anal in, 20. Color dull yellowish, with narrow longi-
tudinal black lines from bead to caudal; a black band on caudal; a black wedge-shaped ana on posterior
part of dorsal and anal; 3 black bands on head, the middle one forming the ocular band; the anterior
one on tip of snout; 2 narrow dusky lines on soft dorsal; anal dusky with white margin. One specimen
from Cavite, length -I inches.

172. Chaetodon omatissimus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Head 3.25 in length; depth 1.25; dorsal xn, 25; anal in. 22. Color yellowish, with grayish wash: 7
wide oblique dusky bands on side of body, about 5 vertical lines on head, the middle one forming the ocular
band; 2 black bands on tail; 2 dark lines on dorsal and anal. One specimen from Manila, length 3.25 inches,

I; i; ; [906

34 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

173. Chaetodon punctatofasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Head 3.60 in length; depth 1.30; dorsal XII, 23: anal III, 17. Color yellowish, with S dusky vertical
bands from dorsal to middle of body; a white ocular band with dusky margin; a lunate dusky band in caudal;
an intramarginal line of black in dorsal and anal; a black spot in front of dorsal fin: lower half of body with
distinct round black dots which seem gradually to fade out on upper third of body. Three specimens from
Manila, length 3.25 to 3.50 inches.

174. Chaetodon kleini Bloch.

Head 3.50 in length; depth 1.30; eye 2.75 in head. Color yellowish or grayish, with a wide ocular band
from the rather gibbous origin of dorsal thru eye out on ventral fins, which are black; dorsal and anal with
narrow intramarginal dusky lines, caudal yellowish; very indistinct indications of dusky on posterior part of
body and above middle of pectoral. One specimen from Manila, length 3.20 inches.

H0LACANTHUS Lacepede.

175. Holacanthus bicolor (Bloch).

Head 3.75 in length; depth 2; eye 2.50 in head. Anterior third of body bright yellow, posterior two-
thirds deep black: a black band between eyes; caudal bright yellow. One specimen of this well-marked fish
from Manila, length 4.75 inches.

176. Holocanthus diacanthus (Boddaert).

Head 3. 85 in length: depth 1.S5: dorsal xiv, 19; anal in, 19: spine of preopercle reaching to below
posterior margin of opercles. Color in spirits yellowish, with about 16 dusky bands from dorsal curving
orward and back to ventral surface of body and to anal; curved lines in dorsal and anal; caudal yellow:
soft dorsal dusky; 2 deep blue lines on head, one from shoulder behind and below the eye, the other in front
of eye. One specimen of this well-known fish from Manila, length 7.50 inches.

Family ACAXTHURIIU:.

HEPATUS Gronow ( Teuthis Linneeus).

177. Hepatus celebicus (Bleeker).

Head 3.25 in length: depth 2; eye 3 in head: dorsal VIII, 25. anal [I, 24. Color brown: deep black at
posterior margin of opercle : a white band around under jaw: lins blackish; tip of snout black; caudal lunate.
One specimen from Manila, length 4.75 inches.

178. Hepatus matoides (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3.20 in length: depth 2; dorsal IX, 28: anal n, 27. Color brown; 4 longitudinal bluish bands in
dorsal fin; anal blackish; younger examples with white band on posterior part of caudal peduncle. Two
specimens from Iloilo, length 3 and 5.30 inches.

This species is probably identical with Hepatus guntheri (Jenkins) and Hepatus blochii (Cuvier & Valen-
ciennes).

ZEBRAS0MA Swainson.

179. Zebrasoma rhombeum (Kittlitz).

Head 3 in length; depth 1.50; snout 1.50 in head: base of caudal spine white, with a large mass ol small
seta; in front of spine: lower pail of body with indistinct longitudinal bluish lines; lins blackish, can da I square.
This is probably a color-form of the yellow /.• Imisoiim Jla reset ns. One specimen from island of Panay: length
4.25 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 35

Family SIGANIDjE.

siganus Forekal.

180. Siganus javus iLinineus).

Head 4 in length; depth 2.20; eye 'S in head: snout 2.75; dorsal xm. 10: anal vn. 9. Color brown,
with numerous small while dnis on shoulder and upper pan .if bodj ami bead, becoming larger on side ami
forming longitudinal lines; on side and below, these lines mora or less broken up: belly yellowish : fins yellow ish

with irregular sp.iis of brownish or with grayish wash; caudal ei ginate. .Vine specimens from Cavite,

length :j to 4.50 inches.

181. Siganus virgatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes

Head 3.50 in length: depth 2; eye 2.75 in head; dorsal xm. 10; anal mi, (I. Dull grayish, tinted with
l.lin. a dusky band frbm fourth and sixth dorsal spines to axil of pectoral; a black ocular band through eye;
narrow cross-bands on top of head ami s e narrow oblique lines on shoulder; I in- yellowish; anal and \entrals

with slight wash of dusk} III older examples the crOSS lilies of I, lack nil top of head ami snout heroine mo e

distinct and a number of I, lark dots appear behind the second dusky hand. Two specimens from the island
of Panay, length about I inches; one line specimen 7 inches long from Manila.

182. Siganus marmoratus (Quoj & Gaimard)

Head 3.85 in length; depth 2.50; eye 2.75 in head; dorsal mi, 10; analvn, 9. Color in spirits brownish,
with bluish vermieiilaiiiig lines about half as wide as his, inclined to run longitudinally on side, more reticulate
on hack : caudal handed ; Mill dorsal and anal with dusky spots 00 raya forming 2 or more hands. One speci-
men from Manila, about -i .."> inches long.

183. Siganus fuscescens (Houttuyn)

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2.50; eve 3.50 in head: dorsal Mil. 10; anal vn. 9; caudal eiuarginale.

( olor in spirils pale- bluish; usually with a dusky opercular spot; s scattered dots of light ami also of

dusky over body; caudal handed. Three speei ns from Cavite, 3 to I inches in length, and 2 specimens

from island of Panay, 2.50 and li inches long.

184. Siganus Hneatus if u\ hi \ Valenciennes).

Head 3.75 in length; depth 2; eye 3 ill head; dorsal XIII; anal Ml, '.I. Color in spirils bluish gni\ with
brown dots or lines, the lines on upper pail of U,d\ usually surrounding light bluish spots, some specimens
(not all i showing a yellowish blotch at base ol ofl doi i! and corresponding in every respect to the figure
of Cuvier & Valenciennes illist. Nat. Poiss., pi 286); belly yellowish white: fins with grayish wash. One
specimen from Manila, length 5.75 inches.

185. Siganus tetrazonus i Bleeki

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2.10; eve 3.10 in head; snout 2.50. Color in spirits bluish while, with I

broad cross hands of dusky oxer hack and down on side ba e of caudal dusky: lins splotched with dusky.
Three young examples from Manila, length 1.50 to :{ inches, and 2 from Cavite, 2.25 and 5 inches long.

Familj HUISTIDi:.

BALISTAPUS Tilesius.

186. Balistapus undulatus i I'm k ■.
One fine specimen of this well-known species from Cavite.

36 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family MONACANTHIDjE.

MONACANTHUS Cuvier.

187. Monacanthus chinensis (Blooh).

Head 2.30 in length: depth 1.10 equal to length without caudal peduncle; dorsal I, 28; anal 28. Color
brownish gray, with numerous small dots of brown, caudal with dusky tip. One small specimen an inch
long from Manila.

188. Monacanthus nemurus (Bloch).

Head 3.10 in length; depth 2.12; eye 4.20 in head; dorsal spine with a row of spinules on each side,
1.75 in head; dorsal 28; anal 29. Color brownish gray, mottled with darker blotches; caudal with 2 dusky
bands. Three specimens from Manila, length 3 inches, and 2 specimens from island of Panay, 1.50 and 3.50
inches long.

ALUTERA Cuvier.

189. Alutera monoceros (Osbeck).

Head 3 in length; depth 2.25; eye 4.75 in head; dorsal 48; anal 50; dorsal spine feeble, without barbs,
situated over middle of eye, its length 3.50 in head; caudal 1.30. Color uniform brownish, posterior part of
caudal shaded with dusky. One specimen from Manila, length 5 inches.

Family 0STRACIID.€.

0STRACI0N Linnaeus.

190. Ostracion cornutum Linna?us.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.10; eye 2.05 in head. This well-known species is easily distinguished by the
long cow-like orbital spines, about equal to length of head. Color grayish or yellowish white, without dots.
Five specimens from Cavite, length 1 to 2.50 inches.

191. Ostracion gibbosum Linnanis.

Head 3 in length; depth 2. Four ridges to carapace, the 2 upper much closer together and surmounted
by a very large strong spine; 4 strong spines along lower lateral ridge. Color yellowish white, with about 4
dusky oblique bars on side. Eleven specimens from Cavite, length 1 to 2.50 inches.

192. Ostracion tuberculatum Linnanis.

Head 2.10 in length; depth 1.20; eye 2.20 in head; carapace four-ridged, without sharp spines; a ridge
with blunt short spine on middle of carapace. Each plate with a round brown spot about size of pupil.
Three specimens from Cavite, length 0.50 to 1 inch.

Family TETRA0D0NTIM.

SPHEROIDES (Lacepede) Dumeril.
193. Spheroides lunaris (Bloch).

Head 3.20 in length; depth 3.10; caudal lunate. Color grayish above, white below; top of caudal
peduncle dusky. Five specimens from Cavite, length 2 to 4.50 inches, and 2 from Manila, 4 inches long.

The Japanese species called Spheroides spadiceus (Richardson) is probably not distinct from Sphinx,/,
lunaris.

194. Spheroides ocellatus (Osbeck).

Back covered with small spines from interorbital space to dorsal fin. side naked, belly spiny. Brownish
above; one or more wide blackish cross-bands, one on middle of back, one very indistinct from base of dorsal;
tip of head and snout dusky; whitish spots over hack and side separated by narrow brownish network, tip
of caudal dusky. Two specimens from Manila, length 2.75 and 3.75 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAT. 37

TETRAODON Linnaeus.

195. Tetraodon irnmaculatus Bloch.

Entire body excepting lips and tail covered with spines < '<>lor grayish green, with narrow brown longi-
tudinal stripes over back, side, and belly ; caudal with upper, lower, and posterior margin black. One specimen
from Cavite, length 3.75 inches.

196. Tetraodon reticulatus Bloch.

Entirely covered with small spines. Color dusky; under part of bod}' covered with numerous brown
lines, descending obliquely from cheek posterior of body and caudal fin with bluish spots: dorsal, anal, and
pectoral unspotted. One specimen from Cavite, length 4.75 inches.

197. Tetraodon hispidus Linnaeus.

Above grayish-green, white below, large round white spots over back; sides of belly with dusky lines,
distinct and extending entirely over belly in young. Three specimens from Manila, length about 2 to 3
inches; 1 specimen from the island of Panay. length 4.75 inches.

CANTHIGASTEK Swainson.

198. Canthigaster compressus (Proc£).

Head 3 in length; depth 2.75. A large black blue-edged ocellus at base of dorsal fin; blue lines on fore-
head; belly white. Four specimens from Cavite, length 2 to 3.50 inches.

Family SCORP/ENID.-E.

GENNADITJS Jordan & Seale, new genoB.
(Jcnnadiux Jordan &JSeale. new genus of Scotpsnids Stbatti '•

This genus is separated from Sebastes and Sebasiodes bj the absence of cranial spines. Dorsal spines \i\ ;
scales large

199. Gennadius stoliczae 1 1 >

Head 2.50 in length: depth 2.80; eye 3.50 in head; dorsal \tv. 10; anal lit. 6; seales W; teeth villiform

in jaw>, vomer, and palatines; head scaled but without spines except a single spi n opercle; preopercle

serrated. Color in spirits yellowish, marbled with brown dusky bars across all the tins and dark bands
radiating from eve and on hps. due specimen from the island of Panay, length 4.50 inches

This species is well figured by Dr. Francis Daj ' Fishes of India. 148, pi. x.xxvi, fig. 1).

SEBAST0PSIS Gill.
200. Sebastopsis scabra ( Ramsay & Ogilby).

Head 2.20 in length; depth 3; eye 3 50 in head; interorbital 1.50 in eye; an orbital tentacle; dorsal
\n [Q; anal iii. 5; second anal spine long, about equal to longest ray : dark bands over body ; caudal peduncle
lighter, with dark bar at base of caudal; a dark spol on opercle. Several specimens from Cavite. identical with
others from Samoa.

SEBASTAPISTES Gill.

201. Sebastapistes tristis (Klunzinger).

Head 2.20 in length; depth 2.50; dorsal xn, 9; anal in, 1: second anal spine 2.20 in head, prominent
compound orbital tentacle about equal to eye. Color inspirits grayish, mottled with brown; brown band on
lips and chin. One specimen from the island of Panay. length 1.20 inches.

The species is very close to our Siba-ftd/ii^ti x hwtah from Samoa, but the latter lacks the orbital tentacle.

38 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

SCORPffiNOFSIS Bleeker.

202. Scorpaenopsis cirrhosa (Thunberg).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3.20; dorsal x, i, 10: anal in, 5: second anal spine 2 in head; interorbital
space less than eye, 1.50 in snout; numerous large dermal flaps or tentacles over head, body, and fins; very
large dermal flaps on chin. Color in spirits grayish, marbled with dusky in the form of black bands over back :
(ins willi dusky bands and marblings. A single fine specimen of this well-known species from the island of
Panav, length 6.25 inches.

203. Scorpaenopsis nova-guineae (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

1 lead 2.50 in length; depth 3.12; eye 5.12 in head; dorsal xi, I, 9: anal in, 5; the second anal spine aboul
equal to length of longest anal ray: interorbital less than eye; an orbital tentacle; several tentacles on lower
jaw and over body. Color reddish, mottled with brownish; fins more or less barred witli brown; no black
spot between fifth and sixth spines of dorsal: no black spots in axil of pectoral. Numerous specimens from
Cavite. apparently identical with a specimen from Samoa.

DECTERIAS Jordan & Starks.

204. Decterias pusillus (Scblegel).

Head 2.20 in length; depth 3.20; interorbital space 1.50 in eve: preorhital spine of moderate strength:
dorsal spines slender, extending above membrane: lower pectoral ray separate from rest of fin. Color grayish,
with dusky markings above; pectoral black; ventrals black: anal with outer half black; caudal mottled with
duskv mi outer two-thirds. Two specimens from island of Panav, length 1.75 and 1.90 inches. These are
identical with Japanese examples.

Family PLATYCEPHALIC.

PLATYCEPHALUS Bloch.

205. Platycephalus insidiator (Forskal).

Head 3.10 in length: depth 3.10; dorsal i-vn, 13; anal 13; lateral line smooth, scales about 120; head
almost smooth. Color in spirits brownish above, white below, side of head and body with numerous brown
spots; caudal with 3 black stripes; dorsal fins barred with brown dots; pectoral dotted with brown; ventrals
and anal white. Two specimens from Cavite. length 6 and 9 inches.

206. Platycephalus isacanthus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3 in length; depth 7; eye 4 in head: interorbital 3 in eye; dorsal i-viii, 12; anal 12; ventral long,
1.20 in head, its tip reaching beyond origin of anal; 2 spines at angle of preopercle, the upper slightly the larger,
its length about equal to pupil of eye; no spine bent forward; lateral line unarmed; about 60 series of scales mi
body, head spinous. Color brownish, mottled: fins all. except anal, with rows of brown spots. Two speci-
mens from Cavite, length 2.75 and 5.20 inches.

207. Platycephalus macracanthus Bleeker.

Bead 3 in length; depth 9; eye 4 in head: scales 70; dorsal i-vm, 11; anal 12; 2 spines at preopercle,
the upper one very long and strong, reaching to posterior margin of opercle; interorbital 3 in eve. Color in
spirits nearly uniform, mottled with brown; ventrals, pectorals, and first dorsal dusky; second dorsal and
caudal with bands of dots; dots also showing in upper part of pectorals and in spinous dorsal. One specimen
I Manila, length 3.35 inches.

208. Platycephalus punctatus Cuvier \ Valenciennes.

I had :; in length; depth 2.50; eye 4.50 in head; lateral line unarmed; scales 110; 2 spines at angle of
preopercle, the upper the larger; alternating wide and narrow black bands ever back: anterior dorsal dusky;
ventrals and pectoral dusky: caudal dusky at base, with about 1 dusky longitudinal bands. Two specimens
from Cavite, length 2 and 5 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS <>F LUZON AND PANAY.

39

ELATES Jordan & Seale, new genns.

Elates Jordan & Seale, new genus nf Platycephalidz (.Ihompson

This genus is characterized by the single spine at the angle of the opercle, the small scales and the large,
elongate upper caudal lobe. It is allied to PUtiycephalus.

209. Elates thompsoni Jordan & Seale, ne« series.

Head 3.30 in length without caudal; depth 4 in head; eye 5; snout 2.75; dorsal i-v. 13; anal 12; about
125 scales in lateral line to end of vertebrae; lateral line smooth, except 2 small spines at it~ anterior end.

Body elongate, slightly compressed, the width greater than depth: under surface of body rather flat;

body and cheek firmly scaled; caudal peduncle narrow and flat, its width greatei than depth: - n Hat. its

width at angle of mouth 1.50 in length; maxillary short, 3. "ill in head. its distal end scarcely reaching sec 1

nostril; lower jaw projecting: a single long saber-like spine at angle of preopercle, tin- spine considerably
longer than diameter of eye, being I in head; no spine directed forward; 3 very small opines, in bony stay of
cheek, one on a line with middle of pupil and another with posterior margin of eye, the third with posterior
nostril; distance between distal ends of preopercular spines 2.10 in head: width "I head at base of these spines
2.75 in head; a rather distinct spine on upper anterior margin of orbit and about in small -pile, at uppei and
posterior margin of orbit; 2 small nuchal spines; interorhital space narrow, concave, less than width of

- -V

Fig [2 Elates tlwmpsoni Jordan A 5eale,nev

pupil; minute hands of teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines; tongue broad, rounded, spatulate, free; gillrakers
rather sharp and slim, the longest equaling one-half of eye, 18 on lower limb; first dorsal spine small, somewhat
separated from second, which is the longest and strongest spin.', being 2.60 in head; first soft dorsal ia\ Jin
seventh to eleventh rays ral her wide and separated from other raj - except at base, origin of soft dorsal slight]}
nearer base of caudal than tip of snout; origin of anal slightly in advance of soft dorsal, its base- slightly greatei
in length than base of soft dorsal; pectorals 2.10 in head: ventrals 2, their spine strong, their origin below
middle of pectoral; caudal slightly forked, the upper lobe much the larger and longer, usually prolonged into
a filament which is about equal in length to remaining portion of fin.

Color in spirits yellowish, with wash of brownish above; an indistinct broken longitudinal brown band
along side; a dusky splotch on anterior of opercle; spinous dorsal with 3 rows of dark spots; soft dorsal and
upper lobe of caudal with spots; lower lobe of caudal with spots larger, about 3 in number, the posterior
one being a rather large blotch; pectorals and ventrals yellow.

Three specimens from Manila, length ii to 7 inches. The type is no. 53008, U. S. National Museum.
Cotype no. 9247, Museum Stanford University.

Named for Dr. Joseph ('. Thompson, surgeon, U. S. Navy.

40 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family CEPHALACANTHIDtE.

CEPHALACANTHUS Lacepede.

210. Cephalacanthus macracanthus (Bleeker).

Head (without spine) 3.75 in length: depth 5.10; dorsal i-i-v, 8; anal 6; interorbital spine 2 in head
and much less than length of preopercular spine, which extends considerably beyond base of pectoral fin,
its length being about equal to head; distance between the two scapular spines 1.50 in depth of notch between
them, which about equals length of preopercular spine; a black spot on pectoral. Two specimens from
Manila, 3.75 and 4.20 inches in length, one specimen 3 inches long from island of Panay, and one 2.50 inches
long from Cavite.

Family ECHENEIM.

LEPTECHENEIS Gill.

211. Leptecheneis naucrates (Linnaeus).

Head 5.30 in length ; depth 2.25 in head; disk of 24 lamina;; dorsal 35; anal 34; a dark stripe on side.
Two specimens from Manila, length 14 and S inches.

Family 00BIIOE.

BUTIS Bleeker.
212. Butis serrifrons (Rutter).

Head 3 in length; depth 3.75; eye 4.50 in head; interorbital concav.e, 3 in postocular part of head;
dorsal vi; anal 8; scales 27; cheeks and nuchal region scaled; entire upper half of orbit with a row of short
but distinct, rather stiff spine-like projections, forming a very marked character; two longitudinal rows of
similar projections on each side of snout just above the nostrils; cheeks and jaws with minute barbels; bands
of villiform teeth in jaws; mouth rather large, the maxillary extending to below anterior of eye; ventrals
separate; caudal rounded; dorsal spines not prolonged. Color in spirits olive brown, with darker mottlings;
about 4 indistinct bands over back; dorsal, ventrals, and anal black; pectoral and caudal grayish; a black
spot on base of lower pectoral rays; throat bluish. One specimen from Cavite, length 2.30 inches.

Rutter's original type specimen is from China.

213. Butis leucurus Jordan & Seale.

Head 3 in length; depth .5; eye 6 in head; dorsal vi-i, 9; anal 9; scales 28; 19 scales in front of dorsal;
counting only to interorbital space: sides of head and snout covered with minute scales; tongue free, rounded,
teeth in bands, no canines, no teeth on vomer or palatines; opercle and preopercle entire; maxillary scarcely
reaching anterior margin of eye; caudal rounded; ridges on head scarcely serrated. Color in spirits dusky,
with indistinct lighter lines along middle of scales; a distinct black spot edged above and below with yellow
on base of pectoral; soli dorsal with outer half yellowish; top of caudal yellowish ; tip of anal and ventral yel-
lowish; pectoral yellow : two black lines through lye. Several specimens from Cavite, larger and more deeply
colored than the original type from N'egros.

PERI0PHTHALM0D0N Gill.

214. Periophthalmodon schlosseri (Bloch).

Head 3.50 in length: depth 6.50; dorsal xii, 12; anal 13; scales 50; ventral fins united for almost half
their length; about 20 teeth in each jaw. Color in spirits brownish, with 8 bands over back which extend
obliquely down and forward to a little below median line of side; second dorsal with black band through
upper half of fin; first dorsal with tip yellow and a wide submarginal black band. One specimen from
Cavite, length 3.50 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 41

PERIOPHTHALMUS Bloch & Schneider.

215. Periophthalmus chrysospilus Bleeker.

Head 3.75 in length; depth 4.80; dorsal ix, 12: anal 12; scales about 70; about 21 teeth in each jaw;
tirsi dorsal spine prolonged. Color in spirits bluish, whiter below; first dorsal with a broad submarginal
black band, tin- margin yellow, the basal two-thirds of fin with yellowish spots; soft dorsal with a wide black
band margined with yellow through its upper third, the lower two-thirds with yellowish blotches; caudal
with black and yellow dots, the middle portion darker; ventral fins united about one-third of their length.
Four specimens from island of Panay. length 2.50 to 3.7S inches.

RHINOGOBIUS Gill.
216. Rhinogobius nebulosus (Forskal).

Head 3.30 in length; depth 4.50; eye 3.75 in head: dorsal vi-10: anal 10; scales 27; depth of head
slightly greater than its width, about one-fourlh less than ils length: caudal rounded, head unsealed: tongue
rounded; teeth in several rows in each jaw; lips thick; the second and third dorsal spines prolonged, filiform,
greater than length of head, 2.75 in length of lish without caudal: no silky or detailed rays on pectorals.
Color yellowish, three wide dark bands over back which extend obliquely forward and down on side; a dusky
blotch at base of caudal; two dusky bands aCTOSS nuchal region between base of dorsal and eyes; dorsal
and caudal with rows of rather large dusky spot,; other litis yellowish white, with a dusky margin to anal.
One specimen from Cavite, length 4 inches.

As the type of Ctenogobius is said to have a notched tongue, the name Rhinogobius may be used for the
Asiatic species called ( 'it nogobius In .Ionian and Snyder, Corypkopterus is a later synonym,

217. Rhinogobius lungi .Ionian & Scale, new specie, .

Head 3.30 in length without caudal; depth 1.50; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal vi-10; anal 10; scales 32;

head and nuchal region naked, except a line of 3 or 1 rows of scales from posterior margin of orbit between
opercle and nuchal region; snout 3 ill head; intcrorbital about equal to pupil. Body moderately elongate,
compressed; head bluntly rounded, the lower jaw slightly the longer; mouth rather small, the angle being

Fig. 13. — Rhinogobius lungi Fordan & Seale, new species I

on line with anterior margin of eye; teeth ill jaws in several rows, the outer row slightly the largest : tongue
free at tip, bluntly rounded, entire; scales on anterior of body smaller than on posterior, about 7 rows of
rudi mentals scales in front of dorsal; second and third spines of dorsal elongate, the second longer, extending
when depressed to middle of base of soft dorsal, its length greater than distance from origin of ventrals to
origin of anal; longest dorsal ray 2.15 in head; base of anal 1.50, its longest ray 2.50; caudal rounded, 1.15;
pectorals 1.30, no silk-like rays at upper margin; ventrals united, 1.50, tips not reaching vent.

Color in spirits yellowish-brown with (i irregular dark double bands over back: about 5 dusky blotches
along the side, the last forming a dusky blotch at base of caudal; dusky mottlings intermingled with lighter
areas on the upper half of body; dorsal and caudal with rows of black spots; lower margin of caudal dusky;

42

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

pectorals yellowish without distinct black mark at base; ventrals grayish with dusky tip; anal yellow, with
black tip; some indistinct brown blotches on check and operele; a dusky blotch from eye to mouth.

Three specimens from the island of Panay. length 1.50 to 3.90 inches. The type is no. 53069, U. S.
National Museum. Cotype, no. 9248, Museum Stanford University.

218. Rhinogobius ocyurus Jordan & Seale, new species.

Head 3.60 in length without caudal; depth 4.05; eye 3.20 in head; dorsal vi-i, 10; anal I, 9; second
dorsal spine elongate, filiform; scales about 28; snout 4 in head; interorbital somewhat less than pupil; top
of head scaled, otherwise cheek and head naked. Body moderately elongate, slightly compressed; depth of
caudal peduncle 2 in head; mouth moderate in size, the angle under middle of eye: lower jaw slightly the
longer; small sharp-pointed teeth in jaws, the outer row larger: tongue rounded; origin of ventrals directly

Fig. 14.— Rhinogobius ocyurus Jordan & Seale, new species. Type.

opposite origin of spinous dorsal; base of soft dorsal about equal to head; base of anal slightly less than head,
its origin nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, its longest ray 1.10 in head; pectorals 1.60 in length of body
without caudal; ventrals extending to anal, their length equal to head; caudal long, sharp-pointed, 2.20 in
length of fish without caudal.

Color in spirits yellowish white with 8 rather broad brownish bands over back and sides, extending to
ventral surface: a dark spot at base of caudal, another just above the upper posterior margin of opercle; dorsal
fins slightly shaded with dusky; pectoral yellowish; caudal with slight tint of dusky; ventrals and anal dusky-
One specimen from Cavite, length 1.7.5 inches, type no. 53070, U. S. National Museum.

G0EIUS Linnaeus.

219. Gobius panayensis Jordan i Seale, new species.

Fig. \b.—Gobius panayensis Jordan & Seale, new species. Type.

Head 3.40 in length without caudal; depth 4.25; the width of bead greater than its depth; dorsal vi-11;
anal 9, scales 41; head naked; some detached silky rays at upper part of pectorals; snout 3.60 in head;
interorbital about equal to pupil; tongue not at all emarginate, free at tip, bluntly rounded, entire.

Body moderately elongate, compressed; smut bluntly pointed, the jaws equal; mouth moderate, the
angle under middle of eye; wide bands of minute teeth in each jaw; no canines; origin of iirst dorsal slightly

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY.

43

posterior to origin of ventrals: none of the dorsal spines elongate, the longest spin.' being '-' in head; base
of soft dorsal L.10, its longest ray 2.50; base of anal 1.50, its posterior ray 2; pectorals 1.30; ventrals united,
short, 1.50, their tips falling far short of the distinct anal papilla; caudal rounded, 1.15.

Color in spirits grayish, without distinctive markings; spinous dorsal with black spot on upper posterior
part : ventrals and anal dusky ; pectorals and caudal uniform graj .

One specimen from the island of Panay, length 2.45 inches, type no. 9250, Museum Stanford University

MAP0 Smitt.

220. Mapo fuscus (Riippclli.

Head 3.20 in length; depth 4; dorsal vi-11; anal!); scales 38; no scales on head; teeth in bands in jaws;
no canines; ventrals united; none of the dorsal spines prolonged; some separate filamentous rays at upper
part of pectoral; depth of head less than width; length of head greater than width; caudal rounded. Color
in spirits grayish; indistinct brownish bands over the back alternating with blotches on the side; indistinct
dusky blotches on the upper pari of spinous dorsal; caudal barred with brown; ventrals and anal dusky, pec-
torals grayish. Two specimen-, fr Cavite, length 1.20 and 2 inches.

CREISS0N Jordan & Seale, new genus.
on Jordan & Seale, new genus ol Gobildn i validu

This genus is characterized by the naked lower half of cl k and the scaleless interorbital region. There

are several rows of teeth in each jaw, the outer ro« enlarged; scales on anterior part of bodj and head small.

221. Creisson validus .Ionian & Scale, new species.

Head 3.50 in length without caudal; depth 3.50; eye 1.75 in head; dorsal vi-H; anal 9; scales 32; upper
half of cheek and nuchal region scaled, no scales on interorbital region, snout, or lower third of head; snout
3.75 in Lea, I, interorbital 1.20 m eye; cheek tumid: head broader than deep, its breadth bus in iis length.

Fig. 16. — Creftton validus Jordan & Seale,ne« species. Type.

Body robust, moderately elongate and compressed, the anterior profile bluntly rounded, the lower lip
slightly the longer: depth of caudal peduncle 1 .So in head: mouth small, the angle under the anterior of orbit ;
tongue free at lip, rounded, entire; several rows of minute teeth in each jaw with one outer row of larger teeth,
someu hat curved and canine-like in lower jaw ; tongue rounded or subtruncate, not notched; scales on anterioi
part of head and body much smaller than the posterior ones; origin of spinous dorsal somewhat posterior
to origin of ventrals; 17 rows of scales in front of dorsal; the second, third, and fourth dorsal rays greatlj
elongate, filiform, extending, when depressed, to posterior axil of soft dorsal: base of soft dorsal equal to
width of head, the posterior rays the longest, about equal in length to base of fin; anal base 1.50 in head,

44

BULLETIN OK THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

much less than length of its longest ray; pectorals 1.13, no silky rays at upper part: ventrals a broad united
disk which extends to the prominent anal papilla, their length 1.40 in head; caudal slightly acuminate.

Color in spirits light brownish, with about 7 indistinct dusky bands over back and about 6 dusky blotches
along side: a dusky line on cheek marking off the scaled and unsealed portion; a dusky dot on lower posterior
margin of orbit, some dusky dots on nuchal region, and a dusky line on upper part of opercle: spinous dorsal
grayish, with some indistinct darker spots: soft dorsal gray, with some darker spots on outer portion; anal
and ventrals dusky, pectorals grayish; caudal gray with broad posterior margin of white and a distinct intra-
marginal line of black, the lower rays slightly tipped with dusky.

One specimen from Cavite, length 4.7.5 inches, the type, no. 9251, Museum Stanford University.

OPL0POMUS Steindachner.

222. Oplopomus vergens Jordan & Scale, new species.

lb-ad 3.50 in length without caudal; depth 4.30; eye 4 in head; dorsal vi-i, 10: anal 10; scales 32;
cheek and opercle scaled; 2 stoutish spines at angle of preopercle; snout 3.50 in head; interorbital equal to
pupil. Body moderately elongate, slightly compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.2.5 in head; anterior
profile of head rather blunt, lower jaw slightly the longer: mouth rather small, the angle below anterior margin
of iris; tongue free at tip, rounded, entire; 2 rows of small sharp-pointed teeth in upper jaw, several rows
in lower jaw, no canines: origin of ventrals on line with dorsal, the anterior dorsal spines not elongate: fourth
spine, the longest, 1.7.5 in head; base of soft dorsal equal to head, its longest ray 1.60 in head; base of anal
1.10, its longest ray 2; pectorals 1.05; caudal rounded, 1.10; ventrals large, united, extending to anal papillal

Fig. 17. — Oplopomus vergens Jordan & Seale, new species. T\ pe

Color in spirits yellowish brown, 6 dusky spots along median line of side, the sixth forming a black spot at
base of caudal: a row of small ocellated dark spots just below the median line; similar small ocellated spots
on upper half of body arranged more or less in irregular longitudinal bands; about 7 indistinct short dusky
bands over back; a more or less distinct dusky area below and also in front of eye. a rather wide irregular dusky
area from angle of mouth to opercle; a dusky spot on upper base of pectorals, with a small dot on lower part
of base; a dusky spot at upper margin of opercle and above axil of pectorals; spinous dorsal with 111 black
cross-lines, one at base of fin, the other on distal third, a more prominent duskj area on posterior of tin: soft
dorsal with 2 or 3 irregular dusky lines; caudal with about 5 dusky bands: pectorals, ventrals, and anal
gray, the ventrals slightly darker, and the anal s times with a slight dusky wash.

Six specimens from Cavite, length 2.75 to 3.20 inches. Type no. 53071, U. S. National Museum. Cotype
no. 9256, Museum Stanford University.

OXYTJRICHTHUS Bleeker.
223. Oxyurichthus cristatus (P.n I.

Head 4 in length; depth 5.20; eye 4.2(1 in head; dorsal vi-14; anal 14: scales aboul ~i~r. no canine teeth;
head naked: ventrals united; anterior dorsal rays longest, filiform, aboul equal to elongate middle ray of
caudal, 2.20 in length without caudal: no tentacle above eye; a black spot on upper part of eye, one also below
the eye: caudal acuminate.

Color in spirits yellowish with some dusky bands over back and extending obliquely down to median line
of side in form of about 5 dusky bar's or blotches: a dark spot at base of caudal: caudal lin thickly dotted with
black; area above pectoral lin with numerous black dots; a short nuchal crest with black margin; caudal gray
with white margin: pectorals and ventrals gray.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY. 45

224. Oxyurichthus tentacularis Valencienn

Head 4 in length: depth 5.20; eye 4.50 in head; dorsal vi-13: anal 1 1: small sharp-pointed teeth in each
jn\. : a small tentacle over eye, in young this tentacle equal to length of eye, in the adult less; a crest on nape.

Color inspirits whitish, with dull wash of gray: about 5 indistinct dusk; Lands overbade and same number
of blotches on side; a more or less distinct dusky spot at base of caudal on midline of caudal peduncle, also 2
indistinct dusky spots at base of axil of pectorals; a black area on top of caudal peduncle just posterior to soft
dorsal; anterior dorsal rays the longest, about equal to length of lead: caudal lunate, grayish; dorsal with
brown spots, more numerous and distinct on soft dorsal; anal, pectorals, and ventrals grayish.

Four specimens from Cavite. length 3.75 to 1.80 inches.

PARAG0BI0D0N Bleeker.
225. Paragobiodon melanosomus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Head 3.30 in length; depth 3; eye 3.20 in head; dorsal i w 9 scales 22; ventrals very short, cup-shaped;

head about as high as long, its surface much roughened by excrescences; caudal rounded: 3 large curved i

teeth in l..wer jaw. Color in spirits uniform dark brown, almost black. One specimen fr Manila, 1.10

inches long.

This species is very near Paragobiodon xanthosoimis, differing apparently only in the color, which is black,
not yellow.

Famih PLEUR0NECTID 1

PSETT0DES Bennett.

226. Psettodes erumei (Bloch).

Head 3.10 in length; depth 2.25: dorsal ">); anal 38; scales about 72; long sharp canine-, in each jaw:
maxillary extending far beyond eye. about 1.45 in head; eyes and color on the left side. Color inspirits uniform
brown; I ins dusky, except pectorals, which are yellowish ; ventrals and caudal tout id: interorbital less than
One specimen, I. To inches long, from Cavite.

PSEUDORHOMBUS Bleeker.

227. Pseudorhombus polyspilus (Bleeker).

Head o in length; depth 2.05: dorsal 70; anal 52; scales?:'.: a single row of sharp teeth in jaws; maxillary
scarcely reaching middle of eye; lateral line strongly curved, sending a branch to the lentil dorsal ta\ . eyes
close together, sinistral. Color in -pints brownish, with numerous blue sp,,ts having Mack margins; a large
black spot at curve of lateral line, another just I 'clou . Six specimens from Cavite, length 2.50 to .". in. b

228. Pseudorhombus arsius Bleeker.

Head 3.25 iii length: depth 2.05; eyes sinistral: dorsal 72; anal 57: scales 77 in lateral line, which is
strongly Lent, sending a branch to nuchal region: rather strong sharp teeth in jaws; maxillary extending to
posterior third of eye; anterior dorsal raj 9 wide. Color ill spirits brownish, with numerous small black spots:
a dark spot at point where lateral line becomes straight . another midwaj between the first blotch and caudal.
One specimen, 4 inches long, from Cavite.

SCJE0PS Jordan & Starks.

229. Scseops orbicularis (Bleekei

Dorsal S4; anal 63; scales large, about 34; eyes sinistral, wide apart : interorbital space concave, sealed,
equal to eye: maxillary short, ending under anterior margin of orbit; numerous small sharp-pointed teeth
in jaws. Two small specimens from Cavite, length 2 and 2.50 inches.

46

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family SOLEIDjE.

CYNOGLOSSTJS Hamilton-Buchanan.

230. Cynoglossus puncticeps (Richardson).

Head 4.7.5 in length; depth 3.75: two lateral lines on colored side; dorsal 89; anal 70; scales ahout 110.
Color in spirits yellowish, with reddish-brown markings on left side, these taking more or less the form of vertical
bands. Three specimens from Manila, length 2.75 to 3.50 inches.

MICROBTJGLOSSTjS Gimther.

231. Microbuglossus humilis (Cantor).

Eyes on right side; head 3.75 in length; depth 2.20; dorsal 56; anal 41; scales 100; numerous fringes on
upper and lower portion of head on the blind side; upper eye one-half diameter in front of lower: eyes about
one diameter apart. Color in spirits dark gray, with numerous fine dark points and irregular lines; pectoral
black. Two specimens from Cavite, length 2 inches.

Family PTEROPSARIDjE,

PARAPERCIS Gill.

232. Parapercis hexophthalmus (Bleeker).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 7: dorsal a . 22; anal n, 17; scales 60. Color in spirits brownish above, yel-
lowish below; about 11 brown bands on side; dusky blotches on caudal, about 10 oblique lines from lower part
of eye ; anterior dorsal black : posterior dorsal with 3 rows of black dots ; anal with a single row of black dots.

Fig. 18. — Dactylopus dactylopus (Bennett).
Family CALLIONYMIDjE.

DACTYLOPUS Gill.
233. Dactylopus dactylopus (Bennett).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 6.50; eye 4.20 in head; first dorsal elongate: ventral* in front of pectorals,
with a single free ray in fronl : a single opercular spine. Color brownish, with dusky blotches; pectoral banded;
caudal with I half bands on upper part; anal with dusky outer half; belly white. Three specimens from
Cavite, length about 4.50 inches.

FISHES OF THE ISLANDS OF LUZON AND PANAY.

47

Family BLENNIID/E.

BLENNITJS Linnaens.
234. Blennius thysanius Jordan ^v Seale, new species.

Head 3.50 in length without caudal; depth 3.50; eye 5.50 in head; dorsal xi, 15; anal 19: lateral line bent
down to middle of side under posterior part of spinous dorsal and continued as a row of distinct bars to base of
caudal; snout 2.60; interorbital 1.50 in eye; a wide, fan-like orbital tentacle with about 10 fringes, these tenta-
cles about equal in height and width to width of eye; a simple short tentacle at nostril; no nuchal crest or
tentacles; gill membranes I ■madly united, free from the isthmus. Body of greater depth than usual in blennies,
the profile of head blunt, the eye being about on line with middle of side of mouth; depth of cam hi I peduncle
2.7H in head; each jaw with a single row of immovable small, sharp-pointed teeth, the lower jaw with 2 strong,
curved canine- on each side, the upper with a single posterior canine. Dorsal tin continuous, not incised, the
membrane not extending to caudal fin; origin of dorsal on nuchal region slightly in advance of posterior mi
of preopcrclc; hase of anal I'm 1 .7"> in base of dorsal ; 2 anterior rays of anal modified into enlarged fleshy bulbs,
probably of sexual significance; vent rals 1.80 in head; pectorals 1.40; caudal rounded. 1.90.

Color in spirits pale bluish, with s > verj indistinct indications of 5 or 6 slightly darker hands made up of

-pots over hack and down sides; dorsal bluish, with -lightly darker margin; anal bluish, a narrow white margin
with intramarginal dusky shading on lower third; ventrals bluish with tint of dusk} ; some indistinct bluish
dots or mottlingS on nuchal region and at upper part of opercle.

Two specimens from Cavite, length 2.50 and 2.90 inches. The type is no. ">:ii>72, I . S. .National Museum.
Cotype, no. 9252, Museum Stanford University.

PETROSCIRTES Riippell.

235. Petroscirtes eretes •Ionian & Seale.

Fio. 19 B i mius Jordan iale, new sj [es. Type.

Head 3.75 in length; depth 5; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal 30; anal 20; a dermal flap on lower jaw, one on
upper part of each eye, one on posterior pan of supraorbital, and one on each side of nuchal region. < tolor in

spirits grayish, with a wash of bluish; indistinct s] ks andmottlingsonside; a dusky blotch at base of caudal.

i tne specimen 2 inches long from JJoilo. The original type is from Negros.

236. Petroscirtes vulsus .Ionian >y Scale, new species.

Head 4 in length without caudal; depth 5; eye 3 in head; dorsal 27: anal 16; teeth about 50 in each jaw,
with large canines in lower and small canines in upper; a single wide barbel on each side of chin; a rather wide
barbel on upper part of eve, another just posterior to eye, and one on each side of nuchal region: a short flap at
nostril; snout 3.20 in head, interorbital -pace -I in head.

I!od\ elongate, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle -'.oil in head: snout broad to the tip; angle of mouth
under anterior of orbit; gill-opening a small pore at upper posterior margin of opercle: origin of dorsal opposite

origin of ventrals; base of anal 2.75 in length of fish without the caudal; origin of anal midway betwe i Idle

of eve and hase of caudal, pectorals 1.75 in head: ventrals 2; caudal rounded, 1.15.

48

BFLLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in spirits uniform pale bluish without markings; do dusky blotch at base of caudal; dorsal fin with
rows of black spots; anal lin with 4 dusky bar-; caudal yellow, with 5 or 6 indistinct dusky liars; pectoral- and
ventrals yellowish.

One specimen from Manila, the type, 2.2 inches loin,', no. 9253, Museum Stanford University.

Fig. 20. — PetTOSCirtes vulsus Jordan & Scale, new species. Type.

Family FIEKASFERIU.-F..

FIERASFER Cuvier

237. Fierasfer homei Richardson.

Head 7.10 in length; depth 12; eye 5 in bead; maxillary extending beyond posterior margin of eve, its
length 2.15 in head; pectoral 1.75: sharp-pointed teeth in jaws, enlarged teeth on vomer. Color in spirits
uniform white. One specimen, 4 inches long, from Cavite.

Family ANTENNARIIDjE.

PTEROPHRYNE Gill.
238. Pterophryne histrio (Linnaeus).

Head 1.75 in length; depth 1.80; dorsal in, 12; anal 7; body smooth with dermal Haps on belly; caudal
rounded. Body mottled with dusky and white, with numerous small white dots; fins barred with dusky; belly
with dark cross-bars. Four specimens from Manila, length 3.50 to 7.25 inches.

This species agrees fairly with the Japanese form called Pterophrym ranina by Jordan, except that the belly
has distinct cross-bars. Probably Pterophryne ranina is merely a color variation of the Chinese-Japanese species
Pterophryne histrio.

ANTENNARIUS (Commerson) Lacepe.de.

239. Anterunarius hispidus (Bloch).

Head 1.75 in length: depth 3; dorsal in, 12: anal 7. Color in spirits gray, marked with black lines run-
ning obliquely on body and radiating from eye ; fins barred more or less with rows of black dots. One specimen,
4.55 inches long, from Cavite; one 3.75 inches long from Manila, and one 4.5 inches from island of Panav.

IN D CX

I 'age.

abbreviate, Acanthorepola 27

Abudefdai saxatilis - 28

turchesius 28

Acanthocepola abbreviate 27

Acanthuridae 34

acutus, Scoliodon 3

Aetobatidaa 4

Alectia ciliaris 14

altivelis, Croinileptes 19

Alutera monoceroa 36

araarula, Liza 11

Ambassidae 18

Ambassia kopsi 18

amboinensis, Lethrinus 24

Amia cavitensia 16

novse-guineae 17

quadriiasciata 16

Anabantidse 26

Ana i -as scandena 26

anchorago, Chcerops

Ainiiuvia hamiltonil 5

indica 5

eommersoniana 5

anea, Pseudoaciaena

anguillarls, Plotoaua 8

Auodontoatoma chacunda

Antennariidae 18

Antennarlus bispidus 4n

Apogoaicb thy idee i(

Apolectus aiger 15

\ i • ■ i j. l in in lineolata 17

argenteua, Monodactylua 82

Pomadasis 23

argus, Ephippus 32

Halichoerea 30

armatus, Caranx 14

araius, Pseudorhombus 15

aruanus, Dascyllua 27

aterrimus, Hippocampus lu

Balistapua undulatus 35

Balistidae 85

bandaneneis, Stethojulis 30

barberinus, Pseudupeneus 25

Bi lonida

biaculeatus, Gasterotokeui 10

bicolor, Hoi acanthus 34

binotopsis, Halichoerea 29

Bid mi id j- 17

Blenniua thysanius 47

brachysomua, Cypsilurus 9

buruensis, Priopia 18

But is leucurua 40

serrifrons Hi

calcarifer, Plectropomua 19

Page.

< 'allionyniidae 46

i iallyodon elerae si

lacerta 31

Canthigaater compreseua 37

cantoris, Hemirhamphua .

Carangidse 13

Caranx armatus 14

f<>i>teri ' !

hasselti 13

Ignobilis 14

Digripinnis 14

plumbeus 11

raeclatua 14

speciostis M

Carcharldse 3

cavitensia, Amia 16

celebicus, Hepatoa 34

Centriscidffi 9

Centriscus acutatus 9

Cepbalacanthldse 40

Cephalacanthua macracanthua K)

Cephalopholia atigmatopomua 19

Cepolidae -~

ceramensis, Uugil n

unda, Lnodontostoma 5

odontidae 33

Chsetodon kleini

omatissimua 33

punctatofasciatua 31

trifasclatus

i hanida i

Chanoachanoa 4

chanos. Cbanos 4

Cheilinua rostratus 31

trilobatua :>l

Chelmo rostratus

Chirocentridae 4

Chirocentrua dorab 4

Qchorago 28

chrysospilus, Periophthalmua 41

ciliaris, Alectia 14

ciliata, Scolopsia 23

cinereus, Mura neaox 6

clrrhosa, Scorpsenopsis 38

Clariaa magur 8

Clarlidae 8

i

commerson morue 13

eommersoniana, Anchovia 5

compressua, Canthigaater 37

cornutum, Ostracion 36

Corythroichthys Bpicifer y

crassispinus, Euelatichthys 22

Creisson valid us 4o

I

II

INDEX.

Page.

cristatus, Oxyurichthus 44

Cromileptes alti vel is 19

cruentatus, Priacanthus 20

erumenophthalrnus, Trachurops 13

Cynoglossus puncticeps 46

Cypsilurus brachysomus 9

Dactylopus dactylopus 46

dactylopus, Dactylopus 46

Daseyllus aruanus 27

trimaculatus 27

Dasyatidse 4

Dasyatis kuhli 4

Decterias pusillus 3*

decussatus, Lutianus 21

diacanthus, Epinephelus 19

Holacanthus - 34

dispar, Zenarchopterus 9

djiddensis, Rhynchobatus 4

dodecautheoidcs, Lutianus 20

dorab, Chirocentrus 4

Dorosomatidse 5

dorsale, Thalassoma 31

Doryiehthys spaniaspis 10

Drepane punctata 33

Drepanidae 33

dussuruieri, Leiognathus 15

Umbrina 25

Duasumieria elopsoid.es 5

Echeneidae - — 40

Elates thompsoni 39

el era?, Call yodon 31

elopsoides, Duasumieria «>

Engraulida: 5

Ephippus argus 32

Epinephelus diacanthus 19

malabaricus 19

megachir 20

tauvina 20

Equula insidiator 15

ruconia 15

Eq uulidae 15

eretes, Petroscirtes 47

erutnei, Psettodes 45

Euelatichthys crassispinus 22

Exoceetidse 8

fasciatus, Leiognathus 15

Fierasfer homei 48

Fierasferidae 48

Fistularia petimba 9

serrata 9

Fistulariidse 9

fo, Foa 1"

Foa fo y>

Foraterl, Caranx 13

fuscescens, Siganus 35

fuscus, Mapo 43

Gastcrotokeus biaculeatua — 10

Gazza minuta 15

Gennadua stoliczae 37

Gerridae 24

gibto >sa . Harengula 4

gibbosum, * kstracion 36

gibbus, Lutianus 20

giganteus, Tylosurua 8

glaga, Mionorus 17

Gobiidae 40

< ; i 'bins panayensis 42

Page.

Gonochaetodon triangulum 33

gracilis, Saurida 6

gymnopterus, Muraenichthys 6

Gyinno thorax philippinus 7

Haemulidae 22

Hal ic hoe res argus 30

binotopsia '-9

hyrtli 29

miniatus 30

nigrescens 29

pcecilus 30

pseudominiatus 30

scapularis 29

hamiltonii, Anchovia 5

Harengula gibbosa 4

moluccensis 4

hasselti, Caranx 13

Heniipteronotus pentadactylus 31

Hemirhamphus cantoris 8

quoyi 8

Hepatus celebicus 34

matoides 34

hexophthalmus, Parapereis 4ii

Hippocampus aterrimus 10

kuda 10

hispid us, Antennarius 48

Tctraodon 37

histrio, Pterophryne 48

hoevenii, Ilisha 5

Holocanthus bicolor 34

diacanthus 34

Holocentrida? 12

Holocentrus ruber 12

homei, Fierasfer 48

humilis, Microbugloasus 46

hyrtli, Halichceres 29

ignobilis, Caranx 14

Ilarehidae 32

Ilisha hoevenii 5

immaeulatus. Tetraodon 37

isacanthus, Platycephalua 38

indica, Anchovia 5

indicus, Pseudupeneua 25

insidiator, Equula 15

Platycephalua 38

interruptus, Priopis 18

japonicns, Nemipterus 21

japonica, Saurida 5

jarbua, Terapon 23

javus, Siganus 35

jello, Sphyraena 11

.lenkinsiella nectura 6

kalosoma, Stethojulis 30

kleini, Chaetodon 34

kopsi, Ambassis 18

kuda, Hippocampus 10

kuhli, Dasyatis ." 4

Labridas 28

lacerta, Callyodon 31

Leiognathus dussumieri 15

f asciat us 15

Lepidaplois macrurus 29

Leptecheneis nauc rates 40

Leptocephalidae 6

lepturus, l/roconger 6

Lethrinua amboinensis : 24

mahsenoides 24

INDKX.

ITT

Page.

leucurus, Butis 40

lineatus, Siganua

lineolata, Archamia 17

Liza umurula H

troscheli n

waigiensis ' ]

longimanus, Mugil '. '0

Pentaprion 24

lumbricoidea, Morfngua 7

lunare, Thalassoma :;0

lunaris, Spheroidea 36

lungi. Priopia 18

Rhinogobius H

luteus, Nemipterua 21

Lutianidse 20

Lutianus decussatus 21

dodecaritheoidea 20

gibbua 20

quinquelineatua 20

russellJ 20

villa 20

luzonia, Scolopsis 22

luzonlus, Upeneus 25

macracanthus, < Sephalttcanthus K)

Platycephalic »s

macrurus, Lepidaplois -'■'

maculata, Men*1 15

maculatus, Pomajlasia 28

magur, Clariaa s

mahsenoides, Lethrir.us 24

malabaricus, Epinephelua 19

Mti J in fUSCUS IS

marmoratus, Siganus i

mataoides, Hepatua 84

megachir, Epinephelua 20

melanosomus, Paragobiodon 15

Mene maculata 1 1

Menidae 15

mento, Parexoccetus 9

metopias, Nemipterua 22

Microbuglosaua humilis 16

microlepidotus, 8comber 12

mlnifttus, Halichceres 30

minuta, Gazza L5

Mionorus glaga it

mydrus 1"

moluccensis, Harengula i

Monacanthidae 36

Monacanthua nemurua

monoceros, Alutera 86

Monodactylus argenteua 82

Moringua lumbricoidea 1

Moringuidae 7

Mugil ceramensia li

longimanus 10

sundanensis 11

Mugilidae 10

Mullidte 25

Mursenesocidae 6

Muraenesox cinereua 6

Muraenichthys gynmnpii-nis 6

Mureenidae 7

mydrus, Mionorus IT

Myridae 6

narinari, Stoasodon i

nasuta, Netuma 8

nutans. Parapegasus 10

naucratea, Leptecheneis

nebulosus, Rhinogobius

nectura, Jenkinsiella

Nemipterua japonicus

luteus

metopiaa

ovenif

taeniopterus

tolu

nemurua, Monacanthua

Netuma nasuta

niger, Apolectua

ii--, Balichoeres

nigripinnia, Caranx

nova-guinea . S& irpsenopsia .

novae-guineas, Amia .

obtusata, Sphyrasna

ocellatus, Parachsetodon

sphuroides

ocyuxus, Rhinogobius

Ophichthua sp

tapeinopterus. . .

Ophichthyidffi

' tphiocephalidae

i (pyocephalus striatua

Oplopomua vergena

orbicularis, PI a tax

Scaeopa

ornatissimus, Chaetodon

i istraciida

( Istracion cornutum

tuberculatum

gibbosum

ovenii, Nemipterua

< txyurichthus cristatus

tentacnlaria ..

pa ■ ensia, Gobius

Pa racha tt >d< in ocellatus

Paragobiodon melanosomuti

Parapegasus natana

Parapercia hexophthalmus. -

Parexoccetus mento

Pegasidse

pentadactylus, Hemipteronotus.
Pentaprion longimanua

Pentapua vittatua

i'« riophthalmodon schlosseri...
Periophthalmus chrysopspilus -

petimba, Fistularia

Petroscirtea eretea

vulsus

phekodapleura, Stethojulia

philippinus, G mnothorax

pictus, Bpilotichthys

I'injalo typus

Platax orcicularia

Platycephalidae

Platycephalus inaidiator

isacanthus

macracanthus. ..

punctatua

Plectropomua calcarifer

Pleuronectida -

Plotosidae ,

PIotoBua anguillaris

plumbeus, Caranx

poecilus, Halichoerea

Page.
40

41
6
2]
21
22
21
21

36

8
15

29
14
38

17
11
33
30
42
6
6
6
27
27
41
:i2
45
33
3li
3li
36
:»,

44
45

12

:«

i i
in
16

23
16

41
9
17
17

30

21
32

38
38
>
38
38
19
45

14
30

IV

INDKX.

Page

Polydactyly zophomus H

l'i ilynemids H

polyspilus, Pseudorhombus 4>

polystigma, Pseudamia 1"

Poinacentridae '-'

Pomacentrus tripunctalus 27

Pornadasis a rgen teus 23

maculatus 23

pondicerrianum, Raehycentron 14

Priacanthidae 20

Priacanthus cruentatiis 20

Priopis buruensis • v

interruptus

lungi

Psettodes erumei

Pseudamia polystigma

pseudominiatus, Halichceres

Pseudorhombus arsius l'

polyspilus 45

Pseudosciaena anea . - -0

Pseudupeneus barberinus 25

Indicus 25

4S

Pterophryne histrio .

Pteropsaridse 46

punctata, Drepane.

punetatoiasciatus, Chaetodon 31

punctatum, Xystaema - '

punetatus, Platycephalus 38

pnncticeps, Cynoglossus 46

pusillus, Decterias 3S

I hi la, Terapon 24

quadriiasciata, Ainia 16

quadrilineatus, Terapon 24

quinquelineatus, Lutianus '-"

quoyi, Hemirhamphus s

Raehycentridse H

Raehycentron pondicerrianum 14

retlculatus, Tetraodon 37

Rhinobatidae 4

Rhinogobius 1 ungi 41

IirlilllOSUS 41

ocyurus 42

rhombeum, Zebrasoma 34

Rhynchol latus djiddensis 4

rostratus, Cheilinus 31

Chelmo 33

Hiber, Holocentrus I2

ruconia, Equula 15

russelli, Lutianus 20

Umbrina 25

Saurida gracilis 6

japonica *>

savala, Trichiurus 1::

-axatilis. Abudefduf 28

scabra, Sebastopsis :;'

Sc a i ips orbicularis 45

scandens, Anabas 26

seapularis, Halichceres 29

Scarichthyidse 31

schlosseri, Periophthalmodon 40

Sciaenidae 25

Scoliodon annus 3

Scolopsis ciliata 23

luzonia 22

vosmeri 22

Scomber microlepidotus 12

Page.

s iberoides tala 13

toloo-parah 13

Scomberomorus commersoni 13

Scombridae 12

Scorpaenidae 37

Scorpsenopsis cirrhosa 38

nova-guinea; 38

Scorpidae - 32

scutatus, Centrisiais 9

Sebastapistes tristis 37

Sebastopsis scabra 37

Serranida? 19

serrata, Fistularia 9

serrifrons, Butis 40

sexiasciatns, Caranx 14

Siganidse 35

siganus fuscescens 35

javua 3n

lineatus 35

marmoratus 35

tetrazonus 35

virgatus 35

sibama, Sillago 25

Sillaginidae 25

Sillago sihama 25

Siluridae 8

Soleid* 46

spaiiiaspis, Doryicbthys 10

Sparidae — 24

Bpeciosus,< 'ara n x 14

Spheroides lunaris 36

ocellatus 36

Sphyraena jello H

iititusala 11

Sphyrsenidse H

Sphyma zygaena 3

Siibyrnida:' - • 3

spicifer, Corythroichthys 9

spi li iticbtbys pictus '-'-

Stethojulis bandanensis 30

kalosoma 30

phekadopleura 30

stigniatupomus < ',-[ .lmbij iln ills 19

Stoaaodon narinari 4

stoliczae, Gennadius 37

striatus, Opbiocephalus 27

Stromateidas •*>

sulphureus, Upeneus 26

sunilanensis, Mugil 1 1

Syngnathida; '

Synodontidae °

la nil ijitcrus. Nemipterus 21

tala, Scorn beroides 13

tapeinopterus, Ophichthus '

i a 1 1 vi mi , Epinephelus 29

tentacularis, I ixyurichthus 4o

Terapon jarbua 23

puta 24

quadrilineatus 24

theraps 24

Tetrai »li in hispidus 37

immaculatus 37

reticulatus 37

Tctraodontidie 36

tctrazi mus, Siganus 3:1

Tbalassoma dorsale 31

INDEX.

Page.

Thalassemia lunare 30

theraps, Terapon 24

thompsoni, Elates 39

thyaanius, Blenniua *'

toloo-parah, Scomberoides 13

tolu, Neraipterus 22

Traehurops crumenophthalmuH 13

tragula, Dpeneus 26

triangulum, Gonochsetodon 33

Trichiundse 13

Trichiurus savala 13

trilobatus, Cheilinua 31

trimaculatus, Dascyllua 27

trifasciatus, Chsetodon 33

tripunctatus, Dascyllua 27

tristis, Sebastapistea 37

troscheli, Liza 11

tuberculatum, Ostracion

turchesius, Abudefduf 28

Tylosurus giganteua 8

leiurua 8

Page.

typUS, Pinjalo 21

tJmbrina dnssumieri 25

russelli 25

undulatus, Balistapus 35

Upeneus luzonios 25

sulphureus 26

tragula 26

i ' n conger lepturus 6

valldus, Creisson 43

vergens, Oplopomus 41

virgatus. Siganus 35

viltn, l,ui i;i n u> 20

vittatus, pun tapua 23

TOsmeri, Scolopsis 22

vulsus, Petroscirtea 47

waigiensis, Liza n

Systems punctatum 24

Zebrasoma rhombeum 34

Zenarchopterua dispar 8

zophmnus, Polydactylus n

aa, Bphyrna 3

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By BARTON WARREN EVERMANN. A. M.. Ph. D., and ALVIN SEALE, A. B.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 607.

B. u. I . i i 49

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, A. M., Ph. D., and ALVIN SEALE, A. B.

Among the exhibits made by the U. S. Bureau of Insular Affairs at the Lou-
isiana Purchase Exposition, held at St. Louis, Missouri, during the summer and fall
of 1904, was a considerable collection of fishes from the Philippine islands. This
collection had been made under the direction of the Philippine government for the
specific purpose mentioned. At the close of the exposition the authorities turned
the entire collection over to the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries for study and report.

The localities represented in the collection are as follows:

San Fabian, Pangasinan. Taizou. San Fabian is situated on the Gulf of Lin-
gayen, about 100 miles north of Manila. The collection from this place was made
by Mr. C. L. Hall and is a large and important one.

Bacon, Sorsogon, Luzon. — Sorsogon is the mos< southern province of Luzon.
Bacon is situated in the northern pari of the province, on Albay Inlet, in approxi-
mately latitude 13° •'>' north and Longitude 124° east.

Bulan, Sorsogon, Luzon. Bulan is on the west coast of Sorsogon, near the
southern end of the province, approximately in latitude 12' 38' north, longitude
12:5° 22' east.

The collections from Bacon and Bulan are more extensive than any of the
others. They were made by Prof. Charles .1. Pierson, of Auburn, Nebraska, while
a teacher in the Philippines.

Zamboanga. Mindanao. Zamboanga, in the province of the same name, is at
the extreme southern end of the western arm of Mindanao, in latitude 6° 54' north
and longitude 122° east. It is situated on the Strait of Basilan, about o00 miles
south of Manila.

The specimens from this place were collected by Braulio Barbazo, who made
also a small collection at Jolo, presumably on the island of Jolo.

The specimens were originally preserved in formalin in most cases, and after-
wards transferred to alcohol. The excellent condition of most of the specimens in
all of these collections indicates that the respective collectors did their work well
and conscientiously, and the species represented show that the collecting was done
intelligently and with proper discrimination. It is apparent that an intelligent and
successful effort was made to have as many as possible of the important food fishes
of the islands represented in the collections; and the large representation of the

51

52 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

smaller, less conspicuous species evidences the fact that methods of collecting were
employed such as are known only to the trained naturalist. In this way many
specimens of more than usual scientific interest were secured.

The fish-fauna of the Philippines has been but little studied. Enough is known,
however, to show that it is an exceedingly rich one. Not only is it rich in species,
but many of the species are abundant in individuals; indeed, many species occur in
great prodigality.

Although the native methods employed in the fisheries are primitive, the methods
of preparing the products of the fisheries for use equally primitive, and methods of
preserving the products are practically unknown, nevertheless fish food forms a
large and important item in the diet of the inhabitants of the Philippines. The
natural food resources of Philippine waters are believed to be enormous, embracing
not only a great number of fishes, but many species of edible mollusks, crustaceans,
and alga?, which as yet are scarcely recognized in the islands as fit for food. The
development of these resources is a matter worthy the best efforts of the govern-
ment. Effort should first be directed toward determining what the resources really
are — what species of fishes and other aquatic animals and what aquatic plants occur,
how abundant each is, its geographic distribution among the islands, and its life
history, including its food and its enemies. The present paper is a contribution to
that end.

The collections upon which this report is based embrace a total of nearly 2,500
specimens, representing 89 families, 139 genera, and 296 species, of which 2 genera
and 22 species are believed to be new, and are here described.

It has not been deemed necessary to give full descriptions of any species except
those believed to be new. Ordinarily attention has been called only to those char-
acters which will prove useful in identifying the species. All the specimens bear
tin-tag numbers, and these are printed in the report in order that each specimen may
be fulh' authenticated. The first series of specimens, including the types of all the
new species, is deposited in the U. S. National Museum. The first duplicate series
has been sent to the government museum at Manila. The second duplicate series
has been deposited in the museum of Stanford University, and the third in the
reserve series of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.

The vernacular names, printed in italics, are those furnished by the collectors.
Only such synonymy is given as is necessary to connect this report with works which
a student of Philippine fishes must consult in studying these species. Usually the
first reference to any particular publication is made complete; subsequent refer-
ences to the same publication are made more brief. In synonymy the name of the
locality from which each species was originally described is printed in heavy-face
type; other locality references are printed in ordinary type and are in parentheses.

Two editions of the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons by Cuvier and Valenciennes
were consulted, the octavo edition of 22 volumes and the quarto edition, also of 22

Note. — We take this opportunity to thank Prof. Charles J. Pierson, of Auburn, Nebraska, for the. use of
his held notes, and Messrs. Edmund Lee Goldsborough and Howard Walton Clark, of the Bureau of Fisheries,
for assistance of various kinds in the preparation of this report. The accompanying illustrations an- from
drawings by Mr. A. II. Baldwin and Miss Annie Swift Buckelew. Those made by Miss Buckelew are figures
11. 12, 15. and 17.

FISHES OK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 53

volumes. The dates of publication of these two editions are identical, but the pagi-
nation is different. In our references we have given the page of each edition, that
of the quarto edition (the one in our library) first, followed by that of the octavo
edition in parenthesis. The bibliography at the end of the report lists the more
important publications consulted

Family lllOPWJE.

1. Elops saurus Linmrus.

One large specimen from Bulan (no. 41X2; length 34 in.), agreeing in all essential respects with others
from Florida.

Elops . tiiuTitu LimUBUS, Systems Nature. ,■<!. XII, 518, 170i;, Carolina; Giinther, Cal lloguel ea British Museum, vn, 470, 18881
Day, Fishes of India, 049, pi. clxvi, fig. 1. 1878; Tordazi & Evermann, Fishes oi Northand Middle Ajnerica, pt. i. 410,

is1 1 -Man & Evermann, American Food and Game Fishes, 80, fig., 1902; Jordan & Evermann, Bull. I'. S.

Fish ('mum., xxiii. pt. i, 1903 (1905 , 53, fig 3 Honolulu).

2. Megalops cyprinoides ( Bioii~s,,net : Buan-bwm.

Three specimens from Bulan (no. U51, (153, and 4183; length 10.5 to 16.5 in.) and one from Turin
4132; length 11 in.).

flu pin niprintiiilix llroussonet. Icht.li., I, pi. !>. 1782.
Mrgnlojm ri/prinoitlis, Cunther, Cat., vn, 471.

Family CHIROCENTRIDjE.

3. Chirocentrus dorab (Forskal). Beteh

Three fine specimens from Sun Fabian (no. 4179, llxn. and U81; length 15.2 to 16 in.) and one from
Bacon (no. 3410; length 13.25 in.).

flupni tloruli Kurskiil Deser. Vnim., 72, 177.1, Red Sea.

ChlTOi i niru dorab, Cunt her, Cat., vn, 47.'.; Daj . Fishes India, 852, pi. clxvi, fig. 3.

Family CLUPEIDjE.

4. Stolephorus delicatulus (Bennett I.

Two hundred and fifteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3915, 3.7)2, 4080, and 4009; length 1.5 to 2.75 in.

and live from Bulan ( no. 3756; length 2.75 in.).

flu pin ddicalvla Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc London, t, 168, 1831, Mauritius.
SprateUoides dellcatiila, Giinther, Cat., vn, 404.

5. Stolephorus gracilis (Temminck & Schlegel).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3768 and 3501 ; length 1 to 2.2 in.).

This species (with dorsal 11 and anal 13) can not be identical with Allnrina japonica Houttuyn (with
dorsal 17 and anal 22 or 23) as suggested b\ Dr. Jordan.

Clupea gracilis Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, 238, pi. cvm, fig. 2, 1S42, Japan.
SprateUoides gracilis, Giinther, Cat., vn, 465.

6. Harengula rnoluccensis Bleeker.

Ten specimens from Bacon (no. 3606 to 300'.) 3 1 19 to 3551 . 1026 and 1027. and 3932; length 4.2 to 5.75
in.) and 8 from Bulan (no. 3426 to 3432 and 3893; length 4.1 to 5.25 in.).

The base of the ventrals is under the middle of the dorsal, whose origin is much nearer tip of snout than
to base of caudal, or midway between tip of snout and base of last anal ray. In Bleeker's figure of this species
the ventrals are shown too far forward, as he explains in the text.

Harengula moluccenais Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.. iv, 1853, 009, Ternate; Amboyna; Giinther, Cat., vn, 427.

54 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

7. Sardinella clupeoides (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3243: length S.75 in.), agreeing well with' Bleeker's figure.

Amblygaster clupeoides Bleeker. Journ. Ind. Archipel., 73, 1849. Macassar, Celebes; Bleeker, Atlas, VI, 103, pi. ccLXXn.fig. 1-
Clupea clupeoides, Giinther, Cat., vn, 425.

8. Sardinella perforata (Cantor).

Twelve specimens from Bacon (no. 3658 to 3669: length 4.5 to 5.5 in.), agreeing perfectly with Bleeker's
figure and description.

Clupconia perforata Cantor, Cat. Malayan Fishes, 294, 1850, Sea of Pinang.

Spratella ton-,, In Bleeker, Haringachtige Vissehen, 28, Verh. Bat. Gen., xxiv, 1852, Batavia.

Chi inn perforata. Giinther, Cat., vn, 424.

9. Hisha hcevenii (Bleeker). Tubac.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 4127: length 6.5 in.).

Pellowa liui i nil Bleeker, Haringachtige Vissehen, 21, Verh. Bat. Gen., xxiv, 1852, Batavia; Giinther, Cat., vn, 455.
Hisha hcevenii Bleeker, Atlas, vi. 117, pi. cclxix, 9g. 2.

Family D0R0S0MATII).E.

10. Konosirus thrissa (Linnaeus).

Three fine specimens (no. 4170 to 4172: length S to S.5 in.), without definite locality. Last dorsal ray
extending to base of caudal.

Clupea thrissa Osbeck, Reise nach Ostindien und China, 336, 1705; Linnanis, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 318, 1758.

flu pm nasus Bloeh, Ichth., xn, pi. ccccxxix, fig. 1, 1797.

Chatoessus nasus, Giinther, Cat., vn, 407.

Dorosoma nasus, Bleeker. Atlas, VI, 142, pi. cclx, fig. 4.

II. Anodontostoma chacunda (Buchanan-Hamilton). Cabashi.

Two fine specimens from Bacon (no. 3231 and 3232: length 6.1 and 7.1 in.). This species lacks the dorsal
filament.

Clupanodon chacunda Buchanan-Hamilton, Fish. Ganges, 246, 1822. Ganges River.
Chatoessus chacunda. Giinther. Cat.. VII, 411.

Chatoessus silangkat Bleeker, Haringachtige Vissehen, 47. Verh. Bat. Gen., xxiv. Batavia.
Dorosoma chacunda. Bleeker, Atlas, vi, pi. cclxi, figs. 5 (var. selangkat) and 6.

Family ENGRAULID.JZ.

12. Anchovia indica (Van Ilasselt ).

Ten specimens from Bulan (no. 3989 and 3973; length 3.5 to 5.2 in.).

Engraulis indicus Van Hasselt, Algem. Konst-Letterbode, 329, 1823.

Engrnnlis russcllii, Giinther, Cat., vn, 390.

Stolrphorux indicus, Bleeker, Atlas, vi, 127, pi. cclix, fig. 2.

Family SYN0D0NTII)£.
13. Saurida argyrophan.es (Richardson). BitiUa.

Two specimens from San Fabian (no. 3673 and 3674: length 7.1 anil 7.75 in.) and one from Zamboanga
(No. 4083; length 7.5 in.).

Saurus argi/roplmncs Richardson, lehth. Chin., in Rept. Brit. Assoc, XV, 1845. 302.

Saurida argyrophanes, Giinther, Cat., v, 400, 1864.

Aulopue elongatns Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, 233. pi. cv. fig. 2. 1846.

14. Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 39S3, 3984 and 3986; length 4.75 in.).

Saurus gracilis Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uran., ZooL, 224, 1824, Sandwich Islands.

Baurida ntbulosus, Giinther, Cat., V, 399; Bleeker. \n.is vi, 156, pi ccfcxxvn, fig. 1.

Saurida gracilis, Jordan & Evermann. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., xxm, pt. 1, 1903 (1905). 65 (Hilo and Honolulu).

FISHES OP THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 55

15. Trachinocephalus myops (Forster).
One .specimen from Bulan (no. 4129; length 8 in. I.

i nyops Forster in Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Iehth., 421, 1SIJI, St. Helena.
Sauru myops, Gunther, Cat... v, 398.
Trachinocephalus myops, Jordan <fc Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Coram., xxm, 1903 (1905). 62, fig. 13 (Eilo and Honolulu).

16. Synodus varius (Lacepede).

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 3670 and 3671; length 7 and 7.25 in.) and one from Bacon (no. 3982;
length -1 in.).

Salmo varius LaccSpede, Hist. Nal Po ■ ■ pi. 3, flg. 3, 1803, He de France.

Saurus varius, Gunl to r, I lat . \ . 395; in part.

Synodus varius, Jordan 4 Evermann, Bull. U.S. FishComm., xxm. pi. l. 1903 1 1905), 63, pi. n and fig. 1 1 11 ilulu).

FamUj MYCTOPHIDjE.

17. Myctophum gilberti Evermann vv. Scale, new species.

Head 3.5 in length; depth 4.5; eye 3 in head; dorsal xu; anal 16; snout 2 in eve: interorbital 1.5
large, thin, smooth, deciduous, 30 in lateral line.

Bod) oblong, c pressed, the forehead evenhj rounded; lower jaw extending slightly beyond upper;

depth of caudal peduncle 3 ill head, equal hi diameter of eye: m axillary equal to postOCular part of head, its

distal em! extending beyond eye g distance equal to one-half of orbil : mandible 1 .7 in In 'ad ; mouth oblique.

Teeth on jaws and palatines ill narrow hands; no teeth on vomer; hands of teeth on mesopterygoids;
16 developed gillrakers on lower limb of first gill-arch, the longest 2 in

Arrangement of photophores: Caudal 2, one at middle of cam la I base, the other at origin of lowesl
ray; posteroanals I: onteroanals n. the anterior slightly separated from its fellows; ventrals I. the ante-
rior one in axil of ventral fin; thoracics 3; pectorals 3, in form of a triangle; mandibular 3; opercular 2:

Fig. I.— Myctophum gilberti I vermann .v Seale, new Bpecfea. Type.

posterolateral 1, very near lateral line and vertically on a hue between interspace of anal photophores and
base of adipose dorsal; mediolaterals ■'■!, forming a very obtuse triangle, the upper one very near lateral line,
the lower one midwaj between lateral line and origin of anal tin. a little too far front to form a true oblique
line from posterior mediolateral to posterior ventral photophore, the anterior one on a horizontal line with
the last and vertically over the posterior margin of second ventral; anterolateral 1, just above middle of
pectoral fin and on fust scale below lateral line.

Origin of dorsal fin midway between tip of snout and posterior anal photophore, the longest ray equal
in length to distance from pupil to posterior margin of opercle; origin of adipose dorsal midway between
posterior axil of dorsal and base of caudal; origin of anal midway between anterior thoracic photophore and
lower caudal photophore, directly below axil of dorsal, its longest ray 1.5 in head; ventrals 2.o in head, their
origin below seventh scale of lateral line; pectoral long, 11 in head, tip extending to anterior mediolateral
photophore; caudal forked, about 1.75 in head (mutilated).

56 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in spirits, yellowish white: base of dorsal black: a black area at upper margin of opercle; a dusky
band on anterior third of mandible; base of caudal and top of caudal peduncle dusky.

This species seems most nearly related to M . reinhardlu Lutken.

Four specimens from Bulan, length 2.1 to 2.5 in. Type (field no. 3841) no. 55900, U. S. National Museum;
length 2.5 in., from Bulan, Sorsogon; coll. Charles J. Pierson. Of the 3 cotypes, 1 (field no. 3841) is no. 20,000,
Stanford Univ. Mus.; another (field no. 3841) is in Museum at Manila, and a third (field no. 3841) is no.
4535, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. Named for Dr. Charles H. Gilbert.

Family ANGUILLID£.

18. Anguilla mauritiana Bennett. Pabucang-binki.

One fine specimen from Tarlac (no. 4063: length 23 in).

Anguilla mauritiana Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, 128, Mauritius.
Mum rid in, null, nsis Bleeker, Atlas, vl, 10, pi. CLXXXVIII, fig. 2, Manila, Luzon.
ATiguUla mauritiana, Gunther, Cat., vm. 2.5.

Family MUMNIDiE.
19. Gymnothorax richardsoni (Bleeker).

One small specimen from San Fabian (no. 3842; length 5.2 in.).
Murxna richardsoni Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. In<l., m, 1852, 290, Wahai, Ceranv, Gunther, Cat., vm. 118.

20. Gymnothorax afer Bloch.
One specimen from Bacon (no. 3769; length 2.5 in.), which we refer doubtfully to this species.

Gymnothorai afer Bloch, Iehth., XII, 73, pi. ccccxvn, 1797.
Muriena afra, Gunther, Cat., vm, 123.

Family PLOTOSID^E.
21. Plotosus anguillaris (Bloch). Sumbilang.

Eleven specimens from Jolo (no. 3352 to 3357 and 3421 to 3425; length 5 to 7 in.), eleven fine specimens
from Bacon (no. 3365 to 3368, 3475 to 34S0 and 4034; length 5.1 to 7 in.), and 48 young from Bacon (no. 4031 ;
length, 1 to 1.5 in.).

Platystacus anguillaris Bloch, Ichth., xi, 49, pi. ccclxxi, flg. 1, 1797.
Plotosus anguillaris, Gunther, Cat., v, 24.

Family SIIURID/E.
22. Netuma thalassinus (Rilppell). Tabomomo.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3244; length 8 in.), three large specimens from Bulan (no. 41S6,
4187, and 4188; length 19 to 20 in.); two small specimens from "Philippine Islands," without local label
(no. 3939; length 3.5 and 5 in.).

Bagrus thalassinus Riippell, Neue Wirb., Fische, 75, pi. 20, fig. 2, 1837, Massaua.
Arius thalassinus, Gunther, Cat., v, 139.

Family FISTULARIID^E.

23. Fistularia petimba Lacepede. Droal.

Two specimens, one from San Fabian (no. 3407; length 15 in.), and one from Bacon (no. 4189; length

8.25 in.).

Fistularia petimba Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 349. 1803, New Britain, Reunion Island; Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S.
Fish. Couini . win, 1903 (1905), 116 (Honolulu, Hilo, Kailua, Necker Island, and Hanalei Bay, Kauai; also Japan,
Samoa, Philippines, and Papeete, Tahiti) .

FISHES <>F THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

57

24. Fistularia serrata Cuvier. Siirisivi.

Three young from Bacon (no. 3984; length 9 to 12 in.).

Fisiulurin terrata Cuvier, RegneAnim., ed. I. vol. n. 349. 1S17. America; Giinther, Cat., in, 533; Jordan & Evermann, Bull.
U. S. Fish. Conun., xxm, pt. 1, 1903 (1905), 110 (Honolulu i.

Family CENTRISCIDjE.

25. Aeoliscus strigatus (Gunther).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3943; length 4.75 and 5 in.).
Amplii-ii, strigata Gunther, Cat., in, v.'s.Java.

Family SYNGNATHIDjE.

26. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus (Bloch).

Fifteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3417 to 3451, 3505 to 3508, 3597 to 3599, 3600. 3601, 3991, and 4190;
length 5.25 to 9.25 in.).

With the exception of no. 4190, these specimens arc all pale green, with a more oi less distinct dark snipe
through the eye. The body is depre sed, the dorsal surface of middle body ring being at least 2.5 in
ventral, differing in this respect from specimen no. U90, which is described as follows;

Head 5.2 in length: depth 5.1 in head, the greatest width of body 3.25 in head; snout 1.75; width of
■ uniit ,-ii middle one third less than its depth; eve 1.5 in snout; interorbital 5.75; dorsal 41; ring- 17 K);
doisal fin on anterior 111 caudal rings; anal opening on anterior caudal ring; origin of dorsal midway between
tip of tail and nostril; tail prehensile, no caudal I'm: bodj elongate, depressed, the ventral surface twice as fl tde
as dorsal; plates without spines; pectoral 5.75 in head. Color greenish; snout with 2 indistinct greenish
hands.

Syngnathiu biaculeatus 'Bloch, [chth., rv, p] cxxi, flgB. 1 and 2, 1797. no locality given.
Qatterotokeus Macultatut, Gunther, Cat., vm, 194; Da Fl >■ ti lis 681, pi. i i.xxiv. fi|

27. Corythroichthys elerae Evermann & Scale, new species.

Head 7.2 in length; snout 2; eye 2.5 in snout; dorsal 29; rings 16 36; a single ridge across cheek; inter-
orbital 1.7". in eye; snout cylindrical, its depth and width being equal; lower surface of head and ventral
surface of snout forming a straight line: depth of bodj greater than it- width: length of hodv including head

Fa;. 2. — Corythroichthys c!tr:r Kvermann & Scale, new species. Type.

1.45 in length of tail without caudal: a distinct nuchal ridge with 2 deep scallops: upper lateral margin of
plates projecting, forming a scalloped margin on side of back; ventral surface of body rounded, dorsal surface
concave; vent one ring in front of origin of dorsal; dorsal lin on anterior (5 rings of tail; origin of dorsal midway
between tip of snout and twenty-fifth ring of tail: height of dorsal fin equal to depth of body at middle
of fin; pectoral 14, its length 4.75 in head; caudal 2.2 in snout; anal rays 3, inconspicuous.

58 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in spirits, pale green, with blotches of darker green on side: 3 Mack cross-bands on under part of
thorax; some fine dark longitudinal lines (in opercle, 3 on under part of head; no dark lines through eye; snout
with about 5 indistinct bands of dots; a dusky blotch on base of pectoral (not always present); dorsal unmarked.

Very, near C. conspicuttatus (Jenyns), but with longer snout, more posterior dorsal and the dorsal scales
more roughened.

Eight specimens from Bacon (no. 3898 and 3944: length 4.2 to 4.75 in.).

Type (field no. 3944). no. 55908, U. S. National Museum. 4. To in. in length, from Bacon. Sorsogon;
collected by Chas. J. Pierson. Of the cotvpes, each bearing held no. 3898, one is no. 20001. Stanford Uni-
versity Museum; another is no. 4536, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, and one each is in the museum at Manila,
the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, the U. S. National Museum, the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, the Indiana University Museum, and the Field Museum of Natural History.

Family BEIONIDjE.

28. Tylosurus giganteus (Temminck & Schlegel).

Five specimens from Bacon (no. 3697, 369S, and 3378 to 3380; length 8.75 to 12 in.). These agree well
with specimens from Hawaii.

Belone giganlea Temminck & Schlegel. Fauna Japonica , Pisces, 245, 1846, Nagasaki.

Belone annxUata, Giinther, c;it., vi, 240.

Tylosurus giganteus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. I". S. Fish Conim.. xxni. pt. 1. 1903 (1905). 124. fig. 30 (Honolulu'.

29. Tylosurus leiuroides (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3519: length 11.25 in.): dorsal 21 : anal 21.
Distinguished by the long nose and low dorsal fin.
Belone leiuroides Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., i. 1850, 479. Billiton; Giinther. Cat., VI, 243.

Family EX0C(ETIM.
30. Hyporhamphus quoyi (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3460, 3617, and 3618: length 7 to 9.1 in.).
These agree well with Bleeker's figure.

Hi mirarnphus quoyi Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xix, 20 (35), New Guinea; Giinther, Cat., VI, 2i;7: Bleeker,
Atlas. VI, 57. pi. CCL, fig. 3.

31. Hyporhamphus dussumierii (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 4005 and 3962: length 2.25 to 4.5 in.), and one from Bulan (no. 3739;
length 10 in.).

We have compared these specimens with others from Samoa identified by .Ionian and Scale as //. ajjhlis and
find them indistinguishable, and we regard II. ajjinis Giinther as a synonym of H. dussumierii.
Hemiramphus dussumerii Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xix.24 (33), pi. 554. Seychelles; Giinther, Cat., VI, 266.

32. Hemiramphus marginatus (Forskal).

Four fine specimens from Bacon (no. 41li0 to 4163: length 111 in. ' agreeing with Bleeker's figure.

Esox marginatum Forskal, Descr. Aniin.,57. 1775. Red Sea.

Bemirhamphus marginatus, Giinther, Cat., vi, 270; Bleeker. Atlas, vi, 54. pi. ccliv. fig. 4.

33. Cypsilurus simus (Cuvier & Valenciennes;.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 330S and 3309: length 6.5 and 6.75 in), two from Bulan (no. 3202 and
3203; length 9.2 and 9.75 in.), and one from the ''Philippines," no definite label (no. 4104: length 9.3 in.).
We have compared these with examples from Honolulu and find them to ague perfectly.

Exocatus simus Cuvier 4 Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi\. 77 • 105), Hawaiian Islands.

Cypsilurus simus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. C. S. Fish Con. in., xxm. pt. 1, 1903 (1905), 134, fig. 46 (Honolulu; Vi
and Elanamaulu Bay, Kauai; and Napili, Molokai).

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 59

34. Zenarchopterus dispar (Cuvier & Valencienne

One specimen, \\ i 1 1 1< >i 1 1 lower jaw, and with mutilated caudal, probably belonging to this species, from
Bacon (no. 1008; length, without bill, 4.5 in.). Dorsal xn; anal 11; scales 40.

ramphus dispar Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX,42 (58 , pi. 558, 1846, Java; Giinl [,274.

'/.■ nan hoptt ru d . or, I Ueeker, Atlas, vi i I pi ccLm,fig I

35. Zenarchopterus philippinus Peters.

Forty-nine specimens from Bacon (no. 33S4; length •".."> to 1.5 in. . Dorsal 14; anal L5; head 1.5 in
length; lower jaw I 5 in head; scales Hi: caudal forked.

Bemirhamphus (Zen* philippinus Pet i ! Wiss. Berlin 1868, 273, Luzon.

/' nan hopU ru:* philippinus, Bi i I 63

Famil) ATHKKIMD.i:.
36. Atherina temminckii B!>

Two specimens IV Bulan (no. 3997; length 2:5 and 3.5 in I, and one from Bacon (no. 3751 length 3 in.).

Head I in length; depth 6.3; eye 2 8 in head snout 1.1 : interorbital .!: dorsal n i, 9; anal 12.

Atherina temminckii Bleeker, Nat, Tijds. Ned tnd., \. 1853 .vn;. Batavia;|Jorda National Mu

xxvin, inn."'. 771 (Negros).

37. Atherina lacunosa Forster.

Five specimens from Bacon (no. 3961; length 2,75 to 3.75 in

Head 3.8 in length without caudal; depth 1.6; eye '_' .75 in head; snout t.5; interorbital 3; dorsal \ i.

10; anal i, 13; scales tl 7: maxillary reaching vertical al ant dge of pupil; origin of spinous dorsal

slightly nearer anal than Insertion of ventrals; no dark blotch on pectoral

Atht nun lacunosa Forster, Descr. Ajitra., 298, 1774. New Caledonia: probabl] ■ ot ol Giinther.

38. Atherina forskalii Ruppell.

Eighteen specimens from Bulan (no 3833; length 2.1 to 3.2 in.), ami 53 specimens from Bacon (no.
3653 and 3892; length 2 to 3.5 in.).

Atherina forskalii Ruppell, Neue Wirb., Fische, 132 1, 1835, Belama; Giinther, Cat., in. 397; Day. Fishes India,

345, pi. lxxi. fig. 4.

Famil] MCGILID 1

39. Mugil sundanensis Bleeker.

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 3643 to 3651 ; length I to 0.2 in.).
Mugil sundanensis Bleeker, Not. Tijds. Ned. tnd., IV, 265, Sumatra; Giinther, Cat., in, 125.
40. Mugil planiceps Cuvier \ Valenciennes.

Five specimens from Bulan (no. 3710 to 371 I : length 6.5 to 8.75 in.).
Sfuffil planiceps Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss , xi, i-'-'i Calcutta: Gttnther, Cat.,m, J-"-.

Family SPHVK.l'NID.F.

41. Sphyrsena jello Cuvier i Valenciennes.

Three specimens from Bacon (no. U75 to 1177: length 13 to 14 in.) and 2 from Bulan (no. 1152 and
4153; length 16.35 ami 19.5 in.). No. 1175 to 1177 are referred to this species with some doubt, as they are
in such Imd condition as to make the scale counts impossible, but in other respects they agree with S. jeUo.

Head 3.5 in length; depth 7.5; eve 6.4 in head: snout 2.1 ; interorbital 4.75; scales 16-130-20.

Sphyrsena jello Cuvier & Valenciennes, Ilist. Nat. Poiss.. in, 258 (349), 1829, Vizagapatam; Giinther, Cat., n, 337: Day,
Fishes India. 342.

(30 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

42. Sphyraena obtusata Cuviei i Valenciennes. Dumbusan.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3411; length 7.5 in.). Head 3.1 in length; depth 6.1; eye 4.5 in head;
snout 2.34.

Sphyrsena obtusata Cuvier i Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., in, 258 (350i, Pondicherry; Gunther, Cat., n, 339; Day, Fishes
India, 343, pi. lxxi, fig. 5.

43. Sphyraena langsar Bleeker. Domosot.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3412: length 8 in.), one from Bacon (no. 3942; length 5.5 in.), and 3 from
San Fabian (no. 3677 and 4022: length 2.75 to 4.75 in.). These each have 75 scales in lateral line. This
species is distinguished from S. obtusata by the longer snout and smaller scales.
S phyrsna langsar Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., vn. 3(17. Batjan; Gunther, Cat., H, 340.

Family H0L0CENTRIM.

44. Myripristis pralinius Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3223 and 322S; length 6.1 and 6.2 in.). These specimens show 6 indistinct
yellowish longitudinal stripes below the lateral line. Depth 2.45 in length; head 3.25: eye 2 in head; snout
6.75: scales 4-3S-6: dorsal x-i, 15; anal iv, 14; eye 6.1 in head; snout 3.5 in eye; large blunt projecting teeth
in each jaw.

Myripristis pralinius Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Ill, 127 (170i and vn, 306 (486), New Ireland.
Myripristis bleeki ri Gunther. Cat., I, 20, 1859, Sea of Banda Neira; not M. pralinius of Gunther.

45. Myripristis microphthalmus Bleeker.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3250 and 3723; length 7.25 and 7.5 in.) and one from Bulan (no. 3966;
length 5 in.).

Head 3.25 in length; depth 2.45; eye 7 in head; scales 4-29-6; dorsal x-i, 14; anal IV, 12. These speci-
mens agree well with others from Samoa.

Myripristis microphthalmus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., in, 261, 1S52. Amboyna; Atlas, ix, pi. ccclviii, fig. 2; Gunther,
Cat., I, 24.

46. Myripristis murdj an (Forskal).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3235,3227 and 3637; length 6.25 to 8 in.), agreeing with Hawaiian
specimens.

St i< na murdjan Forskal, Descr. Anini., 4S, 1775, Djidda, Red Sea..

Myripristis murdjan, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. FishComm., xxiu, pt. 1, 1903 (1905K 157, pi. v (Honolulu, Uilo, Kailua,
Laysan, and Samoa).

47. Myripristis macrolepis Bleeker. Baga-baga.

One specimen (no. 3363: length 5.75 in.), from Zamboanga.

Head 3 in length; depth 2.3; eye 2.01 in head: snout 3 in eye; interorbital 3.75 in head; dorsal X-I, 15;
anal iv, 12; scales 3-29-5, 6 scales in front of dorsal; maxillary 1.75 in head, its distal end under posterior
margin of pupil.
Myripristis macrolepis Bleeker, Atlas, ix, pi. ccclix, fig. 3.

48. Holocentrus cornutus Bleeker.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 6919; length 5.25 in.) and one from Bulan (no. 692S; length 6.75 in.).

Head 3.2 in length; depth 2.8; eye 2.55 in head; snout 1.5; maxillary 3; mandible 2; scales 3-37-5;
dorsal xi, 13; anal iv, 9, the fourth spine very long, nearly equal to head.

Color in spirits, yellowish, with dark longitudinal lines, the third from dorsal terminating in a dark caudal
spot; membranes of spinous dorsal dark, first webs of anal black; outer margins of caudal dark.
Holocrnirum cornutum Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., v, 240, Ceram; Gunther, Cat., I, 45.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 61

Family SCOMBRIDjE.

49. Scomber brachysomus Bleeker. Masangui.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3271 ; length ."S. 1 in.).

Gillrakers er|ual to distance from tip of snout to orbit, shorter than in S. micrdlepidotus, from which this
species is easily distinguished by the deepei bodj
Scombi r brat hysoma Bleeker, Nat. i ijds. Ned. I n-l „ i. 356, 1850, Batavia; Gunther, Cat., n. 361; Day, Fishes India, 251.

50. Scomber microlepidotus Ruppell

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 4173 and 4174; length lOand 10.25 in Gillrakers long, equal to distance
from tip <>f snoul I" middle of eye.

Scomber microlepidotus Ruppell, Neue Wirb., Fische, 38, pi. xi, lij; 2, ix:>7. Red Sea; Gunther, Cat., u, 361; Day, I
India, 250, pi. liv, figs. 3, 4, and 5; Fowler, Proc. i.c Nat Sci Phila. 1904, 759.

51. Scomber japonicus Houttuyn.

One specimen from Bulitn (no. 3912; length 5.45 in.). Blue above, silvery below . Sead 3.25 in length;
depth 5.2; dorsal ix, 12+ v; analn, 114-v.

This species is indistinguishable from the com n chub mackerel i S. colias) "f the Atlantic

Scomber japonicus Houttuyn, Verh, Hull. Ma ii West, ll.iiiri , \x. 1782, 331, Japan; Jordan .v Evermann, Bull. U.S. Fish
Cnmni., win. |.t. l, 1903 (1905 , 169, Q

52. Gymnosarda pelamis (Linns

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 1184 and 4185; length 15 and 15.25 in. Dorsal xvi — 12-rvin; anal

II — 12+ VH.

Scomber pelamis Linnseus, Syst. Nat , ed x, 297, 1758, "in pelago inter Tropicos."
Thynnus pelamys Gunther, Cat . II, 364
Gymimximlu prlamix, Jordan & Evermann, Bull, i Fish i win. pt. I, 1903 i 1905 . 17.'. Bg, 64.

53. Rachycentron canadus (Linns

One line specimen from Bulan (no. (151; length 24 in Head 1.05 in length; depth 6.3; eve 7.1 in
head; snout 2.5; maxillary 2.5; scales about 332; dorsal \m. 32; anal 27: lateral line with several strong
sharp curves.

Gastcrosteus canadux Linmeiis, Syst. Nat., ed. \n. 491, 1766, Carolina.

Scomber nigi r Bloch, [chth., x. 48, pi. CCCXXXVli, 1797.

Elacati pondiceriana Cuvler & Valenciennes, Hist. Nal Poisa vm 11, Pondicherry.

Elacatt nigi r, Qtint her, Cat., II, ;.

Rat Inii > i\t run canadut, Jordan & Evermann, Fishes North and Mil A r., 'j is, |>i cxlviii, Bg. 101, 1896.

NESOGRAMMUS Evermann & Seale. new genns.

Nesoorammus Evermann <5i Seale, new genus ol Scombridse i Vi \ogrammut piet ■

Body long and slender, completely covered with small, thin, deciduous scales; do cora lei . la i oral lines 2,
the lower branch leaving the main lateral line under the base of third or fourth dorsal spine, from which point
it extends nearly vertically downward to lower third of side, along which ii runs, approximately parallel to
the ventral line of body, to caudal peduncle. Ventrals i, 5; dorsal and anal finlets 7. Villiform teeth on
vomer, palatines, and tongue; a single row of sharp, canine-like teeth in each jaw.

This genus is related to Scomberomorus, from which ii differs, however, in the presence of two lateral
lines and in the complete squamatioo of the body. i.i«»«;, island: )' uauua, line.)

54. Nesogrammus piersoni Evermann & Seale, new species.

Head 4.5 in length; depth 4. 75: eye 4.35 in head; snout 2.S.5: maxillary 2.25; mandible 1.9; dorsal
xn + l, 9+vn: pectoral 1.9; ventral 3.2; anal I. ll+VIi; scales 17(1 in upper and 145 in lower branch of
lateral line.

Body elongate, moderately compressed: depth of caudal peduncle 1.9 in snout; head pointed; jaws
equal; interorbital space flat, its width greater than eye: mouth large: maxillary slipping under preorbital

62

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

and ending under anterior third of eye, its distal end formed by the supplemental bone, pointed and directed
slightly upward: base of mandible under middle of eve: teeth in jaws in a single row. rather strong, triangular,
about 14 to 17 on each side; minute teeth on vomer, palatines, and tongue: gillrakers rather bluntly pointed,
15 on lower limb, the longest 3 in snout; opercle and preopercle entire, the posterior margin of preopercle
with a wide anterior curve in its middle portion; cheek and opercle with fine scales; body entirely covered
with fine, thin deciduous scales: lateral lines 2. the upper beginning at upper edge of opercular opening and
running approximately parallel with the back to below the sixth dorsal finlet, where it curves downward and
unites with the lower branch; lower branch originating under base of third dorsal spine, running nearly
vertically downward to level of lower edge of pectoral, where it curves backward and extends along lower
third of side to middle of caudal peduncle, where it again unites with the upper branch; no corselet; breast
scaled; caudal peduncle with a median keel and a smaller one above and below it.

Fig. 3. — Nesogrammus piersoni Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

Origin of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and third ray of soft dorsal; dorsal spines connected,
except t he 2 posterior ones, which do not protrude, the longest spine 2.75 in head, the 2 dorsals entirely separate :
origin of soft dorsal slightly in advance of vent, its longest ray 2.75 in head; dorsal finlets 7; origin of anal
midway between base of caudal and origin of ventrals, its longest ray 3.75 in head; anal finlets 7; no free
spines in front of anal; origin of ventrals below axil of pectoral, their length 3 in head; caudal deeply forked.

Color in spirits, brownish above, silvery below: a large dusky blotch at origin of lateral line and in axil
of pectoral; top of snout dusky; a dusky area through eye; membranes of spinous dorsal dusky: ventrals
darker on posterior third; other fins with very slight wash of dusky.

One specimen (field no. 4178), the type, no. 55899, U. S. National Museum, 16 inches long, from Bulan,
Sorsogon, P. I.; collected by Prof. Charles J. Pierson, for whom (he species is named.

Family TKlCHll R1D.J-:.

55. Trichiurus haumela (Forskal). Pirika.

Head 7.5 in length; depth 14; eye 6.1 in head, 2 in snout: interorbital 2.5 in snout; dorsal 129; anal
represented by 106 minute spines; teeth large, 18 in upper jaw, 20 in lower; no teeth on vomer, a few minute
teeth on palatines; gillrakers consisting of small, sharp spines, about 14 on lower limb.

Color in spirits, silvery, bluish above; 2 bright yellow longitudinal stripes on lower half of body; dorsal
yellow, with dusky margin.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3381; length 19.75 in.).

I lupea haumela Forskal, Descr. Anim., 72. 1775. Red Sea.

l'n, Hums haumela, Giinther, Cat., II, 348 (Malayan Peninsula; Amboyno I.

Family CAKWCIDl:.

56. Scomberoides toloo-parah. (Ruppell). Cassisung.
Two specimens from San Fabian (no. 3716 and 3717: length 6. 25 and 6.5 in.).

oho-parat Rilppell, Atlas, Fische, 91, 1828, Massowah, Red Sea.
nemus loloo, Giinther, Cat., u. 473.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 63

57. Decapterus macrosomus Bleeker.

Twelve specimens from Bulan (No. 3345, 3347 to 3349, 3351, 3521, 3522, 3524, and 3531 to 3534; length

5.75 to 8 in.) and one from Bacon (no. 4146: length 6 in.).

Depth 5.5; head3.75; about 59 plates or scales in straight portion of lateral line; origin of ventrals nearer
to tip of snout than to anal. This fish is more elongate and has smaller plates than has D. feurra, and the distance
between tips of ventrals and origin of anal is 1.5 in head, while in D. hurra it is much Kv, being about 2.5.

Decapterus macroaoma Bleeker, Nat. ffjds. Ned. Ind., i, 358, 1850, Batavia.
Caranx macrosoma, Giinther, Cat., n, 42.5.

58. Decapterus kurra Bleeker.

Six specimens from Bulan (no. 3350, 3346, 3911, 3913, 3914, and 3523; length 4 to ti in
Head 3 in length; deptli 4.5; plates 111; distance between lip- of \ entrals and origin of anal short , about
2.5 in head; origin of ventrals nearer origin of anal than to tip of snout.

Decapterus kurra Bleeker, Makreelachtige Visschen, 50, Verb. Hat. Gen., xxiv, 1852, Batavia.
Carom kurra, Qunther, Cat , n, (27; Day, Fishes India, 214. pi. i.xvui. fig. 5.

59. Seriola nig-rofasciata (Ruppcll).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3602; 1. ogtb 6.2 in.)

Nomeue nigrofati iatut Ruppell, All. is. Fiscllc-, '■>-. pi. 24. lig. 2. 1N2S. Red Sea.
Seriola nigrofaeciata, Qunther, Cat., n. it.:.

60. Lactarius lactarius i Ulorh \ Schneider). Bog-fmag-taen.

Three fine specimens from San Fabian I no. 327 I. .1751. and 3755; length 6.25 to 9.2 in.).
Head 3 in length.; depth 2.8; eye 3.85 in head: Bnou< 4.5: maxillary 2.1, its distal end under posterior
margin of pupil; hase of anal fin 2.75 in length.

Scomber lactariut Blocb & Bchneider, Syst. tenth., 31, 1801, Tranquebar.
LactarLua delicotulue, Gfinther, Cat., n 507.

61. Caranx boopa Cuvier & Valenciennes. Atdoy.

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 3724, 3807, 1053, 1054, 1084, W85, W86, 1102. and 4103; length 7
to 8.25 in.).

Head 3. 15 in length; depth 3.1; plates of lateral line 14, the line strongly bent, becoming straight under

the posterior third of first dorsal, the plates very huge: eye 2.75 in head: adipose eyelid will developed; max-
illary 2.1 in head.

In this specie- the ventrals fall far short of anal spines, tl rigin of the spines being midway between

origin of ventrals and hase of ninth anal ray: under jaw strongly projecting.

Caranx boopi Cm ler & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Pofss., i\, 35 i 16 . Amboyna; Gun t her, Cat., n, 4:ii; Day, Fishes [ndia, 218,
pi. XI.1X, fig. 2.

62. Caranx freeri Kvermann & Scale, new species. Mataan.

Head 3.1 in length: depth 3.2; eye 2.85 in head; interorbital 3.55; dorsal vm— I, 23; anal it — i, 20;
lateral line of 25 scales and 47 plates; a broad adipose eyelid.

Body oblong, moderately compressed; depth of caudal peduncle (i.l in head, its depth less than its width;
profile of head from above opercle to snout almost a straight line placed at angle of 35 degrees; mouth large,
the lower jaw scarcely projecting; length of maxillary 2.1 in head, its distal end under middle of pupil, the
posterior margin concave: mandible 1.75 in head: minute teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and longue. those of
jaws in single series; gillrakers long and slim, 24 on lower limb, the longest 5.9 in head ; opercle and preopercle
entire; body entirely scaled; breast scaled: plates of lateral line very strong, then greatest diameter 1.5 in
head; the lateral line with a low curve anteriorly, becoming straight under the posterior dorsal spines, the
curved portion 3.2 in straight ; scales of the- arrow-shaped area in front of dorsal very minute: about 0 row- on
cheek; origin of spinous dorsal in vertical line with axil of ventrals, the longest spine 2 in head, longest ray of
-oil dor-al 2.5; origin of anal under second soft dorsal ray, being midway between base of caudal and posterior
margin of orbit, it- longest ray 2.55 in head; origin of anterior anal -pine midway between origin of ventral and
base of seventh anal ray ; first anal spine 0.5 in head . ventrals midway between origin of anal and posterior end

64

BULLETIN OF THE BHREAF OF FISHERIES.

of maxillary, their length 2 in head, their tips reaching first anal spine; pectoral 1.1 in head, the tip reaching
origin of anal; caudal deeply forked, its length 1.1 in head.

Color in spirits, yellowish white, a tint of blue above; tip of snout and tip of under jaw dusky; no distinct
opercular spot, but posterior margin of opercles with some slight shading of dusky: dorsals slightly tinted with
dusky, most distinct on margin of soft dorsal; scarcely a trace of dusky on tip of caudal; pectorals, ventral.*,
and anal unmarked.

This species is near C. boops, of which we have many specimens. It may be at once separated, however, by
the more anterior location of the anal spines, the less projecting under jaw, greater length of head, and greater
width of the interorbital space.

WMMWm

Fig. l.— Caranx freeri Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

One specimen (no. 3324, type, no., 559131. S. National Museum; 9.1 in. long), from San Fabian: collector,
Mr. C. L. Hall.

We take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Paul ('. Freer, who, as director of the Philippine Bureau
of Science, is doing so much to advance our knowledge of the natural resources of the Philippine Islands.

63. Caranx cynodon Bleeker.

One line specimen from Bacon ( V) (no. -11115; length 13 in. I.

Head 3.4 in length; depth 2.9: eye 3.85 in head; snout 3.75: pectoral long and falcate, 2.75 in length;
maxillary 2 in head, its distal end on line with posterior margin of eye.

Caranx cynodon Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 362, 1850, Batavia; Giinther, Cat., II. 447.

64. Caranx affinis Kiippell.

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 3981 and 3S37; length 5 and 5.5 in.). Differing from Hawaiian spec-
imens apparently only in the somewhat larger black opercular spot.

Caranx nftnns, Riippell, Neue Wirh., Fische, 49, pi. 14, fig. 1.

65. Caranx speciosus (ForskS.1).
One specimen from Bulan (no. 3638; length 0.5 in.).

Scomber speciosus Forsk&l, Descr. Anini.. 54, 1775, Red Sea.
Carattx speciosus, Cunther, Cut., n. 444.

66. Caranx ophthalmotsenia (Bleeker).

Four specimens from Bulan (no. 3907 to 3910; length 3 to 4.5 in.). Dorsal vm, 27; anal n— 1,23; depth 2:
head 3.05; anterior dorsal and anal rays elongate: a brown band from base of mandible upward and back-
ward thru eye to nuchal region; ventrals dusky.
Carangoides ophtltdlmotsenia Bleeker Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., in, 270, L852, Amboyna; Qunther, Cat., n, 451.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 65

67. Caranx sexf asciatus Quoy & Gaimard. Talatitogan.

Nine specimens from San Fabian (no. 3325 to 3333; length 3.5 to I in. - Head 3.1 in length; depth 2.5;
eye 3 in head; snout 4.2; pectoral 3.3; maxillary 2.1, iu distal end scarcely reaching posterior ma [-gin of eve:
tip of dorsal black, Carangus rhabdotus Jenkins, from Honolulu, closely resembles this species, but differs
from it in the heavier body, smaller eye. and the broader eross-bands.

Caranx scxfasciatus Quoy & Gaimard, Yov I ranie B8, pi. 65, fig. 4, 1824, Papous Islands.

68. Caranx armatus (Forskal). Bveiuang-sapse; Amaaligan

Sixteen specimens from San Fabian (no, 3498, 3446, 4940, and 4941; length 3.2 to 6 in. No. 4032,
lengl li 3 inches, from Bulan, is also placed with this species, although it is -light h deeper and seems to differ

in a slight degree.

Sctena armata Forskal, Descr. inim, 53, i:;:. Red Sea.
Caranx armalua, Giinther, Cat., u. 453

69. Caranx kalla Cuvier \ Valenciennes.

()nr specimen from Bulan (no. 3767; length '.i in Lateral line becoming undei about the

sixth dorsal ray. which readily distinguishes this species from ( ' djeddaba, to which it is closeh related.

Caranx kalla Cuvter & Valenciennes, Hist Nat Poi >-. 17 19), 1831, Pondicherry; Day, Fishes India, 219, pi. xlij
Caranx calla, Qtlnther, Cat., n. 433.

70. Caranx djeddaba (Foi -I

One small specimen from "Philippines" (no. 3782; length 3.5 in.

Head U.2.r> in length; depth 2.75; eye 3.2 in head; snout I; maxillary 3; mandible 2.1; interorbital
3.75; dorsal \ 111. 25; anal [,22; scutes 54, 37 in curved portion; lateral line becoming straight under the first
dorsal i:i\

Scomber djeddaba Forsk&I, Desor. Inlm., I77.~>. Red Sea.

Caranx djeddaba, Qunther, Cat., n, 432 Daj I - pi si.ix.fig. 3.

71. Caranx brevis I Blei I

Three specimens from " Philippines " ■ no. 3888; length 3 to 3.2 in.

Head 3.5 in length; depth 2.4; eye 3 in head; dorsal vm, 25; anal u — i, 19; lateral line 34 16
Teeth in jaws, vomer and palatines; no canines; curved portion of lateral line 1.95 in straight, the line
becoming straight under anterior dorsal rays; a distinct opercular spot; breast scaled

Selar bn vi» Bleeker, Nat TIjds. Ned. lad., i, 1850, 361, Batavia.
Caranx brevis, Qtlnther, Cat., u, 135.

72. Megalaspis cordyla I l.inn;riiM. Bacutut.

Three line specimens from Bulan (no. 4155 to U57; length 14 to 15.5 in.) and :i fr Jolo (no. 4111 to

4113; length S.5 to 9 in.). •

Scomber cordyla Linnaeus, Syst. Mat., od. \. 298, 1758, America.

Scomber rolttcri Bloch, Ichth., \. 39, 346, 1797.

Caran e rottleri, QUnther, Cat., it. 424.

Megdkupi* roltleri, Bleeker. Hakreelachtlge Visschen, 4^i. Verh. Bat. Urn., xxiv (Batavia1.

73. Citula halli Kvcrinann & SeaJe, new species. Pampanon.

Head .3 in length: depth 1.5; eye 3.2 in head: dorsal iv — i, 10: anal n,38; 76 scales in lateral line, 35 of
which are in straight portion, and scarcely armed; snout 3.5; maxillary 3, its distal end on line with anterior
margin of eye.

Body elevated, compressed : anterior profile rounded ; caudal peduncle narrow . .">.."> in head ; body, including
breast, covered with deciduous scales, which are of small size on thorax: lateral line almost straight, the
curve being very long and low, the greatest depth of curve 7 in its length, the straight portion of line 2.5 in
curved part.

B. B. F. 1906—6

66

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Depth of head much greater than its length; jaws equal: teeth very fine, sharp, in a single series in each
jaw: no teeth on vomer, palatines or tongue; operele and preopercle entire; gillrakers sharp, 13 on lower
limb, the longest equal to one-half diameter of rye.

Spinous dorsal of 4 minute spines, connected only at base; anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal greatly
elongate, the longest dorsal ray 2 in length; longest anal ray 2.25; caudal deeply forked, 3.5: pectoral 3.5;
ventrals 4, their tips extending to base of anal; vertical fins without scaly sheath.

Color in spirits, yellowish, with 5 vertical brown bands of greater width than interspaces, the anterior
one forming a distinct ocular band from spinous dorsal through eye to ventrals, the second from anterior of
soft dorsal to belly, the third from fifth to fourteenth dorsal rays to anterior of anal: fourth from posterior

Fig. 5. — Citula halli Evermann & Seale. new species. Type.

third of dorsal to middle of anal; the fifth near posterior of dorsal and anal; two oblique bands on each
caudal lobe; anterior half of dorsal and anal black, ventrals black; pectoral yellowish; opercles dusky; belly
with bluish wash.

One specimen, the type, no. 55914 U. S. National Museum (original no. 402!ti, 2.5 inches long, from San
Fabian.

Easily distinguished from Aleetis ciliaris, to which it hears a superficial resemblance, by the low curve
of the lateral line. Named for Mr. V. L. Hall, who collected at San Fabian many of the specimens on which
this report is based.

74. Trachinotus baillonii (Lacepede). BitiTlu.

One specimen from Zamboanga (no. 3761 : length N.75 in.).

lhiid 3.8 in length: depth 2.3; eye 3.1 in head: snout 4.1 ; dorsal, anal and caudal lobes much produced,
all blackish : 4 small round black spots on lateral line on middle of side.

Cscsiomorus baillonii Lacepede, Hist. Nut. Poisa.,m,93,pl. 3. fig. 1. Indian Ocean.
Trachynotus baillonii, Giinther, Cat., n, 4S4.

FISHES OF THK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 67

Family I-tJlTLID.-E.

75. Leiognathus virgatus Fowler.

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 391(3: length 2.5 and 2.75 in.).
Lt tognathua > Irgatus Fowler, -lourn. Ac. Xat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser.. xii, 1904 (June 10) , 515, pi- xv, fig. 4. Pedang, Sumatra.

76. Leiognathus dussuniieri (Cuvier & Valenciennes Malaway.

Two specimens from Sun Fabian i no. 3210 and 3212: length i> and 6.2 in.).

Head 3.2 in length: depth 1.9; eve 3.1 in head: snout 3.1; .-pine-shaped eresl on nuchal region not
reaching halfway to base of lirst dorsal -pine

Equuht dussumieri Cuviei & Valenciennes, Hist. Xat. I'oiss., x. 56 (77), pi 283, 1835, Coromandel; Gilnther, Cat., n, 500.
77. Leiognathus splendens (Cuviei Warn

Two specimens from San Fabian (no. 3! 155 and 3!»5!l; length 2.5 and 3.75 in. . one from "Philippines"
(no local label, No. 37*15: length 275 in. . and 3 from Bacon (no. 4030; length 2.5 to 2.75 in

Breast scaled; supraorbital serrate: lateral line not so strongly arched a- in /.. edentidus, the anterior
part slightly concave; tip of dorsal black.
Equula tpli nit n» Cuvier, Kegne \ aim., it. 212, 1829, Indies; GOnther, Cat., n

78. Leiognathus stercorarius Evermann & Seale, new Bpecies.

Head 3.7 in length: depth 3; eye 3 in bead snout 3; interorbital 3; dorsal vtii. 17: anal m. 1 1 : scales 57.

Body oblong; leratelj compressed, the upper and lower profiles al si evenly curved: jaws equal;

depth of caudal peduncle 4.(1 in head: entire body covered with thin deciduous scales; check and breast
scaled: lateral line complete, with a long low curve from caudal peduncle to head: mouth very protractile;
the groove for the processes of the maxillary extending to b line with posterior margin of eve, the length of
the bony spine-shaped crest extending hack from the groove 2.6 in head; upper jaw heavy; minute teeth

V

Fig. 6. — Leiognathut stereoraritu Evermann & Scab', new specii 3. Type.

in jaws, none on vomer, palatines or tongue: no canines: twelve gillrakcr- on lower limb, the longest about 2
in pupil; maxillary ending on a line with anterior margin of eye, scarcely one-half exposed; mandible 2 in
head, at angle "I 30 : width of preorbital 1.S5 in snout: lower limb of preopercle denticulate on its inferior
border; opercle entire; eye with slight adipose eyelid.

Origin of dorsal slight h posterior to origin of ventral-, longest dorsal spine 1.75 in head, about one-half
depth of body (in another specimen a cotype— this spine measures 1.4 in bead and is greater than one-half
depth of body), the lirst dorsal spine minute, the second longest, the dorsal continuous, none of the spines or

68

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

rays elongate; anal similar to dorsal but shorter; the first anal spine midway between tip of snout and base
of caudal; the longest spine 2 in head, none of the anal spines or rays elongate; vertical fins without scales
but with deep sheaths; pectoral 1.7 in head; ventrals 2.2.5 in head, their origin midway between origin of anal
and posterior end of mandible : caudal deeply forked.

Color in spirits, light brown above, silvery below, with a slight wash of yellowish; a peculiar lanceolate
area on middle of side shaded with fine black dots, and having the appearance of an abrasion; fine brownish
dots just above anal fin; upper half of body with numerous vermiculate brownish lines; a black line on base
of dorsal; upper lip dusky: dusky dots in axil of pectoral; anterior spines of dorsal and anal with some fine
brown dots, most distinct on anal, otherwise fins unmarked.

This species is related to L. dblongus but differs among other things in having scales on chest. It is more
elongate than L. rimdatus and L. lineatus, with which we have compared it.

Seven specimens from Bulan, length 3.75 to 4 in. Type, no. 55906, U. S. National Museum (field no. 3591),
length 4.75 in., from Bulan, Sorsogon, P. I. Of the cotypes, all from Bulan, one (field no. 3590) is no. 20004
Stanford Univ. Mus.: another (field no. 3588) is no. 4537 U. S. Bureau of Fisheries; another (field no. 3.587)
is in the museum at Manila ; another (field no. 3589) is in the U. S. National Museum; another (field no. 3592)
is in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences ; another (field no. 3.593) is in the Indiana University Museum.
(Sttrciimriiis of or pertaining to dung; from the fly-speets on the side.)

79. Leiognathus edwardsi Evermann & Seale, new species. Patuan.

Head 3.6 in length; depth 2.6; eye 2.75 in head; snout 2.9; interorbital 3.1; dorsal vm, 16; anal in,
13; scales about 70, about 4S pores.

Body oblong-ovate, the dorsal and ventral outlines about equally curved and gently arched; head mod-
erate, pointed, snout pointed; mouth small, very protractile, the lower jaw included; maxillary short, its
exposed tip pointed, scarcely reaching vertical of orbit: teeth in jaws fine, villiform; vomer and palatines

apparently toothless ;
interorbital width; a
anteriorly, its length
slightly greater than
miii rals; lirst dorsal
length of body; soft
and filamentous, its

Fig. 7. — Jjeiognathus edwardsi Kvrnnann A- Seale, new species. Type.

eye large, in middle of head; lower edge of preopercle entire; cheek deep, greater than
broad, blunt supraocular "spine over anterior part of eye; interocular space broadest
nearly twice its greatest width; occipital ridge greater than diameter of orbit and
distance from its tip to origin of dorsal fin; origin of dorsal fin posterior to insertion of
spine produced and filamentous (the tip broken off), its length probably about 1.5 in
dorsal low: origin of anal under about sixth dorsal spine: first spine greatly produced
length about 1.8 in depth; anal rays short; both dorsal and anal fins folding into a

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 69

shallow groove: pectoral short, it-, length about 1.5 in head; ventrals short, their length slightly greater than
diameter of orbit, the distance from their tips to base of first anal spine 1.5 in their length: caudal broadly
forked, the lobes about 1.25 in head: scales small, thin, and deciduous: lateral line in a low regular arch
from upper edge of gill-opening to base of caudal: breast naked.

Color in spirits, dirty olivaceous yellow, back more or less marbled and vermiculated with brownish; a
dark line along base of dorsal fin: cheek and lower half of side finely punctulate with dark dots: tip of snout
black; axil of pectoral dusky: fins otherwise pure yellowish.

This species is based on a single specimen 5 inches long, field no. 3876 (10778), from San Fabian, Pangasi-
nan. Type, no. 55904, U. S. National Museum. It is apparently related to Guuther's Equvla leuciscus, from
which it differs, however, in the smooth preopercle, the presence of a supraocular spine, and the- less develop-
ment of the anterior dorsal spine. We take pleasure in naming this species for Brig. Gen. Clarence K. Edwards,
U. S. Army, Chief of the Bureau of Insular Affairs, U. S. War Department.

80. Leiognathus fasciatus (Lacepi

Four specimens from San Fabian (no. 3211 and 3956 to 3958; length 3.25 to (>.'-• in.).

Body very deep, back strongly arched. Head 3.18 in length; depth 2; eye •'■ in head; snout 2.95; two
strong supraocular spiui-s ; lower limb of preopercle serrate; scales very small, breast naked; lateral lino
complete, 60; body with about 18 narrow black vertical bars.

Clvpcafaaciata Laconic, Hist. .Sat. I'niss.. \. ihi. imi;;
Equula fasciata, Gttnther, Cat., u. 498, 1859.

81. Leiognathus edentula (Bloch).

Four specimens from San Fabian (no. 3950 to 3953; length 2.75 to -5.5 in. I.

Body very deep, the back much arched; breast naked: lateral line strongb arched, the anterior part at
first slightly concave.

Head 3 in length; depth 1.7; eye 3 in head: snout 2.75: nuchal crest almost reaching base of first dorsal
spine, which is 2.5 in depth: teeth not evident; tip of dorsal fin not black.

Scomber edentulus Blocb, tenth ., pi. ccccxxvm, 1785.

Equula edentula, Gttnther, Cat., a, 488; Day, Fishes India, 238, pi. i.u, fig. 1.

82. Gazza tapeinosoma Bleeker.

Five specimens from the Philippines (no local label given; no. :i77!i. 3780,3781, 3783, and 3784; length
3.75 to 5.2 in.), and 8 from Bulan (no. 3489 to 3496; length 1.5 to 5 in.).

Oazza tapeinosoma Bleeker, Nat. Tij.ls. Ned. In.l., iv, 260, 1853, Batavia.
Oazza argcnlarw, Gttnther, Cat., n, 506; probably not of l-'orster.

83. Gazza minuta (Bloch). \t aUuiihn; Biugsttvij.

Seven specimens from San Fabian (no. 3947 to 3949 and 3868 to 3871; length 2.75 to 4 in.).
Head 2.'.» in length; depth 2: eye 2.75 in head: siiont 3.1: scales minute, lateral line complete: breast
naked: preopercle serrate.

Scomber minutus lilocli, lchth., xu, 110, pL CCCCXXIX, tie,. 2, I7',i7, no locality given
Oazza minuta. Glint her. Cat., U, 506.

Family GERRIDiE.

84. Xystsema punctatum (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 3220 to 3223; length 4.75 to 5.2 in.), agreeing well with the figures
given by Bleeker and by Day and with Day's description.

Oerres 'punctatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. I'oiss., VI, 361 (480) 1830, Pondicheny.
Qerres tilamentosus, Oiinther, Cat., I, 345, and IV, 261; Day, Fishes India, 98 pi. xxv, tig. 3.

85. Xystserna baconensis F.vermann & Scale, new species. Duldul.

Head 3.2.5 in length, depth 2.6; eye 3.25 in head; snout 3; lateral line complete; scales about 4-47-8;
interorbital 2.8 in head; maxillary 2.5; depth of cheek 3.3; dorsal ix, 10: anal in, 7; pectoral 1.1 in head;
ventrals 1.9.

70

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Body moderately elongate, the back rather strongly arched, the profile rising in a regular curve from
tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin, thence descending in a hroader curve to caudal peduncle; ventral outline
less convex; head pointed, the lips thick, jaws subequal, or the lower slightly the shorter; prcmaxillary
Strongly protractile; exposed portion of maxillary broad, its greatest width half its length, its posterior edge
slightly concave; preopercle entire; interorbital broad; prcmaxillary groove narrow, completely scaled
except a small circular area posteriorly above anterior margin of orbit; caudal peduncle rather deep, its
greatest depth greater than diameter of eye, or 3 times its least width. Scales large, thin, and firm; origin
of dorsal fin ovei base of pectoral, the second spine slender, curved, and lengthened, its length greater than
half that of head; dorsal rays short ; second anal spine shorter and scarcely larger than the third, its length 1.4
in eye; dorsal and anal fins each with a high, scaly sheath: caudal fin thickly covered with fine scales;
peritoneum dusky; second interhsemal spine long and slender; posterior end of air-bladder bifid, ending in
2 long slender horns which fit alongside of second interhsemal.

Color in spirits, silvery white, the back and upper part of side showing faint dark lines along the middle
of each row of scales parallel with the back: tip of spinous dorsal dark, fins otherwise unmarked. This species
is close to X. Jcapas, from which it differs chiefly in having the preniaxillary groove scaled, the eye larger,
the interorbital space broader, and the second anal spine smaller.

Fig.

-Xystxma baconensis Evermann & Sealc, new species. Type.

This species is represented in our collection by two specimens — one (no. 3416) from Bacon, and the other
(no. 3377) from Jolo. Type, no. 55912, U. S. National Museum, a specimen 7 inches long, from Bacon,
Sorsogon, P. I. The other, a specimen 5.5 inches long is a cotype, no. 453S, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.

86. Xystaema kapas (Bleeker). Duhhil.

We refer to this species one specimen (no. 3376) 5.35 in. long from Jolo, 9 specimens (no. 3417. 3418,
3637 to 3639, and 3822 to 3825, 3.2 to 6.5 in. long) from Bacon, and 2 small examples (no. 3890) from Bulan.

Head 3.2 in length; depth 2.7; eye 3.5 in head; snout 3.2; interorbital 2.9; scales 4-40-9; maxillary
groove naked, interorbital width greater than orbit; preopercle not denticulate; base of ventrals midway
between tip ol snout and origin of anal; longest dorsal spine about 2 in depth of body: second anal spine
somewhat stronger but shorter than the third, its length 3.3 in head or 4.25 in depth.

Color in spirits, silvery, tip of spinous dorsal black: body without longitudinal darker lines.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 71

Our specimens agree perfectly with Bleeker's figure of this species, but differ from Gunther's description
in the shorter second anal spine. They seem to differ from .V. m/i na (Ruppelli in the lower curve of the dorsal
outline and the absence of dark lateral lines along the rows of scales.

Oerres kapas Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., a, 1851, 482, Batavia.
Diapterus kapas Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 127, pi. ccclxi. fig. 3 (East Indies).
Oerres kapas, Gunther, Cat., iv, 259

Family MiENID^E.

87. Emmelichthys leucogrammicus Bleeker.

Nine specimens from Bulan (no. 3971 ; length 2.5 to 3.2 in.), and one from Bacon I no. 3758; length 1.8.5
in.). These agree well with Bleeker's figure.

EmmeUchihys leucogrammicus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., i. 103, 1850, Celebes; Alius, vn. pi. ecu iv, fig
Erpthrichthys leucogrammicus, Gunther, I if i 398
Dipteri/gonotus Irueogrammicu.i BleckiT. Alius. vm, 42.

Family SCORPIDID£.

88. Monodactylus argenteus (Linnseus).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3594; length 3.75 in.). Head 2.9 in length; depth 1.2; eye 2.6 in head;
snout 5.2. Color in spirits dusky Bilvery, a black band from nape through eye to lower edge of gill-opening
and another across body nod base of pectoral jusl posterior to gill-opening to origin of dorsal and anal and
then extending on those (ins to tips of produced rays.

Chsetodon argenteus Unnffius, Amoen. A.cad.,iv,249, 1759
Psettus argi nil as, Gunther, Cat., u, 187.

Family APOGONlCHTHYIDiE.

89. Arnia froenata i Valenciennes

One specimen from Bacon (no. oTiiii: length 3.75 in.). (Not A.frenatus of Gunther.)

Head 2.5 in length; depth 3.1s; snout 1; e\e verj large, longer than snout, 3 I in head; side with a

well-defined black band about width of pupil, extending through r\r and across tip ol snout, « here it i> most

distinct ; n distinct black spot on caudal peduncle at base of caudal fin; a Mack bar on base of anal; anterior

dorsal spines black.

From Amia snyderi 1 1 1 i-. species seem- to differ in the larger eye. more slender body, and better defined

black caudal spot ami lateral hand. The two may, however, be identical.

Apogon frs natus Valenciennes, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat 57, pi. 4, fig. 4, 1

90. Amia koilomatodon i Bleekei

Two fine specimens from Bacon (no. 3509 and 3511; length 1.75 and 5.2 in.). These agree in every
respect with specimens from Samoa.

Apogon koilomatodon Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., iv, 134, 1853, Ternate.

Amia koilomatodon Bleeker, wins. vn. pi. cccvn, fig. l: Jordan & Seale, Bull. V. S. Bu. Fish., xxv. 1905 1 1906), 240, fig. 34.

91. Amia quadrifasciata (Ciivicr & Valenciennes). BaJcutat.

Twenty-nine specimens from Jolo (no. 3555 to 35<S3; length 2.5 to 3.5 in.), all showing the indistinct
vertical bands, in addition to the 2 distinct longitudinal stripes; no caudal spot, the lower longitudinal stripe
extending to tip of caudal.

Apogon quadrifasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Polss., n, 113 (153), 1828, Pondicherry; Gunther, Cut., i. 239;

Day, Fishes India, 59.
Amia quadrifasciata, Bleeker Atlas, vm, 88, pi. 1 1 1 "M . fig- 1. ,

72 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

92. Amia fasciata (Quoy & Gaimard).

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 57.52; length 1.25 to 1.5 in.), similar in every respect to a specimen from
Samoa. The upper and lower bands converge on the caudal fin, touching or nearly so, the median band near
tip of tail.

The type of Apogon fasciatm Quoy & Gaimard, came from Guam and the same specimen appears to have
been used by Cuvier & Valenciennes as one of the types of their Apogon noremfasciatus published five years
later. The other specimen in the possession of Cuvier & Valenciennes came from Timor and, according to a
recent note from Mr. Vaillant, appears to be the same species.

Apogonfascialus Quoy & Gaimard. Voy. Uranie, Zool., 344. ]s>4. Guam (type in Paris Mus.'

Apogon noiemfasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. 1'oiss., n, 114 (154), 1829, in part; Guam specimen.

Apogon fasciatus, Day. Fishes India. 60. in part; not of White.

93. Amia chrysoporna (Bleeker).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3976 and 3365; length 3.1 and 4 in.).

Head 2.85 in length; deptli 2.85; eye 2.75 in head; dorsal vn-i, 9: anal n, S; scales 2-29-6; posterior
limb of preopercle serrate, anterior limb entire; maxillary extending to below middle of eye; gillrakera 20 on
lower limb.

These specimens agree with Bleeker's description, except that the color in spirits is slightly different. They
are yellowish witli 2 very indistinct dusky longitudinal lines, the lower one being on the median line, and easily
overlooked; a black caudal spot just above lateral line, 5 pearl-colored spots on opercle; anterior of spinous
dorsal dusky; other fins immaculate.

Apogon chrysopomua Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., vn, 1854, 239, Macassar.
A mia chrysopomus Bleeker. Atlas, vu , 86, and Atlas, vm, pi. cccxlix. fig. 1.
Apogon chrysopomus, Giinther Cat. . l, 240.

94. Amia hartzfeldi Bleeker.

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 2899, 4194, 4195, 4196 and 3810 to 3814; length 3.2 to 4 in.).
These seem in every respect similar to specimens from Cavite, and agree entirely with Bleeker's colored
plate of this species.

Amia hoTtzfihli Bleeker Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.. in. 254, 1852, Amboyna.
Apogon kart:feldii, Giinther, Cat.. I, 242.

95. Amia savayensis (Giinther).

Six specimens from Bacon (no. 3510, 3880 to 3883 and 3885; length 2.75 to 3.75 in.), all having the dark
saddle over caudal peduncle, dark upper and lower margin to caudal, and a more or less distinct dusky line
from eye to angle of preopercle; anterior spines of spinous dorsal dusky; anterior rays and tip of soft dorsal
dusky; only two specimens show traces of vertical bands seen on some Samoan specimens.

Apogon savayensis Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1871. 656, Savaii, Samoa; Fische der Siidsee, 21. pi. 19. fig. B (Samoa;
Tonga: Yaii: Tahiti).

96. Amia sangiensis (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3889; length 3 in.). The dorsal formula is vn-i, 9, instead of vi-i, 8 or 9,
as given, the first spine being very minute and easily overlooked.

Apogon sangiensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.. xin. 1857, 375. Sangi; Giinther, Cat. . I, 235 (Sea of Sangi).
Amia sangiensis Bleeker Atlas, vn. 95. pi. cccxix, fig. 4.

97. Amia monochrous (Bleeker).

Two specimens in poor condition from Bulan (no. 4015 and 4016: length 3.5 and 3.75 in.).
Apogon monochrous Bleeker, Manado en Macassar. 34, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Ned.. 1S511, Manado, Giinther, Cat., i. 236,

98. Amia novse-guineae (Valenciennes).

Five specimens from Bulan (no. 4007 and 4013; length 2.1 to 2.56).
Apogon novse-guinea Valenciennes, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist Nat.. 53, pi. 4. 1832, New Guinea: Giinther, Cat., I, 237.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
99. Amia jenkinsi Evermann & Seale, new species.

73

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.9; eye 3 in head; anoul 4.6; interorbital 4.2: dorsal vn-i. 9; anal n. 8;
scales 3-25-5.

Body oblong, moderately compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.4 in head: anterior profile from base of

dorsal to tip of snout forming a straight line at an angle of about 15°; mouth large: lower jaw the longer:
maxillary 2.1 in bead, its posterior margin under middle of pupil, the width of distal end equal to pupil;
mandible 1.75 in head: minute teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines in 1 or 2 rows: Hi gillrakers on lower limb,
the longest about 7 in head; posterior limb of preopercle finely denticulate, a few scattered denticulationa at
angle of anterior limb: opercle with an indistinct spine on posterior margin; bod}- entirel] covered with
weakly ctenoid scales: lateral lit" complete; 2 rows of scales on cheek; origin of spinous dorsal midway
between tip of snout mid posterior axil of soft dorsal, the longest -.pine 2.1 in head: longest ray of ■-oft dorsal
1.75 in bead: origin of anal under middle of sofl dorsal, its base 2.25 in head, longest raj 2 in head: origin of

Fig. 9 t nimnn A Seale. new sp.-n.-* Type.

ventrals tinder base of pectoral, their length L.75 in head: pectoral 1.5 in head: caudal rounded, 1 .."> in head.

Color in spirits, dull yellowish, shaded with minute brown punctulations, a large quadrate black spot on
middle of base of caudal: a round jet-black spot about size of pupil mi each side of nuchal region: a wide
distinct black line on side of snout from eye to mouth : tip of lower jaw black : spinous dorsal black : a shading
of dusk}' on base of soft dorsal ami anal, otherw ise litis all yellowish. One specimen, the type. no. 55907, U.S.
Xational Museum (field no. IIHii, length '■'• I in., from Bulan, Sorsogon, P. I.

Named for Dr. (). 1'. Jenkins, of Stanford University.

100. Amia endekataenia (Bleeker).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3839 and 3818; length 2.25 to 3.5 in.).

-1. endekatsenia is undoubtedly a species distinct from .1 fasciata, easily distinguished by the bluntly
rounded profile of the head, the short snout, and the more rounded preopercle. Gillrakers 11 on lower limb
(including nodules); only posterior limb of preopercle serrated. Our specimens are faded, but the I dusky
longitudinal lines are quite perceptible in the large specimen: also the rather diffused dusky caudal -pot.
The small specimens have the spinous dorsal tipped with dusky and show indistinct traces of dusky vertical
lines, as in .1. quatlrtftiseiata: tin' large specimen has ventrals tipped with dusky.

Ajiogon cndekai;tnm Bleeker, Nat Trjds. Ned. Ind., m. 1852, 44B, Banka.
A mm cndekat&nia Bleeker Atlas, m, s.".. pi. cccr, fig. 2.

74

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

101. Amia margaritophora (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 4197: length 1.75 in.).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.9: eye 3 in head; dorsal vi-i, 9: anal n, 8; scales 3-25-7 ; teeth on palatines
and vomer.

Apogon margaritophorus Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.. vn, is."i4. 363, Batjan.
Amia margaritophorus Bleeker. Atlas, vn. 91, pi. ccci, fig. 4 Giinther, Cat., i. 234.

102. Apogonichthys mentalis Evermann & Scale, new species.

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3.4: eye 3.1 in head: snout 4: interorbital equal to. snout: dorsal yt-i, 10;
anal n. 12 (the small anterior anal spine broken oil' in type); scales probably about 28, deciduous.

Body oblong, moderately compressed: depth of caudal peduncle 3.2 in head: mouth large, the lower jaw
the longer: maxillary 2.5 in head, its distal end under anterior margin of pupil; mandible 2.15 in head;
minute teeth in jaws, none on vomer or palatines: 20 gillrakers on lower limb, the longest equal to pupil: no
denticulations on preopercle; opercle with a single point: entire body covered with thin, very deciduous
cycloid scales; lateral line probably complete, apparently a single row of scales on cheek: origin of spinous
dorsal midway between tip of snout and axil of soft dorsal; longest dorsal spine 2.5 in head: base of soft dorsal

Fig. 10. — Apogonichthys mentalis Evermann A- Scale, new species. Type.

1.75 in head, its longest ray 2 in head; origin of anal under anterior third of soft dorsal, its longest ray 2.75
in head, its base 1.7.5: ventrals below base of pectoral, their length 2.1 in head: pectoral 1.3, the tip reaching
beyond anal spines; caudal rounded.

Color in spirits, yellowish white; 2 black longitudinal lines separated by pale yellow on side to below
posterior end of soft dorsal ; some dark dots on opercle, a shading of dusky at tip of snout and on tip of lower
jaw: fins all uniform yellowish while.

Two specimens, the type, no. 55905, U.S. National Museum (B. F. no. 3772, field no. 10(J96t, a female
full of mature eggs, and cotype no. 20002, Stanford University, each about 2.5 inches long, from Bacon, Sor-
sogon, P. I.; collector Charles J. Pierson.

103. Archamia macropteroides (Bleeker).

Thirty-eight specimens from Bacon (no. 3896, 38(57, 3991, and 3884: length about 3 in.).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2. 15; eye 3 in head; snout 5.5; dorsal vi-i, 10; anal n, 17; scales 4-27-9.

Color in spirits, dirty yellowish, the body and head thickly punctulate with blackish: a large black spot
at base of caudal and a similar but smaller one on shoulder, these both very distinct.

Our specimens differ from those from Samoa, which Jordan & Scale identified with .1. lineolata (Ehrenberg)
in having the body deeper, the eye larger, the head blunter, and the shoulder spot always distinct. A. bleeki ri
differs from the present species in the shape of the caudal spot and the more anterior position of the shoulder
spot.
Apogon macropteroides Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., in. ls">2. 724. Lepar Island, Banka: Giinther, Cat., i. 24.3.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 75

104. Archamia bleekeri i(iuntln «•). Masangui.

Forty-eight specimens from Bacon (no. 3279 to 3306 and 3078: length 1.6 to 3 in.), and 2 from San
Fabian (no. 3815; length 1.25 in.).

These each have 16 anal rays, a round black spot at base of caudal, its outline sharply defined, a large
black spot at anterior end of lateral line, touching upper edge of opercle, and a dusky line from eye to sub-
opercle. Resembling .1. maeropteroides but readily distinguished by the form and position of the caudal and
humeral spots.

Among our specimens are both males and females. Nearly mature eggs were found in the ovari

si of the females, and a mas- of mature eggs was discovered in the mouth of a male. It has long be< n

asserted that the male of certain specie-- of this family carries the eggs in bis mouth during incubation. Meas-
urements of 10 of these eggs gave an average diametei of 0.51 i.

Apogon bleekeri Gunther, Cat . [, 245, 1859, Batavia; Padang; Amboyna.

Apogtm macropterus, Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. In.!., n, 168, 1851, and Atlas, vm. pi. cccxlvi. fig. 2.

Family AMBASSIDU.
105. Ambassis urotsenia Bleeker.

One hundred and three specimens from Bacon (no 3408 and 3621; length 1.75 to 3 in

Head _\7."i in length: depth 2.75; eye :; I in head; snoul 1.75; second dorsal -pine I in length; dorsal
yii-i, 9; anal in, 10; scales I 28 6, 2 rows on i heek.

.1 mbassis urotsenia Bleeker, Mai , Tijds. Ned. 1ml.. m. 1852, -.'.'.7. Amboyna; Ulaa, \ m. 135, pi cc< \i n . Kg 2, and pi. i i i i.i.
flg, i; Qunther, Cat . i. 224.

106. Ambassis lung-i (Jordan & Seale).

Pour specimens from Bacon (no 3834 and U92; length 1 to 3 in

This species i- easily distinguished l>\ the single row of scales heck, the broken lateral line, and the

Color 'if the lill- and back.

Ambassis urotsenia, Hay. Fishes India, pi. xv, flg. 8; not "( Bleeker.

Priopis lungi Jordan & Seale, Bull. Bn. Fisheries, itxvi, L906, 18 flg 6, Cavite, Luzon.

Fauiih PEMPHERID/E.

107. Pempheris vanicolensis Cuvier & Valenciennes.

F.ighl specimens from Bacon (no. 3213 to .">:!ls. :>.">Il' and 3762; length 3.75 to 6 in.), and 3 young from
Bulan (no. 3817).

Head 3.1 ill length: depth '-'.-': eye 2.6 i" head: snout 6.5; anal in. 43.

No black spot on base of peetui.il . anterior dorsal rays black-tipped; edge of anal black. These characters
dist inguish the specie-.
Pempheris vanicolensis Cuvier & Valenciennes, llisi. Nat. Poiss., vn, 227 (305 . is:ii, Vanicolo.

Family SERRANIDjE.

108. Epinephelus merra Bloch.

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 36:30. 3631, 3632, and 1082; length 4 to 6.5 in.).

Epinephelus merra Bloch, Ichth., vn. 17. pi. cccxxi, I7'.i7; Boulenger, Cat., I, 241, 1895.

109. Epinephelus tauvina (Forsk&l).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3633; length 1.4 in.).

Perca taut hut Forsk&l, Descr. Anim., 39. 1775. Red Sea.
Epinephelus unn ina, Boulenger, Cat., i. 244.

110. Epinephelus fasciatus (Forskal).

One fine specimen from Bacon (no. 4040: length HI. 75 in.).

Perca fasciata Forskal, Descr. Anim., 40, 1775. Red Sea.
Epiiu pit' his fasciatus, Boulenger, Cat., i. 238.

76

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

111. Epinephelus maculatus (Bloch).

Two line specimens from San Fabian (no. 3224 and 3225; length 4. .5 and 8.5 in.).

Bolocentrus maculatus Bloch, Iehth., iv, 96, pi. ccxlii, fig. :i. 1797.
Epinephelus maculatus, Boulenger, Cat., I, 211.

112. Cephalopholis pachycentron (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bacon (do. 3385, 3386, and 3850; length 5.5 to 5.75 in.).

Dorsal ix, 15; anal in, 8: scales 80. The specimens arc without light margin to fins and the ventrals
extend to vent: otherwise they agree with the descriptions.

Serranus pachyct ntron Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., n, 219 (295), 182S (type uo. 74:i2, Paris Museum*.
Epinephelus pachycentrum, Boulenger. Cat., i. 17s.

113. Cephalopholis kendalli Evermann it Scale, new species.

Head 2.66 in length; depth 2.85; eye 6.3 in head; snout 4.75; interorbital 7.5; maxillary 2.1, its distal
end reaching beyond orbit, the distal widtli of maxillary 1.1 in orbit: dorsal ix. Hi: anal in, 8; scales about
20-80-22, 45 pores.

Body oblong, moderately compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 3 in head: anterior profile evenly curved
from origin of dorsal to snout, slightly concave before and behind eye: mouth large, lower jaw slightly pro-

Fig- 11. — Cephalopholis kendalli Evermann & Scale, new species. Type

jecting: several bands of sharp teeth in each jaw with a single curved canine on each side anteriorly, the inner
teeth largest and depressible; teeth on vomer and palatines; gillrakers sharp, their inner surface spinulosc,
9 developed on lower limb, the longest 2 in orbit; margin of preopercle rounded, finely denticulate, the dentic-
ulations scarcely enlarged at angle; opercle with 3 distinct spines, the upper one more distant from center
one and slightly more posterior than lower; opercular membrane very obtusely rounded, the upper margin
concave.

Body covered with line ctenoid scales: head and nuchal region with cycloid scales; maxillary scaled, the
scales on nuchal region and top of head very fine, about 80 in series in front of dorsal: origin of dorsal above
base of pectoral, the spines increasing in length posteriorly, the second spine 1.3.5 in ninth, the first 2.5 in
ninth: rays of soft dorsal much longer than spines, the longest ray 2.5 in head; second anal spine longest,
3 in head; longest anal ray 2 in head; origin of anal nearer to base of caudal than to origin of ventrals; pectoral
1.5 in head, tip extending slightly posterior to vent, but not reaching a line with origin of anal fin; ventrals 2
in head, their origin midway between tip of snout and base of sixth anal ray, their tips reaching to, but not
beyond, vent: caudal rounded, 1.75 in head.

FISHES OK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

77

Color in spirits, dark brown; large scattered blue spots with black margins on head, thorax, belly, and
fins except spinous dorsal, which is dusky; no bars <>r spots on other portions of body, the spots on lins indis,
tinct, except on pectoral, where they form rows; pectoral with a slight wash of yellowish with a black margin-
otherwise the lins all blackish without a trace of lighter margins.

This species is related to C. guttatug, from which it differs in the larger scales, longer ventral-, smaller
eye, and in coloration.

One One specimen from Bacon, no. 5591 1, U.S. National Museum i li. !•'. no. 3722), length 7.5,in. ; collector
Charles J. Pierson.

We lake pleasure in naming this species for our associate, Dr. Wm. ('. Kendall, of the I . S. Bureau of
Fisheries.

114. Cephalopholis boenack (Bloch).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3856; length 5 in.).

Eodianv I tel Bloch tchth.,iv, 31, pi ccxxvi,1797.

phelua ba ""< '. . Bi ulenger, Cat., i. 180.

115. Cephalopholis obtusauris Evermann kV; Seale, new s]mc ies.

Head 2.55 in length: depth 2.S; eve 5.3 in head; snout 3.9; inlerorhital 1.75 in snout: dorsal i\. 15;
anal in, '■>: scales about 12 95-26, with Is pores in lateral line.

Body oblong, moderately compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.95 in head: body and land covered
with minute scales with rough margins; lateral line with a distinct curve above pectoral; head large; mouth
very large; maxillary 2 in head, its distal end under middle of eye, its width 1.3 in eve; mandible 1 85; small

Fia. 12. -Cephalopholis obtusaurw Evermann .v Se.ii,>. new species rype

teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines, outer scries on upper jaw slightly enlarged, with '_' canines on each side
anteriorly, and with some enlarged depressible teeth posterior to them; a canine on each side of symphysis of
lower jaw, with a row of larger depressible teeth among the small ones on sides; 11 gillrakers on lower limb
(counting knobs), the longest equal to pupil; preopercle slightly rough; opercle with 3 spines, the lower one
a little anterior to tin' others, the upper one more removed from center one: opercular flap very obtusely
rounded, not ending in a sharp point ; origin of dorsal I'm on a line with axil of pectoral, and midway between
tip of snout and base of eighth dorsal ray ; longest dorsal spine 3 in head, the anterior spine less than diameter
of eye; longest dorsal ray 2.3 in head ; origin of anal slightly nearer base of ventral than to base of caudal, and
on aline with base of third dorsal ray; base of anal 2.4 in head, its longest ray 2 in head, the second anal spine
the strongest and slightly the longest; ventrals 1.75 in head, their tips reaching a little past vent, but not to
base of anal fin; pectoral 1.3 in head, the tip on a line with origin of anal fin; caudal rounded, 1.75 in head.

78 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in spirits, uniform yellowish, with slight wash of dull brown, evidently uniform red in life; fins
unmarked.

Related to C. aurantius Cuvier & Valenciennes, but with shorter premaxillary and obtuse flap to opercle,
and fewer scales in lateral line.

One specimen, the type, no. 55910, U. S. National Museum (Bureau of Fisheries no. 3541; length 9.15 in.)
from Bacon, Sorsogon, P. I.; collector Charles J. Pierson.

116. Cromileptes altivelis (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3763: length 3.75 in.).

Color in spirits, yellowish, the spots brown, large, and sparsely placed.

Serranus altivelis Cuvier & Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. Poiss.. n. 241 (324), pi. 35, 1828, Java.
Cromileptes altivelis, Bleeker, Atlas, vu, 30, and Atlas, vm, pi. cccxxn, fig. 3; Boulenger, Cat., i, 271.

117. Grammistes sexlineatus (Thunberg).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3750; length 3 in.).

Perca sexlineata Thunberg, K. Vetensk. Acad. n. Handl., xm, 1792, 142. pi. v. no locality.
Grammistes sexlineatus, Boulenger, Cat., I, 346.

1 18. Psammoperca waigiensis (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

One small specimen from Bulan (no. 3759; length 1.85 in.).

Labras waigit axis Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., n, 61 (83), 182S, Waigiou.
Psammoperca waigiensis, Bleeker. Atlas, vn, 108, pi. ccevi, fig. 2.
Psammoperca vaigiensis, Boulenger. Cat.. I. 365 (Cebu).

119. Plectropoma calcariferum (Bloch). Mulm-ul.

One specimen from Zamboanga (no. -4065; length 13.5 in.).

Holocentrus calcarifer Bloch, Ichth., iv, 80, pi. ccxuv, 1797. Japan.
hates calcarifer, Day, Fishes India, 7. pi. 1, fig. 1; Boulenger, Cat.. I, 363.

120. Pharopteryx nigricans Ruppell.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3S37; length 1.5 in.).

Pharopteryx nigricans Ruppell. Atlas, Fische, 15. pi. iv, fig. 2, 182S, Red Sea.
Plesiops nigricans, Gilnther, Cat,, in, 363; Boulenger, Cat., l, 340.

Family PRIACANTHID.43.
121. Priacanthus hamrur (Forskal).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3267; length 7.5 in.).

I b ad 3 in length: depth 2.75; eye 2.56 in head; snout 3: interorbital 3.75; gillrakers 15 on lower limb of
first arch; preopercular spine 2 in pupil; tenth dorsal spine 2.5 in head, or 1 .7 times length of second: longest
soft rays of dorsal a third longer than longest spine: pectoral 1.9 in head; ventrals 1.1, the spine 1.8: third
anal longer than sixth dorsal spine, nearly equal to tenth; dorsal spines smooth, the anal and ventrals spinulose.

Ventrals black on distal third and a black spot in axil; dorsal and anal margined with black.

Boulenger gives the number of gillrakers on lower limb of first arch as 18 to 23. Our specimen has 15.
Tlii- range is great and may represent 2 or more species.

Si in n't hamrur Forskal. Descr. Anim.. 45. 1775. Red Sea.
Priacanthus hamrur, Boulenger. Cat., I 355.

Family LUTIAMD^E.

122. Diacope sebse Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Three line specimens from Bulan i no. 4072 to 4071: length 4.75 to 5.25 in.).

Diarop, sebse Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. I'oiss. . n. 310 (411), 1828, Waigiou.
Lutianus sebz, Day, Fishes India, 30, pi. ix, fig. 3

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 79

123. Lutianus quinquelineatus (Bloch).

Five specimens from Bulan (no. 3535, 3311. 3272. 3273. ami 3248; length 0 to 6.5 in.), and one from
Bacon (no. 3312; length 6.5 in.).

Easilv distinguished by the 5 blue stripes along side and the large black blotch under beginning of soft
dorsal.

Hi, I,,, , hi r US quinquelineatus Bloch, Ichth.. IV, 84, tab. CCXXXIX, 17!>7.

ifesoprion quinquelineatus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hlsl Nat Poles., n. 336 (442) (Java); Gunthcr. Cat., i, 209.
Lutianus quinquelineatus, Daj . Fishes India, 40, pi. xu, Sg. :<; Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 56, pi. cccxun, fig. 4.

124. Lutianus decussatus ( Kuhl \ Van Ilasselt). Bueggang.

Four specimens from Bacon do 3954 and 3264 to 3266; length 5.75 to 7 in.).

Easily distinguished by the 5 or 6 broad longitudinal brownish bands, the upper 3 crossed by short vertical
bars, and a black sp.it on base of caudal.

Mi toprian decussatus Kuhl & Van Basselt In Cuvier 4 Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Polss., a, 368 187), 1828, Java; another,

Cat., i. 210.
Lutianus decussatus, Day, Fishes India, 47, pi. xrv, Sg. 4; Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 72, pi. cccxxxvm, fig. 4.

125. Lutianus monostigma (Cm iei & Valencienni

One specimen fr Bacon (no. 3640; length 6.5 in.). No teeth on tongue; dark spot on the lateral line

smaller than in /.. johnii, which has distinct teeth mi tongue.

Uesoprion monostigma Cuvier it Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Polss., n, 337 (440), 1828, Seychelles.
L ill in mix liegloilUt Bleeker, Itlas, VIU, 70 pi. CCCXUV, I i i-r - 4, Bintang, Java, Celebes. Amboyna.

126. Lutianus fulviflamma (Forskal i. Bitilla

One specimen fr Bacon 1168; length 10.25 in i, and 2 from Zamboanga 3459 and 3443; length

(i and 7 in.).

Siixnu lull i tin ui inn FiTsknl, Descr. Vnim . 45, 177."i, Red Sea.

Mesoprion fuh iflamma, Gilnther, Cat., [, 201, In part.

Lutianus mil i Hum inn. Hay. Fishes India, 41, pi. xu. fig. 8; Bleeker, Ltlas, vm, 65, pi cc< xi.iv. fig. ;t.

127. Lutianus jolinii (Bloi-lii Bitilla; Manila.

Two specimens from Jolo (no. 1041 and 4012; length 8 and 1(1 in. I, one from Bacon (no. lleUi; length 10
in. I, and 2 from Bulan (no. 353(1 and 3510; length ■'•■■'< and 6.2 in.).

Readily distinguished by its having the rows of scales parallel with the back: teeth on tongue.

Anihwx ml,,,,, Bloch, Ichth., i\, 97, pi CCI win. 1797.
\l, niirinn inh iii i, Qtinther, Cat., 1,200.
/ ni,, mux johnii, Bleeker, Ulas, vm, 49, pi. i i i xxxi in, flg 3; Daj . Fishes India, 42, pi. id, fig- 1.

128. Lutianus luzonius Bvermann iii Scale, nev. species.

Head 2.55 in length; depth 2.55; eve 1 ill head; snout 3.1: interorbital 4.S; dorsal x. It; anal ill, 8;
scales 7 IS 16; teeth on tongue.

Body oblong, moderately elevated and compressed ; dorsal surface evenly curved; depth of caudal peduncle
3. IS in head; jaws equal ; maxillary scarcely reaching anterior margin of pupil, its length 2.55 in head: greatest
width of premaxillarv not more than 2 in pupil: mandible 2.5 in head; preorbital 1.75 in eye; teeth on jaws,
vomer, palatines, and tongue, those of jaws in a single series, small, canine-shaped, the anterior ones of upper
jaw enlarged; gillrakers 1 1 on lower limb, the longest about equal to pupil; notch of preopercle very deep and
distinct, the lower limb shghtlj produced backward, rounded, and rather strongly toothed; knob of inter-
opercle large and strong: opercle ending in U single sharp point ; origin of dorsal slightly anterior to origin of
pectoral, the distance between tip of snout and first dorsal spine scarcely greater than length of head, longest
spine 2.7 in head, longest soft ray 3.5; origin of anal midwaj between origin of ventrals and base of caudal.
its base 3.75 in base of dorsal, the longest ray 2.75 in head, the second spine longest and strongest . 2.5 in head:
ventrals 1.75 in head, their tips reaching vent ; pectoral 1.21, the tip scarcely reaching line with origin of anal;
caudal emarginatc, 1.3 in head.

80

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in spirits, dull yellowish white, with a round black spot about size of eye entirely above lateral line
under anterior part of soft dorsal; scales with slightly darker centers, giving an appearance of fine indistinct
oblique dusky lines above lateral line and longitudinal ones below: a distinct black spot occupying upper base
and axil of pectoral; fins uniform, without marking.

Three fine specimens from Bacon (no. 3229, 3231), 3(375; length 5.75 to 6.8 in.). This species is related
to L. russetli (Bleeker), from which it appears to differ in the deeper preopercular notch, the strong interopercular
knob, the long pectoral fin, and in coloration.

Fig. 13. — Lutianu : luzonius Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

Type, no. 55918, U. S. National Museum (original no. 3230). a specimen 6.8 inches long, from Bacon, Sorso-
gon, P. I.; collector Charles J. Pierson. Cotypes, no. -1539, Bureau of Fisheries, and no. 20(103, Stanford
University.

129. Lutianus furvicaudatus Fowler.

One specimen from Bacor. (no. 3785; length 8.5 in.). This species is distinguished from L. lunulatus by
the shorter maxillary and scarcely perceptible lingual teeth. We have examined Mr. Fowler's type.

Lutianus furvicaudatus Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser.. vol. xu, 1904 (June 10), 525, pi. xvm. lower fig.,
Padang. (Type, 7| in. long, no. 275%, l'h:!;i Aead. Nat. Sci.i.

130. Lutianus gibbus (Forskal).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 4035; length 5 in.).

Scixna gibba Forskal, Descr. Anim., 46, 1775, Red Sea.

Oenyoroge gibba, Giinther, Cat., I, 180.

Mesoprion gibbus. Giinther, Fische der Siidsee, 12. taf. 12, 13 (fig. A).

131. Lutianus erythropterus Bloch.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3343; length 5.8 in.).

Lutianus erythropterus Bloch, Ichth.. vn, 93, pi. ccxux, 1797, Japan; Day. Fishes India. 32. pi. x.figs.l and 2; not of Bleeker.
Mesoprion erythropterus, Giinther, Cat., l, 205.

132. Lutianus lunulatus (Mungo Park).

Five specimens from Bacon (no. 3309. 3310, and 4135 to 4137; length 6.5 to 7.5 in.), and one from Bulan
(no. 3517; length 7 in.).

Prnn lunulata Mungo Park, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., in, 1797. 35, pi. 6, Sumatra.

Lutianus lunulatus. Bleeker. Atlas, vn, pi. ccxev. fig. 1. and Atlas, vin, 60 (Sumatra; Celebes).

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 81

133. Lutianus vitta (Quoy & Gaimard). BitilJa.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3718 and 3719: length 5.75 and (3.1 in.), one from Bulan (no. 3595: length
5 in.), and one from Zamboanga (no. 4096: length 9 in.).

Si minus i Uta Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, 315, pi. 58, Bg I I 324, Waigiou.
Diacopt vitta Tcmminck & Schlegel, F:uin;i Taponica, Places, 13, pi. vi. fig. 1.
Lutianus I Uta, Day. Fishes India. 4li, pi. XIV. fig. 2.

134. Lutianus line atus (Quoy & Gaimard). Alangot.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 11 '25; length 7.5 in.). This specimen is abnormal, in that it has hut !t
dorsal spines; teeth mi tongue.

Diacopt liniiiln Quo; .V '..iiiiunl, V.iy I'rarur /.,,,,[ .twi, hjt, Rawak et Waigiou.
.1/- soprion lineatus, Glinther, Cat., I, 193.
Lutjamu lineatus, Bleeker, Atlas, vn, pi. cccrv, fig. 4, and Atlas, vm, 69 (Ea I i

135. Lutianus amboinensis (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3226; length 6.95 in.) Dorsal with 11 spines: no teeth on tongue.

u< toprion amboinensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., in, 1852, 259, Amboyna.
Imtjanut amboinensis Bleeker, Atlas, vn, pi. cccxvm Bg 2, and (.tlas, vni, 5i (East Ind
Qenyorogt amboinensis, Gfinther, Cal . i. 183 I \ iti i .<

136. Lutianus lineolatus i Ruppell).

Four specimens fr Bac no. 3358, 3359, 3361, and 3362; length ii t.i ii.5 in.), and 6 from Bulart no

3245 to 3247, 30OB7and 3596; length5.75to6 I in.).

Diacopt Uneolata Ruppell, Alias. Flsehe, rn. pi Pi, fig. :t. lv.'s. Massaua; not ../ lileeker.

Ifesoprionlineolatus, Gfinther, Cal . [,205.

Lutianus lineolatus, Day, Pishes India, 35, pi \i. figs i and 2

137. Lutianus malabaricus (Bloch & Schneidei
One small specimen (no. 1006; length 1.75 in.), from Bulan, probablj the young of this spei

Sparus malabaricus Blocb .v Scl ider, Syst. Ichth , 278, 1801, "in mari Indico.1-

/ utianus malabaricus, Day, Pishes India, 31, pi i\. fig i

138. Gyninocranius lethrinoides I Ble<

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 4046 to 1048; length 1.5 to 6 in.).

Denlex lethnnoidi s Bleeker, Sparoiden, 11, Verh. Bat. Gen., win, 1850, Batavia.
Qymnocranius lethrinoidi t Bleeker, Atlas, vni, 96, pi. cccxxxn, fig 1, and pi. cccxxxiv, fig. .1.

139. Pinjalo typus (Bleeker).

( hie specimen from S.-m Fabian i no. 331 1 ; length 6 5 in.), and one from Bulan I no. W38; length 1 1 .5 in. i.

Casio typus Uleeker, Maai.iiiien, iii. Verh Bat. Gen., win, 1850, Batavia; Day, Fishes India, 94, pi. xxiv. fig. i. Qttnther,
Cat., I, 391; Bleeker, Atlas, vn. pi, ccxcm, fig. 3, and Itlas, mi, 33.

140. Nemipterus nemurus I Bleekei i. Puhii.

Two specimens from .lolo (no. 37IS and 377N; length, with caudal filament, 12.5 anil 13.5 in.).

Ventex nemurus Bleeker, *mboina,49; Act. Soc Sci. Ind Neerl., n, 1857; atlas, vni, 87, pi. cccxxxv, fig. 4, Amboyna.
Synagris nemurus, Giinther, Cat., i, 378.

141. Nemipterus worcesteri Evermann & Scale, new species
Head 3.45 in length; depth 3.75; eye 3.75 in head; snout 2.5; interorbital 1.9 in snout; dorsal x, 9; anal 9;

scales I IS -11.

Body oblong, moderately compressed , depth of caudal peduncle 3.35 in head; anterior profile of head nol

evenly rounded, being somewhat convex in front of eve; mouth rather large, the lower jaw slightly the longer;

IS. B. F. I '.106-6

82

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

maxillary 2. So in head: mandible 3; distal end of maxillary not reaching to below anterior border of eye;
preorbital 3.75: bands of small teeth in jaws, with small canines anteriorly, and a row of slightly enlarged
curved teeth in each side; gillrakers represented by wide blunt knobs, 7 on lower limb; body covered by thin
delicate scales, 3 rows on cheek; preopercle entire; opercle with a single spine at posterior margin; origin of
dorsal on line with origin of pectoral, longest dorsal spine 2.1 in head, the longest ray 2.5; webs of dorsal fin
scarcely incised; origin of anal slightly nearer origin of ventral than base of caudal, its longest ray 3.25 in head;
base of anal 2.95 in base of dorsal ; ventrals 1.4 in head, their origin below pectoral, their tips not reaching vent;
pectoral 1.4.5 in head; caudal forked; none of the fins with elongate rays.

Color in spirits, yellowish white with slight tint of blown above; no stripes; a wide deep black band entirely
encircling caudal peduncle, the black extending out slightly on upper and lower rays of caudal.

Fig. 14. — Nemipterus worccstcri Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

One specimen (no. 4124; length 8.5 in.), from Bacon, Sorsogon, P. I., type no. 55917, U. S. National
Museum: collector Charles J. Pierson.

We take pleasure in naming this species for the Hon. Dean C. Worcester, of the Philippine Commission,
in recognition of his valuable work in promoting the study of the zoology of the Philippine Islands.

142. Nemipterus taeniopterus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Baga.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3512: length S in.).

DenU r t:t niopterus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.. vi, 1S3 (240), locality unknown.
Sywgris Ixniopterus, Giinther, Cat., I, 374 (N. E. coast of Australia; Molucca Sea).

143. Nemipterus japonicus (Bloch).

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3436: length 7.5 in.).

Spams japonicus Bloch. Ichth., pi. cclxxyii, fig. 1.

Denier blochi Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Neil. Iii'l , n. 1851, 170, Batavia; Atlas, vm, 90, pi. cccxxx, fig. 4.

sijit'igris japonicus, Giinther. Cat., I, 378; Day, Fishes India, 92, pi. XXIV, fig. 2.

144. Nemipterus ovenii (Bleeker).

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 3371 and 3372; length 6.25 and 7.5 in.).

n, i,i, , ovenii lilrrker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., VII, 1854, 240, Celebes; Atlas, vm, 80, pi. cccxxvin, fig. 5.
Synagrii ovenii, Giinther, Cat., ', 375.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 83

145. Caesio cuning ( Bl<« 1 1

Fifteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3624 to 3636, 3400 to 3402, 3641, 3642, 3654 to 3657, 3486 to 3488,
4044 and 4045; length 4.75 to HI in.) and one from Zamboanga (no. 4043: length II) in. I.

Sparus cuning Bloch, Ichth.. pi. ccLXin, tig. 1.
Vstrto cuning, Day, Fishes rndia, 95.

146. Caesio caerulaurens iLare|»Ml,-i Sulik.

Eighteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3481 to 3485, 3543 to 3548, 3473, 3474, 3985, and 111! to 4117;
length 4.7-r> to 8 in.), one from Zamhoanga (no. 3419), and one from San Fabian (no. 3708).
t'lrsiii cserulmirrns i..,< .'■[>e.|... iii^i N'iit. I'niss., in. 86, 1829; Giinther, Cat., i, 392; Bleeker, \tlas, vm. 39, pi. cccxlvu, fig. 4.

147. Caesio chrysozona Knhl & Van Hasselt.

Tm specimens from Bacon (no. 3702 to 3707, 1010, mil. 3930, and 3931; length 5 to 6 in.)

( 'suic chrysozona KuhldEVanHassell [a Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nac. Poiss., 71,331(440) Indian Archipelago; Qunther
Cat., i, 392; Day. Fishes India, 95, |>I wiv, flg. .',.

Family H.-EMl 1.11)41.

148. Terapon jarbua i Forskiih. Bungao; Siran baidaonon; Belaqut

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 4104 and II 05; length 5 and 7 in.) and .'i from San Pabian (no. 3201
326.,5. and 414.".; length 1 to 7 in.).

S<i;cna jnrbim Fnrskal, Descr. Anini . 50, 1775 Red Sea.

Tht ra /»i it scrvus, Guntber, Cat., I, 278.

Therapon jarlma. Day, Fishes «t India, 69, pi. win. tig. 4.

149. Terapon puta Cuviei ■& Valenciennes. Dacoson.

Twenty specimens from Bulan itio. 3695; length 2.1 to 2.75 in.), 60 From Bacon (no, 3701: length 2 to
2.45 in.), and 2 from San Fabian I no. 373s and 3838; length I 75 and 5.1 in. i.

Therapon puta Cuvier .v Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., m, 98 I 131 1 East Indies; Day, Fishes India, 68. pi. win. fig
Therapon ghebul Eh renberg in Cuvierd Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ni /■ i i. 281.

Therapon triviuatus, QuntherCat., i. 280.

150. Terapon ciuadrilineatus i Bloch i Dacoson; Agaac

Twenty specimens from Bnlan (no. 4198 and 3708; length 2.1 to 2.75 in. i and 2 specimens from San Fabian,
(no. 3827 and 3075: length 5.75 in.). Ventrals reaching vent.

Ilolonniriis ijuadrilinealui Bloch, Ichth., vn, 63, pi. i • wwni. lit' 2, lT'.i;, no locality.
Therapon quadrilineaitu, Giinther, Cat., i, 2s2; Day. Fishes India, 70, pi. win, fig. 5.

151. Terapon theraps (Cuvier Jt Valenciennes).

Five specimens from Bnlan (no. 4200; length 2.1 in.) and 1 from Bacon (no. 4190: length 2.75 in.). In
this species the ventrals do not reach the vent, which i- located midway between base of caudal and origin of
ventrals. In T. qvadrUiruaiuS the ventrals reach the vent, which is located much nearer to origin of ventrals
than to base of caudal.

Therapon Dump* Cuviei J. Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., in, 97 (129), pi. Si; Giinther. Cat., l, 274; Day. Fishes India, 70,
pi. win, fig. 6.

152. Pomadasis maculatus ( Bloihi. Lacsagu.

Four specimens from San Fabian (no. 3334, 3335. 3337. and 3338; length (i to 7 in.).

Anthias maculatus Bloch, Ichth., x, 7. pi. cccxxvi, fig. 2, 1797, East Indies.

Pristipoma macuhUum, Giinther, Cat., i, 293 (Torres Strait; Amboyna); Bleeker, Atlas, vn, pi. cccvm, fig. 2.

Pomadasys mimaatus, Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 27.

84 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

153. Pentapus caninus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3935, 3936, and 3847; length 4.9 to 5.5 in.). Head 3.5 in length; depth
3.6: scales 3-44-12: dorsal x, 9; anal in, 7.

Scolopsidcs caninua Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 266 (354i, New Guinea.

Scolopsis caninus, Gunther, Cat., i, 364.

Pentapus bifasciatus Bleeker, Atlas, vn, to:!, pi. ccx< V, fig. 5.

154. Pentapus setosus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Bahltut.

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 3844 and 3846: length 5 and 5.1 in.) and 1 from .Tolo (no. 3204; length
7.95 in.). Dorsal x. 9; anal in. 7: scales 45; depth 3.1; head 3.1. Small specimens show a dark spot at base

of caudal.

Pentapus sttosus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss . VI, 200 (270i, Batavia; Gunther, Cat., I, 332; Bleeker, Atlas, vm,
101, pi. crcxxiv, fig. 1.

155. Plectorhynchus pictus (Thunherg).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 4142; length 7 in.), and one from Jolo (no. 4068: length 9 in.).

Perca pirta Thunberg, K. Vetensk. Aead. n. Handl.. xm, 143, pi. 5, 1792. no locality.

Diagramma pictum, Gunther, Cat., i. 327.

Plectorhynchus pictus, Bleeker. Atlas, vm. 24, pi. cccxxix, fig. 4.

156. Plectorhynchus chrysotsenia (Bleeker).

Two small specimens from Bulan (no. 4201; length 2 and 3.2 in.).

Diagramma chrysotsenia Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., IX, 1855, 303, Celebes.
Plectorhynchus chrysotsenia, Bleeker. Atlas, vm. Hi, pi. CCCXXIX, fig. 1; Gunther, int., i, 333.

157. Plectorhynchus goldmanni (Bleeker). Manila.

One specimen from Jolo (no. 3219; length 8 in.), and one from San Fabian (no. 41.50; length 7 in.).

Diagramma goldmanni Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., iv, nrj. 1853. Ternate; Gunther. Cat., i. 331.
Plectorhynchus goldmanni Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 21, and Atlas, vn, pi. ccxcv, fig. 2.

158. Plectorhynchus celebicus Bleeker. Kiting.

Two specimens from Jolo (no. 4064; length 2.5 and 10.5 in.). This species is easily distinguished from
P. chrysotsenia, in which the caudal is not, notched.
Plectorhynchus alliums Bleeker, Ned. Tijds. Dierk., iv, 1873. 285. Celebes; Atlas, vm, Is. pi. ■ ccxxix, fig. 3.

159. Scolopsis cancellatum (Cuvier & Valenciennes i.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3420 and 3887; length 4.2 and 6.75 in.), and 2 from Bulan (no. 3209 and
4071: length 6.1 and 6.2 in.).

Scolopsides cancellatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.. v, 2114 (351), 1830, Sandwich Islands, Waigiou and

Rauwac.
Scolopsis cancellatus, Gunther, Cat., i, 361 (Sumatra); Day, Fishes India, SO, pi. xxn, fig. 0.

160. Scolopsis bilineatum (Bloch).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3875; length 5.75 in.).

Anthias bilineaius Bloch. Ichth., x. 1. pi. cccxxv, fig. 1, 17:i7, Japan.

Scolopsis lull in hi us, Hunt her. Cat., i. 357 i Amboyna; Celebes); Day. Fishes India. 85, pi. XXII, fig. 3 (Andamans).

161. Scolopsis marg-aritiferum (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 3736. 3360, 3537, and 3499; length 7,5 to 8 in.), and 2 from Bulan (no.
113 I and 3796; length 7.5 and 8.2 in.). Depth 2.5; head 3.2; dorsal x, 9: anal m, 7; scales 37.

Scolopsidi i margaritifer Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 254 (337), "Waigiou.

Scolopsis margaritift r. Gunther, Cat.,i, 355; Bleeker, Atlas, vn, pi. cccxvn, fig. 2. and Atlas, vm, 3.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
162. Scolopsis luzonia Jordan \ Seale.

85

Thirteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3730 to 3733, 3403 to 3406, 3S29 to 3831, WO] and 4017: length 1 to
6 in.), and one from San Fabian (no. 3332). A prominent serrated ridge on maxillary.

Scolopsis Iv onto Inrdan & Seale, Bull. Bu. Fisheries, XXVI, 1006. Cavite, Luzon. (Collected by Dr. Lung; type, no. 9243,
Stanford Univ.).

163. Scolopsis monogTammus (Kuhl & Van Hasselt ).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3277; length 5.85 in.).

Head 3 in length; depth 2.8; eye 3.5 In head: snoul 3; interorbital equals eye scales 5-48-11, 6 rows on
cheek.

Color in spirits, yellowish; an indistinct dusky hand almost width of eye From head to caudal.

This species is close to S. personatus, from which it differs in the greater depth, narrower interorbital,
smaller scales, and in having ti rows of scales i in-trad of 5) on the cheek.

Scolopsides monogramma Kuhl & Van Basselt In Cuvicr & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,v,254 138 Java; Gunther Cat.

1,358.

Scolopsis monogramma, Bieeker, Ulas, vm, 11, pi. cccxxxv, fig. :t.

164. Scolopsis bulanensis Evermann & Seale', new species.

Head 3.25 in length: depth 3.3; eye 2.75 in head: interorbital 3.5; snoul 3.55; dorsal \. 9; anal in. 7;
scales 4-43 It).

Body oblong, moderately compressed; depth ,if caudal peduncle :; in head; anterior profile of head -lightly
convex above eyes; mouth rather small, jaws equal maxillary 3.75 in head, it- distal end not reaching to

Fig. 5— Scolopsis bulanen Evermann <! Seale, new species. Type.

anterior margin of orbit; mandible 2.95 in head; teeth villiform in jaws and on vomer; preorbital width 3
in eye. with one strong spine above and 2 smaller ones below . the large one reaching slightly pasl middle of
eye; gillrakers consisting of blunt knobs, about 7 on lower arch: posterior margin of preopercle denticulate;

operclc with a single spinr at its posterior margin: body fullj scaled, 5 scries on cl k: scales on top of head

minute, those on belly larger; vertical fins unsealed, but lining into scaly sheath: origin of dorsal slightly
posterior to origin of pectoral, longest spine 2.7") in head, longest ray 2.7."i: origin of anal neater origin of
ventrals than to base of caudal; its longest ray 2.7 in head, the second anal spine longest and strongest, 2.5 in
head, base of anal 3.6 in base of dorsal: ventrals 1.3 in bead, their tip falling far short of anal: pectoral 1.35
in bead, scarcely reaching tip of ventrals; caudal forked.

Color in spirits, dull yellowish brown: an indistinct dusky longitudinal line on side; short oblique black
lines between pectoral fin and lateral line; an oblong white blotch extending forward and downward from
posterior axil of dorsal to near middle of bodj a black spot at axil of pectoral, another on posterior portion
of operclc just in front of pectoral; fins unmarked.

86 KULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

4

This species is related to S. personatus, from which it differs in the larger eye, more slender body, and
the color.

One specimen, the type, no. 55909, I*. S. National Museum (original no. 3845), 4.25 inches long, from
Bulan Sorsogon, P. I.: collector Charles J. Pierson.

Family SPA RID.*.

165. Spams calamara Russell.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3258; length 6.5 in.). Pectoral longer than head; centrals reaching
past vent.

Spams calamara Russell, Fishes Coromandel, i. pi. 92, 1803. Coromandel.

Chrysophrys calamara, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vi, 85 (117); Gunther, Cat., I. 493.

Chrysophrys beraa var. calamara, Day. Fislies India. 140, pi. xxxv, Bg. 2 (Sind and Malabar).

166. Lethrinus nematacanthus Bleeker.

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 3457, 3458. and 3946: length 4.75 to 6 in.). This species is easily
distinguished by the elongate second dorsal spine which is contained 1.5 in head. A black spot between
pectoral and lateral line.

Lethrinus nematacanthus Bleeker, Ichth. Japon., 90, Verh. Bat. Gen., xxvi, 1854, Japan; Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 114,
pi. occxxxvn, fig. 3; ' ; tin titer. Cat., I, 456 (Louisiade Archipelago).

167. Lethrinus richardsoni Gunther.

Twenty-five specimens from Bacon (no. 3205 to 3208, 3236, 3237, 3238, 3313, 3317 to 3323, 3329 to 3341,
3527 to 3530, 3820, 3821, and 3967; length 3.75 to 6.5 in.).

Lethrinus hsematopterus, Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, 144, pi. 64, fig. 1; not of Temminck & Schlegel.

Lethrinus richardsonii Giinther, Cat., i. 456. 1859, China; Hongkong; Jordan tfc Evermarm, Proc. t". S. Nat. Mus., xxv,
1903, 350 (Formosa).

168. Lethrinus rncensii Bleeker.

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 3526, 3452, 3934. and 3969; length 4.5 to 6.5 in.).

Lethrinus mcensii Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., ix. 1855, 435. Batjan; Bleeker, Atlas, vn, pi. ccxcvn, fig. 3, and Atlas,
«n, 115; Giinther, Cat., 1, 455 (Copang; Timor; Louisiade Archipelago); FischederSiidsee, 64, pi. 46, fig. A (Paumotu;
Harvey; Pelew; Kingsmill; Society Islands).

169. Lethrinus variegatus Ehrenberg.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3326: length 6.5 in.). Known by its slender body, long snout, and
peculiar conical lateral teeth.

Lethrinus variegatus Ehrenberg in Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vi, 213 (287). Massauah, Suez: Bleeker. Atlas.
vn. pi. cei xvll, fig. 1. and Atlas, vin, 117, pi. cccxxvm, fig. 3, and pi. CCCXXX, fig. 2.

170. Lethrinus hypselopterus Bleeker.

One specimen from "Philippine Islands" (no local label, no. 4169; length 10.2 in.).

Head 3 in length; depth 2.6: eye 4 in head: snout 2: preorbital 2.4; scales 6-46-14; dorsal x, 9; anal
in, 7; pectoral nearly as long as head.
Lethrinus hypselopterus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Dierk., iv, 326, Sumatra; Atlas, vm. 114. pi. cccxxx, fig. 3.

171. Lethrinus harak (Forskal). Babutut.

One specimen from Jolo (no. 4109; length 9 in.), 9 from Bacon (no. 3316, 3453 to 3456. 3970, 3968 and
3525; length 2.25 to 6.75 in.), and 2 from San Fabian (no. 3338: length 2.5 and 2.75 in.).

Scixna harak Forskal, Desor. Anim. , 52, 1775, Red Sea.

Lethrinus harak, Giinther, Cat., 1, 458 (Red Sea); Bleeker, Atlas, vm, 119. pi. cccxxvm, fig. 3; Day, Fishes of India, 137.pl.

XXX, fig. 3.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 87

172. Lethrinus ornatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

One specimen from Bula.-i (no. 3862; length 1.95 in.).

Lethrinus ornatus Cuviei & Valenciennes, Hlsl Nat Poise., vi, 23] (310), Java; Bleeker, Atlas, vm. 118, pi. cccl, fig. 4.
Lethrinus xanthotania Bleeker, Nat. Tij.ls. Med. [nd., u, 1881, 1 Tt ;. Sumatra; Gunther, Cat., I, 461.

173. Lethrinus mahsenoides Ebrenberg.

One specimen from Philippim s (no local label, do. 1167; length 10.2 in.).

Lethrinus maheenoides Ehrenberg in Cuvier a Valenciennes, llisi. Nat. 1'niss., vi. 212 (286), no locality given; Cut
('at., t, -ii;4 (Philippines; Ampoyna I : Bleeker, Sparoiden., 15, Ver. Hat. con., ixm, 1850.

Family SCI.KMI).*.

174. Umbrina dussumieri Cuvier A; Valenciennes. Ibot.

Five specimens from San Fabian in... it>!i7 to HOI : length 1 t" 5.25 in.).

Umbrina duseumieri Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist, Nat Poiss., ix, 355 M . Coromandel; Gunther, Cat., n, 278; Bleeker,
Ulas, II, pi. ccclxxxvii lit- i Day, Fishes of India 183, pi. \i.in. figs. 2

175. Umbrina russelli Cm iir A. Valenciennes. Belaque.

Three specimens from San Fabian inn. 3268 in 3270; length 4. 7."> and 6.1 in.

Umbrina russeUi Cuvier & Valenciennes HI i Nat Polsjs L32 (178), Coromandel I at., t. 278;

ol India, 183, pi. xi.m. fig. 4.
ScUena run sell t Bjefiker, Itlas, IX, pi. ccclxxxvi, fig

176. Otolithus argenteus Knlil & Van Ilasselt.

( )if specimen from Bacon l no. Mill; length 9 in

Otolithus nrtji ni< us Kuhl & Van Hasselt in Cuvier & Va Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 47 (62 Batavla Cat., n,

310; Bleeker, Ltlas, tx, pi. ci clxxx\ Bg

177. Johnius belengeri (Cuvier & Valenciennes /'"■'.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3709; length 7 ?.• in

Vorrina In liinjrrn i 'uviir A Valenciennes, Hist Nat. Poles., V, 89 (120 Gunthei
Johnius' belengeri, Illeck<'r. Atlas, IX, pi CCCLXXXVn, fig. 1.

Family SlU.ACIMD.i:.
178. Sillago macrolepis Bleeker.

Two specimens from Bulan inn. 4094 and 4095; length T.'.'n and 8 in.). Eve 4 in head. 1.75 in snout;
snnnt 2.35 in head; scales about 60.

BiUago macrolepis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., jcvii, 1858, 166, Bali, and Atlas. i\, pi. ( . , lxxxix, og. I; Gunther, Cat.,
ii, 246.

Family MULL1H 1.
179. Mulloides vanicolensis (Cuvier st Valenciennes

Two specimens from Zamboanga (no. 40'.Xl anil 4091 : length 9 and !(l in. i.

t'pejinis itiuieoh itsis Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vn,39I (521), Vanicolo.

Mulloides "• tin toll n sis, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. I". S. Fish Comm., xxni.pt. 1. 1903 (July 29, 1905), -'"'4.

180. Mulloides samoensis tliint her. Tubac.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 4130; length 5.55 in. i and one from Bacon i no. 4131 : length 6.25 in.).
This species is easily distinguished by the black spot on side under posterior end of pectoral.

MvUoides suinoensis Gunther, Fische der Sudsee, 57. pi. 43, fig. a. Apia, Samoa; Jordan & Evermann, Mull. I\ S. Pish
Comm., xxin. 1003, 253. fig. 105 (Oahu Island; Ililo).

88 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

181. Mulloides japonicus (Houttuyn).

Four specimens from Bulan (no. 3901 to 3901; length 4.75 in.). Head 3.5 in length; depth 3.85; scales
30; 3 or 4 dusk}' oblique bands on caudal, almost obliterated on lower lobe, an indistinct dusky line on side
from head to caudal.

No difference can be detected in these specimens when compared with specimens from Japan.

Muttus japonicus Houttuyn, Verh. IIoll. Ma&t. Weet. Haarlem. XX., deels, 2 stuk. 1782. p. 311-346, Nagasaki.
Mulloides japonicus, Gtinther, Cat., I, 404; Snyder, Proc. U. B. Nat. Mus., xxxi. 1906, .532 (Misaki).
Upeneus japonicus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. , in, 339 (460), 1829 (Japan).

182. Upeneus tragula Richardson.

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3634 to 3636; length 5.25 to 6.5 in.).

Upeneus tragula Richardson. Ichth. China, in Kept. Brit. Assoc, XV, 1S45, 220. Canton; Gtinther. Cat., i, 398.

183. Upeneus sulphurus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Befoque.

Six specimens from San Fabian (no. 3921 ; length 3.5 in.).

Upeneus sulphurus Cuvier lV Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ill, 331 (4.50) , Antjer.
Upeneoides sulphureus, Gtinther, Cat., i, 398.

184. Upeneus sundaicus (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3201; length 5.1 in.). Head 3.5 in length; depth 3.75; eye 4 in head;
interorbital 4; scales 2-32-5; dorsal vm, 9; anal II, 6; teeth in villiform bands on jaws, palatines, and
vomer, those on vomer very minute, easily overlooked, possibly sometimes absent. Color in spirits yellowish,
an indistinct dark longitudinal line from eye to caudal; fins unmarked.

Upeneoides sundaicus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., viii, 185.5, 411, East Indies, and Atlas, ix.pl. cccxciv, fig. 2; Giinther,
Cat., I, 399.

185. Pseudupeneus moana Jordan & Seale.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3249; length 9 in.).

Upeneus trifasciatus Giinther, Fische der Stidsee, 59, pi. 44, fig. B (Vavau; Samoa; Amboyna); not of Lacepede
Pseudupeneus moana Jordan & Seale, Fishes of Samoa, Bull. Bu. Fisheries, xxv, 1905 (1906), 274, Samoa.

186. Pseudupeneus bifasciatus (Lacepede). Pinovugnan.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3275: length 8.75 in.).

Mullus bifasciatus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., in, 404, pi. 14, fig. 2, 1801, no locality.

Pseudupeneus bifasciatus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., xxiu, 1903, 258, fig. 107 (Hawaiian Islands)

187. Pseudupeneus barberinus (Lacepede).

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3972; length 5.2 in.) and one from Bacon (no. 3886; length 4.75 in.).

Mullus barberinus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., in, 406, pi. 13, fig. 3, 1801.
Upeneus barberinus, Giinther. Cat., i, 40.5 (Amboyna; Moluccas; India).

188. Pseudupeneus indicus (Shaw). Tiao.

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3615, 3616, and 4108; length 5.5 to 6.5 in.) and one from Bulan
(no. 3672; length 7.75 in.).

Mullus indicus Shaw. ZoOl., IV, pi. 2, 614, ISO;!. Indian Seas.
Upeneus unit ens., Giinther, Cat., i, 406 (China).

189. Pseudupeneus spilurus (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3861; length 4 in.). This species has a distinct black spot on caudal
peduncle above the lateral line and a dusky blotch at the anterior origin of lateral line.
I pi m Its spilums Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., Vl, 395, 1854, Nagasaki; Gtinther, Cat.. I, 406.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 8l.»

190. Pseuclupeneus luteus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

One specimen from Jolo (no. 4141; length 7.5 in.). Head 3.1 in length: depth 3.51; eve 5 in head;
snout 2; scales 30; barbels short, not reaching base of ventral. Color in spirits, uniform yellow, no saddle
over caudal peduncle.

rr, ,,, „ i hi, ii< Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vn, 392 (521), He de France; Day. Fishes ol India, 12.".. pi. XXXI,

fig. 2.
Parupencus luteus, Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi. cccxciv, fig. 1.

Family POMACENTRIDjE.

191. Pomacentrus trimaculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. BitiBa.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3798 and 3790; length 5.25 in.) and one from San Fabian (no, 3972).

Pomaci hi r ik trimaculatus Cuvier <v \ alenciennes, Eist. Nat. Poiss., \ . 320 (427), no locality; Qunther, Cat., IV, 19; Day,
I i hi ol India, 382, pi. i.xxx. fig. in
Mil trimaculatv , Bleeker, Atlas, IX, pi. cccciv, fig. 6.

192. Pomacentrus jerdoni Da v.

Thirteen specimens from Bulan (no. 3391 to 3399 and 3786 to 3789j length 3.75 to 6 in.).

These agree with Day's description in every respect. They have 13 dorsal spines, a black spot on upper
axil of pectoral, the lateral line discontinued under posterior end of sufi dorsal, and not continued on caudal
peduncle, as in /'. tapeinosoiiut, which has only 12 dorsal spines.

Pomu, , niru: jerdoni Day, Pishes ol India , 383, pi. i.\\\, fig. 7. Madras.

193. Pomacentrus moluccensis Bleeker.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3X!'o; length 2.7"> in.). Color yellowish brown; a small black spo't at
origin of lateral line, another in upper axil of pectoral.

Pomacentrus moluccensis Bleeker, Nat. Tij-i^. Ned. imi..i- 1853, us. Amboyna, an.l Atlas, ix, pi. ccccn, fig. 3 (Molucca)

(ninth, i . Oat., IV, 30.

194. Pomacentrus littoralis Kub I A. Van Basselt. Kiting.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3896 and 3N52; length 1 in. I. Preopercle and preorbital strongly ser-
rated. Color in spirits, brownish, including all the litis; a small dusky spot at origin of lateral lines; some
bluish markings on head.

This species is similar to /'. moluecensis in s i respects, but the latter is a deeper fish, considerably

lighter in color, with a black spot in axil of pectoral.

Pomacentrus littoralis KubJ .v Van iiassHt In Cuvier .*, Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. I'oiss., v.3is (42.*.), Java; Bleeker, Ltl
ix, pi. cccciv, fig. 8; Gflnther, Cat., iv, 32 (Amboyna Dove Island; Porl Essingt'

195. Pomacentrus tripunctatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Eleven specimens from Bacon (no. 3679 and 3681 to 3690; length 2.5 to 3.5 in.).

These specimens are all uniform brownish in color, the caudal scarcely lighter: a distinct round black
spot on top of caudal peduncle posterior to axil of soft dorsal fin; preopercle and preorbital denticulate. Our
specimens agree with Bleeker's figure, except thai they are not quite so deep, the depth being 2.2 in length
without caudal; preorbital distinctly serrate.

I 'i, urn i', niriK tripunctatus Cuvier & Valenc les, Hist. N'at. Poiss., v, 315 (421), Vanicolo; mint her. Cat., iv, 33.

Pomacentrus trilincatus, Oiinther, Cat., rv, 25; Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi. ccccvi, figs. 1-6.

196. Pomacentrus t£eniurus Bleeker.

One specimen from Philippine Islands (no local label; no. 3998; length 2.75 in.).

Preopercle but slightly denticulate. A black spot at beginning of lateral line; posterior part of soft
dorsal whitish probably yellow in life.

Pomacentrus tseniurus Bleeker, Act. Soe. Se. ted. Ned., I, Amboina, 51, 1856, Amboyna; Atlas, ix, pi. ccccvm, fig. 2; Quntner,
Cat., iv, 22.

90

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
197. Pomacentrus popei Evermann & Seale, new species.

Head 3 in length: depth 1.9: eye 2.8 in head: snout 3.5; interorbital 2.75: dorsal xm, 12; anal n, 13;
scales 3-24-9.

Body elevated, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in head; anterior profile evenly rounded; jaws
equal; a single series of blunt, rather strong teeth in each jaw, none on vomer or palatines: gillrakers sharp,
13 on lower limb, the longest equal to one-half eye; maxillary not reaching anterior margin of eye, its length
equal to eye; mandible 2.75 in head; greatest preorbital width 2 in eye, its margin denticulate with a rather
strong spine below anterior third of eye: preopercle strongly denticulate; opercle with a single spine on its
posterior margin; body and head fully covered with firm pectinate scales; no scales on preorbital, about A
rows of scales on cheek; scales on top of head small, about 20 series in front of dorsal; origin of dorsal on line
with axil of pectoral, the distance between tip of snout and origin of dorsal 2.2 in length; longest spine 2.25
in head; middle ray of soft dorsal longest, 1.35 in head; origin of anal fin midway between base of caudal
and origin of ventral, the middle rays of fin longest, 1.35 in head: second anal spine longest, 1.75 in head;
origin of ventral below axil of pectoral, its tip reaching vent: pectoral equal to head; caudal emarginate, 1.1
in head.

Fig. lb— Pomacentrus popei Evermann A Spate, new species. Type.

Color in spirits, straw-yellow, no spots or dots on body or in axil of any I'm; anal lin rather broadly mar-
gined with black; a narrow brownish margin to dorsal, indistinct on soft dorsal; otherwise tins all yellow,
unmarked.

One fine specimen (no. 3470; length 2.45 in.). Type, no. 55903, U. S. National Museum, collected by
Charles J, Pierson at Bacon, Sorsogon, P. I.

Named for our friend and associate, Mr. Thomas Kdniund Burt Pope, scientific assistant, U. S. Bureau
of Fisheries.

198. Pomacentrus alexanderse Evermann & Seale, new species.

Head 3.45 in length; depth 2: eye 3 in head; interorbital 3.2; snout 4.5: dorsal xm, 14; anal II, 14;
scales 4-27-9.

Body compressed, elevated; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in head; anterior profile evenly rounded: mouth
small: teeth in a single row in each jaw; maxillary ending on a line with anterior margin of orbit, its length
slightly less than eye; mandible 3.1 in head; preorbital with some minute denticulations and one rather
strong spine below anterior margin of pupil; greatest width of preorbital 2.5 in eye; preopercle distinctly
denticulate; opercle with spine on posterior margin: gillrakers small, sharp-pointed, 13 on lower limb, the

FISHES (>F THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

91

longest 2.."> in eve: 2 or 3 rows of scales on cheek; body and head fully scaled; lateral line with but 16 distinct
tubules; about 20 series of scales in front of dorsal: origin of dorsal on a line with axil of pectoral, the spines
gradually increasing in length, the last being longest, 1.5 in head, the anterior spine scarcely equal to eye:
webs of spinous dorsal deeply incised; middle soft dorsal ray the longest, 1.25 in head: origin of anal below
base of eleventh dorsal spine, its base 1.1 in head, it- longest ray 1.3. the second spine 1.55; vertical 6ns with
deep scaly sheath: ventral slightly nearer origin of anal fin than to tip of snout, its tip reaching vent; pec-
toral equal to length of head: caudal emarginate, the lobes pointed, length greater than head

Color in spirits, dull yellowish, shading gradually Into a Boft brown on upper anterior port ion of body and
head; a large, deep, black spot covering entire base and axil of pectoral tin; some slight indications of very
indistinct yellow longitudinal lines on side: spinous dorsal brow Dish, with dusky margin extending along upper
edge of soft dorsal; soft dorsal becoming yellow on posterior half; anal yellow, the marginal third dusky : caudal
yellow; MMitrals with slight tint of dusky: pectoral yellow.

Seven specimens from Bacon (no. 3996 and 3905; length 3.25 to 3.5 in.). Type. no. 55919, U. §. National
Museum, from Bacon, Sorsogon, 1'. I., length 3.5 in., collected by Mr. Charles J. Pierson. of the cotypes one

PlG i. Pomacenirua alexandcra Bvermann & Seale, new species. Type.

(Bureau of Fisheries, no. 3996) is no 20005, Stanford University Museum; anothei is no 1540, U. S. Bureau of

Fisheries, and there is one each in the museum at Manila, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, U.S.
National Museum, and Indiana University Museum.

Named for Miss Annie M. Alexander, of Oakland, California, in recognition of her interest ami work in
zoology.

199. Pomacentrus philippinus Bvermann & Seale, new species.

Head 3.35 in length; depth 2; eye .'5 in head: snout 1.1: interorbital 2.75: dorsal xiti. 14; anal n, 14;
scales 1 26 9, 18 tubes,

Body oblong, compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 1 75 in head ; anterior profile evenly rounded ; jaws equal :
maxillary scarcely equal to diameter of eye, its dist a I end under anterior margin of eye : mandible .5 in head : small
teeth in jaws in single series, none on vomer or palatines; gillrakers slim, sharp-pointed, 12 on lower limb, the
longest about equal to pupil: preorhital with 2 or 3 small dent iculat ions, greatest width of preorbital 3 in eye;

preopercle distinctly denticulate; operclc with a single spu D posterior holder: body and head fully scaled, a

single row on preorhital, 2 rows on cheek, a single row on lower limb of preopercle; very line scales on top of
head, about 23 series in front of dorsal; origin of dorsal ahove axil of pectoral: distance between origin of dorsal
and lip of snout 1.25 in depth offish; longest dorsal spine 1 .75 in head, length of anterior spines 4.75; middle ray
of dorsal longest, equal to head, its tip slightly produced; webs of spinous dorsal incised; origin of anal nearer
base of ventral than base of caudal, the second spine the longest, 2.45 in head; middle ray of anal longest, about

92

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

equal to bead, the tip slightly produced; ventral below axil of pectoral, the first ray produced into a filament
reaching posterior to vent ; pectoral slightly greater than head, its tip on a line with vent; caudal greater than
head, the loins produced.

Color in spirits, purplish, slightly lighter on thorax; caudal yellow, fading into purplish on caudal peduncle:
lower half of soft dorsal and upper half of anal yellow, the other portion of these fins dusky, the line of demarca-
tion between the 2 colors abrupt: ventrals black: pectoral dusky, a black spot on upper two-thirds of pectoral
base and on axil of fin.

Fig. 18. — Pomacentrus plulippiniit Evermann A: Seale. now species. Type.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 4207 and 402S; length 2.5 and 2.7.5 in.). Type, no. 55901, U. S. National
Museum, from Bacon, Sorsogon, P. I., collected by Charles J. Pierson, and cotype, no. 20009, Stanford Univer-
sity Museum.

200. Abudefduf xanthurus (Bleeker).

Eleven specimens from Bacon (no. 3461 to 3469, 3906, and 3854: length 3.5 to 4.5 in.).

Glyphidodon j -an/hums Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. I ml , v. 1853, 34.5. Amboyna; Gunther, Cat., i v. 47 (Ceram; Amboyna).
Paraglyphidodon janthurus Bleeker. Atlas, ix. pi. ccccv, fig. 3.

201. Abudefduf bankieri (Richardson).

Five specimens from Bacon (no. 3S91, 4205, and 4200 : length 1 .75 to 2.5 in.).

Glyphisodon bankieri Richardson, Ichth. China, 253, 1846, Hongkong; Gunther, Cat., iv, 54 (China).
Parapomat < uirus bankieri Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi, < cccvm, fig. 8.

202. Abudefduf zonatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 4208 and 3680; length 2 and 2.5 in.).

Glyphisatfon zonatus Cuvier A Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 361 (483), 1830, New Guinea.

Glyphidodontops zonatus, Bleeker, Atlas, ix, pi. ccci vu, f

Glyphidodon brownriggii Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, 232, pi. 127 , tig. a and c; in part.

203. Abudefduf cyaneus (Quoy & Gaimard).

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 3S63 and 4212: length 1.2 to 2.25 in.). Dorsal xm, 12: preorbital ami

preopercle entire; depth 2.2 without caudal; head 3.35. Color in spirits deep blue; ] toral, sofl dorsal,

caudal, ventral, and anal yellowish; a small indistinct deeper blue spot at origin of lateral line; no spot in axil
of pectoral or on soft dorsal: no stripes on head.

( hie specimen (no. 4212) is uniform blue without yellowish on (ins. This specimen is slightly less in depth
than the others, the ventral Bns being also a little darker in color.
Glyphisodon cyaneus Quoy a Gaimard. Voy. (Jranle, Zool., 392, pi. 64, i\^. 3, 1S24; no locality.

FISHES (>K THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 93

204. Abudefduf antjerius (Kuhl & Van Hasselt).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3470, 3471. and 4210; length !.4 to 2.1 in.).

Qlyphisodon antjerius Kuhl & Van Bassell La Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat, Poiss., 7,360 (481), Antjer; Giinther. Cat.,

IV, 50 (Amboyna; Borneo).

205. Abudefduf glaucus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 4202 to 4204; length 2 to 2.5 in.).
Qlyphisodon glaucus Cuvier & Valenciennes, lh*t. N":it. Poiss., v, 355 (475), 1830. Guam.

206. Abudefduf curacao (Bloi h

Seven specimens from Bacon (no. 1020, 4021, 3925, 3926, 3779 3877, and 3879; length 2.75 to 4 in.).
These specimens differ from the descriptions and figure in having the lower posterior pari of anal dusky and a
dusky wash on upper ami lower margin of caudal, hut not as in .!. with which we have compared it.

Chslodon curacao Bloch, lentil., vl, 79, pi. ran. fig. 1. 1 707. Curasao.
Qlyphisodon trffasciatus; Giinther, Cat . iv, 42 | Unboyna; * eram).

207. Abudefduf septemfasciatus i (u\i.i \ Valenciennes

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3879; length 4.95 in.).

Qlyphisodon septemfasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat Polss., v, 346 16 1830, lie de France; Gttnther, Cat., rv,
in, 1862 (China; Philippine Islands; Ceylon

208. Abudefduf unimaculatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 1209 and 4210; length 2 and 2.75 in.). Head 3.4 in total length: depth

2.1 : dorsal Sill, 13: anal II, 12. Color in spirits purplish, a black spot in axil of soft dorsal.

Qlyphisodon unimaculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v.358 17s .Timor.

Qlyphidodon unimaculatus, Giinther, Cat . IV, 61 (Borneo

Qlyphidodontopi urn Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi. cci i ™. lit.-. •"■ i noi 6, as lab ■

Family L ABRIDGE.

209. Cheilinus fasciatus I Bloch).

Three specimens from Bacon in... 3971 to 3973; length 1.2 in

Sparus faciatus Bloch, Ichth., mm. 15, pi. i i LVn, 1797, Japan.

Chi ih n \u in-' lotus, Giinther, Cat., iv, 129 i tmboyna); Bleaker, Atlas, 1, 67, pi ixvi, fig. 2.

210. Cheilinus chjorurus i Bloch

Im\c specimens from Bacon (no 3503, 3504 and 3872 to 3874; length 4 to 7.7."> in.).

Sparus chlorurus Bloch Ichth , vm, 21, pi. cclx, 1797," Japan and St. Domingue."

rln Minis chlorurus, Giinther, Cat., iv, 128 (Amboyna; Ceylon; Ceram; Ineityum ; Bleeker, Atla I 65 pi \xvn. fig. 3.

211. Stethojulis zatinia Jordan & Scale.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 4214: length 1.75 in.) and one without local label no. 1191; length 1.5 iu.).

.•si, tin, jut is ,il i in, i .Ionian A Scale', 1'roc I' S Nat. Mils., xxvm, 7SS, 1905, Negros, Philippine Islands.

212. Stethojulis phekadopleura (Bleeker).
One specimen from Bacon (no. 4215: length 2 in.).

Julis phekadopleura Bleeker. Ichth. fauna Bali, 8, Verh. Bat. i;™., x\n, 1,849, Bali.
si, ih, nulls phekadopleura Bleeker, Itlas, i. 134, pi. xliii. Bg. 5; Giinther, Cat., iv, 143.

213. Cheilio inermis (Forskal).

Fourteen specimens from Bacon (no. 3520, 3.584 to 3586, 3413 to 341.5, 3652, 3699, 3945, 3610. 3611, 3720
and 3836: length 3.2 to 13.5 in.).

LabTus Inermis Forskal, Descr. Aniin., 34, 177a, Red Sea.

Cheilio inermis, Jordan .x Evermann, Bull. r. S. Fish Coiiun., xxui. pt. 1, 1903 (1905) . 314, pi. xxxui (Honolulu; Hilo).

94 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

214. Lepidaplois mesothorax (Block & Schneider).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3920: length 5.5 in i.

Labrus mesothorax Bloeh & Schneider, Syst. Iehth.. 254, 1801, India.

Cossyphus mesothorax. Giinther, Cat., lv, 103 (Ceram; Amboyna i; Bleeker, Atlas, l, 159, pi. xxxvni, fig. 4 (misprinted mesc-
tyorax in text l

215. Labroides paradiseus Bleeker.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3843: length 2 and 2.75 in.).
Labroides paradiseus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Tnd.. II, 240. Banda; Atlas, I, pi. XLIV, fig. 2.

216. Thalassoma lunaris (Linnaeus).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3995: length 4.75 in.). A small patch of scales on upper part of opercle;
anal with 2 spines.

Labrus lunaris Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x. 283, 17.58, India.
Julis lunaris Bleeker, Atlas, i, 90. pi. xxxm, fig. 5.

217. Novaculichthys macrolepidotus (Bloch).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3918; length 4 in.). This specimen seems to have more dusky on the sides
than any others so far examined, there being a wide, more or less interrupted, black hand from head to caudal.

Labrus macrolepidotus Bloch, Ichth., vm, 109, pi. cclxxxiv, 1797, East Indies.
Novaculichthys macrolepidotus. Bleeker. Atlas, l, 144, pi. xxxi, fig. 6.
Novacvita macrolepidota, Giinther, Cat., iv, 174 (Mozambique).

218. Halichceres scapularis (Bennett I.

Seven specimens from Bacon (no. 3S40, 3963 to 3965, and 4147 to 4149: length 2 to 6.25 in.). These
form a perfect series in size and intergradation of color from the figure and descriptions given by Bleeker and
Da)- to the young as described by Jordan and Scale. There can be no doubt that Guntheria cceruleovittata,
Platyglossus scapularis. and H. cymatogrammus are one and the same species, the difference in color markings
being due to age.

Julis scapularis Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, 167, Mauritius.
Guntheria cceruleo\ Utata Bleeker, Atlas, i, pi. xxxn, fig. 2.
Platyglossus scapularis. Day. Fishes India, 400. pi. lxxxv, fig. 4.

Halichceres cymatogrammus Jordan & Seale, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. xxvm, 1905 (Inly 3), 786, fig. 8. Negros, Philippine
Islands. (Young, i

219. Halichceres purpurescens (Bloch & Schneider).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 4014; length 5 in.).

Labrus purpurescens Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth.. 262, 1S01.

Platyglossus purpurascens, Gunther, Cat., iv, 1.58; Bleeker. Atlas, l, 108, pi. xlv, fig. 1.

220. Halichceres nigrescens (Bloch & Schneider).

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 4075 and 4076: length 5.2 and 6.5 in.).

Labrus nigrescens Bloch .V Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 263. 1801.
Halichceres nigrescens Bleeker, Atlas, i, IIS, pi. xxxvn, fig. 4.

221. Halichceres miniatus ( Kuhl & Van Hasselt.)

Seven specimens from Bacon (no. 4003 and 4213; length 1 to 3 in.).

Julis miniatus Kuhl A: Van llassrlt in Cuvier .\. Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. Poiss., \m, 337 (460), Java; Giinther, Cat., IV, 150.
halichceres miniatus, Bleeker, Atlas, i, 114, pi. xli, fig. 5.

222. Halichceres guttatus (Bloch).

Five specimens from Bacon (no. 3753 and 4000: length 2.5 to 2.75 in.).

Labrus guttatus Bloch, Ichth., pi. ccLXXXvm, fig. 2. 1797, New Holland.
Labrus argus Bloch a Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 263, 1801.
Platyglossus guttatus, Gunther, Cat., iv, 155 (Sumatra; Ceram; Chusan).
Halichceres guttatus, Bleeker, Atlas, i. 124. pi. xxxv, fig, 1.

FISHES OF THK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 95

223. Halichoeres leparensis ( Bleeker) . Masangui.

Twelve specimens from Bacon (no. 3770 and 4001; length 1.25 to 2 in.) and one from San Fabian (no.

3835; length L.25in.).

< parensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Intl., in. 1852, 730, Banka.
Balichares It imt< »a. Bleeker, Alias, i. 119, pi. xlii. fig. 5.
Platyglotsut hparcnsis, Gtinther, Cat., iv, 15»i.

224. Halichoeres poecilus (Lay ic Bennett).

Seven specimens from Bacon (no. 39SO; length 1.5 to 3.. 5 in.).

Juiii pzciia Lay & Bennett, Zool. Beech. Voy., Blossom, 66, pi. 19, fig. 1, Loo-Choo Islands.

Balichares pacda, Bleeker, Atlas, i. 115, pi. xxxtx. fig. t.

Platyglottus pa< Out, Giinther, ("at., iv. 162.

BalichaWet anmdattu Fowler, Journ. Ac Nat. Sci Phila., 2d Ber., m, .535, pi. xx. upper tig., June 10. 1904. Sumatra.

Family PSED D( K H ROM I D.E.
225. Labracinus trispilos (Bleeker).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. I'-'Hi, length 1.2 and 1 35 in
Cichlops tritpilot Bleeker, Nat. HJds. Ned tad . i\, 1855, it". Haimaheira, Batjan; Bleeker, Ltlas, i\. pi. 1 1 1 xc, fig. 2.

226. Labracinus melanotaenia (Bleeker).
One specimen from Bulan (no. 31133: length 5.5 in.).

OtchUrpt inflnnottrniti H|o,-krr. Nut. Tijcls. Ne,| [nd . rn, Is.',;.'. 766, Macassar, Celebes; Quhther, Cat.. II. 259.

Pscudorhriiniii melanoUtnia, Bleeker aii.is. i\. pi. ci cxc, fig. 5.

Pamilj SCARICHTHY1D/E.

22™. Chcerops anchorago (Bloch). Miibmd.

Nine specimens from Bacon ino. 3.V)2 In 3.V.I, 3n3li. .SI.'M. 30! 12. 113s. 11311. and 4000; length •"> to 8.5
in.i. and one from Jolo (no. 3239; length 6 in.).

Spams anchorago Bloch, Ichth., vm, 85, pi. i • i.wvi. lT'.c.
Chcerops anchorago, Gtinther, Cat., tv, 95 I Amboyna

228. Choerops auritum (Kulil & Van Bassell i. Thddul,

One specimen from Bacon urn. 3819; length 3 in.), and 2 urn. 1007 and 4(170; length 9 in. I. without

definite locality.

The degree of development of the canine teeth varies greatly in this as in related species.

Scams aurttut Kohl A Van Hassalt in Caviar It Valenciennes, Hist, Nat, Poiea., xiv. 161 (218'), 1839, Java.
Scarichthyt auritut, Gunther, Cat., iv, 213 (Amboyna; Hongkong; Aneityum); Bleeker, Atlas, i, 15. pi. i, fig. 3.

229. Scarichthys cceruleopunctatus (Ruppell). Duldvl.

One specimen from Jolo (no. 4110), 2 from Bulan (no. 3241 and 3242; length 5.5 and 6.5 in.i. and 3
from Bacon (no. 3737 and 3799; length 6 to 10.2 in).

This species may be distinguished from S. auritus by the strong development of canine teeth.

Scarus :<„iii,„iu„ caruleo-punctatus Ruppell, NeueWirb., Fische, 24, pi. 7, flg. 3, Djedda; Giinther. Cat., rv, 213; Bleeker,
\tlas. I, 16, pi. I, fig.-'.

230. Calotornus genistriatus tCuvier At Valenciennes). Ogus; Palit.
One specimen from Zamboanga dm. 3773; length 8.75 in.), and one from Jolo (no. 4055; length 9.75 to.).

Callyodon genistriatus Cuvier c\: Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv. 218 (293), 1839, no locality given; Giinther, Cat., rv,
215; Bleeker, Atlas. I. 13. pi. I, fig. 1.

9(5 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

231. Callyodon quoyi (Cuvier & Valenciennes).
One specimen from Bacon (no. 3234; length 7.5 in.).

Scarus quoyi Cuvier & Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. I'oiss., XIV, 203 (273). 1839, New Ireland (New Mecklenburg).
Pseudoscarus quoyi, Bleeker, Atlas, I, 29, pi. VI, fig. 3 (Ternate); Gunther, Cat., iv, 239.

232. Callyodon lacerta (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 3938, 3939, and 3240; length 4.75 to 6.2 in.), and one from Bacon (no.
4126).

Scarus lacerta Cuvier & Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. I'oiss.. xiv, lot (217), 1839, Pondicherry.
Pseudoscarus leruginosus Bleeker, Atlas, I, 41). pi. xvn, fig. 2, 18(i2; Gunther, Cat.. IV, 229.

233. Callyodon oktodon (Bleeker). Mulmul.

One specimen from Zamboanga (no. 3715; length 10.75 in.).

Pseudoscarus oktodon Bleeker. Versl. Kon. Akad. Wet., xu. 1861, 235, Buton; Bleeker. Atlas, I, 33, pi. xm, fig. 2, 1862.
Pseudoscarus octodon, Gunther, Cat., IV, 234.

234. Callyodon balinensis (Bleeker).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3735; length 8.25 in).

Scant* balinensis Bleeker. Ichth. Fauna Bali, 8, Verb.. Bat. Gen., xxn, 1849, Bali.
Pseudoscarus balinensis Bleeker, Atlas, I, 39, pi. xvi, fig. 3, 1S62; Gunther, Cat., IV, 228.

Family CH.LT0D0XTID.E.

235. Chaetodon selene Bleeker.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 4342; length 5.2 in.). This specimen shows a wide dusky longitudinal
stripe along the median line of side from caudal, fading out near head.

Chsetodon selem Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., v. 76, 1853, Solor; Gunther. Cat., n, 30 (Amboyna).
Tetragonoptrus i Chsstodontops) selene Bleeker, Atlas, ix, pi. ccclxxvii, fig. 5.

236. Chaetodon auriga Forskal.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3694; length 4.75 in.).

Chsetodon auriga Forskal. Descr. Anim.. 60, 1775, Red Sea; Gunther, Cat., n. 7 (Red Sea).
Tetragonoptrus (Linophoru) auriga, Bleeker, Atlas, ix, pi. c< i lxxiii, fig. 4.

237. Chaetodon vagabundus Linnaeus.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 33S7: length 5.35 in.).

Chsetodon eagabundus Linnanis, Syst. Nat., ed. x. 276, 1758, Indies; Gunther, Cat., n, 25 (Mauritius; Amboyna); Fouler.

Fishes of Sumatra, 544, 1904.
Tetragonoptrus {Linophora) eagabundus, Bleeker, Atlas, ix, 48, pi. ccclxxviii, fig. 1 (Sumatra, etc.).

238. Chaetodon falcula Bloch.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3369 and 3370; length 5.1 ami 5.25 in.).

Chsetodon falcula Bloch, Ichth., xn, 100, pi. CCCCXXVI, fig. 2, 1797, Coromandel; Gunther, Cat., n. 17 (Bat Ointher,

Fischeder Sudsee, pi. 27. fig. c.
Tetragonoptrus (Oxychsetodou > falcula. Blocker, Atlas, ix. 52, pi ccclxxiii, fig. 1.

239. Chaetodon octofasciatus Bloch.

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3894 and 3917; length 2.75 and 3.1 in.). These specimens show a dusky
spot below the lateral lino between the fourth and lifth black bands.

Chsetodon OCtOfasi iatUS Bloch, Ichth., VI. 85, pi. CCXV, fig. 1. 1797. East Indies; Gunther, Cat.. II. 17 iSingapnre
T< tragonoptrus ( T> tragonoptrus) octofasciatus, Bleeker, Atlas, ix, 38, pi. cci i.xxvi, fig. 3.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 97

240. Chaetodon unimaculatus Bloch.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3342; length 4 in.). This specimen has a dusky wedge-shaped area
extending down from the black spot.

Chsetodon unimaculatus Bloch. Iehth., pi. cci, fig. 1, East Indies; GUnther, Cat., u. 11.
Tetragonoptrus {Lepidochxlodom unimaculatus, Blocker, Atlas. IX. 45, pi. CCCLXXV, fig. 5.

241. Taurichthys varius (Jivicr ,v Valenciennes.
One large specimen from Bacon (no. 3336; length 5.56 in.).

Taurichthys mrivs Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.. vn, 111 (1481. pi. 181. 1831. no locality given.
Heniochus varius, Gunther Cat., n, 41 (Molucca Sea; Ambovua I .

242. Heniochus acuminatus (Linnaus). Pampanon.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3437; length 4.25 in.), and 3 young from San Fabian I no. 3771 : length Jin.
Chxtodon a: wminaius I. lumens, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 272, 1758, Indies.
Cksaodon macrolepidotus Linnaus, Syst. Nat., ed \. 274, 17.".--. after Axtedl
Heniochus macrolepidotut, Gunther, Cat., n, 39 (Ceylon; amboyna; Port Esslngton; Australia
Taurichthys macrolcpidolus, Bleaker, Atlas, i\, 29, pi < i ' i.wii, Bg. 1 i Misprinted microti pidatus on plate.
Ihmochus muiiiinatus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Coram., x\m. pt. 1. 1903 (1905>, 376, pi LI I Honolulu .

Family I'LATAC I !>.!;.
243. Platax orbicularis i I'm ~knl i. Kiting.

Two fine adults from Jolo (no. 4158 and 1159; length 6 and 6.S in.). Anterior dorsal and anal rays
greatly produced, those of dorsal exceeding total length of fish; centrals very long, equaling length of lish to
base of caudal.

Chxtodon orbicularis Forskal, Descr. Anim., 59, 1779. Red Sea.
Chsetodon rrspirtilio Bloch, Ichth., VI, 49, pi. i xi t\, flg. 2, IT'.iT.
Platax vapertUto, Day, Fishes India, 236, pi. u, fig. 5; Bleaker, Atlas, ix, 74, pi. ccclxxix, fig. l, and pi. ccclxzz tigs 2

and :
l'latas orbicular!*, Gunther, Cat., n, 490 (Port Esslngton .

Family EPHIPPIM.

244. Ephippus argus iCitnelini. Pingao (young) ; SaramoHela

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 1087 to 1089; length 5.5 to 6.75 in.), and 7 young from San Fabian
(no. 3988, length 2 to 2.55 in.).

Chxtodon argus Gmelin, Syst. Nat.. 1248, 1788, Indies.

ScatophaffU) argot, Gunther, Cat., u, 58 many localities; Day, Fishes India, 114, pi. xxix, fig. 3.

Family ACANTHURIDvE.
245. Hepatus celebicus (Bleeker).
One specimen from Bulan (no. 4122; length 6.75 in.). White ring obsolete.
Acanthurus celebicus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., HI, 1852, 7fil, Celebes; (iiinthcr. Cat., in, 339,
246. Ctenochsetus striatus (Quoy &Gaimard). Saliao.
Two specimens from Zamboanga (no. 4120 and 4121; length 8.2 and 9.5 in.).

Acanthurus striatus Quoy Ar Gaimard. Voy. Dranle, Zool., 373. pi. 63, fig. 3. 1824. Guam; Gunther. Cat., in, 334.
Ctenochxtus striatus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.. xxm, pt. 1. 1903 (1905), 398 (Hilo: Honolulu; Kailua).

B. B. F. 1906—7

98 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

247. Acanthurus unicornis (Forskal).

One specimen (young) from San Fabian (no. 3960; length 2.5 in.).

Chstodon unicornis Forskal, Descr. Anim.. 63, 1775. Djidda.

Acanthurus unicornis, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., x.xin. pt. 1, 1003 (1005), 402 (Honolulu; Hilo; Puako
Bay, Hawaii).

Family SIGAXID^.

248. Siganus javus (Liumcus).

Two specimens from Bulan (no. 4092 and 4093; length 9 and 10 in.). Head 4.1 in length; depth 2.18;
snout 2.1 in head; eye 3.35. Dorsal xm, 10; anal vn, 9.

Tcuihis javus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xu, .507, 1766; Day, Fishes India, 165, pi. xxxix, fig. 5; Gunther, Cat., Ill, 315 (Ceylon;

Singapore; Amboyna; HobsonBayi.
Amphacanthus javus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., x, 86 (US), (Pondicherry).

249. Siganus fuscescens (Houttuvn). Palit.

Apparently a very abundant species in the Philippines. The present collection contains 747 specimens
from Bacon (no. 33.82, 3622, 3623, 3923, 3924, 3440, 3500, 3501, 3502, 3513, 3851, 4006, 4007, 4143, 4144;
length 1.5 to S.5 in.), 2 from Jolo (no. 3518 and 3639), and 1 from San Fabian (no. 3864).

These have been carefully compared with specimens from Japan, Cavite, and Panay. They agree
perfectly, even to the bars on the caudal.

Centrogaster fuscescens Houttuyn. Verh. Holl. Maat. Weet. Haarlem, xx, 17S2, 333.
Amphacanthus fuscescens .Richardson, lchth. China, 243, 1*46.
Teuthis fuscescens, Gunther, Cat., in, 321 (coast ot Nagasaki).

250. Siganus virgatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3233; length 7.5 in.). Readily known by the bluish transverse lines on
snout and interorbital and the oblique dark lines downward and forward from dorsal.

Amphacanthus virgatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., x, 07 (133), 1835, Java.

Teuthis virgata, Gunther, Cat., in. 323 (Philippines; China); Day, Fishes India, 166, pi. xx, fig. 3 (Andamans).

251. Siganus vermiculatus (Kuhl & Van Hasselt). Pugut; Alarm.

Seven specimens from Zamboanga (no. 3251 to 3257; length 3.5 to 6.75 in.), 4 from Bacon (no. 3303 to
3306; length 3 to 4 in.), 3 from Philippines (no local label, no. 3800 to 3N02; length 3 in.), and one very large
specimen from San Fabian (no. 4037; length 11 in.).

Amphacanthus vermiculatus Kuhl & Van Hasselt in Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.. x, 92 (126), 1S35, New Guinea.
Teuthis vermiculata, Gunther, Cat., Ill, 317 (Philippines; Amboyna); Day, Fishes India, 166. pi. XL, fig. 1

252. Siganus lineatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Samaral: Mororosa.

Two from Bulan (no. 4056 and 4057; length 9.75 and 10.5 in.), and one from Bacon (no. 4039; length
10.2 in.).

Amphacanthus lineatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., x, 95 (130), pi. 286, 1835, Vanicolo and New Guinea.
Teuthis lineata, Gunther, Cat., in, 322.

253. Lo unimaculatus Evermann & Scale, new species.

Head 3.3 in length to base of caudal; depth 2.5; eye 4 in head; snout 1.9; opercle with a number of low
thin vertical ridges; preopeicle with somewhat similar oblique lines; lower edge of preopercle finely dentate;
scales cycloid and very minute on body, the head nearly naked, having only a few scattered nonimbricated
scales below eye and along side of snout; interorbital 3.75; pectoral 1.45; ventral scarcely shorter than pectoral ;
dorsal xm, 10: anal VII, 9: ventral i, 3, i.

Bod}- greatly compressed, elongate, the ventral and dorsal out lines nearly parallel from nuchal crest to base
of twelfth dorsal spine; snout much produced, tubular, the maxillary 1.3 in eye; interorbital space but slightly
■ mi. • dorsal profile rising abruptly from behind the eye in a thin trenchant ridge: teeth in a single row,
uniform in size, incisor-like, brown-tipped in the upper jaw, smaller and plain white in color in the lower, about

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

99

12 on each side in each jaw; origin of dorsal in vertical above base of pectoral, the first spine 1.6 in snout, the
longest spine I the seventh) about equal to snout and half diameter of eye. the last spine equal to snout: origin
of anal under base of seventh dorsal spine: firsl anal spine slightly longer than first spine of dorsal, the fourth
spine slightly greater than snout: soft dorsal and soft anal pointed, the middle rays longest, about equal in
the 2 fins and equaling the snout; caudal moderately forked, the lobes equal in snout and half eye; ventral
not reaching origin of anal.

Color in alcohol, mottled hrownish: snout, head and breast back to origin of dorsal and ventral fins rich
brownish black, extending on side in a broad curve to middle of pectoral; interorbital space and side of head
below eye paler; first dorsal spine black, the others yellowish white: first ray of pectoral black, rays of lin

PIG. 19. — Lo itiiiiltir i iiltihis Evi nrlalili ,V Si I CieS Type

whitish with some indistinct black blotches; skin of ventral spines blackish, rays "I the lin white; -nil dorsal

and entire anal yellowish white, the spines of the latter with dark edges; caudal dusky along edges, otherwise

yellowish while; a large round brownish black spot one-half larger than eye on lateral line under base of last 3
dorsal spines and first dorsal lay

This species is related to Lo imlpinis iSehlegel tv. Mullen, from which it differs iii the more -lender body
and in the presence of the black lateral spot.

Only one specimen obtained, the type, no. 55915, l'. S. National Museum (original no. :;."..;s,. 7 5 inches
long, collected by Mr. Charles J. Pierson, at Bacon. Sotsogon, P. I.

Family HALISTID.l-.

254. Balistes niger Mungo Park.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3603; length 5.5 in.).

Balistes niger Mungo I 'ark. 'I' runs. I. inn. .Sim.-. Lond., m, 1 7**7 . :;7. Sumatra; c tint her. ("at. v in. J is; Bleeker, ttlas, v, pi.

I . \M, lie 1

255. Balistes flavimarginatus Kiippcll. PaJcol

One very huge specimen (no. 4154: length 15 in.) from Bacon. Head 3 in length; depth 1.8; eye 5 in
head; snout 1.2: interorbital 2.8; first dorsal spine l.S; depth of caudal peduncle 3.5, its greatest width 5;

100 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

longest dorsal ray 1.75; longest anal ray 1.5; length of pectoral 2. Teeth very strong, the front ones conic;
dermal plates strong and rough, 29 from gill-opening to base of caudal; preocular groove distinct.

Batistes flavimarginalus Ruppell, Atlas, Fische, 33, 1828, Red Sea; Gunther, Cat., vin, 223 (Red Sea; Amboyna).
Batistes (Pseudobalistes) fiavimarginatus, Bleeker, Atlas, v, 113, pi. ccxxiv, fig. 3.

256. Balistapus undulatus (Mungo Park).

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 3374, 3375, 3438, 3439, 3604, 4058 to 4060, and 4123; length 4.75 to 6.5
'in.).

Batistes undulatus Mungo Park, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.,m, 1797, 37, Sumatra; Gunther, Cat., vm,226 (Red Sea; Zanzibar;

Moluccas; Sumatra; Amboyna; Ceram; Zebu, Philippines; China; Japan).
Batistes (Balistapusi lincatus Bleeker. Atlas, v, 118, pi. ccxxix, fig. 2.

257. Balistapus aculeatus (Linnseus). Pugvt.

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 3307, 3308, 3388, 3389, 3433 to 3435, 4118 and 4119; length 3.5 to 6.5 in.),
and 2 from Zamhoanga (no. 3364 and 3373).

Batistes aculeatus Linnauis, Syst. Nat., ed. X, 328, India; Giinthor, Cat., vm, 223 ( Fie de France; Island of Johanna; Zanzi-
bar; Moluccas; Amboyna; China Seas; Fiji; Micronesia; Seychelles; Mauritius).
Balistapus aculeatus, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., xxm, 1903 (1905), 414, pi. lxu.

Family MONACANTHID/E.
258. Monacanthus chinensis (Bloch).

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 3259, 3260, and 4140; length 5 to 6.5 in.).

Balistes chinensis Bloch. Icnth., V, 24, pi. CLU, fig. 1, 1797, Brazil and China.

Monacanthus chinensis, Gunther, Cat., vm, 236 (North China; Pinaug; Singapore; Shanghai); Bleeker, Atlas, v, 125, pi.
ccxxil, fig. 2.

259. Monacanthus macrurus Bleeker. Bungaong.

One fine specimen from Jolo (no. 3693; length 7.5 in.), and one from Bacon (no. 3676; length 5.55 in.).
These specimens show traces of dark bands at base of anal.

Monacanthus macrurus Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind.,xn,226, 1857, Nias; Gunther, Cat., vm, 247, 1870.
Pseudo monacanthus macrurus Bleeker. Atlas, v, 134, pi. ccxxvm, fig. 2.

260. Osbeckia scripta (Osbeck). Samarang.

Three specimens from Jolo (no. 3313 to 3315; length 4.5 to 8.2 in.). Color in spirits, yellowish with
brown spots and reticulations; caudal 2.5 in length.

These specimens differ from typical examples of O. scripta in having the dorsal spine very short, its length
being less than diameter of eye. They may represent an undescribed species, the describing of which we
defer until additional material can be examined.

Balistes scriptus Osbeck, Reise nack Ostindien und China, 1, 144, 1705, China Seas.

Batistes monoceros scriptus, Gmehn, Syst. Nat., 1463, 1788; after Osbeck.

Monacanthus scriptus, Gunther, Cat., vm, 252.

Osheckia scripta, Jordan & Evermann, Bull. V. S. Fish Comm., xxm, 1903 (1905) , 422, fig. 184 (Honolulu).

Family TETRAODONTID.43.
261. Lagocephalus hypselogeneion (Bleeker).

Three specimens from Bulan (no. 4023 to 4025; length 3.5 to 3.75 in.).

These examples have the fold of skin on lower posterior portion of side and tail well developed; caudal
lunate and banded with numerous line vertical lines; cheek with 5 subvertical bars of brown; upper half of
body with numerous whitish spots. These seem to resemble Day's figure in every respect.

Tetraodon hypselogeneion Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., m, 300, 1S52. Amboyna, Wahai.
Tetrodon hjlpselogenion, Gunther. Cat., vm, 277; Day, Fishes India, 702, pi. clxxxiii, fig. 5.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 101

262. Canthigaster bennetti (Bleeker).

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 3749; length 1.2.5 to 1.7.5 in.).

Tropidichihys bt nnelli Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., vi, ri04, Amboyna.
Tetrodonbennilii, Giinther, Cat., vm, 301.

I'artthoyn.s/i r on flatus Bleeker, Atlas, v, 80.
I'sitouotus on tint us, Bleeker, Atlas, v, pi. CCXIV, fig. 5.

263. Canthigaster cornpressus (Proce).

Two specimens from Philippines (no local label, no. 4018; length 2.2 and 2.7.5 in.).

7'itroiloii njiupressus Prnee, Bull. Soc. I'hilom. 1822, 130, Manila.
Telndon siriolaius, Giinther, Cat., vm, 304.
f 'atitfioi/iisli <r striolatus, Bleeker, Atlas, v, 82.
Psilonotus striolatus, Bleeker, Atlas, v, pi. ccxm, fig. 6.

264. Spheroides lunaris (Bloch & Schneider). Botete.

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 4033; length 3.25 in.).

Tetrodon lunnris Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 505, 1801, Malabar; Giinther, Cat., vm, _>74 i Philippines and many other

places).
Spheroides lunaris, Jordan & Scale, lroe. t'. S. Nat. Mils., xxvin, i*Hi.",, 7'.M) i Negros).

265. Tetraodon nigropunctatus Bloch & Schneider. Doele.

One specimen from Bacon (no. 4062; length N..". in.). This example is uniform black, the spicule 9 silvery

white, short anil developed only on belly, hack, and sides; the caudal, el ks, snout, chin, and a spot cm the

middle of back naked; fins black except pectorals which have a slight wash of yellowish.

Tetraodon nigro^punctatus Bloch a. Schneider, Syst. [chth., 507, 1801, Tranquebar.
Tetrodon nigropwtictdtois, Giinther Cat., vm, 293.
Crayraeionnigroi>uin talus. Bleeker, Atlas, v. 74. pi. < t vi, fig. 1.

Family OSTRACIID.F..

266. Ostracion tuberculatum Linnaeus.

One specimen from Jolo (no. 3764; length I n.).

Ostracion tuberculin a > l.iniiaus, syst. Nat., ed. \. 331, 1788, India.

Ostracion culm itsLlnnjeua, Syst. Nat.,ed \. 332, 1758, India; Giinther, Cat.,vni,260i Red Sea; Zanzibar; Seychelles; U
tins; Ceylon; Amboyna; Ceram; Scuiih Australia

267. Ostracion gibbosum Linnseus
One specimen from Jolo (no. 3853; length 2.1 in.).

Ostracion gibbosus Linnseus, Syst. Nat., ed. v ::.;-', 1758, India: Giinther, Cat., vm, _>.'>s.
Ostruiioii turrttus Day, Fishes India. 695, pi. clxxxi, Bg. I.
Ostracion i Tclrosomus) lurritus. Bleeker, Atlas \ , 31, pi. , cm, tig. ;(.

Family SCORP-fENIDiE.

HYPOMACRUS Evermann & Seale, new genus.

Hypomacrus Evermann & Seale, new genus of Scorpsenidse ( Hypomacrus dlbaiensis).

This genus is related to Sebastopsis Gill, from which it differs in having the tenth to thirteenth pectoral
rays much produced. The upper 9 rays arc subequal, their length half that of head; length of tenth ray 1.2

in head, ll leventh to thirteenth successively shorter, the last 3 usually shorter than the upper '.I and not

detached. ( bita, under; naxpuc, long; referring to the produced lower pectoral rays. I

102

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

268. Hypomacrus albaiensis Evermann & Scale, now species.

Head 2.25 in length without caudal; depth 3.25: eye 3.75 in head: snout 3.75; interorbital 2 in snout:
dorsal xm, 9 (the cotype has the soft dorsal deformed, with only 5 rays); anal in, 5; scales 5-26-13, about Hi
tubules in lateral line.

Body moderately compressed, the head rather elongate, the lower jaw projecting, depth of caudal peduncle
4.1 in head; maxillary 2 in head, the distal end under the posterior margin of pupil, its distal width 1.5 in eye;
mandible 1.75 in head; villiform teeth on jaws and vomer, none on palatines; gillrakers very .small, S on lower
limb of first arch; spines of head as follows: opercular 2; preopercular 2, the upper the larger, with a small
superimposed spine on its base; bony stay across cheek with 2 spines, 4 above eye, 5 on each side of nuchal
region; a distinct fringed orbital tentacle equal in length to pupil; a short dermal flap at base of each nuchal
spine; a branched Hap at nostril, and a rather long preorbital flap hanging over maxillary.

Body entirely scaled, head scaled: origin of dorsal above axil of pectoral, longest spine 3.2 in head;
origin of anal under origin of soft dorsal, its longest ray 2 in head, the second anal spine the longest and strongest ,
2.3 in head: origin of ventrals about midway between tip of upper jaw and origin of anal, their length 1 .85 in
head, their tips falling far short of anal; pectoral peculiar, the 9 upper rays short, about 2 in head, their tips
scarcely extending past tips of ventrals: the lower part of fin elongate, composed of 7 simple rays, the longest
1.19 in head, their tips beyond line with origin of anal fin; caudal rounded, 1.65 in head.

gSjpl

Fig. 20. — Hypomacrus albaiensis Evermann & Scale, new species. Type

Color in spirits, mottled brownish, a large yellowish area occupying entire upper two-thirds of opercle,
extending to eve anteriorly, and posteriorly extending down and covering base of pectoral; a round black
opercular spot posterior of and between the preopercular spines; about 5 indistinct rather narrow dark bands
over back ; spinous dorsal with irregular dusky markings, soft dorsal with dark base and tip, the mid portion
whitish; anal with irregular dark markings, the most distinctive being a black spot on posterior axil of fin;
ventrals shaded with dusky dots posteriorly; pectoral with brown dots on the short rays, the elongate rays
white "iili a lew scattered brown dots: caudal dusky at tip, aslight dusky wash on base of rays.

Type, no. 55902, U. S. National Museum, original no. 3866 (10.771), 2.5 inches long, from Bacon, Sorsog

P. I., collected by Mr. Charles •' Pierson. Cotype, no. 20,006, Stanford University, a specimen 2.25 inches
long, also I'lo iii Bacon.

269. Sebastopsis scabra (Ramsay Lv. Ogilby).

< toe specimen from Baeiiii (no. 4004; length 2.75 in).

Si bastt s scdbt r Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. I. inn. Soc. N. S. W-, X, 1S85, 577. Shark Reef, Australia.
Si baslopsis scabra, Jordan & Seale. l'roc. U. S. Nat. Mas., xxvni, 1905 (July :; ,791 i Negros).

270. Sebastopistes tristis (Klunzinger).

Three specimens from Bacon (no. 3612 to 3014: length 4 to 4.5 in.). This species is close to S. nivifer
Jordan & Scale, described from Xegros. P. I., differing in the orbital spines, the dermal flaps, and the color.

Scorps ne tristis EClunzinger, Synop. Fische des Rothen Meers, Verh. Zool.-Bni . Cesellseh. Wien, w. 1870, ml'. Red Sea.
Scorpxna bakeri Seale, Fishes of Guam, in i >ce. Papers Bishop Mus., vol. i, no. '2. 1901, 120. Guam.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 103

271. Pterois volitans (Linna?us).

Two fine specimens from Bacon (no. 3444 and 344"). length <i.5 and 6.75 in.).

Gastcrostcus volitans Linna?us, Syst. Nat., ed. x 296, 1758, Amboyna.

Pterois volUant, liiinther, Cat., n, 122 (Egypt; South Africa I i« "f Good Hope; Madras; China; Amboyna).

Pseudomonoptcrus (Pterois lolituns. Bleeker, Atlas. i\. pi. CCCCXII, fig. 3.

272. Dendrochirus zebra (Cuvier & Valencieru

Four specimens from Bacon (no. 3574 and 3577; length 3.5 to 1 75 in.).

Pterois zebra Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, 269(367), 1829, He de France; GQnther, Cat., II, 126 (Amboyna;

China; Madagascar).
Pseudomonopterus (Dendrochirus) zebra, Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi., ci CCX1, fig. 1.

Family PL ATYCEPHALID*.

273. Platycephalus bataviensis Bleeker.
One specimen from Jolo (no. 3276; length 8 in.).

Platycephalus bataviensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. tnd., iv, 1853. 4rt). Batavia; Atlas, ix. pi. rrrcxx, fig. I; Gflnther,
II, 188.

274. Platycephalus insidiator I Forsk&l). La
On specimen from San Fabian I no 3900; length 6.2 in.).

Cottue insidiator I or leal Descr. Anim.,25, 177a, Red Sea.

Platycephalus insidiator, Gunther, Cal . u. 177 (Calcutta; Gang I Malayan Peninsula; Moluccas; Amboyna; I api

York; Australia; Red Sea; l'<>ii Natal Caj ! l Hopi

275. Platycephalus macracanthus BI^Im Can

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3857; length 5 25 in.).
Platycephalus macracanthus Bleeker. Versl Heded. Ur. Wet., 2d reeks, m, 1868-fl, 253, Amboyna; Ula ,ix,pl CCCCX1X, fig. I

Familj CALLIONYMID 1

276. Calhurichthys reevesii I Richardson

Four specimens from Bulan (no. 1077 1" 1080 length 5.75 to 6.5 in.).
CcUlionumui reevesii Blchardson, Voj Sulphur, 60, pi 36, fig 1 I 184S,Canton.

family NOTOTHENIIDiE.

277. Parapercis hexophthalma (Ehrenberg).
One specimen from Bacon (no. 3721 . length li.'J i 1 * 1.

Percis In tophthalma Ehrenberg in Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., [II, 202 .-'71 . 1829, Massuah 1 I at., n.

239 (Louisiade Archipelago; Red Sea

Family OPHICEPHALIDjE.
278. Ophicephalus striatus Bloch.

Five specimens from Philippines (without local label, no. 3793 to 3795; length 3.1 to 4 in.).

Ophicephalus Hriatue Bloch, Iehth., x. 117. pi. crci.ix. 17!>7. East Indies.

Ophion phalus ^iriatus, Gunther, Cat., m. m 1 Loodianah; Ganges; Bengal; Pinang; Madras); Bleeker, Atlas, ix. pi. c 1 cxi ix.
fig. 1.

104 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family G0BIID£.
279. Butis leucurus Jordan & Seale.

Three specimens from San Fabian (no. 3858 to 3860; length 3.5 to 4 in.), and one from Bacon (no. 3728;
length 3.45 in.). Species originally described from Negros: other specimens collected at Cavite by Dr. Geo. A.
Lung and forwarded to Stanford LTniversitv.
Butis leucurus Jordan & Seale, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvin. 1905 (July 3), 794, fig. 13. Negros Island.

280. Glossogobius biocellatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3747 and 3745; length 3.5 and 3.75 in.). Close to G. giuris, but lower
jaw less prominent, body more robust and head broader.

Gobius biocellatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,xn, 55 (73), 1S37, Pondicherry; Gunther, Cat. ,111,20; Day, Fishes
India. 289. pi. LXIII. fig. 8.

281. Glossogobius giuris (Buchanan-Hamilton). Cacabit.

Nine specimens from Bacon (no. 3725 to 3727, 3729, 3741 to 3744, and 3749; length 4 to 9 in.), one from
San Fabian (no. 3760), and one from Bulan (No. 4128).

Gobius giuris Buchanan-Hamilton, Fishes of the Ganges, 51 and 366, pi. 33, fig. 15, 1822, Ganges River; Day, Fishes India,
294, pi. lxvii, fig. 1; Gunther, Cat., m, 21.

282. Oxyurichthys cristatus (Day).

One specimen from San Fabian (no. 3929: length 5.8 in.).

Euctenogobius cristatus Day. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, 109, Bombay.
Gobius cristatus Day, Fishes India, 291, pi. lxii, fig. 8.

283. Valenciennea strigata (Broussonet).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3999; length 2.1 in.). Head 3 in length; depth 4.75: scales 150: dorsal
vi-i, 18; anal i, 17: anterior dorsal rays elongate. Color white; a blue dark-edged band from angle of mouth
to opercle, another indistinct band on preopercle.

Gobius strigatus Broussonet, Ichth., i, 1782, Tahiti.

Eleolris strigata, Cuvier & Valenciennes. Hist. Nat. Poiss., XII, 189 (251); Gunther, Cat., Ill, 131 (Java; Amboyna;
Celebes; Booroo; Tahiti i; Gunther, Fische der Siidsee. 190, pi. Ill, fig. E.

Family BLEXXIID.-E.
284. Salarias fasciatus (Bloch).

Ten specimens from Bacon (no. 3974; length 1.2 to 4 in.).

Blenniusfasi iatus Bloch, Ichth.. v. pi. clxii, fig. 1. 1797.

Salarias fasciatus, Gunther, Cat., in, 244 (Borneo; Philippines; New Holland; Victoria Bank; Fiji Islands; Tonga Islands;
Aii.ityunii; Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, 201, pi. 115, fig. H.

285. Petroscirtes grammistes (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3757; length 3.2 in.).

;;/. nnechis grammistes Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 210 (284 1 . 1836, Java.

Petrosi irtes aitema, Gunther, Cat., m, 236 (Amboyna; Chinai; Gunther, Fische der Siidsee, pi. 115, fig. F.

Petroscirtes grammistes, Giiiither, Fische der Siidsee, 197 (Yap; Kusaie; Amboyna).

Family ECHEXEID/E.
286. Echeneis naucrates Linnaeus.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 3740; length 10.5 in.).

;", ht n < is n< u< rait $ (misprint for naucrates) Linnaeus, Syst. Nat.,ed. x, 261, 1758. Pelago Indico; Gunther, Cat., II, 384 (many
localities); Jordan & Evermann. Fishes North and Mid. Amer., 2269, 1898.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

105

Family I'LEL RUNECTID.L".
287. Platophrys javanicus (Bleeker). Palad.

One specimen from Bulan (no. 40-49: length 8.25 in.). Anal 51; scales 74.

Rhombus javanicus Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., IV, 502, Batavia.

Pscudorhombus javanicus, Bleeker, Atlas, VI, 8, pi. ccxx.xn, fig. 3: Giinther, Cat., iv, 427 (Java); Day, Fishes India, 424, pi.
xi ii, fig. 2.

288. Platophrys russellii (Gray).

One specimen from Bnlun (no. 4069; length 9 in.). Anal 59; scales 74.

Plau tta russellii Gray, III. Ind. Zool., fig. 2.

Pscudorhombus russellii, Giinther, Cat., IV, 424 (Umbilo River. Port Natal).

289. Platophrys neglectus (Bleeker). Vguerangueray.

Three specimens from San Fabian (no. 3390, 3619 and 3620: length 3.5 to 6.75 in.). Anal 57: scales 81.

Pscudorhombus neglectut Bleeker, Ned. Tijds. Dierk., m, 45, and Atlas, VI, 8, pi. < cxxxiv. fig. l.

290. Platophrys pantherinus (Ruppell).

Two specimens from Bacon (no. 3409 ami 3494 : length 5.2 and 6 in.).

Rhombus pantherinus Ruppell, Atlas. 121, pi. 21, fig. I. 1828, Red Sea.

Platophrys pantherinus, Bleeker, Atlas, VI, 11, pi. << xxxm, Ok . ;;; I>;, v. Fishes India. 42."., pi. xc n. figs. 3 and 4; Jordan a

Everniann, Hull. 1'. S. Fish Comni., xxm. I'.ki.i I'.ki.".), 512.
Rhomboidiihthys pantherinus, Giinther, Cat., iv, 4.10 (Mauritius; Madagascar: Ambnyna; Fiji).

291. Platophrys palad Evermann & Seale, new species. Palad.

Head 3.75 in length: depth 2.4: eye 1) in head; snout I: maxillary 2.3, its distal end under middle of •■}•■:
dorsal 77; anal 60j scales 85; tnterorbital a very narrow trenchant ridge slightly higher than eye: jawB equal;
canine teeth in anterior of jaws; gillrakers short and blunt, broader than long, 9 on lower limb, the curved

fe.

m< - :

s&^s

;^^^r

.V

Fig. 21.— Platophrys naiad Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

portion of lateral line 3.5 in straight, the depth of the curve 3.1 in its length: longest dorsal ray 2.75 in head;

longest ii lay 2.1 in head; colored pectoral 2 in head; caudal rounded, 1.25 in head. Color on left side.

Color in spirits, brownish; on each side of lateral line 2 large ocelli, each inclosing 2 large black sp(Pis; 2
very indistinct dusky blotches on the lateral line, oneal | losterior curve of lateral line, the other at the beginning

106

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

of posterior third of body; a row of indistinct ocelli at base of each vertical fin; numerous dusky dots and
blotches on fins.

One large specimen from Bulan (no. 4050; length 15.5 in.). Type, no. 55S9S. U. S. National Museum,
collected by Charles J. Pierson.

292. Psettodes eruniei (Bloch & Schneider). Uguerangueray.

Two specimens from San Fabian (no. 3848 and 3849: length 4.75 and 6.5 in.). Head 3.G in length; depth
2.5: eyes on right side. It may be that the sinistral specimens recorded by Gunther and Bleeker are a different
species.

Pleuroneetes erumei Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Iehth., l-"'0. 1801, "ad Tranquebarium."

Psettodes erumei, Gunther, Cat., iv, 402 (China; Amboyna: Pinang; India): Day, Fishes India, 422, pi. xci, fig. 4; Bleeker,
Atlas, vi, 4, pi. cexxxn. fig. 2.

Family vSOLEIDyE.

293. Achirus hartzfelclii Bleeker.

One specimen from " Philippine Islands" (no local label: no. 4012; length 4.5 in.). Anal 63; lateral line 9S.

Achirus harlzfeldii Bleeker, Nut. Tijds. Ned. Ind., IV, 1853, 123, Amboyna; Atlas, vi, 25, pi. ccxlvi. fig. 1.
.1 si higgodes hartzfeldii, Ka-up, Archiv f. Naturgesch., jhg. xxiv, 1S5S. bd. i, 103.
Solea hartzfeldii, Giinther, Cat., iv. 471 (Amboyna).

294. Synaptura sorsogonensis Evermann & Seale, new species.

Head 5.25 in length without caudal; depth2.37; dorsal74; anal 61; caudal 15; dorsal and anal continuous

with caudal; pores of lateral line 141, of which 29 are in the short curved portion above the head; inter/orbital
space scaled, scarcely greater than diameter of lower eye; upper eye covered by skin; the beaklike snout not
extending around to a line with eye; upper nostril a distinct hollow papilla located in front of lower eye;

V'M'V

I

','^>

m

•*^^m

Fig. 22. — Synaptura sorsogonensis Evermann & Seale, new species. Type.

nostril of blind side greatly diluted and fringed; anterior part of lead with numerous dermal fringes: dermal
flaps scattered in groups over different portion of body, 4 such groups on lateral line and 4 on each side ol bodj ,
alternating with the groups on lateral line; smaller groups along base of dorsal and anal fin; lateral line straight
until it reaches head, where it makes a sharp curve ending on a line with anterior margin of upper eye; gillrakers
obsolete; colored pectoral 3.75 in head; uncolored pectoral 1; dorsal beginning on snout in front of eyes, its
middle ray 1.85 in head; middle anal ray 2 in head: colored ventral 2.9; caudal 1.3.

FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 107

Color in spirits, brownish, the groups of dermal flaps described above blackish; colored pectoral black,
tipped with white: margin of dorsal and anal white with a submarginal du^ky urea, more easily distinguished
on under side.

This species is related toS. pan, but is distinguished by the greater number of rays and the dilated nostril.

One tine specimen from Bacon, Sorsogon, no. 4133 ( 10,825); length 9 in., type, no. 55916, U. S. National
Museum, collected by Charles .1. Pierson.

295. Pardaehirus pavoninus (Laeepede

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3383; length 5.5 in.). Anal 56; lateral line 100.

Achirus pavoninus Laeepede, Hist. Nat. 1'oiss., iv, fia8 ami 661; Bleeker, Atlas. vi, 24, i»l < cxli, fig. 1.
Pardaehirus pavoninus, Gunther, Cat., i\ . I7'i i Pinang; Singapore; Molucca*

296. Soleichthys heterorhinos ( Bleeker i

One specimen from Bacon (no. 3927; length 4.2 in.). Anal 78; lateral line I 12.

Solea heterorhinoi Bleekei Viscb fauna Am1 la 64, \< f Soc Sc. 1 1 1 . i . . Ni I 4 Amboyna.

Stihii hih rnrltinus, lilc-'k' r, Vtlae, m. 17.

Solea liiiirorliimi. tiiinih'T. Cat., IV, 466 (Celebes, Vmboyi Bleeker, V.tlaa, vi, pi. ccxi D Day, Fishes India, 426, pi.

xcn, flg. .">.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The following is a list of the published literature concerning the fishrs of the
Philippine Islands which lias been consulted in connection with the preparation of
this report. Besides these works we have consulted all of the numerous papers by
Dr. Jordan and his collaborators on Japanese fishes:

1758. LiNN.Kt's, C. Systems naturae i igna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum

characteribus, diOferentiis, synonymis, locis, Editio decima, tomus i, p 1 824.

1759. . Chinensia Lagerst romiana praeside D. I> Car. Linnaeo, Dec. 23, 1754. Amoenitates Acado

micas, vol. iv, L759, p. 230 260.

1705. Osbeck, Peter. Reise oach Ostindien und China, nebst 0. Toreens Reise aach Suratte und C <■

Ekebergs Nachricht von der Landwirtschaft der Chineser, p. i wi\ l 552, taf. I 13. Aus dem

schwedischen Obei etzl von J '• Georgi. Verleger Johann Christian Koppe. If"
1766. I.inn 1 1 s. c. Systems naturae [etc.], ed. sir, t . i, Pisces, p. 119 •"':>'-'.
1774. Forster, John Reinhold. Descriptiones animalium quie in itinere ad man- australis terras pei

annos 1772-74 suscepto [etc.] Curante H. Lichtcnstein, 8°, p. i \m ■ I 125 Berolini, 1844.
I77.V Forskal, P, Descriptiones animalium, avium, amphibiorum, piscium, insectorum, vermium; quae

in itinere oriental] observavil Petrus Forskal , p. I 140. Post mortem auctoris edidit Carsten

Niebuhr. Haunise.
1782. Broussonet, Pierre Marie \i gi ste. [chthyologia sistens piscium descriptiones et icones. Decas i,

no pagination. London.
I7s."> 1797. Bi.oi'ii, Maro Elieser. [chthyologie, ou bistoire aaturelle, generate et particulifere des poissons,

avee des figures cnluniinees. dessinees d'aprcs nature. 12 t. in 6, 1684 p.. pl.i maun. Berlin.
1788. lloirnvN, M. Beschryving van eenige japanse visschen, en andere zee-schepzelen. Verhandelingen,

uitgegceven door de Hollandsche Maatschappye der Weetenschappen, te Haarlem, \\. deels, 2. 3tuk,

17S2, p. 311-350.
. Linn.kis, C. Systems naturae [etc.], ed. xin, aucta, reformata, cura J. F. Gmelin. 8°, t i. pais m

Pisces, p. 1126-1516. Lipsiae, 1788 179.",
1792. Tihnberg, C. P. Atskillige forut okiindc liskar af Abbor-Sl&gtet. Kongl, Vetenskaps Academiens

Nya Handlingar, n. s., t. xm, 1792, p. 141-143.
1797. Park, Mungo. Descriptions of eight new fishes from Sumatra. Read November 4, 1794. Transac-
tions of the Linnean Society of London, vol. in. 1797, p 33 38
1801. Blocii, Marc Ei.ieser. Systema ichthyologies iconibus ex illustratum. Post obitum auctoris opus

inchoatum absolvit, correxit, interpolavit [o. Gottlob Schneider, $axo. Berolini.
. Lacepede, Bernhard German Etienne, Conite de. Histoire naturelle des poissons. 5 I , 4°. Paris,

1 7' is 1S03

108 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

1803. Shaw, George. General zoology, or Systematic natural history. Vol. iv, pt. n, Pis-es, p. 187-632,

70 pi. London.
— . Russell, Patrick. Descriptions and figures of two hundred fishes collected at Vizagapatara on the

coast of Coromandel. 2 vol., fol. London.
1817. Cuvier, Georges. Le regne animal distribue* d'apres son organisation, pour servir de base h l'liistoire

naturelle des animaux et d'introduction a l'anatomie compare, avec figures, dessinees d'apres nature.

T. II, contenant les reptiles, les poissons, les mollusques et lcs annelides, p. 1-532. [Poissons, p.

104-351.]
1S22. Buchanan-Hamilton, Francis. An account of the fishes found in the river Ganges and its branches,

p. 1-40.5, pi. 1-39 (atlas). 4°. Edinburgh.
— . Proce, Marion de. Sur plusieurs especes nouvelles des poissons et des crustaces observers par M.

Marion de Proce\ Bulletin des Sciences par la Societe Philomathique de Paris 1822, p. 129-134.
1824. Quoy, Jean Rene Constant, et Gaimard, Paul. Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du roy,

execute1 sur les corvettes de S. M. I'Uranie et la Physicienne pendant les annees 1S17, 1818, 1819 et

1820, par M. Louis de Freycinet, commandant de l'expedition. Zoologie par MM. Quoy et Gaimard,

me"decins de l'expedition, p. 1-712. [Poissons, p. 183-401.] Paris.

1828. Ruppell, Edcard. Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Afrika, abth. 4, Fisclie des rothen Meers, 144 p.,

35 pi.
1828-49. Cuvier, Georges, et Valenciennes, A. Histoire naturelle des poissons, 22 1., 4°, 8337 p., pi. i-vm-f
9-650. Paris. T. n published in 1828; in, 1829; iv, 1829; v, 1830: vi, 1830: vn, 1831 ; vm, 1831;
ix, 1835; xi, 1836; xn, 1837; xin, 1839; xiv, 1839; xix, 1846.

1829. Cuvier, Georges. Le regne animal distribue* d'apres son organisation, pour servir de base a. l'liistoire

naturelle des animaux, et d'introduction a l'anatomie comparee, avec figures dessine'es d'apres nature.
Xouvelle edition, revue et augmentee, t. n, p. 1-406. [Poissons, p. 122-406.]
1830-34. Gray, John Edward. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of
Major-General Hardwicke. 2 vol. fol., London.

1831. Bennett, E. T. An exhibition of the collection of fishes formed at the Mauritius by Mr. Telfair. Pro-

ceedings of the Committee of the Zoological Society of London, vol. i, 1831 (Aug. 23), p. 126-128.

1832. Valenciennes, A. Descriptions de plusieurs especes nouvelles de poissons du genre Apogon. Nou

velles Annales du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, t. i, 1832, p. 51-60, pi. 4.
1838. Ruppell, Eduard. Neue Wirbelthiere, zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehorig, entdeckt und beschrieben

von Dr. Eduard Ruppell. Fische des rothen Meers, p. 1-148, pi. 1-33, 1835.
1S39. Lay, G. T., and Bennett, E. T. Zoology of Captain Beechey's voyage; compiled from the collection
and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the expedition, during a voyage
to the Pacific and Bering's Straits performed in His Majesty's ship Blossom in the years 1825, 1826,
1827, and 1828. Fishes.'p. 41-75, pi. xvi-xxm.
1842-18.50. Temminck, C. J., and Schlegel, H. Fauna japonica, Pisces, p. 1-324, pi. i-cxi.m. P. 1-20
published in 1842,21-72 in 1843; 73-112 in 1S44; 113-172 in 1845; 173-269 in 1846; 270-324 in 1SC0.
1845. Richardson, Sir John. The zoology of the voyage of the Sulphur, under the command of Sir Edward
Belcher, during the years 1836-42, 2 vol. in one, 8°, London, 1844. Edited and superintended by R. B.
Hinds. Ichthyology, p. 51-150, pi. 3.5-64, 1845.
1S46. — — ■ Report on the ichthyology of the seas of China and Japan. Report of the fifteenth meet-
ing of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Cambridge June, 1846,
p. 187-326.
1849. Bleekeh, P. A contribution to the knowledge of the ichthyological fauna of Celebes. Journal of the
Indian Archipelago and eastern Asia, vol. in, 1849, p. 65-74.

1S49-1854. . In Verhandelingen van bet Bataviaaseh Genootschap van Kunsten en Wctcnshap-

pen (articles paged independently):

Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Bali. 11 p. in deel XXII, 1849.

Bijdrage tot de kennis der sparoiden van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. 16 p., xxm, 1850.

Bijdrage tot de kennis der hai ingachtige visschen van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. 52 p.,

xxiv, 1852.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der makreelachtige visschen van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. 93

p., XXIV.
Nieuwe nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan. 132 p., pi. i-vi, deel xxvi, 1854.

FISHES OK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 109

1849-1858. Bleeker, P. In Xatuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Xederlandsch Indie:

Faunae ichthyologies? Java? insularumque adjacentium. Genera et species nova? (I). Deel i,

1850, p. 981108.
Ueber eenige nieuwe geschlachten en soorten van makreelacktige visschen van den indischen

archipel. i, 1850, 341-372.
Visschen van Billiton. i, 1850, 478-479.
Nieuwe bijdrage tot de biennis der Percoidei, Scleroparei, Sciaenoxdei, Sparoidci, Maenoidei,

Chaetodontoi'dei en Scomberoidei van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. n, 1851, 163 179.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthvologischc fauna van de Banda-Eilanden. n, 1851, 225-261.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthvologischc fauna van Riouw. n, 1851, 169 197
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Moluksche Eilanden. Visschen van

Amboina en Ceram. in, 1852, 229-309.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het ciland Banka. in, 1852, 443 100
Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het ciland Banka. in, 1852.

715 738.
Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes, m. 1852, 739 782
Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. iv. 1N53, 91 130.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate. iv. 1853, 131 110.
Diagnostische beschrijvingen van tueuwe weinig bekende vischsoorten van Sumatra iv, 1N53,

243-302.
Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe weinig bekende vischsoorten van Batavia. iv, 1S53,

451 510
Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate en BaJmaheira (Gilolo).

in, 1853, 595 010.
Bijdrage lot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Solor. v, 1N53, 07 90
Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthvologischc fauna van Ceram. 1 . 1853, 233 248
Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. V, 1853, 317-352.
Nieuwe tientallcn diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe weinig bekende vischsoorten van

Sumatra, v. 1853, 195 534,
Fauna ichthyologies? japonica' species nova1, vt, 1854,395-426.

Vijfclc bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. vt. 1854, 154 508.
Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthvologischc fauna van Celebes. Ml. 1854, 225 200.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Batjan. vn, 1854, 359 378.

Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. mu. 1855, 391 134.
Tweede bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Halmaheira (Gilolo). i.\. 1855,
105 112.

Achate bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. i\. 1S55. I'M 314.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het ciland Groot Obij. in. 1S55, 131 13S
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthvologischc fauna van het ciland Nias. xn, 1S.50, 211 22S.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Sangi-Filandcn. Mil, 1.X57, 309-380.
Derde bijdrage tot de kciinU der ielithvologische fauna van Bali, xvn (vierde serie, deel ml
1858-59, 141-175.
1850. Cantor, Theodore. Catalogue of Malayan fishes. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xvm.

pt. II, July-December, 1849, p. i-xn I 9S3 1 1 13. pi. t-xiv. Calcutta.
1850-57. Bleeker, 1'. In Verhandelingen der Natuurkundigc Vereeniging in Xederlandsch Indie, or Acta
Socielatis Scicntiarum Indo-Neerlandica' (articles paged independently);

Beschrijvingen van nieuwe en weinig bekende vischsoorten van Amboina, 70 p. in vol. i, 1857.
Beschrijvingen van nieuwe weinig bekende vischsoorten van Manado en Makassar, SO p.. I. 1856.
Achate bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina, 100 p., n, 1857.

1858. K.\ui',J. Uebersicht der Soleinse der vierten Subfamilie der Pleuronectida? Archiv fur Natur-

geschichte, jhg. xxiv, bd. i, 1858, p. 94-101.
1859-1870. GtiNTnER, Albert. Catalogue of the lishes in the collections of the British Museum. Vol, i, 1859;

ii,1860; in, 1861; iv, 1862; v, 1864; vi, 1866; vn. 1868; vm, 1870.
1861. Bleeker. P. lets iiber de geschlachten der Scaroiden en hunne [ndisch-Archipelagische soorten.

Verslagen en Meiledcelingen der Koninklijkc Akademie van Wetenschappen. afd. Xatuurkunde,

deel xn, 1861, p. 228-244. Amsterdam.
1861-1877. — — . Atlas ichthyologique des hides Orientates Neerlandaises, t. i-ix, 1240 p.. pi. i-ccccxx.

Fob, Amsterdam. T. i, published 1862; n, 1S66; m, 18(33; iv, 1864; v, 1865; VI, 1866-1872; vn,

1873-1876; vm, 1876-1877: ix (unfinished), 1877.
1865. — — . Description de quelques espe-ces inedites des genres Pseudorhombus et Platophrys de l'lnde

Archipelagique. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde, deel in, 1865, p. 43-50. Amsterdam.
1868. Peters, W. Ueber die von Hrn. Dr. F. Jagor in deni ostindisehen Archipel gesaminelten und dem

Koniglichen Zoologischen Museum ubergegebenen Fische. Monatsberichte der Koniglichen 1'reus-

sischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1868, p. 254-281.

110 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

1869. Bleeker, P. Description et figure d'une espece in^dite de Platycepale (Dec, 1867). Verslagen en

Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, afd. Natuurkunde, 2de reeks, deel in,
1N0S-1S69, p. 253-254.

1870. Klunzinger, Carl Benjamin. Synopsis der Fische des rothen Meers, i. theil. Verhandlungen der

K. K. Zoologisch-Botanisehe Gesellschaft zu Wien, bd. xx, 1870, p. 669-834.

1871. GtiNTiiER, Albert. Report on several collections of fishes recently obtained for the British Museum.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1871, p. 652-675, pi. liii-lxx.

1873. Bleeker, P. Revision des especes Indo-Archipelagiques du genre Lethrinus. Nederlandsch Tijd-
schrift voor de Dierkunde, deel it, 1873, p. 318-344.

. . Revision des especes Indo-Archipelagiques des genres Plectorhynchus et Pristipoma. Neder-
landseh Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde, deel iv, 1873, p. 273-317.

. Day, Francis. On some new or imperfectly known fishes of India and Burma. Proceedings of the

Zoological Society of London, 1873, p. 107-112.

1873-1S81. Gunther, Albert. Fische der Sudsee. Bd. i, p. 1-128, taf. 1-S3, 1873-1875: bd. n, p. 129-256,
taf. 84-140, 1876-1881. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 1873-1881. Hamburg.

187S. Day, Francis. The fishes of India: being a natural history of the fishes known to inhabit the seas and
fresh waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Vol. i, text, including Supplement, p. i-xx + l-S16: vol.
ii, Atlas, containing 198 plates. London, printed for the author, 1878-1888.

1885. Ramsay, E. Pierson and Douglas-Ogilby, J. Descriptions of new or rare Australian fishes. Proceed-
ings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, vol. x, 18S5, p. 575-579.

1895. Palacky, J. Die Verbreitung der Fische, p. 1-239. Prag.

. Elera, Castro de. Catalogo sistematieo de toda la fauna de Filipinas. i, Vertebrados, p. 1-701.

[Pisces, p. 45-621.] Manila.

. Boulenger, George Albert. Catalogue of the perciform fishes in the British Museum, 2d ed., vol. i,

containing Centrarchidse, Percidie, and Serranida? (part), p. 1-291, pi. i-xv. London.

1896-1900. Jordan, David Starr, and Evermann, Barton Warren. Fishes of North and Middle America,
published as Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum No. 47, pt. i-iv, p. 1-3313, pi. i-cccxcii. Pt. i
issued 1896: n and m, 1898; iv, 1900.

1901. Smith, Hugh M. Notes on five food-fishes of Lake Buhi, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Bulletin of the

U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xxi, 1901, p. 167-171, 3 fig.

1902. Smith, Hugh M. The smallest known vertebrate. Science, n. s., vol. xv, p. 30-31, Jan. 3, 1902.
. Jordan, David Starr, and Evermann, Barton Warren. Notes on a collection of fishes from the

Island of Formosa. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xxv, 1902, p. 315-368, figs. 1-29.

1903. Bryan, Wm. Alanson, and Herre, Albert C. Annotated list of the Marcus Island fishes. Occasional

Papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural History, Direc-
tor's Report for 1902 (1903), vol. n, no. i, p. 125-139.

1904. Fowler, Henry W. A collection of fishes from Sumatra. Journal of the Academy of Natural

Sciences Philadelphia, 2d ser., vol. xii, 1904 (June 10), p. 495-560, pi. vii-xxvni.
. . New, rare or little-known Scombroids. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences Phil-
adelphia 1901, p. 757-771.

1905. Jordan, David Starr, and Seale, Alvin. List of fishes collected by Dr. Bashford Dean on the island

of Negros, Philippines. Proceedings U. S. Natural Museum, vol. xxvm, 1905, p. 769-803, fig. 1-20.

. and Evermann, Barton Warren. The shore fishes of the Hawaiian Islands, with a general

account of t lie fish fauna. Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xxm. pt. i, 1903 (July 29, 1905),
p. 1-574, col. pi. i-lxxv, bl. and wh. pi. 1-65, text fig. 1-229.

1906. Smith, Eugh M., and Seale, Alvin. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Island of Mindanao,

Philippine Archipelago, with descriptions of new genera and species. Proceedings of the Biological

Society of Washington, vol. xix, 1906 (June 4). p. 73-82.
. Jordan, David Stare, and Seale, Alvin. The fishes ,,f Samoa. Description of the species found

in the archipelago, with a provisional check-list of the fishes of Oceania. Bulletin U. S. Buieau

of Fisheries, vol. xxv, 1905 I Dec. 15, 1906), p. 173-455. pi. xxxiii-liii, text fig. 1-104.
. . Fishes of the islands of Luzon and Panay. Bulletin of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.

vol. xxvi, 1906, p. .

. Evermann, Barton W., and Seale. Alvin. Fishes collected in the Philippine Islands by Maj. Edgar

A. Mearns, Surgeon, U. S. Army. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xxxi. 1906. p. 505-512.

INDEX.

Pttge

Abudefduf antjerins 93

bankieri 92

curacao 93

cyaneus 92

glaucps. 93

septem fascia tua 93

unimaculatus 93

xanthurua 92

zonatus 92

Acanthuridii' 97

Acanthurus unicornis 9s

Achirua hartzfeldii 106

aculeatus, Ballatapua too

acuminatum, Heniochuq 97

Aeollscua strigatua

afer, (Tymnothorax 56

afflnis, Caranx 64

albaiensis, Hypomacrus 102

alexanders Pomacentrua 90

altivclis. Cromlleptea 78

Ambassldae , 76

Ambassia lungi 7S

u rot sen la 75

amboinensis, Lutianus B1

Amia chrysopoma 7J

endekatsenia 73

Easciata 72

ir.i nata 71

hartzfeldi 72

Jenkins J 73

koilomatodon 71

tnargaritophora 74

monochroua 72

aovse-guinea; ■ 7J

quadrlfasciata 71

sangiensia 72

savayensis 72

anchorago, Chaeropa 95

Aiiciiuvi;! indice 54

Anguillamauritiana 56

anguillaris, Plotosus i6

AnguilHdse

Inodontostoma chacunda 54

antjerius, Abudefduf 93

^.pogonichthyidse 71

Apogonichthys mentalis 71

Archamia bleekeri 75

macropteroides. 74

argenteus, tfonodactylus 71

Otolithus 87

argufl. Ephippua 97

argyrophanes, Saurida 54

Page.

armatus, Curanx 65

Atherinida? 59

Atherina forskalii 19

laeunosH '

teniminckii 59

auriga.Chittodon %

auritum, Choeropfl

baconenats, Kystsma '.*.•

baillonii. Trachinntna ' (16

ballnensis, Callyodon 96

Ballatapua aculeatus 100

undulatus 100

Ballstes Qavunarginatua 99

alger 99

Baliatidaa 99

bankieri, Abudefduf 92

barberinus, Pseudupeneus 88

bataviensis, Platycephalua 103

belengeri, Jobnfus v7

Belonidffi 58

bennetti, Cantbigaster , 101

tleatus, » rasterotokeus 57

bifasciatus, Pseudupeneus v>>

bilineatum, - 84

biocellatus, Gloasogobius L04

bleekeri, Archamia 75

Blenniidaj 104

ck, Cephalopholis 77

1 ps, Caranx 68

brachj somus, Scomber 61

brevis, Caranx 65

bulanensia, Scolopsda *-r>

Butis leucurua 101

1 isesio ca rulaurens s:t

cbrysozona B3

cuning

calamara, Sparua 86

riferum, 11 •tropoma 78

CalUonymidse L09

Calliurichthys reevesii 103

Callyodon balinensia %

lacerta 96

oktodon 96

quoyi 96

1 alotomns genistriatus 95

can "in- J ; . 1 ' ■ 1 ; •. centron 61

cancel latum, Scolopsis si

caninus, Pentapus 84

Cantbigaster bennetti 103

compressua 1111

Carangidse 62

1 laranx affinia 64

i

IT

INDEX.

Page.

Caranx arnmtus 65

boops 63

brevis G5

cynodon 64

djeddaba 65

f reeri 63

kalla 65

ophthalmotaema 64

sexfasciatus 65

speciosus 64

celebicus, Hepatua 97

Plectorhynchus 84

( Jentriscidae '. 57

Cephalopholis boenack 77

kendalli 76

obtusauris 77

pachycentron 76

chacunda, Anodontostoma 54

Chaetodon auriga 96

falcula 96

octofasciatus 96

selene 96

unimaculatus 97

vagabundus 96

l lhaetodontidse 96

Cheilinus chlorurus 93

Easciatus 93

Cheilio inermis : 93

chinensis, Monacanthus 100

Cbirocentridaa 53

Chirocentrua dorab 53

chlorurus, Cheilinua 93

Chcerops anchorago 95

auritum 95

ebrysopoma, Amia 72

chiysotamia, Plectorhynchus 81

chrysozona, Casio 83

Citulahalli 65

Clupeidae 53

clupeoides, Sardinella 54

coeruleopunctatus, Scarichthya 95

compressus, Cantbigastei 101

cord via, Megalaspia 65

comutus, Holocentrus 60

Corythroichthys elerse 57

cristatua, Oxyurichthya 104

Cromileptes altivelis 78

Ctenochsetus atriatua 97

cuning, Caesio 83

Curacao, Abudefduf 93

cyaneus, Abudefduf 9'J

cynodon, Caranx 64

cyprinoides, Megalopa 53

Cypsilurus simus 58

Decapterua kurra 63

i :rosi onus 63

decussatus, Lutianus 79

delicatulus, Stolephorua 53

Dendrochirus zebra 103

Diacopesebai 7s

dispar, Zenarchopterus 59

djeddaba, Caranx 65

dorab, Chirocentrua 53

Dorosomatidse 54

dussumieri, Leiognathus 67

Umbrina 87

dussumierii, Hyporhamphua 5s

Page.

Echeneidee 104

Echeneis uaucrates 104

edentula, Leiognathus 69

edwardsi. Leiognathus 68

elera?, Corythroichthys 57

Elopidse 53

Elops saurus 53

Enimelichthys leucogrammicus 71

endekatsenia, Amia 73

Engraulidse 54

Epinephelus fasciatua 75

maculatus 76

merra 75

tauvina 75

Ephippida- 97

Ephippus argus 97

Equulidse 67

eruruei, Psettodes 106

erythropterus, Lutianus 80

Exoccetida.' 5s

falcula. Chaetodon 96

fasciata, Amia 11

fasciatus, Cheilinus 93

Epinephelus 75

Leiognathus 69

Salarias 104

Fistularia petimba 56

aerrata 57

Fistulariid.i' 56

flavimarginatus, Balistes 99

forskalii, Atherina '. 59

fnt'iuita. Amia 71

frccri, Caranx 63

fulviflamma. Lutianus 79

furvicaudatus, Lutianus 80

fuscescens, Siganua 98

Gasterotokcus biaculeatua 57

Gazza niinuta 69

tapeinosoma 69

genistriatus, Calotomus 95

Gerridse 69

gibbosum, Oatracion 101

gibbUS, Lutianus 80

giganteus, Tylosurus 58

gilbcrti, Myctophnm

giurls, Glossogobius 104

glaucus, Abudefduf 93

Glossogobius biocellatus 10 1

giuris mi

Gobiida; 104

goldmanni, Plectorhynchus. si

gracilis, Saurida 54

gracilis. Stolephorua 53

< ; rani iu isti's sexlineatus 78

grammistes, Petroscirtea 104

guttatua, Halichceres 94

Gymnocranius lethrinoides 81

Gymnosarda pelamis 61

Gymnothorax afer , 56

richardsoni 56

Hamuli. la' 83

Ha lich ceres guttatua 94

leparensia 95

miniatus 94

nigrescens 94

pcecilus 95

purpurescens 94

INDEX.

Ill

Page.

Halichoeres scapularis 94

halli.Citula 65

hamnir, Priacanthus 78

harak, Lethrinus S6

Harengula moluccensis

hartzfeldi, Amia "2

hartzfeldii, Achirus 106

hauniela, Trichiurus 62

Hemiramphus margin a tus 58

Heniochus acuxninatus 97

Hepatus celebicus 97

heterorhinos, Soleichthys 107

hexophthalma, Parapercia 108

bcevenii, Ilisha 54

Holoeentridae 60

Holocentrua cornutus go

Hyporhamphus dussumierii 58

quoyi 58

Hypomacrus 101

albaiensis 102

hypselogeneion, Lagocephalus 100

bypselopterus, Lethrinus H6

Ilisha hcevenU 54

indica, Anehovia • I

indicua, Pseudupeneua

inermis, CheiliO 93

insidiator, Platycephalus 103

japonicus, Mulloides *s

Nemipterua %*

Scomber 61

jarbua, Terapon 83

javanlcus, Platophrys 105

javus, Siganus 9*

jello. Spbyraena 59

jenkinsi, Anna 73

jerdoni, Pomaeentrns 89

johnii, Lutianus 79

John ins belengeri s7

kalla, Oaranx

kapas, Xystrrma 70

kendalli, Cephalopholis 76

koilomatodon, Amia 71

Konosirus thrissa .i

kurra, Decapteru* 63

Labracinus melanotsenia '.'.">

trlspilos 96

Labrida- 93

Labroidea paradiseus ! i

lacerta, CaJlyodon 96

Lactarius lactarius 68

lactarius, Lactarius 63

laeunosa, Atherina 59

Lagocephalua hypselogeneion 100

langsar, Sphyrsna 60

Leiognathus dussumieri 67

ederitula 69

edwardsi 08

fasciatus 69

splendens 67

sterc irariua 67

virgatus 67

leiuroides Tylosurua 58

lepurciiM\ Halichcerea 95

Lepidaplois mesothorax 94

lethrinoides, Gyxnnocranius 81

Lethrinus harak 86

hypselopterus 86

Page.

Lethrinus mahsenoides ST

mu-nsii 86

nematacanthiis St'

richardsoni B6

ornatus y7

varii gatua 86

leucogrammicus, Kmmeliebthys 71

leucurus, Butis 104

lineatuv Lutianus 81

>1^:HiUS 98

Lineolatus, Lutianus 81

littoralifl, Pomacentrus 89

I,d unimaculatus '.|S

lunaris, Spberoides 101

Thalassoma 94

lungi, Ambassis 75

lunulatos, Lutianus 80

luteus, Pseudupeneua 89

Lutianida- 78

Lutianus amboinensifi Bl

decussatus "9

erythropterus s"

fulvitlammu 79

Eurvicaudatus ^'0

globus B '

Johnii 79

lineatus Bl

lineolatus Bl

luQulatus 80

iuzonius 79

malabaricus 81

monostigma "9

quinquelineatus 79

vitta M

luzonia, Scolopsis s~>

lu/»>nius, Lutianus 79

macracanthus, Platycephalns 103

macrolepidotus, Novaculichthys 'M

macrolepis, Myripristis 60

Billago 87

macropteroides, Arehamia 74

macrosomus, Decapterus 63

macmrus, Monacanthua 100

maculatua, Epinephelua 76

Poxnadaafs 83

M;i nidi "1

mabsei les, Lethrinus 87

malabaricus, Lutianus si

margaritiferum, Scolopsis 84

margaritophora, Amia 74

marginatum Hemiramphus 58

mauritiana. Anguilla 56

Megalaapia cordyla 65

Megali »i >s cyprinoides 53

melanotaenia, Lab racinus 95

mental is, Apogonic hthys 74

merra, Epinephelua 75

mesothorax, Lepidaplois *.'i

microlepidotus, Scomber 61

microphthalmia, Myripristis 60

miniatus, Halichcerea 94

minuta. Gazza 69

moana, Pseudupeneus 88

mcensii, Lethrinus 86

moluccensis, Harengula 53

Pomacentrus 89

Monacanthida- * 100

IV

INDEX.

Page.

Monacanthus chinensis 100

macrurus 100

monochrous, Amia , 72

Monodacty lus argenteus 71

monogram nn i^. Scolopsis 85

monostigma, Lutianus 79

Mugilplanicepa 59

sundanensis 59

Mugilidae 59

Mullidse *7

Mulloides japonicus *^

samoensis 87

vanicolensis 87

Muraenidse 56

murdjan, Myripristis 60

Myctophidse 55

Myctophum gilberti 55

myops, Trachinocephalus e 55

Myripristis maerolepis 60

microphthalmus 60

murdjan 00

pralinius 60

naucrates, Echeneis 104

neglectus, Platophrya 105

nematacanthus, Lethrinua 86

Nemipterua japonicus S2

nemurua 81

oven ii ^ 82

tseniop'.erus 82

worcesteri , 81

nemurus, Nemipterua 81

Neaogrammus 61

piersoni 61

Netuma thalassinus 56

niger, Balistes 99

nigreseens, Halichceres 94

nigricans, Pharopteryx 78

nigrofasciata, Seriola 63

nigropunctatus, Tetraodon 101

N) itotheniidse \ 103

Novaculichthys macrolepidotus 94

novse-guinese, Amia 72

« ibtusata, Sphyrsena 60

obtusauris, Cephalopholis 77

octofasciatus, Chaetodon 96

oktodon.Callyodon 96

Ophicephalidae 103

Ophicephalus striatum 103

ophthalmodynia, Caranx 64

orbicularis, Platax 97

win at us. Lethrinua 87

Osbeckia scripta 100

Ostraciidse 101

Ostracion gibbosum 101

tuberculatum 101

Otolithus argenteus 87

ovenii, Nemipterus 82

( (xyurichthys cristatus 104

pachycentron. Cephalopholis 76

palad.Platophrys 105

panther! nus, Platophrya 105

paradiseus, Labroides 94

Paxapercis hcxophthalma 103

Pardachirus pavoninus 107

pa von in us Pardachirus 107

pi lam is, Gymnosarda 61

Pempherldae 75

Page.

Pempheris vanicolensis 75

Pentapus canlnus 84

setosua 84

perforata, Sardinella ". . 54

petimba, Fistularia 56

Petroscirtes grammistes 104

Pharopteryx nigricans 78

phekadopleura, Stethojulis 93

philippinus, Pomaeentrus 91

Zenarchopterua 59

pictus, Plectorhynchus 81

piersoni, Nesograxamus 61

Pinjalo typua 81

Ploctropoma oalrariferum 78

planiceps, Mugil 59

Platacida- 97

Platophrys javanicus 105

neglectus 105

palad 105

pantherinus 105

russellii 105

Platycephalidje 103

Platycephalus bataviensis 103

insidiator 103

macracanthus 103

Platax orbicularis 97

Plectorhynchus celebicus 84

chrysotsenia 84

goldmanni 84

pictus 84

Plotosidse 56

Plotosus anguillaris 56

p< i -ci lus, Halichceres 95

Pomacentridse 89

Pomaeentrus olexanderae 90

jerdoni 89

littoralis 89

moluccensis 89

philippinus 91

popei 90

tseniurus 89

trimaculatus 89

tripunctatus 89

Pomadasis maculatus 83

p< »pei, Pomaeentrus 90

pralinius, Myripristis 60

Priacanthidpe 78

Priacanthus hamrur 78

1 'sammoperca waigiensis 7s

Psettodes erumei 106

Pseudochromidse 95

Pseudupeneus barberinua 88

bifasciatus S8

indicus S8

luteus 89

moana S8

spilurus 88

Pteroia volitana 103

punctatum, Xystsema 69

purpurescens. Halichceres 94

puta, Terapon 83

quadrifasciata, Amia 71

quadrilineatus. Terapon 83

quinquelineatus, Lutianus 79

quoyi, Callyodon 96

Hyporhamphus 58

Rachycentron canadus 61

INDKX.

Page.

reevesli, Calliurichthya 103

ricbardsoni, ' rymnothorax 56

Lethrinus 86

russelli, (Tmbrina 87

russellii, Platophrya 105

Salarias fasciatus 104

samoensis, Mulloides 87

sangiensis, Amia 72

Sardinella clupeoides 54

perforata 54

Saurida argyn tphanes ^

gracilis 54

saurus, Elopa 68

Bavayensis, Amia 72

scabra, Sebastopsis 102

Bcapularis, Halichceres 94

Scarich thy idee 95

Scarichthys 'nruleopunctatus 95

Scisenids 87

Scolopsis bilineatum 84

bulatiensis 85

cancellation 84

luzonia 85

maxgaritiferum 84

monogrammus 85

Scomber brachysomus 61

japonicua 61

microlepidotus 61

Scomberoides toleo^parab 6*2

Scom bridge 61

Scorpasnidse 101

Seorpidida 71

scripts i ►abeckia 100

aebse, Diacope 78

Bebaetopiatea trlstls 102

Sebastopsia scabra 102

Bel( n.-. ChS t Oi I "ii 96

septnn fascial us, Vhudt-fdiif 93

Berranldae "5

serrata, Fistularia 5

Seriola nigrofasciata 63

setosus, Pentapus s*

sextasciatus, Caranx 65

sexlineatus, Grammistea 78

Siganidce 98

Siganua fuscesceus 98

javus 98

1 i uca t us 98

vermlculatus 98

virgatus 98

Sillaginidee 87

Sillago macrolepis 87

SUuridse 56

simuB, Cypsilurus 58

Soleichthys heterorhinos 107

Soleida- 106

sorsogonensis, Synaptura 106

Sparidse 86

Sparua cnlamara 86

speciosus, Caranx 64

spilurus, Pseudupeneua 88

Bpheroidea lunaria 101

Sphyrsena jello 59

langsar 60

obtusata 60

Bphyraenidse 59

splendens, Leiognathus 67

stercorarius, Leiognathus 67

Stethojulis phekadopleura 93

zatima 93

Stolephorus delicatulus

gracilis 58

striatals, Ctenochsetus 97

Ophicephalus 103

strigata, Valenciennes 104

strigatus, Aeoliscus 57

sulphurus, CJpeneus 88

sundaicus, Upeneua 88

sundanensis, Mugil

-\ i upturn sorsogonensis 106

SyngnathidsB 57

lontidse ''4

Bynodus varius

tseniopteros, Nemipteraa

tamiurus, Pomacentrus 89

tapt'inosuina, Gazza

Taurichthys varins 97

tauviua, Epinephelus 7">

temminckii, Atherina

Tt-rapon jarbua 83

puta 83

quadrilineatus 83

therapa

Tetraodon nigropunctatus 101

Tetrai dontidte 100

thalasatnus, Netuma

Tbalassoma lunaria (M

theraps, Tcrapon 83

thriasa, Konosirus • (

toloo-parah, Scomberoides 62

Trachinocephalus myops. 55

i rau oinotue bail Ion ii 66

tragula, Openeus 88

Trichiuridffi

Trichiurua haumela

trimaculatas, Pomacentrus 39

trlpunctatus, Pomacentrus 39

trispilos, Labracinus 95

tristis, Sebastopistes 102

turberculatum, I tstracion 101

fylosuma giganteus

hi i in .ides 58

typus, Pinjalo 81

Dmbrina dussumieri s7

russelli s;

undulatus, Balistapus 100

unicornis, Acanthurus 98

unimaculatus, Abudefdnf

Chaetodon 97

Lo 98

Upeneus sulphurus gg

sundaicus 8-s

tragula ^

urotania, Ambassis 75

ragabundus, Chaetodon 96

Valenciennes strigata 1U4

vanicolensls, Mnlloidea s:

Pempheris 75

rariegatus, Lethrinus 86

varius, Taurichthys 97

VI

INDEX.

Page.

varius, Synodus 55

verniiculatus, Siganus 98

virgatus, Leiognathus 67

Siganus 98

vitta, Lutianus 81

volitans. Pterois 103

waigiensis, Psammupeiva 78

worcesteri, Nemiptcrus 81

xanthurus, Abudefduf 92

Page.

Xysta^ma baconensis 69

kapas "0

punotatuni 69

zatima, Stethojulis 93

zebra, Dendrochirus 103

Zunarchopterus dispar 59

philippiuus 59

zonatus, Abudefduf 92

n

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH.

By EDWIN LINTON, Ph. D.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 611.

Ill

CONTENTS.

Paee.

Historical account 113

Description of scolcx. cyst and blastocyst 114

Distribution and number of cysts in butterfish 115

Details of examinations of butterfish for cysts 1 16

Habitats of the parasite . 122

Adult stage - 122

Encysted stage 122

Effect of the presence of cysts on weight of host 125

Life history of the parasite - 126

Special case of butterfish and hammerhead shark 127

Food of hammerhead shark 127

Food of 1 mtterfish 127

Economic considerations 128

Problems suggested 130

Explanation of plates 131

112

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH.

By EDWIN LINTON. Ph. D.

HISTORICAL ACCOUNT.

During the summer of 1904, at the laboratory <>f the Bureau of Fisheries at
Woods Hole, Mass., while I was engaged in the study of helminth parasites of fishes,
a particular case of parasitism was called to my attention by Dr. Lynd .Tones,
who had observed the frequency of a parasite in the flesh of lmtterlish, Poronotus,
triacanthus, which he had been feeding to terns.

The parasites occur in the muscle tissue of their host in the form of small cyst s
usually less than 1 millimeter in length. Each cyst consists of a connective-tissue
envelop surrounding a plerocercua (blastocyst) in which is the scolex of a cestodc
worm. In most of the cases examined the scolex was found to he sufficiently devel-
oped to admit of its being referred to the species Otoboihrium crenacoUe. The
adult of this species, first found by me in the spiral valve of the hammerhead shark
(Sjiliijnm zygaena), was made the type of a new genus."

The genus Otoboihrium is distinguished from Ehynchoboihrium by the presence
of two supplemental eversible organs on each of the two bothria. These supple-
mental organs are covered with minute spine-like bristles, and appear either as
small pits or small papilla-, depending Oil whether they are inverted or everted. In
1901 1 recorded from the muscles of the hutterfish cestodes that should have been
referred to this species, hut, their real nature not hemp recognized at that time, they
were wrongly placed in the genus Rhynchoboihrium.h For the purpose of comparison
witli observations recorded for the first time in this paper, I make the following
extract from the record cited:

On August 26, 1S99, 2 butterfish * * * were submitted to me by Dr. C. Judson Herrick. * * *
The muscles between the ribs contained great numbers of small cysts. When one of these was compressed,
a blastocyst was liberated, from which, upon further pressure, a larval cestode * * * could be obtained.
Fortj <>! these cysts were counted in a space 4 millimeters square.

Similar conditions were observed in a butterfish brought to me by Mr. E. E. Tyzzer August 17, 1900,
and in another examined the following day.

a Linton, Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes of New England. Report of the Commissioner of Fish and
Fisheries for 1887, p. 849-853, pi. xin, fig. 9-15, and pi. xiv, fig. 1-4.

b Linton, Parasites of fishes of the Woods Hole region. U. S. Fish Commission Bulletin for 1S99, vol.
xix, p. 453-454, pi. xxm. fig. 255-256a, and pi. xxiv, fig. 265.

113
B. H. F. 1908—8

114 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

In these cases enormous numbers of cysts were seen in the muscles. They were most abundant on the
ventral side of the vertebral column, between the subvertebral spines. They were also scattered through
the dorsal region, lying deep among and near the dorsal vertebral spines. The cysts are small, oval, about
1 mm. in length and somewhat less in shorter diameter. * * * Dimensions of larva in millimeters: Length,
0.7; bothria nearly circular, 0.3 in diameter; diameter of neck, 0.1. Contractile bulbs very short.

Since the foregoing record was made I have found this parasite in a number of
different hosts at Beaufort, N. C.a, Woods Hole, Mass., and in Bermuda. Details
of these finds are given in my reports on these localities and a list of the hosts is
given later in this paper.

Beginning with August 8, 1904, a systematic search was made for these
parasites in the flesh of thebutterfish and examinations were made on nine different
dates that season, the last on October 12. The fish came from Buzzards Bay, near
the village of Woods Hole; Nomans Land, a small island which lies some five miles
at sea off the western end of Vineyard Sound : Montauk, Long Island, and Barnegat,
X. J. In all, 188 fishes were examined, of which only one-half of 1 per cent were
without parasites in the flesh, and 75 per cent were badly infested. Prior to August
8 a lew butterfish had been examined, but search was made only on and in the
viscera. Of these examinations I find in my notes on the dates July 20 and 25
mention of finding on the viscera small cysts containing living blastocysts, which,
though not sufficiently developed for certain identification, are very probahly
Otobothrium crenacoUe. It is somewhat surprising in the light of the subsequent
discovery of the prevalence of this parasite in the flesh of the butterfish, and in the
intestinal walls of many other fish, that the viscera of the butterfish should be so
free from it.

During the summers of 1905 and 1906 the search for parasites was continued
and a total of 331 fish were examined. Of these 42 per cent were badly infested,
and only 11 per cent revealed no parasites.

DESCRIPTION OF SCOLEX, CYST AND BLASTOCYST.

Scolex. — In most cases where the cysts were opened the scoleces were found
to l>e sufficiently developed to admit of identification. So far as can be determined
from the scolex alone the species is Otoboihrium crenacoUe. The bothria agree
closely with those of the adult as found in the spiral valve of the hammerhead.
The proportions of the head and neck, the blunt salient angles, and the crenulate
holder of the posterior end of the neck produced by the diverging posterior ends
of the contractile bulbs are all in close agreement with similar features in the adult.
The hooks on the proboscides, although seen to present considerable variety, are not
in disagreement with what I have observed in the adult (fig. 12-16). The peculiar
accessory organs on the bothria were found to be present in all scoleces that possessed
well-developed proboscides, and they were found to have longer bristles than was
noted in the original descriptions (fig. 10, 11). They are eversible, and together
with the proboscides often showed signs of life where the scolex was otherwise
quiescent.

" Linton, Parasites of fish.es of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bulletin Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxiv,
1904, p. 32] -428, pi. i xxxiv.

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OB' THE BUTTERFISH.

115

Cyst and blastocyst. — The walls of the cysts are comparatively thin, and in
sections are seen to be made up of a few concentric layers of connective tissue.

The plerocercus or blastocyst has a large number of comparatively coarse
calcareous bodies in the parenchyma; abundant contractile fibers occur in its wall,
whose outer layer is a dense cuticle. Each blastocyst contains a single scolex.

The cysts lie both in the connective tissue septa and in the midst of the muscle
bundles. While the usual shape is oval, with longer diameter about 1 millimeter or
less, and the shorter diameter approximately two-thirds .if the longer, a considerable
variety may be found where a large number of cysts is examined. For example,
among cysts removed from a fish in the lot from Barnegat, X. J., the following
dimensions, in millimeters, were recorded:

Shorter

diameter.

diameti r.

mm.

mm.

1...

0.57

0.57

-•

u 7.-.

1

0.90

0.75

1

1 1.'

0.75

1.35

0.75

'

1 n.i

ii 45

In this lot the following additional measurements were made: Diameter of
proboscis, with hooks, 0.023; without hooks, 0. Oil : length of longer hooks, 0.008.
Figures lL'-lli show more variation in size ami shape of hooks in different parts of
the proboscis than has been hitherto recorded for this species.

DISTRIBUTION AND NUMBER OF CYSTS IN BUTTERFISH.

The distribution of the cvsts in the body of the lish is determined, in some
degree at least, by the position of the principal blood vessels. This is indicated
by the great uniformity which is maintained in the areas of infection. In all
cases where fish were found to he badly infested the greatest number of cysts
was found on the ventral side of the backbone, approximately halfway between
the abdominal cavity and the base of the caudal (in as in figure 1. While this
drawing was made from an actual dissection, it might well he a generalized sketch
or composite of all the more badly infested lish.

There are in general four areas of greatest infection. Named in the order of
the greatest number of cysts in each they are:

1. Below the backbone between the abdominal cavity and the caudal fin.

2. Below the backbone and above the caudal third of the abdominal cavity.

3. Above the backbone and opposite area 1.

4. Above the backbone, opposite area 2, about halfway between the backbone
and the dorsal surface.

116 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

•

There was also observed, in a considerable number of the more badly infested
fish, a cluster of cysts close behind the caudal border of the skull (fig. 1). Not all
the fish opened were examined for parasites in this position, but enough to make the
conclusion very probable that all badly infested fish have this cluster of cysts
behind the skull. None were found to occupy this position except in fish which
harbored large numbers of parasites, and they were found in all the badly infested
fish in which special search was made for them.

If these cysts are present in the muscles of a fish they are easily found by
splitting the fish and removing the flesh from one side of the skeleton. If the fish
is badly infested it will be found to present some such appearance as that shown
in figure 1. When an infested fish has been opened in this manner, while many
cysts may be found in the muscle tissue which has been removed, a much larger
number will be found on the skeletal portion, where they lie in greatest numbers
between the vertebral spines. Masses of cysts completely filling the interspinous
spaces, especially on the ventral side of the vertebrae, were of common occurrence.
Some of these masses were as much as 5 and 10 millimeters in length and 3 and 4
millimeters thick. .Since an interspinous space is not far from 5 millimeters wide
it may be seen, allowing a cyst to occupy a space equivalent to a sphere 1 millimeter
in diameter, that from 120 to 400 cysts may be found in a single interspinous space.
This theoretical estimate was abundantly verified by calculations based on actual
count. Many of the badly infested fish also had numerous cysts lateral to the
centra of the vertebra?, especially in that part of the backbone lying dorsal to the
abdominal cavity.

The cysts are easily recognized without the aid of a lens. Their outline is
usually short oval. Their color is in some cases a translucent bluish white, in others
ivory white, in others yellowish white.

DETAILS OF EXAMINATIONS OF BUTTERFISH FOR CYSTS.

August 8, 1904- — One. Cysts very numerous in the flesh. This specimen was
submitted to me by Dr. Lynd Jones, who stated that he had noticed these small
cysts in the flesh of butterfish which he had been feeding to terns, while he had seen
nothing of the kind in other fish which he had been cutting up for the same purpose.

On the same date two other fish were examined. Cysts were found in large
numbers in each. While these cysts were somewhat variable in size, they did not
exceed 1 millimeter in length. Measurements of a typical one yielded the following
results in millimeters: Length 0.75, breadth 0.60; the blastocyst when liberated
front the cyst contracted and extended itself actively and varied from 0.4 to 0.7
in length; the larva, liberated from the blastocyst, also active, measured 0.67 in
length.

August 18. — Six fish were examined for parasites in the muscle tissue and
were all found to be infested. Two had few parasites, one had many, and each of
the other three had enormous numbers. The cysts were oval and 0.8 by 0.7 milli-
meter in the two principal diameters. The favorite resting place of the cysts is
on the ventral side of the vertebral column, between and near the ventral spinous
processes. In the most highly parasitized fish the underside of the backbone from
a point opposite the insertion of the pectoral fin to the tail was thickly beset with

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 117

cysts. The maximum number occurred in a region between the seventh and
twelfth vertebra from the tail. It was estimated that 1,200 cysts were exposed in
a fish 21 centimeters in length laid open as shown in fig. 1, but since many of the
cysts could not be seen, the actual number in the fish was much greater than this.
The region above the backbone, while not having so many cysts as the ventral
region, still had large numbers. These were most abundant between the dorsal
spinous processes of about the seventh to the tenth or twelfth vertebra from the
tail, and in the thoracic region, about halfway between the backbone and the
dorsum. Both above and below the backbone cysts were scattered more or less
thickly for a distance of 25 to 30 millimeters from the vertebra. In those tish
which had but few parasites the cysts were widely scattered both above and below
the backbone. In some places cysts were seen lying as close as it was possible for
them to lie in spaces as much as 5 millimeters square, the clusters having a thickness
of 2 or 3 millimeters.

August 17. — Two fish, 187 and 200 millimeters in length, respectively, were
examined and each found to be badly infested. Another, 75 millimeters in length,
was examined at the same time, but no cysts were found in its flesh.

August 18. — Eight fish examined. Two of these. 50 and 75 millimeters in
length, respectively, had no cysts in the flesh. The others, 125 to 175 millimeters
in length, each had cysts in the (lesh. These cysts, as in other instances observed,
were most abundant about the posterior third on the ventral side of the backbone
between the ventral spines.

August 24- — Fourteen fish from 175 to 200 millimeters in length, and one 100
millimeters in length, were examined. Cysts were numerous in all the larger fish,
and very numerous, i. e., several thousand, approximately, in all hut two or three of
the fourteen. In the small specimen only two cysts were found, although careful
search was made. One of these was a I it lie hack of the middle and near the ventral
side of the backbone; the other was at about the posterior third and halfway between
the backbone and the dorsal surface of the body. These two cysts were ivory while.
One of them contained a scolex; in the other a scolex had not yd developed.

In the badly infested fish cysts were most abundant along the backbone between
the vertebral spines. The cysts were most abundant on the ventral side of the
backbone in most of the fish. A few of the fish had the cysts massed in a space
two or three centimeters in extent on the ventral side of the backbone, a short
distance behind the abdominal cavity. The cysts in a few other instances were
most abundant about the middle of the body — as many above as there were below t he
backbone. The color of the cysts, except in the case cited above, was yellowish, enough
to make a fairly sharp contrast with the llesh of the host. Apparently the larger fish
had been affected with these llesh parasites for some time. Most of them were in
rather poor condition. So far as examined it was found that the usual immature
nematodes were present on the abdominal viscera, but not in unusual numbers.

August 26. — Seventy-three fish examined. Of these, 57 ranged in length from
190 to 210 millimeters: the remaining 14 were from 110 to 162 millimeters in length.
Cysts were found in the flesh of every one of the 73. They were very numerous
in 51 of the 57 larger fish. Even those of the 51 which were least infected still
harbored approximately several thousand cysts. The remaining 6 of the larger
fish had few cysts — that is to say, upon splitting one of them only a few scattering
cysts were seen, or, in a few cases, clusters with the cysts somewhat scattered.
The number of cysts visible in a split fish, in these slightly parasitized specimens,
varied from a dozen or less to 50 or more.

118 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OB' FISHERIES.

The distribution of cysts was in general in agreement with what has been
given under previous dates. In the worst cases the cysts were collected in dense
granular masses which filled completely several of the interspinous spaces both
above and below the backbone. In those which were most infested there were
also clusters of cysts in the head just behind the skull. A few cysts were seen
below the ventral end of the abdominal cavity, and a few also on the viscera. In
the larger fish the cysts were usually yellowish, and contained mature scoleces; in
the smaller fish they were for the most part white, and, so far as examined, with imma-
ture scoleces. In cases of slight infection the cysts were found scattered at irregular
intervals above and below the backbone, prevailingly behind the abdominal cavity.
In many of the fish which were only slightly parasitized, clusters of cysts, 20 or 30
in each cluster, were lodged above the body cavity but below the backbone.

Of the 14 smaller fish, 4 had many cysts in the flesh; the remaining 10 had few.
One of them, the smallest in the lot, was at first thought to be free of cysts, but
upon a careful examination one cyst was found below the backbone about the
posterior third.

The scoleces from cysts in the smaller fish, so far as examined, were immature,
most of them with hooks not yet developed on the proboscides, nor accessory organs
on the bothria; scoleces from cysts in the larger fish had hooks on the proboscides
and accessory organs on the bothria.

The cysts vary somewhat in size, but the usual diameter was from 0.5 to 0.7
millimeter. The blastocysts have the parenchyma filled with relatively coarse
calcareous bodies. The calcareous bodies in the scoleces are numerous, but very
much smaller than those of the blastocysts.

August 30. — Sixty-nine fish were examined. These were taken in a fish pound
at Nomans Land on the 29th. Each fish in this lot was split open so as to expose
the vertebrae, with the dorsal and ventral vertebral spines. Details of infection are
given in the table below. In general, it may be said that practically every fish har-
bored parasites in the flesh. In the few cases where no parasites were seen, it is to
be noted that what is meant is that no parasites were seen in the median section of
the fish. In a few of the fish in which at first no cysts were seen, further search by
scraping off some of the flesh brought one or more cysts into view. The smallest
fish had fewest cysts, and the cases of most numerous cysts occurred among the
largest fish.

The number of cysts visible in a single interspinous space was found to be from
100 to 150 in two of the worst cases of infection. In such cases from 10 to 12 con-
tiguous interspinous spaces contained each approximately the same number of
cysts. This does not represent the actual number of cysts, but only those which
could be seen without further dissection than is involved in laying the fish open in
the manner described above.

The following table contains a record of cysts seen on the exposed surface of
each of the 69 fish of this lot opened as above described. The number, where not
specifically stated, is indicated approximately by the words " few," " several," " scat-
tering," "many," "numerous," and " very numerous." In a few cases the para-
sites occurred in a single cluster, consisting of from 12 to 30 or more cysts. It should
be noted that in all the badly infested fish cysts occurred, often in large numbers,
lateral to the backbone, and immediately behind the skull. The fourth specimen
in the list had also a few cysts on the viscera. The viscera of only a few of this lot,
however, were examined.

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH.

119

Table Showing Distribution' of Cysts is the Principal Regions of Infection in a Lot of 09

BlTTERFISH.

Length
of Bsh.

cm.

1

11

2

11

3

11

1

11

5

13-14

I>

13 14

7

13-14

8

13-14

9

13 : 1

in

13-14

n

13 II

12

13-14

13

13 14

14

13-14

IS

13-14

Iff

13-14

17

13-14

18

13-14

19

13-14

20

13-14

21

13 14

22

13 i I

._,.,

13 14

24

13 14

25

13-14

26

13 14

27

13-14

2s

13-14

20

13 14

30

13-14

31

13-14

32

13-14

33

13 14

34

13-14

35

13 1 1

36

13 14

37

13 I I

38

13 14

39

13 14

40

13-14

41

13 14

42

13-14

43

13-14

44

13-14

45

13-14

46

13-14

47

13-14

48

13-14

49

13-14

50

is 21

51

is 21

52

18-21

53

IV 21

54

is 21

55

IV 21

56

is 21

57

18-21

58

18-21

59

IS 21

i,n

18-21

fil

18-21

62

IS 21

63

18-21

i,l

is 21

I,:,

IV 21

6fi

is 21

67

is 21

68

is 21

69

18-21

Cysts above backbone.

None . .
..do.
.do.
....do.
Few ..
None..
....do.
....do.
....do.
....do.
....do.

do
....do.
Few...

do.

do.

None. . .

do..

do..

do..

Two

None

Several.

None
do..

do..

do..

do..

.do.

Several do

Few Few

None do

do Two

..do Few

Few do

do Nun.'

do do

Many Many

...<io do

None Few

Few do

do None

<lo do

do do

....do do

do do

Man] Few

Few do

None One

..do None

Few Few.

One flO

Few do

Numerous Many.

None do

do One

do None

do do

Few Few

do do

Many Numerous

None None

Numerous Numerous

None None

Scattering Scattering

Few Two

Manv Many

Few Few

None None

Few Few

Many Numerous

Scattering Scattering

Many Many

do do

do do

do do

....do Few

Numerous Many

Few Few

do do

do Very numerous.

do Few

Cysts below backbone.

None

....do

One

Few

Several

One

None

Several

One

None

Cluster

One

Cluster

Many

None

....do

Few

....do

None

Few

Many

None

Many

Numerous

Very numerous. .
Many

None

...do

Many

Cluster

Very numerous..

Cluster

Few

Many

Several

Very numerous.

Two

None

Few

do

Many

Very numerous

None

Yen numerous.

Two

Many

Numerous

Many

Several

Many

Numerous

do

do

do

do

do

Many

Numerous

Many

Numerous

Very numerous.

Many

do.

do.

do.
One.
None.
Three.
Several.
None.
Two.

do.

do.
None.
Two.
Many.

None.

do.

Few.

None.
do.
do.

Many.

None.

do.
Numerous.
Very numerous.
Many.

01

, .1,-
Few.

do.
None.

Very numerous.
Few.

do.

do.
Many.

Several

Very numerous.
One.
None.
Few.
do.

Very numerous.

Few*.

Very numerous.

None.

Many.

Few.

Numerous.

Many.

None

Many

Very numerous.

Many.

Numerous.

do.
Very numerous.

do.
Many.

Very numerous,
Many.

do.
Very numerous.
Many.

120

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

September 20. — Twelve fish examined. These were taken at Montauk, Long
Island, and sent to me from Blackford's, Fulton Market, New York. Cysts were
found in 11 of the 12 fish, distributed in general as has been described in preceding
cases.

Table Showing Occurrence of Cysts in Flesh of 12 Bdtterfish from Montauk, Long Island.

Length
of fish.

Cysts above backbone.

Cysts below backbone.

Anterior.

Posterior.

Anterior.

Posterior.

cm.
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
15.0
15.0

Few.

Few

6

do

do

do

do.

7

...do

..do

q

do

do

do.

Few

In no. 9 cysts were also very numerous lateral to the backbone in the middle
of the body, and a few were seen in the ventral muscles of the post-abdominal
region. The usual immature nematodes were abundant on the viscera, but no
cysts were noted in the body cavity.

October 12. — Twelve fish examined. These were caught at Barnegat, N. J., and
were sent to me from Blackfords, Fulton Market, New York.

Table Showing Distribution of Cysts in 12 Butterfish from Barnegat, N. J.

Length
of fish.

Cysts above backbone.

Cysts below backbone.

Anterior.

Posterior.

Anterior.

Posterior.

1

cm.
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
19.5
20 0

9

do

...do

do.

^

do

...do

do.

do

do

Manj ■

do

.do .

do

do...

do

do ..

do

do.

do

do

do.

do.

21.0
22.0

I9

Most of these fish had many cysts also along the lateral borders of the vertebra.
In no. 12 there were enormous numbers of cysts below the backbone caudad of
the abdominal cavity, where they were scattered through the muscles generally.
A cluster of about 100 cysts lay immediately behind the skull.

Some blastocysts with the contained scoleces were removed from their cysts
and found to be still living. A number of cysts were placed in normal salt solution
and examined from day to day for over a week. They were found to show signs
of life on the evening' of the 19th. The last signs of activity were seen in the
proboscides.

A CESTODE PAKASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH.

121

Summers of 1905 and 1906. — The results of the examination of butter-fish for
parasites during these periods are given in the following table:

Table Summarizing Results of the Examination of Butterfish for Flesh Parasites at Woods
Hole, Mass., in the Summers of 1905 and 1906.

a

CO
Cfl

*0

CO

s

3

Z

±>
be

c
eg

Numbc-rof fishshowing—

Date.

a

00

o

M

CD

s

3

z

M

C

s
3

slumberoffishshowing—

Date.

CO

>,

O

Z

o

n

o

c
S

3

- "
z

■5

>.

u
o
Z

&

i

■i

cfl
U

>,
■A

CO

3

2»

£»

z

1905.

23
17

5
2
3
1
9
3
12

0
12
8

cm.
16. 5
is. 4
22. 7
15. 5
20.7
21. 2

ifi

IS
21-22
23-26
20-25
15
19
20
25
10
17
21-22
24
15
l'ii 21
23
l !
13
14
15
17
21
22
2.;
IS
is
2(1
21
■ ).

20
17
21-22
22
13
15
20
17
21
23
26
It
20
21

in

15

17-1S
20-21
23-21

1

1905.

4
4
3

12

4

3

I

2

2

t

5

7

3

2

3
13

1

1

■j

1
3
9

1
2
2
2

1
1
4
3
3
1
-'
2
2

i

3

1

4
2

i
l

3
2
3

1
1
1

cm.

it
15
17
20
21
11
12
17
19
20

11
15

17

IS

20-21

22

17

21
16

18

21
22
19
20
22
18
21
22
15
17
19
16
19
21
11
15
20
21
in
15
16
19
21
10
15

19

20
22

3
2

1

1
2
1
1
1

i

1
1

3

1

1

1

3
1

10

i

2

1

1900.

1

1
1
1
5
1
1
2

1

1

6
G
14

i

4

1

1

1

3

July 18

2

1

■

5
2

2

1

4

3

J

3
3

1

3
6

1

9

1
1

10
2

1

lulv 27

1
1

1

1

4

2

1

2

1

2

2

1
1
2

1

2

6

1

J

-
1

2

2

1

1

1

i 7

1

1

1
1

3

1

1

1

1
2
I

1

1

1
2

1
1

1

1

1
1

1

1

1

. _

2

1

2
1

2

1

J

2

1
1

1

1
2

1

Q

1

1

1
2

6
1

7
1
1

4
2

1
1

1
1
2

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

Total

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1
2

5

2
2

1
3

2

331

38

110

44

139

122 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

HABITATS OF THE PARASITE.

The following list of hosts in which this species has been found is a compilation
of both oublished and unpublished notes of my collections made at Woods Hole,
Mass., iesufort, N. C, Tortugas, Fla., and in Bermuda.

ADULT STAGE.

In spiral valve of the following hosts:

CarcharMnus obscurus (?). Dusky Shark.
Beaufort, N. C:

1902— Aug. 26, few.

CarcharMnus platyodon.
Tortugas, Fla.:

1906. — July 12, two small specimens.

Scoliodon terrx-novx. Sharp-nosed Shark.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1901. — July 16, one, length 10 mm. ; free segments, length 3 mm.
July 18, two.

July 22, six, length 1 to 7 mm.; posterior segments easily detached.
July 22, three.
August 15, one.
1902. — July 11, twenty-nine from one shark; also numerous cysts with scoleces

in stomach wall.
This shark was examined on 18 other occasions when this parasite was not found.
All the sharks of this species which were examined were, with one exception, small,
25 to 30 cm. ; one measured about 100 cm.

Splvyrna zygxna. Hammerhead.
Woods Hole, Mass.:

1886.— July 28, one hundred and fifty.
18S7.— July IS, one hundred.

Chyle swarming with free proglottides in each case.
1898.— July 21, three.'

A small hammerhead was examined on August 5, 189S, another on August 18,
and another on July 31, 1899. Otobotlmum crevacolle not found on either date.

ENCYSTED STAGE.

Balistes carolinensis. "Turbot."
Bermuda:

1903. — July 14, a few small cysts in walls of stomach and intestines.

July 22, a few cysts in intestinal wall.
The closely related species Balistes vetula was examined also. There were
numerous cysts in the intestinal wall, but all that were opened contained only
chalky, degenerate tissue, with no trace of parasite.

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 12tf

Bairdielhi clin/sura. Yellow-tail.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1901. — Alio;. 12, small cysts on viscera; scoleces immature and not certainly
identifiable.
Aug. 15, scoleces in cysts on viscera.
1902. — July 17. cysts on viscera.

July 19, cysts on viscera and in mesentery.
Aug. S, cysts on viscera and in mesentery few.
This host was examined on 4 other occasions in 1901 and on 12 other occasions
in 1902 when these parasites were not found.

< 'iiii/i(irhinus obscurun ( '(). Dusky Shark.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1902. — .July 11, several noted in ellipsoidal cysts in stomach wall between
submucous and muscular coat.
July 26, immense numbers encysted in stomach wall. Dimensions in
millimeters, specimen slightly compressed: length of blastocyst, 1.5;
breadth, 0.9; larva, length, 6.41.
Woods Hole, Mass. :

1905. — Aug. 1 1 . one shark examined. Numerous cysts were found between
the mucous ami muscular layers of I he stomach wall.

t mi/jili:i mi hi pjiurus. Dolphin.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1902. — Aug. 1, very numerous, encysted in submucous coat of stomach.

Cynoscion nebulosus. Speckled Trout.

Beaufort, X. ('.:

1901. — July 15, cysts very numerous between muscular coat and submucosa
of stomach.
July 22, large numbers of cysts in stomach wall.
Aug. 2S, numerous cysts in stomach wall.
This species examined on 4 other occasions in 1901 and once in 1902, when these
cysts were not found.

Cynoscion regalis. Gray Trout, Squeteague, Weakfish.

Beaufort, N. C:

1902. — Aug. 18, few cysts in stomach wall.

Aug. 19, few cysts in wall of alimentary tract.
Cysts not found in the three other examinations of this fish in 1902.
Woods Hole, Mass.:

1903. — Aug. 20, encysted in stomach wall.
1904. — July 8, small cysts on viscera.

Aug. 6, two small cysts from viscera. One of these cysts, measuring
1.8 and 1.12 millimeters in the two principal diameters, contained three
blastocysts (fig. 6). The blastocysts were actively contracting and
extending themselves, and the botliria of the scoleces were also active.
The walls of the cyst were transparent.
1905. — July 8, one. One cyst in stomach wall.

July 14, one. Few cysts in stomach wall.
•Inly 17, six. Few cysts in stomach wall.
July 19, ten. Cysts on mesentery.
Associated with cysts of Tetrarhynclius MsuJaitiis.

124 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Diplodus sargus. Bream.
Bermuda:

1903. — July 14, two cysts in mass of brown pigment on serous coat of viscera.
This fish examined on 5 other occasions and the parasite not found.

Galeichthys mUberti. Fork-tailed Catfish.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1901. — July 8, numerous cysts under serous coat of stomach and intestine.
Dimensions in millimeters: length of cyst, 2.5; blastocyst, length, 1;
breadth, 0.3; numerous calcareous bodies in parenchyma, the largest
0.08, and 0.11 in the two principal diameters; then, with almost no
intermediate sizes, more numerous and smaller ones 0.015 and less
in diameter.
Aug. 5, one cyst.
Examinations of this fish made on 7 other occasions in 1901 and on 2 in 1902;
this parasite not noted.

Lagodon rhomboides. Pinfish.
Beaufort, N. C:

1901. — Aug. 21, one cyst from viscera.

Pinfish examined on 12 other occasions in 1901 and on 10 in 1902 and this para-
site not found.

Micropogon undulatus. Croaker.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1901. — Aug. 6, few cysts found in a cluster of cysts of the genus Rhyncho-

ooihrium in mesentery.
1902.— Aug. 11, one.

These cysts not noted on the other occasions of examining this fish, which were
15 in 1901 and 12 in 1902.

Ocyurus chrysurus. Yelting.
Bermuda:

1903. — July 22, few small cysts in mesentery.

Xo cysts found on the 2 other occasions of examining this fish.

Opsanus tun. Toadfish.
Beaufort, N.C.:

1901. — Aug. 30, few cysts on viscera.

Examinations of this fish made on 19 other occasions in 1901 and on 23 in 1902;
this parasite not noted.

Ortliopristis ehn/isopferus. Hogfish.
Beaufort, X. C:

1901. — Aug. 6, one cyst, 2 millimeters in diameter, with two blastocysts con-
taining scoleces on viscera.
This fish examined on 15 different dates in 1901 and on 25 in 1902; this parasite
found on only one occasion.

Paralichthi/s albiguttus. Mud Flounder.
Beaufort, N. C:

1901. — Aug. 21, cysts very numerous in stomach wall.

This flounder examined on 14 different dates in 1901 and on 17 in 1902. These
cysts recorded on one occasion only.

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 125

Pomatomus saltatrix. Bluefish.
Beaufort, N. C:

1901. — July 30, cysts in stomach wall.

Aug. 28, numerous cysts in stomach wall.

None found in the 9 other examinations of this fish made in 1901, nor in the
14 made in 1902.

Poronotus triacanthus. Butterfish.
Woods Hole, Mass.:

1899.— Aug. 26.

1900.— Aug. 17.

1904.— Aug. 8, 13, 17, 18, 24, 26.

1905 and 1906.— See page 120 for details.
Nomans Land, Mass.:

1904.— Aug. 30.
Montauk, Long Island:

1904.— Sept. 20.
Barnegat, N. .1.:

1904.— Oct. 12.

Large numbers of cysts in flesh found on each occasion.

Scdiodon terrse-novse. Sharp-nosed Shark.
Beaufort, N. C:

1902. — July 11. numerous cysts in stomach wall between muscular coat and
submucosa. Many of the cysts were filled with degenerate tissue.

Scomberomerus regalis. Cero.

Beaufort, N. C, 1901. — Aug. 23, enormous numbers of cysts in stomach and
intestinal walls, for the most- part in the submucosa. Some of the cysts were
amber-colored, owing to the waxy degenerate tissue with which they were filled;
some contained blastocysts in which scoleces hail not yet developed tar enough to
be identifiable, while others contained scoleces which could be identified through
the transparent walls. Dimensions, life, under pressure, in millimeters: length of
cyst 1, shorter diameter, 0.8; length of larva, 0.32; bothria, length 0.16, breadth 0.12.
An amber-colored, thick-walled cyst measured 1 ..",-1 and 1.09 in the two principal
diameters: the blastocyst was 0.52 long and 0.28 broad, and the length of the
larva was 0.28.

Trie/tin /us Upturns. Cutlass-fish.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1903. — July 6, several clusters of small cysts from body
cavity, collected by Vinal N. Edwards. Some of the cysts were pedicelled; black
pigment associated with some. These cysts were evidently from the mesentery or
serous covering of the viscera. Dimensions in glvcerin, compressed, in millimeters:
cyst, 1.35 by 0.9; blastocyst, 0.75 by 0.63; larva, length 0.37; breadth of head, 0.22.

Xiphias gJadius. Swordfish.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1904. — July 15, a few small cysts from the serous coat of
the pyloric cceca, associated with small waxy cysts. Dimensions in millimeters:
blastocyst, length 1.6, breadth 1; larva, length 0.67; length of head and neck, 0.60;
breadth of head 0.21, of neck at base 0.16.

Mustelus canis. Dog Shark.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1905. — -July 31, two sharks examined. Cysts were found
in the stomach wall, many in one, few in the other.

126

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Sarrfti Simla. Bonito.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1905. — July 24, five fish examined. July 27, one fish
examined. Numerous cysts were found in the stomach wall of two, and few in
each of the others.

Alutera sehapji. Filefish.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1905. — Aug. 7, one. Cysts in walls of stomach and intes-
tine. Associated with cysts containing a larval Dibothrium.

Paralichthys dentatus. Summer Flounder.

Woods Hole, Mass., 1905. — Aug. 18, two. Cysts found in stomach wall and in
mesentery, associated with cysts of Tefrarhynchus bisuhatus.

EFFECT OF THE PRESENCE OF CYSTS ON WEIGHT OF HOST.

In order to ascertain how much, if any, the weight of fish was affected by the
presence of cysts in the flesh, the following weights were obtained of fish belonging
to the lot which was examined on August 26, 1904.

1. Three fish were chosen with care so as to agree with three others of equai
length and depth. The length of these fish was 215, 215, and 200 millimeters,
respectively. Three of these fish, each of which had very numerous cysts in the
flesh, together weighed 672 grams; three others of similar dimensions, but with
relatively few parasites, weighed 686 grams.

2. Another lot of three fish, each 200 millimeters in length, each with very
numerous cysts in the flesh, together weighed 644 grams; tlu-ee others chosen so
as to agree in length and depth with them, but with less numerous parasites,
weighed 658 grams.

3. Three fish measuring 190, 200, and 210 millimeters, respectively, each with
very numerous cysts in the flesh, together weighed (;:!() grams; three others of the
same lengths and corresponding depths, but with very few (12, more or less) cysts
in the flesh, together weighed 700 grams.

4. Three measuring 150, 162, and 146 millimeters, respectively, each with many
parasites, together weighed 280 grams; tlu-ee others of similar length and depth
with but very few (less than 12 seen) cysts, together weighed 294 grams.

Table Showing Effect of the Presence of Cysts in the Flesh on Weight of Fish, Made
by Comparing Fish of the Same Length and Depth.

Length of
fish.

Condition.

Weight
of the
lot of
three in
grams.

Approx-
imate
loss.

/'> r ,i nl.

1 •
2.1

10
\ »

1

2

3

mm.
1 215, 215, 200
\ 215, 215, 200
| 200. 200, 200
I 200, 200, 200
| 190, 200, 210

Cysts very numerous

Cysts relatively few

Cysta very numerous

Cysts yery numerous

672

I.Sl

1,44
i,:,s
030
700
L'SO

294

. | 1411. 150. 162

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 127

It is a significant fact that in all cases where a comparison was made between
fish of the same length and depth, the one with numerous parasites and the other
with few, the result was a less weight for the fish having the greater number of
parasites. It seems reasonable to conclude, therefore, from this loss of weight.
that the vitality of the fish is affected by the presence of cysts in the flesh.

LIFE HISTORY OF THE PARASITE.

The round of life of this parasite may be epitomized thus:

The adult stage is passed in the spiral valve of some shark. Ripe proglottides
containing huge numbers of eggs escape from the intestine of the shark along with
the feces, and are eaten by various fishes. The eggs give rise to embryos, which
make their way into the body of the intermediate host . where they become encysted.
The encysted embryo ultimately develops into a scolex with characteristic sucking
disks and proboscides armed with hooks. When a fish that lias these cysts in its
t issues is swallowed l>y a shark which is adapted to become the final host of this tape-
worm the connective tissue cyst is digested oil', t he scolex is liberated . and at t aches
itself to the mucous membrane of the shark's intestine. It there grows to the adult
tapeworm, 'producing segments which separate easily from the strobile as they
ripen, and pass off with the feci-, bearing eggs to begin another generation.

SPECIAL i \si. in BtfTTEEFISH AND HAMMERHEAD Ml AUK.

/•'.»»/ a/ /In hammerhead shark. A more particular consideration of the case
afforded by the butterfish is justified by the high percentage of fish \\ Inch were found
to be infected. That the butterfish i~ the principal source from which the adult

tapeworm of the hammerhead comes is based on the following considerations :

The hammerhead is carnivorous; fish and squid are the only food which I have
found in the stomachs of those which I have examined. Butterfish arc abundant,
and, being g 1 eating, are doubtless often eaten by the hammerhead.

Practically all of the butterfish which were examined for cysts in the flesh, excepl
small specimens, were found to lie infested, and a large proportion of them harbored
enormous numbers of cysts. Although special search for these cysts w as con lined to
the past season, there is reason for believing that the large proportion of parasitized
fish then found is not exceptional. My notes made at the time of collecting in 1899
and 1900 show the same distribution of cysts in the flesh of this fish as was found in
1904, and there is no reason for thinking that they would not have been found in
abundance in other butterfish in previous years if search had been made for them.

Sharks and butterfish are taken together in the fish traps, thus showing an
association in their natural surroundings sufficiently close to permit their being final
and intermediate host, respectively, of the same cestode parasite.

In view, therefore, of the very large proportion of butterfish which harbor cysts
of Otohoihrium crenacoUe, the conclusion is justified that the butterfish is the principal
source from which the supply of adult tapeworms is kept up.

It may be mentioned here for the comfort of eaters of fish that parasites in the
flesh of food-fish are of very unusual occurrence. I had looked for them repeatedly
in most of the food-fish of the Woods Hole region for many years without finding

128 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

any, but had never happened to examine the flesh of the butterfish. Even those
butterfish with cysts in the flesh which were brought to my attention did not at first
suggest anything to me other than that they were cases of exceptional and accidental
infection.

Food of the butterfish. — Turning now to the other phase of the subject, it may be
inquired, What is the source of the cysts in the flesh of the butterfish?

Any persistent and regularly recurring case of parasitism when a cestode is
the parasite is usually possible only where the final and intermediate hosts are
related to each other as eater and eaten. Furthermore, they must be so closely
associated in habitat that the. intermediate host in the natural performance of its
feeding activities will become infected. In the absence of opportunities to study
the habits of the butterfish in its natural surroundings recourse must be had to an
examination of the stomach contents in order to ascertain the nature of the food,
since it is with the food that cestode eggs and embryos gain admission to the body
of the intermediate host.

The following notes on the food of the butterfish were published in my report,
"Parasites of Fishes of the Woods Hole Kegion" (Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, 1899,
vol. xix, p. 453) :

Stomachs of larger fish usually empty, but a few fragments of fish occasionally seen. In the alimentary
tracts of smaller specimens copepods, annelids, and small fish were found. Sept. 1, 1900, 2.5 small fish were
examined. The food consisted principally of amphipods.

In the latter part of August, 1903, a few butterfish were examined on three occa-
sions by my assistant, Mr. G. F. Englesby. The stomachs were empty in two of
the lots; in the other fragments of fish were found. In July and August, 1904,
butterfish were examined on several occasions by my assistant, Mr. M. B. Swift.
In most cases the stomachs were reported to be empty. In a few cases I examined
the digested material with the aid of a microscope and found the setae and jaws of
annelids. Pieces of green algse were found on two occasions. Mr. Yinal X. Edwards
examined butterfish on October 7, 9, and 16 and found ctenophores in the stomachs
on each of these dates and annelids on the 9th. On May 10 he found shrimp.
Mr. Edwards states that the butterfish does not take the hook, but is caught only
in traps.

It is evident, I think, even from the above rather meager food notes, that the
butterfish eats any small floating or swimming animals which it encounters in the
water.

It should be remembered also that the chyle in the intestines of those hammer-
heads in which Otobothrium crenacolle was found in considerable numbers contained
large numbers of ripe segments of this tapeworm, which, moreover, continued active
for many hours in sea water. Also the segments contained enormous numbers of
eggs. It follows from this condition of things that segments containing eggs with
embryos are being continually discharged into the water along with the feces from
those sharks which harbor this worm in the intestine. Butterfish encountering
these free segments would naturally catch and swallow them, as they would any
small swimming worm, crustacean, or the like. This is also indicated by the fact
that those butterfish which were found to be infected in most cases carried large

A CESTODE PARASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 129

numbers of the cysts, which would not be the case if infection came only from the
accidental swallowing of eggs which had escaped from the segment and become dis-
seminated through the water. The evidence thus becomes strong enough to fasten
upon the butterfish, with a high degree of probability, the reputation of habitually
seeking these cestode segments where they are most likely to be found, viz, in the
feces of the hammmerhead shark.

ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS.

It has been asked, What is the effect of the presence of this flesh parasite on
the value of the butterfish as a food fish '.

So far as the writer's knowledge goes, no very satisfactory answer can yet be
made to this question. It will require observations extending over several years to
ascertain whether the large proportion of butterfish found to be infected in the sum-
mers of 1004, loiio. and 1906 is normal or exceptional. If the number of butterfish on
the coast remains fairly constant year after year and shark- are migratory, so thai
while there arelarge numbers one season there are few another, this would undoubt-
edly have an effect on the degree of parasitism in the butterfish in successive years.

It is not likely that the parasites themselves have any effect on the nutritive
value of the flesh in which they are encysted, neither could their presence he detected
by the palate. That they work some disadvantage to the vitality of the fish is
shown by the results given above of the experiments in comparative weights. 1
am not aware that the eating of butterfish lias been followed by any after effects
which may not be experienced from the eating of any fish. Neither has it been
shown that the presence of these cysts in the flesh is accompanied with toxic prod-
ucts of any kind. Of course there is no danger whatever that these cysts can give
rise to adult tapeworms m warm-blooded man, even if he were in the habit 'if eating
fish which were only partly cooked, or even uncooked.

The principal objection which can be made against the use, a-- food, of fish in
which cestode cysts are probably present is the very natural one which is based on
the popular prejudice against measly meat of any kind. This prejudice is not
only natural but doubtless rests on deep-seated racial experience. A recent com-
munication from Mr. M. V>. Swift furnishes a good illustration of this prejudice,
as well as a confirmation of the unbljssful state of the knowing.

At his boarding place, a short time ago, butterfish were served, and he. after
surreptitiously inspecting the fish and finding in them the familiar cysts in large
numbers, decided that he would not take fish that day; hut he neglected to state
his reason until after his table companions had partaken freely of the fish. He
then generously imparted to them his knowledge and demonstrated his lecture by
showing to his attentive audience the real presence of the subject of his discourse.
The result was immediate, startling, and in two cases disastrous to the intended
destination of the breakfast.

Again, since we have here a food fish which apparently is almost invariably
infested with tapeworm cysts in the flesh, and often in great numbers, it is natural
that inquiry should be made for some remedy for this affliction under which a
particular part of creation is groaning. Just how far man's interference with the

B. B. F. 190G— 9

130 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

balance of nature in his search for food among the fishes of the sea enters as a
factor tending toward the extinction of any species is hard to estimate. Theoreti-
cally his mightiest efforts are, in the aggregate, so slight that they appear to my
mind to be a negligible quantity. If the economic use of fish by man does enter
as an appreciable factor in the struggle for existence, then anything which will open
up uses to which- sharks may be put will be in the way of restoring the balance
which has been disturbed and of correcting this particular evil of cestode parasites
in the flesh of food fish.

The skin of the shark has some commercial value as shagreen, glue may be
made of some of the waste parts, oil from the liver, etc. In addition to these uses
the use of sharks as food is a matter of considerable economic importance. Young
sharks are quite as good eating as many of the fish which are sold in our markets
and, indeed, they themselves form an important addition to the food fishes in some
countries. Unfortunately there is a strong prejudice against shark meat, especially
in this country, and when it is called dogfish the prejudice is intensified, although
dogfish, in the opinion of many who have tried it, is quite as good eating as sque-
teague. Properly prepared it would be hard to tell it from canned salmon. It
must be admitted, however, that old shark is not good eating.

If, then, an industry could be built up which would make it worth while for
fishermen to expend the same energy and develop the same ingenuity in the capture
of sharks as is done in the capture of fish which are now used as food, there would
result a means of profit where there is now actual loss. A factor would also be
introduced in the life experience of sharks which might tend toward reducing their
numbers. If the number of sharks were reduced there would follow a correspond-
ing reduction in the amount of such parasitism among teliosts as is caused by
cestode worms.

PROBLEMS SUGGESTED.

A few problems are suggested by the occurrence of these parasites in the flesh
of the butterfish for which no final solutions are proposed in this paper.

1. Time required for the development of a mature scolex.

It is possible that this may be ascertainable by means of feeding experiments,
although there are many practical difficulties in the way. Some information is
probably obtainable by a very careful examination with the aid of the microscope of
small butterfish of known age. Small fish were found to be free from cysts in the
flesh, or to have very few and those immature. The larger fish were for the most part
found to have many parasites. Furthermore, the cysts in the smaller fish were
white, those from the larger fish yellowish, showing thus a difference in age.

2. Distribution of the cysts in the flesh.

The rather uniform distribution of cysts in certain favored locations is doubtless
dependent primarily on the vascular system, and particularly on the arterial
circulation.

When liberated from the egg shells by the action of the digestive juices the
embryos are very small and, upon penetrating the mucous membrane of the stom-
ach and intestine and entering lymph spaces or capillaries, would be carried in the
circulation as easily as blood corpuscles. The distribution of the cysts indicates

A CESTODE PAKASITE IN THE FLESH OF THE BUTTERFISH. 131

that the embryos have entered the circulation by way of the intestino-portal vessels
and have been carried to the heart , thence through the capillaries of t lie gills, and have,
for the most part, reached their final resting place by way of the dorsal aorta and
its continuation in the caudal aorta. As the blood current is checked in the small
arterial branches and capillaries the embryos make their way into the adjacent
muscular and connective tissue.

3. Susceptibility of the butterfish to the encystment of 0. crenacolle in the
flesh, and immunity of other fish from the same.

It is possible that a comparative study of the circulation and the splanchnic
anatomy of the butterfish and one of the species of fish in which cysts were found
in large numbers on and in the abdominal viscera may yield data for the solution
of this problem.

132 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

KEY TO LETTERING.

b, bothrium. m, muscle tissue.

bl, blastocyst (plerocercus). o, accessory bothria] organ.

(. cyst. p, proboscis.

ca, calcareous body. sc, scolex or larva.

cb, contractile bulb of proboscis. sh, proboscis sheath.

el. connective tissue. st, beginning of strobile.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Specimen of butterfish (Poronotus triacanthm) laid open to show cysts of Otnbothrium crtnacolh.

The principal regions of infection are shown somewhat diagramaticallv. The number of cysts shown

in the sketch is far less than may be seen in a badly parasitized fish. Sketch made from a fish 22

centimeters in length, from Barnegat, N. J.
Fig. 2. From life. Cluster of cysts from the butterfish. The cluster measured 2.1 by 1.2 millimeters in the

two principal diameters. The scoleces were active, their average length about 1 millimeter.
Fig. •'-!. A blastocyst from cluster shown in figure 2, compressed so as to show the distinctive features of the

species; length of larva 0.8 millimeter.
Fig. 4. Another cyst from same host. The blastocyst, which does not completely fill the cyst, measured 1.24

by 0.8 millimeter in the two diameters.
Fig. 5. Blastocyst of figure 4 removed from the cyst. The head and part of the neck of the scolex is emerging

from the blastocyst and the proboscides are everted.
Fig. 6. Cyst with three blastocysts containing scoleces, from serous coat of intestine of squeteague (Oynosdon

regalis). The walls of the cyst were transparent : blastocysts and scoleces active. Cyst 1.8 by 1.12

millimeters in the two diameters.

PLATE II.

Fig. 7. Cyst, blastocyst, and scolex from butterfish, life. Diameter of cyst, I)..") millimeter.

Fig. 8. Blastocyst with scolex emerging — removed from cyst shown in figure 7.

Fig. 9. Scolex (larva) removed from blastocyst.

Fig. 10. Part of bothrium highly magnified, showing the accessory organs retracted.

Fig. 11. One of the accessory organs, everted, still more highly magnified.

Fig. 12-16. Different views of proboscides highly magnified. Figures 12 and 13 are views of portions of the
proboscis near the base. The sketches were made with the aid of a camera lucida, 1-inch eyepiece
and one-twelfth objective, and represent an enlargement of about 720 diameters.

Fig. 17. Cyst, blastocyst, with scolex and muscle tissue of host, compressed; sketched from specimen mounted
in balsam. X about 60.

Fig. 18. Section of muscle tissue witli fifteen cysts, X about 6. The muscle fibers are cut transversely in the
upper and longitudinally in the lower part of the figure.

Fig. 19. Section of muscle tissue with ten cysts, X about 60. a, empty cysts; blastocysts with larva? appear in
other sectionsof the series; d, neck of scolex cut transversely , showing the four proboscides: < , scolex cut
nearlv longitudinally; f, bothria cut nearly transversely; </, section passes through the bothria and two
of the contractile bulbs nearly longitudinally; the neck of the larva has been bent and is largely missing
from this section; It, diagonal section of neck of larva — at one end of section the proboscides are cut
transversely, at the other two of them appear but cut longitudinally: i, section shows blastocyst but
misses the larva, which may be seen in another section of the series.

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906

Plate I

v^.V

••••••■: „••.-. ■.*.;•: •■.. •<■ >:.- ■•;->v

■:.;v*v"

- :•.! .".■■•• ••*.■ ■,*„••■•, •■-•■•• >. '-v- *.■■•'

t

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906

Plate II

^^- ^S- <£> <j=_

-f^&rl¥&

,vte

' IS. „ '<•«-

- 'SIP

NOTES ON LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TROUT-FISHING.

By CHANCEY JUDAY,

Wisconsin Geologic*! and Natural History Surrey.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 615.

L33

CONTENTS.

Page.

Introduction 137

Description of Lake Tahoe 138

Location, size, and physical features 138

Allliu nts 138

Variations of level 138

Origin <ii the lake 139

Tii)]]icnituiv .. . 139

Transparency 140

Aquatic vegetation 140

The plankton 140

The trout of Lake Tali..,- Ml

Species, size, abundance, etc 141

Breeding habits 142

Food 142

Trout fishingin Lake Tahoe 143

Angling - 143

Shipments of trout 144

Literature cited 146

135

NOTES ON LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TROUT-FISHING.

By chancey juday,

Wisconsin Geological <"/./ Natural History Survey.

[NTRODUCTIOX.

Lake Tahoe is one of the largest as well as one oi' the most picturesque American
mountain lakes. From a scientific standpoint, it is also a most interesting1 body of
water, but the study of il has been wry much neglected, and comparatively little is
known of its physical and biological aspects. Muir has given some delightful
sketches of the beauties of the lake and the surrounding country. Le Conte -prut
a short time there in the fall of L873, making some physical investigations, the results
of which he published ten years later. In L878 Gill and Jordan described some of
the fishes of the lake. In L889 the United States Geological Survey made a survey
to determine the possibilities of the basin as a storage reservoir for irrigation pur-
poses and has since published topographical maps of the region based on surveys
made in 1889. Russell, in his "Lakes of North America," has given a brief but
excellent description of Lake Tahoe. In L902 Price issued an admirable little "Guide
to the Lake Tahoe Region," in which the more important physical and biological
features of the region are pointed oul and briefly described. Early in 1904 Treat
described the angling methods employed by the fishermen as well as some of his own
experiences on the lake as an angler. Ward has recently publisheda reporl on some
investigations which he made in this region during the summer of 1903. Such, in
brief, is the accessible literature pertaining to the physical and biological features of
Lake Tahoe and vicinity. (See p. 14<! for references in full.)

During the summer of L904:, this interesting region was visited by the writer in
order to make souk' investigations for the United States Bureau of Fisheries. The
investigations were limited to Lake Tahoe, with the exception of a day spent in
making a cursory examination of some of the small lakes lying to the southward, in
the vicinity of Glen Alpine. They covered but a brief period of time, June 17 to
duly 6. Their chief object was to obtain as much information as possible concerning
the methods employed by the fishermen in catching- the trout, and the amount and
value of the catch."

"I am indebted to Wells Fargo & Co., and Mr. S. D. Brastow, superintendent of their western
division; to Mr. Charles A. Vogelsang, chief deputy of the California fish commission; to Mr. E. \V.
Hunt, inchargeof the two state hatcheries located on the lake; to Mr. William Boyle and to Prof.
\V. W. l'riee; likewise to various residents of the region, fishermen, and others, for information,
assistance, and numerous courtesies.

137

138 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

DESCRIPTION OF LAKE TAHOE.

Location, size, and physical features. — Lake Tahoe is situated in eastern Cali-
fornia and western Nevada. The boundary line between these two states passes
through it in a north and south direction, only a short distance west of the eastern
shore, so that more than two-thirds of the area of the lake lies in California and less
than one-third in Nevada. The thirty-ninth parallel of latitude crosses the southern
end. To quote from Le Conte (1883, p. 506):

This lake, the largest and most remarkable of the mountain lakes of the Sierra Nevada, occupies
an elevated valley at a point where this mountain system divides into two ranges. It is, as it were,
ingulfed between two lofty ridges, one lying to the east and the other to the west. As the crest of the
principal range of the Sierra runs near the western margin of this lake, this valley is thrown on the
eastern slope of this great mountain system.

The greatest dimension of the lake is in a north-south direction, and is said to be
aoout 22.5 miles; its greatest width is about 13 miles, and it has an area of about 195
square miles. The tributary watershed has an area of more than 300 square miles
exclusive of the area of the lake, the whole basin having an area of a little more than
500 square miles. The altitude of the lake is 6,225 feet and the greatest depth found
bv Le Conte was 1,645 feet (501 meters).

Affluents. — Le Conte further saj's:

Probably more than a hundred affluents of variouscapacities, deriving their waters from the amphi-
theater of snow-clad mountains which rise on all sides from 3,000 to 4,000 feet above its surface, con-
tribute their quota to supply the lake. The largest of these affluents is the upper Truckee River,
which falls into its southern extremity. The only outlet to the lake is the Truckee River, which
carries the surplus waters from a point on its northwestern shore out through a magnificent mountain
gorge, thence northeast, through the plains of Nevada, into Pyramid Lake (and Winnemucca Lake).
This river in its tortuous course runs a distance of over one hundred miles.

Generally a large amount of snow falls on the Iakeward slopes of the surround-
ing mountains and thus supplies many of these affluents with water during the entire
summer. Muir (1878) states that observations were made at a station on the west
shore of the lake and it was found that the amount of snow, measured as it fell, was
a little less than 10 feet one winter and over 47 feet another winter. On the 21st of
June, l!»t)4, vast areas were found along the upper courses of some of the affluents
where the snow was from 5 feet to probably 30 feet deep. The warm summer's sun
was melting this snow rapidly and by midafternoon these streams had increased
enormously in size.

Variations of level. — On this subject Le Conte says (1884, p. 41):

As might be expected, the waters of Lake Tahoe are subject to fluctuations of level, depending
upon the variable supplies furnished by its numerous affluents. In midwinter, when these streams are
bound in icy fetters, the level falls; while in the months of May and June, when the snows of the
amphitheater of mountain slopes are melting most rapidly, the level of the lake rises ami a maximum
amount of water escapes through its outlet. According to the observations of Capt. John McKinney,
made at his residence on the western shore of the lake, the average seasonal lluctuation of level is
about 0.61 meter (2 feet); but in extreme seasons it sometimes amounts to 1.37 meters (4.5 feet).

As a dam several feet in height is now maintained at the outlet, the fluctuations at
present may be greater than those recorded above. According to Mr. Murphy, who
has lived many years on the shores of the lake, the water was about 3 feet higher

NOTES ON LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TROUT-FISHING.

139

than usual in June, 1904:, and was the highest since L861. Powell records a fluctua-
tion of 5.5 feet (1891, p. 171).

Origin oftht lake. — In discussing the origin of Lake Tahoe, Le Conte states that
it is highly improbable that the basin was scooped out by glacial agencies; that,
rather, the lake was once wholly occupied by ice, a huge mer de glace. He is
inclined to the belief (1884, p. 45) that—

* * * the small lakt-s near the southern and southwestern margin of Lake Tahoe are really
glacier-scooped rock basins, yet the position of the principal lake, countersunk between two ridges of
the Sierra Nevada, seems to render it probable that its basin may, in reality, be a "plication-hollow"
or a trough produced by the formation of two parallel mountain ridges and afterwards modified by
glacial agency that it is, in fact, a feature of mountain formation and not of glacial sculpture.

Tenijx riihir,.— No attempt was made to obtain the temperature of the water at
any considerable depth; that is, beyond a depth of 425 feet. The following table
shows the results obtained by Le Conte (1883, p. 509) and those obtained in this
investigation:

Depth.

Temperature.

Depth.

Temperature.

Aug., 1873 Jul

;auk !•::'

June 1904

Ft ■ I.
0

60

inn
125
150
200
250

° F. ° F.
57

/'. - '.
300
330

in.

i a

180
j»
600
77J
1.506

°F.
41.25

46

1

63

54 i

55 19 i i
16

10.8

in 8B

II .1'.

II

43

18 11.75

17

11 B

■

The letter B indicates bottom temperatures. Le ( 'unto states that he obtained the
same general results in all parts of the lake and thai his tabic is an abstract of his
average results. It will be noted that he obtained higher temperatures than those

obtained by me. This may !»• accounted fur chiefly by the fad that hi- observations
were made between the 11th and L8th of August, or about the time the water had
reached its maximum temperature for the summer, while mine were made on -lime
27, or before the water of the lake had been exposed very long to the warming
influence of the summer's sun. The temperature of the water in three of the creek-
was as follows: Blackwood Creek, 50 F.: McKinney Creek, 46.5-; Taylor Creek,
55.75".

There are some thermal springs at the northern end of the lake, one of which, at
Broekway, had a temperature of 130 F. The temperature of this water as it came
from the ground was probably somewhat higher, for this reading was made in a large
basin about 5 feet in diameter and several feet deep, and the warm water entered
the bottom of tin1 basin. This thermal spring is one of the attractive features of the
resort, as its water is palatable and is also utilized for bathing purposes. Le ('onto
records a temperature of L31 F. for some id' these thermal springs.

The temperature of the air probably remains several degrees below the freezing-
point for a considerable period of time each winter, yet ice never forms on the lake
except in shallow, detached bays. "The true explanation of the phenomenon may.

140 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

doubtless, be found in the high specific heat of water, the great depth of the lake.
and in the agitation of its waters by the strong winds of winter." (Le Conte, 1883,
p. 511.)

Transparency. — Lake Tahoe is noted for its clear, transparent water. On calm,
sunny days, objects could be distinctly seen on the bottom where the water was 50
feet deep. In fact, these objects were so plainly visible that the water did not appear
to have a depth of more than 10 or 15 feet. A Secchi's disk, 5 inches in diameter,
just disappeared from view at a depth of 65 feet. Le Conte (1883, p. 512) found the
water much more transparent, however, as he says that a dinner plate 9.5 inches in
diameter was plainly visible at a depth of 108 feet. The lower degree of transpar-
ency found by me was probably due to the fact that my observations were made
during the flood season. All the affluents were filled to overflowing and had been for
some time previous to this. These swollen streams were invariably more or less
roily, and at the mouths of the larger ones the sediment-bearing water could be traced
into the lake for some distance.

One of the most striking features of the lake is the great diversity of color exhib-
ited by the water. " It appears that under various conditions — such as depth, purity,
state of sky, and color of the bottom — the waters of this lake manifest nearly all
the chromatic tints presented in the solar spectrum between greenish yellow and the
darkest ultramarine blue, bordering upon blue black." (Le Conte, 1883, p. 596).

Aquatic vegetation. — The larger forms of aquatic plants were found to be com-
paratively scarce. Most of the shore of the lake is of such a nature that it is difficult
for them to obtain a foothold. In the more favorable locations such forms as Scirpvs,
Batrachium, Potamogeton, Carex, and Nitella were found.

Tin plankton. — A few plankton hauls were made June 27, 1904, on the west side
of the lake, about 2 miles south of Tahoe Tavern, where the water reaches a depth
of about -too feet. A comparatively small quantity of plankton was found; the lake
would probably be classed as plankton-poor. The phytoplankton was relatively
small in amount and consisted of diatoms and filamentous alga-. .

Only one species of rotifer was noted, Nbtholca longispina Kellicott. It was
found in very limited numbers.

Copepoda made up at least three-quarters of the bulk of the plankton. The lim-
netic members of this group were Epischura nevadensis Lilljeborg and a species of
Diaptomus. The latter was the most abundant form and constituted over half the
entire quantity of plankton. ( 'yclqps was not noted in any of the limnetic catches.

The ( Iladocera were represented in the limnetic region by two Daphnias. Daphnia
pulex De Geer apparently belongs to the variety pulicaria Forbes. It differs from
Forbes's description of this variety in a few minor points, the sensory hairs project-
ing slightly beyond the tip of the beak, and the eye being somewhat smaller and
situated a short distance above the ventral margin of the head. Daphnia hyalina
Leydig seems to agree most closely with Burckhardt's variety richardi. The head
is small, contained four times in the length of the body, and its ventral contour is
moderately concave. The crest is small and regularly curved. The eye is small and
situated in the anterior third of the head, a short distance above the ventral margin.
The spine is short.

NOTES OX LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TROUT-FISHING.

141

In the littoral region, the following Cladocera were found: llyocryptus acutifrons
Sars, E/urycercus lamellatus O. F. Miiller, Acroperus harpa Baird, Alona affinis
Leydig, Chydwus xphsericus O. F. Miiller.

Epischura and Diaptmnus deserted the upper 5 feet of water on bright, sunny
days, but both came to the surface at night. The latter was very abundant at the
surface at night. Dapknia hyalina descended to a depth of 40 feet during the day-
time, but came to the surface at night. Dapknia pulex descended to a depth of 50
feel in the daytime. l>ut was found at the surface at night. The two Daphnia were
found this near the surface in the daytime only in the shallower water, where the
transparency was only about 52 feet. In the deeper water, where the transparency
was greater by 13 feet, neither form was found in catches thai did not reach a depth
of 75 feet. Thus the diurnal migration of 1>. hyalina was at least 40 feel in the
shallower, less transparent water and about 75 feet in the deeper, mole transparent
w:tter. while l>. pulex showed a daily migration of 50 to 75 feet. These migrations
were greater than any noted for these forms in Wisconsin lake- or in Winona Lake.
Indiana. In these instances the maximum movement of D. hyalina was only 22
feet and of D. pulex a little less than W feet (Juday, L903 and L904).

THE TROl I OF I. AKK TAHOE.

Spedef^sise, abundance, etc. Onlytwo kinds of troul are caught in any consider-
able numbers. These are Srrlmo /« nshawi (< >ill <& Jordan), w hich has several common
names, such as Lake Tahoe trout. Truckee trout, pogy, and snipe; and also Salmo
tahoensis (Jordan <& Evermann), which is commonly called the silver trout of Lake
Tahoe. Locally, the males of the former are frequently called redfish becau e they
have copper-colored sides during the breeding season.

The Tahoe trout, or pogy, is caughl chiefly alone- t he western side of the lake and
at the south end. A large area extending soul h a few miles from ( >bservatory Poinl
seems to be a good feeding ground for them, and this is the favorite fishing ground
of the anglers located in the vicinity of Tahoe City. Silver trout are mosl abundant
in the northeastern pari of lake, in Crystal Mas and Sand Harbor, bul a ivw are
caught in other parts. The Tahoe troul is caughl in much greater abundance than the
silver trout, hut it does not attain such a large size. The former rarely exceeds
a weight of six pounds, while specimen- of the latter ha\ e been caught which exceeded
this weight by several pounds. The following measurements and weights of trout
caught in Lake Tahoe are given by Treat (1904, p. 866), who does not, however,
indicate the species he measured and weighed:

Length.

Weight.

Inches.

Pounds.

19 75

20. 7S

■

Some year- ago the Mackinaw trout, Orisiivomer namaycu&h (Walbaum), was

introduced, and examples of it are caught occasionally in the southern part of the
lake. During the season of It»o:3. a 10-pound trout of tin- species was caught in the
vicinity of Glenbrook.

142 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Breeding habits. — The Tahoe trout, or pogy, ascends the streams to spawn and
begins spawning, usually, about the middle of April. Mr. E. W. Hunt stated that
the trout began spawning about two weeks later than usual in 1904, and that they
averaged somewhat smaller in size than in former years. He also stated that the
average number of eggs obtained from each female was about 1,400. As late as August
a few trout may be found spawning in some of the streams, but generally the vast
majority are through by the middle of June.

Some j'ears ago the California Fish Commission established two good hatcheries on
Lake Tahoe. Each hatchery has a capacity of about a million eggs, and almost every
season both are rilled to their utmost capacity with the eggs of the Tahoe trout. The
fry developed from these eggs are planted in Lake Tahoe itself and in the small lakes
tributary to it. Many of these small lakes did not possess trout until they were
stocked b}T the commission. The fry are usually planted about the first week in
August. The large increase in the catches of trout during the past two seasons is
undoubtedly due to two factors, first the activity of the California Fish Commission in
keeping the lake well stocked, and second, for the past four years the beginning of
the open season on June 1 instead of May 1 as formerly, so that the trout are now
protected during the most important part of their spawning season.

The silver trout spawns in the lake, hence its eggs can not be obtained for the
hatcheries.

Food. — Owing to the fact that the fishermen kept their trout alive several hours
after catching them, it was difficult to obtain good material for a study of the food.
As a result, out of a dozen stomachs of Tahoe trout that were examined, only three
were found to contain material of any consequence. The other nine contained only
small quantities of insect fragments that were too small to identify. Two stomachs
from trout that were 16 inches long were about one-fourth full. Each contained from
50 to 75 Daphnia and fragments of adult Chironomus and chironomid pupse. The
third stomach, from a male 15 inches long, contained 4.6 cubic centimeters of Daph-
nia, a small fragment of a beetle, and a few small fragments of other insects. The
number of individuals making up the 4.6 cubic centimeters of Daphnia was estimated.
Two separate measurements were made by allowing the material to settle for 24 hours
in graduated cylinders. In one case, 1.1 cubic centimeters contained 430 Daphnia,
and in the other, 1.3 cubic centimeters contained 477 individuals. The average for
these two measurements is 378 individuals per cubic centimeter, which multiplied by
4.6 gives a total of 1,739 Daphnia. This, however, does not represent the total
destruction of I><i/>lni i<i for this single meal, as the brood chambers of a large number
of them contained either eggs or embryos. About two-thirds of the. individuals were
Daphnia pulex and the rest were D. hyaUna. It is an interesting fact also that no
Copepoda were eaten, since both Epischura and Diaptomus were much more abundant
than Daphnia. The former are much more powerful swimmers than the latter, but
this fact alone is scarcely sufficient to account for their entire absence from the menu
of the trout. A difference in size does not answer the question, for Epischura «< va-
il, nsis is a large form and could be obtained as easily, apparently, so far as size is con-
cerned, as Daphnia. The three trout that had eaten Daphnia must have obtained
them at a depth of at least 40 feet, for these crustaceans were not found any nearer the
surface than this in the daytime on the feeding ground where these fish were caught.

NOTES OX LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TROUT-FISHING. 143

It was pointed out above that the fishermen find it necessary to use a longer line
and thus, presumably, fish deeper as the season advances. Treat (1904, p. 868) has
suggested that tin's is due to a downward movement of the plankton, the trout follow-
ing it into the depths to feed on it. He gives no data, however, in support of his
suggestion. Neither did my own observations extend over a sufficient period of
time to determine whether the Daphnia do descend to greater depths in the daytime
as the season advances. It is not at all unlikely that they do, for the water becomes
wanner and it undoubtedly becomes more transparent, and both of these factors would
tend to cause the descent to greater depth-. But even if such a seasonal depth
migration of Ihtj>lnii't does occur, it would scarcely follow necessarily that the trout
move down also because of this fact, for they are not entirely dependent on plankton
crustacea for their food. In fact, the above records seem to indicate that these
cnistacea form only a minor part of the food in most oases, while insects form the
major part at this season of the year. So it seems probable that other factors are
involved, which can be determined only by observations coverings much longer period
of time. Jordan and Henshaw (p. 198) state that the wonderful transparency of the
water renders the use of a long line imperative, as the trout are too shy to be
trolled in very near the boat. Thus the increase in the transparency of the water
after the flood season of the strea'ms is over may, in part, account for the increased
length of line necessary for successful fishing late in the season.

The stomach of a LO-inch Tahoe trout which was caught in Fallen Leaf Lake, a
small lake just south of Lake Tahoe. contained elytra of two beetles and fragments
of 2."> or 30 ants. Three Tahoe trout, each 7 inches lone', were obtained from (ira-s
Lake, a small lake still farther south, and their stomach contents were as follows;
No. 1. 32 damsel-fly nymphs.; No. 2, 6 damsel-fly nymphs. 4 water tigers (larval
Dytiscidse), and many chironomia larvae; No. 3, 4 water tigers and many chironomid
larvae.

It is interesting to note in this connection that in these small lakes the Tahoe
trout or pogy readily rises to the fly.

TKOUT FISHING IN LAKE TAHOE.

Angling. — All of the fishing in Lake Tahoe is done by angling. Fishermen
located at several points around the lake were visited and interviewed, and their
methods and fishing gear were examined. The method which is almost universally
employed at the present time differs but little from that described bv Jordan and
Henshaw in 1878 (p. L98), so that, to use Treat's appropriate expression, ''it may
fairly be said to have been born of experience" (1904, pp. 864-866).

Years of experience in trolling on Lake Tahoe have resulted in the adoption of the device now
employed — a metal, egg-shaped spoon of generous dimensions, of burnished copper or nickel plated,
according to the whim of the fisherman. Brass turnbuekles are attached to either end of this spoon.
A snell and hook is fastened to the smaller end while a twisted copper wire 75 to lL'o feet in length
leads to the 20 feet of cotton line in the hand of the fisherman. The hook, a large-sized Pennel, Lim-
erick, or Sproat for choice, is baited with worms or minnows. This gear is trolled from the rear of
the boat, the line being continuously moved back and forth, the latter movement being made more
quickly than the former so as to insure the proper spinning of the spoon. When the fish is hooked
fie is pulled in by main strength.

144

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The hook is usually put about 3 feet from the large spoon and sometimes a
small spinner is attached just above the hook. About the only change that is made in
this gear is the substitution of a '•squid" spoon for the regular one. This is a large
oval spoon with a large hook attached directly to one end and with a swivel at the
other end for attachment to the line. Some of the fishermen consider this spoon
better for large trout than the regular one.

The wire line is made of 4 to 12 strands of tine copper wire, the number of
strands depending on the size of the small wire used. For convenience in han-
dling, the line is wound upon a hand reel, which usually has a drum 5 inches or
more in diameter. Wire line is used in preference to any other, because it helps to
sink the spoon, and the fishermen have learned from experience that the hook must
be trolled at a considerable depth. The open season extends from June 1 to Novem-
ber 1. Early in June the fishermen use a line 50 to 75 feet long, but as the season
advances more and more line must be used, so that by September or October a line
200 feet long is sometimes used.

Some years ago still-fishing was indulged in by amateurs, but this method is no
longer employed.

Minnows are the standard bait, although man}' angleworms are used. When
the trout are not readily tempted by these two kinds of bait, the fishermen resort to
grubs, dobsons, and caddis-fly larvas. Formerly, canned clams were frequently used
in still-fishing.

Most of the trout are caught along the edge of deep water — that is, where the
water rapidly descends from a depth of 50 or 60 feet to a depth of 200 feet or more.
The best results are obtained by rowing the boat alternately from shallow to deep
water and back again, in a zigzag course, along such a slope. Sometimes trout are
caught where the water is only a few feet deep, but this is a rare occurrence. Occa-
sionally, also, they will rise to a fly, but in general rod and fly fishing are not a
success. Deep fishing with the regular ''jerk" line yields much better results.

Shipments of trout. — It is impossible to say, of course, just how may pounds of
trout are taken from Lake Tahoe in a season, for anglers are numerous and they are
not particularly interested in keeping records of their catches. But a general idea
of the results of the fishing done on the lake may be obtained from the following
tabic, which shows the number of pounds of trout shipped from the lake during the
past five seasons:

Season.

Trout
shipped.

1900

Pounds
58, 667
11,981
7,982
1 [,977
22, 730

1901

1902

1903

1904

The record for 1901 does not include the shipments from Tahoe City, as no data
were received from this office concerning its shipments in that year. So far as these
statistics go, 1900 was the banner season. This was followed by an unsually small
shipment in 1901 and a still smaller one in 1902, the shipment of the latter year being
only about one-seventh of that in 1900. There were marked improvements in 1903 and
1904, but even the shipment in 1901 reached scarcely more than a third of that in 1900.

NOTES ON LAKE TAHOE, ITS TROUT AND TKOTJT-FISHING.

145

The following table shows the shipment- by months from a single express office,
Tahoe City, during four seasons. As stated above, no record was obtained from this
office for 1901.

Month.

1900.

1902.

1903.

1904.

3, 672

8, ISO
4,827
1,006

2, 951
2,541
2,050

506

B, 1M
9,985

1.4711
600

July

■::;
310

I otal

26, 187

1,123

8,048

18, 186

During the three seasons, L900, L903, and 1904, the largest monthly shipments
were made in June and July. In 1 ! ♦< »-"i the largest monthly shipments from the
express oliiee at Tallae were made in the months of June and July and the same w a-
also true of the shipments from McKinney's in 1900. About nine-tenths of the trout
shipped are Tahoe trout, Salmo henshawi.

Mr. William Boyle informed the writer thai the price of these trout has risen
in the past twelve years from 1 * ► cents a pound as a minimum to 35 cents per pound
in L903. During June of the past season, L904, the fishermen received about 30
cents per pound. At the above prices the trouf shipped in L903 had a commercial
value of St.s'.H.'.C, and in L904, $6,819. Many of the trout that are shipped, how-
ever, are not placed on the market, for the successful tourist angler usually ships a
large portion of his catch to relatives or friends. The trout shipped by the commer-
cial fishermen are marketed chiefly in San Francisco, where they are retailed at 50
to 75 cents a pound. A small portion of each year's catch is marketed in Tahoe
City. Cal., ami ('arson City, Nev.

The above figures, however, do not include two unknown but nevertheless very
large (dements of each season's catch, the trout used by the resort1 hotels and those
consumed by campers and individuals who have summer homes around the lake. An
attempt was made to obtain some idea of the amount consumed by the large hotels.
The average daily consumption of each hotel during this investigation was obtained
and on this basis an estimate was made for a season of ninety days. The sum total
of these estimates approximates 10,000 pounds. This, added to the trout shipped
from the lake in 1904, gives a total of 28,186 pounds. This sum accounts for only
two parts of the season's catch. It is impossible to give an estimate of the third
part, that is. the local consumption other than that of the hotels.

Some idea of the "luck" of the fishermen may lie gained from the following
record of two who were located at the outlet of the lake. This shows the number of
trout caught by each on the days indicated.

Date.

Trout caught.

June 29.
June 30.

Julv 1 .

7
12
14
12

2
14
12

5

July 2 ..

Julj 3 -.
July r> ..
Julv 6 .

8
13
14

B. B.

F. 1906-

10

146

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

In weight, these trout averaged about 2 pounds. They were all Tahoe trout,
S. henshaioi. These fishermen usually started early in the morning, about sunrise,
and returned about the middle of the afternoon. One catch was recorded, however,
in which 11 trout were caught between 8 and 11.30 a. m.

Whitetish and suckers are abundant in the lake, but have no commercial value.

The regular flat-bottomed boat is used for fishing purposes, and each of these
boats is provided with a tank or well in which the trout may be kept alive. These
tanks will hold from 20 to 120 fish. About 80 of these fishing boats were found on
the lake, and the average cost was about §30 each, so that the whole represented an
investment of $2,400.

The importance of the Truckee River as a trout stream is suggested from the
following record of shipments of trout from towns along its course during the season
of 1900:

California.

Nevada.

Locality.

Pounds.

Locality.

Pounds.

'Jl.'.iTs
5,824
1,374

10. 704
10,819

39,388

Reno

FI"i iston

This gives a total shipment of 96,087 pounds, for this one season.

LITKRATURE CITED.

Jordan, D. S., and Henshaw, H. W. Report upon the fishes collected during the years 1875, 1876,
and 1877 in California and Nevada. Annual Report Geological Survey West of 100th Merid-
ian for 1878. Appendix K, p. 187-200, 4 pi. 1S7S.

Juday, C. The Plankton of Winona Lake. Proceedings Indiana Academy of Sciences 1901',
p. 120-133, 2 pi. 1903.

. The diurnal movement of plankton Crustacea. Transactions Wisconsin Academy of Science-.

Arts, and Letters, vol. xiv, p. 534-56S. 1904.

Le Conte, John. Physical studies of Lake Tahoe. Overland Monthly, vol. n, sec. ser., p. 506-516,
595-612, and vol. Ill, p. 41-46. 1883 and 1884.

Muir, John. Lake Tahoe in winter. (Reprint of a letter published in the San Francisco Bulletin
in 1878.) Sierra Club Bulletin, vol. in, p. 119-126. 1900.

. The mountains of California. 381 p., many plates. The Century Co., New York.

N. Y. 1903.

Powell, J. W. United States Irrigation Survey. Eleventh Annual Report of the U. S. Geological
Survey, pt. 2, Irrigation. 1891. Vid. Lake Tahoe.

Price, W. W. A guide to the Lake Tahoe region. 30 p. 1902.

feussELL, 1. C. Lakes of North America. 125 p., 23 pi. Boston. 1895.

Treat, Archibald. Trolling in deep water with the rod on Lake Tahoe. Western Field, vol. in,
no. 6, p. 864-868, January, 1904.

Ward, II. I'.. A biological reconnoissance of some elevated lakes in the Sierras and the Rockies, with
reports on the Copepoda by C. Dwight Marsh, and on the Cladocera by E. A. Birge. Transac-
tions American Microscopical Society, vol. xxv, p. 127-152, 12 pi. 1904.

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO, WITH ESPECIAL
CONSIDERATION OF THE FOOD OF THE TROUTS.

By CHANCEY JUDAY,

Wisconsin Geological and Njtarjl History Survey.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 616.

147

CONTENTS,

Pace

Physical character of the lakes 151

Location 151

i Origin anil size 151

Depth and variation in level 152

Affluents I :>:<

Character of shores and bottom -

Transparency of the water i">:

Temperature of air and water 154

Aquatic vegetation I"'!1

Plankton 160

Forms 160

< Quantity 160

Distribution l'1'

Fishes 161

Importance of study of fish food 162

Food of the t p ints 164

Examinations of trout st achs 165

Landlocked salmon 165

( ireenback trout 166

Rainbow trout 161

Mackinaw t r<n it 167

Small brook trout 167

Large brook trout 167

Fry 1 < 18

Sun ii nary and discussion of results Hi'1

1 'lank ton Crustacea as fish food 171

Bibliography 175

149

Bui U S B F 1906

Plate III

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO, WITH ESPECIAL
CONSIDERATION OF THE FOOD OF THE TROUTS.

By CHANCEY JUDAY,
Wisconsin Geological and Natural If/story Survey.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LAKES.

LOCATION'.

These two beautiful sheets of limpid water lie in the southern part of Lake
County, Colorado, about 15 miles south-southwest of the city of Leadville, nestled at
the base of the highest mountains in the state. Viewed from the east, they have
for a background the loftiest peaks of the Sawatch Range, which extends north and
south immediately behind them. Rising from the lake basin on the northwest are
spurs and ridges which lead up to Mount Elbert. This mountain has an altitude of
14,421 feet (4,395.5 meters), and is only 3 feet lower than Mount Massive, its
neighboring peak on the north, which is said to be the highest in Colorado. La
Plata peak, rising but a short distance southwest of the lakes, has an altitude of 14,:;4-_'
feet (4,:;T1 meters), while between La Plata and the lakes are lofty ridges with peak-
having an altitude of probably 13,000 feet (4.0 neters) or more. As the ridges

extend down to the lakes, the southern shores are very steep. The general contour
of the country surrounding the lakes is shown in plate in.

ORIGIN AND SIZE.

The lakes lie a short distance below the mouth of Lake Creek Canyon. This
canyon extends westward between Mount Elbert and La Plata, and there are many
evidences to show that it was once occupied by a glacier which probably came down
and joined the glacier that occupied the canyon of the Arkansas River. Much of the
debris brought down by the Lake Creek glacier was deposited in the lateral moraines
which form high ridges on either side of the lower valley. Thus the lakes are
entirely surrounded by morainal detritus with no rock in place exposed along the
shores except for a short distance along the north shore of Lower Lake. The glacier
was no doubt active in scooping out the lake basins, and then as it receded two
terminal moraines were formed, one which maintains the water in Lower Lake and a
second one, about -_'2."i yards (200 meters) wide in its narrowest part, which separates
the two lakes. These lateral and terminal moraines are well shown in sketch maps
by Holmes in Ilayden's Report for 1*74 (between p. 4s and 4!»).

"Study made for the United States Bureau of Fisheries during the summers of 1902 and 1903.

152 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Upper Twin Lake at its usual stage of water about midsummer has an area of
about 474.5 acres (192 hectares) and Lower Lake about 1,440 acres (5S2 hectares).
Both lakes were, no doubt, considerably larger during their earlier stages. The
portion of Lake Creek below Lower Lake has worn a channel over 23 feet (6 meters)
deep through the old terminal moraine, and it therefore seems probable that the lake
was several feet deeper at some time in its past history, which greater depth would
increase its size very materially. An increase in the depth of Lower Lake would
soon affect Upper Lake also, as the fall between the two is only about 6 or 7 feet (2
meters). Moreover, Upper Lake, at no distant time, geologically speaking, probably
extended much farther west than it does at the present time. The debris brought
down by the various streams that flow into its western end has formed a swampy
7neadow of considerable extent, and it seems probable that much, if not all, of this
area was covered with water during the early history of the lake, and thus constituted
a part of it.

DEPTH AND VARIATION IN LEVEL.

In Hayden's Report for 1873, figure 11 is a sketch map showing the results of a
number of soundings in each lake. The greatest depths found by him were 79 feet
(24 meters) in Upper Lake and 76 feet (23 meters) in Lower Lake. Powell also pub-
lished a map of the lakes (1891, pi. lxxxi). He states that 44 soundings were made
in Upper Lake and 86 in Lower Lake but gives no results in figures.

In the present investigations 94 soundings were made in Upper Lake and 85 in
Lower Lake, the lines being run in a general north and south direction across each
lake in order to make them as short as possible and thus reduce the chance of error
to a minimum. On July 8, 1902, the greatest depth found in Upper Lake was 82
feet (25 meters) and two weeks later the maximum depth found in Lower Lake was
74 feet (22.5 meters). When these soundings were made the water in Upper Lake
was at about its normal stage, but Lower Lake was about a foot lower than usual
at this time of year. AVhile the maximum depth of Lower Lake is onlv 8 feet (2.5
meters) less than that of Upper Lake, its average depth is very much less, as much
of the eastern half of Lower Lake is comparatively shallow.

It was impossible to determine the natural fiuctuation in the level of the lakes.
Since the spring of 1901 they have been used as a storage reservoir by the Twin
Lakes Reservoir Company. The surplus water of the basin is stored here during the
flood season and later is withdrawn for the purpose of irrigating lands in the vicinity
of Sugar City, Colo. A dam 18.5 feet (5.6 meters) high is now maintained in the
old outlet and the present outlet is a canal. The dam and the canal are so constructed
that there is a difference of 25.5 feet (7.8 meters) between extreme high water and
extreme low water in Lower Lake. The possible variation in the level of Upper
Lake is about 6 or 7 feet (2 meters) less, as already indicated. It is proposed, how-
ever, to dredge the creek connecting the two lakes so that they may have the same
possible fluctuation in level. Concerning the natural fiuctuation in level previous to
the building of the dam, Powell stated, in 1891, "it is not likely that the surface
of the lakes varies more than 2 feet in altitude during the year."

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 153

AFFLUENTS.

The principal affluent is Lake Creek, which rises in the Sawatch Range. Some dis-
tance above the lakes the creek divides into two branches. The north or main branch
has its beginnings in amphitheaters up near the crest of the mountains, a little to the
northwest of Mount Elbert. It flows south and southeast for a distance of about LO
miles (16 kilometers), and then cast about s miles (12.8 kilometers) into Upper Lake.
The south fork rises in amphitheaters lying west and southwest of La Plata, flows
northeast about 8 miles, and joins the north fork. Powell (1891) states that Lake
Creek drains about 102 square miles (261 square kilometers) of high mountain coun-
try. At present, however, not all the water of the creek reaches the hakes. About
."> miles (S kilometers) above Upper Lake considerable water is diverted into a ditch
which furnishes a water supply for placer mining in the vicinity of ( rranite. 1 hiring
the late summer, when the water in Lake Creek is especially low, it is said that so
much is removed by this ditch that frequently portions of the creek below are entirely
dry and large numbers of brook trout perish there. At the point where Lake (reek
emerges from its canyon there was formerly a fall of sufficient height to prevent the
trout from ascending the stream, but a few years ago much of this rock was removed
by blasting and trout may now ascend the creek without difficulty.

About a dozen other streams of various sizes contribute their quota of water to
the lakes.

CHARACTER OF SHORES AM) BOTTOM.

As stated before, the lakes are entirely surrounded by morainal detritus, so that
the shores are composed very largely of sand and gravel. In places, however, there
are rocks varying in size from men1 cobblestones to huge bowlders. At present the
cutting action of the waves on the shore is very slight in most places. At two points

on Lower Lake, however, one on the north side and the other on the south side, the
waves have recently been cutting the shores very rapidly. The increased height of
the water caused by the dam has directed wave action at these points against loose
morainal banks that are steep and easily cut away. Along some parts of Upper
Lake the action of the ice on the shores was well illustrated by the small ridges of
shore material that had been pushed up just a few feet back of the water's edge.

The bottom of the shallower parts of the lakes is sandy and gravelly for the
most part, but it is composed of bowlders of various sizes in some places. In the
deeper water a marly deposit covers (lie bottom.

TRANSPAKFM V OF THE WATER.

The transparency of the water of both lakes varied somewhat during the period
of these observations. It was found that, in general, a Seechi'sdisk just disappeared
from view at a depth of about 18 feet (5.5 meters) early in July, and the water
gradually became more transparent as the season advanced, so that, by the middle of
August, this depth had increased to a maximum of 29.5 feet ('.» meters). The low
transparency early in the season was due to the fact that the snow on the mountains
was melting rapidly and the streams in consequence were swollen and more or less
roily. As summer advanced they became smaller and their water became clear.

154

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The transparency of the water of the lakes was quickly affected by roily affluents.
If a heavy rain occurred in Lake Creek Canyon so as to fill the water of the creek
with silt, the water of the lakes soon responded with a marked decrease in trans-
parency.

The maximum transparency of these lakes exceeds by 10 feet (3 meters) that
which the writer found in several lakes in southeastern Wisconsin in 1900, and it
also exceeds by 21 feet (6.5 meters) that found in Winona Lake, Indiana, in 1901.
These waters are not so transparent as Lake Tahoe, however. Le Conte (1883)
records that in August, 1873, he found that a white plate was still visible at a depth
of 108 feet (33 meters) in Lake Tahoe, and in June, 1901, the present writer found
the transparency to be 65 feet (19.8 meters).

TEMPERATURE OF AIR AND WATER.

The lakes are about 9,200 feet (2,804 meters) above sea level, consequently the
water does not attain a very high temperature during the summer because of the
climatic conditions at this altitude. In 1902 snow fell as late in the summer as July
5 and- as early in the fall as August 25. In 1903 two or three inches of snow fell on
June 10, and flurries were recorded for July 3. No snow was noted down as low as
the lakes until September 6, but some of the surrounding mountains were covered
as early as August 21.

Some observations of the temperature of the air were made, but on account of
other work, they were not taken on some days; and it was found impracticable, also, to
make them each day at exactly the same hour. The average results, however, will
give a general idea of the daily range of temperature. The following table shows
the maxima, minima, and averages of readings taken between 6 and 7 a. m., 12 noon
and 1 p. m., 6 and 7 p. m. , and 9 and 10 p. m.

Year.

Month.

Hour.

Num-
ber of
read-
ings.

Maxima.

Minima.

Averages.

lir-rrr-

Fahren-
heit.

Degrees
Centi-
grade.

Degrees
Fahren-
heit.

Degrees
Centi-
grade.

Degrees
Fahren-
heit.

Degrees
Centi-
grade

1902
1902
1902
19112
1902
1902
1903
1903
1903
1903
1903
1903
1903

July

15

18
20
20
15
21
15
11
16
10
14
17
7

56.0
85.0
77.0
Mil
81.5
72.0
60.0
84.8
73.0
58.8
18 >
si! :.
75.0

13.3
29.4
25.0
12.2
27.5
22. 2
14.4
29.3
22.8
11.9
9.2
28 II
23.9

40.5
47.6
48.0
41.0
56.0
52.5
38.8
65.5
38.8
38.0
31.0
60.5
53.0

4.7
8.6
9.0
:.. ii
13.3
11.4
3.8
18.6
3.8
3.3
- 0.5
15.8
11.7

4n. :.
71.0
61.3
48. 0

1,7..--

61.2
50.3

74.7
60.9
49.8
43.0
75.0
66.3

9.2
21.6
IS 0

9. 0
19.9
16. 2
10.2
23. 7
16.0

9. 9

6.1
23.9
19.0

...do

12-1 p. m

....do

August

....do

....do

July

....do

....do

...do..

6-7 a. m

12-1 p. m

6-7 p. m

12 1 p. m

6-7 p. m

9-10 p. m

August

. do.

6-7 a.m

. . do . . .

The days are Usually warm and pleasant in summer, but the temperature falls
rather rapidly after sunset. The nights are very cool, generally, and hoar frost may
be expected every month of the year.

These climatic conditions explain why the water of the lakes never attains a very
high temperature. In fact the lakes are generally covered with ice for a period of
a I ic nit five months each year. The following table shows the dates on which the lakes
became completely covered with ice early in the winter, and those on which it
disappeared from them in the spring, with a third column containing the number of

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 155

days the lakes were covered with ice. I am indebted to Mr. Charles L. \Yillis for

the data concerning Upper Lake, and to Mr. John J. Hartman for that pertaining to

Lower Lake.

Periods in 1901—1906 during which Twin Lakes were icebound.

Date oi freezing over.

Date .if
opening.

Number
of days
covered.

Date of freezing over.

Dal. of
opening.

Numbi c
of days
ci ivered.

tipper Lake:

Mav 8, 1902

May 16, 1903
May :: i""i

143
119
138
140

Lower Lake:
Decemberl5, 1900

Mav 12,1901

148
147
156
152

112

December 13, 1902

Decembers, 1903

December 19. 1901

December 16, 1901

December 11, 1902

Mav 12.1902
Mav 15 190S
Mav 12,1904

May 19,1905

December 28, 1904

The records of the freezing over show only the dates on which the lakes became
completely covered with ice. For some time previous there was considerable ice on
both lakes, particularly around the edges and in the protected bays. Thus, it will be
seen that Upper Lake was icebound for 138 to 14'.i days, and Lower Lake for 1 tJ
to L55 days each winter during the period covered by these observations. While no
temperature observations were made during these periods, it can safely be said that
the temperature of the water must have been tolerably low for a period of at least
five months eaidi year. It will also be noted that Upper Lake was not covered with
icequiteso long as Lower. For the winter L902-3, Mr. Hartman reported the maximum
thickness of ice on Lower Lake as 34 inches (86 centimeters), and Mr. Willis found a
max i mum of 28 inches (71 centimeters) on Upper Lake. For the latter lake also. Mr.
Willis reported a maximum of 24 inches (60 centimeters) for the winter L903— 4.

Several sets of temperature observations were made on these two lakes during
the months of July and August in 1902 and L903. In general the temperature condi-
tions during the summer were found to be similar to those that have been observed
in lakes of corresponding size and depth at much lower altitudes that is, the same
three regions were noticeable. There was an upper stratum of water, or superther-
mocline region, whose tempera! lire increased materially during the summer; a bottom
.stratum, or subthermocline, whose temperature changed very little during the sum-
mer; and a more or less distinct transition zone or thermocline between these two
strata. The thermocline region is always characterized by a considerable change in
the temperature of the water within a comparal ively thin stratum. This stratum was
found to be from 3 to 4 meters (10 to 13 feet) thick in these lakes, and the water in
the lower portion of it was about 5- C. ('•' F. ) colder than that in the upper por-
tion. The decrease in temperature with increasing depth both above ami below this
region, was much more gradual. This transition zone was not nearly so pronounced,
however, in these lakes in late summer as has been found by the writer in lakes in
southeastern Wisconsin and northern Indiana, but it agrees very closely with this
zone in the latter lakes when their upper stratum of water has a corresponding
temperature early in the summer. During these observations westerly winds blew
with considerable regularity, beginning usually about 10 a. m., and lasting till late
in the afternoon. As a result the water of the superthermocline region was kept
quite thoroughly stirred up, so that its temperature was tolerably uniform, thus
producing a fairly distinct thermocline. The superthermocline was considerably
thicker in Lower than in Upper Lake, on accountof the fact that the wind was more
effective in disturbing the upper water of the former becauseof its much larger size.

156

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

In the accompanying- temperature curves the vertical spaces represent the depth
of the water in meters, and the horizontal spaces show the temperature iu degrees
centigrade.

0

(

F

'

10'

12s

14°

16°

_|_

2

T

T

T

-

/

T

fi

J

/

/

/

I

/

1

1?

/

'/

14

//

'

1

1h

J

t

1R

l /

#

?n

/

/

??

I

/

Of,

/

Upper Lake,

July B. 1902
August 26. 1902

Fig. l.

12

16

18

22

2d

8° 10' 12' 14"

/

/

1

/

i

/

/

/

/

/

i

/

/

1

//

':

I

/

1

/

j

1

1

\\

J 1

Upper Lake.

July 14. 1903.
August 28. 1903.

Fig

Figures 1 and 2 indicate the temperature changes that occurred in Upper Lake
in 1902 and 1903 during the time of the observations. It will be noted that the
superthermocline was not so thick in 1903 as in 1902, but that the thermocline was
more sharply defined in the former year. In 1902 the upper 5 meters (16 feet) of
water reached the summer maximum of 16.6° C. (62^ F.) on August 4-, remained
practically the same for ten days, and then gradually decreased. In 11>(>3 a maximum
of 16.1 - C. (61^ F.) was noted on August 7. The bottom temperature was about the
same both summers and changed very little during the two months, averaging about
6.5- 0. (13.8° F.).

A STUDV OF TWIX LAKES. COLORADO.

157

6 8°

10 12' 14' 16"

6' 8° 10' 12° 14° 16°

10

12

16

18

20

22

25

/

T

/ L

4 t

i l

t _j

7 7

_t i

X- -^

r _/

U '

t-7

T T

_tz

J J

rt

h .

1!

3t

1

1

I

f

t

I

Upper lake

-. July 14. 1902.
■ • July 14. 1903.

10

16

20

22

/

i

/

l

J

/

/

1

y

/

/

\

/

i

/

/

i

/

^

//

A

.

Lower Lake,

— July 16. 1903.
■ • August 28. 1903.

Fig

Figure 3 represents two sets of observations on Upper Lake which were made
just one year apart. These curves show that down to a depth of 17 meters (55 feet)
the water was considerably warmer in 1902 than in 1903, and slightly warmer thence
to the bottom.

Figure 4 shows the comparatively slight change in temperature that occurred in
Lower Lake between July 16 and August 28, L903. The upper stratum became
somewhat warmer and more thoroughly mixed, thus making the thermocline a
little more pronounced. In 1902 the surface water had a temperature of 17.1 C.
(62. 8- F.) on August L'l and a maximum of 17 on August 7. 1903.

158 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

T V 11° 13" 15' 17" « 6° ,0' '2' 14" 16"

12

25

/

/

/

J

/

1

/

/

/

1

1

9

/

1

/

1

'

10

12

16

22

\

..

\

i

/

y.

/

/

/

1

1

1

/

1

1

1

I

1

Upper Lake. August 7. 1903.
Lower Lahe. August 7. 1903.
Fig. 5.

Upper Lahe. August 28. 1903.
Lower Lake. August 28. 1903.
Fig. 6.

Figures 5 and 6 are comparisons of the temperature readings obtained for the
two lakes on August 7 and 28, 1903. During these three weeks the thermocline
moved down about 3 meters (10 feet) in each lake. Both summers the temperature
of Lower Lake throughout its entire depth was somewhat higher than that of Upper
Lake. This condition may be attributed to the following factors:

By far the greater part of the water which flows into Lower Lake during the
summer comes from Upper Lake and thus has about the same temperature as the
surface of the latter. The water flowing into Upper Lake, however, through all
except one of its affluents was found to be 3° to i C. colder than the water above
the thermocline. In 1903, for instance, the temperature of the water in Lake Creek,
which is the chief affluent of Upper Lake, was 13.6 C. (56.5° F.) on August 7 and
11.2° C. (52.2° F.) on August 28. On these dates the surface temperatures of Upper
Lake were, respectively, 16.1° C. (61° F.) and 15.-±° C. (59.7° F.). On August 7 the

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO.

159

temperature of the water in some of the other affluents was as follows: Willis Creek,
12.6C C. (5L7: F.); creek flowing into Elbert Bay. 25.5- C. (78° F.); creek on Koyston
Point, 12.5 G. (54.5 F.), and the water of a spring on Kovston Point had a tempera-
ture of 6.4° C. (43.5 F.). Lower Lake is a little more than three times as large as
Upper, and the wind is thus much more effective in disturbing the water of the super-
thermocline region. As one result this stratum of water was about two and a half
times as thick in Lower Lake as in Upper. On August 7, 1903, for example, it was
3 meters (10 feet) thick in Upper and 8 meters (26 feet) thick in Lower Lake.

Likewise this greater disturbance of the water would affect the subthermocline
by producing currents strong enough to affect the water throughout its entire depth.
So large a portion of Lower Lake is comparatively shallow that its average depth is
much less than that of Upper Lake. Thus, the sun is much more effective in warm-
ing the water of the former. In the shallower water the light that is not absorbed
bv the water itself is changed to heat when it reaches the bottom, and most of this
heat will be absorbed by the water above, so that nearly all the sun's energj i- used
up in wanning a tolerably thin stratum. Where the water is deeper the light will
penetrate to a greater depth and the same amount of energy falling on an equal area
will be distributed through a much larger quantity of water and will thus not raise
its temperature so much.
The following table shows two sets of temperature observations on each lake:

Temperatures in Twin Lakes in mmmers of 1908 and 1903

Di ptb

L.IKE.

LAKE.

Angusi 1. 1902.

\nuu-i : i

21,1902.

August 7,1903.

M< h 1 *
1) II

3.0

1 ii
6.0
6.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0

12. o

13. 11
ll.ll
15.0
18.0
20.0
2-2.0
25.0

[6 i.

62 n

°C.

16 I
1 • 7
13.9

I.; ::
13. 2
10.8

°f.

61.0

57.0

,,, ii

°C.

17.1

°F.

17.0

°F.

i.J 7

n, 6

i.j 0

it;. 3

01.4

15.:;
13.5
11.5

56 I
52.8

16.0

16 -
18 8

11 7
12.8
11.9

62.3
60 .

10.0

9.0

60 ii

r,o. 5

10.0
10.0
8.3
7.8

50.0
17.11
46.0

8.3

17.ll

15.0

69. 0

13. 5

1L' .:,
u '.i
10.7
111. 1

... ;
54.5
53. 4

.1.8
50.2

11.1
10.5

in I

52. 0
61.0
50.2

7.7

6.8

41.3

6. 8

41.3

6.5

43.7

0.5

43. 7

9.0

1- _'

AQUATIC VEGETATION.

Potamogeton was found to be more abundant than any of the other large forms
of aquatic plants. It grew in considerable abundance at the west end of Upper Lake,
along the north side of Lower Lake, from North Bay west, and also in the shallow
water of the east end. In some places where the water was 10 feet (3 meters) deep
it came almost to the surface. Three different species and one variety were found,
Potaiiioydoit niifhili::, I'. p< rfoliatus, I', perfbliatus richardsonii, and P. pradongus.
One or two species of ( '<tr< ,<■ were found in the pools of the swampy meadow west of
Upper Lake and in a very few places along the edges of the lakes. Batrachium
trickqphyllum also was found in the pools and in a few places in the lakes.

160 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

PLANKTON.
FOKMS.

A comparatively small amount of phytoplanktou was found in the lakes, and it
consisted chiefly of diatoms, Fragilaria, Asterionella, and Melosira. A small portion
of it consisted of some colonies of a green alga, apparently a species of Protococcus,
and an occasional desmid, Staurastrum .

The following animal forms were found in the plankton of the two lakes:"

Rotifera.

Anurea cochlearis Gosse. Triarthra longiseta Ehrenberg.

Anurea aculeata Ehrenberg. Polyarthra sp.

Notholea longispina Kellicott. Asplanchna sp.

Copepoda.

Diaptonius judayi Marsh. Cyclops albidus .Turine.

Cyclops pulchellus Koch. Cyclops viridis americanus Marsh.

Cyclops serrulatus Fischer.

Cladocera.

Daphnia hyalina richardi Burckhardt. Alona affinis O. F. Miiller.

Latona setifera O. F. Miiller. Alona guttata Sars.

Drepanothrix dentata Euren. Graptoleberis testudinaria Fischer.

Eurycercus lamellatus O. F. Miiller. Pleuroxus procurvatus Birge.

Camptocercus rectirostria hiserratus Schoedler. Chydorus sphrericus O. F. Miiller.

The following Cladocera were obtained from pools in the swampy meadow west
of Upper lake:

Daphnia pulex De Geer. Eurycercus lamellatus O. F. Miiller.

Scapholeberis mucronata O. F. Miiller. Camptoceicus rectirostris biserratus Schoedler.

Si cephalus vetulus 0. F. Miiller. Pleuroxus procurvatus Birge.

Ceriodaphnia pulchella Sars.

Some plankton material was collected in a lakelet above the town of Twin Lakes
on Mount Elbert. This small body of water has an altitude of about 10,000 feet
(3,050 meters). The Cladocera were represented by Daphnia pvlex, Simocephalus
r, fiilux, /'/, iiro.rns procurvatits, and Chydorus sphsericus.

Some material was obtained also from Willis Lake, which is situated near the
head of Willis Gulch, a little southwest of Twin Lakes, and has an altitude of about
12,000 feet (3,660 meters). The water was found to be very cold, the banks of snow
which were the source of supply being only a short distance away. Gammarus was
plentiful, and the Cladocera were represented by two forms, Macrothrix hirsuticornis
Norman & Brady and Eurycercus lamellatus O. F. Miiller.

QTJANTITT.

The plankton observations on the two lakes were few in number and consisted only
of vertical hauls. In 1902 the observations on Upper Lake consisted of two series of
catches in July and four in August. A single set of catches was made in Lower Lake
in August. In 1903 three sets of catches were made on each lake. The observations

o I am indebted to Dr. ('. Dwight Marsh for this list of Copepoda. The Diapiomm proved to be a
new species and I>r. Marsh has recently described it.

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO.

161

were so few in number and covered such a brief period of time each year that they give
onlya fragmentary notion of the plankton lifeof the lakes. Likewise the vertical haul
method is by no means a satisfactory one and both of these factors must be taken into
consideration in the results given below. The following table shows the number of
thousands of individuals per square meter of surface. With the exception of a few
figures for the rotifers, these numbers are averages of either two or three hauls.
The rotifers were not counted in all the catches, so thai in a few instances the
numbers given for them represenl only the individuals of a -ingle catch.

Quantity of plankton in Twin Lakes, as shown by series of vertical hauls during summt
[Average number of t lousanda of individuals per square meter.]

I'PPKB LAKE.

LOWER LAKE.

1902.

1903.

1902.

S.i i ) -.

July—

Angii-l

h:l,

August—

August—

fuly—

August—

14.

'20

4.

14.

18.

26.

14,

7 28.

21.

16.

8. 28.

7.5

'.'6. 2
76.0

1.0

1- II

66 '■

2.7
14.0

III. 7
30.0

1 6
. 1

is 2

4.0

■
In. •

2.0
7.0
5.9

i ■

1.0

19.7

mi 0

10 1

27. -

0

• 1.6 2.0

96 0 30.0
8.0 3.8

5.3

■2 1

1.5

99.5
88 I
[81.0

151 0

I" 2 12.4

1.1

SO 0

Notholca longispina

SO i
17] 1.0

24.0

7..')
17.11
71 9

1 .7 9
37.0

8. 1

26 1

47 1

19. 3

l
'27 -

12. 1

26. 3

10] g

|n| 0

1

15. 1
12.2

7 5 13.9

Diaptomus judayi

Cyclops '....

Daphnia hyalina, young

1 i -i
1
If :.

is 1

52. 6

Li ; i
21.8

77 7
17.1
-i 0

I.I 2

0 ■

68.9

112 3 il

Daphnia hyalina, adult

DT8TRIB1 Tiox.

With respect to vertical distribution, Anurea cochlearis, Notholca longispina,
and Asplanchna were confined almost exclusively ti> the upper L0 meters. Anurea
aeuleata and Triarthra longiseta were found almost entirely below a depth of In
meters, rarely occurring in the upper 10 meters. Polyarthra was rather evenly
distributed throughout the entire depth of both lake-.

There was no diurnal movement of Diaptomus, Oyclqps,&nd Nauplii. Daphnia
hyalina showed a diurnal movement of half a meter in July and 1 meter in August.

The phytoplankton, as stated above, composed a comparatively small portion of
the total plankton, and the few forms remained practically uniform in quantity dur-
ing the two periods of these observations. The Crustacea made up by far the
greatest hulk of the total plankton.

FISHES.

Catostomus commersonii Lacepede. Common Sucker: White Sucker.

This sucker is very abundant in the lakes. At times immense numbers were
seen swimming at the surface with the dorsal tin and a part of the back projecting
above the water. This habit was noted when the water was quiet, either early in the
morning or in the evening. As food fish, the sucker does not stand very high in the
estimation of local fishermen, consequently little attention is paid to it except as bait
for trout. A few are caught in Lake Creek by means of grab hook-. Some of the
trout feed rather extensively on young sucker-.

B. B. F. 1'.I06— 11

162 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

JShinichthys cata/racta dulcis Girard.

This minnow was found to lie rather common in Lake Creek, both above and
below the lakes, but only a few were noted in the lakes. Sometimes the fishermen
use them for bait.
Salmo sebago Girard. Landlocked Salmon.

The landlocked salmon was introduced several years ago, but apparently lias not
multiplied very rapidly. Only a few are caught. The fish attains a rather large
size, however, one that was caught weighing 6 and another 4£ pounds.
Sal inn xfoiiiitix Cope. Greenback Trout.

The greenback is one of the two indigenous species of trout. It is common in
the lakes, apparently a little more abundant in Lower than in Upper lake. It does
not attain a very large size, rarely exceeding a pound in weight. It is caught chiefly
by trolling in shallow water.
Salmo macdonaldi .Jordan & Evermann. Yellow-rin Trout.

The yellow-fin is the other indigenous trout — in fact, it has been found nowhere
else as yet. Jordan (1891) has the following concerning its habits: ''The Yellow-tin
is largely on the gravels and about the north or sunny side of the lake. It is not
often taken in deep water. It spawns in spring and the suckers devour the spawn
in the streams and spawning beds." This trout appears to be very scarce now. No
specimens of it were obtained.
Salmo irideus skasta Jordan. McCloud River Rainbow Trout.

This trout has steadily increased in cumbers since its introduction, and is now
the most abundant trout. It grows to a rather large size; one specimen was caught
in 1903 which weighed lit pounds. The larger ones are caught chiefly by trolling;
the smaller ones are frequently obtained by fly-fishing in shallow water. Fairly
large ones are often caught at the mouth of Lake Creek by bait-fishing from the shore.
Cristwomer namaycush Walbaum. Mackinaw Trout; Great Lakes Trout.

This trout has not increased very rapidly in numbers since its introduction into
Twin Lakes, but it seems to find conditions favorable for its growth. During the
first half of June, 1903, a Dumber of specimens were caught which weighed from 15
to 2<t pounds. Most of them were caught in the upper end of Lower Lake by still-
fishing. The fishermen used large hooks baited with pieces of suckers.
Sal r, I in us font! mil is Mitchill. Brook Trout; Speckled Trout.

Brook trout are abundant in Lake Creek above the lakes, and many are caught
in the lakes themselves. They are obtained chiefly by fly-fishing. In some cases,
also, the fisherman baits his fly hook with grasshoppers or maggots.

IMPORTANCE OF STUDY OF FISH FOOD.

In considering the life conditions of a living organism, one of the most impor-
tant factors to be taken into account is, naturally, the food. It is essential to know
something about the quantity and kind of food required not only for existence, but
also for the best and most complete development of the organism. In agriculture
this question has received the attention of many investigators, and the results of their
labors are apparent everywhere. To mention only two instances : We know that
plants and soils have been studied to determine what plants are best adapted to the

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 163

different kinds of .soil; where certain food elements are lacking in a soil, fertilizers
are added, or the soil is inoculated with bacteria which will produce the desired
results. In stock feeding much has been done to determine the relative value and
nutritive qualities of the various kinds of food generally employed, so that this
industry may now be conducted along scientific lines. Comparatively little attention
has been given to the food of our useful aquatic animals, however. The whole sub-
ject of aquiculture. in fact, has been very much neglected. Analyses have been made
and we have been told that our regular food fishes are very nutritious and make an
excellent food for us, but our knowledge as to what produces this nutritious food is
entirely too limited. The whole question of the relation of quantity and quality of
food to the rate of growth and physical well-being of fishes needs much more
thorough investigation than it has yet received.

This neglect of aquiculture is certainly not due to its slight economic impor-
tance, or perhaps it would be better to say u< small possibilities of it^ great economic
importance. It has been estimated that a body of water of average fertility will
produce five times ;is much as an equal area id' average land. Sweeney ( L898) calls
attention to the fact that a small fish pond (tin by 120 feet) in Indiana produced 1,000
pounds of black bass and 250 pounds of yellow perch in fifteen months without being
supplied with any artificial food. At the price of s cents per pound, he estimated
that, if the natural waters of Indiana had been relatively only about a tenth as pro-
ductive as this pond, the fish products would have been almost equal in value to the
corn crop of the state in 1896, the year of this experiment, and a little more than
twice the value of the wheal crop. Vet. in spite of the greal possibilities of our
natural waters from an economic standpoint, most of them receive little or no atten-

ti< xcept annually or biennially when our legislators wrestle with the complex

problem of devising laws for the protection of 6sh and aquatic birds. There is little
doubt that, if more attention was given to investigations relative to increasing the
producing efficiency of our natural waters, many of the stringent protective laws
that now adorn our statute hooks would become superfluous.

Like other living organisms, lishes are affected by both the quantity and quality
of the food available for them. The quantity of suitable fish food found in a stream
or lake determines not only the number of fish that may be supported but also
the physical condition of those that do survive. Wh< n food is scarce, a smaller
number will he able to win in the struggle for existence, and those that do win will
usually be poor and stunted in their growth. Fish epicures have persistently main-
tained that the. flavor of a poorly fed fish is much inferior to that of one which has
had an abundant supply of food They also assert that the flavor is affected very
much by the kind of food on which the fish feeds. It is stated, too. that the kind of
food affects the growth of a fish very materially. Baird (1857) cites an experiment
in which young trout, presumably the same number and of the same size, were placed
in three separate tanks and were fed upon different kinds of food. The trout in one
tank were supplied with worms; those in another were given live minnows: while
those in the third were fed upon "water-flies." The. trout which subsisted upon
worms grew slowly and had a lean appearance; those which were supplied with live
minnows became much larger; •"whilst those which had flies alone given to them
attained in a short time prodigious dimensions, weighing twice as much as both the

164 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

others together." It is true, of course, that there is a very marked difference in the
rate of growth of trout, even under apparently the same food conditions. Trout
culturists, for instance, find it necessary to sort the young trout of a pond at regular
intervals after the3T are a few months old, and separate the larger, precocious
individuals from the smaller, weaker ones, in order to keep the former from preying
upon the latter. But, in spite of this apparent contradictory evidence, there is little
doubt that the great difference in the results obtained in the above experiment was
due, in some measure at least, to the different kinds of food supplied.

As long ago as 1653 Walton appreciated the importance of the quality of the feed-
ing ground, for he says: "And certainly, as some pastures breed larger sheep, so do
some rivers, by reason of the ground over which they flow, breed larger trouts."
Francis (1868) makes the assertion that "trout in one stream will be much larger,
firmer, redder, and better shaped than in others. This may. in a measure, be owing
to the greater abundance of food, but I have every reason to believe that it proceeds
quite as much from the kind of food that they are enabled to obtain." Further on
he says: "In lakes also it is a very common thing to find the trout in one lake large,
blight, and well fed and in another, very similar in appearance and perhaps only a
bare half mile distant from the other, they will be long, black, and lean, with heads
out of all proportion to the thickness of the body. In another, probably hut a
similar distance from the first two, the trout will be abundant, but very small, though
bright and well colored." To exemplify this he cites a group of small lakes in which
he had fished and attributes the superior condition of the trout in the smallest lake of
the group to the abundance and greater variety of the food found in it. Bah'd (1857)
cites a similar difference between the trout of two streams, one of which is a tributary
of the other, and he ascribes it to the great difference in the quantity and variety of
the fish food which he found in the two waters.

Thus it is evident that a knowledge of both the quantity and kinds of food found
in a stream or lake is of very great importance when it comes to the question of trout
culture. This, doubtless, is true also of the culture of all other fishes, and this
knowledge would be very valuable in the introduction of a species of fish into new
waters. If we know the kind of food on which the fish thrives best and if we also
know the quantity and kinds of food available in the water to be stocked, then the
problem of stocking the water can be attacked in such a way as greatly to increase
the chances of success. Until such knowledge is acquired we must continue to
experiment more oi- less blindly.

FOOD OF THE TROUTS.

Walton tells us that the trout "lies at watch for any fly or minnow that conies
near him; and he especially loves the May-fly." In the two and a half centuries
since Walton wrote, relatively little has been added to his observations on the feeding
habits of most of the trouts, though several writers, especially writers on trout-culture,
have commented in a general way upon the great variety of trout food. There is
very little definite information as to the quantities and proportions of the various
component elements, however. From general statements we learn that the food
includes various kindsof worms, all kindsof insects (both adults and larvae), mollusks
of one sort or another, crustaceans, small lish, fish eggs — in fact, almost anything

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO.

165

that is digestible, as well as many things that are not digestible. Trout are regarded
as carnivorous from choice, but omnivorous in cases of necessity.

EXAMINATIONS OF TROUT STOMACHS.

Dufine the investigation at Twin Lakes the stomachs of Hit-t trout were obtained
and the contents studied. Twenty-six specimens were fry that were too small to be
positively identified, and the other 308 belonged to six different species. The
specimens were obtained during duly and August. L902, and between the middle of
dune and the 10th of September, L903. They were caught by various methods, such
as by trolling with a spoon-hook or baited hook, by fly-casting, with a seine, in gill-
nets, and on trout-lines or set-lines. The fry, of course, were taken with a dip net.
They were caught at various hours of the day. and under as favorable conditions as
possible, so that the results might represent the natural food of the specimens.

Only a very general classification of the different elements of the stomach
contents was attempted. They are recorded under twenty two different heads.
ChtroiKiiinix and Simulium were noted separately from the other Diptera, because
they were represented chiefly by their aquatic larva'. The term "insect fragments"
includes all fragments of insects that were too small to be identified. The other
terms are self-explanatorj .

In recording the contents of a stomach an estimate was first made as to the
relative amount of food it contained; that is, whether it was well tilled, half, or a
quarter full, or contained only a little. Then the various constituents were sorted
out, and the percentage of each in the entire quantity was carefully estimated. In
the first six of the following tables the first column shows the number of specimens
in which the respective elements appeared, and the second column shows the average
percent of each element in all the specimens that contained it. An explanation of
the last table is given below.

Landlocked salmon (Safono sebago). —Twenty-four specimens of landlocked salmon
wore examined. Twenty-three were obtained from Lower Lake and one from the
pool just below the gates, or dam. in the outlet canal. The length of the specimens
varied from 8 to -j.\\.'-< inches (20 to 70 centimeters). Two stomachs were entirely
empty, another contained only a grain of oats, while two others contained only a few
grains of coarse sand. Thus nineteen are accounted for in the following table:

Contents of stomachs of 19 landlocked salmon.

Food elements.

Fish remains

Trichoptera (larvae and pupse i

Lepidoptera

Diptera

Chironomus (larvae and pupsej

Simulium (larvse)

Coleoptera

Number
oi speci-
al ens
in which
found.

Average
percent

of

element

ion. a

95.0
40.0
52. 5
2.0
100.0
73.0

F I elements.

Hymenoptera (ants) . .

Insect fragments

i Irustacea (Qammaru.0

Mollusca

Vegetable debris

Sand and gravel

Number
"i speci-
mens
in which

I. mil. I

Average
percent

of

element.

20.0
20.0
5.0
l.n
62. o
61.0

The specimen containing Sim ulium larva? was the one caught in the pool below t he
dam. The intestines of several specimens contained a great deal of sand and mud
and the shell of a small bivalve mollusk was found in one.

166

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Greenback trout (Salmo stomias). — The stomachs of 72 greenback trout were
examined. Eight of them were empty, leaving 64 to be accounted for in the table.
Of this number, 18 were obtained from Upper Lake, 1 from Lower Lake, and 53
from the pool below the dam.

Contents of stomachs of 64 greenback trout.

V 1 elements.

Number
hi speci-
mens
in which
found.

Fish remains 4

Orthoptera 7

Hemiptera 2

Trichoptera - 1

Lepidoptera (moths) 14

Diptera 29

Average
per cent

of
element.

7n. ii
59. 7
i. .ii
10.0
12.0
30.8

Fi.Oll i-lrliiellK.

Number

i.i speci

nuns

in which

found.

Chironomus (larvse and pupae) 10

Coleoptera 25

Hymenoptera (antsi 5

Insect fragments 29

Crustacea ( Entomostraca) 11

Vegetable debris 7

Average
per cent

ni
element.

17.7.-)

42.7

19.4

51.7

77.0

3S. 4

Specimens from all three localities contained Daphnia. One stomach contained
4,500 Daphnia and another 2,250. Two of the specimen-- had eaten both copepods
and Daphnia, hut the other 12 of the 14 that had eaten Entomostraca contained
Daphnia only.

The vegetable debris consisted chiefly of Potamogeion leaves.

A feather was found in one .stomach and a few pieces of twine in another.

Jordan (1891) says, concerning the food of this species: "At the hatchery of
Dr. Laws, it appears that this trout will not willingly eat young suckers and
minnows, its food being largely young crustacea." It will be noted in the above
table that only -i stomachs out of til contained remains of fishes.

Rainbow trout(Salmo iridt us shasta). —The stomachs of 111 rainbow trout were
examined. Out of this number 8 were empty, 36 were estimated to be a third full
or more, and the other 70 a quarter full or less. The specimens varied in length
from 6 to 18 inches (15 to 45 centimeters). Twenty-two of them were caught in
Upper Lake, 21 in Lower, and 68 in the pool below the dam in the outlet canal.

Content!! of stomachs if 106 rainbow trout. ■

Pood elements.

Mammal remains . .

Fish remains

Araneida (spiders) .

Odonala

Orthoptera

Hemiptera

Trichoptera

Lepidoptera I moths
Diptera

N umhei
of speci-
mens

in which
found.

Average
per cent

of
element.

42.0

07.3

10.0

2.5

4.3

2.6

4.7

13.6

8.9

Food elements.

Chironomus (larva and pupae)

Simulium ( larva?)

Coleoptera

Hymenoptera

Insect fragments

Crustacea

Mollusca

Vegetable debris

Sand and gravel

Number

ol si I-

mens

in which

found.

A verage
per cent

of
element.

10.3
!..s ;;
22. 2
5.6
55. 1
37.3
inn
35. 6
41.8

About a fourth of the fish remains were positively identified as remains of young
suckers (C. commersonii) but the rest were not recognizable. These results do not
agree with the observations of Chambers (1887), who states that the rainbow trout
introduced into England "is more delicate in its appetite than other varieties of Sal-
monidse, and therefore is not prone to the same temptations to cannibalistic attacks

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO.

167

upon its congeners." In the present case, out of a total of lot; specimens containing
fond. 4-_' had partaken of fish; and while all the remains that could lie identified were
found to lie suckers, it does not seem at all unlikely that the rainbow occasionally
prevs upon young trout too, since small fish constitute such an important element of
it- food.

Of the l»i specimens that contained Crustacea, one had eaten Gammarus, one
copepods, another Diaptomi and Daphnia, while the other L3 had partaken of
Daphnia only. One stomach contained 1,350 Daphnia.

Th< vegetable debris consisted of spruce leaves, pieces of wood. Potamogeton
leaves, and. algse. One stomach, contained a piece of cotton twine and another a
feather. Much of the vegetable debris was probably taken byaccident, hut some had
apparently been eaten on purpose. Much of the sand was probably derived from the
cases <>f trichopter Ian ■■<-.

Mackinaw trouti Cristivomer namaycush). — Two Mackinaw trout were obtained.
One was 30 inches (76 centimeters) lone-, and its stomach contained a trout 7 inches
1 17. "i centimeters) lone- and a few insect fragments; the other specimen was :;:; inches
(84 centimeters) lone-, hut its stomach was empty. Mr. Willis examined the stomachs
of several large specimens caught in L903 and found that they contained almost
nothing but young suckers.

Milner ( ls7t) states that in the Great Lakes this trout feeds principally on the
cisco (Argyro80?nus hayi). ""It is not an unusual thine- for a trout to swallow a fish
too large for its stomach ami the tail protrude- from his mouth until the forward
part is digested." rle also says that it eats refuse from the tables of passing steam-
ers; such articles as peeled potatoes, pieces of liver, green corncobs, and fragments

of ham hones having been found in stomachs. <> le (1884) says that Mackinaw

trout are a- omnivorous as cod.

SmallbrooA tr<>>tf ( Salvelinvs fontinalis). Twenty-nine specimens of small brook
trout from 1 to 2 inches (2.5 to 5 centimeters) long were obtained in duly and August,
1902. They were caught in Lake ( 'reek, above and between the lakes, and in Upper
Lake. The st achs of all of them contained food, and most of them were esti-
mated to be from a third to two-thirds full.

Contents of stomach - all brook trout.

Food elements.

Number
oi speci

mens
in which

found.

Ephemerida

Plecoptera

Orthopteia

Lepidoptera I moths
Diptera

of
element.

69.0
25.0
22. :>
20 0
33.7

■ Lements.

ChironomTJS (larvae and pupae

Simullum I larvae)

Coleoptera

I n -'it fragments

Vegetable debris

Keel' *

'„!,;. Percent

in which

of

.•lenient.

20.3
46.2
5.0
63.6
in 0

Large brook trout (SalveMmcs fontinalis). — The specimens' of larger brook trout
numbered 1l'7 and varied in length from i to 13 inches (10 to 33 centimeters). Of
this number, 117 were caught in Lake Creek above Upper Lake, 7 in Upper and 3 in
Lower Lake. Only one stomach was empty; 70 were estimated to be a third full or
more and the remainder a quarter full or less.

163

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
Contents of stomachs of 126 large brook (rout.

Food elements.

Fish remains...

Araneida

Hydracbnidse ( water mites i

Ephemerida

Orthoptera

Hemiptera

Neuroptera

Trichoptera

Lepidoptera (moths)

Number
of speci-
mens
in which
found.

Average
percent

(if
element.

92.5
12.4
4.4
31.0
47. 0
13.(1
10.0
22. 5
16.4

Food elements.

Number
of speci-
mens
in which
found.

Diptera

Chironomus (larvae and pupie)
Coleoptera

Hymenoptera

Insect fragments

Crustacea (Entomostraca) —

Vegetable debris

Sand and gravel

Average

percent

of
clement.

14.0

11.0
15. 7
32 8
41. N
4.5
64.0
15. 5

The fish remains consisted of young suckers. All of the specimens that had
eaten Araneida and Hydrachnidae came from Lake Creek. About one-fourth of the
Hemiptera were Corixa, and about one-half the Hymenoptera were ants.

One of the two specimens containing Entomostraca was taken in Upper Lake
and had eaten only Daphnia, while the other was caught in Lower Lake and had
eaten both Daphnia and Cyclops.

Nearly all the vegetable material found was in the stomachs of specimens that
were caught with a seine in Lake Creek, just a short distance above Upper Lake.
It consisted, for the most part, of pieces of the small roots of the willows growing
along the creek, and was probably taken by accident.

Needham (1901) states that Chironomus, Corethra, and Trichoptera were the
most important food elements found in the brook trout he examined. In this ease,
however, the four chief elements of animal food, named in the order of their impor-
tance, were Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Orthoptera. and Chironomus.

Fry. — Twenty-six specimens of fry were obtained from Lake Creek in August,
1902. They were too small to be positively identified, varying in length from \ to
\\ inches (2.2 to 3 centimeters). The stomachs of all except one contained food, but
it was found to be in such condition that very little of it could be recognized.

Contents of stomach* of £6 fry.

Pood elements.

Ephemerida (nymphs)

Orthoptera

Lepidoptera (moths) ..

Number ,..„„„„
of speci-lA,e

in which
found.

per cent

of
element.

Food elements.

50 Diptera

60 Chironomus (larvae and pupse)
in Inject fragments

A \ erage

Numbei

5
23

72
22
80

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO.

169

SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION OK RESULTS.

The following table shows the average per eent of the different elements coin-
posing the stomach contents of all the trout examined. The percentages given for
each species were obtained by dividing the sum of the per cents of the different food
elements by the number of stomachs containing food.

Land-
locked
salmon.

Green-
back
trout.

Rainbow
trout.

Small Large
brook brook

trout. trout.

Fry.

Mammal remains

Fish remains

Araneida [spidersj

Hydrachnidse (water-mites

Ephemeridti

Oaonata

1'1< ptera

t »rthoptera

Hemiptera

Neuroptera

Trichoptera

Lepidoptera

Dlptera

i Imronomus I larrse, pup

simuliuiu (larvse)

Coleoptera

Hymenoptera

[nseel fragments

Crustacea

Mollusca

\ egi i.ii'i-- debris

Sand and gravel

16 -1

4. -10

5.55
.20

10.00
2.11

.11

15.31

1.51

.27

.06

13.05

.it;
g 20
l:: 95
2.80

1.62
23. 11

4 20

0.04
!l
.10

.12

.'.'7

.13
3. a.

1.17

1.9M
7. 75
1.18
31 70
.i. 62
.38
8.70
7. 17

86

Loo

.69
11 60
7 60
6. 18

.17

'is I M

IS
B0
16

.87
.16

.7-J
1. is
'J. mi

5. I"

9 l .

.07
•_'. 17

8.20

11.40

I. I"

Twent y-t wo ii •'.!{• appear in the above table, ;m<l all except one (sand and gravel)
may be regarded as sources of nourishment. While much of the vegetable matter
had no food value and was probably taken largely by accident, still, in a considerable
number of cases, it was digestible material which would afford nourishment, and was
present iii such quantities as to indicate that it had been eaten purposely.

The table shows that there was considerable difference in the did of the different
species. The landlocked salmon (Salmo sebago) had partaken of 1- mil of the 21
items of food: the greenback trout (S. stomias) \'2\ the rainbow trout (.v. irideus
shasta) 17; small brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) 10; and lai'ge brook trout L6.
Thus thi' rainbow had the greatest variety in its diet.

The mammal remains consisted chiefly of the bones "1' a small mammal, appar-
ently a mouse, eaten by a rainbow trout.

These four species of trout differed very widely in the relative amount of fish
consumed. The landlocked salmon hail partaken most freely, fish remains constitu-
ting an average of more than 1-third of the stomach contents; the rainbow trout
ranked second in this respect; while the brook trout had eaten most sparingly of this
kind of food. It is interesting to note, in this connection, however, that all t lie fish
remains that could be identified were found to be young suckers.

The last table shows how important insects are in the food of these trout during
the summer. On an average, they constituted 40.9 per cent of all the material found
in the stomachs of landlocked salmon: 71.5 percent in greenback trout ; 50.1 in rain-
bow trout ; 99.6 in the small brook trout: and 58.6 in the large brook trout. The fry
that were examined were entirely dependent on insects for their food. With the
exception of the small brook trout and the fry, the insect material found in the

170 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

specimens consisted chiefly of such forms as fell into the water accidentally. In
view of this fact, and also in view of the dietetic importance of these insects, a study
of the food of these trout during the long- winter period when the lakes are covered
with ice would he very interesting, as well as necessary to a good understanding
of their food habits. The winter period is, undoubtedly, the most critical for them
so far as food is concerned. That food was sufficiently abundant during the summer
was shown by the good physichal condition of the trout, and by the quantity of fat
that was found in most of them.

The rainbow and the large brook trout had the greatest variety of insect diet.
Each had partaken of 10 of the 13 items listed, while the greenback trout had par-
taken of 8 and the landlocked salmon 7. Not more than three or four forms of
insects, however, played an important role in the food supply of any species of trout.
Named in the order of their importance, Coleoptera, Trichoptera, Diptera, and
Sim ill in in constituted by far the greater bulk of the recognizable insect food of the
landlocked salmon, the four together making up an average of 36.1 per cent of the
stomach contents in all the specimens. Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, and Orth-
optera were the important insect elements in the food of the greenback trout, and
together constituted -16.3 per cent of the stomach contents. The rainbow trout had
eaten most freely of Coleoptera, Lepidoptera. and Diptera. but these three made up
only 14.1 per cent of the stomach contents.

A comparison of the results obtained for the small and the large brook trout
shows that they differed greatly in their insect food. The small ones fed freely on
May -fly nymphs and on the lame and pupae of CMronomus and Sunn! 'mm. Adult
Diptera ranked second in importance, however, being exceeded only by the May-fly
nymphs. These four groups together made up a little over -IS per cent of the food
of these specimens. Hvmenoptera, Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and CMronomus formed
the most important part of the insect food of the large brook trout, and together
constituted 22.1 per cent of the stomach contents.

Diptera, CMronomus, and Lepidoptera were themost important elements of the
food of the trout fry. The Ephemerida were represented almost entirely by nymphs,
and the Trichoptera by larva?. The Lepidoptera consisted almost entirely of moths,
and by far the greater part of the Hvmenoptera were ants. The high percentages
of Coleoptera were undoubtedly due, in a great measure, to the resistance of the
chitinous elytra and other coverings to the process of digestion.

Examination of some trout from streams in the region of Mount Whitney, Cali-
fornia, revealed the fact that in those waters also only a few forms of insects were
an important part of the trout food. In \-2 specimens obtained from the South Fork
of the Kaweah River, the three most important elements of the food, which consisted
entirely of insects, were chironomid larva? and pupa? 15 per cent, Coleoptera 15, and
trichopter larva? 11.2. In (! trout from Soda Creek, the most important elements
were as follows: Trichopter larvae, 3b. S per cent; Plecoptera, adults and nymphs,
9.2; and Orthoptera, Coleoptera, and Hvmenoptera each 4.1 per cent. In 41 speci-
mens from Little Kern River, Coleoptera and Hvmenoptera were each 15 per cent
of the food. The following percentages of insect food were obtained for 18 speci-
mens of the golden trout (Safono roos> veltt) from Volcano Creek: Plecoptera (adults
and nymphs), 12.2; Trichoptera (adults and larva?), 7.2; ephemerid nymphs, 7.

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 171

Thirty-three specimens of Twin Lakes trout in all had eaten ( Irustacea. Of this
number. 26 had eaten only Daphnia, 1 had oaten only copepods, 4 had eaten both
Daphnia and copepods, and 2 had eaten only Gammarus. The insignificance of
Gammarus as an (dement of food was rather surprising, as it was abundant in both
lake-.

The vegetable matter that was found in the various stomachs consisted of such
things as small pieces of wood, spruce leaves, seeds and seedpods of land plants,
roots. Potarnogeton leaves, and alga?. It seems probable that mosl of the sand and
gravel was taken by accident. Much of it was. no doubt, derived from the cases
of some of the trichopter larvae. Judging from the difference in the pex-centages of
sand and gravel, il seems that the landlocked salmon and the rainbow trout feed on
the bottom much more extensively than either the greenback or the brook trout.

PLANKTON CRUSTACEA AS FISH FOOD.

It is frequently stated thai the Entomostraca are very important factors in the'
food of many fishes, but we have very little definite information as to the kind-, the
relative proportions, or the numbers of these small crustaceans eaten b\ the different
fishes. It is known, of course, that plankton Crustacea are an important (dement of
the food of some fishes, such as the whitefish and herring, but here, even, we know-
little of the relative importance of the different Entomostraca. There is likewise
great need of extending our knowledge a- to the importance of these minute crusta-
ceans in the diet of fishes that are not regarded as plankton feeder-: and in spite of
the emphasis that has been laid on the fact that thej are of supreme importance to
fish fry, here, too, definite information i- l>\ no mean- as extensive as it should be.
A brief summary of some id' the results obtained bj several obsen ers is given below.

Kno\ (1834) observed that the vendace (Coregonus) fed exclusively on micro-
scopic animals of the (das- Entomostraca. Hair. I ils.",7i mention- the fact that
"delicate little crustaceans " were found in the stomachs id' Loch Leven trout
(Salmofario l> vt ic nsis), of the chart- Salmo&alvt Units, and of the vendace ( ( 'oregonus
willughbii). The crustaceans mentioned in thi- connection are Daphnia, Bosmina
coregoni, and < ypris.

Jardine (1857) states that stomach- of the vendace (Cwegonus) were found
tilled with Entomostraca. In speaking of the food of the trout in Loch Levin.
Fraiu-is (IStJS) says that large quantities of Entomostraca were of ten found in their
stomachs. Smith (1874) found Daphnia in the stomach- of six specimens of < 'oregonw
alius. Barfurth (1874) found microscopic Entomostraca in the stomach- of Alosa
vulgaris.

Between lsTs and L888 Forbes made a careful study of the food of many Illinois
fishes. He examined young belonging to 12 families and 26 genera, and found that
the representatives of only one genus had not been feeding more or less extensively
on Entomostraca. In examining both young and adults, he found that specimens
belonging to more than 50 genera, representing Hi families, partook of Entomostraca
during some period of their lives. He also states ( 1893) that two specimens of young
trout taken at the mouth of Bridge Creek, Wyoming, had been feeding on Poly-
phemux ped icuhis and Daphnia pulex.

172 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Ryder (1881) says that the food of young shad consists almost entirely of very
small crustaceans, in reality for the most part Daphnidae and Lynceidse. In speaking
of the adult .shad, he states that he found a large quantity of a copepod, apparently
a ( yelops, in the stomach of a spawning female. He says that there were probably
a hundred thousand of these copepods in the stomach.

Brook (1SST) found that very young cod and saith fed almost entirely on copepods.
Brook and Calderwood (1886) state that copepods supply the principal food of the
herring during the summer months, and ostracods were found occasionally.

Fric and Vavra (1894 and 1901) found plankton Crustacea in the stomachs of
several species of fresh-water tishes.

Herdman (1894) states that by far the most important constituent of the food of
young plaice (Pleuron, ct, splat, ssa) seems to be the Harpactieidse, especially the species
Jonesiella hysense. Records for nearly 900 specimens show that sizes of about an
inch (2.5 centimeters) in length live mainly on Copepoda. He also found that cope-
pods form a part of the food of specimens 3 inches (7.5 centimeters) or more in
length. Herdman and A. Scott (1895) state that after the larval marine tishes which
they studied have absorbed the food supply stored up in the yolk-sac thev pass to
the stage in which copepods form their chief food. In his investigations on Lake
St. Clair, Reighard (1894) found that Daphnidse and Copepoda were eaten by various
fish larvffi and the lake herring. Peck (1894 and 1896) found ostracods in the stom-
achs of menhaden and copepods in the stomach of a scup. In speaking of his investi-
gations on the Great Lakes. Ward (1896) says that the smaller forms of crustaceans
are eaten by the fish fry directly, and are sometimes the immediate food of the
larger tishes.

Walter (1895-1899) obtained some interesting results in this respect in his studies
of the food of fishes. I have not seen his own statements concerning these results,
but Steuer (1901) says the following of them: "Nach den Cntersuchungen E.
Walter's konnen wir den Satz aufstellen. dass ganz allgemein die Menge des vor-
handenen tbierischen Planktons direkt proportional ist der Menge der in dem Teiche
iiberhaupt vorhandenen Fischnahrung. Die Gesamnitproduction an tbierischen
Plankton stent somit in geradem Verhaltniss zum Zuwachs der Fische, d. h. je mehr
Plankton, desto grosser der Zuwachs, je weniger Plankton, desto geringer der
Zuwachs."

In describing an observation made on Lake Mendota, Wisconsin. Birge (1897)
says that "The surface water was crowded with Daphnia, and an immense number of
perch were feeding on them.*'

Scourfield (1898) states that three specimens of the three-spined stickleback
{Gasterosteus aculeatus) and three roach (Zeueiscus rutilws) which he examined had
been feeding extensively on several forms of Entomostraca. Huitfeldt-Kaas (1898)
found 50,000 Bosmina in the stomach of a Coregonus lavaretus. He says that
Byihoreptes longimanus was the usual species found in the stomachs of trout and
( '■>/;<j<i„t/s, and next came Bosmina obtusirostris and ]><ij>l,in<i galeata.

Nordgaard (1900) says that ( 'alarms finmarchicus constitutes the main part of the
food of the herring along the coast of Norway, and also (1905) that the ostracod
Cypridina norvegica was found to constitute part of the food of the cod (Gadus
callarias).

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 173

T.Scott (1901) notes that the smaller crustaceans (schizopods, amphipods, and
copepods) form a very important part of the food of the young marine fishes which
he studied. Steuer ( 1901 ) found that 39 specimens of fresh-water fishes, varying in
length from 5.5 to 13.5 centimeters and belonging to five different species, had
partaken more or less freely of plankton crustacea. He found that a specimen of
Seardinius erythrophthalmus 7 centimeters long had eaten 2,000 to 3,000 Chydorus
sphsericus, and a slightly larger Carassiw (Karausche) about 5,000 Acroperus haipae.
Needham (1903) notes the presence of Daphnia in the stomachs of two brook trout
out of 25 which he examined. Kofoid (l'.'o:;) found that tin- annual production of

plankton and the output of the fisheries of the Illinois River sho^ so correlation

in their changes from year to year.

Considered with respect to whether plankton crustacea form any part of their
food supply at any stage of their existence, trout readilj fall into inn groups,
resulting from differences in habitat. The one group includes the trout that live in
mountain streams. They ran not depend upon these minute crustaceans for a supply
of food because the waters of these streams are generally too wild and rapid for the
development of plankton life. < Occasionally, of course, there may be favored localities
where pools are quiet enough for the growth of such organisms, but these arc rare
The fry of trout which regularly inhabit lakes, but which ascend streams to spawn,
must depend upon some other source of food while they are in the stream-. This
was well illustrated by the fry obtained in Lake Creek, whose food consisted entirely
of insect-. The other group is composed of trout that inhabit lake-. Here the
conditions are favorable tor the development of plankton organisms, and the trout
may draw upon the plankton crustacea for food. That these crustaceans may form an
(dement of the food of some trout for a considerable period of time i- shown b\ t he
fad tint they were found in stomach- of specimens that had reached a length of 12 to
15 inches (30.5 to 38 centimeters). Ii seems a little strange that trout of thi- size
should bi' abl to obtain such large numbers of t hese -mall crust iceans with an appa-
ratus apparently -o very poorly adapted to procuring such minute organisms.

The investigations relating to the food of marine fishes -how that copepods
are by far the mo-t important (dement of the entomostracan part of their food, the
Cladocera being negligible. Almost the reverse of thi-. however, wa- found to be
true of the trout of Twin Lake-. Out of 31 specimens that had eaten Entomostraca,
2t> had eaten only Cladocera {Daphnia), I only copepods, and 4 both Daphnia and
copepods. In the four instances in which both had been eaten, the Daphnia consti-
tuted thirteen times as much of the stomach content-, on an average, a- 1 he copepods.

Huitfeldt-Kaas (1898) says concerning his results, "Im dan/en ge imen die Daph-

nien vie! haufiger in dem Fischemagen anzutreffen als die Copepoden." He thinks
the explanation of this lies in the fact that the Daphnida?, with their slow, regular
movements, are more easily obtained than the copepods with their irregular, jumping
movements. Steuer (1901), however, thinks that the predominance of Cladocera is
due chiefly to their greater size, and secondly to their greater abundance. It is true,
of course, that the copepods found in Twin Lakes are more powerful swimmers than
the f><ij>Itiu,t, and are more irregular in their movements, so that it would be more
difficult for the trout to capture them. It is also true that Daphnia are slightly larger
than the copepods, and for this reason could be more easily obtained, while, also, the

1 / 4 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

hitter, being long- and slender, would l>e more likely to pass through the straining
apparatus of the trout. The differences in size and shape would be particularly
effective in permitting the copepods to escape from the larger trout, which have a
rather coarse straining apparatus.

With respect to size, however, it may be said that the only Entomostraca repre-
sented in the food of some specimens of Sal/m.o henshawi from Lake Tahoe were
two species of Daphnia, while the large copepod Epischura ra< vadt nsis was found to
be more abundant in the lake at the time than Daphnia. So far as size is concerned,
therefore, it would seem that this copepod could be obtained by the trout as easily as
the Daphnia. As to the point that the Cladocera are more abundant, it is only nec-
essary to say that adult copepods were nearly as abundant in Twin Lakes in 1902 as
Daphnia, and were more abundant in 1903. Also, at the time of the above observa-
tion on Lake Tahoe in 1904, the copepods were much more abundant than Daphnia.

There is some doubt, however, as to whether the very great predominance of
Daphnia over copepods in these instances is fully accounted for by the three factors
that have been considered — namely, differences in movement, size, and shape. But
no other factors were apparent. It was thought, at first, that possibly small swarms
of I><i/>Iini<i might contribute to the explanation, but no evidence whatever of any
unusual aggregations of these was found. A single catch of trout will serve to show.
still further, the striking difference in the role played by these two forms of Crus-
tacea as sources of food. Ten rainbow trout whose stomachs contained Entomostraca
were caught in the pool below the dam in the outlet canal of Twin Lakes within an
hour one afternoon. Of this number '•' had eaten only l><ij>]iiiin . while the tenth had
eaten both copepods and l)<i/>ltiti<t. The specimens were all about the same in size —
6 to S inches (15 to 20 cm.) — so that their straining apparatus should have been
equally effective. Since one trout was able to secure copepods. and it was one of the
larger specimens, it hardly seems probable that the other nine were unable to secure
them also, either on account of the irregular movements, the small size, the slender
form, or the scarcity of the copepods, as these were more abundant than Daphnia in
the water that was flowing into the pool.

From what has already been said, it will be seen that many species of fish are
important factors in the destruction of plankton Crustacea. Hence, this fact must
be taken into account in a quantitive consideration of this element of the plankton of
a body of water inhabited by these fishes. Immense numbers of minute crustaceans
are destroyed by the trout in Twin Lakes. One greenback trout l~2 inches (30 centi-
meters) long had eaten 4,500 Daphnia/ another 1-1 inches (35 centimeters), 2,250,
and the stomach of a rainbow trout 15 inches (38 centimeters) long contained 1,300.
Over 16 per cent of the greenback and rainbow trouts whose stomachs contained
food, had eaten Daphnia, the number eaten by each individual varying from about
■"in or 75 up to 4.500. When it is considered that these figures represenl the number
consumed by each trout at a single meal, and also that the lakes were well populated
with these two species of trout, we can see how enormously they affect the numbers
of Daphnias. In this connection it is interesting to note also that the stomach of a
l.vineh Tahoe trout (Salmo henshawi) which was examined during the summer of
1904 contained 1,700 Daphnias. about two-thirds of which were 1). hyalina and one-
third />. pulex. The above numbers, moreover, do not represent the entire drain

A STUDY OF TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 175

upon these snail 1 crustaceans. The great majority of the adult females had either
eggs or developing embryos in their brood chambers. Whether the eggs are
destroyed during their passage through the alimentary canal or not is still an open
question. FriS and Vavra (1894) found thai summer eggs sometimes pass through
the canal undigested, Imt they did not determine whether these eggs had. lost their
vital power. Steuer (1901), however, raised a Ceriodaphnia from an ephippium
which was taken from the intestine of a fish. But, even if the majority of the eggs
eseaped digestion and developed afterwards, it hardly seems probable that the
embryos escaped also, and they alone represented a very large additional loss.

Steuer (1901) calls attention to the likelihood of overestimating the value of
Entomostraca as a direct source of food for fishes. He thinks that, in very many
cases, they enter the digestive tract of the fish only indirectly; that i~. after being
eaten by some animal which is in turn eaten by the fish. There was no room for
doubt as to their being eaten directly by the trout in these cases. In a number of
instances there was nothing else in the stomachs; and in stomachs which contained
additional food the additional food in most instances consisted of insects that had
accidentally fallen into the water, and these of course had not been feeding on
Entomostraca.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Abbott, C. C. 1878. Notes on some fishes of the Delaware River. Report U.S. Fish Commission,

1875 -76 I L878), p. 825-845.
Baikd, Spencee F.

1s7l\ The food of the sea-herring. Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1871, p. 208-210.

1872. Food' for young trout, [bid., 1871, p. 217.

1872. Nutrition of young fish in hatching establishments. Ibid., 1*71, p. 350-352.

1873. Food of shad. Ibid., 1872, p. 426.

1874. F I of the basking shark. Ibid., 1873, p. 328-329. 1874.

1S74. F 1 for diminutive trout. Ibid., 1873, p. 447.

1874. Increase in the growth of trout, [bid., 1*7:;. p. 148.

1875. Food of the shad, [bid., 1874, p. 310-311.

1876. Food for trout, [bid., 1875, p. *33 434.

Bairh, W. 1857. Notes on tin- food of some fresh-water fishes, re particularly the vendace and

trout. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, n.s., vol. vi, 1857, p. 17 24.
Barfubth, D. 1876. UeberNahrungund LebensweisederSalme,Forellen,und Maifische. Inaugural
dissertation. II p. Translated by 0. Jacobson, in Report U.S. Fish Commission, 1873-74and
1874-75 i L876), p. 7:;:. 759.
Beardsley, A. E. 1902. Notes on Colorado Entomostraca. Transactions American Microscopical

Society, vol. xxm, p. 41-4S. 1902.
Birge, E. A. 1897. Plankton studies on Lake Mendota (Hi. Transactions Wisconsin Academy of
Sciences, Arts, and Letters, vol. H, 1897, p. 274-448, 28 pi.

1904. The thermocline and its biological significance. Transactions A rican Microscopical

Society, vol. xxv, 1904, p. 5-33, 2 pi.
Brook, i .

1886. Preliminary account of the food of the haddock, fourth Annual Report of Fishery Board

for Scotland, app. F, no. 6, p. 128-134. 1886.
1886a. Preliminary report on the food of the cod. Fourth Annual Report of Fishery Board for
Scotland, app. F, no. 6, p. l:'.4-147. Is ;

1887. Notes on the food of young Gadidae. Fifth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,

app F, no. 10, p. 326-327.

Brook, G., and Cal'jerwood, W. L. 1886. Report on the i 1 of the herring. Fourth Annual

Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, app. F, no. 6, p. 102-128. 1886.

176 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Chambers, W. O. 1889. Rainbow trout in England. Journal National Fish Cultural Association of

England, vol. i, no. 1. Extract in Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, vol. vii,18S9, p. :i; i— 40.
Forbes, S. A.

1878. The food of Illinois fishes. Bulletin Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, vol. i,

no. 2, p. 71-89, 1878.
1880. The food of fishes. Ibid., vol. i, no. 3, p. 18-65, 1880.
lssOa. On the food of young fishes. Ibid., vol. l, no. 3, p. 66-79, 1880.
1S83. The food of the smaller fresh-water fishes. Ibid., vol. i, no. 6, p. 65-94, 1883.
1883a. The first food of the common whitefish (Coregonus clupeiformis Mitch.). Ibid., vol. i,

no. 6, p. 95-109, 1883.
1888. Studies of the food of fresh-water fishes. Ibid., vol. n, p. 433-473, 1888.
18S8a. On the food relations of fresh-water fishes: a summary and discussion. Ibid., vol. II,

p. 475-538, 1888.
1890. Preliminary report upon the invertebrate animals inhabiting Lakes Geneva and Mendota,
Wisconsin, with an account of the fish epidemic in Lake Mendota in 1884. Bulletin
U. S. Fish Commission, vol. vm, 1890, p. 473-487, 2 pi.

1893. A preliminary report on the aquatic invertebrate fauna of the Yellowstone National Park,

Wyoming, and of the Flathead Region of .Montana. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission,

vol. xi, 1893, j.. 207-258, 6 pi.
Francis, F. 1868. Natural food of trout. Vid. American Fish Culture, T. Norris, p. 231-241., 1868.
Fric, A., uud Vavea, W.

1894. Die Thierwelt des Unterpocernitzer und Gatterschlager Teiches. Archi'v fur naturwissen-

schaftliche Landesdurchforschung von Boemen, bd. ix, nro. 2, 1894.

1901. Untersuchung des Elbeflusses und seiner Altw.'.sser. Ibid., b<l. xi, nro. 3, 154 p. 1901.
Fulton, T. W.

L889. Inquiries into the nature of the food, the spawning, habits, etc., of marine food fishes.
Seventh Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. 3, p. 182-185.

1902. The distribution, growth, and food of the angler [Lophins piscalorius). Twenty-first

Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. in, p. 186-217.
Gill, T. 1874. Natural and economical history of the Gourami ( Osphromenus goramy). Report

I". S. Fish Commission, 1872-73 (1874), p. 710-28.
Goode, G. B. 18S4. Natural history of useful aquatic animals. The Fisheriesand Fishery Industries

of the United States, pt. in, Fishes, p. 169-682, 1884.
Hayden, F. V.

1S74. Twin Lake-. Annual Report I. S. Geological Survey of the Territories for ls7:;(ls74i

p. 47 and 54, fig. 10 and 11.
1876. Glacial Lakes. Ibid., 1874 (1876), p. 48-5(1, 2 pi.
Hehdman, W. A. Report on the investigations carried on in 1893 in connection with the Lancashire

Sea-Fisheries Laboratory at University College, Liverpool, 36 p., 1894.
Huitfeldt-Kaas, H. 1898. Das Plankton in norwegischen Binnenseen. Biologisches Centralblatt,

bd. XVIII, 1898, p. 625-36.
Jardixe, W. 1857. Note to Dr. Davy's paper on the vendace of Derwentwater. Edinburgh Philo-
sophical Journal, n. s., vol. v, LS57, p. 349-50.
Jordan, I). S. 1891. Explorations in Colorado and Utah during the summer of 1889. Bulletin U. S.

Fish Commission, vol. IX, 1891, p. 1-40, 5 pi.
JUDAY, C.

1903. The Plankton of Winona Lake. Proceedings Indiana Academy of Sciences for 1902 I 1903).

p. 120-133.
1906. Food of the trout of the Kern River region, in Tiie golden trout of the Southern High Sierras,
by B. W. Evermann. Bulletin U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxv, 1905, p. 43-49. 1906.
Kendall, W. C. 1898. Notes on the food of four species of the cod family. Report U. S. Fish ( 'om-

mission, 1896 (1898), p. 177-180.
Knox, R, 1834. Observations on the natural history of the salmon, herring, and vendace. Transac-
tions Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. \n. ls:;4, p. 462-518, 1 pi.

A STUDY HI' TWIN LAKES, COLORADO. 177

Kofoid, C. A. 1903. The Plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with introductory notes upon the
hydrography of the Illinois River and its Basin. I't. i, Quantitative investigations and general
results. Bulletin Illinois state Laboratory of Natural History, vol. vi, p. 95- 629, 50 pi.

Le Coxte, .1. 1883 and 1884. Physical Studies of LakeTahoe. Overland Monthly, vol. u, sec. ser.,
p. 506-16, 595-612, ami vol. in, p. 41-0.

Leidy. .1. 1 s<>8. Food of the shad. Proc lings Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia,

L868, p. 228.

McIntosh, W. C. 1885. Report of the Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Third Annual Report
of Fishery Board for Scotland, app. F, no. ::, p. 55-67, 1884-S5.

Mabshall, W. s., and Gilbert, N. < . 1905. Note- (in the food and parasites of some fresh-water

fishes from the lakes at Madison, Wis. Report 1". S. Bureau of Fisheries, 1904 I 1905 I, p. 513-22.

Matthews, J. D. 1 ss7. The food of the whiting (Gadu I. Fifth Annual Report of Fishery

Board for Scotland, app. F, no. 9, p. 317-25.

MlLNEB, .1. W.

1874. Report on the fisheries of the Great Likes. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1S72-73 (1874),

p. l-;s.
is74a. Notes on the grayling of North America. Ibid., p. 729-42.
Moore, 11. F. lsus. Herring fisheries of the northeast coast. Report ('. s. Fi.-h Commission 1896

L898 , p. ::s;-44l\
Needham, .1. G. 1903. Food of the brook trout in Bone Pond. Bulletin 68, N. V. -tat.- Museum,
pt. ii, p. 211-4-17.

NORDGAARD, O.

L900. [Jndersogelser i fjordene veil Bergen 1899. Bergens Museums Aarbog 1900, no. iv, p.

:: 38, 2 pi.
1905. Hydrographical ami biological investigations in Norwegian fiords, pt. m, Bottom Life, p.
155-194. Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1905.
Norms, T. 1868. American fish culture. 304 p. Philadelphia, 1868.
Page, W. F. L894. Feeding and rearing fishes, particularly trout, under domestication. Bulletin

U. s. Fish Commission, vol. kii, L894, p. 289 314.
Pec k, .1. 1.

1893. i>n the food of the menhaden. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xm, 1893, p.
113 26, s pi.

189<>. The sources of marine food. Bulletin [T. S. Fish Commissi vol. w, 1896, p. :!51-68.

Powell, J. W. 1891. Eleventh Annual Report l. > Geological Survey, L889-90 (1891), pt. n.

Irrigation, :;!•:> p. Vid. p. 135-40, pi. i s
Reigiiard, J. E. 1894. A biological examination oi Lake St. Clair. Bulletin Michigan Fish (

mission, no. 4, p. 1—14, 3 pi.
Roosevelt, R. B., and Green, S. L879. Fish hatching and fish catching. 245 p. Rochester, N. Y.

1879.
Ryder, J. A. 1881, The Protozoa and Protophytes considered as the primary oi indirect source of

the food of fishes. Bulletin iJ.S.Fish Commission, vol. i. 1881, p. 236-51.
Scot i . A.

1896. Examination of i 1 in fishes' stomachs. Report on investigations carried on in 1895 in

connection with Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Laboratory at University College, Liverp

sec. I. p. 6-12.

1897. Food in fishes' stomachs. Ibid., L896, pt, i, p. 5.

Scott, T.

1888. Notes on the contents of the stomachs of herring and haddocks. Sixth Annual Report
Of fishery Board for Scotland, p. 225 >1

1901. Observations on the food of fishes, Twentieth Annual Reportof Fishery Board for Scotland,

pt. 3, p. 486-538.

1902. Some further observations on the food of fishes, with a note on the I rved in the

stomach of a common porpoise. Twenty-first Annual Report of Fishery B lard f, >r Scot-
land, pt. 3, p. 218-27.

B B K. 1906—12

178 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Scourfield, D. J. 1S98. The Entomostraea of Epping Forest. Tlie Essex Naturalist, vol. x, ]>.

l!t:;-L>10. 1898.
Smith, S. I. Is74. I" 1 of fresh-water tishes. Report t\ S. Fish Commission. 1872-73 (1874),

p. 708-9.
Smith, W. A. 1887. Food of Salmonidse at sea. Journal National Fish Culture Association of

England, vol. i, no. 1. Extract in Bulletin V. S. Fish Commission, vol. vn, 1889, p. 41.
Smith, \\'. Ramsay.

1889. On the food of tishes. Seventh Annual Report of Fishery Hoard for Scotland, pt. 3.

p. 222-258.

1890. On the food of tishes. Eighth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. 3,

p. 230-257.
1890-91. I in the food of fishes. Ninth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, pt, :;.
].. 222-242.

1892. On the food of fishes. Tenth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. ::,

],. 211-231.
Strike, Adolf.

1898. Ueher die Nahrung unserer Siisswasserfische. Separatabdruck aus der Mittheilungen des

Oesterreichischen Fischerei-Vereins, xvm. jahrg., p. 1-4.
1901. Die Entomostraken Fauna der "alten Donau" bei Wien. Zooloeisches Jahrbuch, Abthei-
lung fur systeinatische Geographic und Biologie der Thiere, bd. xv. p. 1-156, 12 pi.
Stone, I.. 1877. Domesticated trout. How to breed and grow them. 367 p. ( harlestown, N. H.
Sweeney, Z. T. 1898. Fish Commissioner's Report. Biennial Report of State Fish Commissioner lor

Indiana, p. 1-10.
Walter, F.

1895. Ziele und Wege der Teichwirthschaft. Jahresbericht des schlesischen Fischerei-Vereins,

ISO.",.

• 1S96. Die natiirliche Nahrung unserer Teichflsche. Allgemeine Fischerei-Zeitung, no. 21 u. 22.

1899. Das Plankton und die praktisch verwendbaren Methoden der quantitativen Untersiirhungen

der Fischnahrung. Neudamm.
Walton, I. and Cotton, C. 1836.. The Complete Angler. First edition, 1653. Edition of 1836, edited

by J. Rennie, 328 p. London.
Ward, H. B.

1896. The food supply of the Great Lakes; and some experiments on its amount and distribution,

Transactions American Microscopical Society, vol. xvii, p. 242 -54, 2 pi.
1896. A biological examination of Lake Michigan in the Traverse Bay region. Bulletin Michigan

Fish Commission, no. 6, p. 1-71. 5 pi.
1898. Fish food in Nebraska streams. Report of Zoologist. Annual Report Nebraska Board of
Agriculture, 1897, p. 272—9; also in Studies Zoological Laboratory, University of Nebraska,
no. 28.

1903. Some notes on fish f 1 in the lakes of the Sierras. Transactions American Fishery Society.

vol. XXXII, p. L'lS-LU
Westgate, L. G. 1905. The Twin Lakes glaciated area, Colorado. Journal of Geology, vol. xm.

p. 285-312.
Zacharias, Otto.

1893. Die mikroskopische Organismenwelt des Susswassers in ihrer Beziehung zur Ernahrung

der Fische. Separatabdruck aus dem Jahresberichte des Central Fischerei-Vereins fiir
Schleswig-Holstein, 1892-93, p. 3-24.

\ \< INYMOUS.

1868. A New Jersey fish farm. Harper's Weekly, vol. xn, p. 381-2.

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

By HENRY A. PILSBRY, Sc. D.

Special Curator, Department of Mollusca, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 617.

179

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

By HENRY A. PILSBRY, Sc. D.
Special Curator, Department of Mollusca, . Icademy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

In the course of dredging and trawling in Hawaiian waters during the summer
of 1902, the steamer Albatross obtained a varied and interesting series of cirripedes,
which are described in the following pages. With the exception of a single species
of r><. hums all the specimens were taken at depths of from 60 to 800 fathoms, most
of them from between 200 and 800 fath s.

The shore cirripedes of the islands are still practically unknown, only a few scat-
tered records appearing in the monographs of Darwin and Gruvel.

Cirripedes have a practical importance chiefly from the prolific growth of the
shore forms on all submarine objects, Balanus, Conchoderma, and Lepas largely
composing the growths fouling ships' bottoms, buoys, etc. Since most forms donoi
penetrate wood, such growths are not permanently injurious, but are deleterious
mainly from the expense attending their removal from time to time. They are

almost as profuse upon metal as upon w len bottoms, and have even been round

on the screws of steam vessels.

In some places the larger forms of Balanus are eaten, tin' flesh resembling that
of the lobster. There is good reason to believe that the larger species of the Pacific
coast, such as Balanus aguila, B.evermanni,a,nd the large Balanus found near Port
Townsend, Washington, would afford a valuable addition to our resources of sea
food, if they can be obtained in sufficient quantity.

The deep-wrater cirripedes are very abundant in manj place-,, but no data are
available to show to what extent they are eaten by fishes. They probably form an
important item in the food supply of bottom-feeding forms.

LEPADID i;.

Scalpellum hawaiense n. sp.

[PI. iv, Bg. I J. |

A species of the group C of Gruvel'e arrangement, the 14 valves being wholly calcified, the carina
regularly curved and a rostral plate present. There is no subcarina. The capitulum is ovale, the
anterior an. I posterior outlines about equally curved. The plates an- covered with a thin pale olive-
l.i ill' cuticle, and are all sculptured with line cords radiating from the apices and more or less knotted or
beaded by the intersection of the lines of growth.

Scuta with convex occludenf and concave tergal margins, the lateral ami basal margins straight.
The anterior ami lateral faces of the plate are about equal in area, and are separated by an arcuate diago-
nal angulation. Anteriorly (he radial striation is liner.

1st

182 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Terga large and rhombic, with erect apices. Tli :cludent margin is straight, the carinal margin

straight above but convex where in contact with the carina. The scutal margin is nearly straight. The
carina is extremely broad basally, the roof convex, the lateral angles prominent. It is curved through-
out, but the upper half more so; apex terminal.

The upper lateral plate is triangular, with apical nucleus. Its scutal margin is longer than either of
the other two, which aresubequal. The rostrum is an excessively small, very narrow plate, visible below
tlie apices of the rostral hit era. The rostral lateral plates are low, obliquely triangular, with the apices
contiguous at the median ventral line. The lateral edge is covered by the imbricating rostral margin
of the inframedian lateral plate. The inframodian lateral plates are triangular, nearly equilateral, with
apical umbo. The carinal lateral plates are subtriangular, embracing the lateral angles of the carina;
their apices are recurved and project slightly. The peduncle is covered with horizontal, somewhat
imbricating, smooth scabs, which are rather sparsely tomentose, the hairs very delicate and rather long.
Its total length is unknown, as the individual has been removed from its support by cutting the peduncle.

Length of capitulum 25, greatest breadth 16 mm.; greatest thickness, across the carino-lateral plates,
12 mm. Length of carina 21.5, diameter at base 9.5 mm.

Type, no. 32410 U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4181, near Kauai, in 811 fathoms,
bottom manganese sand and globigerina ooze.

Scalpellum rubrum Hoek, from near Luzon, agrees with 5. havaiense in the proportions of the valves,
but it differs strikingly in color and surface sculpture. &. hirsutum is also related, though obviously
different.

Scalpellum pacificum, n. sp.

[PI. iv. tig. 3, 4.]

A form closely related to Scalpellum australicum Hoek.

The capitulum is acutely ovate, compressed, composed of 14 valves closely juxtaposed; these are
covered with a very thin brownish film, which near the occludent margin bears a few scattered long
hairs. The valves are sculptured with numerous, but not crowded, radiating threads, and on each of
the side valves there is one more prominent ridge or angle extending from the umbo to the opposite
margin, dividing the valve into two areas.

The scutum is convex, divided into two nearly equal areas by a slightly curved diagonal rib; the
occludent and opposite lateral margins are slightly arcuate, the tergal and basal margins straight, the
latter at an angle of 90 or a trifle less with the occludent border.

The tergum is larger than any other plate, triangular, with a distinct diagonal rib parting the narrow
carinal from the large and triangular anterior area. The occludent margin is convex, the carinal a little
undulating and the tergal or basal margin straight. The apex stands erect.

The carina is simply arched, with the flat roof bordered by distinct ridges; sides at about right
angles with the roof, and broader near the upper extremity of the valve.

The upper lateral plate is trapeziform with the apex superior, the scutal margin concave, the basal
and tergal margins equal, straight, and the very short carinal margin also straight.

The rostral lateral plate is subquadrate, short and broad, the length being about half the width.
The curved beaks are connate on the occludent border above the rostrum, and do not project percep-
tibly. The upper and lower borders of the plate are subparallel and straight; the rostral border is
concave. From the umbo a curved rib runs to the posterior basal angle. The rostrum is rudimentary,
merely a linear trace.

The inframedian lateral plate is extremely narrow, linear, wedge-shaped, the narrow apex above.
There is a low cord along each edge, anil the apex is curved rostrad.

The carinal lateral plate is irregularly trapezoidal, with the umbo projecting a little beyond the
carina. The carinal margin is straight; upper margin very oblique, straight; lateral margin short.
straight. In carinal aspect, the two carinal lat era appear as contiguous tricostate brackets under the
two lateral ribs of the carina. The peduncle is short, wider above, covered with wide low scales, about
seven scales in any longitudinal row.

Length of capitulum of type, from station 3907, 10.5 mm., greatest breadth S.5 mm., diameter 3.8
mm.; length of peduncle 3.5 mm.

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

183

Length of capitulum, specimen from station 3824, 12.5 mm., width 6 mm.; length of peduncle

2 mm.

Type n<>. 32419. V. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 3907, south coasl of Oahu, 315
fathoms, on tin- spine of a cidaroid sea-urchin, with PacUasma; bottom fine white sand ami mud.
Specimens also from station 3S24. south coasl of Molokai, 222 to 498 fathoms, on Hyalonema; bottom of

coral rock and broken shell.

'['his species is rnore closely related to S. auitraKewm Hoek«, than to any other known form. It
differs from that in the sculpture of the valves, each having a stronger diagonal ridge, and in the shape
of the plates of the basal whorl, especially the rostral latent, which in the Challenger species are as high
as wide. Tlie inframedian and carinal latera also differ in several respects, and the umbo of the upper
lateral plate does not imbricate over the scutum as it does in S. australicum. Scalpellum hirsutum,
s I, nut , etc., are also allied species, but are clearly distinct by various characters.

Trilasmis eburneum Hinds.

Trttasmis eburnea Hinds, Voyage of the Sulphur, vol. t. Uollusca,

p 72, ft .'I. tig. 5, 1844.
Pee* Uasma eburnea Darwin, Monograph en Cirript dla, p. 112, pi.
2, fig. 5, 1851. Gruvel, tfonogr. des Clrrhipedes, p. 120, Hl- i 19
(copifil front Darwin), 1905.

Albatross station 3845, south coasl of Molokai in
60 to 64 fathoms, on spines of a I 'idaris [ike sea-urchin.

This rare species has been known hitherto on];,
from specimens taken sixty years ago by the Sulphur
on the coaefoi New Guinea. They occurred on the
spines of an "Echinus." The Hawaiian specimens
differ from them in being a little larger, the capitu-
lum 3.4 mm. long, anil slightly unlike in the shape
of lie- carina, the upper part of which is more attenuated, whil

this variation is probably of no great importance, 1 have deem
of a Hawaiian individual.

Fig. 1.

'> eburneum. Scutum and two views

..( carina.

tin' basal cup is more flattened. While
d it well to figure the scutum and carina

Poecilasma k£empferi Darwin.
r<i< ilnsimt ksempferi Darwin, Monogr. Lepadidffi, p. 102.

Albatross station 3984, between Honolulu and Kauai. Hi I to 237 fathoms. Slat ion 3839, south coasl
ni Molokai, 259 to 266 fathoms. Station 3884, Pailolo Channel, 284 to 290 fathoms. Station 4117, north-
west coasi of Oahu, 282 fathoms. On the crab Cyrtomaia smithi Rathbun. Also stations 3811, south
coast Oahu, 338 fathoms, and 4045, west coast Hawaii, 198 fathoms, mi Lambrus I Platylambrus) stellatus
Rathbun.

The species was originally described from Japan, attached to the crab Inachus kxmpferi !>'• Baan.
li is new to the Hawaiian fauna. A very similar form, /'. auranlia Darwin, occurs al Madeira, and by
some authors has been considered to form merely a variety of the Japanese /'. Jcxmpfi <

If Poecilasma is to be allowed to stand distinct from Trilasmis, it will be for species of the ty] f

/'. ksempferi, mosl of which are cancericoles

Poecilasma bellum, n.
[PI. iv, fig. 6.]

SP-

The capitulum is elliptical, acute al both ends, and composed of live wholly calcified valves in
close contact. White or flesh-tinted bj the a iscera showing through. The occludenl and carino-tergal
outlines are equally convex. The margins of the peduncle foramen flare laterally.

The scutum is very large, convex, ils surface divided by a prominent angle passing in a curve
from the beaks to the angle at the junction of carina and terga. The basal and occludenl margins
form a single symmetrical curve, the basal making no angle with the occludenl. The carinal margin

a Challenger Report, vol. vin, Cirripedia, p. 118, pl.v, fig. 11.

184 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

is convex and the tergal straight. The plate has a dense and minute sculpture of fine radial lines
which arc irregular or divaricating, and a coarse sculpture of well spaced wrinkles and furrows, parallel
to the growing margins of the valve. The furrows and riblets arc more emphatic in the baso-carinal
area of the senium, being crowded there into a strong corrugation. Inside there is a single massive
tooth, bifid at its summit, under the umbo in each valve.

The tergum is wedge-shaped, closely corrugated parallel to its scutal border, but. with two roundel,
contiguous ribs running along the opposite or outer border. The apical angle is less than 90°. Inside
smooth, with a minute tooth at the scutal margin of each tergum near the occludent end.

The carina is narrow distally, but from the middle down it widens rapidly, the sides becoming much
broader and at the same time flaring laterally. They are corrugated parallel with the scutal margin.
The roof of the carina is very narrow throughout, widening graduallyand slightly upward and with a
median hollow or furrow. Inside there is a massive transverse septum at the lower two-fifths of the
carina, rising in a blunt articulating tooth at each side

The peduncle is very short, cylindric, circularly wrinkled, covered with a tough flesh-colored
integument.

Capitulum, total length 14.5, breadth (3.4, diameter 3 mm. Scutum, length 11.7, breadth 5.7 mm.
Tergum. length 6.2, breadth 2.2 mm. Carina, length 10, breadth 2, diameter 2 mm. Length of
peduncle 2 mm.

Albatross station 4117, northwest coast of Oahu. 241 to 282 fathoms, bottom of coral sand and
foraminifera, in copious numbers on large spines of a sea urchin. Also station 4117, 253 to 282 fath-
oms, in nearly the same place. South coast of Oahu, 315 fathoms, fine white sand and mud. Station
3998, vicinity of Kauai, 228 to 235 fathoms. Stations 4090, 4097, 3883, and 386fi, Pailolo channel,
between Mum and Molokai, 277 to 304 fathoms, bottom of fine gray sand and globigerina ooze. Station
3839,south coast of Molokai in 259 to 266 fathoms.

In the straightening out of the basal margin to bring il paraded to the occludent. edge, P. bdluw. is
like Megalasma striatum Hoek. The system of sculpture, the very short peduncle, the internal ridge
across the cavity of the carina, and the situs on sea-urchin spines are also features approximating Mega-
lasma: but that genus differs by the slightly higher position of the umbo of the scutum, on the occludent
margin, and the much broader crest of the carina. On the whole, P. helium may be said to stand inter-
mediate between Pcecilasma carinatum and Megalasma. Pcecilasma helium is an abundant species on fine
sand bottoms throughout the Hawaiian group, always seated on large Echinus spines, frequently sharing
them with Alepas. It is a handsome little barnacle, very constant in all its features.

Dichelaspis hawaiensis n. sp.

[PI. iv. fig. 5.]

The capitulum is much compressed, unsymmetrically long ovate, supported on a nude peduncle
half the length of the capitulum or shorter. The valves arc in contact only at their ends. The general
integument is smooth.

Tic scutum is L-shaped, the basal segment narrower than the occludent, the latter widening above
lo iis oblique termination, and about twice the length of the basal segment. The tergum is irregularly
triangular, with blunt apex, slightly concave and very long carina] margin, and with a notch near the
occludent end of the scutal margin for the reception of (he distal end of the scutum. An arcuate furrow
runs upward from this notch. The carina is arcuate and extends upward well beyond the middle of (he
tergum. It is widest in (he middle, and at. the base is expanded in a biramose appendage clasping (lie
top of the peduncle, which it half encircles. The peduncle is stout, cylindrical, and circularly wrinkled.

Lenglh of capitulum, G.5 mm., breadth 3.2 nun.

Type. no. 32409, l". S. National Museum, from Hawaiian Islands, collected by the Albatross, 1902,
attached toa slender gorgonian.

This species is more closely related to D. orthogonia Darwin than to any other. It differs from that
in the shorter basal portion of the scutum, the simpler shape of the tergum, and the more broadly clasp-
ing basal appendages of the carina. "Unfortunately (he station number was not preserved, so that (lie
i xad location can not be given.

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

185

ALEPAS Rang.

Nude, leathery forms, with a single filamentous appendage on each Bide, and a long, niany-
jointi-d caudal appendage. About a dozen species hitherto known are mostly from deep water.

The primary division of the genus should be into those forms which have the endopodite or both
rami reduced on the fifth and sixth pairs of cirri, and those in which the rami are not reduced and are
subequal in all. In .1. rc.r, described below, the lifth and sixth endopodite,- are so specialized. In
.1. pi rmrinata they are unreduced and subequal.

The forms taken by the Albatross were seated upon large sea-urchin spines and gorgonians on a
bottom of fine sand and mud, such as sea urchins ordinarily inhabit.

Alepas percarinata, n. sp.

[PI. iv, fig. 8.]

The capitulum is irregularly ovate, dorsally carinated, much longer than the slender peduncle,

straightened on the occludenf margin, without trace of calcareous or chitinous plates. Color pale brown.

The orifice is very small, not protuberant, less than half the length of the capitulum, with puckered

Fig. 2. Alepas pi rcarinata. \. cirri of the left Bide; b, maxilla; i . mandible; i>. mandible of specimi a from station 3828.

lips. The dorsum is acutely carinated, the edge of the keel smooth. The surface is finelj wrinkled
transversely. The short slender peduncle is coarsely wrinkled, and sparsely warty, a few scattered
warts also appearing on the adjacent base of the capitulum.

Length of capitulum 9 mm.; breadth 7 mm., diameter 5 mm. Length of orifice 3 mm. ; length .if
peduncle l mm., diameter 2 mm. (Cotype, station 4116.) Another specimen (station 3866): Length of
capitulum li'.o mm., breadth 10 mm., diameter 6 nun. Length of orifice 1 mm. Length of peduncle
5 mm., diameter 3-5 mm.

Mandible with three teeth and (wo spines at tin- lower extremity. The upper tooth i- largest, the
second about midway of the toothed margin: the third is more slender. The lower edge- of the second
anil third teeth are denticulate by the projection of short colorless spines. The lover border of the
mandible is densely pilose (fig. 2. c).

186

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Maxillae very irregularly spinose, the strongest spine at the upper edge, an irregular notch below it.
There are two nearly as large in the median part (fig. 2, b).

The cirri (fig. 2, a) are rather short. The exopodites have 8, 15, 17, 18, 18, 14 joints in the first
to sixth pairs of limbs, respectively, the endopodites being usually a little more slender and with 7. 14,
14, 15, 16, 12 joints. The caudal appendage is long and slender, composed of 13 long joints, with but
few bristles (fig. 2, a ). The penis is closely wrinkled and annulate, with a few bristles and a pencil of
hairs at the tip.

Albatross station 3866, Pailolo Channel, between Molokai and Maui, in 283 fathoms, bottom of gray
mud and fine sand. Also stations 4116 and 4117, northwest coast of Oahu. 241 to 282 fathoms, on bottom
of 'oral sand and foraminifera; station 3839, south coast of Molokai, 259 to 266 fathoms, bottom of light
brown mud anil sand, everywhere on large CHdaris-Yike sea-urchin spines.

This Alepas belongs to the group having cirri with subequal rami. It is externally distinguished
by the absence of plates in the integument, the small orifice and the acute dorsal keel. A. pedunculata
Hoek, is perhaps the most nearly related form, differing by some details of the denticulation of the
mandibles and maxillae, by the absence of red spots dotting the capitulum, etc.

The oldest specimens lose the sharpness of the dorsal keel, and become- plumper.

At station 3828 off the south coast of Molokai, 281 to 319 fathoms, broken shell bottom, a sea-urchin
spine was brought up carrying two specimens of Alepas similar to A. percarinata except that they show
no traces of a dorsal keel except close to the base of the capitulum. The latter is 4 mm. long — a size
which in percarinata is very strongly keeled. The cirri and caudal appendage are as in A. percari-
nata, but the joints of the tailpiece bear pairs of bristles near the sutures. The mandibles (fig. 2, d)
differ by showing no lower point distinct from the fourth tooth, the two sides being alike in this
respect. The maxillae scarcely differ from those of A. percarinata. The general agreement is so close
that I am disposed to believe that the specimens may have lost their carina? by accidental means; but
if it lie a normal form, a new species is indicated.

Alepas rex, n. sp.

[PI. iv, fig. 7.]

A large species with irregularly ovate, obese capitulum, longer than the peduncle, straightened on
the occludent margin, and without trace of calcareous or chitinous plates. Color pale ocher yellow, a
little darker on the peduncle.

The orifice is slit about half the length of the capitulum. its lips a little crenulated, or irregularly
warty; in adults they do not protrude. The ventral side is elsewhere rounded: the dorsum is marked
by a low ridge or angle. The surface of the capitulum is irregularly pitted, somewhat wrinkled, ami
sparsely asperate with small warts, each with a brownish tip. The surface of the peduncle is much and
deeply wrinkled transversely. It is cylindric, and expands basally to clasp the supporting surface.
The dimensions of two individuals are given below:

Length of capitulum. .
Breadth of capitulum.
Diameter of capitulum

Length of orifice

Length of peduncle —
Diameter of peduncle.

No. 1.

m m .
21

20.5
10

11.5
19
10

No. 2.

mm.
22
19

15
13
22
9

The mandibles (fig. 3, b, d) have two strong teeth and two much smaller, more slender ones at the
lower extremity (fig. 3, b), or there may be three at the lower extremity (fig. 3, in, the two figured being
from the right and left sides of the same individual.

The maxillae (fig. 3, a) have a densely spiny edge, which is deeply excavated below the upper
spine.

The cirri are long and graceful. The first pair is much shorter than the others, the rami broad, com-
posed of about 32 and 17 joints, profusely bristly. The second pair has very long rami armed with very

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

187

long spines, with some shorter ones around their bases (fig. 3. c), joints 58 to 61. The third pair
is similar, with 72 and 70 joints. Fourth pair similar. Fifth pair with the rami very unequal, the
exopod with 84 joints, the endopod slender and much shorter, with about 33 joints. The sixth pair
is similar, exopod with 83, endopod with 30 joints i fig. 3, i i. The caudal appendage is small, with 13
joints Mi>,'. 3, f). The penis (fig. 3, e) is of the usual multi-annulate type, Bparsely hairy.

Fig.

Alepaa rex

mandibles; c, detai from 2d pair <»f

ii ppondage, c.

E, penis; r, last cirrus and caud

Albatross station 3998, vicinity of Kauai Island. 228 to '-'35 fathoms, bottom of coarse broken coral,
sand and shells. Specimens seated on dead Btems of gorgonians.

Four adult specimens wire taken on two gorgonia stem-, eai h specimen surrounded by a group of

young and larval individuals. The young are more strongly keeled than the adults, the keel being
somewhat uneven. They are similarly beset with little warts. The mouth projects decidedly more
than in the old specimens.

The cypris larva1 just attaching are about 1.5 mm. long.

188 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

VERRUCID£.

Verruca halotheca, n. sp.
[PL iv. fig. 9, 10.]

Shell white, flattened above, with steep sides, almost perpendicular to the base of attachment,
which has a rounded contour. Surface moderately corrugated with concentric growth ridges. Mov-
able scutum small, flat, with an acute apex ami three articular ridges, tin- middle one strongest. Mov-
able trrgum larger, quadrate, flat, with threestrong imbricating articular ridges. Fixed scutum roughly
q.uadrate divided by an oblique sulcus into two nearly equal triangles. Fixed tergum of very irregular
shape, divided into three triangular areas; its umbo adjacent to that of the movable tergum, but. not
quite marginal. The carina articulates with the rostrum by means of three large and several smaller
teeth, forming a zigzag suture; each teeth terminates a ridge. It articulates with the fixed tergum by a
single tooth projecting into the tergum near the base. The rostrum is irregularly cone-shaped, minus a
segment , in shape somewhat like, the anterior valve of some chitons. It has several radiating ridges on
the carinal side. Greatest rostro-carinal length at base 14 mm., at umbones 12 mm., breadth 12.5 mm.
Height from base to apex of rostrum, fixed scutum or carina, 8 mm.

Length of the straight rostro-carinal hinge of the opercular valves 10 mm. Length of scutum from
this line to umbo 5.5 mm. Length of tergum G mm.

Type, no. 32423 U. S. National Museum, from station 40G0, northeast coast of Hawaii Island, in
913 fathoms, on a pebble of volcanic rock.

A single specimen of this large Verruca was obtained. It is clearly distinct from any of those
described by Darwin, Hoek, or in Gruvel's recent monograph, though related to V. trisulcata, spengleri,
etc. It is chiefly notable for the flat top, absence of salient umbones, and the generally inornate appear-
ance. It is the largest Verruca yet described. A few detached valves of a small individual were taken
at station 3998, vicinity of Kauai Island, in 228 to 235 fathoms, with ( 'ulophraym us and Pacilasma.

CHTHAMALID.-E.

Genus CATOPHRAGMUS Sowerby.

This genus has hitherto been known by two species: (', imbricatus Sowerby, from Antigua and
C. polymerus Darwin from New South Wales, both of which are described in Darwin's monograph on
the Balanidse. The lirst, C. imbricatus, is a very rare barnacle. Both of the species are littoral, associated
with or growing on Tetraclita and other shore forms.

A third species of the genus, from still another part of the world, is represented by certain mutilated
individuals dredged by the Albatross near Kauai in about 230 fathoms. It is very distinct from the
others by its well developed caudal appendage — thai organ being absent in ( '. polymerus, very small in
C. imbricatus. Moreover, the valves show many points of difference, and the mandibles, maxillae, and
cirri are unlike in various details.

Catophragmus darwini n. sp.

[PL v.]

( ieneral form of the animal uncertain, since it is known only by broken capitula, which are Balanus-
like, made up of valves of dense and porcelain-like texture; white. There are at least three whorls
of plates, the first whorl consisting of scuta and terga, the second of carina, latera, and rostrum, the third
of imbricating basal plates.

The scutum (pi. v. fig. 7 outside, fig. 4 inside), is triangular, sculptured with rather widely spaced
riblets parallel to the basal margin. The occludent and basal margins are straight . The tergal margin is
somewhat convex, and on the apical half bears a pro j ecting wing or articular ridge with serrate edge
and closely grooved and costate surface. This wing projects into the articular groove of the tergum.
Inside the scutum shows a beveled, obliquely costate and thick occludent border, a slightly reflexed

apical area, and a series of line sharp grooves running inward from the teeth at the ire Igeof the articular

ridge or wing. The scar of the adductor muscle is not noticeable. The length of the scutum is 5.3 mm.

HAWAIIAN CIRRIPEDIA.

189

The tergum I pi. v. fig. (j outside, fig. 8 inside) is triangular, sculptured like the scutum, but show-
ing weak radiating stria.-, also, and witli a sharp ridge followed by a depressed band near and parallel i"
the -.in al margin. The carinal margin is straight, the basal a little concave, and the scuta] margin is

I' jlii l\ convex. The articular ridge projects far nn tin- scuta! side, sloping inward, and is about half as
long as l he scutal margin, from which it is separated by a deep articular furrow. Inside the apical and
scuta! margins of (he valveand articular ridgeare margined by a wide border sculptured with growth
lines. Elsewhere the valve is smooth and white.

The carina (pi. v,fig. 1,3) is shaped much like that of Balanus, or like i he anterior valve of a chiton,

nn,' ii surrounds the opercular valves behind and at the sides. Outwardly ii is tripartite, with a
median curved in angle (the '-roof" i. sculptured with aboul five unequal lofl radial ridges, and I wo llai

la I oral triangles; the whole being sculptured with wide-spaced grooi es paralli I to the basal margin and
parted by flal intervals. The umbo is apical. The lateral borders are somewhal crenulated.

b c

Fig. i. Catophraffmus darwini. i, Maxilla; B, mandibl i d EMthclrrtis

The carino-lateral plate (pi. v, lig. I, CI.) consists of a triangular, erect, radially six-ribbed area and

a projecting ribless triangular wing on th icludenl side above; the whole sculptured with spaced

grooves parallel to i he basal marign. becoming oblique on the wing

The rostrum (pi. \. lig. 2, 5) resembles the carina in shape, but is smaller, with only three prominenl
radial ribs. The rostro-lateral plate (pi. v. lig. '_'. Rl) is triangular, sculptured with four wide ribs and
ili. usual spaced grooves parallel to the basal margin. The plates of the nexl lower or third whorl are
small, subtriangular, and of three shapes, doubly winged (pi. v, lig. 2, lower left-hand plate), winged
..ii ..no side i lig. 2, lower right-hand plate., or without lateral wings tig. 2, intermediate plate). The

base i- iinkiiow n.

The mandibles (fig. -i, b) have three large teeth and a group ..i denticles al the lower extremity.
The maxillae . fig. 1, a) have the usual pair of strong -pines above; the lower moiety of the margin pro-
jects beyond the upper, both being densely bristly. The firsl pair of cirri is much shorter than the
others, with wider rami, each of 10 joints, densely bristly. The rami of the third pair have about 21
joints and are like those of the following cirrus. The posterior cirri have about 25 joints. The rami of
each cirrus an- subequal throughout and are much curled; they have small tufts at the articulations,
and a continuous series of long spines along the concave side, about four pairs of spines on each joint
(fig. 4. ii. fifth cirrus). The caudal appendage is long and slender, of 13 joints dig. -l.ci. The penis

190 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

is very long, perhaps longer than the longest cirri, and ii is apparently nol annulated. Then- is a tuft
of hairs at the end and Borne sparse, short hairs along its length.

Type, no. 32-107 (hard part) and no. 32408 (soft pari i U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station
3998, vicinity of Kauai Island, in 228 to 235 fathoms, on bottom of coarse, broken coral, sand, shells, and
nick; with Poscilasma helium, Alepas percarinata. and a few small odd valves of Verruca halotheca.

Fragments of two or three individuals were taken, the largest and must perfect being drawn in
plate v, figures 1 and 2. in which the following plates are preserved in place: Carina (ci, carino-lateral
I CI.), terga(T), scuta (S); and in another individual the rostrum (R). rostro-lateral (Rl), and four plates
of the third whorl. Figures 3 (top view of carina) and 5 (anterior view of rostrum) represent detached
valves of another individual or individuals.

BALANIDjE.

Balanus amphitrite Darwin.
Balanus amphitrite Darwin, Monograph on the Balanitis, p. 240.

Some small specimens taken from the bottom of a tug at Honolulu are similar externally to figure 2e
of plate v of Darwin's Monograph, except that the compartments diverge less above, the aperture being
somewhat smaller and hardly dentate. The basal length of the largest specimen is 15 mm. The terga
resemble figure 2k of the same plate.

It is difficult to pronounce upon the subspecies or variety of B. amphitrite to which these specimens
are referable. They are probably not full grown, and a much larger gathering would be essential for
a satisfactory study of the Hawaiian race.

Balanus sp.

The tangles brought up numerous Cidaris-like spines encrusted witli small barnacles 2 to :', mm. in
diameter, at station 4062, northeast coast of Hawaii, 83 to 113 fathoms. They are too young to be identi-
fied with certainty.

Bui U S. B F. 1906

Plate IV.

1-2. Scalpettum hatmiense. Type, side and carina] views
3. ScalpeUum pacijicum. Detail of structure at base of rnrina.
I. ScalpeUum paciflcum. Type,
5. Dichelaspie hawaiensU. Type.
c. PacUasma beUum, Type.

7. Atepas rex, Type.

8. \lepas percarlnata, Cotypes.

9-10. I'rmira iwloltfra, Tvpe. Top and carino-rostral views.

Bui. U. S. B. F. 1906

Plate V.

( 'atophragmua darwini.

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA.

By HENRY A. PILSBRY, Sc. D.

Special Curator, Department of Molluscs, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 617.

191

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA.

By HENRY A. PILSBRY, Sc. D.,
Special Curator, Department of Mollnsca, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

The cirripedes have been neglected by American zoologists and, consequently,
aside from a few references to littoral species in Darwin's Monograph on Cirripedia,
almost nothing has been published upon the west-American forms. The littoral
species, especially of Balanidse, stand in need of thorough study, while only a begin-
ning is now made in the description of the deeper-water forms, which will doubtless
prove numerous.

The billowing report is based upon collections made by the sic; r Albatross

in Alaska and northwestern Washington in 1903 and off the coast of southern
California in L904.

It has not been thought necessary to give lull references to the literature of
each species. Such bibliographic matter may be found in the following works:

1851. Darwin, Charles. A Monograph on thi - Cirripedia. The Lepadidse or pedunculated

cin ipedes.

L854 , . 'I'll.' Balanidse or s< ssile cirripedes, etc.

L883. Hi ikk. P. P. C. Report on the Cirripedia collected by H. M.S. Challenger during th $73 76

Challenger Report, Zoology, vol. vm.
1897. Weltner, \Y. Verzeichniss der i- chreihenen recenten Cirripedenarten. Archiv fur Natur-

geschichte, jahrg. 1897, bd. i. p. 227.
1905. (iiuvKK, A. Monographic des Cirrhipedes ou Thecostraces. Bibliography on p. 164 167.

LEPADlDvE.

Lepas anatifera Linn

Station 1391, off Santa Catalina Island, on floating wood.

Lepas pectinata Spengler.

Stations 4337 and 1351, off Point Loma Light, near San Diego, < al.,on surface. Station 1406, south-
east point nf Santa Catalina Island, surface, on giant kelp. Also station 4372.

Lepas fascicularis Ellis an«l Solandi r

South point of south Coronado Island, station 4340, 4<; fathoms. The Lepas was probably taken at
the surface as the trawl came up, not at the depth given.

193

B. B. F. lyOli — 13

194: BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Scalpellum phantasma n. sp.
[PI. vi, fig. 1.]

The capitulum is ovate, composed of 13 plates of which only a slender skeleton is calcified. There
is no membranous covering or pilosity. The calcified parts are white, the chitinous interspaces creamy
gray. The occludent margin is strongly and evenly arched in a single curve.

The calcified port inn of the scutum consists of a band along the occludent margin, widening below.
where it is biramose, and a very narrow curved band along the tergal margin of the plate, diverging
V-like from the apex. The umbo is apical.

The tergum is V-shaped, consisting of a wider band along the occludent margin and a narrower.
longer band near the carina] margin of the plate.

The carina is simply arched, with subapical umbo. The roof is a rather narrow gutter between
two high, rounded marginal ribs. The sides are very narrow below, widening above, and spreading in
a rounded lobe above the umbo.

The upper lateral plate is calcified in form of an unequally three-armed swastika, the shortest arm
is directed upward, the longest obliquely downward and toward the carina, the third arm runs toward
the inframedian lateral plate. The arms are slender, curved, and acute at the ends.

There is no rostrum. The rostro-lateral plate is biramose, being calcified along the occludent margin,
with a slender arm ascending toward the upper lateral plate and a wider one along the basal margin.

The infralateral plate has a median umbo, a slender ascending arm, a widening descending portion,
and a short arm reaching toward the carina.

The carino-lateral plate is L-shaped, with the longer branch ascending near the carina and the
shorter along the basal margin. The umbo projects below the base of the carina.

The peduncle is cylindrical, protected by wide, short scales, not in the least imbricating. !) or 10 in
any of the S longitudinal rows.

Length of the capitulum 28 mm., breadth 15 mm., diameter 7 mm. Length of the carina 23 mm.
Length of the peduncle 8. 5 mm, diameter in the middle 5.5 mm.

Type, no. 32421 U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4397, off Santa Catalina Island-. 33
10' 15" N., 121° 42' 15" W., 2,196 fathoms, gray mud. A single specimen.

This peculiar species is perhaps the tinest of the "incompletely calcified" forms. It is related by
the shape of the carina to 5. gruvelianum . Among the imperfectly calcified forms it is most related to
.9. marginatum Hock, from north of New Guinea, but differs from that in the shape of the upper lateral
plate, the regular arch of the occludent margin, and other characters. It was taken at a greater depth
than other Califomian cirripedes.

Scalpellum larvale, n. sp.

[PI. vi, fig. 2-6.]

Capitulum oblong, the occludent and carinal outlines about equally convex, composed of 13 valves
which are but partially calcified. Rostrum wanting. Surface not hairy. Umbo of the carina apical.

The calcified part of the scutum is shaped like an inverted letter Y, the umbo being apical,
minute and acute, and extending noticeably over the tergum.

The calcified portion of the tergum is in the form of an inverted V, with the addition of a small ledge
on the carinal side of the apex. The carinal limb of the V is much longer than the occludent.

The carina is much better calcified than the other plates. It is very long, extending about three-
fourths the length of the tergum, simply arched, the curvature being greater above. The roof is flat,
passing rectangularly into the narrow sides.

The upper lateral plate is narrow, somewhat boomerang-shaped. The rostro-lateral plate is narrow,
transverse, with parallel upper and basal margins. The inframedian lateral plate is arrowhead-shaped,
acute above, biramose below, small. The carino-lateral plate is calcified in form of an inverted T and
is much smaller than the upper lateral plate.

The peduncle is very short , rather sparsely protected by very wide, short scales. It widens slowly
from the base to the capitulum.

Length of the capitulum 13.3 mm., width 7 mm., diameter 3 mm. Length of the carina 11 mm.
Length of the peduncle 5 mm., diameter in the middle 2.3 mm.

The mandibles i Eg. I, a) have 4 strong acute teeth and a lower point at the inferior angle.

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA.

195

Tin- maxilhe > lig. 1, <• i ha v.- a Btraighl anterior margin with irregular strong spines.
Tip' anterior cirri an- very -lion, less than hall a- long a- the second pair; the rami have 0 and 9
joints, respectively. The rest of the cirri are long, composed of long joints, which bear four pairs of spines

on the anterior ami three pairs of smaller ones on the posterior sides 'fig. 1. is. sixth joint of the exopodite
of the third cirrus i. though the development of spines varies on different parts of the same eirrus.

The caudal appendage (fig. 1, hi is very small, perhaps an eighth as long as the last ramus, composed
of four joints, the first one long (perhaps really composed of two joints), the ]a.-t bearing a terminal tuft
of long spines.

Type, no. 32417 U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4353, off Point Loma Light-House,
(ii!!! fat horns, seated on a glassy spine or spicule.

The shape of the scutal and of the inframedian plate is not like any of the known species, <S. insigne
being apparently the nearest.

A young individual in the same group, shown in the figure, is interest ingas show Lag that the young
an- more normally calcified than the adult stage, the calcification after an early age proceeding only along
certain lines indicating the longer axes of tin- valves. This young individual hat .> i apitulum 5.7 mm.
long. The valves of this specimen resemble those of ,s". insigne Hook more than do those of the adult
stage.

*£\

Pig. i. Scalp* Hum larvait

i. Mandible; B, 6th joint of the >f the :'.r>l cirms; c, maxilla; n. caudal appendage:

F-, mandible of sj>ecimpn from station 4:tK2.

A series from Albatross station 4382, south point .if ( ioronado I -land, in 656 fathoms type no. :;l' I is
U. S. National Museum), consists of smaller individuals, the largest three measuring about lu mm. in
length of capitulum. The scutal calcification is broader and Less deeply bifurcate below than in the
type specimen. Aseries from this lot showing the stages of growth is figured in plate vi i Eg. 3-6), all
of them being drawn to the same scale.

The anterior cirri have 6 and 10 joints. The other cirri are like those in the t; ovale. The

caudal appendage has 5 joints, but otherwise is as figured for n. larvale. The mandibles < fig. 1. e i have

three teeth and a spine at the lower end.

Several complemental males were seated in the fold of the sack just inside the occludenl borders
of the scuta. They are of the degenerate Ctypro-like form, without plates. Their hosts lack penes.
The species therefore belongs to Hock's third group (Challenger Report, vol. x, Girripedia, p. 21.)

Scalpellum califomicum n. sp.

(PI. vi. fig. 8, 13.]

The capitulum is composed of 14 normally calcified smooth valves, covered with a membrane
which is shortly and delicately pilose. Tin- occludent margin is nearly straight, the opposite margin
very convex. The carina is simply arched, with convex rounded roof. The ehitinous interspaces

196 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

are rather wide, and the valve margins usually not very distinct. The color is dirty gray, with most
of the valves more or less purplish or livid. The scutum has subparallel occludent and lateral margins
and very oblique tergal margin. The basal margin runs at a right angle from the occludent.

The tergum is very long and narrow, its occludent and carinal margins slightly convex, the lower
margin sinuous.

The carina is simply arched with apical umbo and convex roof. The upper half of the valve has
the roof defined by small lateral ridges, but these become weaker anil finally obsolete below, where the
valve is wider and the convex roof passes into the sides without distinct boundary. The sides are
narrow throughout and excavated in a shallow furrow along the lateral ridges. The carina extends
upward to the middle of the carinal margin of the tergum.

The upper lateral plate is trapezoidal, the carinal, tergal, and scutal margins slightly convex, the
basal margin straight and abutting on the inframedian lateral plate only. The angles are somewhat
rounded off, and the umbo is at the tergo-scutal angle.

The rostrum is small, subtriangular, with apical umbo. The rostro-lateral plate is small and
wedge-shaped, being narrower in front.

The inframedian lateral plate is well developed, nearly square, as wide as high, its forward (or
ventral) margin convex, and bounded more by tin- scutum than by the rostro-lateral plate. The other
margins are straight. The umbo is central.

The carino-lateral plate is small, irregularly reniform or lunate with blunt ends, with concave
carinal margin and convex latero-basal margin. The umbones scarcely project at the base of the
carina.

The peduncle is long, approaching the capitulum in length, its lower half cylindric, upper half
gradually widening to the width of the base of the capitulum. It is very closely and regularly clothed
with rather small lozenge-shaped scales, of which there are 20 or more in a longitudinal row.

Length of capitulum 15 mm., width 7 mm., diameter 1 mm. Length of carina 11 mm. Length
of peduncle 11.5 mm., diameter in the middle 3 mm.

The rami of the first pair of cirri are very short, with globose segments, 11 and 12 in number. The
other cirri are long, composed of long segments, which bear from 5 on the second cirri to 6 pairs of
spines on the fifth and sixth cirri.

Albatross stations 4558, 4555, 4551, 4452, 4535, 4439, off Point Pinos light-House in 40 to 86 fathoms,
on mud and rock bottom; the types, no. 32411 U. S. National Museum, from station 4558. Topotypes
no. 32412. Seated on annelid tubes, etc. Apparently abundant in the region of Monterey Bay.

S. ealifornieum is an abundant form in comparatively shallow water. It is related to S. groen-
landicum and S. angustum, of the extreme northern Atlantic, but in these the general shape of the
capitulum differs, and most of the plates show more or less diversity. The rostro-lateral plate is much
higher in both of the Atlantic forms.

Most of the specimens are smaller than the type, the capitulum 10 to 12 mm. long, with the peduncle
less closely scaly. The livid or dried-blood color of the valves or parts of them is variable, some indi-
viduals being white. The peduncle varies a great deal in length. It is sometimes only half the length
of the capitulum, and yet not more closely scaly than in other individuals with long peduncles.

The figures are from washed specimens with the enveloping membrane partly removed in order to
show the valves clearly. Their outlines are much less distinct in uncleaned individuals.

Scalpellum ealifornieum osseum n. subsp.

[PI. v., fig. 7.]

Similar in general characters to S. ealifornieum, but the valves are more completely calcified, while,
with distinct outlines and clear-CUl angles, though covered with a thin, transparent, densely pilose
membrane. Upper lateral plate distinctly pentagonal, the scutal and tergal margins longest. Tergum
shorter and wider than in californiewm. Peduncle long, very sparsely scaly, the scales white; pilose.
Length of capitulum, 0.5 mm.

Type, ho. 32413 If. S. National Museum, from Albatross Btation 4454, off Point Pinos Light-House. 7 1
fathoms. Taken also at station 447s. Santa Cruz Light-House. 30 fathoms.

The large number of individuals of «S. ealifornieum . at all stages of growth, which I have examined
-bow ilia t i he above-described form is not a young stage of thai species, although it is similar in the num-
ber and proporl ions of the valves.

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 1H7

Scalpellum proximum, n. Bp.
[PI. vi. fig. 9-11.]

Capitulum ovate, compressed, composed of 13 well-calcified valves. There is a well-marked band of
integumenl between the carina ami tin - other valves. It is covered with a thin membrane which is
rather closely, shortly pilose. The plates have a sculpture of wide-spaced low ridges parallel to growth
lines. The occludenl margin forms an even curve nearly as arcuate a- the carina.

The scutum is irregularly quadrangular, with convex occludenl margin, slightly recurved and \ cry
acute umbo, which projects slightly over the tergum; basal margin convex, upper margin concave, ami
lateral margin sigmoid. The upper latero-tergal angle projects in a point between the apex of the upper
latus ami the tergum.

The tergum is triangular with recurved apex: occludenl margin convex, basal margin Btraighl and
oblique, the carina! margin undulating. The carina is very long, regularly arched, with slightly con
vex, nearly flat roof, bounded by low, rounded lateral ril>s. The sides are narrow below, widening
above, ami ai an angle greater than 90° with the roof, it extends upward fully three-fourths the length
of the tergum. nearly to its apex.

The upper la i era | plate i- irregularly pentagonal, the tergal ami Bcutal margins longest, concave, the
apex obtuse, being a little built can on the tergal side of the umbo, which is subterminal. The carinal
margin is quite short: the basal, which abuts against the inframedian latus. still shorter. There is no
rostrum.

Tin' rostral lateral plate is small, quadrangular, nearly as high as » ide, with the umbo at the upper
angle of its occludenl margin. The inframedian lateral plate is narrow, hourglass-shaped, with the umbo
at the lower lifth. where the plate is narrowest Below this is a small triangle and above is a larger one,
the upper margin abutting in part mi the upper lateral plate, in part on the scutum, with an angle at the
suture between these plates. The carinal lateral plate is quadrangular, very much higher than wide,
the un dio slightly recurved and projecting below t he carina. Its carinal margin is longer than the upper
lateral plate, about parallel with its lateral margin : basal margin horizontal, upper margin \ cry oblique.

The peduncle is hardly half as long as the capitulum, covered with wide' short scales, of which there

are about 9 in any longitudinal row. and about 8 rows.

Length of capitulum I") mm., breadth 8 mm . diameter :!. I mm. Length of carina. 13 mm. Length

of peduncle 6.5 mm., diameter :'• mm

Type. no. :slM22 !'. S. National Museum, from station 1387,32 29'30"N., lis 05' 00" W., vicinity

of San I liego i 'al 1 .110(1 fat bonis, on an annelid i ube.

Somewhat related to S, gruA elianum, but quite distinct by the long carina with less strong ribs at its

angles, the different shape of the scutum, and of all the lower whorl of plates. It stands very mar S.
noi;r:i landis Hook, which has a capitulum of the -a me general shape, the valves similarly separated by

narrow chitinous interspaces, [n S. proximum the occludent margin is more convex; theroofof the
carina is apparently greater in width below; the upper lateral plate is obtuse al the apex, not acute as in
Hoek's species; the inframedian lateral plate differs in shape: and finally the portions of the carinal
lateral projecting below the carina are shorter. S. flavum Hock is also very closelj related, hut
differs by the shape of the inframedian and carinal lateral plates.

.v. jiroi i iii ii iii belongs tea \ cry widelj distributed type of the gen us. ranging probably through all seas.
Gruvel has identified £, ice.; . landia from the north Atlantic, taken by the Travailh ur in 2,400 to 2,500
meters; and it maj eventually be found expedient to subordinate a number of the allied forms to nova
zelandise as subspecies.

Scalpellum grruvelianum, n. sp.
[PI. vii. tig. 1-3.]

Capitulum compressed, compose. 1 of I:', well-calcified valves, covered with a thin membrane which is
sparsely hirsute, especially on and mar the carina. The plates have no sculpture other than low. wide-
spaced growth wrinkles.

Scutum quadrangular, with convex occludent margin, concave tergal, straight lateral ami basal mar
L'ins: the umbo is noticeably recurved and projects slightly over the tergum.

198 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Tergum triangular, the occludent margin convex, apex recurved, scutal margin straight, carinal
margin Btraight, except near the apex, where it is concave. Tin- carina is evenly arched with apical
umbo, the roof flat, bounded by a strong rounded ridge along each side, the sides at a little more than 90
degrei 8 with the roof, widest above. It extends beyond the middle of the tergum. The upper lateral
plate is quadrangular, the sides straight, scutal margin much the longest, fully twice as long as the cari-
nal margin; umbo apical.

There is no rostrum. The rostral lateral plate is quadrangular, a little narrower in front, being thus
somewhat wedge-shaped. It is much shorter than wide. At the occludent margin the umbones are
contiguous and project a little. The inframedian lateral plate is very small and narrow, wedge-shaped,
with apical umbo. The carinal lateral plate is very irregular in shape, much higher than wide, the
umbones projecting and recurved beyond the base of the carina. The carinal margin is equal in length
to the scutal margin of the upper lateral plate.

Thi' peduncle is about half as long as the capitulum, pretty closely covered with wide, short scales,
and sparsely hairy.

Length of capitulum 17 mm., breadth 9 mm., diameter 3 mm. Length of carina 13 mm. Length
of peduncle 9 mm., diameter 3 mm.

Type, no. 82414 IT. S. National Museum, from station 4418, Southwest Rock, Santa Barbara Island.
238 fathoms, on an annelid tube, gray sand bottom. The half dozen specimens of the type lot show no
mentionable variation. Only two reached the dimensions given above, the others being two-thirds to
three-fourths that size.

Scalpellwm tritonis Hoek and S. luteum Gruvel, both Atlantic species, rather closely resemble this
form in lateral aspect. 5. tritonis has a flat-roofed carina. In S. luteum the carina is bicostate, but the
inframedian lateral plate is wider at the base, triangular, the shape of the carinal lateral plates below the
carina is different, etc. It is from near the Azores, and seems, in the ensemble of its characters, to be
more nearly related to .5. griirclianiint than any other species now known. S. planum Hoek has a carina
with similar raised angles, but the other plates differ widely. By the keys of Hoek and Gruvel, S.
gruvelianum comes out to S. planum, but a place can easily be made for it by attention to the shape
>f scutum and the lateral plates.

This species is respectfully dedicated to M. A. Gruvel, author of various valuable works on cirri-
pedes, including a useful monograph.

Scalpellum gruvelianum secundum, n. subsp.

[PI. vii, rig. 4.]

Similar to <S. gruvelianum in general characters, but the carina extends somewhat higher on the
tergum. tin- sutures are wider, the plates being more separated by chitinous interspaces, and the infralat-
eral plate differs in shape, being somewhat wider above than below, with subcentral umbo, the lower
half of the plate being raised in a short thick ridge. Length of capitulum 9 mm., of peduncle 4 mm.

Type, no. 32415 U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4429, Gull Inlet, south coast of Santa
Cruz Island, in 506 fathoms, gray mud.

Represented by a single specimen, which while obviously related to >S. gruvelianum, yet presents a
number of differences which seem to indicate another variety or species. The apices of the terga seem
lo have been broken or worn off.

Scalpellum perlongum, n. sp.

[PI. vi, iig. 12. 1

The long and narrow capitulum is composed of 13 white valves, is nearly nude and nowhere hairy.
There is no rostrum; the umbo of the carina is apical; the valves are wholly calcified, and marked with
growth lines.

The scutum is quadrangular, convex, with the occludent margin convex above, straight below..
The umbo slightly overlaps the tergum, tergal margin oblique, basal margin slightly convex. The
lower anterior part of the valve is sculptured with weak radial stria?.

The tergum is longer than the scutum, triangular, the occludent margin convex, basal margin
Btraight, carinal margin sinuous.

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 199

The carina is very long, extending to the upperthird of the tergum, and is arcuate, much more
strongly so above than below. The roof is slightly convex, nearly flat, the sides meeting if al right
angles, but without ribs at the angles. The sides are widest near the'apex.

The upper lateral plate is quadrangular, the scuta! margin longest and concave, the tergal, carina!,
and basal margins shorter, subequal, nearly straight. The lower anterior angle is cut off, abutting
against the inframedian lateral plate. The rostro-lateral is squarish, as high as wide, the upper and
side margins subequal, the basal margin decidedly shorter. The umbo is at the upper occludent angle.

The inframedian lateral plate is very long and narrow, Bomewhal n ineglass-shapi d, being nan
below the middle, widening Blowly above and rapidly at the base. The umbo is at the- narrow part.

The carino-lateral plate is very long fully twice as long as wide. The lateral and carina! margins
are su I >] parallel, the upper margin very oblique and mar the base curving out 1" low the carina, beyond
which the umbones bluntly project.

The peduncle is short and slender, rather sparselj protected by large scales, i i which th< n an
about six in any longitudinal row.

Length of capitulum 8.8 mm., breadth 3.3 mm., diameter 1.2 nun. Length of carina 6.6 mm.
Length of peduncle 2 mm.

Type, no. 32420, U. S. National Museum Erom Albatross station 1353, off Point Loma Light-House,
vicinity of San Diego, in 639 fathoms, on a glassy spit r spicule; gray mud bottom.

Chiefly notable for tin- long plates of the basal whorl and the elongation of tin- whole capitulum.
li is very closely related to S. ftavum Eoek, from the South Vtlantic, lat. 16 16' S., Ion. 15 31' E.,
in 1,375 fathoms, but differs by the quadrate rather than triangular rostro-lateral plat.-, it- basal in
being much longer than in S. flavum, by the narrower sides of the carina, ami the narrower carino-
lateral plate. Three specimens were on the Fame glass} spicule whii h bore the types of >'. larvale.

HALAMDi:.

Balanus concavus Bronn.

Balanus concavus Darwin, Balanidee, p. !3S Q. C. Martin. Maryland Geological Survei m oei w, plat

Stations 1303 and 1304, Point Loma Light-House, vicinitj of San Diego, in 21 to 25 fathoms; 1420,
East Point San Nicolas Island. 33 fathoms; 1492, Santa Cruz Light-House, 26 fathoms.

The specimens belong to the small, conic, pink-striped form already known from Panama. This

race is very unlike the large form ol the Virginia and Maryland Miocene and the a

irregular specimens of the Caloosahatchee Pliocene, but Darwin considers that such varying
arc all referable to /;. concavus.

Balanus aquila, n. sp.

[PI. vni. fig. 5 8; pi. x. fig. 2; pi. \i, fig. _'.

A large species related to /.'. psittacus (Molina). Basis, pariete . and radii permeated by pore
but they are minute and ii i picuou i o ept in the parietes.

The wall is conical with small orifice roughened by irregular rude ridges on the p i i rhitish
where not covered with a bright yellow cuticle, which remains chiefly near the base. It is thick,
strong, and dense, porous only in the outer layer. The radii are rather narrow, the alse concealed.
The sheath is iong. sculptured with minute thread-like transverse raised lines. Below ii the interior
is white with some yellow stains, and closely, irregularly striated. The while basis is level, thin,
and olid except for a very few pores which in some places penetrate its lower or attached portion.
The sutures are inconspicuous and smooth within, but the separated plates show transverselj striate

edges.

The scuta (pi. vni. fig. 7. 8) are dull yellow inside, whitish beneath, a brownish-yellow cuticle
externally. The plate is curved inward on both tergal and occludent border-, but more so on the
former. The basal margin arches upward and is quite arcuate, bringing the baso-tergal angle above
the middle of the valve's length. The surface is sculptured with close, fine, deeply mi lomritudjnal
grooves, decussated by shallower, wider transverse or concentric furrows, cutting the stria' into beads
or granules. Inside, the scutum has a sharp, raised and reflexed articular ridge, and a dee]., narrow
articular furrow. There is a strong adductor ridge, not confluent with the articular ridge. Inside the

200

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

beveled margin of the lower half of the occludent border there is an inflected sharp rid.ee. Toward
the basal margin the inner surface is longitudinally grooved.

The tergum (pi. vin, fig. 5, Gi has a long purple beak, one-fourth the length of the whole plate.
The outer surface is worn above, but the lower part is cancellated like the scutum. The longitudinal
.sulcus is closed by infolding of its sides. The spur is long, rounded at the end, and situated at less
than its own width from the scutal margin. On both sides the basal margins slope steeply to the spur.
The interior is yellow, with a long purple spot in the middle. Articular ridge short, suberect and
thin. A low, flat, gently arcuate rib runs from the spur to the apical beak, in which a fine cavity
penetrates from the apex of the purple spot. The depressor crests are few and not very strong.

Basal length of the walls 70 mm., height 75 mm. Length of the scutum 31 mm., breadth 13.5 mm.
Length of tergum with spur 32 mm., breadth 12 mm.

The mandible (fig. 2. b, left side) has four small teeth, the last adjacent to several low obtuse denticles
at the lower end. The end of the maxilla is sigmoid, the upper half excavated, the lower convex.
It is armed with numerous stout and slender spines (fig. 2, c, right Bide). The first pair of cirri has
wide rami like moth antennae, the posterior one three-fourths as long as the anterior, with greatly
protruding segments, about 22 in number. The segments of the anterior ramus are less protruding

Fig. 2.—Balanus aquita. a. Second cirrus; p. mandible; c, maxilla.

and about 30 in number. The second cirri (tig. 2. a have subequal branches, and the protrusion of
the segments reaches its maximum. The third cirri are longer, with much less protruding segments.
The other cirri are much more slender, longer, with about 5 pairs of long spines on each joint.

Type, no. 32403, U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station -4490, off Santa Cruz Light-House.
10 fathoms, fine gray sand and rock bottom.

The dense structure of the walls of this species would almost entitle it to a place in Darwin's
section C of the genus Balanus; but it is clearly related to B. psittacus of the Chilean coast by the
structure of the opercular plates and the cirri. It differs from B. psiltucus in the following respects:

The sculpture of the opercular plates is unlike, tin- longitudinal grooves being far deeper, and the
transverse ridges closer. The occludent margin of the scutum is bent inward, as well as the tergal
margin. The adductor ridge in the scutum stands free from the articular ridge throughout, whereas in
/;, psittacus the confluence < if the two ridges forms a deep vaulted cavity above the depressor muscle
impression. The terga are much alike, but in /;. aquila there is no ridge along the carinal side of the
purple streak, Buch as incurs in /;. psittacus, and externally the longitudinal sculpture is coarser and
the transverse much closer. There are numerous other differences in the walls, etc., but those given
above are amply sufficient for the discrimination of the species.

CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 201

Balanus, sp. undet.

Two very large barnacles wen- taken at Albatross station 4209, Admiralty Inlet near Port Townsend.
Wash., on rocky, coarse sand and shell bottom in 25 fathoms. I have been unable to identify them
with any described form. Inn since they are much worn externally and riddled byboring sponges, study
of them is deferred until better preserved material comes to hand. The cup is remarkable for the
deeply concave pocket-like base and the bd tli interior walls of the parietes.

Balanus gdandula Darwin.

Balanaa glandula Darwin, Monog. Balanidtt, !>. 265.

Quarantine station. Port Townsend. Wash., on Purpura cris/iatu. Albatross station -121!). Admiralty
Inlet in the same vicinity in about 1*» fathoms, on broken gastropod shell-. Other Alaskan localities
are Sitka and I'nalaska. collector Dr. Benjamin Sharp, in collections of Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Specimens were also taken at Nanaimo Bay, on shore, by Prof. H. Heath. This is a
common Alaskan barnacle.

Balanus Bp.

Albatross station 4457. off Point Pines Light-House, 16 fathoms, on a gorgonian. [mmature.

Balanus sp.

Albatross station 4561, Santa Cruz Light-House, 15 fathoms. Immature specimens on waterlogged

twigs, caught in the tangles.

Balanus flos, n. sp.
[PI. ,v. fig. I 7.]

A species of Darwin's Bection C, somewhal related to B.spongicola Brown. Base and parietes

porous, radii solid.

The wall is high, stoop, and tubular, with somewhat square base and aperture, pink outside and
within. The parietes usually have a few rather strong ribs, but may be nearly smooth. The radii
are smooth, with strongly senate edges, and slope very steeply fr the apices. The alee are smooth,

very narrow, with smooth edges. The apices of the plates project as strung teeth around the aperture
and are more or less recurved, giving it a corolla-like appearance, the aperture being nearly as large as
the base. The inner submargins of the ahe are sculptured with slender thread-like transverse raised
lines especially developed in the carina and carino-lateral plates. Below the sheath the inner surfaces
of the parietes are while and are longitudinally grooved, as usual. The base is rather thin, bul porous.
The opercular plates are white.

The scutum (pi. ix, fig. 3. 6, 7) is triangular, with strongly recurved apex and low sculpture of liat-
tened, unequal wrinkles parallel to the basal margin. There are no noticeable radial lines, though an
extremely indistinct and line striation is discernible under a strong lens. Internally (fig. 6) there is a

small, low articular ridge and a small adductor ridg cupying the median third of the valve's length

and not confluent with the articular ridge. The muscles an' inserted so superficially as to leave no
pits, the inner faces of the valves being remarkably flat. The narrow occludent margin is marked
with very oblique sulci.

The tergum (pi. ix, tig. 1, 5i is not beaked apically. Veryfaim Longitudinal striae may be traced
along the carina! margin, but elsewhere the plate is sculptured with low, wide-spaced growth marks.
There is no furrow running to the spur, but the growth lines are deeply sinuated where ii should be. The
spur is short and rather wide. Inside there is a strong, elevated, and acute articular ridge, no noticeable
articular furrow, and the ridge running to the spur is very low. Crests for the attachment of depressor
muscles are very small. The scutal margin of the tergum is evenly concave.

Length of the wall at base 12 mm., breadth 11.5 mm., height hi mm. Length of the aperture
from apex of the carina to apex of the rostrum. 10 mm.

202

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Length of the wall at base 11.5 mm., breadth 12mm., height 12 mm.; length of the aperture 8.5 mm.

The mandibles (fig. 3, d) have three rather small but strong teeth and a bluntly irregular den-
ticulate lower projection. The maxillae (fig. 3, c) have two strong spines above, the margin excavated
below them, then becoming convex, the lower angle being broadly rounded. The edge bears about
8 .-pines, the lower ones stronger, and there is a tuft of fine bristles below the lower extremity.

The first pair of cirri (fig. 3, a) have very unequal rami, the longer or anterior branch of about 23 nor-
mal segments, and about twice the length of the shorter ramus, which is composed of 11 segment.-, all
of them strongly protuberant on the forward side. The second pair of cirri has rami of 13 and 12 joints,
respectively, also strongly protuberant mi both branches. The third cirri have longer and more slender
rami of 16 and 15 joints, which protrude moderately in front. The anterior ramus is the longer. The
fourth, fifth, and sixth pairs of cirri are much more slender, long, and curled, the rami subequal. There
are about 36 joints in the branches of the sixth pair (fig. 3, b). The penis (fig. 3, B i is rather short for a
Balanus, closely annulated.

Fig. 3.- BcUanus flos. \. First cirrus; b, sixth cirrus and penis; c, maxilla; D, mandible.

Type no. 32405, I". S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4558, Point Pinos Light-House,
lo fathoms, region of Monterey Bay, on polyzoan colonies. Cotype, no. 32406 1 . S. National Museum,
from same station. A specimen on a broad seaweed from station 4420, off east point of San Nicolas Island
in 338 fathoms, fine gray sand.

This flower-like barnacle superficially resembles B. amaryllis Darwin and B. corolliformis Hook, but
differs from both in important characters, more especially in the features of the basi . which place it in a
different section. There seems to be no very closely allied species among these referred to Darwin's
section 0, excepl I in In mis spongicola Brown, of the Atlantic which differs by the longitudinal sculpture
of the scutum, a feature upon which Darwin lays especial stress, and by various other differences in the

sha] I the scutum and tergum. The mouth parts and cirri would seem to be much as in B. spongicola,

judging from Darwin's description. Balanus pmcilus Darwin differs from B. flos by its coloration, the
shapes of the opercular valves, and by various features of the cirri.

The diverging apices of the terga are a prominent feature of B.flos at all stages of growth. The speci-
men from station 4420 is very pale pink, almost white, externally.

CIKRIPKDIA FROM THK PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA.

203

Balanus evermanni, n. sp.

[PI. vir, fig. 7-14; pi. viii, fig. 1-4; pi. x, fig. 1; pi. xi. tig. 1.]

The outer wall ia cup shaped, wider above than at the base; the length generally much exceeding
the diameter. The compartment plates arc imi permeated by pores, and the sutures arc not calcified or
firmly cemented. The heavy calcareous base is likewise imperforate, and the suture where it joins the
plates is but very weakly cemented. Surface dull, white, often shewing remnants of a thin yellow
cuticle. The orifice is very large, not contracted, and squarish nr ovate, being narrower and more
strongly angular at the carina. All the plates project strongly upward, making the borders of the orifice

sca-raic The parietes of the two carino Lateral plates are very narrow: those of the other plates are i I

i rately wide; all are weakly sculptured with more or less obliquely transverse n rinkles or ripples, narrow
but widely spaced. The radii have liner growth ripples nearly parallel to the tube, and arc lanceolate,
tapering very slowly upward. The wings or alee are very wide, with an external upper striated triangle,

Fig. 4. — Balanus < <■> rmanni.

Maxilla; B, sc.-eii. i cirrus; ■ . ticm-liM

el ewhere smooth, Internally the plates are closely but nol strongly striated near the base. The sutures
are Bmooth and even.

The opercular valves are white under a thin yellow cuticle. The scuta (pi. vm, fig 3 I have the

ocelli, lent and tergal margins straight, crenulaicd at the edge. The adductor muscle impression is

shallow and ill-defined, the lateral depressor muscle impression is deep. The adductor ridge i- a low,

rounded and wide callous rib. The articular ridge is short and not very prominent. The exte is

deeply and subregularlj marked with oblique riblets in the direction of growth lint

The terga are sculptured externally like the scuta, except that the riblets are narrowei and more
crowded. The longitudinal furrow is open. The apex is not beaked. Scuta! margin straight; cardial
margin slightly convex. The spur is rather long and narrow. Internally the articular ridge is rather
low, blunt, but strong. There are four or five short and delicate ridges at the carino-basal angle. The
spur is connected with the articular ridge by a strong, rounded and straight rib (pi. vm, fig. 1. 2).

Scutum, length 41 turn., greatest breadth 18.7 mm. Tergum, length 33 mm., breadth 13 mm. From
a specimen in which the longest valve of the cup is 88 mm. long(station 4239). Length of cup 150;
greatest antero-posterior diameter 67 mm., lateral diameter 66 mm. (station 4253).

204 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The penis is extremely long, 30 mm., tapering, flesh colored, and extremely finely and closely
annulate.

The mandible (tig. 4, c) has four principal teeth, decreasing in size from the upper to the lower one.
The inferior extremity is rounded, and like the lower margin is densely hairy. The maxilla (fig. -1, a) is
remarkable' for its square, even edge, densely beset with large and small spines.

The first cirrus stands well apart from the others. It has a greatly enlarged basal joint and short , equal
rami composed of about 16 joints. The second cirrus (fig. 4, b) is longer, but still is shorter than the
following cirri. The joints protrude and are densely bristly on the forward side. The diameters of the
rami decrease regularly and slowly from the second to the last pair, but the length is about the same in
pairs iii to vi. The third pair of cirri has rami of about 32 joints, and 22 mm. long. The last pair of
rami has about four pairs of spines on each joint.

Type, no. 11840 U. S. National Museum, from Albatross station 4239, junction of Clarence Strait
and Behm Canal, Alaska, in 206 to 248 fathoms, coarse sand and rocky bottom, July 9, 1903. Cotypes,
no. 32404 TJ. S. National Museum, from same station. Taken also at station 4253, Stephens Passage,
Alaska, in 131 to 1SS fathoms, July 14, 1903.

This is one of the finest species of Balanus yet described, remarkable for its great size, the uncontented
sutures, and the gaping orifice of the outer shell. The weakness of the ridges and crests of the inner
faces of the valves is also notable. Until nearly adult the plates of the wall may be readily separated
without breaking them; and even the full-grown barnacle has only a membranous attachment between
the valves and the base.

The species is closely related to B. hameri (Ascanius) of the North Atlantic, as defined by Darwin,
but differs in numerous details. The spur of the terguni is much narrower, only about half as wide as
the space between it and the basi-scutal angle. The scutal and carinal margins of the tergum are more
nearly straight. The articular ridge is weaker in both scutum and tergum. The maxilla? have no ''deep
notch under the two upper great spines," having an even edge. The inferior angle of the mandible is
not spinose. The segments of the second pair of cirri scarcely protrude in front in either B. evermanni
or B. hameri. The opercular valves show traces of radial (longitudinal) striae only near the apices. They
exceed in size the large fossil valves of B. hameri figured by Darwin in the Monograph on the Fossil
Balanidse (pi. 1, fig. 7c, 7d).

B. evermanni grows in clusters, one mounted upon another. The structural weakness consequent,
upon the lack of sutural cement is evidently a modification correlated with a deep water habitat. No
littoral barnacle of such feeble structure could exist.

Balanus (Conopea) galeatus Linnaeus.

[PI. vn, fig. 5-6, and pi. ix, fig. 8-11.]

Several dead specimens were brought, up at Albatross station 4432. Brockway Point, Santa Rosa
Island, in 272 fathoms gray mud, attached as usual to gorgonians. The cups were empty or filled with
sand, but from the debris I obtained two scuta and a tergum. As no species of this section of Balarvus has
been reported from the west coast of America hitherto, and B. galeatus has been known heretofore as an
exclusively warm-water form of the Antillean region, some details regarding the Pacific specimens may
. be useful.

The cups are rather short, only one (fig. 5) showing the tendency to lengthen the carina into a point,
as is so characteristic of B. galeatus. The base is somewhat porous, but less so than the Atlantic speci-
mens of galealus compared. The parietes are solid, and normally grooved inside. The scutum (pi. ix,
fig. 10, 11) is triangular, less widely truncate apieally than in typical galeatus as figured by Darwin. The
articular ridge is very thick and prominent. The tergum I pi. ix, fig. 8, 9) resembles that of B. galeatus
as figured by Darwin, its apex having a squarely truncated appearance, due to the projection of the
articular ridge.

Bui. U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate VI.

10

12

13

I. Sealpellum phantasma. Type.
•i. Scafpellum larvcUe, Type and a young individual,
:;-»;. Sealpellum lawale. Variet.v from station 1382, showing change* with gruwth. Capitula 3,5,6,
;m«l 10 mm. long.
7. Sealpellum californicum ottseum. Type and a young specimen,
s. ScaZpellum californicum Rostra) plate and adjacent parts
9-11. Sealpellum prorimum. Dorsal, lateral, and ventral views of type.

12. Sealpellum perlnngum. Type, and ventral view <>i a cotype.

13. Sealpellum californicum.

Bui. U S B. F 1906

Plate VII.

12 13

1-3. ScalpeUum gruvelianum. Lateral view with ventral and dorsal details.

i. ScalpeUum gruvelianum secundum. Type.
~>-ii. Balanus galeatus. From station 1432.
7-10. Balanus t vermanni. Carina, rigfat-carlna], and right-rcstral latera and rostrum <-f a cotvpe. Exterior view.
U-14. Balanus evermanni. Interior view. All about \ natural size.

Bui. U S. B. F. 1906.

Plate VIM.

]- 1. Balanus • i'< nnanni.
5- 3, Balanitis aquila..

Bui U S B F. 1906.

Plate X.

1. Balanue evermanni.

2. Balanui aquila, interior of wall.

Bui. U. S B F. 1906.

Plate XI.

1 . Balanus evermanni.
•2. Balanus aquila.

INDEX.

Page.

Alepas percarinata 186

rex '"'

amphitrite, Balanus 190

anatifera, Lepas 193

aquila . Balanus 199

Balanidae 190, 199

Balanus amphitrite 190

aquila 199

concavus 199

evermanni 208

flos 201

(Qonopea igaleatus 204

glandula 20]

up 190,201

bellum, Pcecilasma 188

calif ornieum osseum, ScalpelluiD 196

Scalpellum 195

Catophragmus darwini 188

Chthamaliilii 188

concavus, Balanus 199

Conopea galeatus 204

ilarwini. < atophragmus 188

Dichelaspis hawaiensis 184

cburneum, Trilasrnis [83

evermanni, Balanus 203

fasciculaxis, Lepas 198

BOS, Balanus 201

galeatus, Balanus (Conopea) 204

glandula, Balanus 201

gruvelianum, Sealpellinii 197

secundum, Scalpellum 198

halotlu'ca, Verruca 188

25224— 07

AJepas hawaiensis. Dichelaspis 184

hawaiense, Scalpellum IS

ksempferi, Pcecilasma is3

larvale, Scalpellum 1W

U padidse 181,193

Lepas anatiiera 198

[ascicularis 193

pectinata 193

nin, Scalpellum californicum 196

padficum, Scalpellum 182

pectinata, Lepas 193

pi rcarinata, Alepas 185

pcrli 'i a; ui n. Sculpt 'Hum 198

phani a -ii 1. 1, Scalpellum I'M

Pcecilasma bellum 188

mpfeii 183

proximum. Scalpellum 197

rex. A lepas 186

Scalpellum californicum 195

californicum osseum 196

gruvelianum 197

gruvelianum secundum 198

hawaiense 181

larvale 194

paciflcum 182

perlong*um 198

I ihantasma 194

proximum 197

secundum, Scalpellum gruvelianum 198

Trilasmis eburneum 183

Verruca halotheca 188

Vcrrucii la- 1 >8

I

NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW

SPECIES.

By DAVID STARR JORDAN and JOHN OTTERBEIN SNYDER.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 623.

205

NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By David Stark Jordan and John OTTKRBEIN Snvdkk.

In the month of March, Wo.",, the senior author made a brief \ wit to Honolulu.
The markets were inspected each day, and a number of species of fishes were collected.
Since the date of the collections of Jordan and Evermann in 1901 and of Gilbert
and Snyder in 1902, the markets of the city have become very greatly extended.
The business of fishing has fallen more fully into the hands of Japanese, and the
results of line-fishin<r in deep water off the coast of Molokai have become a promi-
nent feature of the market. Among the species formerly rare, but now commonly
seen in the market, are the following:

Etelis evurus.
Etelis marshi.
Ctuetopterus dubius.
Rooseveltia brighami.
Erythrichthys schlegeli.
Merinthe macrocephala.
Mulloidea prlugeri.

The following species in this collection, listed with the numbers under which
their respective types are registered in the V. S. National .Museum, seem to be new
to science:

Caranx dasson, no. 577SL'.
Ariomma evermanni, no. 57783.
Rooseveltia aloha, no. 57784.
Thalassoma neanis, no. 57785.
Scaridea aerosa, no. 57786.

The accompanying drawings of these species are the work of Mr. William
Sackston Atkinson.

Family 0PHICHTHYII).€.

1. Microdonophis polyophthalmus (Bleeker).

Head 4.5 in the trunk, 4.0 in tail; depth 2.4 in head; snout 5; eye 1.8 in snout; cleft of mouth
about 3 in head; teeth sharp, in a single row on jaws and vomer; origin of dorsal above base of
pectoral, height of fin equal to width of interorbital space or length of snout; anal about half as high;
pectoral rounded, about equal in length to snout. Tail sharply pointed. Color brownish above, white
on ventral surface; side with 3 rows of large alternating dark-brown spots, those of the upper row and

207

208 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

many of the median ones with white centers (in one specimen 2 or 3 spots of the lower row have
white centers, while in another only those of the upper and the anterior ones of the median row arc
so marked); ventral surface with 2 rows of spots, indistinct on belly, prominent along base of anal:
head with many well-defined ocelli, which grow smaller anteriorly, those on the snout being minute
and densely crowded; dorsal with a row of ocelli along its base, each ocellus corresponding in position
with the spots along lateral line; above the ocelli and alternating with them a row of narrow dark
bars; anal immaculate; pectoral dusky at base.

Two specimens, each about 21 inches long. This species is new to Hawaii.

2. Microdonophis fowleri Jordan & Evermann.

< )ne specimen. Head 3.8 in in trunk, not 4.8, as stated in the original description.

Family MUR£NID£.

3. Echidna tritor (Sauvage).

Several large eels of the type of Echidna zonata Fowler were seen in the market together, evidently
taken at the same time. Two of them were preserved. One of these has many bands on the body,
corresponding to the type of Echidna psalion. The other showed 2 or 3 bands on the tail only, and
corresponds nearly to Echidna leihala. Specimens not preserved showed various intermediate
characters. These comparisons leave little doubt of the identity of the nominal species of Echidna
zonata, vincta, psalion, zonophsea, leihala, and obscura, and probably all are forms of the species without
bands, still earlier described as P&ciloph is tritor by Sauvage. It is not improbable that all are again
identical with Echidna polyzona (Richardson) of the East Indies.

Family SPHY&ENID£.

4. Sphyraena helleri Jenkins.

This species, known as kawalea, never as kaku, grows to a length of about 3 feet. Its scales
are small, 130 to 135 in number. The back is steely olive, with 2 light yellow stripes along each side,
which fade with age. In the recent report of Jordan & Evermann", this species is stated to abound
n the mullet ponds. The statement is not correct. It should be applied to the young of Sphyrsena
snodgrasm, which is called kaku and which does great injury to the mullet.

5. Sphyraena snodgrassi Jenkins.

This species, called kaku, is known by its large scales, there being about 85 in lateral line. It
reaches a much larger size than the kawalea, often attaining the length of ti feet. The young of small
size are often taken near shore, especially in the mullet ponds.

This huge barracuda is allied tothe giant barracuda of the West Indies, Sphyrama barracuda. It is
probably not the same as the East Indian Sphyriena commersoni.

Family MUGILIM.

(!. Chsenomugil chaptalii (Eydoux & Souleyet).

Myxus paedficus Steindachner appears to be the young of this species. The teeth are in narrow
hands, in some cases there being but 2 or 3 irregular rows, or occasionally but 1 row on parts of the
lower jaw. The teeth are trilobed.

Family H0L0CENTRIIL€.

7. Ostichthys pillwaxi (Steindachner).
One fine specimen of this rare species.

S. Holocentrus sammara (Forskal).

Two examples, measuring each 4 inches long, have the spots on the scales so faint as to be hardly
discernible.

n Bull, U. s. Fish Commission, vol. win, 1908, i>t. t, p. 143, 1905.

NOTES (IN FISHES OF HAWAII.

209

Family PSENIM

9. Ariomma evtermanni Jordan & Snyder, new species (Fig. I, text.)

A second species of this peculiar genus is represented by one badly preserved specimen. It differs

from Ariomma lurida in having a smaller head, shorter snout, smaller eyes, shorter gillrakers, and

larger scales. The head is apparently naked and the caudal i- forked, characters which both

species may, however, possess in common. The anal rays are evidently preceded by two spines in

I. everma

Head 3.4 in length measured to base of caudal; depth 4; depth of caudal peduncle 5.5 in head;

1.7; snoui 3.3; interorbital space 3.3; dorsal xi-i, L5; anal u, 15; pectoral 25; scales in lateral
-cries about 38.

Snout blunter and slightly more rounded than that of A. lurida; caudal peduncle shorl and
cylindrical; interorbital space very convex; eyes with thin adipose lids; maxillary not freely
protractile, rounded posteriorly, about equal in length to diameti r of eye, almost enl ealed

beneath a broad, pendant, preorbital flap; jaws equal, each with a single row of minute teeth; vomer
and palatines without teeth; tongue large and smooth; gillrakers 7+19, short, slender, and point
pseudo-branchiae present; nostrils near tip of snout.

Fig. i Vermont

Pype.

Head naked; scale- oi body large, cycloid, very small on caudal peduncle, extending forward on
occipital part of head almost to a point above posterior margin of eye.

Origin of dorsal above posterior edge of base of pectoral; the spines slender, the longest i third or
fourth) contained 2.2 times in length of head; spinous and soft dorsals apparently connected by mem-
brane; base of anal long, nearly equal to length of head; first 2 ray- small and spine-like; last ray of
dorsal and anal pencillated, nearly disconnected like the finlets of Oligopliles, these fins extending an
equal distance posteriorly; pectoral 2 in head; ventral- pointed, 2.3 in head; caudal forked, the
lobes pointed, 1.4 in head.

Color, probably dusky; operclewitha large blackish patch; lining of gill-chambers black; mouth
light.

Type, no. 57783 D. S. National Museum, measuring 8 indies in length; from the market at
1 lonolulu.

Named for Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, assistant in charge, Division of Scientific Inquiry, U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries, in recognition of his work on Hawaiian fishes.

This genus does not belong to the Apogonichthyidse. It seem- rather to be an ally of Cubiceps, in

;roup usually called Nomeidse; but as the generic name Nomeui ought properly to give waj to
Gobiomorus, we may call the group Psenidse. It differs from Slromateida chiefly in the separation of

the dorsal lins.

We may note here that the Hawaiian species oft scribed on page I 74 of the Hawaiian

report, is Germo maeropterus (Schlegel), not '• i i figure is of the latter species.

B. B. F. L906 1-1

210

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family CARANGIIh€.

10. Caranx dasson Jordan & Snyder, new species.3 (Fig- 2, text.)

Head 3.5 in length to base of caudal; depth 3.1; depth of caudal peduncle 7 in head; eye 4; snout
2.6; interorbital space 3.2; dorsal vii-i, 25; anal ii-i, 21; scutes 22.

Dorsal contour not greatly elevated, the outline rather gently curved from snout to origin of dorsal;
interorbital region elevated, with a rather sharp ridge; snout long, pointed; lower jaw somewhat shorter
than the upper: maxillary with supplemental bone, extending posteriorly to a point below anterior
margin of eye, its free edge concave; premaxillary protractile; teeth in jaws minute, sharply pointed,
rather widely spaced; those of vomer and palatines in villiform bands; a narrow band on tongue; lips
thick, their surfaces covered with short, stumpy papilla-; edge of preorbital sharp, overhanging upper
edge of maxillary and part of lip, its width posteriorly less than that of maxillary: lateral line arched
somewhat more than dorsal contour; 22 scutes on straight portion, the scutes largest on caudal peduncle
where they form a high, sharp ridge; opercles and sides of occipital region scaled; throat, chin, snout,
upper part of head and a narrow space extending backward to base of dorsal fin naked; body completely

w

- — m

3*

^^^2^

Fig. 2. — Caranx dasson Jordan »fc Snyder, new species. Type.

scaled; eye surrounded with a broad rim of adipose tissue; opercle and preopercle with membranous
edges; third dorsal spine longest, 2.1 in head; first and second spines very weak, the second almost as
long as third; soft dorsal and anal of nearly equal length, the rays not greatly elongate, the longest ::.2
in head, each fin with a posterior tinlet which is not detached; a high membranous, finely scaled
sheath along bases of fins; pectoral falcate, 2.8 in length, extending to a point above base of seventh
anal ray; tip of fin formed by fourth ami fifth rays; ventral pointed, 2.6 in head; caudal deeply forked,
lobes sharply pointed, the membrane scaled, 1.2 in head. Color silvery, dorsal and anal dusky,
anterior part of soft dorsal and anal blackish.

One specimen, 21 inches long, type no. 577.S2, U. S. National Museum; from Honolulu market.

In the report on the Fishes of Samoa (p. 230) a Caranx Ihompsoni Seale is listed from Hawaii.
This is a manuscript name only and should have been suppressed.

11. Decapterus pinnulatus ( Eydoux A Souleyet).
(Derujti, rus canonoidea Jenkins.)

The common Decapterus of Hawaii has no golden shades w hatever in life. It is not identical with
the Japanese Decapterus muroadxi, and it is very doubtful whether either is the same as the Atlantic
species, Dectqiterns .iniirt;, -hilnuc.

« Listed in Jordan ct Seale, Fishes oi Samoa. Bull. U. S. Bureau ot Fisheries, toI. x\v, 1905 (Dee. IS, 1906), p. 231, but
not hitherto described.

NOTES ON FISHKS OF HAWAII. 211

Family BKAM1D.-E.

1 2. Collybus drachme Snyder.

\ line cast of this species is in the Bishop Museum.

Family SERKANID£.

13. Caprodon schlegeli Gunther. (PI. xn, fig. 1.)

A single example from Honolulu, measuring 17.25 inches. On comparinu' this with a specimen
about 10 inches long from Misaki, Japan, we find no differences except that the Honolulu example has
a broader maxillary and stronger teeth, characters probably due to age.

Head 3.5 in length to base of caudal; depth 2.8; depth of caudal peduncle 2.9 in head; eye 4.1;
interorbital space 3.2; snout 3.4; maxillary 1.9; dorsal x, - 1 : anal in, 8; scales 7-70- 22.

Dorsal outline evenly curved and considerably elevated; interorbital space convex, extending to
a point below posterior edge of pupil; width of maxillary contained -1.7 times in head, its free edge
rounded; cleft of mouth oblique; lower jaw very strong, projecting beyond the Upper, so that the
anterior teeth are exposed; premaxillaries freely protractile; upper jaw with bands of minute, strong
teeth, a group of large canines in front and a single row of smaller ones extending posteriorly; toothed
area narrow along sides of jaw, but abruptly broadening into huge pads on either side anteriorly;
teeth of lower jaw in a narrow band posterior to edges of valve, in _ large elevated pads on each side
anteriorly; a naked Bpace between upper pads of teeth, the lower ones more closely apposed; broad
patches of fine teeth on tongue, vomer, and palatines; edge of preopercle feebly denticulate, almost
smooth; opercle with i broad, flat spines; gillrakers 23 6, the longest contained 2 times in longi-
tudinal diameter of ,-ye, their tips blunt ; lateral line continuous, evenly curved from upper edge of gill
opening to a point below posterior dorsal ray, where it rather abruptly turns backward, much as usual
in seisenoid I is Ins, extending along caudal peduncle a little above the middle; lead and body, except
lips, throat, and edges of maxillary, completely covered w ith cl moid seal,-; manj scales on head and
upper parts of body, with a minute scale at base: small seales on bases of fins and extending far out
on the membrane.-, those at base of spinous dorsal forming a distinct sheath; dorsal spines strong,
the fourth to seventh longest, 2.8 in head: posterior rays longest, 2.1 in head: second and third anal
spines very heavy, their length 3.6 in head, the longest ray 2.2 in head; caudal truncate or slightly
concave, its length 1.5 in head; pectoral unsymmetrical, the upper rays shortened and the eighth to

thirteenth rays markedly elongate, slightU longer than head, their tips broad and flat, the free edge
of upper half of fin concave; ventral rounded, the length 1.6 in head.

Color, in formalin: Yellowish \\ ith a slight tinge of olive; scattered seales on upper parts orange
or pinkish, in places clustered so as to form clouds of either tint; a well-defined pink bar
extending from eye to tip of snout; a similar bar passing over interorbital area; rays of caudal
pink; membrane yellow ; dorsal and anal yellow, tie- scaled portion of former clouded with pink
and yellow, of the latter wit h pink; ventral spine pink; rays yellow; pectoral light

When fresh this specimen was tine crimson mixed with yellow ; a crimson stripe before eye,
one between eyes; preorbital crimson; space before dorsal golden; caudal, anal, ventrals, and
pectorals bright yellow, with some crimson mixed in on the base of caudal, of anal, and on sides;
lower jaw crimson; crimson mottling on sides of back conspicuous.

The genus Caprodon is distinguished from Odontanlhiag and other Anthiinx with teeth on the
tongue by the unsymmetrical pectoral, the truncate caudal, the presence of a scaly dorsal sheath,
and by the many-rayed soft dorsal. The dorsal spines are none of them elevated, and the dentition
offers some peculiarities.

Family LUTIAMDvE.

Genus R00SEVELTIA Jordan & Evermann."

Rooseveltia Jordan & Evermann, in Jordan ,\. Scale. Fishes of Samoa, Bull. Bureau Fisheries, vol. xxv, p. 265, 1907; No
description (type, SI minus brighami Scale).

This genus related to Apsilus and Lutianm, from which it differs in having the top of the head
without the elevated crests characteristic of those genera. The top of the cranium is narrow and

a Name occurs in Jordan A: Scale, Fishes of Samoa, but no description hitherto published.

212

BULLETIN OF THE UUREAU OK FISHERIES.

convex; the skull is thick, with three obtuse, longitudinal ridgea and two grooves separating them;
hark elevated; no teeth on tongue. The genus contains two known species, Apsilus brighami I Seale i,
and the new species Rooseveltia aloha .Ionian & Snyder.

This new genus is named for Theodore Roosevelt, eminent as a naturalist and as a promoter of
the scientific work of the various scientific bureaus of the Government of the United States.

The genera of Etelinw, distinguished by the uncrested cranium, may be thus compared:

I. Dorsal fin continuous.

a. Canine teeth strong; body fusiform: no teeth on tongue ( = PristopQ7Hoides=Sparop8is) , type vireecena Apkion.

■ anine teeth very weak; back more elevati a*.
&. Top oi cranium broad, Battish, becoming more convex with age.

<\ Tn!iL'/lh' tnuililcss.

d. Bodj subfnsiform, the depth -i in length i violcscens) Boweksia,

dd. Body deeper, compressed, the depth 3 in length i mocropIUkcUmus) Platyimtjs.

cc. Tongue with a patch of villiform teeth; body sul .fusiform i dubius) (.'h.tctopterus.

bb. Top of cranium narrow, convex, the skull thick, with three obtuse longitudinal ridges separated by shallow grooves;

no teeth on tongue; back elevated Roosevi i tia.

II. Dorsal Nn divided.

' . < Jranium not cavernous: skeleton firm: color red.
/. Maxillary scaly.

g. Opercle without spine (carbunculus) Etelis.

gg. ( ipercle with spine, (berycoidea) Eteliscus.

jj. Maxillary naked: opercle with a. spine i aquilionaris) Etei.ii- is.

< < . * rani u m cavernous; skelton soft; color black Verilus.

In Apsilus and Tropidinius, as in TAitianus, the top of the cranium has three sharp ridges. No
species of Apsilus is known from Hawaii.

Fig. 3.— Rooseveltia aloha Jordan & .Snyder, new species. Type.

1 I. Rooseveltia aloha Jordan & Snyder, new species." (Fig. 3, text.)

This species differs markedly from J!, brighami in having a much larger eye and a very narrow
preorbital, the width of the latter being somewhat less than half the diameter of eye. 11. alohais
without the transverse yellow bands characteristic of R. brighami.

Head 2.9 in Length to base of caudal; depth 2.7; eye :;.-"> in head; snout 2.7; interorbital space 4;
preorbital 7.5; maxillary 2.5; dorsal k, 11; anal m, 8; scales 7-67-16.

Body deeper, the dorsal contour more elevated, the snout shorter, than in 7.'. brighami; eye laiye,
high up, with a swollen cutaneous rim above; interorbital area somewhat convex; suborbital narrow-

a Listed in Jordan & Seale, Fishes of Samoa, Bull. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol, x w, L905 (Dec. 15, 1906), p.
in >t hit herto described.

NOTES ON FISHKS <>F HAWAII. 213

est above corner of mouth; maxillary extending to a point below anterior edge of pupil; lower jaw
projecting slightly beyond upper; jaws each with a row of enlarged canines, behind which is .1 band
of villiform teeth, among which are a few slightly enlarged ones; narrow bands of minute teeth on
vomer and palatines; tongue smooth; gillrakers 3 10, long, slender, an<l pointed; dorsal inserted
directly above tip of opercular spine, the spines slender, stiff and pungent, the lirst spine not quite
half the height of second; longest 1 third to fifth) Bpine2.7 in head; no notch between spinous and soft
dorsal, rays about equal to spines in length; anal not quite so high as dorsal, thi eavier and

shorter; lirst spine slightly more than one-third length of the third, the latter .;."i in head; ventral
pointed, extending slightly beyond vent; dorsal, anal, and ventral without scales; pectoral falciform,

extending to a point abo1 rigin of anal, its base with minute scales; ram la 1 deeply forked, the rays

with scales (the rays being broken, their length ran nol be determined). Scales finely ctenoid; a row
of enlarge^ 1 soft scales extending from upper edge < if opercle to nape; a row of similar scales below eye;
cheeks and opercles with scales; maxillary, preorbital, snout, and interorbital naked; preopercle
smooth, the edge serrated; opercle with a flat, pointed spine at the upper angle; lateral line curved
much like the contour of back. .No distinctive color-markings in an alcoholic specimen, except
numerous obscure mottlings and minute spot- of ;i deeper color, which may have been greenish on a
red background, and a subdued dark dash on opercle. The appearance of tic specimen, extended
stomach, etc.. indicates that it came from deep water.

Type, no. 577M I'. S. National Museum, about II inches long, collected by Jordan and F.ver-
mann at Honolulu, It ml, and by some oversight not distinguished at tin' time from Rooseveltia 1. milium',.

15. Rooseveltia brighami (Scale). DHkiki; Kalikali.

Scrranusbrigliami 8q£le, osional Papers Bishop Museum, vol. 1, no. t. 1901, :. Honolulu.

Apettui brighami, Jenkins, Hull. 1'. s. Fish C6mm., vol. xxii, 1902 [Sept 28, 1903 . 152 Honolulu. Snyder, ibid. (Jan. 19,

L90i), 527; Honolulu. Jordan & Evermann, Bull. r. s. Pish Comm., vol. win. 190 S3 1-1. xvi:

Honolulu; Kailun.

This species, having the top of the head without the elevated crests 1 haracteristic of butianus and
Apsilus, should not have been referred to N rranus nor to Apsih

16. Chaetopterus dubius Gflnther.

(Aprion microdon Steindachner.
(Bowersia ulaula Jordan and Evermann,)

A specimen l"i inches long, from the market at Honolulu, seems to differ in no way from a Japanese
example collected at Fukaura.

Head 3.4 in length; depth 3.6; snout 3.8; interorbital 3.3; preorbital 10.5; maxillary 2.9; dorsal
x, 11; anal tit, 8; scales in lateral scries 7<t; between lateral line and anal I I. Basihyal with tin oval
patch of villiform teeth on its posterior half.

This specimen corresponds evidently to Bowersia ulaula of Jordan and Evermann; and the num-
ber of settles in the lateral line in Aprion microdon, as described by Steindachner, shows that his species
is ft dubius rather than Bowersia violescens. This species is known as opakapdka in the markets, not
being distinguished from the equally common Bowersia violescens by the fishermen. Ulaula, very red,
is the name of Etelis eturus and Etelis marshi.

17. Bowersia violescens Jordan & Evermann.

(Apsilus microdon .Ionian A: Evermann, young; not Aprion microdon Steindachner.)

The small specimens described by Jordan and Evermann as Aprion microdon are the young of
HiwYrsia n,,lrs,;ns. We find no teeth on the tongue in any of these and none in a cotj pe of Bowersia
violescens. The genus Bowersia is therefore to be separated from Clmiopterus by the absence of these
teeth, not by their presence, as originally stated. The teeth are present in Chsetopterus dubius. The
absence of lingual teeth, therefore, the smaller mouth, and especially the larger scales, separate
Bowersia violescens from Chsetopterus dubius.

is. Etelis evurus Jordan & Kvermann.

This species, with its congener, Etelis marshi, is common in the winter markets, and both are
known as ulaula (very red). The two species differ widely from each other and a study of the skele-
tons will probably place them in different genera.

214 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family MULLID^E.

19. Mulloides pflugeri Steindachner.

Many very large specimens of 3 to 4 pounds weight were seen in the market. These were uniform
deep crimson red in color, without yellow or black shadings or markings. They were called icehe-ula,
or red mullet. It is possible that Mulloides flammeus of Jordan and Evermann, with crimson cross-
bands, may be the young of Mulloides pflugeri.

We may here note that Upeneus preorbitalis Smith & Swain (p. 263, Hawaiian report), is identical
with Mulloides samamsis guniher.

Family LABRID^E.

20. Thalassoma neanis, Jordan & Evermann, new species. (PI. xn, fig. 2.)

Head 3.5 in length to base of caudal; depth 3.7; depth of caudal peduncle 7; eye 5.5 in head;
snout 2.6; interorbital space 4.2; dorsal vm, 13; anal lit, 11; scales 3-27-8.

Interorbital space convex; snout somewhat pointed; tipof snout to occiput 4.3 in length; lips large
and comparatively thick, the lower one with two thin lateral, pendent folds; jaws each with a single
n>\\ of closely apposed, sharp, conical teeth, which grow successively smaller from before backward,
the anterior tooth on each side enlarged and directed forward; cleft of mouth equal to width of preor-
bital; gillrakers, 6 4- 14, sharply pointed, small, those near ends of arches very minute; head naked,
except a small patch of 4 or 5 scales on upper limb of opercle; scales thin, with soft membranous
edges; lateral line complete, following contour of back to a point below tenth dorsal ray, where it
abruptly bends downward, passing along middle of caudal peduncle, and ending on base of caudal
fin; origin of dorsal above base of pectoral, the distance between base of first spine and naked portion
of head equal to half the distance between the latter point and tip of snout; soft dorsal slightly higher
than the spinous, the length of longest ray contained about 2.3 in head; dorsal and anal extending an
equal distance posteriorly, the latter with three strong spines, the rays slightly shorter than those of
the dorsal; caudal about equal to head in length, lunate, the lobes acutely pointed; ventral pointed, 2
in head; pectorals rounded, 1.3 in head.

Color, in formalin, when first received, almost fresh; head dark bluish gray, or purplish, becoming
yellowish on occiput and opercle, marked with irregular stripes about equal in width to diameter of
pupil; the upper stripe passing from snout to eye, above which it curves, then extending backward
and fading out on fifth or sixth scale of lateral line; another extending from corner of mouth to eye,
curving below it and passing obliquely downward and backward to a point on opercle below its angle,
from which point it borders the edge of the latter, then curves forward and reaches preoperele; cheek
with a round spot, apparently an interruption of the same stripe; another stripe begins near this and
continues forward and downward to a point posterior to corner of mouth, returning along ventral
region of side of head to edge of subopercle; a median stripe extends from middle of orbit backward,
curving downward to angle of opercle; chin with a transverse stripe; all these stripes are light green
on side of head, bluish ou ventral parts, all narrowly bordered with blackish violet; lips pale reddish
yellow; breast blackish with two faint dark-edged greenish stripes on each side below pectorals; body
bright citron yellow, dusky on breast; a broad area of sky blue extending downward from bases of
first to seventh dorsal spines, narrowing somewhat on side, then growing broader posteriorly and
extending backward to end of anal fin so that most of the belly is blue; basal portion of dorsal and
anal bright yellow, the distal part sky blue, the tips of the rays again tinged with yellow, the blue
and yellow areas separated by a narrow blue-black streak; a small dark spot behind second dorsal
spine; pectoral yellow, greater part of posterior half of fin black, a narrow triangular blackish blotch
at base; ventrals pale yellow; caudal yellow, the upper and lower edges greenish; no vertical mark-
ings on the individual scales.

The specimen is an adult male. Type no. 57785 U. S. National Museum, 7 inches long, from the
market at Honolulu.

21. Thalassoma lutescens (Solander).

In the collections of 1901 was obtained a fine male specimen of a Thalassoma in form almost exactly
like T. neanis, but quite different in color. This specimen, in Jordan and Evermann's report (Bull.
U. S. F. C, xxm, p. 303), is described as Thalassoma lunare, but on comparison with the true lunare

NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII. 215

from the Philippines we feel sure that it can not be the same, it evidently corresponds to Thalassoma
lutescens (Solander) from Tahiti, a species which we think certainly distinct from Thalassemia lunare.
Thalassoma neanis and Thalassoma lutescens have much in common, but they seem to be distinct species,
differing in the arrangement of colors. T. neanis lacks entirely the dark cross streaks on the scales
characteristic of T. lunare and T. lutescens.

22. Anampses g-odeffroyi < iiinther. (PI. mm, fig. 1.)

{Anampses evermanni Jenkins, i

Several specimens of a large blue Anampses were seen in the market, and one of these was pre
served. This is evidently the species called AintmjiKt-s i/mliji'roui by I iiinther from a drawing made at-
Hilo by Mr. Garrett. The bluish reticulations of the head are finer, more numerous, and not broken
as figured by Garrett, the vertical bars on the scales are more elongate, the stripes oi blue on dorsal
and anal narrower, and those on the caudal more elongate. The entire head and body blue or greenish-
blue in life, strongly suffused with a tinge of reddish brown; head covered with dark greenish blue
reticulations, each about one-third the width of pupil; lips reddish; each scale with a vertical blue
bar slightly narrower than the reticulations on opercle, the bars generally connected, forming lines
extending across the body; bars reduced on caudal peduncle forming oval or round spot-; dorsal and
anal same color as body, broadly edged with deep blue, the membrane with 4 longitudinal narrow

stripes, those of the dorsal somewhat irregular; caudal reddish orange with stripes which an- more or
less broken up into oval and circular spots, the tin broadly edged above and below with deep blue;
pectoral and ventrals reddish orange, the former greenish blue at base and along upper edge, the la iter
having the spine greenish blue and the membrane Bparsely marked with elongate blue spots

The specimens called Anampses godeffroyi by .Ionian .v Evermann, and thought to be distinct

from A. evermanni, differ somewhat in color from the above and may possibly be distinct, as \\ a~
supposed when they were first taken. After the specimen here described had been in formalin a
short time the pale horizontal stripes described by .Ionian it Kvormann made their appearance.
Other alleged color differences between .1. evermanni and .1. godeffroyi are relative, the vertical lini -
on the scales varying somewhat in width and length, and the caudal Btripes being broken up into
variously elongated spots.

It is probable t here fore that Anampses ew rmanni i- j synonym of Anampses godeffroyi, and that the
reddish shades on the body, seen in life, fade with removal from the water, the blue being more

permanent.

23. Gomphosus sandwichensis < iiinther.

In the Bishop Museum is a specimen of Gomphosus, with a colored caM of the same specimen.
The species is much like Gompliosus tricolor, but it is apparently not the same, and the black opercle
indicates that it is Gomphosus sandwichensis Gtinther, a doubtful species referred by Jordan it
Evermann to the synonymy of Gomphosus tricolor.

The cast is green, the upper part of the snout pink-red: a sharp red line behind eye; a black
blotch on opercle; base of pectoral y el low; the I'm green with a blue-black distal area; dorsal green,
a narrow sharp red stripe along its middle; base .if caudal purple, the- rest green.

Family SCAR1CHTHYID/E.

24. Scaridea aerosa Jordan it Snyder, new species. (Fig. 4.)

This species differs markedly from the other Hawaiian members of the genus in having a broad,
vertical brassy band posterior to the pectoral tin, and also in the character of the anterior profile, which
is decidedly elevated over the eye.

Head 3.3 in length to base of caudal; depth 2.8; depth of caudal |>edunele 2/2 in head; eye 4.5;
snout 2.8; interorbital space 4.2; scales 23, 8; dorsal ix, 10; anal in, 9.

Snout blunt, the anterior outline steep between tip of snout and interorbital space, then sloping
gently backward to origin of dorsal; jaws equal; cleft of mouth extending to a point below anterior
edge of orbit; upper lip double for nearly half its length, the lower one for only about one-fourth;

216

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

teeth of upper jaw on outer edge of dental plate, alternating, in 2 series for about half length of jaw,
where they are followed by a single strong curved canine which projects outward and backward;
below and posterior to the canine the dental plate bears on its surface a row of small blunt teeth ;
lower jaw with 3 rows of teeth anteriorly, 2 laterally, and 1 posteriorly, all on outer edge of dental
plate, whirl] has a rather rough flat surface within the rows of teeth; dorsal spines stiff and sharp, the
first i I mgesl ) contained about 2.5 times in head, rays somewhat shorter, there being but little differ-
ence in the height between the spinous and soft dorsals; anal spines 3, small and slender, the soft rays
nearly equal in height, 2.6 in head; dorsal and anal extending an equal distance posteriorly; ventral
rounded, 1.7 in head; pectoral 1.5 in head; upper lobe of caudal slightly concave, the lower rounded,
the middle and upper rays longest, basal portion of tin with large scales; lateral line following contour
of back to a point below posterior end of dorsal, where it is abruptly bent downward, passing along
middle of caudal peduncle; scales on occiput and on opercles, a single row passing obliquely downward
on cheek below eye; a scries of ± scales anterior to origin of dorsal fin.

Color dusky, indistinctly mottled with lighter and darker shades; a broad diffuse hand of bright
brassy yellow, extending obliquely across the side from between the third and seventh dorsal spines

Fig. 4. — Scaridea aerosa Jordan & Snyder, new species. Type.

to the anterior end of base of anal; dorsal mottled with blackish; other tins dusky; base of pectoral
and chin blackish.

The type no. 57786, U. S. National Museum, from the market at Honolulu, measures 11.5 inches
in length. Another specimen 13.5 inches long, does notdiffer from the type, except that the teeth are
somewhat worn, the canines being broken off; the yellow cross-band is less distinct.

25. Callyodon perspicillatus (Steindachner). (PI. xm, fig. 2.)

We present a colored plate of this handsome species, taken from a fresh specimen, in which,
however, certain evanescent shades, as of golden on the opercular flap and rosy on the base of the
dorsal, had faded.

Family CH/ETODONTID^E.

26. Chaetodon ephippium (Bloch).

A cast of this most handsome species, which is rather common in the South Seas, is in the Bishop
Museum. The specimen came from Honolulu, and this is the first Hawaiian record.

Probably the name Zanclvs cornvtus should be retained for the common species of Zanciu*, as /.
canescenx is probably a distinct species.

NOTES ON FI8HE8 OF HAWAII. 217

F.imih ACANTHI IR1 1X4:.

27. Hepatus leucopareius (Jenkins).

Of this rare species several specimens were in the aquarium al Waikiki. It is called mai haiku.

28. Hepatus matoides (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Renewed comparison of specimens leads us to regard //. guntheri, II. xanthopterus (Cuvier >*c
Valenciennes) and H.blochi (Cuvier & Valenciennes) as identical with Hepatus maim,!. The dark
stripes on the dorsal and anal, the yellow on the pectoral, and the pale ring at th the caudal

all fade more or less in spirits. Renewed c parison of Eresh specimens is necessarj to settle this

point finally.

A fresh specimen corresponding to II. guntheri lias the body plain In-own, a pale ring about tail,
yellow on pectoral and about eye; blue and yellow streaks on preorbital; dorsal and anal Mark with
four narrow blue stripes.

Family BALISTID I .

29. Xanthichthys lineopunctatus (Holland).

A specimen from Honolulu, the first ever noticed in the market, collected by Mr. Berndt. Our
previous specimens came from the island of Hawaii.

Family DiODONTIDK.

30. Diodon nudifrons Jenkins.

Seen in the aquarium at Waikiki. A black bar from eye downward, meeting it" fellow across the
throat.

Family SCORPjENIDjE.

31. Merinthe macrocephala (Sauvage I.

This large scorpsenoid fish is common in the winter markets, reaching a weight of ;; to 5 pounds.
It is brilliant orange in life, with sparse dots and mottlings.

32. Fierasfer homei (Richards).

While engaged in a study of the holothurians recently collected near I [onolulu by the Albatroti,
Mr. W. K. Fisher found a well-preserved specimen of Fiera fer homei in the cloaca! chamber of a
specimen of a new holothurian of the genus Stichopus. It was translucent with many scattered pale
brownish spots on the head and body; teeth in narrow bands on the jaws, palatines and vomer;
central teeth of the latter elongate, and closely apposed, forming a short ridge. Writers generally
have overlooked the presence of a minute though well-developed caudal tin, which is evidently con-
fluent with the dorsal and anal. The specimen measures 5.75 inches in length.

Family GOHIIDl-.

38. Quisquilius eugenius Jordan c!ii Evermann.

In the Hawaiian Report of Jordan & Evermann, p. 483, and in the later Samoan Report of Jordan
& Scale, this species is placed by error in the genus Gobiomorphus ( rill. Quisquilius ani, nius has the
ventrals united. They were, in the type, accidentally torn apart. Canine teeth are present. The
genus is related to Drombus and to Amblygobius, not to Gobiomorphus or Asterropterix.

In this connection it may lie noticed that the genus Paragobiodon Bleeker (echinocephalus) was
named Rupellia (Ruppellia) by Swainson in 1839, and that the original type of the genus Apocryptes of
Osbeek and of Cuvier and Valenciennes, was Gobius pectinirostris of Linna-us. The species called
Boleophthalmus chinensis or pectinirostris should therefore stand as Apocryptes pectinirostris. The genus
commonly called Apocryptes should probably stand as Gobileptes Swainson.

218 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

34. Oxyuriclitlius lonchotus (Jenkins).

The Hawaiian species called Gobionellus lonchotus by Jenkins and Gobiichthys lonchotus by Jordan
& Evermann should apparently stand as Oxyurichthus lonchotus. Gobionellus differs in the notched
tongue, and Gobiichthys ( = Pselaphias) , by the presence of a cirrus on the upper part of the eyeball.

Family CIRRHITID£.

35. Goniistius vittatus (Garrett).

The species called in the Hawaiian report (p. 447), Cheilodactylus vittatus should stand as
Goniistius vittatus (Garrett).

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

1 CAPRODON SCHLEGELI GUNTHER

2 THALASSOMA NEANIS JORDAN & EVERMANN, NEW SPECIES. TYPE

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

W^

^

V

1 ANAMPSES GODEFFROYI GUNTHER

2 CALLYODON PERSPICILLATUS (STEINDACHNER)

INDEX.

Page.

Acanthurids 217

aerosa Scaridea 215

aloha, IioosoTi.lt in

Anampses godeffroyi 215

Ariomma evermanni 209

Balistidse 217

Bowersfa violescens 213

Bramidit* -'11

brighami, Rooseveltia 212

Callyodon perspicillatus "-10

CaprodOD Bchlegeli 211

Garangidee 210

Caranx daason "-10

Chsenomugil chaptalii 208

i bsetodon ephipplum 216

ChaHodontidse 216

Chsetopterus dubiufl1 213

chaptalii, CheenomugH 208

Cirrhitidae 218

Collybus drachme 213

dasson, Caranx 210

Decapterua pinnulatus 210

Diodon n ml i Irons '217

Diodontidse 217

drachme, Collybua 211

dubius, Choetopterus 213

Echidna tritor 208

Etelis evurua 218

ephlppium, Chaetodon 216

eugenius, Quisquilius 217

evermanni, Ariomma 209

evurus, Etelis 213

Fierasfer home! 217

fowleri, Microdonophis 208

Gobiidee 217

godeffroyi, Anampses 215

GomphoBtia Bandwichensis 215

Uoniistius vit tains 218

helleri, Bphyraena 208

Hepatns teucopareius 217

inatoides "217

Holocent ridae 208

Holocentrus sammara 208

homei, Fierasfer 217

Labridae 214

leucopareius, Hepatus l*i 7

I

Page.

lineopunctatus, Xanthiohthys 217

lonchotus, Oxyurichthus 218

lutescens, Thalassoma '. 214

Latianidse 211

raacrocephala, Merinthe 217

matoides, Hepatus 217

Merinthe macrocephala 217

Microdonophis polyophthalmus 207

fowleri 208

Wugilidee 208

Mullidee 21 1

Mnl oides pflugeri -it

Mum nidse 108

iica iii-. Thalassoma 214

nn« lit miis, Diodon 217

Ophichthyidffi 207

Oetichthys pill wax i 208

Oxyurichthus lonchotus 218

perspicillatus, Callyodon 216

pflugeri, Mulloides 214

pillwaxi, Ostichthys 208

pinnulatus, Decapterus 210

polyophthalmus, Microdonophia 207

Psenidn 209

■ mi 1 ins eugenius 217

\ cilia '211

aloha 212

brighami 212*

sammara, Holocentrus. 206

Bandwichensis, Gomphosufi 1

Scarichthyidss 215

Bcaridea aerosa 215

schlegeli, Caprodon 211

Scorpaenidae 217

Serranidae 211

Bnodgrassi, Sphyraena 208

Bphj raena helleri 208

snodgrassj 208

Sphyrsenidae 208

Thalassoma lutescens 214

neanis 214

tritor, Echidna 208

violescens, Bowersia 213

vittntns. Goniistius 218

JCanthichthys lineopunctatus 217

o

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

By BARTON WARREN EVERHANN and EDMUND LEE GOLDSBOROUGH.

BUREAU OF FISHERIES DOCUMENT NO. 624.

219

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

By BARTON WARREN EVERMANN AND EDMUND LEE GOLDSBOROUGH.

An investigation of the salmon fisheries of Alaska was made (luring the summer
and fall of 1903 by a speeial commission appointed by the Commissioner of Fisheries

at the request of the President, and a report thereon by David Starr Jordan and
Barton Warren Evermann, published January 30, 1904, as Bouse Document

No. 477, Fifty-eighth Congress, second session, considered fully all the phases of the
salmon fisheries concerning which legislation was urgently needed. Large collections
of fishes and other aquatic animals were secured, however, and much information
concerning the habits, abundance, and distribution of the salmon and other fishes.
It is the purpose of the present paper to put on record the more important of these
facts and to discuss more fully some of the chief problems connected with the salmon
fisheries.

In order to represent fully the scope of the investigations of the special commis-
sion, it has been thought advisable to include in this report the species of lishes
obtained during the dredging and other collecting operations in British Columbia
and Puget Sound. All species previously recorded from Alaskan waters have been
listed also, and all Alaskan specimens in the U. S. National Museum have been
examined. Attempt has thus been made to embody in this paper a complete
review of the fishes of Alaska to date. The commercial and statistical phases of
the fisheries have been fully discussed in reports by Mr. John X. ( lobb, assistant agent
at the salmon fisheries of Alaska."

The. following new species are described in this report. The numbers in
parentheses are those of the types as registered in the U. S. National Museum.

Polifstotrema deani (57820). Blennicottus clarki (5782 1 1.

Sebastodes ewifti (,57821). Pbolia gilli (57SU7 i.

[celinus burchami (57822). Lumpenus longirostris (57828).

Cottus chamberlaini (57823). Lycodes jordani (57829).

Accompanying this report are 20 colored plates, made from water-color draw-
ings of living fishes. Cuts of all the new species herein described are inserted in the
text, as are also numerous others.6

a The Commercial Fisheriesof Alaska in 1905, and Thr Fisheries of Alaska in 190c'.. Bureau ol Fisheries Documents
Nos. 603 and 618.

6 The colored drawings and the pen and ink drawings of all but three of the oew species were mad! bj Mr. A. 11. Baldwin.
lumpenus longirostris and Polistotrema deani were drawn by Miss Anna s. Buckelew, Lycodes jordani by Miss Violet
Dandridge.

221

222

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF FISHES IN ALASKA AND THE PUGET SOUND REGION.

For the purposes of the present paper we have considered the territory covered
as made up of five divisions, viz:

1. The Puget Sound-British Columbia region, extending northward to Dixon Entrance and Port-
land Canal.

2. Southeast Alaska, from Dixon Entrance and Portland Canal to Yakutat Bay.

3. Central Alaska, from Yakutat Bay to the Alaska Peninsula and the Aleutian Islands, including
Prince "William Sound, Cook Inlet, and their connecting waters.

4. Bering Sea, including the Yukon and all other tributary waters in Alaska.

5. Arctic Ocean, including the Mackenzie and all other tributary waters in Alaska.

The geographic distribution of fishes in these regions is represented in the fol-
lowing tabulation, an examination of which shows some interesting facts. The total
number of species recorded is 288. Of these, 7 are found in each of the 5 regions;
40 are known from all of the regions except the Arctic; 16 are known from Bering
Sea, Central Alaska, and Southeast Alaska, but not from either of the other 2
regions. Twenty-two are peculiar to Puget Sound region, 15 to Southeast Alaska,
14 to Central Alaska, 55 to Bering Sea, and only 1 (Argyrosomus lucidus) to the
Arctic. There are 11 anadromous and 18 strictly fresh-water species.

The great number of species from Bering Sea shows how much more thor-
oughly that region has been studied than have Central and Southeast Alaska; it
does not necessarily indicate a decidedly richer fauna.

Family and species.

Heptatremid.e:

Polistotrema deani

Petromyzonid^e:

Entosphenus tridentatus..

Lampetra aurea

Squalid.'e:

Squalus sucklii

Dalatiidje:

Somniosus microcephahis .
SquatinidvE:

Squatina squatina

Rajid^e:

Raja binoculata

purmifer;i

aleutica

trachi'ra

abyssicola

Chim.erid.e:

Hydrolagus colliei

Acipenserid.e:

Acipenser medirostris

Catostomid.e:

Catostomus catostomus. . .
Synaphobranchuxe:

Histiobranchus ba1 hybiu
Nemichtuyid.e:

Avocettina gilli

Clupeid.e:

Clupea pallasii

Alosa sapidissinia

SALMONIIt.K:

Coregonus kennicotti

quadrilateralis .

nelsoni .

~ -'■

-

Argyrosomus misillus
It

aurettse,
lucldu ■
alascanua .

Family and species.

Salmonid.e— Continued.

Stenodus mackenzii

Oncorhynchus gorbuscha

keta

tschawytscha..

kisuteh

nerka

Salmo clarkii

gairdneri

irideus

Cristivomer naniayeush

Salvelinus mahna

Thymallid.e:

Thvmallus signtfer

Argentinid^e:

Mallotus villosus

Thaleichthys pacificus

Osmerus thaleichthys

dentex

.'i II is I rossis

Uvpomt'sus pivtiosus

olid us

Lrnroglossus stilbius

Microstomid.e:

Batbylagus borealis

MvrTni'HID.E:

Lampanyctus genuuifer

Nannobrachium leucopsaruirj .
nannochir. . .

Diapb.ua theta

Chattliodontidjb:

Cyclothone microdon

Chuiiliodus macowni

ri,A(iVOD(»NTID.E:

Plagyodus ©sculapius

borealis

Notatanthid-e:
Macdonaldia challengeri

+*°

- —

-

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

223

■a_.
Family and species. CQ c

39

M

-
<

09

3
c

-

u

-

o

1

a

M

a

T.

&

u

o

o

<

Family and speci- s.

3

d ■

■~ ■

cj

BO

-

<
w

v.

-

55

-
QQ

1

-.

-

i
c

g

<

Dalliid^e:

X

X

X
X

X

CoTTiBfi — Continued.

X

A

X

Esocidjs:

X
X

A

<

■

Gastero.steii>.k:

X
X

■

Gasterosteus cataphractus

AULORHYNCIUIt-K:

Syngnatiiid.k:

Siphostoma grlseolineatuxn

Ammodvtiu 1:

Aminodvtf's personatus

Berycid*:

■
■
■
•

<

■
•

■

Y

■

X
X

A

X

Myoxocophaluspolyai ,i

X
X
X
X

X

X

A

X

A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

Y

X

•

X

....

X

Y

Y

X

Zaproridx:

■

■
<

■

Y

EMIMOTI" 11' 1

X

Thecoptcrus aleuticus

■x-

■

"x

X

....

X
X

X
X

X

....

X

X

>

■

X

Y

X

X

X

Y

X
X
X
•:
X

X
X
X

...

Y

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Y

X

X

■

X

X

A

X
X

X

eps . .
embryum

■

X

X

X
X

x

■
■

X

X

•

X
■:

X

■

X
X

X
X
X

■

X

X

■

■

X

X

X

X

X
X

A

X

dalli

X
X

■

X

X

x

X

x

X

X

RHAWPHOCOTTID i

Rhamphocottua richardsoni

1 1 1 E ■

X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

■

X

•

lli'xagrammos d< 'nigra minus

X

X
■

X
X

X

X

X
X
X

steUrri.

X
X

X
X

X

X

Y

X
X
X
X
X

X

>

X

•

X
X

X

•

X

X

X

X

X

■

X

■

X
X

X

X
X

X

X

■

X

■

■

X

■

X

X
X
X
X

X

X
X

■
■

X
X

X

X

X

<

X

....

■

CTCLOPTEBID i:

X
X
X
X
X

•

•

X

■

Iii' mmuiii.k:

X

■

....

'■

X

■

'

■

■;

■

X
X

■

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

■

X

■
■'

X
X

X
X

X

X

•
<

X
X

hemilcpidotus

X

■

224

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family and species.

— -

Liparidid..*:— Continued.

Careproct us spectrum

ostentum

ectenes

Prognurus cypselurus

( ;> rinichthys minytremus

Paraliparis tLolomelaa

cephalus

ulochir —

Rhinoliparis barbuiifei

Bathtmasterid^;:

Batnymaster signatus

Ronquilus jordani

Trichodoxitii>.f.:

Trichodon trichodon

Arctoscopas japonicus . .

Batrachoidle:

Poriehthys notatus

Gobiesocid^;:

Caularchus mseandricus

BLEKNTIDiE:

Bryostemma polyaetocephalus >

Apodichthys llavidus

Pholis dolichogaster

fasciatus

gilli

ornatus X

Anoplarchus atropurpureus X

Xipnistes chirus

Xiphidion mucosum X

rupestre

< ipisthocentrus ocellatua

Leptoclinus macula tus

Poroolinus rothrocki

Lumpenus medius

anguillaris X

mackayi

fabricii

longirostris

Stichaeus punctatus

Cryptacanthodid.e :

Deiolepis virgatus X

Lyconectes aleutensis

Anariih hadid.e:
Anarhichas lepturus

PTtLR'IITHYIDJE:

Ptilichthys goodei

ZoARrin.v.:

Lyciscus crotalinus

Lycodopsis pacificus

Lycodes concolor

digitatus

palearis

jordani ;

Family and species.

Zoarcid^ — Continued.

Lycodes brevipes

Lycodalepis turneri

Furcimamis diaptera

Botbrocara pusilla

mollis

Gymnelis viridis

stigma

Melanostigma pammelas

Lycodapodid.e:

Lycodapus fierasfer

parviceps

extensus

Merluccid.e:

Merlucctus productus :.

Gadide:

Boreogadus saida

Theragra chalcogramma

fucensis •.

Eleginus navaga

Microgadus proximus

Gadus macrocepbalus

Antimora raicrolepis

Lota maculosa

Macrovrid-e:

Albatrossia pectoralis

Bogoslovius clarki

firmisqimmis

Cbalinura serrula

Macrourus acrolepis

cinereus

Pleuronectid^::

Atheresthes stomias

Hippoglossus bippoglossus

Lyopsetta exilis

Eopsetta jordani

Hippoglossoides elassodon

Psettichthys melanostictus

Parophrys vetulus

Inopsetta ischy ra

Isopsetta isolepis

Lepidopsetta bilineata

Limanda aspera

proboscidea

Pleuronectes quadritubereulatis.

Liopsetta glacialis

Platlchthys stellatus

Mierostomus pacificus

Glyptocephalus zachirus

("itharichthys sordidus

stigmeeus

Total

~. u

02 o

X'....

X I X

X X

X X

x I x

... X

... X

119 134 149 189 36

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

225

Family i. HEPTATREMID.-E. The Borers, or Harrfishes.
1. Polistotrema deani Evermann & Goldsborough . new species.

Head to first gill-opening 6.5 in total length; depth 13.6; tail 7; branchial distance 7.:!: gill-open-
ings 11 or \2: teeth 11 + 11 and 10 + 10; base of tongue under third gill-opening.

Body long and slender, little compressed; head Bomewhat depressed; nostril broad, slit-like, termi-
nal; mouth a longitudinal slit with wrinkled edges; 8 barbels, 1 above and 4 below; apparently no ante-
rior rudimentary gill-slits. Fin-fold well pronounced on ventral surface of body, gradually disappear-
ing in front of middle of length; caudal rounded, showing ray-like marks.

Color purplish-blue or thai of the Santa Clara prune, becoming blacker in alcohol, and uniform over
the whole body; ventral fold or anal fin not bordered by white; no white border about gill-open

This species differs from Polistotrema stouti in a number of important respects, chief of which are
the much shorter head (6.5 instead of 4.5 in body), the longer tail (7 instead of 8 . the more numerous

Fin. l. — Polistotrema deani Evermann & Goldsborough, new species. I

teeth, and the ruler. In P. stouti the ground color of fresh specimens0 was brown phis a little pink.
which changes to a bluish tint in preserved specimens; ventral ("1.1 or anal tin bordered by white, which
often encircles the' caudal fin: gill-openings bordered by white ring; old examples often mottled or
blotched about the head with while; ;, few specimens had in addition 1 or - black blotches en the side
of the body.

In the following table are given certain comparative measurements of 97 examples of P. stovM,a and
corresponding measurements of our I specimens of /'. deani All measurements, etc.. were taken from
the right side of fresh hags that had just died. The specimens were laid Hat en a beard, but none wns
stretched. In two of the specimen- of /'. deani the left side was used, as being more satisfactory. All
measurements are in millimeters, from which proportional measurements can In- readily computed.

f From Monterey Bay and examined for us by Mr. William F. Allen, at the Hopkins Seaside Laboratory.

B. B. V. 1906—15

226

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Comparative Measurements of Polistotrema stouti and P. deani.
Polistotrema stouti.

Tip of Center »,___

Tip of i

Center J

Num-
ber of
bran-
chial
open-
ings.

No. of
speci-
men.

Tip of
snout
to tip
of tail."

snout
to cen-
ter of
Brst gill
open-
ing.

offlrst berof

T^ng <*ial

last ">&■

No. of
speci-
men.

Tip of
snout
to tip
of tail.a

snout !
to cen-
ter of
first gill
open-
ing.

of first

gill-
opening
to cen-
ter of

last.

mm.

mm.

m m .

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

1

550

130

64

12

50

430

106

54

11

2

415

115

60

12

51

481

124

60

12

3

402

97

53

12

52

475

115

63

12

4

555

127

73

12

53

464

114

60

12

5

582

135

73

13

54

503

122

64

12

6

540

122

68

12

55

426

94

60

12

7

490

111

63

12

56

442

104

58

11

8

482

112

68

12

57

490

US

61

12

9

512

116

70

12

58

355

89

42

11

10

475

111

65

12

59

480

125

57

11

11

453

-113

61

12

60

472

110

65

12

12

415

92

57

13

61

386

92

53

11

13

511

114

72

12

62

390

93

48

12

14

412

91

56

11

63

410

111

57

12

15

477

112

67

12

64

510

122

68

12

16

494

116

65

12

65

503

120

72

12

17

503

118

65

11

66

485

113

CO

12 .

18

468

116

60

12

67

412

105

51

11

19

512

130

61

11

68

486

116

70

13

20

458

112

53

11

69

46.5

114

68

12

21

460

109

63

12

70

460

112

64

12

22

488

117

64

12

71

467

114

61

12

23

482

115

63

12

72

440

110

66

12

24

473

118

59

12

73

512

125

65

12

25

470

118

63

12

74

378

95

46

12

26

490

123

64

12

75

438

103

66

12

27

422

117

53

11

76

460

127

57

12

28

470

118

61

11

77

436

110

53

11

29

410

97

53

12

78

370

90

48

11

30

473

117

63

11

79

383

95

50

12

31

486

120

54

11

80

438

110

59

11

32

470

110

62

11

81

550

131

74

12

33

403

91

49

12

82

473

109

66

12

34

462

110

58

13

83

478

114

63

11

35

440

115

58

12

84

427

100

57

11

36

433

112

57

13

85

492

119

72

12

37

458

1U

61

12

86

430

105

58

12

38

485

122

65

12

87

486

116

67

11

39

482

120

58

12

88

545

125

74

11

40

463

116

55

12

89

510

116

66

12

41

492

120

68

12

90

488

123

69

12

42

510

129

63

11

91

476

112

60

11

43

473

109

60

12

92

482

118

64

12

44

458

108

55

12

93

440

109

54

11

45

519

124

62

12

94

444

112

68

12

46

473

116

63

12

95

413

98

56

12

47

582

137

71

11

96

412

98

57

12

48

480

110

75

12

97

463

120

68

12

49

434

108

58

11

Polistotrema deani.

2866

485

83

79

f 11
\ left

2877

640

97

S4

f 11
iright.

2867

520

86

73

1 n
1 Left.

2880

470

S7

67

i 1J
\right.

a Not including tentacles.

Polistotrema deani is known from 4 specimens, all in rather poor condition: Two, no.28fi6 and 2sr,7.
10 and 21 inches long, respectively, dredged by the Albatross in 1903, in 130 to 193 fathoms at station
1235, in Spacious Bay, Cleveland Peninsula, Alaska; and two, no. 2S77 and 2880, 24.5 and 18.5 inches
long, dredged on same date in 229 to 231 fathoms at station 4238, in Behm Canal off Xose Point.

Type no. 57820 I . S. National .Museum (field no. 2880), Albatross station 4238 in Behm Canal off
Nose Point, in 229 to 231 fathoms. The three other specimens are cotypes, of which two are deposited
in the U. S. National Museum and one in the Museum of Stanford University.

We take great pleasure in naming this interesting species for Prof. Basbiord Dean, of Columbia
University, in recognition of his excellent work "On the Embryology of Bdellostoma stouti."

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 227

Family z. PETROMYZOXID.-E. The Lampreys.
2. Entosphenus tridentatus (Gaixdner).

Four specimens 16 to 18 inches long, collected by Mr. Chamberlain in Xaha River mar I.oring,
June 23, 1903, and a 6-inch specimen seined by him in McDonald Lake, August 24. 1905. Mr. Cham-
berlain reports that lampreys were quite abundant June 22 al the foot of Dorr Falls in Xaha stream.
More than 50 were observed attached to the rocks. They were first noticed June 20 and all had dis-

Fig. 2.— Entosphenus tridentatua (G&irdxier).

appeared in a week or ten days. Fin- males and 5 females were examined. I h the latter all bul one
appeared I" have done spawning, and it is believed they were there for spawning purposes.

Al the Yes Bay hatchery a number of young were caught in the Qume which brings water t > > the
hatchery from a point on the creek In-low the falls. It is believed thai the lamprey spawns among
the reeks al the fool of that falls.

This species was recorded at Unalaska, by Gilbert in IS95.

3. Lampetra aurea | Bean > Lamprey Eel.

Tl lis species, originally described from Anvik. Yukon River, and recorded from Fori Yukon by

I'.eaii in 1SS2 as Amwocntus aureus, was nut seen by us. Recorded from Mission. Yukon Kiver i Nelson
1887), as Ammoccetus aureus.

Fig. 3.— Lampetra auroa (Bean).

Mr. V. L. Derby, formerly a school-teacher at St. Michael and Point Barrow, in a letter dated
January 19, 1907, furnishes the following interesting note on this species:

In the spring — I believe during the month of April — the eels start up the river in one large school,
presumably to spawn. I am not enlightened upon this point, but suspect they live in the salt water
through the greater portion of the year and as spawning season draws near they enter the Irish water
streams. I am in the dark whether they are found in other streams in Alaska besides the Yukon.

As the time approaches for the arrival of the "snaky" forms, the Indians keep close watch for the
first arrivals. Remember that the great river is covered with ice from 4 to 5 feet in thickness at this
time of the year, and it is no small task for the young boys to keep a number of large holes open and
occasionally dipping with their large dip nets. These nets are also used by the natives to catch salmon
during the running season. Saw several Indians in their kyaks using their dip nets, but during the
short time I was in sight of them aboard the United States transport did not have the pleasure of seeing
a lish caught.

When the eels are reported as having come, the whole village — men, women, and children — go out
quickly and gather in a harvest of these fish while the school is passing, and when the rear guard has

228 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

safely eluded the last net an Indian boy, swift on foot, is sent to apprise the villagers above of the coming
eels, and bo on, all the way up the river.

In the ■•cut " there looks to be some 15 or 20 bushels of frozen eels. I understand these eels are
exceedingly oily, and if the oil were clarified would make a good oil for painting purposes.

The Indians catch these eels mostly for dog food, but do eat them only when there is a scarcity
of other foods, as they are much stronger flavored than the eels we have in the fresh water streams in
the States.

Family 3. SQUALIDjE. The.Dogfishes.
4. Squalus sucklii (Girard). Dogfish.

Specimens were secured in gill nets or seine at Xanairno, Fort Rupert, Union Bay, and Diamond
Point; others were taken on hook and line at Loring, Cleveland Passage, and a single specimen I field no.
3018 1. 29 inches long, was taken over the rail of the ship at Klawock. A female taken on hook and line in
Cleveland Passage was 44 inches long, weighed 17 pounds, and contained 14 very active young. -Each
was about 7.5 inches long, and the yolk sac was very large. Another specimen was taken on hook and
line at Shakan and one at Port McArthur.

Those taken at Xanaimo were secured June 20 in a 5}-inch mesh gill net set at the surface on the
south side of the outer harbor. They were four in number, each about 3 feet long, all females with 4. 6,
9. and 9 embryos, respectively. The embryos in those having 9 were each about 9 inches long, those in
the other two were only about 1.5 inches long. Spots on the larger embryos were very plain; no
pigment developed in the smaller ones, except in the eyes.

The dogfish is apparently common throughout Southeast Alaska, when', as elsewhere, it is regarded
with disfavor. At Loring considerable numbers are caught for the oil that is tried out of- the liver.
They are taken by means of a gaff hoi >k as tiny come about the cannery to feed upon the offal.

This species has been recorded (as Squalus acanthias) by Bean (1882) from Sitka; Port Althorp;
Marmot Island; and Red Bay.

Family 4. S0MXI0SID.41. The Sleeper Sharks.

5. Sornniosus niicrocephalus 1 Bloclu. Sleeper Shark.

Tvro dead examples were seen July 13, 1903, on a mud Hat ai the Point Highfield cannery, where
they had been left by the tide. One lying near shore was a female 11 feet long. Skin covered with
short, stiff, hair-like prickles. Examined for its fcetuses. but none found. On the evening of July 14. at
Sunny Bay, Taku Inlet, 2 examples were caught over the rail of the steamer. One took the bait, the
other was ac< identally hooked in the tail. The latter was a female and gave the following measurements :

Total length S feet 2 inches; length of snout to middle of eye 10 inches, to first gill opening 20
inches, to last gill opening 25 inches, to base of pectoral 28 inches, to origin of first dorsal 50 inches,
to spiracle 13.5 inches, diameter of eye 1.5 inches; distance from front of first dorsal to second dorsal
24 inches, from front of second dorsal to base of caudal 16 inches; length of upper caudal lobe 17.5
inches, lower caudal lobe 13 inches; length of gill slit 3.75 inches; posterior height of second dorsal
6 inches, base 4.5 inches; posterior height of first dorsal 5 inches, base 5 inches; length of pectoral
11 inches, base 13.5 inches; height of ventral 5 inches, base 5.5 inches; girth at base of pectoral 51
inches; greatest girth at upper base of pectoral 52 inches; greatest girth of tail 16 inches, least girth
12.25 inches. Total weight 3S1 pounds, liver 48 pounds. Ovaries very immature; gall 24 ounces.
Axil to axil over back 2S inches. < lolor sooty black, a little mottled.

Also recorded from Hassler Harl >• ir 1 1 Jean 1884 ) and St. Michael (Turner 1886). Mr-. A. B. Alexander
informs us thai the Albatross has taken examples on trawls at various places in Alaska.

Family 5. SUUATlNlD.i. The An»el Sharks.

6. Squatina squatina 1 Linnaeus).

One specimen, a female 14 inches long. The locality label has been lost.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

229

Family 6. RAJIDjE. The Raj n< Skates.

7. Raja binoculata Girard. Big Ca iforn Skat

Common. The collection contains the following specimens: No 2896, a male 10 inches long, from
station 4248, in Eastern Passage near Wrangell; no. 2748. a small male seined at Kl -week; no. 2837; no.
jv;'i :i female; „u. 2841. a female 21 inches long, from Puget Sound near Port Townsend; no. 2871,
a female; six specimens 6 to 13 inches long collected in Puget Sound by Mr. Todd; one l bo. 1272) 15.5
inches long dredged by the Albatross August 28, 1891, at station 3450, off Washington. Other speci-
mens were dredged a1 stations l_'l 1. 121 !. 1219, 4233, 4192, and in Kilistit Barbor; examples were
also at Port Towns-end. Nanaimo, Karta Bay, Yes Bay, and Dundas Bay. Two very large examples
were examined at a salmon trap. Both were females, on whic h the following □ iti

i . .i -i t length inches

Length of disk do..

iVidth of disk do

Tip of snout to aiiplo of pectoral do

Tip of pectoral to base of tail do

Weight pen

First

example.

example

•

33 25

35 00

.no

ji 00

Jl 5

23 00

Is 0

12.00

Mr. Bell, superintendent of the Dundas Bay cannery, says cays are often taken in the salmon
traps, some much larger than these.

At Kilisnt Harbor, July I. two egg capsules were dredged. One was empty, but the other
contained I eggs, each about the size of a hen's egg. The attached embryos were long (each about
:{ inches), -lender- and very squirmy.

No. 2896 is described as follows: Length of disk 1.4 in width; tail 1.3 in length of disk; anterior edge

of pectoral scarcely less than length of disk, one-half greater than posterior edge; snout 3 in length of
disk; interorbital width 2.5 in snout; width of mouth equalling interorbital width; disk much broader
than long; anterior margin of pectoral m arlj Straight, scarcely or not al all convex, the 2 margins form-
ing an angle of 95 to 98 degrees; tip of snout not produced, nor differentiated from genera] outline;
posterior margin of pectoral gentl) convex, forming an angle of . 1 1 .. . 1 1 1 90 degrees with the anterior
margin. Three sharp spines about the eye. 2 in front, the third above and posterior; one strong spine on
median lineof back, midway I >et ween nostrilsand humeral region; tail with a seriesof II Btout prickles
beginning at base and extending to first dorsal fin; one small spine between the 2 dorsals; upper part
otherwise entirely smooth and without prickles of any kind; under parts entirely smooth.

Color light brown; a large black spot equal to twice lougesi diameter of eye- at base of pectoral,
surrounded bya broad ring of reddish brown, which in turn is surrounded by a nearly equally broad
black ring; the total diameter of the ocellated spot slightly exceeding the inter-spiracle width; an
obscure brownish spot behind the large ocellated spot Blightly greater than eye in diameter; back
profusely covered with small irregularly placed paler spots, those on posterior margin of pectoral oblong.

From typical R. binoculata this specimen differs in the less projecting snout, the coloration, and the
spines. The large spot at the base of the pectoral is that of R. stellulata, but the prickles are less evident.

An examination of our material shows that the males differ from the femah- in having the snout
blunter and hss produced and the pectoral ocellus much larger and more distinct. It is also evident
that the prickles become more numerous with age. As these variations cover all the differences in
characters assigned to the 3 nominal species R. binoculata Girard, /.\ rhina Jordan & Gilbert, and /,'. stellu-
lata Jordan & Gilbert, we are compelled to regard the three as one species. We have compared our
specimens with the types of R. rhina and R. stellulata.

Recorded by Bean (1882 1, as Raja binoculata, from the following localities: Sitka; Port Althorp;
St. Paul, Kodiak Island; and Wrangell. By Gilbert (1895) as Raja stellulata, from Unimak Pass,
Bristol Bay, and along the northern shores of Ohalaska Island at stations 3217, 3255, 3258, 3310, and 3312.

Raja binoculata Girard, Proc. A.C. Nat. Sri. Phila. ls.,4, 196, San Francisco.

Raja COOperi Girard, Fac. R. R. .Surv.. :>72, IS'iS. Shoalwater Bay, Washington.

Raja stellulata Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. 0. s. Nat. Xtus. 18.S0, 133, Monterey.

Raja rh ina Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. V. S. Nat. Mus. 1SS0, 251, Monterey and San Francisco.

230

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

8. Raja parmifera Bean.

One specimen (no. 2904) 7 inches long, and 4 eggs, dredged at station 4252, in Frederick Sound-
another (no. 3001) 23 inches long, at station 4291, in Shelikof Strait; one (no. 3005) 21 inches long, at
station 4295, in Shelikof Strait; two from station 4280, in Chignik Bay; and two from Alitak Bay. The
latter were both males, and furnished the following notes: First example, length of disk 21 inches; width
24; length of tail 20; snout to angle of pectoral 18; tip of snout to eye 7.5; weight 14 pounds. Second
example, length of disk 28 inches; width 31; tail 24; snout to angle of pectoral 22; tip of snout to eye
9.5; weight 25 pounds. Thirty to 33 spines on median line of back and tail; no marginal row of larger
spines on tail in female; spines on back more numerous and smaller in female; male with two large
humeral spines, female with one; supraoccipital crest more developed in the male.

Originally described by Bean (1882) from Iliuliuk, Unalaska. Gilbert (1895) records it from Alba-
tross stations 3252, 3259, 3267, 3270, 3272, 3281, 3282, 3292, 3293, 3310, and 3313, all in Bristol Bay.

9. Raja aleutica Gilbert.

No. 1775 ( 1726), a specimen 33 inches long, collected at station 3602.

Dorsal and caudal fins covered with small prickles; 4 large spines in shoulder region on median line;
after a slight interspace 32 additional spines on median line of back and tail, 2 of the latter being between
the dorsals. The spines are large anteriorly, becoming smaller to the root of (he tail, thence larger, as
large as the anterior ones for half length of tail, whence they grow gradually smaller to tip of tail. Teeth
quite sharp, conical; lateral edges of upper lip fringed; back with small prickles everywhere, except
an area below and behind eyes to below shoulder region, and the edges of pectoral laterally and pos-
teriorly; a row of pores, with short tubes, on each side and just below the first median spine, these
diverging toward each eye, running half the distance from spine to eye, the area about them being free
from prickles; a similar row of pores around the entire margin of the disk and also on each side of the
nasal cartilage; lateral and posterior angles of disk broadly rounded, margin between these angles
gently rounded.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from station 3257, north of Sannak Fass. Aleutian Islands.

10. Raja trachura Gilbert.
Recorded by Gilbert (1895) from station 3338, south of the Shumagin Islands. Not seen by us.

11. Raja abyssicola Gilbert.
Originally described from Albatross station 3342, off Queen Charlotte Island, in 1,588 fathoms.

Family 7. CHIM^ER1D/E. The Chimaeras.

12. Hydrolagus colliei (Lay & Bennett). Ratfish.

Common. Specimens were caught in gillnet at Nanaimo; one was seined at Port Alexander, and
others were dredged at stations 4191, 4197, 4201, 4215, 4216, 4218, 4219, 4221, 4223, and 4246. Seven

Fig. 4.— Tlydrolagus colliei (Lay & Bennett).

specimens examined an- 4.5 to 12 inches long. We have examined another example mo. 2412) 1:1.5
inches long, dredged by the Albatross April 30, 1901, at station 3790. off Tatoosh Island Light, in 122
fathoms. In this specimen the caudal is produced into a decided filament.

Recorded from Alaska and Alexander Archipelago as Chimxra colliei (Bean 1882).

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 231

Family 8. ACIPENSERID/E. The Sturgeons.
13. Acipenser medirostris Ayres. Green Sturgeon.

According to Mr. .1. F. Williams, of Chignik Bay, 2 green sturgeon were caught some yeai
1 1897) in the Copper River. Each was about 4 feet long. We were told of one seen in the Columbia
River which weighed 900 pounds.

It is said that years ago San Francisco restaurants served sturgeon steaks ;i- sea bass or sole

Family 9. CATOST()MID.£. The Suckers.
14. Catostomus catostomus (Forster). Long-nosed Sucker; Northern Sucker.

Very abundant in Watson River, near Caribou, Yukon Territory, where 76 specimens 1 to 10.5
inches long were seined July 18 and 19.

Head -1.2: depth 5.5; eye 6; snout 2.2; dorsal 10; anal 7; scales 20-110 to 120-15 to 17, 60 t< 65
in front of dorsal; length of pectoral 1.25 in head; ventral 1.6; height of dorsal 1.5. Color in life,

mottled olive; belly somewhat silvery; head brassy; fins all dull orange, the dorsal darker al tip.

Fig. 5. — Catostomus catostomus I Forster).

Compared with specimens from Clear Creek, near Clearmont, Wyo., the Caribou specimens have
considerably smaller scales (the Wyoming specimens having only 90 to LOO in course of lateral line),
and more pointed head, with longer snout .

This species lias a wider distribution than any other member of the family. It was described origi-
nally from the Hudson Hay region, and has since 1 n recorded from various localities from New England

westward to the headwaters of the Missouri and the Columbia and northward to Alaska. It is doubtless
abundant in all suitable waters from the Hudson Hay region west and northwestward. At Great Slave

Lake, on the Yukon, and elsewhere, it is a f 1 tish of considerable importance, especially to the Indians.

An examination of numerous specimens in the present collection indicates that the spawning season at
Caribou is entirely over by July 19.

Recorded from Nulato, Yukon River, as ' 'atostomus longirostris 1 Bean L882 1. Upper Kobuk Ki\ er
(Townsend 1SS7). Nulato and Andreafski, Yukon River, and streams (lowing into Kotzebue Sound
(Turner 1886).

Cyprinus castostomus Forster, Philos. Trans, for 1773, I.V., streams about Hudson Bay.

1 otostoimu longirostrtuii I.e Sueur, .tour. Ae. Nat. Sci. Philii. 1.S17, 102. Vermont.

Catostomus hudsonius 1a' .Sueur. Jour. Ae. Nat. Sci. I'hilu. 1S17, 107, Vermont. Gunther, Cat., vn, 13, 1868.

Catostomus forstt rianus Richardson, Franklin's Journal 1S23, 720. Lake Huron and Great Slave Lake.

Catostomus aurora Agassiz, Lake Superior, 300, figs. 3 and 4, 1S50, The Pic, Lake Superior.

Catostomus longirostris, Jordan, Bull. I". S. Nat. Mus.. xu, 175, 1878 (Nulato, Yukon River; St. Michael's, Alaska

Catostomus nanomyzon Mather, Twelfth Kept. N. Y. Fish Conim. ls.M, 36, Big Moose Lake, Northern New York.

Family 10. SYXAPHOBKAXCHID.i.
15. Histiobranchus bathybius (Giinther).

One specimen reported by Dr. < iillierl from Bering Sea in 1895 at Albatross station, 3308.

232 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family n. XEMICHTHYIM. The Snipe Eels.

16. Avocettina gilli (Bean).

Originally described from Albatross station 2859, east of Prince of Wales Island, in 1,509 fathoms.
Only the type known.

Fig. 6. — Avocettina gilli (Bean).

Family u. CLUPEIM. The Herrings.

17. Clupea pallasii Cuvier & Valenciennes. California Herring.

The collection contains 64 specimens 2 to 12.5 inches long, from Loring, Marrowstone Point, Kilisut
Harbor. Admiralty Head, Pablof Harbor, Litnik Bay, Cleveland Passage, Port Alexander, and Karluk;
Sitka, collected by Mr. Luttrell in September, 1893; Unalaska, July 2, 1900; Killisnoo, August 21 . 1900;
Pyramid Harbor. August 23. 1900; Utsalady, Washington. October 2. 1895; Cordova Bay, Prince of
Wales Island, in 1897; Litnik Bay, August 15, 1900, and Petropaulski, June 20, 1900.

Fig. 7. — Clupea pallasii Cuvier & Valenciennes.

In the seining operations this species was found in abundance at Port Alexander, Kilisut Harbor,
Marrowstone Point (the examples all young"), Uyak Bay (adults i, Litnik Bay (adults), and Cleveland
Passage (many young, 5 inches long).

It is said to be abundant in Chilkoot Inlet in April and May. Seventy-one examples taken at Uyak
Bay weighed 47.75 pounds, the average weight being therefore 10. 70 ounces. The average length was
11.67 inches. The individual weights and lengths are given in the following table:

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

233

Individual Lengths and Weights of Seventy-one Pacific Herring ii'lipea pallasih. Taken

at Uyak Bay, Alaska. August 4. 1903.

Specimen.

Length.

Weight.

Specimen.

Length.

Weight.

Specimen.

Length.

Weight.

1

Inches.
13.5
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0

12. 5
13. .'.
10. 5
11. 0
12.5
13 ii
13 ii

13. 5
13. 5
L3.5
13 5
1.10

.; ii
13. 0
13.0
13. 5
[2. 5
13.5
11.5

Ouna
12.0
12.0

12 ii
10.5
10.5
12. 5

12. 5
5

13. ;.

12 5
11.5
12. .j

13 5

1 2. 5
14.5
10.5
li 5
11.5
12.5
13.0
10. 5
i , 0

v ,1

25

26

27

Incht 8
13.0

12.0

12 5

13 n

13 i
13. .".
14.0
14.(1
13. 5
13. :,
12.5

12. 5
13. .".

13. 5
,

12.5

14 II

13.0
12.0

11 5

12 5
12.5
11.5

Ounct

12 5
9. 5

ll.ii
13.0
14 (1
13. 5
14.0
14.(1
12.(1
12. :.
10.0
10. 0
12.(1
12.11

13 .",

10.0

II

11 5
10.0

11.11

10.5

- II

49

Incht !

12 ii
12.0
12.0

12. 5
11.0

12 0

13. 5

ll.n
13.(1

13.5

11 ii

12 H
13.0
12 5

in n

in ii

Ouni ■
9.0
9.0
6.5

10.5
7 li

12.0
9. '(

13.0
7 0

It. s

as

12 5

'.i s
7 5
9.0

S II

13 5

as
as

5.0

,, ii

9

50

51

53

54

55

56

57

58

60

•■I

62

63

64

65

3

4...

5.. .

29

li..

30...

7.

31

8

32

9

33

10...

34

35

36

;•

39...

11

12

13 --

14 ..

15

16

4ii

11

17 .

is

4.'

66

19

13

67

20

44

68 .

21 .

1 j

.,1.

22

16

70

23...

47...

24

1-

Tho herring is now a fish of considerable and growing important in Si ml In asi Uaska. It is salted
to some extent a1 certain of the salmon canneries, and when so prepared is an excellent article of food.

For a number of \ -ear- im -at quantities have I n used foroi] and fertilizer at Killisnoo. Recently it has

come t" be in great demand as bait in the halibut fisheries.

According to Mr. Cobb a, this fish is said to spawn in southeast UaskainMayto July. The grounds are
widely distributed from Howkan to Skagway and through ley straits to Cross Sound. After spawning
the fish are said to school out in the deeper water of Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, and later
reenter the bays to feed. During July and August they are filled with "red feed," and are then very
difficult to cure. In Sept em I >er and < ictober their food seems to change and they are then in prime condi-
tion. The runs are usually composed of mixed sizes, although in early summer the sizes are said to be
uniformly small in Borne places.

The herring is one of the chief articles of food of the kim: Balmon in the winter and spring in certain
purls of Alaska, particularly about Killisnoo, Chilkoot Inlet, and Ketchikan. This was observed during
an unusual run of king slamon, which began about the middle of January, 1905, and continued until May
18. There is usually a large run of herring in ( 'hilkoot Inlet early in the spring.

Recorded by Bean (1884) from Silka; Old Sitka; Port Altlmrp; Port Mulgrave; Chugachik Bay,
Cook Inlet; Iliuliuk, Uhalaska; St. Michael; and P' ot Clarence; and i L882) Wrangell. Unalaska and
Herendeen Bay (Gilbert 1895). St. Michael; Unalaska Harbor, and N'orton Sound (Nelson 1887 1. Port
Clarence (Scofield 1899).

"Fisheries of Alaska in 1906, Bureau of Fisheries Document 618, p. 52, 1907.

234 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

18. Alosa sapidissima (Wilson). Atlantic Shad .

The shad has extended its range far northward. The cannery at Fairhaven took one about July 1,
1903, and the fishermen at Birch Point got about 3,000 in one day. The species has been reported from
Stikine River and in 1904 it was taken at Kasilof, on Took Inlet.

Fig. 8. — Alosa sapidissima (Wilson).

Family 13. SALM0XID.-E. The Salmons, Traits, and Whitefishes.
19. Coregonus kennicotti Milner. KennicoW s Whiiefish.

Two specimens, 6 and 6.25 inches long, were secured at Lake Bennett.

Scales 13-76 to 82-8; gillrakers 5+14 1 right), 7 + 12 (left), rather long and slender, somewhat
blunt tipped, but firmer than in C. quadrilateralis. their length about diameter of pupil.

This species may be readily distinguished from the round whitefish found in the same waters by
the somewhat larger mouth, longer and more numerous gillrakers, larger and much more caducous
scales, and more elevated back.

This species of whitefish is probably common in Lake Bennett, Tagish Arm, Lake Atlin, and other
headwaters of the Yukon. It has been previously recorded from Alaskan localities as follows: Yukon
River at Nulato and St. Michael (Bean 1882), Middle Kobuk River (Townsend 18871, rivers about
Point Barrow (Murdoch 1S85), St. Michael (Nelson 18871. and Barter Island near the mouth of the
Mackenzie River (Scofield 1899).

20. Coregonus quadrilateralis Richardson. Bound Whitefish.

Twenty-five specimens, 3.75 to 11.5 inches long, seined in Lake Bennett, and 4 at Caribou Crossing.

Scales 10-95 to 100-8; gillrakers very short and weak, about 7+10.

This is apparently the most abundant species of whitefish in the headwaters of the Yukon. The
young were very abundant in Lake Bennett, where many examples were seined in shallow water. It
appeared to be less common at Caribou Crossing.

One large example was obtained, August 5, by Dr. Gilbert in Wood River at the upper trap.
Gillrakers 6+8 and 8+10, short, blunt, and weak: scales 10-101-8.

Color in life, light olive; scales darker edged, sides silvery; 13 diffuse, roundish, dusky blue spots
along lateral line and 2 or 3 above it posteriorly; vestiges of parr-marks; upper fins very slightly red-
dish olive, lower bright creamy orange; opercle and shoulder liar creamy orange.

At Caribou Crossing this whitefish is of considerable importance as a food fish. The principal
supply is said to come from Lake Atlin, where it is caught in winter as well as at other seasons. It
is doubtless common in all suitable waters in the Yukon Basin.

This species has previously been recorded from the following Alaskan localities: Yukon River at
Nulato and Fort Yukon (Bean 1882); Yukon River at Nulato and Unalakleet River (Nelson 1887); and
Yukon River at Fort Yukon (Turner 1S86).

Bull. U S. B F. 1906.

Plate XIV.

t

.

y

$U

:

-.t

■

f-

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 235

21. Coregonus nelsoni Bean. Nelson's WJritejish.

We have a single specimen, no. 2927, 12 inches long, collected in Lake Bennett. British Columbia,
July 20, 1903.

Originally described by Bean (1884) from Nulato, and since recorded from Middle Kobuk River
(Townsend 1887), Point Barrow (Murdoch 1885). Nulato and Andreafski. Yukon River (Nelson 1887),
and Grantley Harbor (Scofield 1899).

22. Argyrosomus pusillus i Beam. Least WMtefish.

Six specimens, 9.75 to 10.5 inches long, obtained at Caribou Crossing, and 8 specimens, 4.5 to 10
inches long, seined in Lake Bennett. The 4 5-inch Lake Bennett specimen is described as follows:

Head 4.67 in body; depth 5.5; eye 3.75 in head; dorsal 10: anal 12: ventral 1 1 : scales 10-90-8.

Body rather elongate, compressed; mouth oblique, gape rather small, extending back about half
the length of the mamillaries; lower jaw considerably projecting; maxillary broad, somewhat curved,
not extending much beyond the anterior margin of orbit, its length 3.13 in head; mandible long, reach-
ing to below mi< Idle of pupil, 2.3 in head ; teeth almost microscopic, in both jaws, none on tongue; gill-
rakers long, slender, and numerous, 104-2G and 13+28; dorsal high, its longest ray (about the third)
about 1.3 in head and about twice length of base; base of dorsal 2.5 in head; dorsal rays shortening
rapidly alter third and fourth, leaving the margin of the tin very slightly concave; insertion of dorsal
midway between tip of .snout and a point about halfwaj between adipose and caudal tins: caudal large,
equally forked, both lol.es and indentation acutish; anal low, its longest ray 2.25 in head, its base' 2 in
head, its posterior margin" slightly concave; ventrals inserted somewhat behind origin oi dorsal, reach-
ing about two-thirds distance to origin of anal, the length of their Longest rays about 1.3 in head; pectoral
equaling ventral.

Bluish above, with minute black punctulations; sides below lateral line and a short distance above,
silvery, belly white; dorsal and caudal almost imperceptibly dusky; other tins wholly plain; iris sil-
very, a narrow blackish ring about the orbit, plainest above and below.

This little fresh-water herring is probably not so abundant ia the Yukon basin as the two preceding
species.

The species was originally described by Bean (18S9j as Curegonns jnisillus from Kuwuk (Kobuk)
River. He bail previously recorded it in Cruise of the Corwin (,1889) as Coregonus merckii var., from
lloihani Inlet, Kolzel.iie Sound. It has also been recorded by Bean I8S2 from St. Michael and
northern Alaska; by Nelson (1887) from Andreafski, Yukon River, and by Scofield i ISiliii from (Irani ley
Harbor and Barter Island near the mouth of the Mackenzie River.

23. Argyrosomus laurett® (Bean).

Originally described by Bean (1882) as Curegoniis laurettn- from Point Barrow and Port Clarence,
and recorded by him also from the Yukon River at Nulato. ( ither records are as follows: Yukon River
at Nulato (Nelson 1887); Meade and Kuaru rivers and Elson Bay (Murdoch 1885); and Nushagak and
Naknek rivers (Gilbert 1895).

24. Argyrosomus lucidus (Richardson).

The only record for this species is Hershel Island (Scofield 1899).

25. Argyrosomus alascanus Scofield. (PL xiv, fig. 1.)

Originally described from Point Hope and Grantley Harbor (Scofield 1899); not yet known from
any other place.

236

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

26. Stenodus mackenzii (Richardson). Inconnu.

Although no specimens were obtained by us, this species is known to occur in the headwaters of
the Yukon. It lias been reported to us by Messrs. Osgood and Maddren, who saw it in the Yukon in
1900. Mr. Presnell, of Chignik Hay, says that he saw an example 10 inches long at Eagle City in L898

which had I n taken through an air hole in the ice, and he thinks he saw another, weighing 3 or 4

pounds, on Forty-mile Creek.

Fig. 9. — Stenodus mackenzii (Richardson

Townsjend (1887) records one specimen taken in the Middle Klawak (Kobuk) in August. 1885;
Nelson (1887) records it from the Yukon at Nulato, Kotlik, and Andreafski; Turner (1886), from St.
Michaels: and Scofisld I L899) from the Mackenzie River.

27. Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walbaum). Ilumpliaek Salmon; Pink Salmon. (PI. xxm — xxvi. i

The humpback salmon is the most abundant salmon in Alaskan waters. It exists in millions,
swarming everywhere along the shores and in waters near the sea, in streams, brooks, lakes, swamps,
and brackish lagoons — in fact, in all places where fresh water, however little, may be found. Ii is
ordinarily not found far from shore, and docs not run up the streams for great distances. It does not
frequent the larger rivers, and is therefore almost, unknown in the Sacramento and Columbia, and even
in the Fraser; but in the smaller streams it is found practically everywhere from California to Bering
Sea, wherever a stream of fresh water, however small, enters the sea. Dr. Bean records it from
Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet, and St. Paul, Kodiak Island; also from Colville River. Townsend (July 2
to August 25, 1885) found it in the Middle Kobuk River: not more than a half dozen individuals were
seen, however, among the large numbers of fishes examined at every village of natives. Scofield I 1899 i
found this species at Port Clarence about the middle of July, at which time it was beginning to run up
the river back of the inner harbor. Gilbert (1895) says:

The humpback salmon was seen by us at Port Moller on the northern side of the Alaskan Peninsula,
during two visits, which included the first two weeks and the last week of July, 1890. During the first
part of this month they were running in small numbers, and. as a few scattered ones only had been taken
at Unalaska up to June 16, 1890, it is safe to indicate tin- first of July as the beginning of their appearance
on thai part of the coast. In the early part of their run they proved a very acceptable fish, but later
they rapidly deteriorated. On our return to Unalaska, July Ml, 1890. we learned that they had been
running for several weeks, and during several visits in the month of August they were found in incredible
numbers crowding into the mouths of the small streams which How into Captains Barbor. Both pools
and shallows seemed full of them ami large numbers were dying within a few hundred yards of the
beach. The spawning season appeared to begin early in August.

According to Murdoch i L885), humpback salmon occur sparingly at Perignak, Elson Bay. Nelson
i 1887 I states that the run at St. Michael begins about the middle of June and that the fish continue
rather numerous until thi' end of July. They were seen in abundance at all places visited by us in
July ami A i ium t.-t . On July 8 some were taken in a gill net in Yes Bay. At Klawak they are plentiful
and unusually large, running about 11 to the case in canning. Usually 20 to the case is a fair average,
though they often run as small as 25 to 30 to the case.

Ai Afognak Falls, August 3, humpback salmon were found running in great numbers; tiny were
seen in all parts of the stream below the falls, some jumping, others in the water often with their tins

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. '237

sticking out. The fulls arc in several part.-, three being of considerable height, and with quieter water
between. The upper or main fall is far more serious, and the salmon make many unsuccessful attempts
to ascend 't. Tin- lip of tie- fall is very irregular ami broken in many places, ami at different level*
are found pools or corners with less turbulent water where the fish can resl on their way up.

.Inst below this fall i- a large relatively quiel | 1 extending the full width of the stream ami perhaps

10(1 feet down the- stream. This pool was lite-rally packed with salmon: they seemed t<> he lying marly
:i- close together as possible ami there must have been many thousands i f them. Nearly or quite all of
them, unless disturbed, lay with their heads upstream. They were all restless and seemed to be moving
abouf more or less, usually trying to gel nearer the fall — some pushing upward to the edge of rough water,
then jumping wildly, sometimes gaining a little, but mure of ten hitting the bank or seme projecting reek
o; swift water and gaining nothing. Immediately under the fall they were jumping all the time. During
the hour of observation there was scarcely a moment when one or more salmon could not be seen in the
air or making their way against the nearly vertical current. The vantage ground from which they
started was not good and the jumping appeared to !"■ aimless and at random. < Iften they would jump
straight up when some distance below the fall, frequently the wrong way. sometimes even downstream;
sometimes striking the hank or a projecting rock, to he thrown back into the water, only to try the hap
again. Occasionally a salmon which had reached the foot of a desi ending sheet of water would, with
better judgment, jump toward the sleet and perhaps strike part of the way up, where it would maintain
itself for a moment, perhaps advancing a short distance, bul finally losing, to be carried or dashed, some-
times side wise, sometimes headforemost, hack inn. tlie ] 1 below. During all the time oi observation

by the authors not a single salmon was seen to make the fall, bul others of the party saw some Bucceed,
and in the stream above the falls were seen several salmon that of course had gotten over. Into one pool

easy of access, at the fool of the fall and containing as many salmon as il could possibly hold, em- of
us j.i it his 1 land to lift a salmon out. By closing the hand over the gills ii was possible to hold on to the
fish without any difficulty, and bo long as this succeeded the other fish took no alarm, hut when one
esc aped ii ami all the others scurried down the falls in the most reckless way.

The entire .stream from the falls to its mouth was well filled with salmon. Nearly all appeared to
he humpbacks, although there were evidently a few soc keyi - among them. Nearly all oi both sp
were fresji from the sea and apparently in excellent condition.

In many places humpback salmon were seen jumping, in bays, pi . .in lis. At

Sitka I August 20 boys were- seen gaffing them in Indian River mar its mouth. The male- were greatly
humped. All reports were to the i Efecl that the- run in the streams mar Sitka was unusually large in
L903. The same was irm- at Killisnoo. We often -aw humpback salmon along the shore w here the only
fresh water was seepage through the sand and gravel. They would often throw themselves out on the
beach in their efforts to reach fresh water. Humpbacks are said to occur in the Yukon in July and
August, though in limited numbers. Wo seined large numbers on July 25 ai Pablof Bay, southeast
Alaska: al.-o at Sitkoh Bay, .luly 2(i. The species it i noted also in Silver Creek near Sitka. July 2'.».
Fry 1.3 inches long were taken .May 22 with a lot of coho fry in sloughs or little pools along the Karluk
River near ils source-.

The run of humpbacks extends, perhaps, through a longer period than that of any other species. In
Southeast Alaska it begins in June- and continues uniil September or even later in some- places. North-
ward tin- period is somewhat shorter. On Puget Sound and southward ii is more prolonged and
continues late in the fall. As already stated, the humpback salmon as a rule do not ascend streams to
great distances. If they cuter large- i i\ ers ai all thej are apt to run into the first small tributary stream
which they reach. Tiny prefer, however, the smaller coastal streams, and are therefore- not often seen
in numbers at any distance from the sea.

They are quite pet jistent, and, in a measure, successful in their efforts to ascend streams in which
considerable falls occur. Observations similar to those- on their attempts to ascend Afognak Falls were
macle at Pablof Falls July 25. and at Dorr Falls. Xaha Stream. August :i0. and indicate- that the hump-
back jumps quite as well as any of the other species of salmon. Where tin- water condition! — depth.
current, width, etc. — are favorable- it can probably make a vertical jump of 10 feet, but to ascend a fall
with that vertical height frequent attempts would probably 1»' made before success was attained, a- the
jumping appears to be in. in- or h-ss at random. It is perfectly evident that the salmon does not select a
particular point on or near the lip of tin- falls where it proposes to strike; it simply jumps aimlessly,
ami sooner or later strikes the- fall at a place where it is able to maintain itself and from which it can
ascend into more quiet water above the falls.

238

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Unlike the sockeye, this salmon does not refuse to enter streams which have no lakes in their head-
waters. It seems to be entirely indifferent as regards this stream character; it selects its spawning beds
in streams with orwithout lakes in their course. If in a stream with lakes, the beds maybe in the stream
above the lake, below the lake, or even in the lake itself. If there be one essential feature, aside from
temperature, it is probably that the stream must be a relatively small one.

The humpback is the smallest of the 5 species of Pacific coast salmon. The results of a large number
of measurements and weights are shown in the table which follows:

Lengths and Weights of Humpback Salmon.

Locality and date.

Shipley Bay (Aug. 24)

Bear Harbor

Port Ellis, Home Steam (Aug. 22).

Sukkwan (Aug. 28)

Hunter Bay ( Aug. 28)

Funter Bay (July 23)

Do

Yakutat (Aug. IS)

Litnik Bay (Aug. 3)

Klawak

Cleveland Passage (July 13)

Yes Bay (July IT)

Kegan (Aug. 16)

Nowiskay (Aug. 19)

Quadra (Aug. 6)

Karta (July 26)

Karta (Aug. 2, 1904)

Scowl Ann (Aug. 2)

Wood River (July 191

Nushagak River (July 22)

Num-
ber
exam-
ined.

57
59
30
70
44
56
42
59
35
65
92
108
7
11
4
7
40
10
53
97
28
7
71
52
41
59
41
59
97
108
61
91
50
15
50
20
4
5
62
30

Sex.

Length.

Maxi-
mum.

Inches.
26.00
23.75

a;. r.->

24.25
26.50
24.00
25.75
23.75
26.75
25.00

27.00
23.00

27.00
25.00
25.25
24.00

Mini-
mum.

Inches,

19.25

19.5

20.75

18.25

20.00

17.00

19.00

19.00

2) 75

19.5

21.25
20. 75
24.00
20.75

22.00
21.00

23.00
20.00
20.00
20.00

19.00
iv 75
19.00
18.25

Aver-

Inches.

22.65
22.20
22. 99
23.87
23.25
21.60
22.47
21.80
24.33
22.43

(-21.89

23.61

22.87

24.25

22.3

21.9

21.00

24.80

23.21

22.50

22.86

21 002
19.5
21.487
20.00

Weight.

Maxi-
mum.

Lbs.
6.00
4.5
7.00
5.75
7.00
5.50
7.00
5.5
7.00
6.00

Mini- Avex-
nium. age.

6.00
5.00

8.00
6.00
8.00
5.5

11.5
7.5
7.75
6.00
9.00
5.5
8.5
7.00

10.00
6.75
7.00
6.00
7.5
5.25
2.5
3.00
6.00
4.25

Lbs.
2.25
2.00
3.00
2.00
2.50
2.00
2.75
2. .50
4.00
2.5

5.00
3.00

4.00

2.00

2.00

3.00

2.75

3.5

3.00

2.5

3.00

3.5

3.00

2.75

3.25

2.5

2.5

3.25

2.5

3.25

2.00

2.00

2.5

2.5

Lbs.
3.97
3.55
4.63
3.73
4.26
3.91
4.02
3.86
5.24
4.28
4.16

5.57

4.36

5.5

4.14

3.9

3.7

5.66

4.39

4.85

4.42

7. 7

5.9

5.1

4.4

5.1

4.5

5.65

4.8

5.3

4.4

4.8

4.4

4.8

4.6

2.375

2.3

4.032

3.35

Average for all.

Length. Weight

Inches.

| 22.42

\ 23.25

| 22.33

\ 22.13

\ 23.09

23.17
23.00
21.6
23.78
} 22. 46

rounds.
3.77

4.00

4.06

3.93

4.62

j. 19. 972
1 21.004

4.83

4. 64

3.8

4.84

4.77

6.9

4.7

4.7

5.2

4.7

4.55

4.7

2.333

.; son

Three dozen humpback salmon (both sexes) were weighed at the cannery at Wrangell, July 13.
The average weight was 5.8 pounds, the average length 24 inches. At the cannery of the Thlinket
Packing and Trading Company, July 23, 30 fish (both sexes) gave an average weight of 4.2 pounds
and an average length of 24.46 inches.

A male humpback taken in a gillnet in Yes Bay, July 9, was 25 inches long and weighed 7 pounds.

From the above (omitting those weighed in 1903 and 1904 by Mr. Chamberlain, for which tin'
lengths are no1 given l it. appears that the largest, male humpback examined was 27 inches in total length
and that the maximum weight was 8 pounds. The smallest male was 19 inches long and the minimum
weigh! 2 pounds. The largest female was 25 inches long and the heaviest weighed 5.5 pounds. The
smallest female was 17 inches long and the minimum weight was 2 pounds. The average of 341 males
was in length, 23. 19 inches, in weight 4.3 pounds; of 11 1 femaleB, length 22.59 inches, weight 4 pounds.
The average length of the 782 fish (both sexes) was 22.64 inches, and the average weight 4.13 pounds.
Tin- examples weighed by Mr. Chamberlain at various places in 1903 and 1904 appear to be somewhat.
heavier than those examined by us. The 1 1 .5-pound male weighed by him at Yes Bay, July 17. is :;..">
pounds heavier than any examined by us. And the heaviest, female (7.5 pounds) examined by him

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

239

was 2.5 pounds heavier than the- heaviest weighed by us. The average weight of 1.597 fish (782 weighed
by us. 815 by Mr. Chamberlain) was 5.25 pounds. The Yes Bay humpbacks appear to be heavier
than any others.

An examination of these figures and the detailed data on which they are based does not, however,
indicate that any geographic races ran be recognized. While the averages for the different streams
show considerable differences in some instances, the individuals from any one stream lack homogeneity
and show a range of variation in length and weight great enough to include that of the different streams.

The humpback salmon is known to the Russians as gorbuscha and to the trade as pink salmon.
Not until recently in the history of the salmon-canning industry has ii been utilized. Its flesh is pale
or pink in color, less firm in texture, and with less of the salmon flavor characteristic of the sockeye
and chinook. For these reasons canners were Blow to utilize it. A few years ago, however, a number
of enterprising canners began putting up this species under the name of pink salmon and during the
last five or six years [he industry has developed enormously. The pack of many canneries which
originally put up nothing but reds consists new largely, in some cases almost wholly, of pinks. Many
canneries which at first utilized the humpbacks only at the end of the season in order to make up their
guaranty are now canning them whenever they can get them.

Although as a canned product not ranking as high as the red. the king, or the coho, pink salmon
is a delicious article, palatable, very nutritious, and thoroughly wholesome in every way. As a food
product its place is now established and in the future it will only increase in popularity. When fresh
and directly from the sea it is, next to the king, generally regarded as tin- lust of all the salmons as
a fresh fish. As a salted fish also it ranks hiidi. and salted humpback bellies are esteemed a great
delicacy. This fish, however, does not keep well in the fresh state, the flesh becoming soft soon after
the fish is taken out of the water and becoming tainted in forty-eight hours or less, even in the cool
climate of Alaska. Hy the time the fish has reached the spawning beds or even the mouths of the
rivers, its flesh has lost most of the oil it had and is then almost worthless as food. Only when caught
some time before it would have entered the streams is it fit for food.

The catch of humpbacks in 190G was second in value only to tin- red salmon. In that year the
total number of humpback salmon utilized in the Alaskan fisheries, as given by the Alaska salmon
agents, was 7,707,999. The bulk of these were canned, though many were utilized in oilier ways.
as fresh, salted, etc. Reducing the entire catch to the basis of canned salmon, the total product
for 1906 equaled 357,428 cases which, at average current prices, was valued at $1,061,463.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Humpback Salmon at Various Fishing

Stations in Alaska. 1900 and 1901-190(1.

Note. — The fact that the name of a river is given does not necessarily mean that fishing is carried on in the river itself;
in many instances the fishing station Is in the vicinity of the stream and its name lias been used in order more clearly to
locate the streams. The dates given do nol necessarily 'mean the beginning and ending of the run for each stream, as the
fish may have been running for some time before tie' cannery men were aide to fish the stream, and the pack may have
been obtained and fishing stopped before (lie end of the run."

Linn.

II, rinii Sin.

Nushaga k Bay . .

Wood River.

Kvichak River. .

Naknek River. . .

Fishing Fishing
began— ended-

Central Alaska.

t'hignik Lagoon and River

Kodiak Island: Karluk

C'eek Inlet (Kasilofi

Prince William Sound: Cordova Bay.

July 15

July 23

July -'■".
July 28

July 2 Aug. 19

Southeast Alaska.

Yakutat Bay: Humpback Creek.

Situk River

Ankau River

Fishing Fishing
began— ended—

June 8 Aug. 6

June 21 Aug. 5
July 1 Aug. 2

Jtme in

July 26

Aug. 14
July 26

July 2 July 12

Aug. 1 Aug. 20
July 15 July 30
July 20 Aug. 2

Fishing Fishing
began— ended —

June 19

June 20
June 14

Julv 26
July 14

June 30

Julv 20
July 30

1906.

Fishing Fishiiii;
began— ended-

Aug. 8
Aug. 10

June 16
July -
June 20 Aug.
June 21 July

Aug. 8

July 5
...do...

Aug. 4

Aug. 13

Aug. 11
July 31

240

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Humpback Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska, 1900 and 1904-190G — Continued.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended

Southeast Alaska — Continued.

Ankau Slough

Ahrnklin River

Surge Bay, Yakobi Island

Ta kanis Bay, Yakobi Island

Cape Edward, off Chichagof Island..
Portlock Harbor, Chichagof Island . .
Cross Sound:

Soapstone Point, Yakobi Island

Lisianski Strait

Port Althorpe, Chichagof Island.

James Bay (?)

Kochtakeene (?)

Icy Strait:

Dundas Bay

Glacier Bay —

Bartlett Bay

Pleasant Island

Lynn Canal

Chilkoot Inlet and River

Eagle River

Tee Harbor

Lena Cove

Point Louisa

Auk Bay

Chatham Strait:

Funter Bay, Admiralty Island. .

Basket Bay. Chicagof island ....

Flat Bay. Chicagof Island

White Rock, Chicagof Island

Sitkoh Bay, Chicagof Island

Peril Strait, Rodman Bay, Baranof
Island

Bay of Pillars

North Arm, Kuiu Island

South Arm, Kuiu Island

St. Michael Bay: Kuiu Bay, Kuiu Island
Stephens Passage

Taku Inlet

Port Snettisham

Seymour Canal

Plea int Bay, Admiralty Island

Frederick Sound:

Saginaw Bay, Kuiu Island

Portage Bay, Kupreanof Island

Cleveland Passage

Wrangell Strait:

Petersburg Creek, Mitkof Island

Blind Point. Mitkof Island

Duncan Canal, Kupreanof Island

Sea Otter Sound: Fokhini Stream, Kosci-
usko Island

IphigeniaBay: Warm Chuck, Heceta Island

Tonowek Bay:

Sarkar, Prince of Wales Island

Nahakay, Prince of Wales Island

Gulf of Esquibel: Shineha Creek, Prince of

Wales Island

San Alberto Bay:

Klawak Inlet, Prince of Wales Island. . July 16

Big Harbor, Prince of Wales Island

Tlevak Strait : Skookum Chuck

Cordova Bay: Hetta, Prince of Wales

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

July 13
...do...

July 27
Aug. 17

July 15

July 25

Island.

Sumner Strait:

Shipley Bay, Kosciusko Island

Shakan Bay, Prince of Wales Island . . .

Caider and' Elcopdam Bay, Prince of
Wales Island "

Hole-in-the-Wall, Prince of Wales
Island

Seclusion Harbor, Kuiu Island

Point Barrie Stream, Kupreanof Island

Totem Bay, Kupreanof Island

Red Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Blind Slough, Kupreanof Island

Stikine River

Zimovia Si rait :

oiive Bay, Etolin Island

Thorns (Old Village SI nam. Wrangell
Island

Aug. 31

Aug. 16

July 1
June 25
June —

July 1

June 25

June 1
July 12

July 21)
...do...
July 12

July 1

July 2n

June 2.",
July 1
July 4

July 20

Aug. Id

July 23

July 211

Aug. 27

Aug.
Aug.

Aug.

Sept. 1
July 19
Aug. 12
July 23

Sept. I

Aug. IS

Aug. 24

Sept. 15
Sept. —

Sepl. 7

Sept. 7

Sept. 1.5
Aug. 24
Aug. 25
...do..
Aug. 24

...do..

Aug. 1
Sept. 7
....do..
Aug. 4

Fishing Fishing
began — ended-

July 20
[No
July 25
July 20
Aug. 21
Aug. 10

July 31
July 28
Julv 27
...do...
Aug. 4

July 24

July 29
June 22

July 15

Aug. 8
run.]
Aug. 20
Aug. 27
Aug. 31
Aug. 10

Aug. 1
Aug. 3
Aug. 5
July 27
Aug. 13

July 27

July 29
Sept. 14

Sept. 15

July 1 Sept. 15

do do...

do do...

July 3 ! Sept. 16

July 25

Julv 25
Julv 1
...do...
...do...

Aug. 20

Aug. 15
...do...
...do...
...do...

Sept. 1

Aug. 23

Aug. 22
Aug. 25

Vug 8
\.ug. 26

Sept. 8
Aug. 24
Sept. 6
Aug. 28
Sept. 4

Julv 15
Julv 1
Julv 16

July 15

July 29

Julv 11
Aug. 25

Julv 2

Aug. 1

July 23

July 12

Aug. 31
Oct. 1
Sept. 6

Aug. 31

Aug. 29

Aug. 28
Aug. 25
Sept. 3

1906.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

...do...
July 10
July 25
Aug. 3

Aug.

25

July

25

July

25

July 17
July 12
June 26

June 21

Julv 25
...do...
Julv 20

June —

July 23

July" 17

Julv 111
Aug. 14
July 23

Aug. 4
Sept. 3

Aug. 8
Aug. 1
Julv 24

do

Aug. 8

July 24

Julv 27
Aug. 30

July 27

July 30

Julv 15
Aug. 17
Julv 25

Aug. 25
July 28

July 9
July 20
Sept. i

Aug. 9

Do.

Aug. 11

Aug. 3

Aug. 25

Aug. 7

Aug. 13

July 28

Sept. 6
Sept. 22

June 21 | Aug. 22

Aug. .'ill
Do.
II...

Aug. —

Aug. 27

Do.

Aug. 28
Do.

Aug. 25

Sept. 9

Sept. 5

Aug. 24
Aug. 9

Sept. 1

H..
Sepl 3

Sept. 1

Aug. 31
Aug. 30

Do.

Aug. 23

fm.
Aug. 24
Aug. 31

Aug. 4

Aug. 1

Sept. 3

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

241

The Beginning ani> Ending of Commercial Fishing for Humpback Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska, 1900 and 1904-190(5 — Continued.

1900. 1904. 1905. 1906.

Waters

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended—

Fishing Fishing Fishing
began— ended — began—

Fishing Fishing Fishing
ended — began— ended —

Southeast Alaska—Continued.
Clarence Strait:

July 25
do.. .

Aug. 13
Sept. 4

July 9

•'"1 '

Sept. 6

Sept. 1
Sepl. S

Sept. 1

June 15 Sept. 1
- - ill-. Do
.in Sepl 10

Eagle Creek, Prince of Wales Island

....do...

Aug. 12

Aug. 14
Aug. 21

July 27

July 19

July 1 Sent. 1

do . n.i

Ernest Sound-

Aug. 1

Aug. 8

Sept. 2

Sept. 4

Inly 17 Aug. N
July B Ane .'I,

lug 25

July 25

Aug. 27

Aug. 27

Santa Anna Bay, Cleveland Penin-

.ii. Jepi i

Mldway Cove (?)

Aug. 1
July 28

-In

Sept 1

Sepl

i .

ECasaan Bay-

July 18

Aug. 20

Twelve Mile Ann, Kina Stream,

Aug. —

Sept. —

...do...

Benin Canal—

July 31

July 19

Sept. i
Aug. 19

July 15

Sepl ii

lug 29

Sept. '-

A HI.'. 5

Aug. 22
Aug. 17
Sept. 3

July 15

Vug. 16

July it

Tongasa Narrows—

Vug ■:

Sepl :

July it

rune a
July 13

Sepl '■
Sepl 5

Sepl. 1,
Sepl. 8

Ketchikan Crock, Revtllagigedo Is-

i,

Vug 5
July 14

•
Aug. 20

Aug. 5
.Inly 29

Sepl. 1

aiil-. 2a

■ Peter Johnson stream (Doloml Pi Lnce

Juh 23

Sepl 1

3ep1 B Vug. ' Aug. 28
Aug. 22 Jnlv 20 Aim. 29

Moira Sound-

.A.Uuo.8.

i.

South Arm—

Kegan stream. Prince of \\ ah-
Island

Aug. 2
Vug 9

Sept. i

mil- 25

July 29 Aug 29

July 11

3epl i

Nowiskav Stream, Prince <>f

Old Johnson Stream, Prince of

Aug. 4 Aug. 31

July 13

Aug. 2

3epl

lug '"

Nichols Passage—

Aug. 22

Vug 6

lul\ 27

Sept. 7
Vug 31

Hemlock Island, off Annette

Ainr. 14

Aul' 2 Rent. 1

July 26
July 24

July 6

Sepl 13
lug 29

Tamgas Harbor, Annette Island

July 24

Sepl i

Aug. 3 ....do.. . July 29 do .

Aug. 16 Antr. ",i Aim. 7 Aiifif. 21

Revillagigedo Channel:

Spnt. 4

Sept. 5
Aug. 21

Sepl i

Aug. 24

Aug. 24

Aug. 28

Sept. 3

3epl m
lug. S

July '-'1
July 24

Sept. 19

Aug. 31
Aug. 26
Aug. 2.1

Duke Island _

July 15

Aug. 12

July 9

Aug. 27

Sept. 1

Sept. 3

Xakat Inlet

Aug. 7

Aug. in

B.B. F.19»;— If.

242

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

28. Oncorhynchus keta (\Yall>aum). Dog Salmon; Chum; Calico Salmon. (PI. xxvn and xxvni.)

The dog salmon is a species of wide distribution. On the American coast it occurs from San Francisco
northward at least I" Hotham Inlet. Kotzebue Sound, and Bering Strait (Bean 1882). It is found also
on the Asiatic coast and is the principal salmon in Japanese waters, where it is known as sake. It is
not abundant "ii the coast of California. l>ut increases in numbers northward, being most abundant in
Southeast Alaska. Dr. Bean records it from Old Sitka, from Alexandrovsk, Cook Inlet, and from
St. Paul, Kodiak Island. Mr. Hess reports its occurrence at Teller in a stream flowing into Port Clarence.
In the streams of Seward Peninsula it runs from July 15 to August 31; then comes a mixture of dog
salmon and silver salmon. The species was found by Mr. Hess on July 1, 1900, near Council, in the
lower Fish River, which flows into Golofinin Bay.

It is said that the run of salmon in the Tanana is not great enough for canning purposes; but in
the Yukon at the mouth of the Tanana the run of salmon (all species) is probably enough to justify
commercial fishing. Mr. Townsend (1885) records it. as the principal salmon of the Kobuk River.

According to Mr. K. \V. Xelson (1SS0) the dog salmon is abundant at St. Michael. The run begins
at the end of June and is over by the last of July. On account of its great abundance, this is to the
Eskimo the most valuable food fish about the shores of Bering Sea and the lower Yukon and Kuskoquim
rivers. On the lower Yukon the main run occurs between the last of June and the end of July. The
fish is rarely taken at St. Michael before. June 12.

Dog salmon are said to go through Chilkoot Lake and spawn in its inlets, but we have no positive
knowledge to this effect. At Sitka on August 20, where boys were seen gaffing salmon at the bridge
across Indian River, several dog salmon were noted.

Dog salmon were seen by us at most of the canneries visited, especially in August. We saw them
at Taku Inlet (July 14), Killisnoo and Sitkoh Bay (July 26), Chignik (August 9 and 10), Kell Bay
August 23), Dundas Bay, Point Ellis (August 21), Funter Bay (July 23), Hunter Bay (August 28),
Cleveland Passage (July 13), Pillar Bay and Loring.

The run of dog salmon in Alaska seems to come later than that of any other species except the coho.
In Southeast Alaska the season is not at its height until late in August or September. Spawning fish
have been taken in the vicinity of Fort Yukon in August and September. Like the humpback, the
dog salmon seems to prefer the smaller, coastal streams. Although it runs to some extent in the larger
rivers, such as the Columbia, Copper, and Yukon, it ordinarily does not ascend them to great distances.
It is unknown in the headwaters of the Columbia; the records of "dog salmon" there and in the head-
waters of other large rivers probably refer in most cases to spawning males of the chinook salmon, which
are, in many places, popularly known as "dog salmon.'' This species is most abundant in small
streams near the sea and in the small lower-course tributaries of the larger streams.

The dog salmon is second in size only to the chinook, as is shown by the following table. A total of
202 samples were examined. The average weight of these was 8.33 pounds, the average length, 29 inches.
The largest male examined was 35 inches long and weighed 16 pounds; the smallest was 25.5 inches long
and weighed 5 pounds. The largest female was 33 inches long and weighed 15 pounds, the smallest female
was 25 inches long and weighed 7 pounds.

Measurements and Weights of Dog Salmon.

Locality.

Num-
ber ex-
amined.

Sex.

Length.

Weight.

A verage
length.

Average

Maximum.

Minimum. Average.

Maximum.

Minimum.

Average.

weight.

("hipnik \ 3

Sukkwan j

f
9
<f
?
d"
?
J

,

f

>

i

Inches.
33.87
27.87
32.75
29.00
35.00
33.00
31.50
30.00

Inches.

Inches.

Pounds.

I:; nil
8.13
in mi
10.00
16.00
15.00

Pounds.

Pounds.

Inches.

)■ 29.37

j- 30.87

j 31.17

31.50

I'oumis.

26. 13

27.08

7.21

7.57

9.34

10.00

Funter Bay -! ^

Point Ellis l

35.00
25.00

.;.'

29 25

15. 00
8.00

l.V 5
10.5
10,00
12.00
9.07
8.44
8.11

12. 17
In. 00

1 lundas Bay i .*

29 2

29 mi
28. -I.'.

j- 29.17
29.50

\ 28.001
27. 50

1U.00

{' u

32.50
30. 50
."i :,u
32.00
29.13
27.50
32.00
30.75

26.25

27.50

12.00
9.00
12.00
11.00
9.00
7.50
11.00
12. Ill)

(1.00
7.00

8. 29
12.00

'Mi ihagak Rivet ■[ Jj

25. 50
25. 50

28 '..S3
27. 102

5.00
ti.00

8 1

, nt:.

7.596

7. 50

1 g istaik River

1 59

\ 68

28.25
2.5.00

30.00
28.158

6.5

6. J

9.038
7.459

j- 29.(115

S no

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

243

As a food fish this species is inferior to all the other salmon. The inferiority, however, is more
marked when the iish is canned than when otherwise utilized. The flesh is soft and spongy and does not
lend itself readily to canning processes. It is pale in color and therefore not so attractive in appearance
as that of the other species. When utilized fresh the fish takes a higher rank. It is coming more and
more to be frozen and shipped east or abroad, and is meeting with much favor in that form. Consider*
able quantities are being dry-salted for the Japanese market. In Japan this species is highly prized and
is a valuable product of the fisheries. It is the most abundant salmon in that country.

When fresh run from the sea the dog salmon is a handsome fish, plump and silvery, very attractive
in appearance, and closely resembling the silver salmon. Later the dark of the hack tends to form
vertical liars which extend down on the Bides. In the breeding season the body becomes largely dirty
black, obscurely barred with dirty red. the jaws become greatly elongated and distorted, and the teeth
show prominently. Frequently the flesh is dirty red and soiled white alternately in broad bands which,
together with the banding on the surface-, doubtless suggested the name calico salmon. The Russians
call this salmon hayko or lehai, while to the Japanese it is take. The trade name on our coast i- chum.

Although the dog salmon does no1 yet rank high in popular favor, and while it is co lerciallythe

least valuable of the several specie- of Balmon except the coho, it is nevertheless a valuable fish, one
destined to become more and more appreciated as we learn better method- for its utilization. The flesh,
though not so red nor so firm and flaky as in other species, is no less nutritious and no less wholesome. At
present it is probably better to utilize it either fresh or by dry-salting rather than by canning.

During the season of 1906 the dog salmon fishery increased enormously over previous year-. The
total number of fish utilized was 3,259,38 I. Reducing the entire catch to a canned salmon basis it is
equivalent to 273,459 cases, valued at $755 '. i

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing fob Dog Salmon at Vabiotjs Pishing

Stations i\ Ai.ask\, L904-1906.

Notk.— The fact that the name of a river is given 'lees net mean that Ishing i- carried ™ in the river LtseLJ; in fact.
the fish are nearly always caught before thej enterthe 9treams. In many Instances the fishing station Is in the vicinity
of the stream and it- name has merely been used to locate I aore clearly. Thi dates given <3 ssarily

mean the beginning and en. ling ol the run for each stream, as the fish may have been running for sometime before the
cai rymen wereabe t" fish the stream and the pack may have I a id fishing stopped before the end ol the run.

Waters.

inn

1905.

ing Fishing
began ended—

Fishing

Fishing
ended—

1906.

Fishing Fishing

. uded-

Bcring Sea.

Nushagttk Ray",
lvvichak River. .
Naknek Rn ei
Ugaguk River.. .
Ugashlk River.
Nelson Lagoon. .

Southeast Alaska.
lev St rail ■

Dundas Bay

Glacier Bay Bartletl Bay

Pleasant Island

Excursion Inlet

Port Frederick, Chlchagof Island

Lynn Canal

Chllkat Inlet and River

Eagle River

ir. i [arbor

Lena Cove

Point Louise

\uk Bay

Chatham St nut

Punter Bay, Admiralty Island

Gut Bay

.a* Pillars

North Arm. Kuiu Island

South Ann. Kuiu Island''

St. Michael Bay— Kuiu Bay, Kuiu Island.

Stephens Passage

Taku Inlet c

Port Snettisham d

Seymour Canal

a 1900, tunc 19 to July 1.
b 1900, I illy 15 to August 31.

Julj I

July 5
July 31

J une 1
fune -i

July 2S

July 22

Fulj I

Aug.

June 23

1 June 13

rune IS

Oct. 8

June 25

I lei . 8
Sept. 23

July i

Sept. 7

June —

Sept. 7
Sept. 15

.tune 25
July 1

July 4

Sept. 7

do...

Aug. 4

Sept. 1

Aug. 26
June 22

Sept. i
Sept. I"

Clet. 15

July 10 Oct. 15

Aug'.'ij" "!"!!!;

July 1
...do...
June 25

June 19
July 20

July -

July -
June 25
...do...
...do...

Sept. 15
...do.. .
.. do .

Sept. 16
Oct. -'7

Oct. —

tunc 11
June 25

June 15
tunc Is
June —

Aug. 26
Sept. 5
Aug. 15
Sept. 8

Aug. 4

Lug, 7

July 30

July 31

July —

Aug. 31
Sept. I-
Bepl 5
Sept. 18-

June 26 Sept. 22

Juno 29 Do.

June 21 Sept. 5

June 21

Oct. —
Sept. 15
...do..

.. do .

July 20
July" 20

June

Sept. 5

Aug. 1

Aug. i

Aug. —

'■ 1900, August 15 to September 25.
i 1900, July a to September 24.

244

BULLETIN OF THK BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending op Commercial Fishing for Dog Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska, 1904-1906 — Continued.

Waters.

1904.

Fishing Fishing
began— ended—

1

Sept. 20

1005.

Fishing Fishing
began— ended

July 20
...do...
...do..

July 20

July —

Southeast Alaska— Continu sd.

Frederick Sound:

Security Bay, Kuiu Island

Saginaw Bay, Kuiu Island Sept

Port Camden, Kuiu Island

Cleveland Passage

Wrangell Strait:

Petersburg Creek, Mitkof Island

Blind Point, Mitkof Island

Duncan Canal. Kupreanof Island _

Sumner Strait:

Calder and Elcopdam Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Rocky Pass. Kuiu Island!"'!

Point Barrie Stream, Kupreanof Island

Totem Bay, Kupreanof Island

Red Bay, Kupreanof Island

Stikine River

Zimovia SI rait: Thorns (Old Village) Stream, Wrangell Island

Clarence Strait:

Salmon Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Eagle Creek, Prince of Wales Island Sept. 14

Whale Passage, Prince of Wales Island July 1

Lake Bay, Prince of Wales Island Aug. 15 Sept. 15 .

Coffman Cove, Prince of Wales Island

Rocky Bay. Etol in Island

Ratz Harbor, Prince of Wales Island

Ernest Sound-
Union Bay, Cleveland Peninsula

Vixen Point, Cleveland Peninsula

Menefee [nlet, Etolin Island

Point Warde, Cleveland Peninsula

Anon Creek, Cleveland Peninsula

Doris Bay (?)

Middle Arm (?)

Sonny Point (?)

Meyers Stream, Cleveland Peninsula

Thome Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Kasaan Bay—

Ka rta Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Twelvemiie Arm— Kina Stream, Prince of Wales Island
Skowl Arm, Prince of Wales Island

Behm Canal-
Yes Bay, Cleveland Peninsula o

TJnuk River

Checats St ream & I

Tongass Narrows —

Ward Cove, Revillagigedo Island (

Ketchikan Creek, Revillagigedo Island

Cholmondeley Sound '■ Aug. 1

Dora Bay. Prince of Wales Island

Peter Johnson Stream (Dolomii, Prince of Wales Island.

Moira Sound-
North Arm, Prince of Wales Island

South Arm

Keegan Stream, Prince of Wales Island

Old Johnson Stream, Prince of Wales Island

Nichols Passage-
Blank Inlet, Gravina Island

Tain, Annette Island

Tamgass Harbor, Annette Island

N.i'l/aoer, Annette Island

Revillagigedo Channel:

George Inlet. Revillagigedo Island

Niiney Haines (":')

Duke Island

Oct. 27
...do..
...do..

Oct. 27

(let.

Nov. 1

Sept. 27
Sept. 1

Aug. 5 | Nov. 7

1906.

Fishing Fishing
began— ended -

July 23
Aug. 30
July 17

July 5
Aug. 14
.1 illy 9

July 27

July 7

Aug. 17

July 1

July 4

Aug. 1

June 15

...do...

...do..

...do..

...do..

do..
...do..

July 17
Aug. 8
July 25
June 27
June 15
Sept. 6
Sept. 11
Sept. 10
Aug. 1
...do..

Aug. 2.S
...do..
Aug. 1

Aug. 4

July 23

Aug. 20

July 30

\ug. 3

June 30

July 13

July 11

July 13

Aug. 2

Aug. 7

Aug. 4

Sept. 7

July (i

Sepl II

Aug. 11

Aug. 27
Sept. 14
Aug. 27

Aug. 22
Aug. 28
Aug. 31

Aug. 30

Aug. 23

Do.
Aug. 31
Aug. 4
Sept. 3

Sept. 4
Sept. 6

Sept. 10

Sepl I
Do.
Do.
Do.

Aug. 14
Aug. 26
Aug. 5
July 2S

Sept. 4
Sept. 8
Sept 16

Do.

Sept. 3
Sept. 4

Sept. 3

Do.
Sept. 5

Aug. 29

Sept. 6
Sept. 5
Oct. 30
Oct. 24
Sept. 14

Sept. 8

Sept.
Sept.

Aug. 29
Sept. 3
Vug 29

Sept. 12

Sept. 1
Sept. 19
Aug. IS

o 1897, July 17 to August 7; 1899, July 14 to September 13; 1900. July 21 to September 17. 6 1897. July 23 to August 2.

29. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha (Walbaum). Chinook Salmon; King Salmon; Quinnat Salmon.

(PI. xxix and xxx.)

The chinook salmon is called king salmon or spring salmon in Alaska; spring or chinook salmon on
Fraser River and Pugel Sound; chinook, royal chinook, quinnat, or Columbia River salmon on the Colum-
bia River, and Sacramento salmon in California. Where the Chinook jargon is spoken it is the tyee,
which means king. Among the Russians il is called tschavitche or tschaicytscha.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 245

This is a salmon of wide distribution, li occurs on both coasts of the Pacific from Monterey Buy ami
China north into the Atvl ie • iccan, ascending all large streams. The must southern point on the Califor-
nia coast for which we have definite records is Monterey Bay, but its southern range doubtless extends
somewhat farther down the coast. There is a record, on what authority we do not know, of its occurrence
in the Ventura River. 300 miles south of San Francisco. However that may he-, this important salmon is
not uncommon in Monterey Bay. where considerable numbers arc caught in spring and summer by
trolling. In tin- Sacramento and Columbia rivers it is the principal salmon, far outnumbering all
other species. It occurs in some numbers in other streams of Oregon and Washington, ami is not uncom-
mon in Puget Sound. It runs somewhat sparingly in the larger streams of British Columbia and
Southeast Alaska, particularly the Fraser, Skena, Xass. Stikine, and Taku.

Throughout Southeast Alaska the king salmon is probably not uncommon, although the catch has not
lieen considerable until recently. It, is said that this fish can be taken by trolling any month in the year
about Admiralty Island, particularly in the vicinity of Killisnoo. In 1905 and again in L906 it was par-
ticularly common about Ketchikan and inTongass Narrows, where it was taken in seines. It isalsoi
nearChilkat and Chilkoot. Usually the king salmon make their appearance at the time of the run of the
herring, upon which they largely fieri, and they follow up the smelt also, being found wherever that
species occurs in numbers. The principal river in Southeast Alaska into which the king salmon run is the
Taku, and the salmon taken in the various places mentioned above probably enter that stream for spawn-
ing purposes.

In L906, from July 15 to L'o, mo king salmon were- taken in gill-nets operated by an Indian in the

vicinity of Burroughs Hay. They were all very large, some . if them reaching a weight of 89 pounds. It

is said they can be taken in that locality as early as May L5. Usually the Wrangell cannery counts on
getting 4,000 to 8.000 king salmon from the Stikine River each year.

In 1N'.)7. 350 king salmon averaging 10 pounds each were salted at Killisnoo.

In Copper River, which Hows into Prince William Sound, and the larger streams tributary to took
Inlet, there is a considerable run of king salmon. They are said not to run in Alitak Bay, "ti Kodiak
Island. They arc however, taken at Karluk. and other places on Kodiak Island and also on Afognak
Island and the islands of the Alaskan Peninsula, though at no place in any abundance. In Nelson
Lagoon, in 1906, those first caught were taken June 1">. They continued to run until July 18, July I to is
being the height nf the season. The lish caught there ran I5tothe barrel.

In the Ugashik River, in 1906, I boae first caught were taken June I. The king, red, and dog usually
come together. The run of that season, as for five seasons past . was i r.

The king salmon occurs, though not abundantly, in the Nu.-hagak River. In 1906 it was first seen
on June 7, and the run for the year was greater than usual and the lish were larger. Small king salmon
are here sou ict lines put up under col in la bob. '['hey also occur in considerable n umbers in the Yukon.
Important fisheries supplying the local demand are operated at Dawson, Eagle City, and Rampart.
Rampart is 000 miles above the mouth of tin- Yukon, and the run was on at that place September 10.
Several were taken, each weighing 20 pounds or more. They were full of spawn.

Late in July king salmon have become common in the upper Yukon beyond the boundary, being
found in the middle and lower waters a month earlier. I luring the summer of 1S!)7 a number of fishermen
employed gill-nets at Dawson. Northwest Territory, readily taking king salmon of large size. Many
fish were found weighing 40 pounds and over, and the prices received for them were so high as to make
the business quite profitable. This point is 1,300 miles from the sea. They are said to run up the
river at least as far as Caribou Crossing. 2.000 miles from the sea. Mr. 1 1 ess found them in China Slough
of the Tanana for seven to nine days toward the end of July and in the Tanana itself for three weeks.
On July II. 1004, he observed the first king salmon at the Central Telegraph Station on Goodpaster
River, 03 miles below its head. They are said to go 25 miles farther up this stream and to be very
abundant later in the season. Nelson says (1887):

This species is taken along the shores of Norton Sound immediately after the ice disappears in
spring, my earliest, date being June 0, 1877. On the lower Yukon, up, at least, to Anvik. the largest
of these salmon run during the few days just preceding and following the breaking up of the ice and
thence on to the end of the season they decrease gradually in size and quality. * * At Anvik

they begin running about the 12th of June and the season is virtually over by the middle of July. I was
t"hi that one example was taken at Anvik that weighed 140 pounds and that they sometimes weigh a
third more than that.

246

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Mi. Nelson does not regard this information as reliable. Mr. V. L. Derby in a letter dated
January 19, 1907, reports that "a few king salmon rounded Point Harrow and entered the lagoons at
Pargneck, the shooting station, in the spring of 190G. The natives caught a few in the fall of 1905
and summer of 1906."

One was seen toy us at the cannery at Wrangell July 13, among many hundred humpbacks. A few
were seen in the Taku Inlet cannery July It. Two ( 1 male and 1 female) were examined at Pyramid
Harbor, July 15. The male was 2S inches long and weighed 8 pounds; the female was 40.5 inches
long and weighed 28 pounds.

A female seen at the Dundas Bay cannery July 24 was 34 inches long and weighed 17 pounds.
The eggs of this fish were very immature. King salmon weighing 35 to 40 pounds were caught in'
sea-otter nets off Montague Island in December, 1894, and January, 1895.

Mr. Rutter saw one at Karluk that was 50 inches long and weighed 60.5 pounds. A female 2 feet
9 inches long, weighing 13 pounds and nearly ripe, was seined at Karluk August 4. Mr. A. B. Alexander
saw one in 1888 in Xushagak that weighed 85 pounds. On July 18, 1900, Mr. Kutchin saw one at
Kasilof which weighed 77 pounds.

Dr. Tarleton H. Bean says in "The Alaskan Salmon and Their Allies:'-

Individuals weighing over 100 pounds are on record. At St. Paul. Kodiak, Mr. B. G. Mclntyre
weighed one which registered 87.5 pounds without its vicera, and the entire fish must have exceeded 100
pounds. Capt. William Kohl has recently told me that he once obtained reliable information in
Cook Inlet of a salmon weighing about 140 pounds, and individuals of equal size are reported in the
Yukon.

Mr. John X. Cobb has a record of one weighing 77 and two others each of 75 pounds, taken by trolling
near Ketchikan in 1905. and one of 47 pounds taken at Juneau in 1906. He gives also the following
information regarding fish from Bristol Bay:

Weight and Measurements op 51 Kino Salmon Examined at Three Bristol Bay Localities

in 1906.

Locality and date.

Num-
ber ex-
amine!

Koggiung (July 12) j

Nushagak River (July 19)..
Wood River (July 19)

Sex.

Length.

Weight.

Maxi- Mini- . er. „ Maxi- Mini- ..
mum. | mum. A,erase- mum. mum. Average

Inches.
43
■1.5
3S
34

Inches.
33.00
26. 50
34.00
29.75

Inch i .<
39.722
38.598

38.000

:;i ..r.(.

Lbs.
34

Lbs.
14.0
7.. 5
14.0
10.0

Total
num-
ber ex-
amined.

Pounds.
25.516 \
25.285 /
17.500
12.333

Average. Average
length. weight

Inches.

39.260

36.000
31.666

Pounds

.500
.333

Bean (1S82) records this salmon from Kasilof River, Cook Inlet, and from the Yukon.
Gilbert says (1S95) that at Departure Bay, May 10-13, 1890, young individuals were feeding on
the herring I ('. pallasii) and a number were taken on the trolling line. He says further:

At Unalaska, May 24-27, 1890, the run had hardly begun, though a few individuals were seen. A
small pond near the stream which Mows into the head of Captains Harbor was full of young salmon of
this species, from 2 to 5 inches long, which took the fly greedily. June 3, at the mount h of the Xushagak
River, Bristol Bay, an- occasional individual was taken. A small run had come into the river a short
time before our visit. On June 16 they were running abundantly at Unalaska, but they were not seen
on later visits at this point or at Port Moller. It is worthy of note that their period of greatest abun-
dance coincided in time with that of the herring, and their approach to the coast may be determined by
the movements of the latter. Their annual appearance in huge numbers in Monterey Day. California,
seems to be dependent on the run of anchovies.

The following notes have been furnished by Mr. John N. Cobb:

Considerable numbers are taken on hand-lines bated with herring on the herring grounds on the
northern side of Kuiu Island. It is said that young king salmon 10 to 12 inches long can be taken in
October on hand-lines from the wharves at Ivillisnoo. The Indians take large numbers of small kings
in Florence Bay. A few arc taken in gill-nets (9.5 inch mesh) at Orca, where they are packed with
the red salmon. A few are obtained each year in the Copper River delta, where the run begins about
May 6.

King salmon are found in many of the rivers of Alaska during the breeding season, being most abun-
dant, so far as known, in the Unuk, Stikine, Taku. Nushagak, Kvichak, and Ugashik. The rest of the
year they are hum. I scattered pretty much all over the straits, sounds, and bays of Southeast Alaska.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 247

and it is possible they might be found in other portions of Alaska at this season were they to lie fished
for. At this time they are feeding upon the herring, and. in Southeast Alaska, are especially abundant
in the vicinity of Point Comano on Cleveland Peninsula, and in Seymour (anal. Taku Inlet, and Gas-
tineau Channel. It is said that there was a run of king salmon in Snug Harbor, Tenakee Inlet, in the
fall of 1905 and the spring of 1906, which was the first seen there for several years.

The season of 1905 witnessed the inception of a new branch of the salmon industry. About the
middle of January king salmon were observed in the vicinity of Ketchikan, but it was not until January
23 that the firsl fish was brought to that place. News of a large run of fish having spread, there were
soon a number of whites and Indians out in canoes catching the kings, which they located by watching
the gulls, which would gather over the herring schools upon which the kings were feeding. As the
herring were in shoal water, nets could be used in but few places, so trolling lines were brought into
use. At first herring bait was employed, but it was soon discovered that a nickel trolling Bpoon would
answer the purpose just as well. The vicinity of Poinl Coma no and Point Stewart seemed to be favorite
resorts for the fish, but they were to be found almost everywhere within a radius of 50 miles from
Ketchikan. Several firms in Ketchikan early saw the possibilities of the business and soon had out
steamers and launches collecting the fish from the fishing boats. Upon reaching Ketchikan thej wen-
packed in ice and shipped to Puget Sound ports. The lish averaged 25 pound- in weight. Due was
caught which weighed 77 pounds, while several were brought in which weighed 7") pounds each.
About .!•"> per cent of the catch consisted of white-mealed lish and 75 per cent of red-meated. For the
former the fishermen were paid 25 cents each and for the tatter 50 cents eat h. During the run, which
lasted until May Isih. 271,644 pounds, valued at 115,600, wore shipped. A considerable quantity was
also cured by the Indians for their own use, while some were consumed locally by the whites.

The Ketchikan dealers stale that the king salmon won- very delicate and would not -land such
handling as a red salmon will, and at first many of them had to be classed as second-grade lish on
account of being bruised in killiiiLr by the Indians.

For years the Indians have I n catching kiiiL's in winter for their own i sumption. In 1905

the run was unusually large. It was much smaller in L906, in the vicinity of Ketchikan, at least .

The preparation of mild-cured king salmon in Alaska has been carried on for some years. 1'p to

the year 1900 only spawning fish were so treated, but the big run in the neighborh 1 of Ketchikan

during the winter of L905 attracted the attention of Puget Sound Baiters, and this year there were a
number of plants in operation, some of which handled the feeding fish. In May and June the Juneau
and Douglas dealers paid 75 cents each for all red-meated kings weighing over 17 pounds, 35 cents for
all under 17 pounds, and 20 cents for white meated kings of an\ weight. These dealers estimated
thai there were about 7 white-meated kings to every 100 red meated fish. The largest king handled
ai Juneau weighed -17 pounds, while by far the greater pari ran over 17 pounds in weight. Tierces
holding 800 pounds were used and about 50 li-h were required to fill a tierce, In curing, the head

was taken off and the entrails re ved. The lidi wa- ilien split down the middle and the backbone

taken out, ih us leaving the fish in two halves. Ifter the bl I vessels won- scraped out the fish were

put into ice water for about thirty minutes and then salted down in the tierces with fine (dairj i -ah.

Tin- number of king salmon required to the case of 18 one-pound cans) varies somewhat, as shown
by the- following figures: Urea. 4.2 ii>h to the case; Dundas Bay, 1.5: Pyramid Harbor, 3.5; Taku. 2.8;
Nushagak, 3; Kvichak River, 2.7; Naknek River, 5; Yes Bay, 2.5; Cook Inlet, 3.5; ECenai, 2.7; Kas-
ilof. 3; Odiak, 4.5. Of the places mentioned, the largest fish appear to come to the Yes Bay cannery
and the smallest to Naknek River. Too much erode inc. however, should not I"- given these figures.

\ very curious and interesting fact has been noticed regarding the color of the flesh of the king
salmon. In some individuals the flesh is red, in otherswhite. In Columbia River lish it is usually
that rich reel or salmon color which is so highly prized, although even in that river a certain percent-
age of the fish arc white-meated. In Alaska' apparently a somewhat larger percentage are white-
meated. Of H,l>:>2 cases put up at Pyramid Harbor, 977 were white; of 4,375 cases at Taku, 1,225 wen
while or pink. Those figures indicate that about 42 per cent of Alaska king salmon are white-meated.
This, of course, keeps the commercial value of the fish from being what it otherwise would be.

As already si a lei I. the king salmon of Southeast Alaska are taken chiefly by trolling. Considerable
numbers, however, are taken in gillnets at Port Snetlisham. Wrangell Narrows, Point Eighfield, Pyramid
Harbor, Taku. Kenai, Kasilof, and elsewhere. The gillnets used in this fishery are usually 9.5-inch
mesh. In some places it is 8.5, 9, or 9.25. The nets vary from 50 to 250 fathoms long and from 20
to 30 meshes deep.

The king salmon is the least abundant of the five species found in Alaska. Commercially it ranks
as the least important. The catch of 1906 was 267,387 fish, and the pack 60,357 cases valued a1 aboul
$223,286.

The future development of the king salmon fishery in Alaska will be in the large stream.- to the north-
ward, particularly in those tributary to Bering Sea. It is probable that methods of conducting the
fishery will be developed which will, in spile of the short season and cither unfavorable conditions, per-
mit large catches to be made in such streams as the Yukon and Kuskokwim.

248

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending op Commercial Fishing for King Salmon at Various Fishing

Stations in Alaska, 1904-1906.

Note.— The Jact that the name of a river is given does not mean that fishing is carried on in the river itself; in many
instances the fishing station is in the vicinity of the stream and its name has been employed in order more clearly to
identify the stream. The dates given do not necessarily mean the beginning and ending of the run for each stream, as the
fish may have been running for sometime before the cannery men were able to fish the stream and the pack may have
been obtained and fishing stopped before the end of the run.

1904.

1905. 1906.

Waters.

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended —

Fishing
began —

Fishing Fishing
ended — began —

Fishing
ended—

Bering St a.

June 8
June 12

June 21
June 22
June 26

Aug. 3 June 1
June 27 June 15
Aug. 3 June 13

July 1
June 20
Aug. 2
July 30
July 28

June 5

Aug. 3

June 20
June 21
June 18
June 16
June 15

Aug. 7

Aug. 2
Aug. 1

June 14
June 13

JuTv 31

Do.

Julv 25

Julv 24

Central Alaska.

June 8
June C>

May 27

July 2
....do...

Aug. 8
July 15
Aug. 4

July 30
...do...

June (i
May 25

Julv 14 June 2
July 13 June 3

Julv 7

Aug. 13

Prince William Sound:

May 12
....do...
....do...

July 30

May 1.5

Julv 25

Do.

May 6

July 15

Do.

....do...

Julv 12

do...

Do.

May 6

June 30
....do ...

....do...

Do.

do...

Do.

do ...

July 10

do...

Do.

....do...

Julv 1

Ma v Ij
....do...

July 25
....do...

....do...

July 12

May 12
July 1

June 2fi

June 30

June 1

July 10

July 28

Southeast Alaska.

Sept. 18

June 15
June 20
June 4

Mil 211

Sept. 15
Sept. 17
Julv 20
Sept. 7

....do...

Sept. 22

June 27

July 15

June 29

Sept. 22

May 15

May 8
May 15

Sept. 15
June 20
Sept. 15

May 6

Sept. 7

June 1
May 14
May 6
July 4

Sept. 15
Sept. 7

June 20

July 15

May 8

June 30
....do...

Aug. 4

....do...

....do...

July —

Oct. —

June 29
May 17

Sept. 16
July 27

May 26

June 22

June 27
July 2

June 19

Clarence Strait:

July 5

Sept. 4

Julv 22

Ernest Sound —

Julv 28

July 23

Apr. 13

Apr. 18

- 1900,
l> 1900,
c 1110(1,
d 1900,
' 1900.
/ 1896,
9 1890.
1895, May
* 1898,
i 1898,
H896,
*1892,

June 12 to July 22.

June 23 to July 25.

June 18 to Julv 25.

June 18 to June 29

June 5 to June 28.

May 25 to June 25; 1897, May 26 to July 27; 1900, June 1 to July in

May 5 to June 30: 1891, April 27 to June 30; 1892, cannery closed; 1893, May 2 to June 30; 1894. May 11 to June 30;

15toJune29; 1896, May 15 to June 30; 1897, May 10 to June 30.

June 10 to July 10.

May 25 to June 25; 1897, May 28 to June 28; 1900, May 8 to June 26

May 15 t" June 22; 1S97, May 15 to June 22; 1900, March 14 to June 28.

July 15 to September 1.

THE FISHES <>F ALASKA.

249

30. Oncorhynchus kisuteh iWalbaum). Silver Salmon; Coho. (PI. xxxi and xxxii.i

The coho is common in Southeast Alaska and as far north at least asKarluk. It also occurs in Bristol
Bay and probably in the Yukon. Nelson (1887) records it from St. Michael and Norton Sound, where
he says the run in the streams begins about September 1. The first examples ^oen by us were caught
June 19, by trolling in the outer harbor at Nanaimo. After that date the lish was seen at most of the
canneries visited, being in greatest abundance, however, at those canneries visited late in August.

Dr. Gilbert, speaking of this species at Unalaska, say-:

Two young were seined at Unalaska, June 16, 1890, the smaller of which, 100 mm. long, shows
very conspicuous parr-marks. These have disappeared in the larger specimen, 225 mm. lone, which
has also assumed more the proportions and appearance of the adult. In tin- specimen the spot- are
more distinct than in the adult, being large, well defined, and close-set on head, back and dorsal tin,
and the caudal fin is very indistinctly marked, the faint spots being confined to the outer rays of both
lobes. It is a male with the testes so well developed as to make ii very probable that it would have
sought the spawning-grounds within a few mouths. Three smaller specimens were taken in Herendeen
Bay July 5. The smallest of these is 145 nun., the largest 185 mm. long. The distal half of the dorsal
fin is black with the exception of the last two rays, which are entirely white.

Mr. Rutter found the young common in sloughs along the edge of Karluk River near its source
May 22. Forty-one specimens taken on that date were each about 1 25 in< lies long, 16 others were 2.8
to 6 inches long. He gives the life color of a 6-inch specimen taken from th :ean June 18 as follows:

Back olive brown thickly spotted with black: dorsal dusky except that the last ray is pale: tip
of caudal dusky; the dusky portion greater on lobes; a specimen photographed to-day has distinct parr-
marks; pectoral yellowish; caudal also yellowish by transmitted light; iris somewhat golden.

Under normal conditions (lie . oho is the last salmon to appear, the run in Southeast Ala.-ka usually
not beginning until after all the other species have gone.

The run of cohos at Xushagak is usually not large during the canning season, but is said to be
larger later in the year. In Nelson Lagoon | Bristol Bay) there is a run in August, too late to be utilized

by the canneries. There is said to be a g 1 run in I '.ear River (Bristol Bay) in July and August. The

species seems to be fairly abundant among the Aleutian Islands, as evidenced by the fact that, in Sep-
tember, 1906, a Japanese vessel secured 1,500 fish about Attn Island; and it is stated that other vessels

-cured about the same number earlier in the season. At Alitak ( Kodiak Island i t he run begins al t

the latter part of August; it is chiefly in Silver Salmon I'.av. The species occurs also at Yakutat. At
Dundas Bay the first coho seen in 19(10 appeared on July 1.

In size, the coho ranks third among the Pacific salmon. The following table gives the lengths
and weights of 556 individuals, representing II different localities. The longest lish was:;:; inches in
total length, the shortest. 20 75 inches, the heaviest weighed 15 pounds, the lightest. :', pounds. The
average length of the males (235) was 28.29 inches, of the females (321), 27.5:; inches. The average
weight of the males was 9.03 pounds, ,,f the females. 8.86 pounds,

Lengths ash Weights of Coho Salmon.

Nichols Bay

Hessa Into;

II e Bay, Klawak.

X um-
ber

lined.

Length.

Shipley Bay

Hunter Bay (Nutkwa
Stream)

Yakutat

Pillar Bay...

Nanaimo

lva rt a Bay . . .
lunulas Bay.

i hignik Baj .

Sex.

Maxi-

Mini-

mum.

mum.

Ill: In •

'

31. 7S

26.50

?

30 :;,

24. .50

cf

33.00

26.00

,

30.50

2(1. 75

<}

30. 50

25.50

V

29. 75

24. 25

'

31 mi

24. 25

V

29. 75

22, 75

<s

30. .50

24.00

i

29.50

23.25

'

30.00

23.00

\

29.00

24.00

'

:;:; iki

27.00

V

29.00

26. 75

'

22.50

21.50

'

26.50

26.50

5

Lverage.

Tin kt
29. H

2S. 29
29.59
27. 99
2S 64
27. 5S
27.84
26.82
27.67
26.54
£ ;6
27. 50
29. 75
27.58
22.00
26.50
27.17

27 25
29.(3

28 .Ml

Weight

M;i\l-

mum.

Mini-
mum.

Lbs.
14.00
12. 2.5
14.00
12.00
15.00
11.50
13.00
11.00
12.00
11.50
12.00
11.00
11.75
8.25
4.25
7.00

Lbs.
6.00
5.00
7. .50
4.00
6.00
4.00
6.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
4.00
6.00
8.25
7.00
3.00
7.00

Total

iitim-

ber

Average

Average, exam- l'"t'"1
ined.

Average
v. i ighl

250

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

A- a food fish the coho occupies a high rank. The flesh is less firm than that of the red salmon and
the scales fall off more readily when (lie fish is handled; and the flesh is rather pale in color, no1 pos-
sessing the deep red hue of the red salmon and the choice chinook. The flavor of the flesh, however,
is excellent, and only the pale color keeps it from ranking with the best. The canners usually pay to
the fishermen the same price fur the cohos that they pay for reds.

The coho is canned as "coho" or "medium red." The first of these names is entirely proper and
appropriate, as is also the second, unless possibly it might lie objected to as suggesting that the contents
of the can is really the red or sockeye salmon of a color somewhat less red than usual. To the trade,
however, these two names have come to have a definite and well-understood meaning. They are not,
so far as we are informed, ever applied to any other species, and we regard them as wholly satisfactory
trade names.

Commercially tin- coho is at present, next to the king, the least important of the 5 species found in
Alaska. In 1906 the total catch was 984,804 fish, yielding 113,054 cases, valued at $392,251.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Coho Salmon at Various Fishing

Stations in Alaska, 1900 and 1904-1906.

Note. — The fact that the name of a river is given does not necessarily mean that fishing is carried on in the river
itself; in many instances the fishing station is in the vicinity of the stream and its name has been used in order to locate
the stream more clearly. The dates given do not necessarily mean the beginning and ending of the run for each stream,
as the fish may have been running for some time before the'cannery men were able to fish the stream and the pack may
have been obtained and fishing stopped before the end of the season,

Bering Sea.

Nushagak Bay..
Kvichak River. .
Naknek River. . .
Ugaguk River. . .
Ugagshik River.

Central Alaska.

Chignik Lagoon and River.
Kodiak Island:

Karlnk

Alitak Bay

Cook Inlet (Kasilof)

Prince William Sound &

Southeast Alaska

Yakutat Bay

Situk River

Ankau River

Ankau Slough

Ahrnklin River

Ahrnklin Slough

Lituya Bay

Surge Bay, Yakobi Island

Takanis Bay, Yakobi Island

Cape Edward, off Chicagof Island ....

Portloek Harbor, Chicagof Island

Cross Sound ; Taylor Bay

I.isianski Strait

knelilakeine l?l

I'nrenpine ( ?i

ley Strait :

Dundas Bay

Glacier Ba y— Bartlett Bay

Pleasant Island

Excursion Inlet

Port Frederick, Chichagof Island.
Lynn Canal

Chiucoot Inlet and River

Chilkat Inlet ami River

Eagle River

Lena ( !ove

Point l.ouise

Auk Bay

Fishing
began —

June 21
.Inly 20

Fishing
ended —

July '-'4
July 25

1904.

Fishing Fishing
ended—

June 25
July 27

Aug. 3
Aug. 25

July 1

Aug. 20

Aug. 12
Sept. 21
Aug. 10

Aug.
Aug.

1905.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

July 10
June 17

July 30

July 2s

1906.

Fishing Fishing
ended—

July 11

Aug. 21
Aug. 27
May 27

Aug. 29
...do...
Aug. 30
Aug. 27
Aug. 30

Sept. 30
Sept. 3
Aug. 4

Aug. 29
Oct. 2
Sept. 29
Sept. 12
Oct. 3

Sept 30

. June 15 I Oct. 8

June 25 ■ Oct. i
rune 20 Sept. li
lug. 23 Sept 23

June 15

July 22
Aug. 22

Aug. 27

Aug. 29

Aug. 21

Aug. 27

Sept. u

Aug. 10

July 25

July 29

Aug. 20

Aug. 10

Aug. 27

Aug. 6
Aug. 13

...do...
Aug. 26
June 22

July 20

00

Sept. 25
Aug. 27

Aug. 13
Aug. 7
July 10

Sept. 27
Sept. 29

Sept. 14
Sept. 27
Sept. 2t,
Aug. 16
Aug. 20
Aug. 27
Aug. 24
Aug. 10
Aug. 27

Aug. 22
....do...
Aug. 14

Sept. 1

Aug. 13
Aug. 27

Sept, i:i

Sepl ||
Sept, II

July 25

Aug. 11

Aug. 25

July 31

Aug. 20 Sept. 15

July 15 ! do...

July 1 : Sept. 15

. . .do. . . do. . .

Aug. 15 do...

Sept. 3

Sept. 5
Aug. 2S
July 6
Sept. 8
Sept. 5
July 27

tune 2'.'
July 4

o Run too late.

'> 1891, August 4 to September 14.

Aug. 4
00

(a,

Sept. 12

Sept. .'

Aug. 13

Sepl. 25

Do.
Sept. 15
Sept I.;

Aug. 11
Do.

Au- 26

July 31

Sepl 3

Sept, 17
Sepl pi
Sept. 13

Sept 20

Sept. 5

Sepi 23

Sept. 22

Sept. 5

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

251

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing fR Coho Salmon at Varioi a Fishing
Stations in Alaska. 1900 and 1904-1906 — Continued.

Waters.

1900.

Fishing

began—

Fishing
ended —

l'.i:il.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

1900.

Fishing
began—

Fishing Fis
ended— began—

Fishing
ended—

.so/////* ast Alaska — Continued.

Chatham Strait:

Funter Bay, Admiralty Island

Freshwater Bay. Chiehagof Island

Basket Bay, Cmchagof Island

Bay of Pillars

North Arm, Kiliu Island

South Arm, Kuiu Island Vug.

Tebenkof Bay— Kuiu Bay, Kuiu Island

Stephens Passage

Taku Inlet Aug.

Port Snettisham

Beymour Canal

Frederick Sound:

Saginaw Bay, Kuiu Island

I la mill on Bay, Kupn anof Island

Portage Bay, Kupreannf Island

Cleveland Passage

Kiku Strait

Wrangell Strait :

Petersburg Creek, Mil kof Island

I Mi ml Point, Mil kof Island

1 )i I m -in Canal, Kupreanoi Island

Sea Otter Sound:

Tuxekan, Prince of Wales Island

Tokhi'iii Stream, BSosciusco Island
Iphigenia Bay: Warm Chuck, Heceta

Island

Tonowek Bay:

Sarka r, Prin i w ales Island

Nahakay, Prin* I Wales Island

Ciiilfof Esquibel: Shineha Creok, Princeol

Wales Island (?)

San Albert] Buy:

Stayne Chuck, Prince of w ftlea i

land (?)

Klawak Inlet, Prince of Wales Island.

Sodfl Harbor, Prim f Wnles Island .

Big Harbor, Prim t Wales Island. . .

Cordova Bay:

Sukkwan, Prince of Wales Island

Hetta, Prince of Wales island

Nutkeva Inlet, Prim EWales Island

Hunter Buy, Prince of Wales Island. .
Simmer Strait :

Shipley Bay. Kosciusko Island

.line' 1
Julj

luP.

Sept. 15
Aug. —

Aug. —

July 11

Nov. —

Aug. 28

Sept. 1.5

Aug. 30

.Inly 25

Sept, 7

Aug. 30
Aug. 15

...do...

...do...

lug 29
lug S

Sept.

Aug.

Aug. 23

Julj 29
July"28

-. p| i.
- |,i

i:

Aug. 23

lug 5

lul
Aug. 8

S pt U July t Sept. ;,

Oct

Aug, IS

Sep! I.",

. .do.

...do.

do.

July

Sept 20

Sep!. 211

Sept.

Oct. 2

Sept i

Sept ii

Sept. 15

Aug II

Sept, hi July 15

5. pi .'I

Oct.

Sept, 9

Oil. 15

Sept 9

Julj 17 Aug. 2,

Aug. 1

Sept. 19

Sept. U
Sep!. 16

Sept. m

Aug. 25

lug 25 Sept. 1

Aug. 21 Sep!. 3

Vug. 28

Aug 29

Sept i
Sept 5

Aug. 14

Seclusion Harbor, Kuiu Island Sept

Aug.
Aug

•

lug

Sept

Aug. 5 Sept. 12

Kooky Pass. Kuiu Island '

Point Barrie Stream, BZuprei f Island

Totem Bay, BZupreanof Island

Red Bay, Prince of Wales Island

Blind sioiigh, Milkol" Island

Stikine River

Zimovia strait :

Olive Bay, Etolin Island

Thorns (old village) stream, Wrangell

Island

Clarence St rait:

Salmon Bay, Prince of Wales Island..

Eagle Creek, Prince of Wales Island..

Whale Passilge. Prince of Wales Island

Lake Bay, Prince of Wales Island
CotfmanCove, Prince of Wales Island.

Valdemar Bay, Prim f Wales Island Sept

Steamer Bay, Prince of Wales Island. .j.. Aug

Rocky Bay. Prince of Wales Island

Ratz Harbor. Prince of Wales Island.
Ernest Sound —

Union Bay, Cleveland Peninsula..

Vixen Point, Cleveland Peninsula.

Ktolin Cove. F.tolin Island

Menifee llllet. F.toUn Island

Santa Anna Bay. Cleveland Penin-

Sept. l

lUg 2i,

lug 27

lug 27

Sept i

!

lug. 13

12

28

3
12

25
1

Julj 29
lug. 18

lug. 25

Oct S

do

-. i i ■!

Sept 21

Aug. 25

s, pt I

Sepl IS
Sept. 15
Aug. 24

Sept. ,;

Aug. 28
Sept. 1

Sepl IS

Sept. i

Sept. I.",

Aug.

Sept. 9
lug. 21
Sept. 10

Sept. 1

....do...

Aug. 22

...do...

Aug. 29

lug l.

Aug 21

J pi i

Aug. 23

Aug 5

lag 25

Aug. 7

July 2;i
Aug. 25

July l
do

Aug. 7
June 25

Sept p.i Sept. 19

Si pt s

I lei
Pt

Sep, ■

Sept. 8

Si pi i

lug hi

0
Aug. 17
Aug. 4

el, 30
Aug. Ill
Aug. 1
July 1

...do...

do .

Si pt

Sepl

Aug. 8 Aug. 8 Sept. 2 Sept 1

Anan Creek. Cleveland Peninsula.

Doris Bay (?)

Middle Arm (?)

Midway Cove (?)

Sunny Point (? i

July 1 Sept. 1

July 1
do

July 17

Aug. 8
lUg. 25

July 25

Aug. 27
July I

Sept. 6

Sept. n

Aug. 14

Sepl 111

Do

l'e.

Sept 30

Aug. 23

Aug. 24

lUg 1

lug 30

Sept :;

Sept I

Sept .,

Sept In

Sep, 4
Ho

Do.

l>e

Aug. 14

lug 26

Aug. 30

Aug. 5

Aug. 27

Sept 1

Sept. 8
Sept. pi

Aug. 3(1

Sept. hi

252

BT I. LET IN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Coho Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska. 1900 and 1904-1906 — Continued.

1900.

1904.

1905.

1906.

Waters.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended —

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended —

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended—

Southeast Alaska — Continued.

Clarence strait— Continued.

Aug. 1

Sept. 3

Sept. 4
Sept. 3

Kasaan Bay —

Karta Bav. Prince of Wales Island. Aug. 3G

Sept. 20

Aug. 15

Skowl Arm, Prince of Wales Island.
Behm Canal —

Aug. 4 i

July 15

Sept. 1

Yes Bav, Cleveland Peninsula

Aug. 11
July 26

Sept. it
Sept. 7

Aug. 20

Sept. 15

Sept. 3

Sept. 3

Tonga ss Narrows— Ward Cove. Revil-

July 13

Sept. 7

July 23

Sept. 6

Aug. 5

Nov. 7
Sept. 5

Sept. 8

Sept. 12
Sept. 8
....do...

July 30 Oct. 30

Aug. 3

July 19

Aug. 19
Aug. 25
Aug. 12

Aug. 11

July 31 Sent. 15

Peter Johnson Stream (Dolomit. Prince

July 28

Sept. 1

.1 uly 16 j Sept. 15

June 30
July 13

Sept. 14

Moira Sound-

Sept. 8

South Arm—

Keegan stream, Prince of Wales

Aug. 4

Sept. 2

Sept. 9

July 11
July 13

Sept. 6

Old Johnson Stream, Prince of

Sept. 3

Nichols Passage —

Aug. 22
Sept. 3
Aug. 26
Aug. 4
Aug. 9

Sept. 1
Sept. 7
Sept. 9
Sept. 2
Sept. 13

Aug. 3
Aug. 12

Sept. 2
Sept. 1

Aug. 8
July 24
Sept. 7

July 6

Sept. 15

Tamgas Harbor, Annette Island

Sept. 4

Sept. 4

Aug. 29

Sept. S

Revillagigedo Channel:

George Inlet. Revillagigedo Island

July 25

Sept. 6

July 7
Aug. 28

Sept. 5
Sept. 3

Sept. 1

Sept. 14
Aug. 8
July 24

Sept. 19

Aug. 10

Sept. 10

Aug. 7

Sept. 1

Aug. 31

lug ..;

Sept. 1

Sept. 3

31. Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum) Red Salmon; Redfish; Socheye; Blueback Salmon.

(PI. XXXIII — XXXVI.)

This species also is of wide distribution. On the American coast its range extends from southern
Oregon to Bering Sea. The most southern stream from which it has been reported is the Sacramento,
from which it was recorded by Dr. Jordan in 1880, hut it is not known whether lie actually examined
a specimen. In 1899 Mr. F. M. Chamberlain, of the Bureau of Fisheries, identified a single specimen
which he obtained at Baird as belonging to this species. During the very extended study of the sal-
mon of the Sacramento River by Mr. Rutter, no examples were seen by him. It is certain, therefore,
that if this species of salmon occurs in the Sacramento River at all it is very rare.

The fishermen on the coast of Humboldt County. Cal., obtain a salmon which they call bluebackor
sockeye. The statistical report shows that the catch in 1899 was 21,600 pounds, and that of 1904 was
272,840 pounds. Whether these fish are really the blueback, or red, salmon is questionable. Eel River,
Humboldt County, is the stream on which this fishery is located, and it has never been known as a
blueback salmon stream. It is not known to have any lakes in its headwaters to which this species
could resort for spawning purposes. Whether the blueback salmon occurs in it or not, therefore, must
!«• regarded as a subject for future investigation. The same may be said regarding the Klamath River.

The Columbia is the most southern river in which this species is known to run in any numbers. For-
merly, and up perhaps to about 1890, there was a considerable run in the Columbia, and important
spawning beds existed in the headwaters of that river, particularly at Wallowa Lake in Oregon and the
Payette lakes and the Sawtooth lakes in Idaho. A few bluebacks are seen at each of these lakes each
season now, but they are only a pitiful remnant of the great schools that formerly came to them at spawn-
ing time. North of the Columbia the next blueback salmon stream is the Quiniault on the coast of

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 253

Washington; At one time this was said to be an excellent blueback stream, able to supply to the In-
dians of the Quiniault Reservation a large part of their food. It is said that there is still a small run
here. There is also a small run in Ozette Lake, just south of Cape Flattery.

Of the streams tributary to Puget Sound the only ones in which the sockeye, as this salmon is usually
called in thai region, is known to run are the Lake Washington system of lakes, the Skagil and, pos-
sibly, the Snohomish, the Stillaguanush. and the Nooksak. The only one of these, however, in which
there is any considerable run is the Skagit, which the fish ascend to reach Baker Lake for spawning
purposes. Doubtless the greatest of all the sockeye streams is the Fraser River. Ever since the
early days of the salmon canning industry on our western coast the Fraser has I n famous Eor the enor-
mous run.- of sockeyes which ascend thai great river to the lakes at its headwaters.

Going northward from the Fraser we find several streams in British Columbia in which the sockej es
run in considerable numbers. The principal of these are the Skeena, Rivers Inlet, Naas Lowe fnlet,
Dean Channel, Namu Harbor, Holla Coola. Smith fnlet, Alert Bay, and Alberni (anal. It is by far
the mosi abundant and most important salmon in British Columbia waters. In Alaska, where it is
known as the redfish, red salmon, or sockeye, ii is abundanl and run- in greal numbers in all
suitable streams. In Southeast Uaska the following are the most important rod salmon streams: Naha,
Boca de Quadra, Yes Hay. Nowiskay, Keegan, Peter Johnson, Klawak Hi a Eetta, Hunter I
Chilkat, Taku. Chilkoot, Kan a. Thome Bay, Stikine, etc.; in Central Alaska, Usek, Copper, Vfog
Karluk, Alitak, Chignik, Knik. and Sushitna; in the Bristol Bay region, the Ugashik, Naknek,
Kvichak, Nushagak, and Wood. The red salmon is said to ascend the Yukon, at leasl tot aribou
Crossing, bul we have seen no specimens from that riverand do not know whether there is any con-
siderable run in it. Nor do we know whether the species occurs in the Kuskokwim, the ECobuk, or any

stream ih of the Nushagak. On the Asiatic side the red salmon is known i :cura1 Bering Island

and in all suitable streams south to Japan.

This species of salmon is peculiar in thai it rarely or never ascend not om or

more lakes at its headwaters. Its spawning beds are invariable in small streams tributary to lakes

or. rarely, in the lakes themselves. No rod salmon is known to have spawned in an) stream n

nected with a lake Some have boon seen occasionally in the lower part oi i which had no

lake in its course, but it is believed such individual.- soon discovered their mistake and promptly
returned downstream in search of the proper water. The only instances of this Kind which I
ooino under the personal observation of the senior author are the following: In Augu I I 103 while
at Sitka, he saw a red salmon speared by an Indian in Indian River near the bridge, which, howi

is only a short distance above the mouth of the stream; it is underst I there Is no lake in this stream.

The other rase is that of Gold Fork, a tributary oi Payette River, Idaho. While at Payette Lake in
September, L894, ho learned, on what ho believes to be entirely trustworthy o\ idence, that rod salmon
are sometimes soon in the mouth of that stream, but that they soon return and ascend the main fork
of the Payette, which comes from Big Payette Lake, in whoso inlet then- were formerly important
spawning bods. The origin and significance of this peculiar habit arc not known. The problem is
one worthy of investigation.

The red salmon is the neatest and most symmetrical of the salmon. In the sea, or when fresh
run. it is clear sky blue on the back and upper part of the sides, shading to clean silvery white below
and on belly. Soon after entering the river for the purpose of spawning, the color of the head changes
to a rich olive, the back and sides to crimson ami finally to a dark blood red. richest in the males, and
the belly a dirty white. Some of the scales become dark edged and the middle of the side shows the
darkest roil, but unevenly. At the same time the flesh becomes spongy, the scales embedded, the
back somewhat humped, and the jaws hooked and otherwise distorted.

The run of the n.l salmon in Alaska begins usually in June: in Bering Sea and Central Alaska
early in June or even in May, while in Southeast Alaska it is one to tine,- weeks later. The earliest
recorded date we have is May 6, for F.yak and the Topper River region. In Bering Sea the run is
usually over by the end of July, in Central Alaska and Prime William Sound by the end of August.
and in Southeast Alaska by the 10th of September or earlier. The period of the run of red salmon in
different parts of Alaska, so far as the records show it, is given in the table on page 254.

254

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Red Salmon at Various Fishing

Stations in Alaska, 1900 and 1904-1906.

NOTE.— The fact that the name of a river is given does not necessarily mean that fishing is carried on in the river itself;
in many instances the fishing station is in the vicinity of the stream and its name has been used in order to locate the station
more clearly. The dates given do not necessarily mean the beginning and ending of tne run for each stream, as the fish may
have been running for some time before the cannerymen were able to fish the stream and the pack may have been secured
and fishing stopped before the end of the run.

1900.

1904. 1905.

1906.

Y\ aterf

Fishing
began —

Fishing
ended —

Fishing
began—

Fishing ; Fishing
ended — ; began —

Fishing
ended —

Fishing Fishing
began — ended —

Berinq Sea.

June 20

July 25

June 8
June 2S
Julv 1

June 21
June 22
June 25
June 26

Aug. 4
July 28

Julv 31
Aug. 5
Aug. 2

Julv 25
Aug. 1

June 5
June 21

Julv 28
July 14

June 5
June 16
June 22
June 20
June 21
June 15
June IS
June 15

June 7

June 15
June 7
June 8
July 3

Aug. 4
Julv 20

Julv 27
Aug. 7

June 23
June 18
July 1
June 21

Aug. 1
Julv 2S
July 25
July 29

June 13
June 14

June 23

Aug. 2
July 30

Julv 25
July 28

Ugaguk River

July 25

Central Alaska.

June 6
June 4

Aug. 19
Sept. 21

June 8

June 6
June 1
May 30
June 15
May 30
June 5

Aug. 14

Sept. 30
Julv 27

June 10
June 5

Mnv 99

Aug. 13

Sept. 25
Julv 17
Julv 19
Aug. 21

Aug. 14

Sept. 13
July 15

Kodiak Island:

June S

Aug. 13

Julv 24 May 27

Sept. 4

Koshuak. ".

June 17
Aug. 3

July 5
Aug. 8

June 16
July 13

Julv 17
Aug. 27

\\ aterfalls '

July 7

South End

Aug. 2
May 27

July 2
....do...

Aug. 10
Aug. 4

Julv 30
do ..

June —

Aug. 10

May 28

July 13

June 3

July 20
Julv —
July -

Aug. 13

Aug. 20
Aug. —
Aug. —

Prince William Sound: a

Billys Hole

Miners River

....do...

do...

Ishman River

Julv 27
June 10

Aug. 2
July 28

May 6

July 18

Slav 12
do

Mountain Slough

bo

May 15

July 26

....do...
do

June 30

Do

I'lr Dahl Slough :... .

May 6

July 3

Gus Wilson Slough

do

Castle Slough

May «
....do...

July 12

June 30

do...

Peter Walhalla Slough

G. Stevens Slough

...do...

. do...

July 10

May 15

July 25

May 12

Aug. 1
July 12

May (i

July 25

do

Big Bar

Snag Point

May 12

July 1

June 12
June 1

Chilkat River

June 1

July 10

July 28

Southeast A laska.

Sit uk River

June 15
Julv 5
Julv 10
July t;

Julv 30
Aug. 2
Aug. 1
Aug. 17

June 7
June 20
June 12
June 21
Aug. 16
June 20
do...

Aug. 9
Julv 26

Aug. 8
Julv 31
Aug. 9

Julv 5

Aug. 16

Aug. 29

do

June 4

Surge Bay, Yakobi Island

June 22

Aug. 24

June 26
do

Aug. 11
July 22
July 11
Aug. 25

Takanis Bay, Yakobi island

Cape Edward, ofl Chicagof Island

June 22

Aug. 24

....do...

July 29

July 4
Aug. 25

Portlock Harbor, Chicagof Island

Redoubt Bay, Baranof Island

June 22

Aug. 24

Neeker Bay, Baranof Island

June 15
....do...

Redfish Bav, Baranof Island

July 20

Aug. 20

July 15

Aug. 10

Aug. 10

Cross Sot

Cape Spencer

raylor Bav

Aug. 12

Aug. 24

June 21
Julv 2S

Julv 27
June 20

J 25

June 20

tnlv •>.-,

\ug. 28
July 31

Bay (?)

Julv 29
Aug. 13

Kochtakeine (?)

June 26
July 9

Aug. 1
July 9

July 30

Icy Strait:

Dundas Bav..

June 22

Aug. 25

Glacier Bay— Bartlett Bav

June 25

Aug. 7

II' .i sanl Island

June 15
June 25
■Inly 10
llllle 24

Oct 8

Sept. 15

Julv 1
June 29
....do...

Aug. 23
Sept 22
Sept. 10

Lvnr. Canal.. .

do

Chilkoot Inlet and River

Chilkat Inlet and River

July 12
July 25

Aug. 22
Sept. 1

Sepl i:
Sept. 23

Julv 15
June 27

Aug. 15

Sept. 15

a 1891, June 16 to July 13.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

255

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Rei> Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska. 1900 and 1904-1906 — Continued.

Waters.

1900.

1904.

1905. 1906.

Fishing
began—

Fishing
ended—

Fishing
began

Fishing
ended—

Fishing Fishing Fishing Fishing
began— ended— began— ended—

Southeast A la-ska —Continued.
Lynn Canal— Continued.

July 1

Sept. 15

July 1

Do.
Inn 30

June 26

Aug. 25

....do...
June 19

Aug. 25
Sepl 16

Chatham Strait:

June 21

Peril Strati

rulj

July 10

June 15

July 1

do

July 1
July 9

Aug. 2.5
Aug. 10
Julv 9.5

Bay <>f Pillars — South Ann, Kuiu

Island Tune 2.">

Teberikof Bay:

Aug. 7

Lug -'u June 25

Do.
July 20

. .do...

Stephen Pa

Taku Inlet

June 20
July 9

Lug 12

July i

Julv 4

do...

....do...

Frederick Sound:

Poi tage Bay, Kupreanol Island

Sept. i Bept. i

..:.:::.::

Julv 3
July 2

Aug. 4
Aug. 11

Wrangell Strait i Mitkof

July .'.

Julv 12
Julv 9

Juno 7

Aug. 4
Aug. 26

Aug. 1
Sept. 20

Julv 12
July 8

Lug 17

Julv 30

Aue. 17

Sea Otter Sound: Tokhini Stream, B

[phigenia Bay: Warm ( huci Hecete 1 [and

Tonowek Bay:

Sarkar, Prince of Wales Island

July 14
June 1.5

Vug 22

Aug. 4

June 19

Aug 1

San Albert! Bay:

Klawak Inlet, Prince of Wales Island.

June 17

Aug. 24

June M

rune n

Aug. 29 3epl ii

Lug 29

Cordova Bay:

June 17

June 14
Julj 13
do.. .

Sept. 10

do.. .

40
do

June .'ii

Sept. 3

July i<i

lulv 20
July in

lug. 20
. do...

Hunter Bay. Prince of Wales Island . .

July 3

MIL- 13

Lug. 5
July 31

Sumner strait:

June 27

Aug. 14

July 4
Jul) 28

Aug. 2.5

July S

Calder and Elcopdam B

....do...

Mil- 25
Aug. 22

July 1
June 29

Aug. 23
Aug. 31

Red Bay, Prince of Wales Island

July .".

June -•;

lug 28 Mig 28
Sept. i s. hi i

Blind Slough, Mitkof Island

Aug. 24 Julv

Lug. 4

July 31

Sept. 4
Do.

Zimovia .Strait: Thorns (old villag

June 26
June 18

Aug. i

July 27

June 20
June 15

i la rence St rait:

Salmon Bay, Prince of Wales Island . . .

June 27
July 5

Aug. 15
Aug 30

June 30

July 1
...do. . -

Mi

do.. .

Julv 1 Aug. is
Aug. 12 Aug. 14
Julv 27 Ant' 27

do... July 1

Sept. 4

July 19

Aug. 18

July 1
July 30

Do.

Aug. 11

Erneet Sound—

3. |,l B

Sept. S

Julv 27
Julv 2

July 17
Aug. 1

June 13

June IS
....do...

July 23

Julv 2S
July 23

July 1

Sept. 1

Sept. 3

Sept. 4

Aug. 17

Do.

Kasaan Bay—

July 9

July 17

TwelvemiJe Arm, Bana St nam,

Aug. —

Sept.—

Sept . 5
Julv 29

Behm Canal —

Julv 1 Sept. 21
Julv 16 Aug. 19
Aug. IS Aug. 22
Julv 11 Aug. 17

July 14 Sept, 17

July 20

Aug. 20

Checats stream

Julv 13

Aug. 15

Julv 17

Aug. 3

256

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The Beginning and Ending of Commercial Fishing for Red Salmon at Various Fishing
Stations in Alaska, 1900 and 1904-1906 — Continued.

Waters.

Southeast Alaska— Continued.

Clarence Strait — Continued.

Tongass Narrows— Ward Cove. Revii-
lagigedo Island

Cholmondeley Sound

Dora Bay, Prince of Wales Island. .
Peter Johnson Stream (Dolomi). Prince

oi Wales Island

Moire Sound —

North Ann. Prince of Wales Island.
Shalclair, Prince of Wales Island.. .

Browns, Prince of Wales Island

South Arm—

Kegan Si ream, Prince of Wales

Island

Nowiskay Stream, Prince of

Wales Island

Old Johnson Stream, Prince of

Wales Island

Nichols Passage—

Bostwiek Inlet, Gravina Island

Tain, Annette Island

Tamgas Harbor, Annette Island

Reviilagigedo Channel:

George Inlet. Reviilagigedo Island.

Carroll Inlet, Reviilagigedo Island

Thornc Arm, Reviilagigedo Island

Hassler Harbor, Annette Island

Duke Island

Hni:l ill' <,Hl;ii]r;l ..

Kah Shakes Cove -.

1904.

1905.

Fishing Fishing Fishing Fishing Fishing Fishing
began — ended — began — ended — began — ended —

.do... I Aug. 23

July

Sept. I

July 12
July 10

Aug. 5

July 26

July 9

July 13

July 14

Sept.
Aug.

Aug. 11
Aug. 7
Aug. 20

Sep1 13

Aug. 22

July 12 Sept. 2

...do do ...

July i3 ....do...
Sept. 3 Sept,

Aug. 5

July 11

...do..

...do..
Julv 19
Jlllv 29

July 11

Sept. I
. ..do. .

Sept. 2

Sept. 7
Aug. 24
Aug. 16

Sept.

Julv IS

July Hi

July 7

Aug 14

Sept. 9 , July 11 Aug. 2S
Aug. 31 do do...

Sept. 5
Aug. 21

Aug. 31
Aug. 15

Aug. 28
July it;
July 9

Sept. 3
Aug. 20
Aug. 27

July 12

Sept. 1

1906.

Fishing Fishing
began — ended-

Julv 23
Julv 30
July 11

June 30

July 13

Julv 11

July 13

July 11
July 10

July 6

Aug. 24

...do...
...do...
Julv 24

Sept. 6
Sept.' 5
Sept . i;

Do.

Sept. 8

Sept. 6

Sept. 3

Aug. 31
Aug. 21

Sept. 1

Aug. 24

Aug. 31

Aug. 26
Aug. 23

Although the red salmon run is somewhat later than that of the king, the two species are sometimes
found together. "Writing of his observations in 1S90, Dr. Gilbert says:

It appeared constantly associated with the king salmon. It was taken by trolling in Departure
Bay, Vancouver Island, May 10 to 13; was seined in small numbers at Unalaska May '24 to 27. and was
abundant there June Hi. It had not begun to run at Nushagak June 3. but the young with parr marks
still evident . ranging in size from 95 to 115 mm., were very abundant. These were doubtless descending
the rivers to the sea and were probably about 20 months old. On July 5. young averaging slightly
larger than the above were taken in salt wafer at Herendeen Bay, Alaskan Peninsula. These ranged
from 120 to 130 mm. in total length. The color is deeper and less silvery than in the Nushagak examples
and the parr marks have almost wholly disappeared.

The beginning of the run in any given stream is fairly constant, the variation being within narrow
limits. The duration of the run is for a shorter period in the northern region than it is farther south.
In Bristol Hay and Central Alaska it lasts only six weeks or less, while in Southeast Alaska it continues
about two months.

The number of red salmon running in any given stream is constant from year to year only within
rather wide limits. It is believed by most fishermen and canners that every fourth year any given
stream is apt to have a larger run than in any of the three other years of the series. In a general way
this belief seems to be borne out by statistics: when specific cases an- examined, however, the rule
appears of doubtful application. Fur example, the catch of red salmon in the Ugashik River for the
last six years has been as follows: 7(19.002 fish in 1901: 1,640,973 in 1902; 1,703,536 in 1903; 564,492 in
1904; 432,779 in 1905; and 152.140 in 1900. As the run was large in 1902 it should have been large in
1900, but it was the smallest ever known. Judging from the run of 1903. that for 1907 ought to be a
large one. Information regarding it will be awaited with interest.

In Nushagak Bay and Wood River the run was very large in 1905, four traps in Wood River furnishing
over 800,000 fish, while many thousands more were turned loose. In 1900 these same traps produced
only about 200,000 fish, and three additional traps operated in the same region produced about 100,000
more, giving a total for Wood River for 1900 of about 300.000 as against more than 800,000 for 1905.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 257

Although the price of red salmon was higher in L906 than in 1905, and every effort was madetosecuri
a large pack in the Bristol Bay region, the total number of red salmon cases fell 120,000 short of the
pack of L905. There are. however, so many factors entering into the conditions which determine the
size el' the pack in Bristol Bay that it is net safe to make any positive statement as to whether the catch
has reached its limit. As has been said by Jordan and Evermann, "A wise administration of the fisheries
will permit the taking of the largest number of fish compatible with the maintenance of the supply,
and will permit their capture by the cheapest method which is not wasteful." But when il becomes
apparent that the run is decreasing and thai the fishery is permanently impaired, the catch should in
some way he Limited and ample opportunity lie given to rehabilitate tin- fishery.

In size the red salmon ranks third among the live Pacific species of the genus. During the recent
investigations a total of 1,390 red salmon from as many different places as possible wen- measured and
weighed. The results, which an- given in detail in the accompanying table, may lie summarized as
follows: For the males — Maximum length, 32 inches; minimum. 15.5; average, 27.81. Maximum
weight, 11 pounds; minimum. L.75; average, 7.43. for the females Maximum length, 30 inches;
minimum, 20.25; average. 24.87. Maximum weight. 11 pounds; minimum, '-': average, 5.78. Foi
both males and females— Average length, 26.36 inches; average weight, t>.">7 pounds, li is therefore
safe to say that the red salmon of Alaska averages a trifle more than 6.5 pounds in weight.

A I Chignik Bay is occasionally taken a small red salmon locally known as the " Arctic salmon'' which
is considerably smaller than the average for that region. <>n August 9, 1903, the senior author found
and examined at the two canneries on Chignik Bay 13 examples of this fish, 12 of the L3 being males
The maximum and minimum lengths of tin- males were L9.38 and 15.86 inches, and the average L7.35;
extreme weight 2.71 and 1.71 pounds, average 2.2 pounds. The single female was 22.1;:'. inches lone
and weighed L.63 pounds. These fish are not a different species, hut evidently merely precocious indi-
viduals such as are found among the chinook salmon on the Columbia River, where ma lure small males

are not infrequent. The fact that all but one of these so-called 'Antic salmon1'' wen- males shows them
to he dwarfs of the same character. The opinion of local fishermen that this small salmon is peculiar

to Chignik Bay is not borne out by the facts, as similar small fish were seen at Alitak. Karluk, and other
places.

In various small lakes in Idaho. ( Iregon, Washington, and British Columbia is found a dwarf fori 11 of
the Alaska red salmon known variously as smallredfish, little redfish, Kennedy's salmon, or walla
The' list of lakes in which this fish is known to occur is as follow-; Alluras. Pettit Redfish and Big Pay-
ette lakes in Idaho; Wallowa Lake in Oregon; Washington, Sammamish, Ozette, and possibly, Amer-
ican and Chelan lakes in Washington; Chiloweyuck, Nicola, franco!- Fraser, < Ikanagan, and Kootenai
lakes in British Columbia. And recently during the investigations conducted by Mr. 1 lhamberlain in
the vicinity of Loring, Alaska. 2 or 3 examples of the' Little redfish were found in Patching lake-. This is
a small lake in I he N'aha basin. In its outlet is a falls which fish from the sea can not ascend. Redfish

fry from the Fortmann Hatchery had been planted in the lake, and it can not, therefore, be definitelj
known whether this specimen was one of the planted lish. dwarfed by the unfavorable environment,
or one of a native race or form long landlocked in the lake.

The so-called little redfish doesnot appear to differ structurally from the larger form. It is mature.

however, both males and females, at a Length of a foot or less, and, like the ordinary red salmon, spawns
only once, after which it dies. Recent observations by the senior author, and consideration of all the
known facts concerning these little redlish. convince him thai they do not come up from the sea. hut are
landlocked in the lakes in which they occur.

Next lo the humpback the red is the most abundant salmon in Alaska — indeed, it is probable that.
during the last 20 years, it has been no less numerous than the humpback. Commercially il is by far
the most valuable salmon in Alaska. The total catch of 1906 was 19,536,761 fish, representing 1,540,856
cases, valued at $5,720,291. The total number of salmon of all species handled in Alaska in 1906 was
31.750,335, representing 2,341,587 cases, valued at 88,152.(ifio. From these figures it i- seen that the red
salmon constitute more' than (il per cent of the catch, 85 per cent of the pack, and 70 per cent of the
value. And in every year previous to 190(1 the red salmon constituted even a larger proportion of the
entire catch, as the utilization of the cheaper species has developed only within recent years.

h. B. F. lyoti — 17

258

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
Lengths and Weights of Red Salmon.

Locality and date.

Nushagak

Koggiung

Wood River

Ugaguk River

Naknek River

Ugashik River

Chignik. Aug. 9

Karluk, Aug. 15

Pyramid Harbor, July 15

Klawak. Aug. 25

Hetta Bay. Aug. 9

Karta Bay, July 10

Fish
exam-
ined.

93
28

121
80
7fi
24
74
S2
52
4S
76
52
80
74
79

121
17
14
11

Sex.

Length.

Maxi-
mum.

Inches.
30.00
29.00
31.00
29.00
29.00
26.25
32.00
30.00
30.5
29.00
30.50
29.00
30.35
29. 25
27. 25
27.00
28. 75
28. 25
28. 75
26. 25
26. 5
26.00
29.00
27.00

Mini-
mum.

Inches.
22. 75
21.25

25 00

24. 5
22. 5
20.5
26. 00

25. 75
26.5
23.00
26. 00
24.5
20.5
21.5
15.5
20.25
24. 5
24. 25

19 5
20. 75

21.00

26.5

26.00

Average.

Indus.
27. 63
25.45
28. 5S9
25. 779
26.569
24.072
28.029
27. 167
28 58
26.828
28.605
26. 55
30.18
23. 054
25. 10

23. 88

26.97

26 535

25. 12
23.38
22. 94
23.705
27. 545

26. 5

Weight.

Maxi-
mum.

nfurt -'

Lbs.

11.00
85.00
10.00
9.00
9.5
6.5
9.00
9.75
9. 25
11.00
10.00
7.5
10.5
8.5
7.87
6.5
8.00
7. 75
7.00
6.5
7.00
6.00
8.5
6.5

Lbs.

4.00

4.00

5.00

5.00

4.00

2.00

6.00

5.'00

6. 5

5.5

6.00

4.00

3.5

4.4

1.75

2.5

6.00

6.00

3.00

3.00

4.00

3.00

6.00

6.00

Pounds.
7.793
6.383
7.59
6.673
6.740
4.697
7.949
7.414
8.168
7.046
7.99
6.44
8.48
6.47
5.68
4.685
7.11
6.98
5.09
3.944
5.48
4.73
7.21
6.33

Total

exam-
ined.

121

\ 201

\ 100

156

100

J- 128

154

200

31

83

102

14

Average
length.

Inches.
27. 127

27. 470

25. 97

27. 85

27. 74

27.771

26.83

24. 397

26. 773
24.96
23.60

27. 32

Average

weight.

Pounds.

7. 466

7.225

6.25

7.636

7. 63

7.361

7.51

5.08

7.056

4.09

4.825

7.000

32. Salmo clarkii (Richardson). Alaska Cutthroat Trout. (PI. xv, fig. 1, and pi. xxxvn.)

In 1881 Dr. Bean recorded this trout as Salmo purpuratus from Sitka, St. Paul (Kodiak Island),
and " northern Alaska." Not until the investigations were made on which this report is based had ariy
other specimens been recorded from Alaska or any Alaskan specimens come into the hands of any ichthy-
ologist. Doubtless anglers and others knew of the presence in Alaska of a species of cutthroat trout.
Indeed, officers and members of the civilian staff of the Fisheries steamer Albatross state that they have
found cutthroat trout at various places in Southeast Alaska and that specimens were forwarded to the
Bureau. These, however, seem to have been lost en route, as they were never received at Washington.

During the recent investigations cutthroat trout were obtained at the following places: San Mateo
Lake near Union Bay, Vancouver Island (June 22); lake at Courtney, Union Bay (June 22 1; Karta Bay
stream (July 11); Pablof Falls. Freshwater Bay (July 25); Silver Bay Creek near Sitka (July 20); Kla-
wak Creek (August 20), and Naha stream near Loring (August 30). Other specimens were obtained in
the vicinity of Loring in 1903, and again in 1904 and 1905, and numerous fine specimens were collected
in Lake McDonald and vicinity by Mr. J. S. Burcham in 1905.

In all of these places the cutthroat trout was fairly common, apparently most abundant at Loring,
Lake McDonald, and Klawak. It doubtless occurs in many other streams and lakes in Southeast Alaska.
Just how far north it extends has not been definitely determined. We did not find it north of Sitka.
We have a photograph, taken by Mr. R. W. Stone, of the U. S. Geological Survey, and furnished by Mr.
Frank Hess, also of the Survey, showing a number of troul and salmon caught September 25, 1904, at
Kaiatla, Controller Bay, in a stream about one-fourth of a mile from the beach. Among the fish shown
is one that is evidently a cutthroat or a rainbow trout.

The following notes were taken on specimens from various places:

No. 02809, taken with fly by Dr. Evermann in Lake San Mateo, Vancouver Island, a female
1 1.5 inches long, weight one pound, not nearly ready to spawn. Color in life, top of head, back and side
to base of pectoral thickly covered with small, somewhat -lollate black spots, those on head and nape
roundish: check with about 7 black spots- 2 or 3 on upper part of opercle; dorsal and caudal with
numerous oblong black spots; 3 spots on adipose dorsal; anal with black spots less numerous than on
caudal and dorsal; ventrals pale rosy, the outer ray wit h a series of small black spots; pectorals pale rosy
on inner rays, the outer dusky; cheek and opercle with rosy; some rosy on side of lower jaw; belly
dusky, slightly rosy; throat with a broad, rich red dash on each side; tip of lower jaw black; side silvery
with bronze wash; the black spots on back and side about evenly distributed, those on caudal peduncle
largest. When first taken out of the water the whole fish excepl bellj appeared quite dark.

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate XV.

Mi

y

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. - 259

Another specimen (no. 02810) from the same place, an immature male 9.5 inches long, was similar
in life color to tlii- on.- above described, except that there were no spots on ventrals, and cheeks and
opercles were more spotted, there being 3 or t spots on preopercle and tie- same number on opercle.

An example (no. 02811 1, 11 inches Ion.', from Courtney Lake, was a male somewhat more mature
than no. 02810, and its color was similar, except thai tie- spots "it side of head were less numerous,
being but 4 on upper part of cheek, 2 on preopercle and 1 on upper part of opercle. < In no. 02810 the
spots extended farther down; Bcales about L65.

Another example (no. 02812), 6 inches long, from sane- place, is profusely spotted like the oilers
and shows traces of parr marks. The red on throat present, but not distinct.

A fine L3-inch example, taken July 11 by Lieutenant Mitchell in Carta Hay Stream a short distance
above the mouth, when fresh was dark olive on back, side silvery, belly white; back and upper four-
fifths of side profusely covered with small irregular Mark spots: side of bead with a few small round
black spots: cheek and middle of siilo with pah- rosy wash: throat with light red wash, fins all dark;
dorsal and caudal with many large black spots; anal a little paler and with fewer spots; ventrals still
paler, black inside; pectoral dark, with 2 or :', small black spots. Dorsal Hi: anal 12.

A 9. 5-inch specimen (no. 02944), weighing 1 ounces, caught by Dr. Evermann at Pablof ['alls.
July 2o, was in life yellowish green on l>aok and upper part »i side; middle of side slightly rosy, belly
silvery: hack with close-set small roundish black Bpots; side with larger black spots: top of head and
cheek with -mall round black spots; opercle somewhat rosy: throat rich red.

Another was silvery, dark, profusely spotted with black, and with tie- red on throat very distinct.

No. 03021, taken at Klawak, August 26, had lie- body and head profusely and uniformly covered
with large, irregular black spots; tins all denser} spotted.

Two 7.5-inch specimens (2 and 2.5 ounces each . taken by Lieutenant Mitchell and Chief Engineer
(rater at Silver Bay tear Sitka, had t In • .-pots con lined chiefly to hack and side above lateral line and
head: caudal peduncle with more spots; very little red showing on throat of second, none on tirst:
side somewhat rosy, cheek also. It maj be thai these are young steelheads.

We have critically examined more than 30 excellent examples of cutthroat trout from the vicinity
of Yes liny and Luring, and many other specimens from those places, Klawak. and elsewhere, in
Southeast Alaska, have passed through our hand-. An example 14.5 inch,- long from Lake McDonald
may be regarded as typical: Head 4.4; depth 4.4: eye in head (5.5; snout 3.5; maxillary 1.9, reaching
slightly past orbit; pectoral 1.8; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.4; scales about 146. Bod] robust,
not greatly compressed, the' caudal peduncle stout; head rather long and conic; snout rather long
and pointed. Entire body covered somewhat profusel) with small stellate I, lack spots, less numerous
On lead, where they are more nearly round. Dorsal, anal, and caudal I ins profusely spotted ; pectoral

with a few spots, ventrals plain; ventrals and anal slightly tipped with yellow; a bright red dash
on the throat.

The Alaska cutthroat is close to the' Alaska rainbow and may not be always readily distinguished
from it. We believe them to be distinct species, however. The cutthroat maj be distinguished !>y
its red throat, more stellate black spots, longer head, longer maxillary, li ss brightly tipped ventral and
anal tins, and smaller scales. The number of scales in the lateral line runs from 111) to 180, while in the
rainbow it runs from 120 to 1 10. The cutthroat is not a- large as the rainbow, the largest example , i
by us being only 14.5 inches long. The numerous examples examined range in length from 6 to 1 1.5
inches. At Klawak local anglers stated that the cutthroal does not attain as large size as the rainbow
of the same stream, and this statement was borne ou1 byourown observations at that place; also at
Loring and Lake McDonald.

The Alaska cutthroat trout ranks high as a game fish, though nol equaling the rainbow . It i- a much
better game fish than the Dolly Varden or salmon trout. It strikes with more vim, lights more viciously,
dives more deeply, ranges more widely, and i- much more apt to jump; but when once out of the water
it is more quiet than the Dolly Varden. It take- the tl\ readily, but of course the baited hook is more
attractive.

Mr. A. IL Alexander and the senior « titer of this report visited San Mateo Lake June 22 expressly to
obtain examples of this trout. At tirst we rowed about over the lake sometime, trying different appar-
ently likely places with different kinds of flies and. finally, other lures. One slight strike was gotten
in the upper end of the lake, but noothers until we reached a small cove on the south side, where

260

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Mr. Alexander got a fine 9.5-inch example at the surface. A little later another fine example was
hooked at a depth of about 6 feet. It fought very vigorously, usually bearing down very hard, then
circling about rapidly, leaping slightly, then bearing down again and circling again, and coming along-
side and finally breaking away— the penalty we paid for being without a landing net. This fish was
estimated to be 19 inches lung. A few minutes later another was hooked in 4 feel of water, and. though
given no opportunity to play, showed itself able to make a good light. Later each of us got one good
strike, but failed to land the fish. Local anglers call these "black-speckled trout."

The examples taken at Pablof Falls had little opportunity to show their fighting power on account
of the very turbulent water and the vast number of salmon and Dolly Varden trout which crowded

upon them.

Mr. ( 'rater reported that the three which he took in Xaha Stream were very satisfactory as game fish.

As a food-fish the Alaska cutthroat is delicious— far superior to the Dolly Varden and not inferior
to the Alaska rainbow. The flesh is linn, flaky, and rich in oil. with a most agreeable flavor.

This trout inhabits both streams and lakes. At Loring it occurs in both. At Yes Bay the finesl
examples were obtained from the stream between Lake McDonald and the bay. Those from Klawak
came from the stream below the lake.

In Alaska this species is usually kn< >wn as the black-speckled trout , blacks] lotted trout . or cutthroat .

33. Salmo gairdneri (Richardson). Steelhead Trout. (PI. xxxvm.)

The first records of steelhead trout in Alaska are those by Dr. Bean from Sitka and from St. Paul.
Kodiak Island (1881), and Mountain Lake near Mount Tongass (1883).

The species seems to be widely distributed in Alaska, although definite records are not numerous.
Captain Moser states that it occurs at all seasons at Afognak Island, but in greatest numbers during
the coho run. It is believed to winter in the lakes and to descend to the sea soon after the

Fig. 10.— Salmo gairdneri (Richardson).

streams open in the spring. He further says that steelheads were firs) noticed in the vicinity of Pyramid
Harbor in 1900 and that they have not been noted at Chekats. Several specimens were secured at
Chilkool Inlet, August. 20 to September 8, and an occasional example is seen at Point Highfield.

On March 20, 1903, two steelheads— the first of the spring run— were caught in a gill net at the
Portmann Hatchery. On April 20 two others with shrunken stomachs and well-developed eggs and
milt were taken at the same place. On May 8 steelheads were spawning in Naha Stream below Dorr
Falls. On May 10 about one dozen were observed to be spawning in Steelhead Creek near Loring.
The temperature of the stream was between 38° and 39°; the surface temperature of Naha Bay was
40° to 43°. About all these fish had disappeared by May 17. On May 23 about 30 steelheads (mostly
spent females) were taken in a seine in Xaha Stream above Dorr Falls. At one haul of the seine in a
hole below the falls about the same number were taken, among them several ripe males and females.
On July 8 several fish believed to be steelheads were seen in the river above the lake. July 20 many
steelhead fry were seen dying on the sandbars in Karta Liver, where they were entrapped bythe receding
waters. The same occurrence was observed in Flume Creek near Loring, where, on August 12, 1904.
Mr. II. «'. Fassett picked up 73 steelhead fry from the margin of the pool under the dam built below
tin- falls to supply water to the flume. Others were observed at various places in the dry bed of the
stream where they had been left by receding waters. The next day 87 steelhead fry were collected
under similar conditions. These fry measured 29 to 30 mm.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 261

Two adult steelheads were taken in Hot Springs Creek, Bell Island. These with several others
were in a deep pool whore they had been left by falling water astheywere returning from their spawning
beds in the lake about a mile farther up the stream. Examples are also reported from the Pacific Cold
Storage Company at Taku Harbor. On August II a few were Beined at Karluk. where they are reported
nol to be common. May 26 to 30 Mr. Claudius Wallich found them spawning in the Btream at the
head of Lake McDonald. Quite a number were observed. OnMay24to27, L904, Mr. F. M. Chamberlain
found them spawning in Steelhead Creek near Loring, also in Naha River above Dorr Falls. The
temperature of the water in the creek was 56 to 57°,tha1 of the river being50°. No steelheads were
noticed in a small branch of Steelhead (reek, where the temperature was 45.°

One example (no. 02813; scales aboul 150), L0 inches long, was caught with hook and line June 22
in Courtney Lake at UnionBay. A few examples were seen in the cannery a1 Poinl Bighfield July 13-
ami at Takn Harbor July 14. A female IT inches long and weighing 1 pound 10 ounces was caught at
Snug Harbor August 6.

The center of abundance of the steelhead is evidently the Columbia River. Mr. F. M Warren, ST.,
of P' >r1 la ml. reports that the run in the Columbia, Rogue and other < hog. m rivers was huge in 1902 and
1903. The firsl spring run in 1903 was aboul June 20 and continued two days, the fish averaging only 7
pounds. The fish of the later run (in August i wire much larger, averaging aboul 15 pounds. A few
may he taken in the Columbia any day in the year. The largest one of which we have a definite record
was caught at Corbett, on the Columbia River, by Reed Brothers. Itwasseen bj Mr. J. N. Wisner and
weighed 12 pi mm Is. Reed Brothers state thai they often gel steelheads of thai size.

On September II many steelheads were seen in Mr. Warren's cold-storage plant at Goble, on the
Columbia. They. were then being caught in traps near by. At this time il was difficult to tell males
from females. A female examined showe.l theroeto be very immature, indicating thai spawning would
probably not have occurred before February or March.

tine hundred and five examples were measured and weighed. The lengths varied from 31 to 45

inches ami the weights from 10.5 to 32.5 i mis. The average length was 37 03 inches and the average

weight Is. is pounds. Several examined at Pyramid Harbor in August were 26 to 32 inches long and
weighed 9.5 to 13.5 pounds. One taken al Bell Island was 33 inches long and weighed 9 pounds.

In Sept em her and < (ctober, IS! 17. Mr. A. 11. Alexander, of this Bureau, examined a large ii u m her nl

steelheads al the Cascades and at Celilo, on the Columbia River. Main were seen, September 18 and
19, ascending the falls. In all 4,179 were examined; of these, 1,531 win- males ami 2,648 females 176
males and 900 females were regarded as well developed and ready to spawn within a month or six weeks.

This ripening of the steelhead in the fall is probably unusual. All other observations indicate that
tli is species is a spring spawner. In the headwaters of Salmon River, in Idaho, it spawns in early spring —
usually in May and June. In Alaska, so far as known, it spawns early in the spring.

1 1 is not always easy to distinguish the steelhead from the cutthroat or the rainbow trout; it is par-
ticularly difficult, if not impossible, to do si. in the fry and fingerling Stages. The adult Alaska steel-
head has larger scales, a shorter head, and a smaller eye than the Alaska cutthroat; it is also less pro-
fusely covered with black spots, the tail is more nearly square, and I here is no red on the throat. From
the Alaska rainbow trout it may usually be distinguished by the smaller eye. si anew hat smaller scales,
less brilliant coloral i"U, and relative absence of black spots except OH upper pa it of side and on dorsal
and caudal litis.

The steelhead reaches a much larger size than either the cutthroat or the rainbow. On the Columbia
it is of much commercial importance. In Alaska it is a valuable fund fish, though it is not abundant
enough to be of as great importance as any of the species of salmon. It lends itself well to the canning
process and is a nutritious and very palatable article thus prepared. It is, however, most valuable as
a fresh lish, especially when distant shipments are necessary. There is no member of the salmon family
which can be handled more satisfactorily in cold si mage than the steelhead. Its size, trim shape, firm
flesh, and superior keeping qualities fit it admirably for treatment in this way.

34. Salmo irideus ittibbonsi. Alaska Rainbow Trout. iPl. xxxix.)

The rainbow trout has not previously I n reported from Alaska, except by Bean in 1881 from

Sitka, although its presence in Southeast Alaska was known to various officers of the Alhalmss and local
anglers. No specimens, however, had been collected or had come into the hands of any naturalist.

262

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

It was therefore a great pleasure to us to find rainbow trout in at least two of the streams visited in 1903 —
the Nana Stream at Loring and Klawak River at Klawak. On August 30 Chief Engineer Crater and
Paymaster McMillan caught 13 fine examples in Naha Stream, the largest about 16 inches long and weigh-
ing about 2 pounds. On August 26 Dr. Evermann took 2 good ones in Klawak Stream above the
lagoon. Mr. Thompson, the storekeeper at Klawak. reported that he had recently taken in this stream
a rainbow trout that was 32 inches lone Mr. II. F. Swift says that he caught one in 1878 which weighed
8 pounds. He says that he has seen several, each weighing as much as 5 pounds.

On August 3, 1901, Dr. C. St. J. Butler and Lieut. Hugh Rodman (both then of the Albatross) caught
a number of rainbow trout in a stream flowing into lianas I'.ay. Chichagof Island, Chatham Strait.
near Killisnoo. Mr. J. A. Kerr, of Seattle, informs us that rainbow trout are abundant in Powell River
at the upper end of Tuxada Island, where they can be taken from June until late in the fall. About
the end of August 110 were caught. He says the 9peciea occurs also at Thome Bay. Mr. Chamberlain
reports them to be common in Naha Stream near Loring, where he has seen examples 2 feet long;

During the investigations at Yes Bay in 1905 Mr. Chamberlain and Mr. Burcham found the rainbow
trout quite abundant, particularly in the outlet of Lake McDonald. On June 9, 1900. Mr. Sidney Paige,
of the U. S. Geological Survey, forwarded to the Bureau from Knik. Alaska, three small examples of
rainbow trout which had been taken in Cottonwood (reek. This stream enters Knik Arm near its head.

Fig. 11. — Salmo irideus I oil, lions).

which is at the head of Cook Inlet, in north latitude about 01° 30'. It is more than probable that the
trout photographed at Katatla by Mr. Stone and already referred to in the discussion of the cutthroat
trout was a rainbow.

The above-named localities are, therefore, the only Alaskan localities in which the rainbow trout is
definitely known to occur. There are no records for the Kodiak region, the Aleutian Islands, or any
waters in or north of the Alaskan Peninsula. It is quite certain, however, that further investigation
will demonstrate its presence in many Alaskan streams in which it is not now known to occur.

Whether the rainbow trout of Alaska is distinct from typical Salmo irideus (of San Leandro Creek.
California) we are not prepared to say, and we provisionally identify our specimens with that species,
reserving a final decision until we have more material for comparison.

A typical example of the Alaska rainbow is no. A272 (4569), 23 inches long, from Lake McDonald.
September 7, 1905. It may be described as follows:

Head 3.8 in length; depth 4.4; eye 6 in head; snout 2.9; maxillary 1.5, long and narrow, extending
far beyond orbit; pectoral 1.6; body considerably compressed; head long, conic: snout long and
pointed; least depth of caudal peduncle equaling length of snout; tail square, but slightly forked.

Color in alcohol: Entire body closely covered with very distinct, small black spots, quite as numerous

lateral lineasabove; head with relatively few roundish black spots, about 20 or 25 on cheek and

opercle; tins all black spotted, the spots less numerous on pectorals and ventrals; ventrals, anal, and

dorsal tipped with yellowish; middle of side and cheek with a broad rosy band; no red on throat:

scali I:'. 1,

An example 10 inches long from Cottonwood Greek, Knik Arm, is described as follows:

Eead 1.5 in length; depth 4.3; eye 4.75 in head; snout -1.75; maxillary 1.9; scales about 120.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 263

Body compressed; caudal peduncle deep; head rather short; maxillary extending scarcely beyond
eye; teoili fairly strong on maxillary, premaxillaries, palatines, vomer, mandible, and tongue, those
on vomer in two rows.

Body rather profusely covered with small black spots most numerous above lateral line; top and
upper part of side of head with few small round black spots; dorsal ami caudal with black spots: anal
dusky, unspotted : pectorals and ventrals immaculate; side with a red stripe in life

Two other somewhat smaller specimens possess tin- same characters.

An example (no. 3020) from Klawak in life had on tin- Bide a broad rich rosy band extending
across the cheek and along the lateral lino to base oi caudal tin: ii" rod on throat; back and side pro-
fusely spotted with small round black spots, quite uniformly distributed; caudal (in andpedm
thickly spotted.

We have examined :)! other pecimens of rainbow trout from Southeast Alaska and find them to
agree essentially with the specimens above described. Most of them are from Lake McDonald and
vicinity, where they were collected in 1905 bj Mr. Burcham. Numerous other examples were examined

in 1903 at Klawak and Loring. Occasionally an individual in prim idition slam,- more or less red

or orange on the throat, but ordinarily tin- mark i- indistinct or wholly absent. The bright tip of the
anal, ventral, and dorsal lins, however, i- usually present, and this, together with the large scales,
absence of red on the throat, and rosj side, w ill usually suffice to distinguish the Alaska rainbow from
the Alaska cutthroat . though the two species are exceedingly closet each other. The rainbow attains
the larger size. The largest examples seen by us were about 2feet long. One taken at Klawak was 32
inches Ions,', and, as already stated, Mr. 11. !■". Swift says he has -ecu several weighed 5 pounds and one
that weighed 8 pound

The Alaska rainbow trout stands easily among the finest of game fishes. It is certainly one of
the best, if not the best, in Alaska. Expert anglers fishing in N'aha Stream, at Yes Lay and Klawak
nounceit thegamest trout they have ever caught. It takes the fly readily, ndt with a dash or rush, but
rather quietly. When once hooked, however, it fights most savagely, jumping often, and is very hard
to wear out.

35. Cristivomer namaycush. tWalliattm i. Great Lakes Trout, Lake Trout.

The lake trout is doubtless found in all suitable waters in the Yukon basin. An individual weighing

7.25 pounds was taken in Lake Bennett, one of 11 pounds at Log Cabin, and we have seen specimens Er

Tagish Arm and Lake Atlin. An example was caught by Dr. Harold Heath in Summit Lake at White
Pass, July 20, and one of g I size was taken in Tagish Arm near Caribou I rossing Julj L9, by trolling,

which t- the usual method of capture. Townsend l^y7 i records this species from a lake at the head of

Fig. 12. i omer namaycush (Walbaum

Kobuk River, and states that it reaches a length of :;."> net or more. Hedid not find it in the Kobuk
River. The fish apparently attains a largi i e in Alaska as in the Great Lakes, tor examples weighing
30 to 40 pounds have been reported. It is of considerable commercial importance in this region, large
numbers being shipped, particularly from Lake Atlin. to Dawson.

The lake trout can be readily distinguished from all other Alaskan Salmonidse by the presence

of a raised crest behind the head of the vomer and free from its shaft, and by th lor. which is dark

gray, sometimes pale, sometimes almosl black, everywhere with rounded paler spots which are often
reddish tinged; head usually vermiculated above; dorsal and caudal reticulate with darker.

264 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHEBIES.

36. Salvelinus malma (Walbaum). Dolly Varden Trout; Salmon Trout ; Western Chan. (PI. XL.)

This is the most abundant trout in Alaska. It swarms in every stream and lake about the islands
from the Columbia to Bering Sea, and was seen by us at practically all places visited. It is particularly
abundant about the canneries, where it feeds ravenously on the salmon eggs and other refuse from
canning operations.

Our field notes make specific mention of the Dolly Varden trout as seen at the following places: Fort
Rupert (abundant I, stream at head of lake at Boca de Quadra (very abundant i, Metlakahtla (seined),
Karta Bay (in Alaska Packers Association trap), Cleveland Passage (seined many, 5 to 14 inches long),
Taku Inlet cannery (several seen), ( ihilkoot cannery (very abundant), Taku, Dewey Lake near Skagway
(common, but very small), Funter Bay (seined 4 I, Killisnoo, Sitkoh Kay, Dundas Bay (many seined and
many seen in salmon trap >, Pablof Falls (many seined and many caught on hook and line), Indian River
at Sitka (several fine ones taken on hook and line, July 28), creek at Silver Bay near Sitka (many taken on
hook July 29), Afognak Falls (abundant August 3i, Ivarluk. Uyak, and Alitak.

On September 9. 1904, Mr. Hess, of the Geological Survey, found Dolly Varden trout 8 to 10 inches
lung in Big Minook Creek 10 miles from Rampart. They were abundant and were spawning. Everyone
examined contained parasites in the air bladder. On September 5, 1903, Mr. Hess obtained this trout in
Niukluk River near < touncil. In October, 1905, the Bureau received 5 examples, 5.87 to 8.87 inches long,
from Mr. S. P. Robins, of Rampart, who had caught them in Mynook Creek, a tributary of the Yukon.

At Afognak Falls on August 3. various parties from the Albatross caught many Dolly Varden trout and
salmon by using a gang of 3 hooks tied together. The fish were so thick that they were readily hooked as
the gang was dragged through the water.

Near Skagway is a small lake called Dewey Lake, which is some distance above sea level. Itissaid to
be impossible now for fish to reach it from the sea, yet Dolly Varden trout occur in this lake in some num-
bers. They are very small, only a few inches long, and more brightly colored than those from salt
water. In a small stream near Unalaska these trout are found above what is now an impassable falls.
They never exceed a few inches in length, and are very richly colored. They were described as new in
1873 by Cope who called them Salmo tudes.

Previous Alaskan records for this trout are — Cope (1873), Captains Harbor, Unalaska. Bean
(1882): Sitka; Old Sitka; Port Althrop; Chugachik Bay, and Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet; St. Paul,
Kodiak Island; Humboldt Harbor and Little Koniushi Island, Shumagins; Iliuliuk and Nateekin
Bay, Unalaska; Kyska Harbor; St. Michael; Unalaklik; Hotham inlet; Port Clarence; Cape Lisburne;
Arctic Ocean. Gilbert (1895), Unalaska Island. Gilbert says "a small stream entering Captains
Harbor, Unalaska Island, has a series of impassable cascades aggregating several hundred feet in height.
Above these falls the trout are very abundant, but are dwarfed in size and remarkably brilliant in
coloration. They seem to reach no larger size than 8 inches". Cantwell (1885) Kobuk River. Mur-
doch i L885), near mouth of Colville River and at Pergniak. Nelson (1887), Golsova River. Scofield
^899), Port Clarence, Point Hope, and Herschel Island.

The Dolly Varden trout attains a weight probably of 25 pounds, though the largest seen by us in
Alaska weighed less than 4 pounds. The maximum length of those we saw was 21.5 inches.

The average weight of 04 fish weighed at Pablof Falls was 1 . 5 i unices; length, 7 inches.

Twenty-four were examined at Snug Harbor. 16 males and 8 females. The males averaged 14.84
inch es long ami 11.28 ounces in weight; females, 17 inches long and 9.44 ounces in weight.

Four males and 12 females were examined at Karta Bay. The males averaged 14.375 inches long
and 1.125 pounds in weight; females 15.77 inches long and 1.54 pounds in weight.

At Chignik Bay 15 males averaged 16.2 inches long and 1 pound 12 ounces in weight; 2 females,
17.75 inches long and 2.5 pounds in weight.

The 16 examined at Karta Bay were all that were found in a trap with about 300 to 400 sockeyes, 2
cohoes, and :'. starry Sounders.

In the quiet portion of the Home Stream at Point Ellis (really a part of the upper end of a small lake),
Dolly Varden trout were very abundant August 22. In one pool. 2 to 6 feet deep and 25 feet wide, we
,-;i\\ 500 to 600. Tiny ranged in length from a few inches to 2 feet. They were certainly spawning, and
they were not paired off but were all in a bunch. As one would swim over some clean gravel it would
turn on its side and rub against the bottom, evidently to press out the eggs or milt.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 265

In Heckman Lake, August 30, many were seen jumping.

In the Bristol Bay region this species appears to reach a larger size than elsewhere in Alaska. On July

4, 190<i. Mr. John X. Cobb measured and weighed 27 examples i 14 mules and 13 females i from the Xusha-
gak River. The largest male was 29.25 inches long and weighed 8.5 pounds; another that was 29.75
inches long weighed only 7.5 pounds. The largest female was 26.75 inches long and weighed 7 pounds,
while another 27.25 inches long weighed but (i pounds. The average of the 11 males was: Length 27
inches, weight (>.9:5 pounds; females, length 25. li inches, weight li.2 pounds. On July 19 Mr. Cobb
examined 5 males and 1 female from the same river. These ran from L8 to 19 inches in length and 1.25 to
2 pounds in weight .

Tie- salmon trout, to call it by another of its names, is the most persistent and destructive enemy

of the salmon eggs and fry. When the sockeye, humpback, and coho are running upstream thej are

accompanied by vast numbers of salmon trout, which apparently have no other purpose than feeding upon

their eggs. And the trout are quite as por-i.-ieni in ascending rapids and jumping falls as are the

salmon themselves. Not only during the spawning time do the trout remain, but so long a- i ho eggs

• are to be found, and after the eggs have hatched the fry and fingerlings fall a ready prey to this

voracious trout, which pursues them not only in the streams and lakes hut down tO salt water, where

the destruction continues until the salmon have grown too large to be eaten.

( in August 3, among the salmon a1 Aiognak Falls, were hundreds - perhaps thousands -of the trout,
all trying just as hard and just as successfully to ascend the falls. They jumped surprisingly well,
sometimes it seemed even better than the salmon: even little ones not over i; inches long would jump
beautifully, and could maintain themselves in the vertical current quite well. Every possible resting

pool, however small, had Iron! in it. and in the larger ones troul and salmon were mixed. There were
some very large trout, ami in a pool above the falls several of good size were seen.

Similar conditions were observed al l'ablof Harbor, a small ar f Freshwater Bay, Chichagof

Island, July 25. Into the head of this small bay empties l'ablof stream, a small creek perhaps 50 feel
wide. Near its mouth is a falls where the water drops by broken stages some 20 or 25 feet al 1"\\ tide,

bill less al high tide. Below ibis falls wen- hundreds of humpbacks with a g I many soekoyos and a

few cohoes and dogs, all trying to get over the falls. With them were hundreds- -perhaps thousands —
of Dolly Vanlen (rout and a good many oiilihroat trout, all trying equally hard to ascend the falls.

They could be seen in great numbers lying in the | Is below or swimming about, or making heroic

efforts to scale the falls. Every ] I or possible resting place in tie- falls was literally packed with

trout, 2 or :S layers deep where the water permitted, all with their heads upstream. Among them
in the larger pools was an occasional salmon.

The troul could be seen jumping quite as often as the salmon and apparently with even greater
success in ascending the falls. They have an advantage in their smaller size, being able to find resting
places in the small nooks and eddies. They are able, however, to jump very well, and to maintain

themselves against or even to ascend a practically vertical current.

Ordinarily the Dolly Vardeii troul does noi take high rank as a game fish; it is usually loggy, never
jumps, and makes a poor fight. But this is noi always the case- much depends upon the water, the
particular fish, and perhaps oilier factors.

One of us has found that these trout are very good lighters in the swiftly Mowing waters of Idaho,
particularly in the Salmon River and elsewhere in the Sawtooth Mountains. In Alaska they are very good
game fish, and there is scarcely a stream or lake in that country where the angler may not find excellent
sport with them. Wehave angled forthemin many Alaskan waters, among which may be mentioned the
Nana Stream and lakes near Loring, small slreams near I'nalaska, Indian River, and creek at Silver Bay
near Sitka. Afognak Falls, and Pablof Falls. At the last -named place we found them unexpectedly gamey.
A 12 to 15 inch fish in this turbulent water was abb' to make a light that would delight the heart of any
angler. Moreover, these trout rise to the fly readily, lake it witha rush, and do noi give up the fight until
safe in the creel. Even when lifted from the water or placed in the landing net they continue to flop
with great vigor, so that it is not an easy matter to remove the hook. They do not often jump from the
water when hooked, though they occasionally do.

The best, flies were small ones of red color; those most resembling salmon spawn were the most killing.
A fly of this kind used at Pablof Falls would scarcely touch the water before dozens of trout would vie with
each other in frantic efforts to seize it. Occasionally a fish would discover the nature of the fly and turn
away, but usually one of them would take it. Salmon spawn, however, is the bait that never fails.

266 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Our experiences at Pablof Falls showed that " tickling trout" is as possible in Alaska as in England.
While fishing from a ledge out near the middle of the falls we noticed some trout resting in a relatively
quiet pool part way up the falls. By reaching one's hand into the water and carefully touching a fish
near the tail, then moving the hand forward, gently rubbing the belly and side, and then closing down
upon the fish when the hand reached the head, it was possible to lift the fish out of the water without
disturbing any of the others. In this way we secured quite a number for our creel. At first they were
quite heedless of the hand, but when one became alarmed and, being very slick, got away, all the others
in the pool were apt to become greatly disturbed and scurry away pellmell, going down to the foot of the
falls.

The ovaries of all of these trout were quite small and immature, and this was evidently not their
spawning season. It is doubted whether their efforts to ascend these falls were actuated by a desire to
reach their own spawning beds. The only rational explanation of their running upstream at this time is
that it was for the purpose of reaching the spawning beds of the salmon that they might feed upon the
salmon eggs.

Family 14. THYMALLID^E. The Graylings.

37. Thymallus signifer (Richardson). Alaska Grayling; "Tdhseh" (Indian name). (PL xli.)

Very abundant in the headwaters of the Yukon. July 18 to 20 numerous specimens were collected
in Tagish Arm near Caribou Crossing and from Kilbourne Creek, a small stream flowing into Tagish
Arm. Others were seined in the outlet of Lake Bennett, north of the station at Caribou Crossing. At
Lake Bennett, July 20 and 21. several small examples were seined near the head of the lake and several
larger ones were taken with the fly. One particularly fine example 1 no. 2928). )•"> inches long and weighing
1 pound and 2 ounces, was taken on the hook near the railroad station at Lake Bennett. A special
agent of the Yukon and White Pass Railroad caught several in a small lake near Log Cabin, which is
between Lake Bennett and Caribou Crossing. The fish is said to occur also in Lake Atlin and in Forty-
mile Creek, in which it is reported to reach a very large size.

The grayling is probably of wide distribution in northern Alaska, particularly throughout the
Y'ukon basin. Mr. Frank Hess, of the Geological Survey, reports it from Sinuk River, about 35 miles
northwest of Nome, and he was informed that it occurs in the same river 70 miles northwest of Xome.
He found it also in Kuzitrin River 35 miles northeast of Council, in Xiukluk River at Council, in
El Dorado Creek (a tributary of Noxapaga River) 125 to 150 miles northeast of Nome, and in the
Kugruk River 110 to 120 miles north of Nome. On August 9 he saw them spawning in streams 40 miles
north of Fairbanks. It was found also in Kugruk River (a different stream flowing into Kotzebue
Sound) by Mr. Fred H. Moffit, of the Geological Survey. Mr. Frank C. Schrader found it in 1902
in Colville River and in other streams and lakes of that region. Mr. Walter C. Mendenhall. also of the
Geological Survey, says that grayling may be found in all of the clear- water streams of the Kobuk Valley.

Mr. F. W. Nelson, of the Biological Survey, reports the grayling from a small stream flowing
into the Arctic Ocean just north of Cape Lisburne, about halfway between Kotzebue Sound and Point
Barrow. This stream is only 12 to 15 miles long and the grayling were seen in a small pool about half-
way up the stream. They were only a few in number and were adults 12 to 15 inches long. According
to Mr. Nelson, grayling occur in all tin- streams entering Norton Sound; also in the upper tributaries
of the Y'ukon some 30 to 35 miles northeast from St. Michael. They do not occur in the streams down
in tin- flats, but up in the hills they are in every clear stream. Dolly Varden trout are most abundant
in the larger streams, grayling in the smaller ones.

The examples taken with the fly at Caribou Crossing and Lake Bennett varied in length from 4.5
to 15 inches. The respective lengths in inches of 27 specimens measured are as follows: 4J, 4f, 5f , 6,
6J, 6i, 7. 7, 7J, 7|, 7-rt, 7f, 8, 8, 8J, 8J, 8J, 8J, 9. 91. 10. 10, 10}, 11. llf, 13}, and 15 inches, the average
being nearly 8.5 inches.

The example from which the painting was made was 12i inches long and was obtained at Caribou
Crossing in August, 1903.

The 15-inch example (no. 2928) from Lake Bennett was described in life as follows:

Head 5.25 in body; depth 4.28; eye 4 in head; snout 4.6; maxillary 6; mandible 2; dorsal 21;
anal 11. the last ray broad and firm; scales 10-93-10.

Body elongate, compressed, highest about the origin of the dorsal, from which the contour slopes
gradually to the slender caudal peduncle: head small, somewhat pointed: mouth terminal, moderate.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 267

the maxillary extending to below middle of eye; mandible extending to nearly posterior edge of orbit;
teeth minute, numerous in both jaws and along maxillary, none on tongue; eye large, longer than snout,
but not equal to interorbital space.

Scales on side about uniform in size; the caudal lin well scaled. two rows of small scales forming
radiating feather-like projections on some of the interradial spaces of the lobes of the fin; a naked patch
back of isthmus; scales of jugular region minute, becoming larger backward and upward.

Dorsal fin long and high, the longest ray about 4 in body, its base 1.5; adipose fin small; longest
ray of anal 2 in head, its base about the same length; gillrakers medium length, firm, rather stout, acute,
6+13 and 6-4- 12.

Color in life, back light olive, edges of scales dark; side bluish silvery, centers of scales brhj
belly dull white, a dirty, rusty wash from base of ventral to lower pari of pectoral lies rub off

an orange color is shown; anterior part of side with 11 or 12 small blue-black spots; cheek somewhat
rosy; membrane between rami of lower jaw black; dorsal olive, with :'• rows of rosy or purplish, lighter-
edged, almost coalescing spots at base, above these about i; less distinct rows of more isolated spots of
same color; distal edge of fin purplish, posterior edge blackish above; ventrals olive, with 5 longitudinal
purplish lines; pectoral, caudal, and anal olive, the caudal somewhat dark at base and ed

A LO-inch specimen and 10 others taken at Caribou Crossing, July 18, had the following colors in life:

I tack olive, the i -enter <>i -eales lighter; side silvery, underlaid with olive; borders of scales dull
golden; L0 inky black spots, irregularly arranged on anterior part < f body, mostly below lateral line,
these varying much, numbering from 3 to 17 in the 10 specimens at hand; one specimen has
over 70 spots, rather paler, and arranged in irregular rows, extending back to adipose dorsal; head olive,
with bluish Luster, with some gold and brassy; a blue-black blotch under rami of lower jaw; branchios-
tegals brassy; dorsal dusky olive, upper edge blue-black, I row- of -pot-, the upper violet blue, others

anteriorly violet, posteriorly reddish or yellowish green, a fifth partial row (6 on some), the smaller fish

with spots less distinct; adipose dorsal dusky olive; caudal dusky with a submarginal paler -treak;
anal olive, dusky a i tip; ventral dusky anteriorly, with 3 lengthwise strips of bright - r; pectoral

greenish; inside of opercle bluish.

Color in alcohol (No. 2928), back and upper parts of side pearly blue, somewhat paler below, nearly
everywhere finch pi i net ulate with minute black dots, but especiallj so in a streak on each side extending

from the base of the pectoral to origin of ventral lin; a black of dark blue -treak eaeli Bide of chin, almost

concealed by fold of jaw; a few (5 LO) roundish blue -pot- along anterior part of side; dorsal lin highly
colored, the ground-color dark blue, interrupted by elongate elliptical pink or red spots these extending

in rows between ray.-, their long a\i- parallel with those of the ray- the spots also in rows parallel with
the hack, almost forming continuous line- near the base of the fin; ventrals bluish dusky, with longi-
tudinal bright dashes; other tin- du-kv.

Most of the grayling from Caribou Crossing wen- taken with a fly from a small pier at the mounted
police station a few rods below the railroad bridge, in water 2 to 5 feet deep. A very small fly Marl,
gnat i was used. The fish look it either al tin- surface or when it was sunk a foot to :; feet. The local
anglers usualh fish with tin- artificial ft) ami. of course, without any sinker, -imply whipping the -ur-
face or allowing the fly to lloa i down Some, however, use a very light sinker and find thai the grayling
will sometimes take the fly even better when it is sunk 2 or :; feet. Very small bits of fresh red meat
are sometimes used ami found attractive.

Considering the small size of these fish they were quite good lighters and afforded much sport.
Those taken in the swift water of Kilbourne Creek seemed decidedly more gamy, partly, doubtless,
on account of the current, but they were really bitter fighters.

The 15-inch example from bake I'.eiinett was caught while we were still-fishing from a pier near
the hotel. This fish was seen in water 4 feel deep and was n-peatedly tried with various kind- of flies,
but it paid no attention to any of them. A- a la-t resort a -mall piece of fresh. ,ed meat was placed
on the fly, when the fish rose at once and took it greedily, proving very energetic and vigorous, and
making a very pretty fight.

Family 15. ARGENTINIDiR The Smelts.

38. Mallotus villosus 1 Muller 1. Capelin

Eight (4 male. 1 female) specimen- ;;..*. to 5 inches long, collected by the Albatross at Port Chester,
September 26, 1900. and one 4 inches long from boring. 1904.

268

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Recorded also by Bean (1882) from Sitka; Chugachik Bay and Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet; off Marmot
Island; St. Michael; Bering Strait; Cape Lisburne and Point Belcher, Arctic Ocean. Gilbert (1895),
stations 3235, 3238, and 3240, Bristol Bay. Murdoch (1885), Point Barrow. Nelson (1887), Golovina
Bay. Turner (1886), Atka Island. Scofield (1899), Port Clarence.

■■■«"■ LJ.'*- '■'* "'"

Fig. 13.— Mallotus villosus (Miiller).

The capelin is an abundant fish in Alaska, often seen in large schools on the cod grounds. It is
one of the principal foods of the cod, as many as -40 having been found in one cod's stomach. It is
preyed upon hugely also by the halibut and by whales. It reaches a length of 10 inches or less and
is a very delicious food-fish which has not as yet been utilized in Alaska to any extent.

Fig. 14.— Thaleichthys paciflcus (Richardson).
39. Thaleichthys pacificus (Richardson). Eulaehon.

Recorded by Bean (1882) from Stikine River; Wrangell; Sitka; Chilkat River; and Katmai. Gilbert
I 1895), mar the mouth of Nushagak River. Not taken by us.

Fig. 15.— Osmerus thaleichthys (Ayres).
40. Osmerus thaleichthys (Ayres). California Smelt.

Recorded by Gilbert (1895) from Nushagak River, from which he again obtained 5 examples in
1903. They are 2.5. 2.75. 2.87. 3, 3.03 inches long, respectively. The largest and one other have the
mouth strikingly different from the remaining specimens — maxillary teeth absent and the maxillary
-hurt and broad, while in the others it is long and narrow.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.
41. Osmerus dentex Steindachner. Arctic Smelt.

269

One specimen 4 inches long collected by the Albatross in Bristol Hay in 1890-91, and one 11 inches
long at Tareinski Harbor in 1900; one 5 inches long al station 3231, Bering Sea, June 2, 1890. Also
recorded by Bean (1882) from Port Mulgrave, Yakutal Bay, and from St. Michael and Port Clarence.

Fig. in.— Osiultus dentex Steindachner.

Gilbert (1895), Naknek and Nushagak rivers and station 3231 in Bristol Bay. Wainwright Inlel n< •
Point Barrow (Murdoch 1886); Si. Michael (Nelson 1887); Fori Clarence (Scofield 1899). We have
recently examined a specimen obtained in 1904 l>y Mr. Edward A. Pr«-l.l.- in the Arctic Bed River,
a tributary to the Mackenzie.

42. Osmerus albatrossis .Ionian & Gilbert. I PI. xiv, tig. L'. |

One specimen o.l'o inches long taken by the Mlmirnxs at station 3536, Bering Sea. ami '_' specimens
:i and 3.5 inches long, from station 3789.

Originally described from Albatross station 3675 in Shelikoi Strait- (Jordan >v Gilbert 1899).

43. Hypomesus pretiosus iloranl i. Surf Smelt

Nine specimens 2.75 to 6 inches long were seined in Kilisul Earbor; L6 specimens, 3.75 to5 i
inches long, at Admiralty Head. Whidby Island; and one, 5.25 inches long, at Dundas Bay. The
species has been recorded by Bean I L882) from Porl Mulgrave, Yakutal Hay.

.-ei.o^.'-V'- •> ■-*- .

\'-''

Fig. 17.— Hypomesus pretiosus (Girard).

In the specimens at hand the ventrals are inserted in front of the middle of the dorsal; in other
respects the specimens agree well with current descriptions. A specimen 5.75 inches long is described
as follows: Head 5; depth 5; eye equal to snout, 4 in head; dorsal 9; anal 14; pectorals 14; ventral- 8.

270

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
44. Hypomesus olidus i Pallas).

One specimen collected by the Albatross at Tareinski Harbor. Recorded from St. Michael (Turner
1886. Bean 1882), and from rivers back of Grantley Harbor (Scofield 1899). No Alaskan specimens
seen by us.

Fig. IS.— Hypomesus olidus (Pallas).
45. Leuroglossus stilbius Gilbert.
Recorded by Gilbert (1895) from station 3330, off northern shore of Unalaska.

Fig. 19.— Leuroglossus stilbius Gilbert.

Family 16. MICROSTOMIA.
46. Bathylag-us borealis Gilbert.
Originally described from Albatross station 3327, north of Unalaska (Gilbert 1S95).

Family 17. MYCTOPHID.€.
47. Lampanyctus gernmifer Goode & Bean.
Six specimens 3 to 4.25 inches long, dredged at station 4255, in Lynn Canal July 16, 1903.
48. Nannobrachium leucopsarum (Eigenmann & Eigenmann).

One specimen 3.5 inches long was picked up on the beach at Wrangell. Recorded by Gilbert (1895)
from stations 3227, 3307, 3308. 3325. and 3329, all in Bering Sea, north of Unalaska Island.

49. Nannobrachium nannochir 1 Gilbert I.

Two specimens 3.5 and 4.5 inches long, dredged at station 4267, off Mount Edgecumbe; 3 specimens
L.5 to 2 inches lung, dredged at station 1257, in Lynn Canal, and 2 specimens 1 and 1.5 inches long,
dredged a( station 4235, in Behm Canal.

This species has been recorded by Gilbert 1 L895 from stations 3211,3307,3308,3327,3329, 3338, 3340,
3342 and 3348, including the entire North Pacific and Bering Sea.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 271

50. Diaphus theta Eigenmann & Eigenmann.

One specimen 2.5 inches long dredged at station 4267, off Mount Edgecumbe in 922 fathoms.
Head 3; depth 4.5; eye 3; snout about :! in eye; dorsal 12; anal 9; pectorals 12; lateral line 35.

Family in. CHAULIODONTIDjE.

51. Cyclothone microdon iCiiinther).

Recorded l>y (iilliert ls05i from Albatross Btations 3307 and 3308 in Bering Sea. Not taken by us.

52. Chauiiodus macouni Bean.

One specimen 4.25 inches long from station 12:', 1. lielnn i anal near I.nring, and another 3.5 inches
long from station4 257, in Lynn (anal. Also recorded from station 3340, south of Alaska peninsula
(Gilbert 1895

Family ro. PLAGYODONTIDvE.

53. Plagyodus eesculapius Bean.

Originally described by liean (1884) from Iliuliuk, (Jnalaska. Recorded also from Summer
Harbor, [Jnalaska (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

k>

Fig.'" i lugyn.lus irsculiipius Ili'im.
54. Plagyodus borealis i <iill).
Recorded from Captains Harbor, [Jnalaska (Bean 1882).

Family 20. N0TACANTHID£.
55. Macdonaldia challengeri iVaillant I,
Recorded by Gilbert L895) from Albatross station 3308 in Bering Sea.

Family 21. DALLIID/E.
56. Dallia pectoralis Bean.

This interesting fish, which is the sole representative of a family and order of fishes, was first
described by Bean (1880), from specimens collected by its discoverer, Dr. Dall, at St. Michael.
Specimens were also reported by Nelson > 1887) from Andreafski, Yukon River, and mouth of Tanana
River, and by Gilbert 1895) from Nushagak River. It occurs in great numbers on St. Lawrence
Island. We have but a single specimen, one secured by Gilbert. Although so abundant in Alaska,
this species is rare in museums and collections in general, illustrating the well-known fact that the
commonest forms in nature are often the rarest as preserved specimens Turner 1 1886) says:

This species is probably the most abundant of all the fishes which occur in the fresh and brackish
waters of the northern part of Alaska. It is found in all the small streams of the low grounds, in the

272

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

wet morasses and sphagnum-covered areas, which are soaked with water and winch at times ceem to
contain water sufficient only to moisten the skin of the fish. In the low grounds or tundra are many.
countless thousands, small ponds of very slight depth, connected with each other by small streams
.if variable width. * * * These narrow outlets of the ponds are at certain seasons so full of these
fish that they completely block them up. The snl't. yielding sphagnum moss above is pushed aside,
and under it' these fish find a convenient retreat. Here the fish are partially protected from the great
cold of winter by the covering of moss and grass. In such situations they collect in such numbers that
fio-ures fail to express an adequate idea of their numbers. They are measured by the yard. Then-
mass is deep according to the nature of the retreat. * * * The natives repair to the places which
are known to be the refuge of these fish and set a small trap. The natives remove the trap

everv day or two to relieve the pressure on it and to supply their own wants and those of their dogs.
* *" * From May to December, tons and tons of these fish are daily removed. They form the prin-
cipal food of the natives living between the Yukon Delta and the Kuskokwim River and as far interior
as the liases of the higher hills. North of the Yukon Delta they are also abundant. The natives sell
many of these fish in baskets, a few cents paying for about three-fourths of a bushel. When taken
from' tlie traps the fish are immediately put into these baskets and taken to the village, where the
baskets of fish are placed on stages out of the way of dogs. The mass of fish in each basket is frozen
in a few minutes, and when required to take them out they have to be chopped out with an ax or beaten
with a club to divide them into pieces of sufficient size to feed to the dogs.

Fig. 21. — Dallia pectoralis Bean.

The vitality of these fish is astonishing. They will remain in those grass baskets for weeks, and when
brought into the house and thawed out they will be as lively as ever. The pieces which are thrown to
the ravenous dogs are eagerly swallowed, the animal heat of the dog's stomach thaws the fish out, where-
upon its movements soon cause the dog to vomit it up alive. The food of these fish has always been a
matter of wonder to me. considering the number of fish to be supplied in the scanty waters where they
abound. The contents of several stomachs were examined and found to contain only a mass of undis-
tinguished earthy matter, vegetable fragments, and what appeared to be the undigested portions of
skins of small worms which frequent the ponds and low grounds. The spawning season is in June and
July, or as soon as the lagoons thaw out sufficiently. The eggs are deposited in the vegetable slrme at
the bottoms of the small ponds.

According to Petroff, this little fish is found in all the shallower channels and lagoons throughout the
delta between the mouths of the Kuskokwim and Yukon rivers in such quantities as to furnish subsist-
ence for whole settlements in the most desolate regions where nothing else could be found to sustain
life at certain seasons of the year. It is said that the people inhabiting these regions are in better con-
dition physically when spring approaches than any of their neighbors in regions where it does not exist,
they being almost exempt from the annual period of starvation elsewhere preceding the run of salmon
in the rivers. The blackfish is exceedingly fat and a good quality of oil is obtained from il.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 273

Famil) - zz. ESOCID.E.

57. Esox lucius Linnaeus.

Recorded from Yukon River (Bean lssiij; common in Kobuk River (Townsend 1887); Androafski,
Yukon River (Nelson 1887). No specimens were obtained by lis, but we were informed that it occurs
in Lake Atlin and Tagish Arm.

Fig. 22. -Esox lucius I.inna>us.

Family zy GASTEROSTEIDjE. The Sticklebacks.
58. Pygosteus pungitius I I.inna?us).

This species has been recorded by Turner (188G), from St. Michael. Gilbert (1895), from Nusha-
gak and Naknek rivers. Rutten 1899), brook near mouth of Alitak Bay, Kodiak Island. Scofield I 1S96),
Grantley Harbor. Nelson i IssTi.as I'lii/ostaix pungitius hi mini inula. Erom Vndreafski, Yukon River, and
St. Michael. Turner i issn i. Sannak Island. Bean I L882), St. Paul, Kodiak Island; I nga [sland; Qiuliuk
Lake, Unalaska; St. Paul Island; St. Michael; Port Clarence; Blephanl Point, Eschscholtz Bay; near
ley < 'ape. Arct ie ( )cean. Murdoch (1885), Poinl Barrow.

Numerous (probably 500) specimens taken by Dr. Gilbert in a small lake at Koggiung. Two
specimens 2.26 and 1 75 inches long taken along with young salmon in sloughs or little pools of quiel
water along edge of Karluk River near its source, by Mi Flutter in L903. These specimens differ
from current descriptions, therefore, in having an increased number of spines, and the ventral spi
somewhat shorter.

The following is a description of the larger specimen, 2.26 inches long

Head 1 inbody; depth 5; eye 3.75 in head snout 3.75; maxillary 4; mandible 4; Interorbital 4.6;
dorsal X-I, 9; anal t. 9.

59. Gasterosteus cataphractus i Pallas .

Numerous specimens from the following localities; Admiralty Head and Kilisut Harbor near Port
Townsend; Shawnigan Lake. Vancouver Island; Alert Bay; Mink Ann. Boca de Quadra; Loring
(from both salt and fresh water); Lake McDonald and Yes Bay; Kasaan Pay; Ankau River; Karluk
Lake and connecting streams and sloughs; Alitak Lake, Kodiak Island: St. Paul Island. Pribilof Group;
Sitka; and Pablof Kails.

The species had been previously recorded by Turner I 1886) from Sannak Island. By Lean (1882)
from Sitka; Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Refuge Cove and Chugachik Bay, Cook Inlet; St. Paul,
Kodiak Island; Sanborn Harbor, Unga Island. Humboldt Harbor and Little Koniushi Island, Shu-
magins; Iliulitik. Unalaska; Amchitka; Kyska Harbor and St. Paul Island. Lakes of Kodiak Island
and Karluk estuary (Rutter 1899). Grantley Harbor Scofield 1899). As Gasterosteus microcephalus
(Bean 1884) from Piseco Lake. Sitka: Si. Paul. Kodiak; Chirikof Island: Iliuliuk Lake. Unalaska, and
Mountain Lake, near Wards Cove.

The specimens from Karluk Lake were obtained by Mr. Putter from a large school seen in the
river near its connection with a side lake and from sloughs or pools of quiet water along the river near
its source. These range in length from 2 to 4 inches. The largest of these last specimens have the lateral
plates scarcely evident : the smaller specimens show no plates at all. Examples taken at Lake McDonald
August 24 were full of nearly ripe eggs, as were also those taken at Kilisut Harbor July 1.

B. B. F. 1906—18

274

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Among the great number of specimens collected by Mr. M. C. Marsh on St. Paul Island in 1906,
nearly 200 small examples were obtained from a landlocked fresh-water lake and these are not so fully
plated as are larger examples from the same lake. Many of the Luring specimens were infested with
intestinal parasites.

Eighteen different localities in Alaska, eight of which are salt water, are represented in our collection
of Gasterosteits. Every specimen from the salt water is fully plated. Those found in the lakes or well
up the streams usually have fewer plates than those taken in or near the sea, the variation being from
3 plates to a fully plated condition. Those in a fresh-water landlocked lake on St. Paul Island, however,
are fully plated. With this exception (and this lake is not strictly a fresh-water lake), our collections
indicate that whenever sticklebacks begin living in fresh water they begin losing their plates, and a
continued residence there tends to the disappearance of most of the plates.

Fig. 23.— Gasterosteus cataphractus (Pallas).

An examination of our specimens from various localities gives the following results:

Hatchery Lake near Loring, 2 specimens, 6 plates; pubic plate and spines well developed, not
reduced.

River connecting with side lake, Lake Karluk, 2 specimens, 4 and G plates; spines well developed;
pubic plate not reduced.

Loring, G specimens, 3 plates, only 1 plate fully developed; pubic plate and spines not reduced;
pectorals small.

Lake Karluk, about 20 specimens, 4 to 12 plates; pubic plate and spines not reduced.

Loring. outlet second lake, 1 specimen, 3 plates; spines and pubic plate well developed.

Loring, at head of bay, many small specimens, few plates; spines and pubic plates well developed.

Heckman Lake, 4 specimens, 3 plates; spines and pubic plate well developed.

Karluk Lake, 12 specimens, 3 to 8 plates; spines and pubic plate well developed.

Head of Mink Arm, 77 specimens, all fully plated; pubic plate and pectoral not different from
fresh-water specimens.

Admiralty Head, 1 specimen, fully plated; spines and pubic plate well developed.

Kilisut Harbor, 13 specimens, fully plated; spines and pubic plates well developed.

Loring, near head of Bight, 2 specimens, fully plated; spines and pubic plate well developed.

Loring, at head of Naha Bay, 12 specimens, plates well developed; others well developed, as are
the spines and pubic plates.

Kasaan Bay, 1 specimen, plates all developed.

Head of Yes Bay. 25 specimens, fully plated.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 275

Family 24. AULORHYNCHIDjE.

60. Aulorhynchus flavidus Gill.

Eleven specimens, 1.15 to 2.15 inches long, seined at Quarantine Dock, near Port Townscnd: 3
specimens, 1.25 inches long, taken in kelp near pier at Port Townsend. 5 from Loring, and ] from Alert
Bay. The species lias also been recorded from Sitka by Bean 1 1882. 1

Fig. 24.- Aulorli; N' mi fl&vidus Gill.

Family 25. SYNGNATHIDjE. The Pipefishes.

61. Siphostorna griseolineatum (Ayres).

Four specimens. 4 to 9 inches long, taken at Loring; "tie a male. 6.75 inches long, had eggs and
young in its pouch; ■ ; females, 6.5 t<> 8 inches long, seined at Kilisut Harbor; 2 females. 5.5 and 11.5
inches long, seined at Metlakahtla; one specimen, 5 inches long, seined in Taylor Kay. Gabriola Island.
We have also 2 specimens, one taken at Loring and one at Yes Bay in 1905, and one other taken at Port
Ludlow in 1895.

Family 26. AMMODYTIDvE. The Sand Launces.

62. Ammodytes personatus (iirard.
Collections were made by the Albatross as fellows: ( >ne speeimen. 3.75 inches long, at Sutia Island,

May 6, 1894; 13 specimens, :'.."> to 7 inches lone, south Bide of Akatan Hay. Aleutian Islands, July 20,
1894; 42 specimens, 3 to 5 inches long, at Agattu Island, June 6, 1894; 6 specimens, 3 to 5 inches long,

taken at Atka Island, June 10, 1894: one specimen, I inches long, at station 3595 52 by Mr. Kutter at
Uganuk in 1 S<I7 ; 2 specimens. I and 4.25 inches long, at Unalaska, .Inly 2. 1900; 118 specimens, 2 to
G.25 inches long, were taken in 1903 at Admiralty Bead Loring; Metlakahtla: Pablof Harbor: Uganuk,
Uyak Bay, and Shakan Bay.

In addition to the specimens in the collection, the apeciea was seined in abundance in Pablof Bay
and also observed at station 1242 in Karta Bay. at Port Alexander, and Kilisut Harbor. It is frequently
found in the stomachs of other fishes — in the stomach of a halibut at Loring, and many in (hi- stomachs
of soekoyes; many were also found in the stomach of a Dolly Varden trout.

The species has been recorded by Bean (1882), as Ammodytes americanus, from Sitka; Port Mulgrave,
Yakulat Bay; Chugachikand Port Chatham. Cook Inlet; Semidi Islands; Humboldt Bay. Slnimagins;
Iliuliuk, Captains Harbor, and Chemoffsky, Unalaska; ConstantineBay, Amchitka; Port Clarence; and
Point Behher, Antic Ocean. Also by Bean in 1884 (as .1. personatus) from Wrangell and Port Ches-
ter. Gilbert l 1895), Unalaska; Chemoffski; Herendeen Bay and Hagemeister Island. Nelson I 1887),
St. Michael; and Scofield (1899), Chignik and Port Clarence.

Small boys, seen using this fish at Sitka for bait in fishing for 'black bass" (Sebastodes melanops),
called them -needlefish." They are abundant along the- Alaskan coasts at least as far north as the
Aleutian Islands, going in great schools and frequenting sandy shores, where they quickly bury them-
selves in the sand when disturbed. At 1'nalaska in L892 one of us saw more than a barrel taken in one
haul with a short seine. More delicious little fish probably do not exist. They are usually prepared
by rolling in tine .urn meal or cracker crumbs and trying in butter.

Family 27. BERYCIDjE.

63. Plectromus lugubris (Gilbert).

Recorded from station 3327, north of Unalaska (Gilbert 1895), as Melamphaes lugubris.

276 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

64. Plectromus cristiceps (Gilbert).

One specimen 4.75 inches long from station 4207, off Cape Edgecumbe, in 922 fathoms.

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3.80; eye 5.3 in head; maxillary 2.3; mandible 2; interorbital 3.1;
dorsal m, 13; anal I, 8.

Head long, blunt anteriorly, remarkable for cavernous areas surrounded by membranous ridges, the
eye surrounded by a raised rectangular area bordered above and below by raised crests; a fragile but
sharp spine on snout and a horseshoe-shaped crest on top of head, the rounded border pointing anteriorly;
a raised area ending in a ridge in front of preopercle and resembling the latter in outline; a fan-shaped
striate patch on upper posterior corner of opercle; mouth wide, slightly oblique, the gape reaching to
vertical of pupil. Dorsal rather long, its base 1.5 in head, its origin halfway between tip of snout and
base of caudal; anal short, its base 3.5 in head, its origin about middle of base of dorsal; ventrals short,
inserted immediately below pectorals; pectoral long and slender, reaching to posterior end of dorsal,
about 1.2 in head, narrow (about 13-rayed), inserted close behind gill-opening and about two-thirds
distance from dorsal to ventral outline. Scales apparently deciduous, the scars only remaining,
largest anteriorly, 24 in longitudinal series, 9 in transverse series; no lateral line.

Predominating color black; fins dark; crests, occiput, and area about eye white; positions occupied
by scales lighter, border area black.

Family 28. ZAPRORID.-E.

65. Zaprora silenus Jordan.

Known only from 2 specimens, the type and one other now in the Provincial Museum at Victoria,
both taken in Nanaimo Harbor, British Columbia.

Fig. 25. — Zaprora silenus Jordan.

Family 29. EMB10T0C1D.-E. The Viviparous Surf-fishes.
66. Cyrnatogaster aggregatus (Gibbons). White Surf-fish; Mri parous Perch.

This interesting fish occurs from Todos Santos Bay, Lower California, northward at least as far as Yes
Bay, Alaska. It was found by us at the following places: Marrowstone Point near Tort Townsend, June
29; Kilisut Harbor near Port Townsend, July 1; Taylor Bay and Gabriola Island near Nanaimo, June 20;
Union Bay, Nanaimo, June 2:'.; Fori Rupert, June 25; Boca de Quadra. July 6; Yes Bay and Karta Bay,
July 8; Loring and Klawak, August 8. It was abundanl a1 all these places, except at Yes and Karta
bays, and many specimens were seined at all of them, but none was seen farther north than Yes Bay.
Bean (1883) records it from Wrangell. The specimens collected up to July 1 were mature, the females
all being Heavy with young. In some instances the young had begun to escape, as some were found in
the water, and in nearly all cases they could be easily pressed from the body of the mother. Frequently
they were able to maintain themselves in an upright position in the water and swim about.

A large number of examples of this species were examined for the purpose of determining the
extreme and average sizes of adult males and females, the number and size of youngat time of libera-
tion, and the position of the voting in the ovary. It was found that the average total length of all the

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

277

females (106) examined was 5.25 inches; of the < -1-4 1 males. 3.84 inches. The extremes were: Females,
3.25 and 8 inches; males 3.31 and 5.69 inches. The number of young in SI females examined varied
from S 1 1 » 36, the average being 15.76. The position of the young in the "vary was determined in 54

' '*/■'<,

Fig ■ i j mi.i i ogai tei ' Mbbons i. Male.

lishes. They were found to contain a total of 813 young, 652 or 80 per cent of which were lying with the
head toward the head of the mother fish, while L61 or 20 per cent had the head toward the tail. In one
instance all the young (11) had the head forward, and in every case but one the majority of the young

Fig. it. -Cymatogaster aggregatus. Female.

had the head forward. The one exception was with a 5.5-inch fish with 12 young, 9 of which had the

head toward the tail. The j ng were quite uniformly I inch to 1.26 inches in length. Those of an

unusually large female (6.75 inches) wore each L.63 inches long.
The table on page 278 gives these data in detail.

278

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
Position of Young in Gravid Examples of Oymatogaster aggregatus.

'8

P.
00

d S

Locality and date.

si

GJ

•"= i
So

B a g

3 - r
O.C f

>•

5*

— O

3 og

O.C &

f
5
>.

O

14
17
18
16
15

19
17
11
14
15
13
27
20
Hi
15
16
10
18
15
15
14
11
17
22
15
14
14
14
17
14
13
12
12
12
13
11
14
24
12
22
13

i

C G

Locality and date.

Eb
c

-

Young With
head for-
ward.

Young with
head back-
ward.

nil
n

>.

1
2

Galmolalsland (June 201
do

Inches.
5.0
5.25
5.5
5.5
5.5

6.0

5.5

5.0

5.5

5.0

6.0

6.5

5.5

5.5

5.0

li.O

5.0

5.0

6.0

5.5

5.0

5.0

5.0

6.5

5.5

5.0

5.0

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

4.75

5.5

H.O

5.5

6.5

5. 25

13
12
13
10

11

14

15

10

10

10

10

25

15

14

12

12

8

16

13

11

11

11

16

19

9

13

9

12

15

12

9

9

9

7

12

9

13

23

3

20

12

1
5
5
6
4

5
2
1
4
5
3
2
5
2
3
4
2
2
2
4
3
0
1
3
6
1
5
2
2
2
4
3
3
5
1
2
1
1
9
2
1

42

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
.50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82

Union Bay, Vancouver

Island (June 23)

do

do

do

do

do

do

do

Inches.

4.75
6.0
5. 25

6.0
5.0
6.0
5.5

4. ::.

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

5.5

6.0

5.0

5.75

5.75

5.5

5.25

6.0

5.0

5.5

5. 25

5. 25

5.75

5.0

5. 75
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.0
5. 25
5.0
5.0
5 0
5.0

6, ?5

5
15
11
11
16
11
14
12
10
11
10

7
12

3

1

6

5

3

2

3

3-

2

1

2

3

3

8

3

do

16

4

....do

17

5

do

16

6

7
g

Union Bay, Vancouver

Island (June 23)

do

do .

19
13
17
15

9

....do .

do

12

10

....do .

do

12

11

....do...

do

12

12

....do...

do

10

13

do

do

15

14

do

Gabriola Island (June 20)

do

do

do..

15

15

20

16

....do

27

17

....do...

17

IS

....do

do.. .

21

19

....do

do

14

20

...do...

do ....

15

21

...do

do.. .

18

22

....do...

do.. .

15

23

do

do

17

24

do

do....

21

25

do

do.. .

11

26

do

do

20

27

do

do

11

28

do

do

15

29

do

do.. .

20

30

do

do

12

31

do

do

20

32

do

do

18

33

do

do....

20

34

do

do

do

21

35

do

13

36

do

do

16

37

do

do

12

38

do

do

11

39

do

do

....do

do

24

40

do

20

41

Kilisut Harbor (July 1) .

36

Color of female in life, silvery; back olive-greenish <>r brassy; side with 2 broad vertical brassy
bars, between which and in front and back of which the scales are whitish, and with a large black blotch
of small specks; top of head olive; belly white; dorsal and caudal olive, other fins white.

"Surf-fish" is a very appropriate name for this little species. During the spawning season it swarms
in great numbers in the surf or in shallow water along sandy shores. Every haul of the seine at Kilisut
Harbor and about Nanaimo and Fort Rupert resulted in the capture of great numbers.

The spawning season on the coast from Puget Sound In Fort Rupert is evidently during the last
days of June and the first days of July, and the fish seem to come into shallow water along the shore to
liberate their young. There is evidence indicating that the more quiet, shallow reaches of shore are
then selected as affording the least danger to the delicate- young fish. The fact that numerous females
captured at Karta Pay July 11 were all spent fish indicates that the spawning period is a brief one.

The number of females seems to be in excess of the males. Of 90 fish examined at Fori Rupert, 66
were females, and about the same proportion held elsewhere. The preponderance of females may,
however, be more apparent than real. The males are considerably smaller than the females, and it
may well be that some were overlooked in the mass of material resulting from each seine haul.

The white surf-fish will take the hook, but is too small to be of much interest as a game fish. It
is said to be a very fair pan fish.

67. Taeniotoca lateralis i Agassiz i. IUm Perch; Striped Svrf-fish.

The only example seen was seined at Kilisut Harbor, July 1. * lolor in life, reddish brassy, greenish
on head and bark: side and back with many narrow, pale bluish lines, half width of brassy interspaces;
underparts paler brassy: tins dusky brassy.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

279

68. Damalichthys argyrosomus idirard). White Viviparous Perch; Porgee.

This species was found at Diamond Point. Kilisut Harbor, and Marrowstone Point. June 27 and
July 1; Taylor Bay, Gabriola Island, June 20; and Union Bay, Vancouver Island, June 23. It was not
abundant anywhere, but was most common at Union Bay. A female examined at Gabriola Island was
11 inches long and contained 23 young, each about 1.9 inches long. Four other examples measured
were 2.75, 5.25, 4.75, and 6.5 inches lorn,', respectively.

A specimen 2.02 inches long has the pectorals dark, almost black; anal anteriorly ducky: caudal
dusky at base, and a conspicuous black spot about the middle- of the dorsal.

Fig. 28. — Damalichthys argyrosomns (Glr&Td).

Family 30. SCORPjENIDjE. The Scorpion-fishes.

69. Sebastolobus alascanus 1 Bean).

The collection contains 11 specimens of this species, the localities represented being stations 1238
to -1241 (Behm Canal) and 4302 (Sumner Strait, off Shakan). The depths range from L69to256 fathoms.
The specimens range in length from 3.4 l" 23 inches.

Dorsal xvi in 8 specimens, xvn in :!. In two small examples (3.4 and 5 inches total length) the
black spots on the spinous dorsal an- quite distinct and the pectorals are marbled with black and white.
The ventrals also are dusky, and the soft dorsal of tin- smaller specimen 1- dusky, and has 3 or 4 small
roundish white spots. Two adults inos. 2S7K and 2S71D taken at station 1238, in Behm Canal, wen-,
in life, bright rose-red all over, paler below, especially on lower parts of head; fins all red; caudal with
some black on outer parts of membranes; pectoral also with some black on interradial membranes;
inside of opercle rose-color.

Originally described by Bean (1891) from Albatross station 2853, off Trinity Islands. Recorded
also by Gilbert (1895) from stations 3227, 3324, 3330 to 3332, and 333' to 3340, in Bering Sea, north of
Unalaska Island, or in the north Pacific, southeast of Unimak Island.

This species reaches a length of 2 feet or more. Its range extends from California to Bering Sea.
It is usually found in rather deep water, 100 to 800 fathoms. Its flesh is palatable and the species should
be of some value as a food fish.

280

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
70. Sebastolobus altivelis Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from station 3338, south of the Alaskan Peninsula. No other
specimens have been taken in Alaskan waters, but it has been found to be almost equally abundant with
S. alascanus off the coast of California as far south at least as SaD Diego, in relatively deep water. It
reaches a foot in length.

Fig. 29.— Sebastolobus altivelis Gilbert.

71. Sebastodes paucispinis (Ayres). Boccacio.

This species occurs from San Diego to Barclay Sound, British Columbia, in rather deep water. We
have one specimen 8 inches long, from Barclay Sound, collected by the Albatross September 27, 1888.
The species reaches a length of 2.5 feet and a weight of several pounds.

-V.

^f:

:U""-'-\ :■,-■<-' '." ■

Fig. 30.— Sebastodes melanops (Girard).

72. Sebastodes melanops (Girard). Sitka "Black Bass."

This species was obtained at Nanaimo, in the surface tow-net ., at Sitka, Naha Bay. and Port McArthur
with hook and line, and by Mr. Rutter at Karluk. Four specimens were seined at Metlakahtla, and
several were seen at Shakan. They range in length from 6.5 to 15.25 inches. We have examined also an
example 8.5 inches long collected by the Albatross at Barclay Sound, British Columbia, September 23,
1888, and also 2 specimens 7.5 and 8.5 inches long collected in 1S93 at St. Paul, Kodiak. and 7 others
6 to 13.5 inches long collected in 1897 at Redlish Bay and Hunter Bay.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

281

The range of this species is from Monterey Bay i" Kodiak Island, it being most abundant northward.
It reaches a length of 18 to 20 inches. Bean (1882) has recorded it from Sitka and St. Paul. Kodiak.

These lish take the hook freely and afford some sport as game fish. At Sitka July 28 they were biting
well and many were caught from the wharf . Pieces of meat were used (or bait and the fish were found in
water 6 to 18 feel deep. They usually take the hook rather quietly and at first make a pretty good
fight, but soon give up and allow themselves to be lifted out of the water without much struggle.
They are therefore a "boy's fish," which will not appeal strongly to the experienced angler, but they
are good f 1 fishand bear a certain resemblance to the black base [fiaropterus). Color in life, olive-
brown, blotched with dirty red.

73. Sebastodes ciliatus Til. -in- .

Two specimens, 3.75 and 7.25 inches long.from station 4285 in ChignikBay. These have 14 dorsal
spines each. In all other respects l hoy agree pi rfi ctly with a large specimen im. 28uoi. 13 indies long,
taken with hook and line at Loring, July 7. We have also ;; specimens 12 to L3.5 inches long collected

Fig. 31. Sebastod - ciliatu

by the Albatross in 1897 at Redfiah Bay and Killisnoo. The species is now known from Kodiak Island,
Aleutian Islands. Chignik Kay. Loring. Mary Island. Tolstoi Bay, Nakal Harbor, and Port Chester.

As our bi-inoh specimen is more than twice the size of those upon which current descriptions were
based, we give the following notes on it : Head 3.2 in length; depth 2.8; oblique rows of scales 60, plus
a few small scabs on baseof caudal fin; pons 50; eye 1 in head, equaling snout . intejorbital width about
equaling eye; fifth dorsal spine 2.75 in head.

Our examples have been compared with the 3 small specimens from Kodiak in the National
Museum and one 7.5 inches long collected by the Albatross at Kodiak Island. August 14, 1888, with
which they agree.

Epinephelus tiliatus Tilesius, Mem. Ac. Sci. St. Petersb., iv, lsio, 474, "Camtschaticus et Americanus": no defin-
ite locality given, probably from about Kodiak Island.

Perra variabilis Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., m. 24] 1811, Aleutian Islands. (Type in museum of Berlin: red exam-
ples of S. nlrulianuK included as the summer coloration.)

L'Sli

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

74. Sebastodes mystinus Jordan & Gilbert. Black Rockfish.

One specimen (no. 1370) 14 inches long, collected by the Albatross at Attu Island in 1893, and 2 others
(no. 2165 and 2166), each 15 inches long, collected by the same vessel at Killisnoo. The species ranges
from the Aleutian Islands to San Diego, and about San Francisco is the most abundant of the family.
It occurs in shallow water and reaches a length of about 14 inches.

:«a

Fig. 32. — Sebastodes mystinus Jordan & Gilbert.

75. Sebastodes brevispinis ( Bean).

One fine specimen 14S inches long (no. 2864), taken on hook at Loring by Mr. F. M. Chamberlain
in July. Dorsal xm, 14; anal in, 7; 61 pores in lateral line; only the nasal, preocular, and parietal spines
present; mandible apparently naked; gillrakers 10 4- 25. the longest 1.75 in eye.

The collection contains also 4 other specimens which we refer to this species, seined at Metlakahtla,
July 10. They are each about 4 inches in length and agree in all essentials with the large specimen.

Fig. 33. — Sebastodes brevispinis (Bean).

Each of them, however, shows a very distinct black spot on the membranes of the ninth to thirteenth
dorsal spines; colors otherwise agreeing with the large examples.

Originally described by Be: a (1884) as Sebastichthys prorigi r bn wspinis from Hassler Harbor.

This is a rare species, as yet known only from the type and the 5 specimens here recorded.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 283

76. Sebastodes alutus Gilbert.

The collection contains 20 specimens uf tin- species, representing the following localities: Dredging
stations 3486, 3489, 3490, 3449, 3459, 4223. 4227. 4228 (4 specimens), 1249, (tag no. 2898 , 4253 (tag no.
2905), 4283, 4284 (3 specimens), 4285, 4289 (5 small specimens and one large example qo. Mono.. 4290
(tag no. 2005). and 1292. These specimens range in length from 4.4 to 15 inches. We have also exam-
ined 8 small specimens 3 to 5 inches long dredged among the Santa Barbara Islands at station 2840, and
2 specimens (paper tag no. 110 and 111), each about 4.5 in. he- long, from Albatross station 3599,
June 9, 1894, in Bering Sea. These specimens had a number of parasites upon them.

All these specimens agree in the main with the excellent original description of the specie-. Speci-
men no. 2898,9.25 inches long, from Eastern Passage (vicinity of Stikine River Helta . shows Borne
differences, the body 1 icing more slender, the eye larger, snout Linger, maxillary lunger, and the mandible
more projecting, h gives the following measurements: Head 2.75; depth 3.5; eye 3.1; snout 4.1:
maxillary 2.1; dorsal xxn, b">; anal in. 8; gillrakers 10 + 28.

The young differ somewhat from the adult. The full,, win'.- detailed description is based on a spei i-
men (no. 97) 1.5 inches long from station 1285 Bead 2.8 in body; depth 3.5; eye 3.1 in head: maxillary
2.2; mandible L.8; snout4; interorbital 4.8; dorsal .xiu. 15; anal hi. 8; ventral- t. 5; pectorals 18; pores
47+1 on tail, about 51 transverse series of Male-.

.

Fig. 3j. Sebastodes alutus Gilbert.

Body ovate, compressed, both dorsal and ventral outlines gently curved; head moderate; mouth

medium, slightly oblique, the tip of premaxillarj on a level with pupil, the gaj xtending to under

nostril; maxillary extending to a little beyond vertical at middle of orbit; mandible to posterior margin
of pupil; teeth minute, in narrow hands on palatines, a triangular patch on vomer, hands on upper jaw

terminating anteriorly in rounded lobes, leaving a vacant space at symphysis, the teeth each side of
vacant space slightly enlarged, hand on lower jaw narrow, the symphyseal patch somewhat raised and
its teeth. somewhat enlarged, this patch fitting into the vacant space above; lower jaw slightly project ing,
entering prnlilo. a small symphyseal knob; tongue rather large, fleshy, acute; buccal cavity rather
pale; interorbital space tolerably broad, L.5 in eye, and very slightly concave; cranial ridges rather
sharp and tolerably well deli tied, the follow ing spines present : nasal, pre ■orbital, supraorbital, post orbital,
tympanic and parietal, all these small, but stout and sharp; a stout humeral spine; opercular
spines two, triangular, united at base; preopercular spines live, rather stout. Scales on jaws, cheeks,
and occiput, a barren patch above suborbital stay; scales on body very weakly ctenoid, as are those
on occiput; scales on jaws, cheeks, and breast cycloid. Dorsal I'm rather low. it- lon._'e-i 'fifth spine
2.45 in head, longest ray about 3 in head (probably broken); base of fin about 1.8 in body, its origin
above tip of opercular flap; distance from tip of snoul to origin about 2.9 in body: fin membranes some-
what incised, leaving about one-third of the spines exserted; border of fin not deeply emarginate; anal
not high, length of longest ray 2.1 in head, the base the same length: second anal spine longest, not
conspicuously stouter than others, its tip reaching slightly beyond tipof third spine but not to tip of

284

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

nearest rays; ventrala rather narrow, acute, length 1.6 in head, tips not reaching vent by quite a percep-
tible distance; pectorals rather broad, acute, 1.25 in head, tips reaching nearly to vent, lower 9 rays
very slightly thickened, not branched, upper rays branched; caudal 1.55 in head, apparently truncate;
gill cavity somewhat dusky; gillrakera 11 + 25, rather long and slender. 1.9 in eye. peritoneum black.
Color in alcohol, light yellowish-brown above, somewhat silvery below; occiput, line along base of
dorsal, and spot on opercle dusky; dorsal more or less dusky, the edge of the membrane blackish.

77. Sebastodes pinniger (Gill ). Orange Rockfish.

One specimen 5 inches long from station 4220 in Admiralty Inlet, July 1. It is a female with well
advanced eggs.

Head 3.25 in body; depth 3; eye 3.5 in head; maxillary 2.1; dorsal xm, 14; anal in, 7; scales 45.

A specimen 4.5 inches long from station 4193. Dorsal xm. 14: head 3; eye 3; gillrakera 12 4-26,
long and slender.

Another example 3.5 inches long from station 4205.

This species reaches a length of 2 feet or more and ranges from San Diego to Puget Sound.

"X^"

Fig. 35.— Sebastodes pinniger (Gill).
78. Sebastodes aleutianus .Jordan ct Evermann. (PI. xvi.)
This species is certainly known only from the type locality. Shelikof Strait, off Kodiak Island.

79. Sebastodes saxicola (Gilbert).

Two specimens 2.5 and 2.75 inches long seined al Metlakahtla, and 3 others, 2.5, 4.25, and (i inches,
dredged at station 4228 i Naha Bay).

Iliad 3: eyes 2.75; snout 4; interorbital 4; pores 43; scales about 50; dorsal xm, 14; anal m, 7;
gillrakera 11+23, long and slender, 2 in eye.

An example 9 inches long from station 312!), off the coast of central California, March 13, 1890,
has the head 2.75; snout 4.25; depth 3.2; gillrakers 10+23, 2. 1 in eye; eye 3.2. Longest dorsal spine
2.5 in head

Another example (paper tag no. 102), from Barclay Sound, had the gillrakers 9+22, long and
slender, 2.2 in eye.

We have compared our specimens with others in the National Museum and find them identical.

This fish ranges from southern California to southeast Alaska in waters of moderate depth. It
reaches a foot in length.

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate XVI.

m%

mm •■

m

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

285

80. Sebastodes swifti Evermann & Goldsborough, new species.

Head 2.05 in body; depth 3.1; eye 3.2 in head; snout 4.2; maxillary 2; mandible l.S; interorbital
about 2 in eye, G in head; dorsal xm, 13; anal m, 7; scales 42 in oblique series, about 32 pores.

Body oblong-ovate, compressed, the dorsal and ventral contours gently curved, the dorsal sloping
rather gently botb ways from the nape; caudal peduncle rather slender, its least depth 1.15 in eye;
head large, bluntish; interorbital space rather narrow, Bomewhat concave, a pronounced ridge inside
of each supraocular ridge; nasal, preocular, supraocular, postocular, tympanic, parietal, nuchal, and
coronal spines all present, rather strong; preorbital narrow, with two broad Bat lobes on the upper
half; two broad flat humeral spines; . opercular spines strong, BOmewhat diverging: preopercular spines
moderately strong, the second longest, the lirst. second, and third projecting backward, but somewhat
diverging, the fourth and fifth short and blunt, projecting downward and backward, all about equally
spaced; teeth in rather narrow villi form bands on both jaws and palatines, a triangular pat eh on vomer;
the band of teeth on upper jaw broadening to rounded lobes anteriorly, Leaving a small, naked interspace
:it the symphysis into which the symphyses] knob of the lower jaw lit-, the tongue small, short, and
broadly rounded; maxillary reaching vertical at posterior edge of pupil, its width at the tip 2 in eye;
lower jaw scarcely projecting; the mouth somewhat oblique; premaxillary on a level with lower edge
of pupil; gillrakers 8+21, rather long and slender, the longest about 2 in eye. Dorsal long, its origin

Fig. 36. — Sebastodes swifti Evermann A Goldsborough, new species. Type.

a little in front of the rounded opercular flap, the distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal equaling
the length of head; base of dorsal about 1.8 in length of body: dorsal spine- moderately strong, curved,
the longest about equaling distance from tip of snout to middle of pupil; dorsal rays somewhat shorter;
not eh between spinous and soft dorsal not pronounced; second ana] spine strong, curved, about equal-
ing the third in length; ventrals short, not reaching vent, pectorals long, reaching vertical at vent;
scales rather adherent, finely ctenoid; top of head, opercles, cheek, and maxillary scaled; mandible
naked.

Color in alcohol, pinkish-brown, with indistinct, dusky, black patch above lateral line; cheek
somewhat dusky, a black patch on upper edge of opercle and a smaller one at lower end; axil black;
dorsal, anal, caudal, and ventrals tipped with black: inside of mouth pale; under side of opercle
posterior to pseudobranchios with a black patch.

This species appears to be related to Sebastodes arameri, from which it differs in the narrower and
more concave interorbital, the stronger ridges on the head, the stronger cranial spines, the presence
of coronal spines, the smaller eye, the longer maxillary, the less strongly arched body, and the fewer
pores in the lateral line.

286 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Our collection contains two specimens — the type, no. 57821, U. S. National Museum (field no.
2872), 6.25 inches long, from Albatross station 4234 in Yes Bay. Alaska; and the cotype, no. 2893 ("no.
5228, Bureau of Fisheries), 3.5 inches long, from Albatross station 4246, Kasaan Bay, Alaska.

This species is named in honor of the late Lieut. Franklin Swift, U. S. Navy, the efficient com-
mander of the Albatross during the Alaska investigations in 1903.

81. Sebastodes diploproa I Gilbert).

The collection contains 2 small specimens (no. 2784 and 2785), 3.25 and 3.5 inches long, dredged
at station 4191. in Nanaimo Harbor, June 19. We have also examined a specimen (no. 101) 6.75 inches
long, collected by the Albatross in 1890, probably off the California coast.

No. 2784 in life was light red, brownish on back, coppery on head; belly below lateral line abruptly
silvery, scarcely washed with red; back with 5 obscure dull orange saddles, very diffuse, extending
below lateral line, the one below soft dorsal broadest; head all red, the opercle with many dark Sots;
dorsal red, slightly orange shaded, pinkish at tips, the soft dorsal with a black cross-blotch about half-
way up from behind third to sixth soft ray; black on membranes, not on rays; caudal faint orange,
base reddish, tips pale; anal like soft dorsal, the black blotch fainter, larger, from behind second spine
to third soft ray; pectoral and ventral pinkish-red; inside of mouth red; gill-cavity white; peritoneum
black.

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3.1; eye 3.3 in head; snout 5.1; maxillary 2.25; mandible 1.9; inter-
orbital 1.5 in eye, 4.5 in head; dorsal xin, 12; anal in, 8; pores in lateral line 34 to 41. Nasal, pre-
ocular, postocular, tympanic, and parietal spines present, all well developed; preorbital with 2 blunt
diverging spines; 2 small humeral spines; gillrakers 11+23, long and slender, 2 in eye.

No. 2785 has more black on second dorsal, less on anal; membranes of spinous dorsal dusky edged;
a little dusky on upper edge of opercle; general color light brick red. the belly abruptly silvery.

These specimens have been compared with the types in the National Museum, with which they
are found to agree.

The species reaches a length of a foot or less, and occurs on our Pacific coast from the Coronado
Islands northward to Nanaimo.

82. Sebastodes introniger i Gilbert).

One small specimen 2.75 inches long, dredged at station 4243, in Kasaan Bay, agrees in most respects
with the original description of this species.

Head 2.75; eye, 2.75; dorsal xm, 14; aual in, 6; scales about 45, 31 pores; gillrakers 8+20, rather
long and slender, 2 in eye.

Four specimens, 3.85 to 4.75 inches long from station 4223, in Boca de Quadra. These do not show
the black gill-cavity and mouth which introniger is said to have. We have one other specimen, no.
108S, 20 inches long, dredged at station 3324, Bering Sea, August. 1890. The species has also been
recorded from Bering Sea at stations 3311. 3317. 3324, and 3331 (Gilbert 1895). The known range of
this fish is from Santa Barbara to Bering Sea. in waters of moderate depth.

83. Sebastodes ruberrimus Cramer. Red Rod Cod; Red Rockfish. (PI. xm.)

The collection contains 1 large specimen (no. 2868) 12 inches long from Boca de Quadra, where
it was caught on hook and line, July 5. at a considerable depth. When brought to the surface it* stomach
had been thrown out into its mouth. This specimen agrees with current descriptions. (The colored
painting was made from life, from an example about 2 feet long, taken at Loring, where the species
is not uncommon.)

Gillrakers 9 + 18, short, rough, clavate, 3 in eye, first 5 on short arm and last 7 on long arm mere
tubercles. Head 2.6; depth 2.6; eye 4.5; dorsal xm. 15; ana! in. 7; scales 50. pores 44; maxillary 2.1;
mandible 1.66.

We have also 3 specimens 18, 19, ami 14 inches long, collected respectively at Hunter Bay, Mary
Island, and Mink Ann, and a specimen 19 inches long collected in Union Bay. The species has been
recorded by Bean (1882), as Sebastichthys ruber, from off Point Bingham; Jacobi Island; Gulf of Alaska;
and Kygani Strait.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 287

The red rockfish is one of the largest of the family. It attains a length of more than 2 feet and a

weight of many pounds. Ah a f 1 fish it is of considerable importance, the flesh being fairly firm and

of good flavor, and it takes the baited hook freely and possesses some game qualities. It is known to
occur from San Diego to Boca de Quadra and Loring in southeast Alaska in moderate depths.

84. Sebastodes rosaceus iGirardi. Oramic-rrtl Rockfish.

Two specimens (no. 2822 and 2823), 5.2 and 9 inches long, seined near Marrowstone Point, June 29,
and 1 example (paper tag no. 105), 9.5 inches long, collected by the Albatross al station 2887, off the
coast of Oregon, October 19, 1888.

The membranes of the dorsal and anal fins are deeply incised, being very different from all other
species with which we are acquainted. In the soft dorsal and anal the interradial membranes do not
reach more than two-fifths of the length of the rays. We have compared our specimens with 9 others
from Santa Barbara and find thai .-one- of the latter show tie- same structure, though the majority Bhow
little or no incision of those membranes.

This species reaches a length of a fool or more and is a good pan Iish. Its range extends limii San
Diego to Puget Sound.

85. Sebastodes rupestris (Gilbert I.

The collection contains 3 specimens 4.75 to (>' inches long I nos. 2906 s' from station 425;:. in Stephens
Passage, and one 6 inches long from station 42:'. 1 in Behm (anal. The last specimen has 14 Bpines in
the dorsal, but in all other respects it agrees with the other specimens. Maxillary in all three specimens
reaches to posterior margin of pupil; gillrakers 9 4-lfi ( 4-4 tubercles), more numerous than usually given
in descriptions.

Comparison of our specimens with the types shows no imporant differences. The black on the tins
in the types has faded, while in ours it is still very distinct. < >urs also have a large dark opercular spot
not mentioned in the description of t fie types. We nave also compared our specimens with the types of
Seba&tichthys aurora and find them to agree fully. We are mmble to discover any characters by means
of which they can lie distinguished, and an' therefore compelled to unite these two nominal species.
5. rupestris as here understood ranges from the Santa Barbara Islands northward to Southeast Alaska
(Stephens Passage and Behm Canal).

Sebattichthyt rupestris Gilbert, Proc. r. S. Nat. Mas., \iu. 1890 (Julj t . 76, Albatross station 2S4i;. in ISO fathoms

off southern California.
Sebastichthys aurora Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat Mas., urn, 1890 (July 1 ,80, Albatross stations 2948 and 2960, in2('.r, and

2G7 fathoms, off southern California.

86. Sebastodes dalli (Eigenmann & Beeson).

A single specimen (no. 2820), 8 inches long, taken on hook at 1 nion Bay, June 23. It appeal- to
agree with 5. dalli, except that the- maxillary is closely scaled on the posterior half.

Gillrakers 7+18, longest 2 in eye, the first 5 on ih short limb blunt and rough-tubercular, the last
8 on the long arm similar. Scales til or 62, about 15 in oblique series along lower portion of side; head
3; depth 3: eye I 5; snout 4.5; interorbital a little less than eye.

Dorsal 13; anal 6; dorsal spines L.75 in head; nasal, postocular, pr :ular, tympanic, and parietal

spines present; coronal spine on right side and nuchal -inn.- on right side present; a small humeral spine
present; preorbital with one broad spine. Mandible naked; maxillary closely sealed on posterior half.

The only specimens previously known are the type (from San Francisco) and another from Vancouver
Island.

87. Sebastodes caurinus I Richardson).

We have 15 specimens 2 to 5.5 inches long collected by Osgood and Heller at Queen Charlotte
Island, July, 1900; one specimen l no. 1820), 10.5 inches long, collected in 1895 in Klemtoo Harbor; one
11.5 inches long obtained by the Albatross at Sitka in 1S9H; one 9.5 inches long by Luttrell al Sitka; one
20 inches long collected at station 34 19 off Washington; 19 specimens collected near Seattle in 1903 by

288

BULLETIN OF THK BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Mr. J. E. Todd, and 2 by Mr. Chamberlain at Dolomi in 1 903. The species lias also been recorded by Bean
(18S2) from Old Sitka and Chacon and i 1884 1 from Mary Island. It was described originally from Sitka.
Interorbital flat; gillrakers 9 -f- 19, the longest 2 in orbit, the last six on lower limb mere tubercles,
the first four on vertical limb short, rough, and somewhat clavate.

Sebastodes caurinus, Osgood, North American Fauna No. 21, September 26, 1901, p. 20 (Queen Charlotte Islands).

-*#"

\

NH;.

A

Fig. 37.— Sebastodes caurinus (Richardson).
88. Sebastodes malig-er (Jordan & Gilbert). Yellow-backed Rodcfish.

Two specimens (nos. 108 and 109), 6.5 and 7.5 inches long, seined at Onion Bay, June 22, and 2
caught on hook at same place June 23; also 2 (nos. 2954 and 2955), 8.5 and 9.5 inches long, taken on

Fig. 38.— Sebastodes maliger (Jordan & Gilbert).

hook at Sitka. July 28; 5 specimens, 12.5 to 14 inches long, were taken by the Albatross at Mary Island;
and a single specimen 13 inches long at Klemtoo Harbor in 1895. Two other specimens, one taken by
Luttrell at Sitka and one by II. C. Faasett at Klawak. These all agree well with specimens in the
National Museum. No. 2954 may be described as follows:

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

289

Head 2.9; depth 2.9; eye 4; snout 4.1; maxillary 2; mandible 1.9; interorbital 5.25; dorsal xm,
12; anal m, 6: gillrakers 8+19, rather stout, longest 2.75 in eye; scales 57, pores 48; longest dorsal
spine 1.8 in head: longest dorsal rays 2.1 in head. In other specimens the gillrakers were 10+ 21 or
10+19.

Body short, stout, and deep; mouth slightly oblique, lower jaw net projecting, maxillary nearly
reaching posterior border of orbit; mandible and maxillary not scaled; nasal, preocular, postocular, tym-
panic and parietal spines present; nuchal, coronal, and supraocular spines absent; preorbital with 2
broad, low points, not spine-like.

This species is known to range from Monterey to Sitka in lather deep water, being abundant north-
ward. It reaches a length of about 2 feet. It was also recorded from Sitka by I!ean (1882) as
■s'< bastichthys maliger.

89. Sebastodes nebulosus | Ayres).

A small specimen (no. 112), 2.5 incites long, from station 4204. off Fort Rupert. We have also 2
others, 11 and 12 incites long, taken by Mr. II. <'. Fassett at Klawak in 1905. Bean (1884) records it
from Mary Island. The following measurements an- taken from the small example from station 4204:

Head 2.75; depth 3.6; eye 2.9; dorsal xm. L3; anal in. 6; scales 15 t.. 47. about 42 pores; gill-
rakers long and slender; nasal, preocular, postocular, tympanic, and parietal spines present. The color,

however, does not exactly agree with that L'i\en for this species. < tin specimen in alcohol is clayey
white, mottled with large, irregular brown blotches, about 1 along side above lateral line. 2 or ;{
immediately below it, and :i along lower part of side, spinous and soft dorsals similarly mottled.

90. Sebastodes nigrocinctus i Ayres i. Black-banded Rockfish.

Two specimens, 13 and H inches long, taken by Mr. H. ('. Fassett at Klawak in 1905, and one
specimen (no. 2863), 12 inches long, taken by Mr. Chamberlain on hook and line at Xaha Hay. Loring,
July 7, 1903, where he states that the species is common. This specimen gives the following meas-
urements:

Fig. 39.— Sebastodes nigrocinctus (Ayres t.

Head 2.65; depth 2.67; eye 4; dorsal xm, 14; anal m, 7; scales 52; pores 44; snout 4.5; gillrakers
9 + 21, stiff, rough, clavate, the longest 3.5 in eye, the terminal ones of each arm reduced to tubercles.
It differs from typical examples in the following respects: There is a small supraocular spine on the
left side; the mandible is pretty well covered with very minute, thin cycloid scales; the nuchal spines
coalesce with the parietal.

< 'olor in life: Body blood red; cheek with a black stripe downward from front of eye to lower edge
of cheek; another from eye backward and downward to branchiostegals; a large black blotch on upper

B. B. F. 1906—19

290

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

part of opercle; a broad black bar from front of dorsal downward to upercle, connecting with black
opercular blotch; another and much broader from fifth to seventh dorsal spine nearly vertically down-
ward to belly; another from ninth t< > twelfth dorsal spine to vent; two others from soft dorsal to soft
anal, these fusing below; tins all red, the dorsal and anal encroached upon by the black sidebars; a
short black area behind eye: base of pectoral blotched with blackish.

This species reaches a length of 2 feet or more and is known to range from Monterey Bay to Naha
Bay. Recorded (1884) by Bean from Mary Island. i

Family 31. ANOPL0P0MATID£.

91. Anoplopoma fimbria (Pallas). Black Cod.

The black cod. coalfish, beshow, or skil, as it is variously called, occurs on our Pacific Coast from
Monterey Bay to the Aleutian Islands. It was taken by the Albatross at station 2809, in 1888, at Cordova
Bay in 1807. and at Loring, Pyramid Harbor, and Taku Harbor in 1900. One specimen from each
place is in the collection. Bean, in 1882, records it from Sitka and Wrangell and in 1884 from Hassler
Harbor. We also have one specimen (no. 02825), 14 inches long, taken with hook and line over the
rail off Fort Rupert (1903).

This species is known at Loring and Taku as black cod; at San Francisco it is called candle-fish,
and on Puget Sound, horse mackerel; it is sometimes sold in the markets as Spanish mackerel; in the
Straits of Fuca it is known as beshow by the Neah Bay Indians. It is found usually in rather deep
water and is perhaps most abundant in the Puget Sound region. It is seen oftener in the Seattle
markets than in those of any other place. It attains a length of 18 to 20 inches and a weight of 5
pounds.

As a food fish it occupies only a moderate rank, the flesh being rather dry and tasteless. On Puget.
Sound, however, where it reaches a larger size and is fatter than elsewhere, it is more highly esteemed,
particularly by the Indians. It is said to feed on crustaceans, worms, and small fishes. As a game
fish it is not without interest, taking the hook readily and making a fair fight. It can be taken with
cut bait at depths from 2 to 15 fathoms.

Family 32. HEXACRAMMII).*. The Greenlings.

92. Pleurogranornus monopterygius (Pallas). Atka Mackerel; Atka-fish.

This interesting fish occurs in the North Pacific, chiefly among the Aleutian Islands. It was
described originally by Pallas in 1810 from specimens obtained ai Unalaska. Its center of abundance

'^%

Fig. 40. — Pleurogranunus monopterygiua (Pallas).

seems to be in the passages about the- islands of Alka and Attn. It is known also from about the Pribilof
Islands and eastward through tin- Aleutian Chain to Belkofski and the Shumagins. Stejneger found
il at Saranskaya, Bering Island. Bean (1SS2) has recorded it from Unalaska, Chernofski, and Attu;
Turner 1 Ism; . found ii at Unalaska, Amlia Pass, Captains Harbor, Atka, and Attu; Gilbert (1895) lists
il from Unalaska; and Evermann found it in abundance during the last week of May (18921 at Atka
and Attu.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 291

The beet account of the habits of this fish is that given by Turner. It is bo interesting and
instructive that its republication, with some alight modification, is justified. Turner says: "

When 1 arrived at Unalaska in 1S7S I heard much talk about the "mackerel." During the summer
of that year I had an opportunity of conversing with those who frequented the western islands of the
Chain, where these fish were said to abound. Several persons referred to these fish as "Spanish
mackerel." others called them " horse mackerel " and "Alaskan mackerel," and under several scientific
names. They were served at the table mi several nreasiuns. and all who ate of them highly praised

their g I qualities and spoke of their great resemblance in taste t.i the Atlantic mackerel. It was

not until in May. 1879, that I had an opportunity of vis'fting the locality where they were said to be
abundant.

During the summer of 1879 I was at Atka Island, and soon made inquiry concerning the fish. I
was told that they make their appearance in the narrow pass between the islands of Atka and Amlia
about the lsi of June, and thai the fish invariably come brom the Pacific Ocean, which here mingles

its waters with that of Bering Sea.

The first arrivals of fish are the males nf largest size and beauty ,.f color. They arrive a few days
before and await the arrival of the females and immature males.

By the 18th of June the fish have come in countless thousands. They arrange themselves with

their heads toward the tide currents which rush violently through the pass. The tl I tide sets in

from the Pacific, while the ebb (lows toward the Pacific, or. in other word- a southerly directed current
for the ebb and a northerly directed current for the Hood tide. The pass is very rocky, with numerous
sunken rocks in the middle and on the eastern side. The western side of the pass has the deepest water
and is :i fathoms deep in the channel. On the north side of the pass numerous ledges of rocks, hidden
rocks, kelp patches, and small islets of but few feet above the water's edge are to be found. It would
be very difficult navigat ton for a vessel of over 2t> tons to go through there with safety. The native of
the present day cross pretty well to the north side of the pass until they get under Amlia Island and then

nil :ir the shore of Amlia with I heir small bidari or open boats.

\.mong the seaweeds or kelp patches on a cloudy day of clear lower atmosphere the fish may be -eon
in the following order:

The young males and immature females form a stratum of three or four fish deep and several feet
wide; beneath these a second stratum of older males and females, whose roe is not vet developed, a d
will later, in the spawning season, take their place w ith those in the third stratum, which is comp sed
of vigorous males and females. The hitler are the most abundant. The female deposits her eggs on
the kelp, though much of it must doubtless be losl by the swift current- washing it off. These males

and females remain in this place until the spawning season is over, generally by the 20th of .inly, after
which they gradually disperse and quickly lind their way back to the Pacific. Many times I have
seen huge halibut lying like large flagstones beneath the lower stratum of fish, waiting tor one to come
within reach. Without moving a great distance I could see over a do/en halibut at a time. I estimated
the weight of some of the larger ones to be nol less than 350 pounds.

The natives of Atka repair to this place and have several turf houses of small size built there. It
is also a garden spot where a few vegetables, such as radishes, turnips, and a few potatoes, are planted.
To attend to their gardens and to be near the fishing grounds the Ueuts i f many places have built
these summer Villages. Here assemble all the old men uot able t I hunt and the children and wi men
of the hunters gone "If on a summer's cruise for sea otters. These lay in a store of dried and salted
fish for their sons and friends.

The natives obtain the greater number of i he fish in the foil., wins; manner: Each man has a two-
holed bidarka (canoe). In it a small boy sits in the front hole while the old man sits in the rear hole.
The man uses a pole of several feet in length (generally not less than 12 feet long), on which is lirmly
secured a hook of iron, having a flattened p lint with a sharp edge and a notch filed on the inner side
to act as a barb. When I he canoe arrives at the place the boy i- ordered to seize hold of a strong frond
of the giant kelp, which streams out sometimes for over a hundred feet, and among which the fish are

-I abundant. After cumins thus to anchor the man carefully thrusts the pole into the water, ami

if the fish are plentiful he will soon feel them surging against it. lie now begins to jerk it up and down
in the water to gig any fish that may come along. In a few seconds he bring- on,, out. The work
now becomes exciting, for scarcely has the pole been again thrust in the water than it is jerked inn.
another fish. A man may thus, in a couple of hour-, take 200 to 300 fish. After the canoe is loaded
it is taken to the shore, where the women slit open the back i f the fish, take off the head, clean ,,ui the
entrails, and with a cut on each side the backbone is removed to the tail. The two sides of the fish
are left hanging together by the tail. This is to enable the fish to be hung over a pule to dry. Often
the men bring the fish directly to the principal village and clean them there, though this is done more
often when the fish are to be salted. At the season between June 25 and July 25 the fish are extremely
fat from the abundance of a small crustacean, which 1ms previously come in myriads to the same places
as these fish. The fish which are to be dried are usually taken about the 1-t of August, as they arc so
fat before that time that I have seen the oil drip from the drying fish. They also, from the presence
,,f the oil. b( me rancid in a short time and are said not to keep so well.

\l Attn Island also I had an excellent opportunity for studying the habits ,,f these fish. At this
place the fish are most abundant at the entrance to Chichagof Harbor, on the northeast shoulder nf the

« Contributions to the Natural History of Alaska, by I.- M. Turner, p. 96, Washington, 1886.

292 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

island. Several islets and many reefs are disposed nearly across the entrance to the harbor. Between
these the tide currents run with great velocity. An abundance of large kelp patches is found in the
vicinity. The fish arrive at Attn, from the southwestward, about the 24th of April, though this date
varies according to the openness of the season. It is rarely later than the 1st of May. The fish come
at first in a straggling manner, and their first appearance is made known by their being caught on hooks
while the men are fishing for other kinds. The first comers are usually nearly adult males. They are
not fat on arrival, but soon become so from the abundance of small crustaceans that fairly swarm among
the patches of seaweed by the 10th of May, and at which time the fish are tolerably numerous. By the
10th of June thousands of these fish can be seen in the shallow water (about It to 8 fathoms deep) below.
The natives here take considerable quantities of these fish and dry them for use at an early date. They
rarely salt them for the reason that, they state, this fish makes the consumer thirsty. When they go to
catch them they visit the various localities known to be the haunts of these fish, and by looking beneath
the mass of kelp fronds can see them if present; if not, the fish are off in the open water. They then
watch every floating piece of detached seaweed. It is constantly turning round and round, like in an
eddy of water. The fish are playing with it, and there will be found an abundance. The gaff is quickly
thrust into the water, and one is soon struck and brought out.

I here had opportunity to come to the conclusion that these fish will bite readily at the hook. I saw
them jump and struggle to get at the gaff and could feel them strike against it while it was in the water,
and at times it was impossible to hold it in position, as the mass of moving fish carried it along with them.

Any kind of fresh fish may be used as bait on a small cod hook for these fish. A piece of scarlet
flannel tied above the hook is good to attract the fish, as they will then bite voraciously.

With a hook a person can catch the fish as fast as put into the water. With the use of several hooks
on one line, several fish may be taken at once. With the gaff the fish are taken in great quantities, equal
to all demands. The run lasts at Attn until July 25, after which the fish are spent and slowly disappear
from the waters.

These fish were not known at Attn previous to 1S75. They came unexpectedly and were caught on
hooks set for other fish. Since that time the people have had an abundance of them. From my own
observations I am led to assert that 51)0 barrels of 200 pounds each can be procured at Attu in the season
from June 1 to July 31. At the entrance to Chichagof Harbor is the only known locality at Attu where
these fish resort. The natives assert that the coming of these fish was coincident with the disappearance
of the sea lion (Eumetopias stelltrh, and those natives maintain that the fish drove the sea lions off — just
opposite to my own conclusions, for I think the fish come to those places where they will be least perse-
cuted by the sea lions.

These fish are also reported to be abundant at Kiska Island, between the islands of AtkaandAdak;
also between Unalga and Unalaska, and also in the passes between some of the Shumagin Islands. I saw
a few individuals in Captains Harbor, Unalaska Island, in the early part of July, 1881. This is the first
instance of their occurrence in that locality. They were small in size and of the size which constitutes
the upper stratum as spoken of in regard to the disposition of the fish on the spawning grounds of Amlia
Pass.

This fish could be easily taken in great quantities, especially at Amlia Pass and Attu. Some writers
of Alaskan affairs have mentioned exorbitant prices paid for a barrel of salted fish of this kind. They can
be prepared at a cost of $2 per barrel for the fish at either Attu or Amlia. The cost of the barrel and salt,
of course, is to be added. Only the necessary sheds for protecting the barrels from the weather would
have to be erected. Native help could be procured at a cost of $1 per day for a man and 50 to 75 cents
per day for the women, who can clean the fish as expertly as the men.

This species appeared at Atka about May 15, 1892, the large ones coming first. Natives stated
that the fish are always found in the kelp and that they disappear late in September and early in October.
They sometimes come into the harbor even in front of the village. Small ones, half the size of the
largest, appear in July. Sea lions killed at various times throughout the winter frequently have their
stomachs filled with Atka mackerel; hence it is believed these fish remain about the islands all the
year. Captain Lennon found Atka mackerel in stomachs of fur seals taken in Bering Sea in July. They
evidently spawn in June. Numerous females examined May 28 wore found with nearly ripe roe, the
eggs being about the size of no. 6 shot.

There is no other fish of tin- Aleutian Islands, whether in salt water or fresh, that is so interesting
to the angler as the Atka mackerel. In the first place it is a most beautiful fish, with its alternating
broad bands of glossy black and chrome yellow and its trim form; and its game qualities an- of no
mean order. It takes the hook readily and makes a good light. The usual method of taking it is by
"jigging." On May 28, 1892, the senior author had excellent sport catching these fish near the mouth
of the bay at Attu. Three hooks tied together in a bunch won' used, and just above them was tied
a piece of white muslin. The line was weighted so that the hooks would descend quickly. When
they had reached the bottom, or near it, they would be jerked up and down and the fish, striking at
the muslin, would be hooked or would catch the hook in their mouths. The lines would be let down
through the kelp in water 15 to 25 feet deep.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

293

The fish were in schools and it was easy to get great numbers; in fact, one would be kept busy
hauling in the fish and taking them off the hook. Usually they were near the bottom when the fish-
ing began, but they soon became greatly excited and would come near tin- surface, where they could be
seen swimming about as if greatly disturbed and evidently searching for the piece of white muslin
which had attracted their attention. When first hooked they would come up very readily; in fact,
they seemed to swim upward until near the surface when they would become alarmed and dart back
and forth in their efforts to tree themselves. Then the sport was very exciting.

The Atka mackerel reaches a length of 18 inches and a weight of 3 or 4 pounds. The average
weight of 585 fish was about 2J pounds and the maximum 3J pounds.

Commercially this species has never come into the prominence which its excellence as a food fish
justifies. As a fresh fish it is delicious either baked or fried. It takes salt well, and in that con-
dition is a very palatable and nutritious article of food. There seems to be no good reason why an
important fishery should nof I"- established.

93. HexagTammos decagrammus (Pallas i. Rock Trout.

Four specimens 3 to 8 inches long, collected at Sucia Island, (inlf of (leorgia, May 6, 1894. No.
2230-2233 and 2235, each about 11 inches long, collected by the Albatross in Rednsb Bay, Baranof

Island, September <i. L897, showing the two distinct color patterns, and no. 1729 (1763), a specimen
13 inches long, collected al Sitka by Buttrell.

41. lli'Xiitmimmn* .lccji^rarnnuis (Pallas).

Recorded by Bean I 1882) from Sitka; (lid Sitka; Chatham Strait; ami I'nalaska, and in 1884 from
Tolstoi Bay. Nelson i L887), Unalaska.

This species, also called boregat ami bodieron by the Russians, ranges from Point Conception to
Kodiak Island. It is most abundant southward ami is common at San Francisco. It attains a length
of 18 inches and is a good food fish.

94. Hexagrammos octograniruus i Pallas). Alaska Gfremling.

This species has been obtained by ihe Albiilmx al I'ganuk Bay, Kodiak Island ( 1S97), Attn Island,
Sucia Island, and Aktitan Bay i 1894), Tareinski Harbor, and I'nalaska. I.ilnik Bay (1900). Bean has
recorded it (1882) as //. ordinatus from Old Sitka, from Popoff Island iShumagiu Group), and Ibuliuk
and Chernofski; and Nelson (1887) records ii from I'nalaska. Il has been recorded also from Petro-
paulski, from Robben Island, and [turup Island. In 1003 the Albatross seined an example (no. 2971)
9.5 inches long atUyak Bay, another (no. 2!)7(i I 10 inches long at Snug Harbor, and one 10.25 inches long
al Union Bay. An example mo. 151 i 4.25 inches long from Tareinski Harbor shows plainly the black
humeral spot and 7 black transverse bars on anal tin; supraoccipital flap very small, about equal to
pupil; a few while spots on side.

294

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The center of abundance of this species seems to be among the Aleutian Islands, and its range
extends westward to Petropaulski and Robben Island and south to Sitka. The species attains u length
of a foot or more and is a good pan fish.

Fig. 42. — Hexagrammos octngrammus (Pallas).
95. Hexagrammos stelleri Tilesius. Greenling.

This species seems to be rather common all along the coast of Alaska, specimens having been taken
with hook or seine at Marrowstone Point; Otter Bay, Sucia Island; Alert Bay, Union Bay. Kilisut Har-
bor, Metlakahtla, Cleveland Passage, Loring, Skagway, Sitka, Killisnoo, and Litnik Bay.

The specimens taken won- chiefly small ones, the smallest being 3 inches long — one each from
Litnik Bay and Ankan River, the largest 13.5 inches long from Litnik Bay: another specimen, 13.25
inches long, is from Marrowstone Point.

The specimen from Marrowstone Point had in lite hack and side olivaceous with paler greenish spots;
side with about 8 darker vertical bars, these ill defined: head greenish olivaceous: belly and under parts

Fig. 43.— Hexagrammos stelleri Tilesius.

yellowish, dusted with dusky greenish; dorsal olivaceous, with small yellowish spots more- or less coales-
cing and large blackish areas near base; caudal orange red; anal with G oblique lemon bars, separating
broader darker bars, edge of fin bluish reddish; pectoral reddish yellow, barred with darker; ventral pale
yellowish with reddish tinge. The young are much blotched and mottled with liars on the side. These
markings tend to disappear in the larger examples, leaving the color in alcohol uniform brownish.

The species has also been recorded as Hexagramus asper (Nelson ISS7) from St. Michael. Bean
(1882) records it from Sitka; Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet; St. Paul, Kodiak;
Unalaska, Atka, St. Michael, and Port Clarence. Gilbert (1895), stations 3228, 3229, 3231 to 3234,
3239 to 3241, 3243, and 3245 in Bristol Bay.

Tli.' species ranges from Kamchatka and Unalaska to San Francisco, being perhaps most abundant
in Puget Sound. It reaches a length of a foot and is of value as a food fish.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

295

96. Hexagrammos superciliosus ' Pallas i. Red Rock Trout.

Three specimens, 11 to 14.03 inches long, obtained by Mr. Rutter at Karluk. where another 18.5
inches long, was collected in 1893 by the Albatross. We have also examined Nelson's l 1887 specimens
from Kyska; Akutan Bay; Redfish Bay. and Uhalaska; Bean's from Sitka: Port Mulgrave, Vakuiat
Bay; Amchitka; St. Paul, Kodiak Island; Chernofski, and Attu; and Gilbert'e 1895 from Makushin
and Chernofski Bays, Unalaska Island and stations 324 l and 3245 in Bristol Bay.

Flo. 44. Hexagrammos fluperoiliofiue Pallae

We fail to find any differences in the supraocular flap of this species and thai of* i Dr.

Gilbert says ii may be distinguished from oi I vmmus by the larger Bap, smoother Bcales, and deeper

notch in iIh- dorsal. The deeper notch in the dorsal and the complete fourth lateral line in

<ISiis are th ly marked differences we can find in our specimens. The specimen from Redfish Bay is

very highly colored with large white spots and bars, the spots being on base of pectoral and lower part of
body, the liars running irregularly over body and head.

This species ranges from Bering Sea to Monterey Bay bu1 is most abundant northward. It grows to
a length of nearly '-' feel and is a palatable food lish.

97. Hexagrammoa lagocephalus Pallas PI. £V, 1 -

The home of this species is in the western parts of Bering Sea. Ii is known | cur about Bering,

Robben, and Iturup islands. The only specimen known from Alaskan water- was obtained at Attn in
1894 by the Albatross. It is no. 1665, U. S. National Museum, and is 1!' inches long.

Fig. 45. — Ophiodon elnngatus Girard.
98. Ophiodon elongatus Girard. Cultua Cod.

Recorded from Sitka by Bean in 1882.

Three small examples, 1 to 5 inches long, from Port Townsend; one (no. 02832), 12.5 inches long,
from Marrowstone Point. The species was also seen ai Quarantine Station. Union Bay: Port Alexander;
Sitkoh Bay; and Loring. It was taken both in the seine and with hook and line. We also have s speci-
men L2 inches long taken by the Albatross at Port Etches, Prince William Sound. 1897.

The callus cod occurs on our west coast from Santa Barbara northward to Prince 'William Sound, and
is abundant throughout most of its range. It reaches a length of nearly 4 feet and a weight of 30 to 40

296

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

pounds. Although not a high-grade food fish, its size and abundance make it a species of considerable
commercial importance. As a game fish also it is of interest, taking the hook freely and affording much
sport to the angler.

99. Zaniolepis latipinnis Girard.

This monotypic species is abundant in rather deep- water from San Francisco northward at least
as far as Puget Sound. We have 31 specimens 5 to 7.5 inches long collected by J. P. Todd near Seattle,
1903. It reaches a length of a foot and is a slender fish of dry, firm substance and singular form, little
valued as food.

Fig. 46. — Oxylebius pictus Gill.

100. Oxylebius pictus Gill.

This species occurs on rocky shores from Monterey Bay northward at least to Puget Sound. It
is a small fish, seldom exceeding 10 inches in length. It dwells in the kelp, where it is usually
abundant, though it is rare in collections. It is not of much food value. We have one specimen
S inches long, taken by the Albatross at Seattle, March, 1892.

Fig. 47. — Cbitonotus pugetensis (Steindachner).

Family 33. COTTID^. The Sculpins.
101. Cbitonotus pugetensis (Steindachner).

Fourteen specimens, 2.5 to 4.5 inches long, collected by J. P. Todd, near Seattle, in 1903.
A conspicuous nasal tentacle about as long as pupil. Anal dark in the males. The species reaches
a length of 6 inches and occurs from San Francisco to Puget Sound in moderate depths.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

297

102. Tarandichthys filamentosus (Gilbert).

One specimen 2.5 inches long dredged at station 4193, off St. Mary Mission. Not before recorded
north of southern California.

Eye rather larger than given in current descriptions, being scarcely 3 in head; filaments on pre-
opercle not evident.

103. Tarandichthys tenuis (Gilbert).

Two examples, 2 and 2.5 inches long, from station 4204, near Fort Rupert, and two, 2.1 and 3.75
inches long, from station 4193, in the Gulf of Georgia. Not previously recorded from north of San
Francisco.

In our specimens the maxillary reaches anterior edge of pupil; gillrakers small and tubercular;
peritoneum dusky; 2 parietal spines; first 2 or 3 scales of lateral line enlarged, the first with a distinct
spine; pearly patches on base of pectoral.

The larger specimen from Gulf of Georgia bad its stomach filled with shrimps and its abdominal
cavity full of thread-like worms.

104. Icelinus burchami Evermann & Goldsborough. new species.

Head 2.8 in length; depth 4.6; eye 3.25 in head; snout 4.5 in head; maxillary 2.2; mandible 2;
interorbital 2.25 in eye; dorsal IX-16; anal II; pectoral IS; lateral line 38.

Body comparatively slender, tapering rapidly backward l<> caudal fin; head rather large; mouth
moderate, low, terminal, nearly horizontal, the lower jaw slightly included; maxillary rather short.
reaching posterior edge of eye; eye moderate, somewhat ovate; nasal spines short ami obscure; nasal

Fio. 48. — Icelinus burchami Evermann ,v Goldsborough, new species. Type.

tentacle obsolete; supraorbital with a flat, black, bifid cirrus posteriorly, its length about equaling the
pupil; a slender black occipital filament; a small while filament near tip of maxillary; occipital
ridges not prominent, the included space fiat. no1 pit-like; interorbital space Mat, the median ridge
very faint; preopercular spine rather strong, ils length about 1.5 in orbit, three sharp spines on its
upper edge directed upward, a short, sharp spine at the lip; under edge of peropercle with 3 short,
stout, triangular spines, the first and second directed backward and slightly downward, the third,
which is longest and sharpest, directed downward and forward; opercular spine flat and obscure; a
double row of scales or plates along upper part of side, beginning under about the fifth dorsal spine
and ceasing under the last dorsal ray but one, the row double throughout its entire length except
posteriorly, where the lower row ceases three scales in advance of the upper row; upper edge of
caudal peduncle, narrow space between the double row of scales, just described, and the dorsal fin,
and broad space between it and the lateral line, naked; entire body below lateral line naked; no
postpectoral plates. Fins well developed; spinous dorsal with the spines slightly filamentous, the
longesl about 2.75 in head; longest dorsal ray 3 in head; anal similar to soft dorsal; caudal somewhat
rounded, its length 1.8 in head; pectoral broad, reaching past front of anal; ventrals very short and
inconspicuous, their length scarcely exceeding diameter of pupil.

298

BULLETIN OF THE BUEEAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in alcohol, yellowish brown: body and head blotched and mottled with small whitish
spots and darkish irregular blotches; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins dark, blotched with white; pectoral
similar, the lower rays whitish at tip, the interradial membranes darker.

This species is related to /. borealis, from which it differs chiefly in the larger eye, the shorter snout,
the weaker nasal spines, the shorter preopercular spines, and the less complete series of scales along
the base of the dorsal. Type, no. 57822 I". S. National Museum (held no. 99), a specimen 4 inches
long from Albatross station 4228 in 41 to L34 fathoms, off Loring, Alaska. July 7, 1.903. ('..types: No.
5229, Bureau of Fisheries; no. 20010 Museum Stanford University; no. 57825, II. S. National Museum,
and no. 6117, Field Museum, all from the same place; and no. 33003, Academy Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia, from Behm (.'anal, near Loring, July 8, 1903.

This interesting species is named for Mr. James S. Burcham, a young naturalist of great promise,
who lost his life at Lake McDonald, November 12, 1905, while in the employ of the Bureau of Fisheries.

105. Icelinus borealis Gilbert.

This species is common and widely distributed. We have examined specimens from the following
localities: Albatross stations no. 4205, 4209, 4212, 4213, 4217, and 4218 (all in Admiralty Inlet), 4276
(Alitak Bay), 4285 (Chignik Bay), 2428 (Behm Canal), 3597 (off coast of Washington), Seattle, and
Loring. It had been previously recorded by Gilbert (1895) from various Albatross stations north and

Fig. 49.— Icelinus borealis Gilbert.

south of the Aleutian Islands and in Bristol Bay. The known range is, therefore, from Bristol Bay
and the Aleutian Islands to Puget Sound.

Our specimens are 1.6 to 3.25 inches long. The length (2.5 feet) given in Fishes of North and
Middle America is evidently an error. We are unable to distinguish T. strabo Starks from this species.

106. Astrolytes fenestralis (Jordan & Gilbert).

The collection contains one specimen 3 inches long, seined at Metlakahtla, (i smaller specimens
seined at Admiralty Head, Whidby Island, and 5 specimens from Sucia Island; also 13 specimens
collected by Mr. Rutter on the beach at Karluk and 13 by Mr. Chamberlain at Loring. Recorded
from Unalaska and Sanborn Harbor, Shumagin Islands by Bean (1882) as Artedius notospilotus, and
from the Shumagin Islands by Jordan & Gilbert (1899).

Head 2.9 in length; depth 4.6; eye 4.3 in head; dorsal ix-17; anal xn; lateral line 36; maxillary
extending to posterior border of pupil.

This species reaches a length of about 5 inches. Its known range extends from Puget Sound to
Unalaska.

107. Stelgidinotus latifrons Gilbert & Thompson.

One specimen 1.13 inches long, from station 4213, near Admiralty Head.

Head 3.1 in body; depth 4.0; eye 3.5 in head; snout 4; maxillary 2.5; interorbital equal to eye;
dorsal ix, 17; anal 14; ventral i, 3; pectoral 15; branchiostegals 0: porea 35.

Body rather elongate, not much compressed, gradually tapering from head to the rather slender
caudal peduncle, the least depth of which is about :'. in head.

Head rather -mall, lateral profile of snout somewhat blunt and rounded, upper profile somewhat
rounded: interorbital rather broad and somewhat concave, nasal spines prominent, a round filament

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

299

at the base of each, the sheath of the premaxillary pedicel rising between them as a 3tout. blunt spine;
occipul rounded, without spines or cirri, a cirrus or two near tip of opercle; preopercular spmcs 4. the
upper curved and hooked upward, rather blunt, but strong, and covered with skin, the others minute.
all extending as mucronate points from a broad base, ami all apparently pointing upward a series
of large pores under eye and along lower edge of preopercle and lower jaw: mouth .-mall somewhat
oblique, the lip 'if premaxillary about on a line with lower margin of orbit; maxillary reaching to
anterior margin of pupil, lower jaw included; teeth minute on jaws and vomer: gill-membranes forming
a free fold across isthmus; origin of spinous dorsal above gill-cleft, iis base !.:'>:"> in head, its upper margin

parallel with back; base of soft dorsal 2.9 in body, spinous and sofl dorsal i ''led by membrane;

pectoral 2. till in body, quite large, pointed, reaching a considerable distance beyond origin of anal;
ventral 1.66 in head, nearly reaching vent; length of caudal aboul equal i" head: anal quite long,
its base aboul equal i" length of head: caudal apparently truncate, its origin nearly vertical from
of soft dorsal: vent considerablj anterior to middle of body.

Ilea.l naked, tin- rest .if the b..dy covered with small papillae; enlarged scales along lateral line,
especially in front, pores somewhat conspicuous for the whole length: platesol lateral line not keeled,
but each bearing several small spines 0n posterior margin; a series of indistinct transverse wrinkles

behind axil.

Color mottled olivaceous on sides, the mottlings indistinct, so disposed as i" form a series of about
5 saddle-like markings across the back about equally distributed, the light ana- between them nearly
circular; top of head dusky, fins plain.

StclgidinotUS latifron '.ilbert & Thompson, PrOC. I". B. Nat. Mils., v.. I. xxvm, 1905, p. '.'77 . near Bremerton, Wash.

Fio. 50.— Stelgidonotua latlfrons Gltbert ,\ Thompson. Type.

108. Artediellus pacificus Gilbert.

Our collections contain specimens from the following Localities: Albatross station -I2s."> (Chignik
Baj v 4268 (Afognak Bay), 4276, 4277, 4278, and 4279 all in Uitak Baj . and 3653 Bering Sea). The

S] ies was originally described from station 3216, south of Sannak Island, and is recorded by Gilbert

from many stations in Bristol Hay.

A female 2.5 inches long, from station 127'.). August ti. contained 105 nearly ripe eggs, measuring
about 18 to the inch. Of the 15 specimens from Alitak Bay, 2 are males which exhibit a markedly

fuller development of the dorsal fins than the others. A small thread-worm was found in the abdominal
cavity of one specimen.

300

BULLETIN OF THE BUKEAU OF FISHERIES.
109. Rastrinus scutig-er (Bean).

Originally described by Bean (1801) as Icelus scutiger from Albatross station 2853, off Trinity Island.
Recorded by Gilbert (1895), as Icelus scutiger, from station 3330 south of the Alaskan Peninsula. Not
obtained by us.

Fig. 51. — Rastrinus scutiger (Bean).

110. Icelus bicornis (Bernhardt).

Two specimens from station 4281, one from 4285, one from 4286 (all in Chignik Bay), and one from
4278 (Alitak Bay). These range from 1.75 to 3.2 inches long. Also recorded from many stations in
Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1895).

This species is easily distinguished by the 2 pairs of spines on occiput, but the specimens we have
vary as to the number of dorsal spines, there being 8 or 9, and the rays vary from 17 to 20.

Fig. 52.— Icelus spiniger Gilbert.
111. Icelus spiniger Gilbert.

One specimen 3.25 inches long, dredged at station 4227 in Behm Canal, near Loring; 3 specimens
2.4 inches long from station 42S1, in Chignik Bay; 2 specimens 2.6 inches long from station 4273 in
Alitak Bay: 2 specimens 1.75 and 2.4 inches long from station 4283. in Chignik Bay; 1 specimen from
4289, 3 from 4291, 6 from 4292, 2 from 4293, and 0 from 4295, all in Shelikof Strait; these vary in length
from 2 to 3.25 inches.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from stations 3216, 3223 to 3226, 3257, 3258, 3267, 3278 to
3280, 3292, 3302, 3311, 3334 and 3336, in the vicinity of Unalaska Island and in Bristol Bay.

112. Icelus euryops Bean.

Originally recorded by Bean (1891) from station 2853. off Trinity Islands, where 3 specimens were
secured. Not taken since that time.

113. Icelus vicinalis Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from stations 3324, 3330 to 3332 in Bristol Bay (1890). Not
taken since.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.
114. Icelus canaliculatus Gilbert.

301

Originally described by Gilbert 1 1895) from station 3329 north of Unalaska 1890). No other spec-
imens have been taken.

Flo. 53.— Icelus canaliculatus Gilbert.

115. Radulinus asprellus Gilbert

Twenty-one specimens, varying from 0.75 to 5 inches, are in the collection, representing the following
localities: Station 4221, mouth of Hood Canal; station 1219, Admiralty [nlel station 1204, off Fort

I 'ni. M.— Radulinus asprellus Gilbert.

Rupert, British Columbia; station 4191, in outer harbor at Nanaimo, British < olumbia; KaeaanBay;
station 4226, Behm Canal, near Loring; station 4234, in Yes Hay; and near Seattle by J. P. Todd.

In the specimen from station 4226 the snout equals eye, and is 3.1 in head; maxillary 2.66; mandible
2.1; peritoneum silvery; length of caudal fin 1.45 in head. These measurements are aol given in current

descriptions.

Fig. 55.— Triglops beani Gilbert.

116. Triglops beani Gilbert.

The collection contains specimens from the following localities: Albatross stations 4205, 421 1, -1212,
and 42K? (all in Admiralty Inlet), 4248 (Eastern Passage), 4268 and 4269 (Afognak Hay.. 4242 (Karta

302

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Bay), 4243 (Kasaan Bay), and from Behm ("'anal near Loring. The species bail been previously recorded
from Wrangell Straits (Bean 1884, as T. pingelli), Bristol Bay, at numerous Albatross stations (Gilbert
1895), and Bering Sea at Albatross stations 3598 and 3599 (Gilbert 1895).

The specimens- obtained during the recent investigations were from depths varying from 14 to 71
fathoms. The males have a dark stripe on side just above anal fin, extending posteriorly from about
first third of fin and uniting with the other median stripe at about fifth or sixth ray from last. Anal
papilla in male well developed; peritoneum white, liver large, several large pyloric ca?oa, females
not smaller than males.

This sculpin reaches a length of 4 to 8 inches and is of wide distribution, its known range extend-
ing from Puget Sound to Bering Sea and to Robben Island.

Fig. 50. — Triglops scepticus Gilbert.
117. Triglops scepticus Gilbert.

A single female example 5.75 inches long dredged at station 4291. in 65 to 48 fathoms, in Shelikof
Strait. The interorbital space is more narrow than stated in current descriptions, being contained 3.5
instead of 1.5 times in the eye. About 7 of the lower rays of the pectoral are enlarged and exserted.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from stations 3215, 3222 to 3225, 3309, and 3339, south of
Sannak and north of Unalaska Island.

Fig. 57. -Sterniaa xenostethus (Gilbert).

118. Sternias xenostethus (Gilbert >.

We have two specimens. 2.5 and 4.25 inches long, of this rare species, secured by the Albatross at
station 3599, in Bering Sea. Only the type, a specimen 1.5 inches long, has heretofore been known.
This was described by Gilbert l L895) from Albatross station 3220, north of Unalaska Island.

S^p™,,^

Fig. 58. — Priooistius maceilus Bean.

119. Prionistius rnacellus Bean.

Recorded from stations 3214, :'2 is. and 3223, south of Sannak and north of Unimak Island (Gilbert
1895b

THE PISHES OF ALASKA.
120. Elanura forficata ( iillnrt.

303

i (riginally described by Gilbert 1 1895) from stations 3213, 321 l. and 3222, south "f Sannak and north
nf Unimali Island.

Fig. 59.— Elanura forflcata Qilbert.

121. Melletes papilio Bean.

Originally described by Bean (1880) from Si. Paul Island, Pribilof Group. Ii ha.- net since been
taken.

Fig. 60.— Mplletcs papilio Bean.
122. Hemilepidotus jordani Bean. Irisli Lord.

Very abundant practically everywhere along the Alaskan coast. The collection contains specimens
from the following localities: Shumagin Islands; stations 4268 and 4270, in Afognak Bay; stations 4283
and 4285, in Chignik Bay; station 4l'!H, in Shelikof Strait. We also have 5 specimens 2 to 17 inches
long, collected by the Albatross in other years at Sitka. Chignik Bay, and station 3600. The center
of abundance for this species seems to be about Kodiak Island and the Alaska Peninsula.

The species was originally described by Bean (1882) from (Tnalaska, also recorded by him from
Pert Althorp; Port Chatham, Cook Inlet; St. Paul, Kodiak; Humboldt Harbor, Shumagins; Iliulink
and Chernofski, Tnalaska. By Gilbert from numerous Albatross stations about Amak ami I'nalaska
islands.

The eye varies considerably in size, even in large examples, being visually 4 or even mere in bead;
maxillary 2.3; mandible 2.2; snout 3.6; interorbital L.3; peritoneum silvery. A specimen L7.5 inches
long and weighing 2 pounds, taken over the rail with hook and line at Fox Bay, August I L, had in life
the following colors: Side dirty olivaceous, with about 5 broad, irregular, darker blackish Inns; belly
white, with numerous small, roundish dark spots, few or none on middle line of belly and breast; top
of head blackish, side of head somewhat blacker, the opercle and lower part of cheek nearly black;

304

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

edges of premaxillary, maxillary, and cheek, side of lower jaw, and first 2 or 3 branchiostegals and mem-
branes rich lemon-yellow, remaining branchiostegals and lower side of head clean white; dorsal dark
olive, the anterior portions black; pectoral dirty white at base, dirty olivaceous elsewhere; anal dark;
caudal grayish olive, the membranes pale greenish or yellowish; tip of fin light greenish-yellow; eye
reddish brown.

Fig. 61.— Hemilepidotus jordani Bean.

A female 13.25 inches long (no. 2985), taken in Chignik Bay, August 10, was full of small eggs.

We have another specimen, 4.75 inches long, from station 3599, in Bering Sea, taken in 1894. In
this specimen the ventral fins are much longer than in typical examples, and have many tubercles on
the under side. Five examples taken at Sand Point, Shumagin Islands, August 12, gave the following
lengths and weights:

Length.

Weight.

Inches.

Lbs. oz.

18}

1 15

153

1 13*

178

•1 9

1SJ
Hi

I 14

1 6J

This interesting fish reaches a length of more than 2 feet, and is abundant about the Aleutian
Islands.

It is very frequently taken in the salmon traps and is regarded as a nuisance by the fishermen. It
is of some value as a food fish, but is rarely eaten. It is apparently not known in Southeast Alaska.

ttgfeb

Sl^^S^L

tap * w se^asssfe

Fig. 62.— Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus Tilesius.

123. Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus Tilesius. Red Sculpin.

Very common, particularly about Kodiak Island and the Alaska Peninsula. The collection con-
tains 9 specimens, 2 to 14.5 inches long, secured at Sucia Island; Hunters Bay; Loring; Killisnoo; Litnik
Bay; Karluk; and in Uyak Bay. It has also been recorded (Bean 1882) as Hemilepidotus trachurus

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

305

from Sitka; Port AI thorp; Port Etches; Port Chatham; <'n<>k Inlet; Popoff Strait and Coal Harbor, Shum-
agins; Unalaska; Kyska; Xazan Bay, Atka; Bayof Islands, Adak; Amchitka; Chichagof Harbor and

Attn. Bean (1884), Fort Tongass an<l Nakat. Nelson (1887), Unalaska.

Known from Kamchatka t<> San Francisco. Not common in Bering Sea, l>ut appears to l>e
abundant from Sitka to Puget Sound. It reaches a length of L8 inches and should be of some value
as a food fish.

Fro. 63.— Enophrya bison Girard).
1 24. Enophrys bison (Girard

This sculpin is quite common south of Killisnoo. No specimens were secured by us north of this
point. The collection contains 34 specimens, I tofr.5 inches long, taken ai the following places: Port
Townsend; Marrowstone Point; Admiralty Head; Fort Rupert; Kilisut Harbor; Port Uexander; Port
Ludlow; Sucia Island; Loring; Yes Hay: Cleveland Passage, and Killisnoo.

The species was recorded l.y I'.can i |ssl» i from Sitka, ami from Si. Paul. Kodiak Island.

125. Enophrys claviger it 'uvii-r and Valenciennes PI. \\n fig. I.
Recorded by tiilbcrt (1895) fnun station 3233, Bristol Hay. No specimens obtained by us.

^HKMkiMa

Fig. 64. — Ceratocottus diceraus (Pallas).
126. Ceratocottus diceraus (Pallas).

Recorded by Bean from Sitka (1882) and Tolstoi Hay and Fort Tongass (1884); by Gilbert fnun
Herendeen Bay I L895), and by Jordan ami Gilbert from St. Paul Island 1 1899, as C. lucasi).

We have 3 specimens, 5.75 to 6.25 inches long, collected at Tareinski, Kamchatka, June 21, and 2
specimens each aboui :'. inches lung and each taken from tin- Btomach of a halibut, one at Killisnoo,
July 2(5, the other somewhere in Southeast Alaska, locality nut definitely recorded. These specimens
indicate that Ceratocottus lucasi Jordan and Gilbert is the young of C. diceraus.

B. B. F. l'JOti — 'JO

306

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

127. Cottus asper Richardson. Prickly Bullhead.

Two specimens, 4 and 4.5 inches long, seined in upper stream of Deep Bay at Loring; 1 specimen,
4.3 inches long, at Loring; 3 specimens, 5.5 to 6.5 inches long, taken on hook and line in Nana River
at Loring; 1 specimen. 5.5 inches long, seined in Hunter Bay; 2 specimens, each about 3.25 inches long,
taken on hook and line near the Fortmann hatchery; 2 specimens (no. 3031 and 3032), 6.25 and 7 inches
long, from Hunter Bay, taken on hook and line.

Thirty-five specimens, 1.75 to 7.5 inches long, collected in McDonald Lake, September 26, 1905.
These are variously rough and smooth on the sides. The size does not seem to make any difference
in the roughness, it being present or absent in all sizes. The black spot on the posterior part of dorsal
disappears in the larger examples.

Seventeen specimens, 3 to 6 inches long, seined in McDonald Lake, August 24, 1905; agree with
the preceding in regard to roughness.

Six specimens, 4 to 6.75 inches long, collected in fyke net in McDonald Lake, July 29. 1905.
These specimens are smooth, except for a small area under pectoral, which is slightly rough.

Twelve specimens, 3.5 to 5 inches long, seined in McDonald Lake on August 22. 1905. The stomach
contents were chiefly snails and parasitic worms. These specimens vary greatly in roughness of body,
some having only a slight rough place under pectoral, others of the same size and of different sizes having
the entire side of body more or less rough; all have a very distinct black blotch as large or larger than
eye on posterior base of spinous dorsal; the fins are otherwise unmarked.

In addition to the above there were secured from Yes Bay and McDonald Lake 26 specimens varying
from 2 to 5 inches, and 18 specimens from 2 to 6.5 inches from Loring and vicinity; two of the latter taken
in Steelhead Creek, June 19, 1904, were full of nearly ripe eggs.

This species is common in fresh-water streams and lakes about Loring, and at the Fortmann hatchery
might be seen any day in the clear waters of the stream or lake. It is reputed to be very destructive
to salmon eggs.

Following the suggestion of Mr. J. O. Snyder (in "Notes on the Fishes of the Streams flowing into
San Francisco Bay, California,"' Appendix to the Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries to the Secre-
tary of Commerce and Labor for the year ending June 30, 1904) that C. asper, dorsal rays 19 to 22, anal
16 to 18, may be separated from C. gulosus dorsal rays 17 or 18, anal 12 to 14, by the greater number of
dorsal and anal rays in the former, and also that C. asper is confined largely to the lower courses of streams,
while C. gulosus is found farther up where the water is clear and the current rapid, we identify our speci-
mens as C. asper. They were all taken in or near tide water, and the following table of fin counts places
them with C. asper:

Locality.

No.

Dorsal.

Anal.

Palatine teeth.

Length.

1
2
3
4
5
6

vin, 21
ix, 20

VIII, 21

ix. 20
x. 21
x, 21

17
17
17
17
17
17

Pr

Inches.

6.5

5.5

6.0

4.25

3.0

3.5

Do

.do

Do .

.do

Do

.do....

.do....

Do

.do

Locality.

No.

Dorsal.

Anal.

Palatine teeth.

Anal
length.

Vent.

3032

3031

8

9

vni 21
IX, 22

IX IJ-), 22
vni, 20}
VIII. 21

16
15*
17*
17"
16*

Preset

do
do

do
do

t

3.0
3.2
3.1
3.0

Posterior.
Do.
Do.
Do.

Nearly median.

Do

Do

Loring, Deep Bay

I>"

2.9

Length of anal base usually about equal to head, sometimes, as in last example, somewhat longer.

128. Cottus gulosus (Girard).

Specimens of this species were secured onlyal Loring and Boca de Quadra. They wen- 16 in number
and measured 1 to 4 inches in length. Many of the larger ones taken at Loring, May 29, 1904, were full
of nearlj ripe eggs.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 307

This species is doubtless common throughout Alaska, but being fnund further up the streams away
from brackish water and in places Dot usually visited by collectors, it has not been taken abundantly
or recorded from many places.

129. Cottus cognatus Richardson. Great Bear Lake Bullhead.

One of the most interesting results of the side trip made to the headwaters of the Yukon was the
securing of a line series of specimens of Cot I us c< ><i not us. Until now the type of this species had remained
unique, no additional specimens having come into any museum or having been collected by any natur-
alist so far as we are informed.

At Lake Bennett, July 19-21, 1903, 45 specimens were collected. They were obtained by the use of
the seine at various places along the ahore, chiefly toward the head of the lake above the rail mad station
and near the crossing of the Yukon and White Pass Railroad. These specimens range in length from
1.2 to 31 inches. Although the original description is very brief then- is no doubt in our mind as to thi
identification. Following i- a detailed description:

Head 3. lit; to 1.1 in length; depth 5.13 to H.2: eye 3.8 to 4.66 in head; snout 3.6 to I; maxillary
2.2-~> to 2.5; mandible about 2; interorbital width 5.25 to 6; dorsal usually vin 17 vm 15, \m 16,
nx-15, ix-17, and tx-ls indicate the range of variation); longest dorsal spine about 3 in head; lot
dorsal ray 1.75 to 2; anal usually I 1 or 12, varying from 111 to 13: longest anal ray about 1.75; pectoral
13 or 11, iis longest rays I I or !■">) 3.87 to 1.2 in head, lowermost 7 or 8 rays thick, but not branched;
ventral i. 3, the length 5.5 to H in head; caudal lobes about 5.

Body rat her heavy forward, tapering gradually to the rather slender caudal peduncle; head moderate,
evenly rounded above, interorbital space narrow, slightly concave; mouth moderate, somewhat oblique,
maxillary reaching middle of pupil, lower jaw slightly included; branchio8tegal rays ii; gill-membranes
separate, joined to the isthmus; villi form teeth on jaws and a small patch on the vomer; caudal peduncle
slender, its least width about 2 in its least depth; head entirely smooth; preopercle with a single Bpine
at the angle projecting backward and upward, eh icily concealed by skin: lower edge of preopercle with
one rather distinct broad spine projecting downward and forward, in front of which is another poorly
defined spine or blunt point; opercle without Bpine; no other spines or filaments about head: body

entirely smooth except a patch of small roughish scales under the pectoral: lins well developed, spinous
and soft dorsal barely connected; caudal truncate or slightly rounded; pectoral broad at base, the tip
reaching past beginning of anal; ventrals scarcely reaching vent; vent usually somewhat nearer top of
snout than base of caudal; there is, however, some Blight variation in this character; in one specimen,
apparently a female, il is equally distant from tip of snout and base of caudal.

A specimen 3J inches long was. in life, dark olive, much mottled; trace of about 6 dark Baddies
less distinct than in most specimens; first dorsal blackish olive with a narrow orange edge, the fin mesially
darker; second dorsal dusky olive and translucent, the olive in irregular blotches; caudal with I or ■>
vague bars of darker olive; ventrals and anal uncolored; pectoral brown with 1 narrow irregular dark
bars, the coloration more olive and more uniform than usual; a patch of light colored, rather coarse
prickles behind axil; belly silvery; lower jaw greenish, faintly barred with 5 black dots.

There are two patterns of coloration, probably representing the two sexes, a darker and a lighter
phase. The darker phase may be described as follows: Sides and top of head, anterior portion of body.
the beginning of soft dorsal, and sides of body along base of soft dorsal and upper part of caudal peduncle,
dark or blackish, more or less vermiculated with lighter; base of caudal tin with a large V-shaped black
area; tip of lower jaw dark; under side of head and entire lower parts of body yellowish while, profusely
covered with numerous minute black or brownish punctulations; spinous dorsal black, white at the
tip; soft dorsal vermiculated with dark and light . the distal half lighter; anal yellowish-white with line
dark punct illations; caudal dirty white, with line dark punctulations and evidence of faint darker
cross-bars; pectoral dark on basal two-thirds, lighter at the tip, with rather distinct vertical cross-bars
of dark and light; ventrals yellowish-white, somewhat punctate with dark.

A specimen of the lighter phase may be described as follows: Head and upper parts of body
brownish white, blotched with darker; occipital region dark; back with about 6 dark or brownish saddles,
distributed as follows: The first, which is very small, at beginning of spinous dorsal, the second under
last dorsal spines, the third under third to sixth dorsal rays, the fourth under eighth to tenth dorsal rays,
the fifth under the last dorsal rays but one, and the sixth on base of caudal fin; the third and fifth

308

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

plainest and extending below the lateral line; entire under parts yellowish-white with very fine dark
punct illations; fins essentially as in the darker form.

Cottus cognatus Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Amcr., m, 40, 183G, Great Bear Lake. Giinther, Cat., n, 157, lxoo. Jordan
& Evermann. Fishes North and Mid. Arner., pt. II, 1954, 1898.

130. Cottus aleuticus (iilbert.

Ninety-nine specimens 3 to 4 inches long collected by Mr. Rutterin Lake Karluk during the summer

of 1903.

Head 3.75 to 3.85 in length; eye 5 in head; dorsal ix, 19; anal L2 or 13; pectoral 15,

The collection contains also 3 specimens 4 to 4.5 inches long from a small stream at the head of the

flume at the Loring cannery. July 26; 4 specimens 2.75 to 3.25 inches long from the stream at the Fort-

mann hatchery, July 7. taken on hook and line; and 2 specimens 2.75 to 3.75 inches long from Steelhead

Creek near Loring, May l

Fig. 65.— Cottus aleuticus Gilbert.

The Karluk specimens show quite a different color pattern from those taken at Loring, the body
being much darker and plainer, with very little vermiculation or marbling; the fins sometimes marbled
with dark; the spinous dorsal sometimes plain with very small dark punctulations, or the upper half
of fin black, edged with white, these punctulations sometimes found on soft dorsal and anal. Many of
these specimens have tubercles on ventral and pectoral fins, those on the ventrals sometimes arranged in
patches.

The lateral line is not always complete, does not drop abruptly at end of soft dorsal, but ends there
in some specimens, generally those with plain soft dorsal.

This species has been recorded by Bean (1882) as Uranidia microstoma, from Indian River. Sitka;
St. Paul, Kodiak Island; Aleutian Islands; Iliuliuk, Unalaska. Gilbert (1895) from Iliuliuk, Unalaska.
Rutter (1899), Karluk River and Lake and in Alitak Lake. Nelson (1887). mouth of Tanana River.

131. Cottus chamberlaini Evermann A (ioldsborough, new species.

Head 3 in body; depth 4.3; eye 3.75 in head; snout 3.9; maxillary 2.5; interorbital space 5 in eye;
dorsal rx-16, longest spine 3.3 in head, the longest ray 2.3; anal 11, longest ray 2 in head; pectoral 14,
the length equal to that of head; ventral i, 4, the length 1.6 in head; branchiostegals 6.

Body fusiform, tapering rather rapidly from the heavy head to the long slender caudal peduncle,
the body usually considerably constricted at the vertical connecting origins of anal and soft dorsal;
head rather large; snout short; mouth moderate, low, nearly horizontal, the maxillary scarcely reaching
front of pupil; a small patch of teeth on vomer, palatines naked; eyes large, high up and close together;
interorbital space very narrow; anterior nostril in a very distinct tube; posterior nostril in an evident
tube, which is shorter than that of the anterior; head entirely smooth, without cirri or spines except
those on opercular bones; preopercle with one simple sharp spine at the angle, projecting backward
and curved upward somewhat : edge of preopercle below this smooth or merely erenulate; opercle ending
in a soft flap, subopercle with a rather distinct blunt spine projecting downward; body entirely smooth,
except a small patch of asperities under the pectoral; lateral line complete or nearly so, Fins moderate;
interval between spinous and soil dorsal short, but distinct; origin of spinous dorsal posterior to base
of pectoral a distance equal to one-third diameter of eye; origin of anal slightly posterior to thai of soft
dorsal caudal slight 1\ -rounded : pectoral long, reaching origin of anal; ventrals short, not reaching vent.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

309

Color in alcohol: Upper parts dark, mottled with darker irregular blotches and lighter areas; about 4
distinct dark vertical blotches, one under spinous dorsal. 2 under soft dorsal and 1 on caudal peduncle;
under parts yellowish-white, profusely covered with minute brown punctulations; spinous dorsal dusky,
each ray with 1 or 2 black spots, the eighth spine almosl entirely black, edge of I'm creamy white; soft
dorsal dusky, with numerous irregular black blotche.-. tin- ed<_'e somewhat creamy; anal pale, punctate
wiili dark; caudal yellowish-white, crossed by I or 5 irregular, dark, vertical bars; pectoral similar to
sofl dorsal; ventrals white. The numerous specimens examined -how but little variation, as may be
seen from an examination of the following table:

Pig. 66. -Cottue chamberlain! Bvermann & Goldsborough, new species. Type.

Variation ik the Type ash Cotypes op Cottus < mamiikiu.aini.

Tag

No."

Length

in
inches.

Bead.

Depth.

Eye.

Sllr.ilt.

M:i\ll

Inn-.

Enter
orbital

Dorsal fin.

\n;il

for
inula.

Formula.

Long-
est

spine

In
head.

esl

ray in

bead.

110
120
121
122
12ii
124
126
126
127
128

2.9
2.9
2. 2
2. 37
2 63

2 2a
2.0
2. 25

1.7.".
2.75

3.2

3.0
3.1
3. 1
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.5
3.2

4.3
5.1

4.6
4.:.
4.5
4. 7:,

4.;,

4.S
5.0
5.0

3.75

3.5

3.1

3.5

3.2

3.25

3. 2

3. 5

3.5

3.0

3.9
3.8

I 9
4.0
4.0
4.25

3. 1
4.(1
j 0

4. 7:,

2 i

2.0

2 6
2.3
2. 5
3.0

j 3

5.0
4.S
4.5

4..',
4.5
4.5
4.4
5.0
5.0

ix. 16
vni. 16

IX. 17
viii. 16
vni. 16
nil, 16
vni, in
vni. 16
vni. 16
vm. Hi

3.3
3.3

2.3

2.3

11
12
12
12
11
12
11
11
11
11

•> No. mi. type; nos. 120-128, cotypes.

This species seems to be related to ( 'ottus beldingi ami to < 'ottus spilotw. From the former il may be
distinguished by the much larger eye, the narrower interorbital, the blunter head, the fewer anal rays,

and the coloration; from ( 'ottus spilotus it would seem to differ in the shorter anal, the more complete
lateral line, in coloration and in other respects.

The collection contains 217 specimens, which we refer to this species. They vary in length from less
than 1 inch to 2.9 inches. The collector's label, which should have accompanied these specimens,
has been lost, but it is certain that they came from fresh water al boring. Alaska, and that they were
collected by Mr. F. M. Chamberlain in 1903.

Type no. 57823, U. S. .National Museum, a specimen i no. 1 L9) 2.9 inches long, probably from boring,
Alaska; cotypes, several specimens no. 61052,U. S. National Museum; no. 52:50. Bureau of Fisheries; no-
20011, Stanford Univ. Mus.

We take- pleasure in naming this species for our friend and associate, Mr. Fred. M. Chamberlain,
naturalist of the steamer Albatross, who collected the type.

310

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

132. Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus (Pallas). Great Sculpin.

The collection contains 25 specimens, from 1.75 to 13 inches long; collected in 1903, at the following
places: Marrowstone Point ; Cleveland Passage; stations 4270 and 4272, Litnik Bay; Karluk; Admiralty
Head; Metlakatla; Funter Bay; Point Ellis; Port Alexander; Snug Harbor, and Yakutat. The
species was seen also at Dundas, Pablof, Sitkoh, and Uyak bays.

These specimens show that (here is considerable variation in the relative distances between the
supraocular spines themselves and the occipital spines. The distance seems to be relatively greater
in the young examples than in the older ones.

In the larger specimens the general color is much darker than in the smaller ones, the light colors,
especially posteriorly, lading into darker; belly and ventral tins distinctly mottled and spotted. In all
the smaller examples the belly is pale and there are 3 very distinct dark bars across the body; the first
under the sixth to eighth dorsal spines, extending slightly forward and downward across base of pectoral;
the second under soft dorsal, beginning under the third ray, and extending under nearly full length of
fin and downward nearly to anal, this bar more or less broken at its center and sometimes divided, form-
ing 2 bars, which may be called second and third, 1 over anterior, the other over posterior part of soft
dorsal; the last bar (fourth when the second is divided, otherwise third) covering posterior part of
caudal peduncle.

Fig. G7. — Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus ( Pallas).

Mr. Rutter secured at Karluk, June 8-10, 1903,18 very small specimens one-half to 1 inch long
and 3 specimens 3.75 to li inches long. The 6-inch specimen had in its stomach 4 Blennicottus acuticeps,
each 1.75 inches long and 1 Pholis ornatus 4 inches long. They w7ere very little digested, the J'lmlis-
ornatus scarcely at all.

A nut her specimen (no. 2178), 20.5 inches long, collected by the Albatross at Kodiak Island in Uganuk
Bay, 1897, differs from current description in that the pectoral does not reach the anal by a distance
equal to length of second dorsal spine, and the preopercular spine is not longer but slightly shorter than
diameter of eye.

The collection contains 24 additional specimens collected by the Albatross at dates other than 1903.
These vary from 2.75 to 18.5 inches in length, and were taken at Sucia Island; Promise Island; Mary
Island; Nichols Bay; Hunters Bay; Niblacks Anchorage; Sitka; Litnik Bay; Uganuk Bay; Kyska Island,
and Atka Island. Four small specimens were collected by Mr. M. C. Marsh at St. Paul Island in 1900.

This species was originally described from the Aleutian Islands by Pallas (1811). Bean (1880) records
it from Unalaska, and (1882) from Wrangell; Sitka; Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Refuge Cove. Cook
Inlet; St. Paul, Kodiak Island; Humboldt Harbor, Pirate Cove and Popof Island, Shunijjgins; Iliuliuk
and Chernofski, Unalaska; Nazan Bay, Atka; Amchitka; Port Moller and Cape Lisburne; also (1884)
from Mary Island ; Makushin Bay; Unalaska Harbor; near mouth of Unalaska River; Shaw Bay, Unimak
Island; and Herendeen Bay. Gilbert (1895) records it from a number of stations in Bristol Bay. Turner
(1886) records it from the Aleutian islands: Scofield (1899) from Chignik Bay; Rutter (1898) from
Karluk, and Nelson (1880) from Unalaska.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

311

133. Myoxocephalus jaok (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Two specimens, 11 and 9.5 inches, respectively, collected at Tareinski Harbor, Kamchatka, June 21,
1901. The following description is taken from the larger example:

Head 2.5 in length; depth 0.2; eye 6.5 in head; snout 3.75; maxillary 2.1; mandible 2.1; inter-
orbital equal to eye; dorsal vm, 15; anall4; pectoral IS; caudal with 9 forked rays; ventrall,3; lateral
1 i 1 1 < • about 4(>.

Body elongate, somewhat depressed anteriorly, terete posteriorly; caudal peduncle stoul and short,
Halt ish above and below; head long, its profile nearly straight, a depression between eyes and lie- sharp
high nasal spines, a very prominent rounded projection between the latter, into which tie- premaxillary

projects. I lie out line from this projection to snout straight and steep; snout somewhat acute; mouth large,

gape extending to below middle of pupil; maxillary extending a distance equal to pupi] beyond posterior
margin or orliit . its breadth 1.3 in eye. its edge slipping somewhat under the preorbital and its body as a
whole lilting into a depression in the cheek so that it- Burface is mi n level with the cheek, thus matching
(lie rest of the cheek in surface and color; maxillary inconspicuous; upper lip a broad, high fold, 1> ing
well back over the anterior edge of maxillary; teeth small, sharp, in broad villiform hands in jaws, the
inner rows somewhat larger, sharper, these depressible and pointing backward; band of teeth in upper
jaw interrupted by a narrow mesial fold; teeth on vomer in a rather large V-shaped patch, the teeth
larger than those of jaws; palatines toothless; tongue large, bluntlv round.

Anterior nostril in front of eye and considerably below nasal spine, posterior nostril a prominent tube
above and behind anterior nostril and midway between nasal spine and eye; intcrorhital space rather
broad, concave, continuous with the somewhat broader

and Batter occipital space; nasal spines high and sharp.

supraoccipital ridges high, terminating posteriorly in a

rather blunt < Leal postocular spine, this with a smaller

tubercle in front, several short ridge-like tuberclesbe-
liind them; parietal ridges prominent converging pos-
teriorly, terminating in rather sharp backwardly pro-
jecting spines, on t ne outer side of this ridge a concave
depression hounded !>ya broken elevated ridge subor-
bital stay prominent, slender, long, striate, extending
from beneath eye nearly to root of upper preopercular

spine; preopercular spines 3, the upper much tile

longer, about equal to eye. pointing backward and
slightly upward, covered with skin nearly to the tip;

second spine conical, acute, not half as long as upper, pointing backward and somewhat outward;
lower spine stout, short, pointing downward and forward; opercular spine short, stout, and sharp.
terminating a long high ridge, which extends anteriorly almost to base of opercle, preopercular Bap
extending some distance beyond thespine; scapular spine short, sharp, and stout, terminating a high
ridge, at the base of which is a small tubercle; gills with a longslil behind die last.

Origin of spinous dorsal on a vertical with tip of scapular spine, the base 2.:! in head, the third spine

longest. 3.6 in head the membrane reaching nearly to the tips of the spines behind, somewhat scalloped

between lliem, the margin of the fin straight, descending regularly from the third to eighth, which i-
very short and without free margin; space between spinous and soft dorsals 2 in eye. base of soft dorsal
1.5 in head, its rays about equal, except a few of the last, the longest rays 3.1 in head, none of the rays
projecting beyond membrane; contour of fin somewhat rounded in front, upper margin straight; anal
similar to soft dorsal, its origin under base of third dorsal ray. its base 2.1 in head, its median rays about
3.75 in head; caudal truncate, tips of the rays slightly projecting; pectoral broad, rounded, the rays
stout and simple, the lower somewhat stouter and much shorter, acute, somewhat free at tips, the broad
procurrent base well covered by the gill-membranes, length of tin 1.75 in head, its tip scarcely reach-
ing vent ; ventrals 3.1 in head, narrow, inner rays longest, tips reaching half way to vent.

Body naked, a row of stellate disks above and quite near to lateral line, an irregular patch of similar
but smaller disks in axillary region, extending backward in a single row, but becoming mere sharp
prickles posteriorly; top and' sides of head covered as far back as base of dorsal with small warty promi-
nences, those in occipital region depressed and crater-like at the top, those in the latero-occipital pits
rounded: no cirri.

Fio.68.— Myoxocephalus jaok (Cuvier d Valenciennes).

312

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

General color in alcohol: Above brownish olivaceous, irregularly blotched and speckled with black,
especially above the pectoral, belly white; head conspicuously speckled with black dots, especially
on cheeks and interorbital; occipvit dark, upper lip blackish, edge of lower lip black; pectoral irregu-
larly mottled with black, the black spots tending to arrange themselves in crossbands; dorsals faintly
mottled with dusky; caudal with 2 irregular faint cloudy bars; ventral with 3 black blotches, the ante-
rior somewhat more distinct, these blotches tending to form 3 faint bars; ventrals pale; peritoneum
silvery.

Another specimen, 15 inches long, from Albatross station 3250, Bering Sea. June 13, 1890. had the
under part of the pectoral rays covered with sharp tubercles.

No. 2408. a specimen 9 inches long, collected in Unalaska, July 2. 1900, while agreeing in general
appearance with typical junk, differs in having the supraoccipital tubercle elongated into a rather long,
sharp ridge more or less rough on the edges and inclined to be broken up intoa series of tubercles. This
tubercle is apparently quite variable, as in another specimen the left tubercle is preceded by a smaller
one.

Previously recorded by Bean (1882), as Coitus humilis, from Chamisso Island. Eschscholtz Hay. ( J-il-
bert ( 1895 1 . St. Michael and Point Belcher. Arctic Ocean. Townsend (1S87). Nushagak River; stations
3290. 3228 to 3230, 3233, 3244 to 3245. 3248 and 3250. all in Bristol Bay: Cape Prince of Wales. Nelson
(1887), as Cottus txniopterus, St. Michael. Nelson (1887), as Cottus humilis, St. Michael. Turner ( 1886),
as C. humilis, St. Michael. Scofield (1899i, Port Clarence and Grantley Harbor.

This species reaches a length of IS inches and occurs in shallow water everywhere about Bering
Sea, extending into the Arctic and south to the Amur River and Unalaska.

Fig. 69. — Myoxocephalus verrucosus (Bean).
134. Myoxocephalus verrucosus I Bean I.

One example, 15 inches long, seined at Litnik Bay August 3, and another of same size collected by
Luttrell at Sitka. This species was previously recorded from Unalaska and Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1893),
and Kings Island. Port Clarence, and Grantley Harbor (Scofield 1896). One specimen from Litnik
Bay has the following characters:

Head 2.33 in length; depth 4.16; eye 6.4 in head; snout 3.5; maxillary 2.20; mandible 2.16;
interorbital 1.1 in eye: dorsal x-16; anal 13; pectoral 18; branchiostegals 6.

Body stout, tapering to stout caudal peduncle; both dorsal and ventral contours nearly straight:
head large, flattened above, but not so manifestly depressed and widened as in many cottoids; mouth
horizontal, rather large, the maxillary extending to posterior margin of pupil; mouth cavity large,
somewhat dusky; armature of head poorly developed, the spines < nasals, postoculars, occipital and
preopercular) short and blunt; short nasal tubes developed; top of head very warty; no filaments any-
where; supraorbital and occipital filaments hot present; dorsals not closely connected.

General color darker than in description; the large white spots on belly are also found on pectoral
and ventrals; the anal has white bars instead of spots: on the under side of some of the pectoral rays
is a series of stiff tubercles, these also found on upper side of ventrals.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

135. Myoxocephalus axillaris (Gill).

313

Nelson I 1887 . St. Michael, as Cottus axillaris. Scofield L899), Port Clarence; Chignik and Heren-
■ 1 < - < - 1 1 bays. N'"i seen by us.

¥ui. 70.— Myoxncrphjilus axillaris <.(!! i

136. Myoxocephalus stelleri Tilesius.

We have 3 specimens, 10.5 and 5.25 inches long, from Tareinski Barbor, Kamchatka, June 20, 1900,
and cnic II) inches long from I'nalaska, July 2, 1900. Recorded from point Barrow by Murdoch I 1885)
as Cottus fli'castrensis.

Fig. 71. Ityoxocephalug stellerl Tilesins.

137. Myoxocephalus niger (Bean).

We have in our collections I specimens 2 to <i inches long taken by Mr. M. C. Marsh al St. Paul
Island, Pribilof ((map, .Inly, 1900. Originally described l>y I'.ean i L882) from St. Paul Island. Bering

Fig. 72.— Myoxocephalus niger (Bean).

Sea, and recorded by him from Sanborn, Shumagins; also recorded from St. Michael (Nelson 1887 as
Cottus niger); and from the Pribilof Islands (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

3U

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

138. Megalocottus platycephalus (Pallas).

No. 2401, a female specimen 13 inches long, with minute eggs, collected at Tareinski Harbor,
Kamchatka, June 21, 1900. This specimen appears to be M. platycephalus, though differing in some
respects from current descriptions.

Head 3 in length; depth 5; eye 6.2 in head; snout 4; maxillary 2; mandible 1.6; interorbital 3.3;
dorsal ix-14; anal 12; pectoral 16; caudal 11, 8 of them forked; ventral 3; lateral line 36.

Body depressed anteriorly. Bubterete posteriorly, dorsal outline nearly straight and horizontal from
tip of snout to tip of spinous dorsal when depressed, thence gradually sloping to base of caudal; ventral
outline sloping rapidly upward from tip of lower1 jaw to gill-slits, from thence nearly straight; lower
jaw long and projecting, cleft of mouth nearly vertical; contour viewed from above, coffin-shaped , or
long kite-shaped, widening rapidly from the tip of the truncate lower jaw to the preopercular spines
where it is broadest, from thence tapering gradually to the stoutish caudal peduncle.

Head short, broad, and flat; a large flat, sunken hexagonal area extending from the nasal spines
to the occiput, bounded on the sides by the high diverging supraocular and converging parietal ridges;
the postocular tubercle high, large and blunt, pointing inward; occipital tubercle prominent, pear-
shaped, pointing backward, epding in a stout sharp spine; preopercular spines covered with skin,
upper longer than eye, curved upward and inward, second about half as long as first, third spine promi-
nent but blunt, fourth strong, pointing downward and forward; suborbital stay narrow, striate and
curved, upper opercular spine short, sharp, stout, almost concealed, pointing backward and downward
at the end of a high ridge, the round flap reaching considerably beyond the spine; 2 prominent tubercles

Fig. 73.— Mngalocottus platycephalus (Pallas).

at top of gill-slit, these sometimes spinous, and one or more stout suprascapular spines; a strong humeral
spine; teeth in strong villiform bands in jaw, a large patch on vomer, none on palatines; tongue large,
rounded and prominent; a well-developed symphesial knob; maxillary extending to posterior margin
of pupil; a deep cleft behind last gill, slit minute. Spinous dorsal beginning a distance about equal
to snout behind tip of gill-flap, its base 1.5 in head, its fourth spine longest, 2.5 in head, its margin
rounded, distance between it and soft dorsal equal to eye, latter high, largest ray 1.5 in head, its base
1.1 in head, its margin rounded, somewhat acute behind, the last rays somewhat produced; caudal
truncate, 1.5 in head; origin of anal below fourth dorsal ray, base 1.3 in head, rays stout, margin some-
what emarginate (scalloped ), longest rays about 2.1 in head; pectoral very broad, the lowest rays short
and stout, membrane between them deeply incised, general outline rounded, upper ray short. I>ase
procurrent along the edge of gill opening, length slightly longer than head, tip barely reaching origin
of anal; ventrals acute, outer ray stout, inner produced, length 1.2 in head, tips not reaching vent by
a distance greater than snout; skin naked; top of head warty, sides naked, no flaps anywhere; a row
of prominent prickly tubercles between lateral line and dorsal; a few irregular small tubercles in a
row beneath lateral line posteriorly.

Color in alcohol: Above uniform brown, sides below olivaceous, belly white: lower lip and chin
uniform black; membranes of upper lip dusky, lower side of lower lip white, the exposed portion all
black; isthmus and edge of gill-cavity dusky; vertical fins irregularly mottled and blotched white
and brown; inside of pectoral marked with broad brown and narrower white crossbars, outside similarly
marked but notso distinctly; ventral with 2 or 3 irregular brown crossbars with narrow white interspaces;
peritoneum white.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

315

These characters are probably sexual or are explained by the large Bize of this specimen.
The collection contains also no. 2394 and 137, 8.5 and 7.5 inches long, collected at Petropaulski,
1900; no. 2404, a specimen 9.5 inches long, no locality, probably off Kamchatka.

Fig. 74.— Megalocottiu laticeps (Gilbert).
139. Meg-alocottus laticeps (Gilbert).

Described originally (Gilbert ls!l5i from Nushagak River and Ilercndeen Bay. Recorded (a;
Cottus txniopterus) by Bean 1882) from Point Belcher, Arctic Ocean; Hagmeister Island, Bering 3
and St. Michael. Turner (1886), Norton Sound, and Scofield (1899), Port Clarence. No specimens
obtained by us.

Fig. 75. -Zestleelus profundorum (Gilbcrl ),

140. Zesticelus profundorum > ( .ill »', t

Originally described by Gilbert L895 as Acanthocottus profundorum from station 3329, north of
Unalaska.

316

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

141. Thecopterus aleuticus Smith.

Described from Albatross station 3785, in Bering Sea, 150 miles north of Rat Islands, at a depth of
270 fathoms. Only the type known.

Fig. 76.— Thccopterus aleuticus Smith. Type.

142. Dasycottus setiger Bean.

One specimen 3.25 inches long, collected by the Albatross at station 3602, Bering Sea; 36 specimens
from 1.2 to 8 inches in length from stations 4223 in 48 fathoms; 4237 in 194 fathoms; 4248 in 71 fathoms;
4250 in 66 fathoms; 4254 in 45 fathoms; 4275 in 35 fathoms; 4280 in 32 fathoms; 4281 in 42 fathoms: 4286
in 57 fathoms; 4287 in 66 fathoms; 4288 in 67 fathoms; 4290 in 99 fathoms; 4295 in 92 fathoms; 4296
in 35 fathoms. Besides the above, specimens were seen at stations 4191, 4220, and 4298.

Fig. 77.— Dasycottus setiger Bean.

In the young (1 inch) the eye is round, not elongate; spines on head not so prominent, color darker.

Originally described by Bean (1891) from Albatross station 2855, off Sitkalidak Island. Recorded
from stations 3216, 3257, 3310, 3311, and 3324, north and south of the Alaskan Peninsula and north of
LTnalaska Island (Gilbert 1895), and off Karluk (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

143. Malacocottus zonurus Bean.

The collection contains the following specimens of this species: 4 from station 4253, 1 from station
4232, 3 from station 4230, 1 from station 4198, and 1 from station 4292. Others were seen at St. Mary's
Mission, mouth of Oat Bay, at Boca de Quadra, and at Kasaan Bay. These specimens range in length

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

317

from 2.75 to 7.5 inches, and agree well with current descriptions. The key in Fishes of North and

Middle America, however, is defective, in that it would require this genus to have the gill-membranes

free from the isthmus?, which, of course, is not the case.

Originally described by Bean (1891) from Albatross station 2853, off Trinity Islands. Recorded

by Gilbert 1 1895) from stations 3227, 3330, and 3331, north of Unalaska, and from stations 3337 and 3339

south of I'nima Pass

144. Porocottus sellaris (Gilbert).

Described by Gilbert (1895) as Acanthocottus sellaris, from stations 3229 to 3234, 32-44. 3247, and
3300, all in Bristol Bay.

145. Porocottus quadrifilis Gill.

Recorded from St. Michael and Kegiktowik (Nelson 1887).

146. Porocottus bradfordi Butter.

The collection contains 27 specimens collected at Karluk Beach. June s in. 1 no:;, and no. 2223. also
from Karluk. 1903.

Originally described by Butter (1899) from Karluk.

147. Oncocottus quadricornis (Linnaeus).

Recorded from Feint Barrow and Meade River (Murdoch 1885), and St. Michael (Nelson 1887), as
i 'otitis quadricofnis.

Fxa. 78. Oncocottus quadricornis (Linnaeus).
148. Oncocottus hexacornis (Richardson). (PI. xvu. lig. 2.)

Recorded from Ilerseliel Island and Grantley Harbor (Scolield ISiMi

We have 3 specimens which we prc\ isionally identify with this species: no. 90, 91, and 92, s to 9
inches long, collected by Dr. Gilbert from a salmon trap al Graveyard Point, Kvichak River, near
Koggiung, July L6, 1903.

Ibad 3.16 in length; depth' 5.75; eye 6.8 in head; snoul 4.75; maxillary 2: mandible 1.9; inter-
orbital 6; dorsal vm- 1 I; anal L4; ventral 1. 3; pectoral 17; branchiostegals 6,

We have also a specimen 2 feet long, no. 2179, collected by the Albatross in Uganik Kay. Kodiak
Island. As it differs somewhat from the above and from current descriptions of the species, we give a
full description of it:

Head 2.75 in length; depth 5.25; eye (orbit) 8.55 in head (orbital rim 6.2); snout 3.3; maxillary 1.66;
mandible 2; interorbital broader than length of orbit but not equal to orbital cavity, 2 in snout; dorsal
ix-14; anal 13; pectoral !!•; ventrali, 3; caudal 9 forked rays; branchiostegals 6.

Body elongate; ventral outline straight; dorsal outline from tip of snout to end of spinous dorsal
gently arched and slightly bulging, from then- to base of caudal straight, the head, however, slightly
depressed; posterior pari of body soniewhat compressed; caudal peduncle rather long but stout, its
Length 1. 1 in snout, its depth about half its length.

Head large and broad, the snout rather blunt, its anterior profile a straight slope from the prominent
tubercle of the premaxillary pedicel; mouth wide and capacious, the gape extending to below pupil, the

318 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

maxillary to posterior margin of orbit rather narrow, its width at end about 1.5 in orbit; mouth oblique,
the upper edge of premaxillary below revel of lower margin of orbit; teeth in jaws in broad villiform
bands, the band of lower jaw a trifle broader behind, that in upper jaw widening in front, terminating on
each side of the symphysis as a rounded lobe, a narrow mesial toothless ridge in each jaw; teeth of both
jaws immovable, pointing inward ; vomer with a broad V-shaped band of teeth, the arms of the V rounded ;
no teeth on palatines; lower jaw included, its band of teeth shutting inside those of the upper jaw;
premaxillary separated from maxillary by a deep furrow; upper lip a narrow continuous ridge, followed
by a high ridge of skin, which usually lies back toward the maxillary; lower lip a high thin fold at the
sides, growing thicker in front and interrupted mesially by a broad frenurn; a rather prominent, rounded
knob at symphysis of lower jaw.

Gill-membrane forming a rather thick but shallow fold across the isthmus; gills 4, the slit behind
the fourth represent ed by a very small pore on the left side, on the right no opening evident; gillrakers
represented by broad, low, rounded tubercles, which are very hispid and rough to the touch-, like
shagreen; head with a few spines and various ridges; nasal spines short, stout, sharp, pointing backward,
the distance between them about two-thirds orbit; supraocular ridge beginning as a large raised area in
front of eye, continued backward as a blunt high ridge, widening posteriorly and terminating in a rather
high rough postocular tubercle which ends abruptly; at the base of this, two diverging short
ridges between which rise the prominent supraoccipital ridges, these converging backward to the base
of tin- occiput, whore each ends in a raised elongate very rough tubercle much like those In-hind the eye;
a broad, diverging, smooth, blade-shaped ridge extending from the supraoccipital tubercles nearly to
upper angle of gill-slit, and from the posterior end of this ridge, rising at a sudden angle, a posteriorly
projecting ridge which ends in the stout, short, scapular spine; a long low ridge below the eye, and another
back and behind eye, pointing downward; suborbital stay prominent, running backward nearly to the
base of the upper preopercular spine; a high broken ethmoidal ridge running across upper part of cheek,
extending from behind eye toward top of gill-slit, and a prominent ridge from a break in its center
toward the base of the upper preopercular spine.

Preopercular spines 4, the upper stout, about as long as orbit, straight, pointing outward and back-
ward, covered nearly to the tip with skin, which is warty or rough papillose at its base; second spine
not quite half so long, pointing downward and outward; third spine a prominent tubercle; fourth;
stout, sharp, pointing downward and forward, rather remote from the others; opercular spine short and
sharp, nearly covered with skin, terminating a long, prominent, striate, rather curved ridge, which is
parallel with the upper edge of the opercular flap; opercular flap long, rather thin, extending upward
and backward and beyond the spine for a distance nearly equal to diameter of orbit.

Spinous dorsal high, its general contour rounded, its membrane roundly scalloped between the
spines, spines long, slender and sharp, the longest (fourth) 3.75 in head, the two spines in front closely
approximated, the others rather remote (distance about one-half orbit"), the posterior spines shortest,
origin of dorsal above suprascapular spine; base 2.25 in head, nearly equal to snout and orbit; interval
between spinous and soft dorsal conspicuous, about two-thirds orbit; base of soft dorsal 1.9 in head, its
rays 1. >ng, sti lut . conspicuously ringed, none of them branched, a few of the anterior shorter, the contour
of the tin gently rounded in front and behind, the median portion straight, the margin gently scalloped,
the rays not produced, longest rays nearly equal to snout; anal similar in outline to soft dorsal, its
membrane, however, considerably thicker, the rays tinner and stouter, ending in rather stout tips;
origin of anal below fourth anal ray, anal base equal to a distance from tip of snout to posterior margin
of orbit ; pectoral very broad, the base procurrent, close to and parallel with the edge of the gill-opening,
nearly all the rays, especially the lower, very thick and stout, almost club-shaped and projecting slightly
as blunt points beyond the membrane, the lowest very short, gradually lengthening to the first from the
uppermost, the uppermost a trifle shorter than second; the three upper rays somewhat slender, displaying
the articulations, the others not; longest ray (second) equal to distance from tip of snout to a little
beyond posterior margin of orbit, the tip of the fin reaching to end of base of first dorsal but not quite
reaching vent; ventral rays and membrane exceedingly thick, the inner ray somewhat the longer, the
tin somewhat acute, the greatest length equal to length of snout, the tips reaching about half-way to
vent from their base; caudal truncate, fan-shaped, the tips of the forked rays extending beyond tips
of membrane as closely approximated points, two near together; peritoneum dusky.

No scales, nearly all of upper part of head as well as tip of maxillary covered with minute wartlike
elevations, the lower part of the cheek and a patch above suborbital stay and backward and downward

Bull.U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate XVII.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

319

from the eye smooth; a patch of minute tubercles along each side of suborbital stay; warts on opercle
above opercular ridge minute and collected into patches; below this ridge they are round and flat,
collected somewhat into chainlike bands, small patches of minute tubercles extending backward and
away from each segment of the lateral line, giving it a somewhat feathery appearance; a line of these
small projections terminates the lateral line at the base of the caudal fin; lateral line chainlike, of about
■17 jointlike segments.

Color in alcohol dark brown above, much mottled with irregular, small, thickly set white blotches,
this color extending up somewhat on the base of the fin membranes; lower half of side paler, consisting of
a white ground clouded over with minute brown punctulations; ventral surface, including chin and
breast, white; upper lip, maxillary, and membranes of upper jaw slaty blue; dorsal tins irregularly
blotched with patches of white and dark brown, tin- margin of eat li fin, particularly the Boft dorsal,
inclined to lie wholly white; caudal membranes light at base, the rays dark, this dark color broadening
outwardly, making a dark brown band parallel with the edge of the tin. its distal border slightly wavy,
us proximal border deeply incised by sharp patches "i white projecting out between the rays, the outer
margin of the tin wholly white; anal white with '■'• dark vertical liars about half as wide as eye, these
about equal distances apart, the projecting tips of the rays always white; ventrals pale, mostly cloudy,
crossed with indistinct liars of lighter, pectorals dark In-own. a if\\- round small spots of white arranged
roughly in the form of liars; a narrow margin of the tin wholly white, the upper edge .if the tin showing
brown regularly crossed by small while dots.

Specimen described :i female containing a few small eggs.

This fish has a close general resemblance to I/;/oj n , phahu polyattttUhoci phalui. The presence of a
fourth preopercular spine, however, removes it from that genus. The character of the gill slit resembles
that of Myoxoa phattts, but the fourth preopercular spine and other minor characters place it better \\ ith
Oncocottus. Our specimen possesses many characters common to both genera, however, and it may be
found thai characters which have been considered generic in small individuals disappear in larger
ones. The gill slit, for instance, i- present on one side and absent on the other in this specimen.

Via. 79.— Gymnocanthus pistilliger (Pallas)

149. Gymnocanthus pistilliger (Pallas).

We have in the collection a specimen 5 inches long, collected at Tareinski Harbor, Kamchatka, June
21, 1900. This species has also been recorded by Bean (1882) from Kyska Harbor and Point Belcher.
Gilbert 1 1895), Bristol Bay at stations 3230 to 3233, 3237 to 3246, 3289, 3291, 3296, and 3300. Scofield
I 1899), Port Clarence.

150. Gymnocanthus galeatus Bean.

Head 3 in length; depth 6; eye 3.6 in head; dorsal xi-16; anal 18; pectoral 19; maxillary 2.1;
interorbital 3.1.

The collection contains 25 specimens 1.5 to I 1.5 inches long from the following places: Atka Island,
1894; stations 3598, in Bering Sea, and 3653, off Shana, Iturup Island; Akutan Bay; station 4253,
Stephens Passage, and with hook and line in Shakan Bay. The specimen no. 2913) from station 1253
is a female with very small eggs.

320

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Originally described by Bean (1882) from Iliuliuk. Unalaska, and also recorded by him from off
Cape Sabine, Arctic Ocean, and from Steamer Bay, Chacan. and Sitka. Chernofski Harbor. Unalaska
Island (Gilbert 1895). Port Clarence (Townsend 1887). Point Barrow (Scofield 1899). St. Paul Island
(Palmer).

*%&/ —

Fig. SO.— Gymnocanthus galeatus Bean.
151. Leptocottus armatus Girard.

The collection contains 52 specimens 1.75 to 12 inches long from the following places: Karluk;
Gabriola Island; Union Bay; Marrowstone Point; Kilisut Harbor; Mink Arm; Yes Bay; Dundas Bay;
Snug Harbor; Yakutat; Hunter Bay: Loring; and Promise Island. Specimens were also seen at Dundas
Bay: Nanaimo; Fort Rupert; Metlakahtla; Boca de Quadra; Karta Bay; Sucia Island; Seattle: and
Alert Bay. A specimen (no. 2792 1 8.75 inches long, gives the following data: Head 2.8 in body; depth
4.75; eye G in head; interorbital 5.5; maxillary 2.1; dorsal vm-17; anal 19; pectoral 18.

The young are exceedingly mottled, and usually with 2 very small white spots on shoulder which
disappear with age.

Fig. 81. — Leptocottus armatus Girard.

A specimen 1.5 inches long collected at Promise Island, October 3. 1894, is the smallest specimen
we have. It differs somewhat, from mature specimens in color, having 3 dark saddle-like crossbars,
the first under anterior part of spinous dorsal: second under anterior part and third under posterior
part of soft dorsal. Mature specimens can usually be readily recognized by the palmate appearance of
the preopercular spines; in successively smaller specimens these gradually become more pinnate.
The species is recorded by Bean ilssi' i from Sitka: Port Mulgravo, Yakutat Bay; and St. Paul, Kodiak
Island. Rutter (1899),' Karluk.

152. Olig-ocottus maculosus Girard.

The collection contains 13 specimens from Otter Bay, Pendar Island, 1895: 13 specimens from
Kilisut Harbor, 108 from Marrowstone Point, 88 from Gabriola Island, 54 from Fort Rupert, 15 from
Shakan Hay, and 16 from Point Ellis; no. 2225. a specimen 3 inches long, and 203 specimens collected

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

321

by Mr. Butter at Karluk in 1903; 19 specimens collected in L903 in Naha Hay by Mr. Chamberlain, who
also collected 2 specimens in Yes Bay in 1905.

This species ha* been recorded I Bean 1882) from Sitka: Alexandrovsk, Cook Inlet; Wrangell; Mary
Island and Tongass i Bean 1Ss4i. and Karluk . Hutt.-r ls99).

Fio B2 Oligocottua maculoaus Girard.
153. Sigmistes caulias Rutter.
Originally described by Rutter 1899) from Karluk.

Fw. 83. Sigmistes caulias Rutter. i pe
154. Blennicottus acuticeps (Gilbert I.

Head 3.75 in length; depth 5; eye3.9in head; snout I. maxillarj 2.5; mandible 2; dorsal vm 15;
anal 11; pectoral 13; ventral i. 3; branch iostegals 6.

Body rather elongate, the dorsal contour arched under the spin.. us dorsal, tapering behind to a
slender caudal peduncle, the leasl depth of which equals eye; head rather small, iis upper profile
arched; mouth small, horizontal, maxillary reaching to anterior margin of orbit; teeth in vuiform
hands on jaw.-, vomer, and palatines; interorbital rather narrow com ave; snoul rather sharp and pointed;
nasal spines present, rather strong; one pair of supraorbital and two pairs of occipital cirri, these rather
long; preopercle with only one (the uppei i spine present, this covered with skin when exposed it is
seen to be rather sharp and stout, curved upward; gill-membranes forming a broad fold across isthmus;
no evident slit behind last gill-arch; a rather strong suprascapular spine; spinous dorsal rather high,
of uniform height, the slender spines i :; in head) united to their tips by the thin transparent membrane,
the base of spinous dorsal a trifle longer than head: soft dorsal somewhat lower, its rays longer than
spines. l'.I in head, but slanting backward when 6n is extended; base of soft dorsal 2.75 in head: the
anal about the same length; pectoral long, graduated, the lowest rays short and stout, free at the en, Is
and hooked, the I in extending beyond origin of anal, nearly as long as head; ventral 1.5 in head, rather
long and narrow, extending beyond vent and nearly to base of anal; caudal somewhat narrow, rounded,
its length 1.2 in head.

B. B. F. 1906—21

322

BULLETIN OF THE BCTREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in alcohol slaty l>lue above, gradually fading to dusky white below; a dusky patch at front
edge of dorsal; anal and lower rays of caudal speckled; pectorals dusky; ventrals and soft dorsal plain.

The collection contains 227 specimens varying from 1.5 to 2.5 inches. Two of these were collected
by the Albatross in 1894, one in Promise Bay and the other at Atka Island. One is a female containing
mature eggs the size of mustard seed. The cither specimens were collected by Mr. Rutter on the beach
at Karluk. June S 10. 190:!.

The following counts of 159 specimens collected at Karluk show the variations in the anal rays:
Seven have 13 anal rays, 106 have 12 anal rays. 45 have 11 anal rays, and 1 has 10 anal rays.

These also show great variation in color and in markings, the ground color varying from plain
olivaceous to rosy, and some being almost plain, others much speckled and mottled. In all these
specimens the 2 black blotches on spinous dorsal are present, but they vary in size and distinctness.
In many the tips of the spines project slightly as minute filaments, ami the fin is nut evenly rounded,
being higher in front. In embrywm the fin is not so high, but is rounded, being higher in the center.
This species can net be separated from B. embryum on the number of the anal rays, as both frequently
have 11, embryum usually having 10 or 11 and acuticeps varying from 10 to 13.

Described by Gilbert i L893) as Oligocottus acuticeps, from TJnalaska. Recorded by Rutter (1899),
as Oxycottus acuticeps, from Karluk.

155. Bleiinicottus globiceps (Girard).

Recorded by Bean (1881) as Oligocottus globiceps. from the following places: Sitka; Shahafka Cove,
Kodiak Island; Adak and Amchitka.

156. Blennicottus embryum (Jordan & Starks).

Three specimens (nos. 02224 and 02227), each about 1.75 inches long, collected by Mr. Rutter at Karluk
early in July; and 64 specimens 1 to 2.75 inches long, collected by him at Karluk, June 8-10, 1903.

Head 3.33 in length; depth4.8; eye3.2 in head; snout3; maxillary 2.5; mandible 3; mterorbital 1.25;
dorsal ix, 15; anal 10; branchiostegals 6; pectoral 14; ventral I, 4; pores about 34 (?).

Fig. 84.— Blennicottus embryum (Jordan &- Starka). Type.

Body somewhat elongate, tapering to a rather slender caudal peduncle, the depth of which is some-
what more than diameter of orbit ; head rather small, compressed, the profile rounded; mouth horizontal,
quite small; tip of maxillary reaching slightly beyond anterior margin of orbit; teeth minute, on jaws,
vomer, and palatines; nasal spines rather stout; interorhital space rather narrow, concave; apparently no
—lit behind last gill-opening; preopercular spine single, covered with skin; when dissected out, it is
seen to be simple, short, stout, sharp, and slightly curved upward. Spinous dorsal rather low. rounded,
its longest spine about 3 in head, its base about equal to head; longest dorsal ray about 1.6 in head;
base of soft dorsal about 2.66 in body; pectoral rather broad, acute, about 1 .5 times head and extending
beyond origin of anal; ventrals long and slender. 1.3 in head, reaching beyond vent nearly to anal;
anal papilla prominent in the male.

Color in alcohol: Six saddle-shaped blackish blotches along dorsal, reaching about to lateral line,
pale roundish spots between these; lower part of body and all fins but ventrals finely mottled.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

323

157. Blennicottus clarki Evermann & Goldsborough. new species.

Head 2.75 in length; depth 5.5; eye 3.3 in head; snout 4.:!; dorsal vi-12; anal 12; pectoral 21; ven-
tral i, 3; branchiostegals (i.

Body elongate, slightly compressed, tapering gradually from occiput to narrow caudal peduncle,
the least depth of caudal peduncle 1.5 in eye and 2 in iis length; vent median, much nearer base of
anal than base of ventral.

Head rather large, somewhat depressed; snout bluntly rounded from above, its anterior profile gently
rounded; mouth horizontal, tip of premaxillary below lower margin of orbit, maxillary reaching verl ical

at middle of pupil; teeth minute on jaws, thos vomer and palatines barely discernible; nasal

spine short, sharp, and weak: interorbital very narrow, nol evidently concave, about i in eye; occiput
with 2 faint ridges, area between them somewhat concave; opercle thickened above, ending behind

Fig. 85. Blennicottus dark] EverxnannA Oolilsl»ornugh. new sppcios. Type.

in a round lobe; 2 preopercular spines, the upper simple, stout, curving upward and inward, covered
with membrane, the lower, on lower limb of preoporole. short, directed downward and forward; no
evident nasal cirri, and none evident on lateral line; a strong cirrus on tip of maxillary, a small one
near base of upper preopercular spine, and a small one on opercular flap, one on shoulder above base
of pectoral, rest of body smooth without further cirri or other prickles.

Origin of dorsal over upper base of pectoral, spines rather high, second, third, and fourth highest,
about 1.4 in head, free at tip, the tips slightly club-shaped; interval between spines very short; soft
dorsal nearly as high as spinous dorsal, the middle rays highest, about 2 in head; caudal rounded, long
and narrow, 1.3 in head; anal similar to soft dorsal; ventrals long and narrow, reaching nearly to vent,
2 in head; pectoral broad and falcate upper rays longest, reaching beyond origin of anal, its base
strongly procurrent, parallel with gill-cleft and close behind it, length from lower edge of axil to tip
about 1.1 in head.

Color in alcohol brownish-olivaceous on upper part of side, mottled with small white spots; occipi-
tal and interorbital region darkest, region above lateral line light olivaceous; an indistinct darker bar

324

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

under spinous and a similar one under middle of soft dorsal, a dark blotch ai base of caudal; dorsal,
caudal, and pectoral indistinctly blotched and mottled with brown, these tending to form bands; a
dark area at base of pectoral; anal and ventral plain.

This species is most closely related to Blennicottus acuticeps. from which it differs markedly in
having a blunter snout, narrower interorbital, larger head and eye; fewer dorsal spines and rays; no
nasal cirri and none on lateral line.

Type no. 57824 U. S. National Museum, a specimen 2 inches long, collected by the Albatross at
station 3598, Bering Sea, June 8, 1894. We have 1 other specimen, 1.2 inches long, from same place.

Named for our friend and associate, Mr. II. Walton < lark, of the Bureau of Fisheries, in recogni-
tion of his valuable assistance in the preparation of this report.

Fig. S6-— Hi3tiocottus bilobus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

158. Histiocottus bilobus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

We have 4 specimens 9 to 10 inches long from Karluk; ] specimen ti inches long from station
4259: and another 6 inches long, Tongasa Narrows, October 28, L905. It is recorded by Bean from
St. Paul, Rodiak, as Blepsias bilobus.

Fig. 87. -Blepsias cirrhosus (Pallas).

159. Blepsias cirrhosus I Pallas I.

Ninety-five specimens of this Bpecies were taken at various points from Puget Sound to Kodiak
Island. They range in length from 1.25 to 7.5 inches and were taken at the following places: Mar-
rowstone Point; Kilisut Harbor; Fox Bay; Alert r>ay. Cleveland Passage; Metlakatla; Killisnoo, and
on the beach at Karluk. A female 6 inches long, seined at Marrowstone Point June 29. was ripe with

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 325

eggs of good size i larger than shad eggs) and of bright rosin color. Fifty-six of the specimens were taken
at Karluk by Mr. Rutter. These were L.25 to 1.8 inches long, and the dorsal counts in many of them
were iv. m-24; the young have a distinct color pattern, showing the pale blotches on Sns very distinctly.
These blotches are nol so distinct on larger examples, indicating that the young are much more bril-
liantly colored.

Recorded by Bean (1882 from Sitka; Porl Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; lliuliuk and Chemofski,
Unalaska; Bay of Islands, Adak; Kyska, and St. Paul Island. Gilbert i I895i. I'nalaska.

160. Nautiscus pribilovius .Ionian >V Gilbert.

Recorded by Bean (1882) from (Jnalaska, Adak, Kyska, and St. Paul, Kodiak Island, as Nautichtkys
oeulofasciatus; under the same name by < t ill ><i t Isn.'n from Bristol Pay and south oi the Alaskan Pen-
insula at station- 3213, 3217, 3220, 3222, 3231, to 3234, 3236, 3246, 3274, 3281, 3290 to 3294, 3296, 3300,
and 'X'M'l. The species was described by Jordan & Gilbert in 1*99. the type coming from St. (leorge
Island and a cotype from Unalaska.

161. Nautichthys oculofasciatus < < tirard I.

One specimen 1 inches long from Btation 1209, Admiralty inlet; 1 specimen 1.3 inches long-from
Btation 4219, mouth of ' lak Baj .

162. Ulca marmorata r.c;ni

A specimen i no. 2'.H 7 i 12.o inches long from station 1255, Chilkool Inlet, is described as follows:

Head 2.6 in length; depth 5; eye 5.5 in head nout I: maxillary L.5; mandible L.28; interorbital
2.5; length of middle pectoral ra 1.5 ec ad dorsal spine, including filament, 2.5; longest dorsal ray
2.6; caudal 2; longest anal rays 2.7; ventrals 3.1.

Head very broad, depressed, the body tapering gradually to the slender caudal peduncle; mouth
large, oblique, the maxillary extending beyond pupil; the mandible strongly projecting; teeth very
strong on jaws, vomer, palatines, premaxillaries, and tongue, many of them enlarged and canine-like;
head very rough, with numerous large bluntish spines, those on supraocular and occiput largest and
strongest; one large blunt spine at upper angle of opercle followed by a long curved ridge; preopercle
with 4 blunt diverging spite-, tie second one from top li ogest; opercle with a strong ridge; interorbital
very broad and concave: l.ody everywhere, especially above, covered with low blunt tubercles; under
part- w ith soli tubercles: lower jaw with numerous cirri, some of them branched, nearly equaling eye in
length; numerous smaller cirri on upper p id anterior part of body. Fins well developed,
dor-al spines long ending in filaments; soft dorsal higher than spinous portion; anal rays somewhat
enlarged; pectoral verj large, nearly reaching beginning rial.

Besides this large specimen the collection contains I smaller one-, as follows: One L.8 inches long,
dredged at station 1270, Litnik Bay; one 2.25 inches long, dredged at station 1281, Chignik Bay; one 2.6
inches long, dredged at -tat ion 4279, Alitak Bay; one 3 inches lone dredged at station 11'!):;.

( Iriginally described by Bean i 1891 . as //< mitriptei us rm From Ubatross station 2855

Sul alidak Island. Recorded by Gilbert I L895 under the same name from stations 3224, 3257, 3258, and
3311 in Bering Sea, north of Unalaska Island.

163. Hemitripterus cavifrons Lockington.

We have in the collection a single specimen 8.5 inches long, collected by the Albatross at Petro-
paulski. June20, 1903. Recorded by Bean 1882 from Kodiak as Hemitripterus americanus.

164. Syncliirus g-illi Bean.

One specimen L.5 inches long picked off an anem at Quarantine Dock, Port Townsend, June

27, 1903.

Dorsal tx »20; anal I'll. No -piny tubercles on lateral line; no series of -piny scabs along dorsal
base.

326

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

165. Psychrolutes paradoxus (iiinther.

Eighty-seven specimens, from 0.75 to 2.4 inches lung, were secured by the Albatross in Otter Bay,
May 31, 1895, and at stations 4223, 422S, 4257, 4270, 4271, 4273, 4274, 4275, 4283, 4285, 4290, 4291. These
stations range from Puget Sound to Kodiak Island.

Recorded by Bean (1882) from Kodiak Island. Gilbert (1895), as Psychrolutes :cbra, from stations 3213,
3215, to 3217, 3219, 3222, to 3225, 3257 to 3259, 3263, 3265, 3272, 3310, 3311, 3313, 3322, 3334, in shallow
water south of the Alaskan Peninsula, thence west to and through Unimak Pass, along the northern
shore of Unalaska Island and in Bristol Bay. Under the same name by Bean (1891) from station 2848,
between Unga and Nagai islands. Jordan & Gilbert (1899), stations 3640 off St. Paul Island and 3674
off Kodiak Island at Karl uk.

Fig. 8S. — Psychrolutes paradoxus Giinther.
166. Gilbertidia sigolutes (Jordan & Starts).

Head 2.7 in length; depth 3; eye 4.7 in head, equaling snout; interorbital 2; width of mouth 2;
dorsal vi, 21; anal 15; pectoral 15; ventral 3.

Body short and tadpole-like, tapering rapidly from the very large head to the narrow caudal
peduncle; head very large, globular; snout short ami evenly rounded; interorbital very broad, gently
convex; mouth large, broad, jaws subequal; maxillary slender, weak, reaching front of eye; teeth
in jaws weak, apparently in a single row; vomer and palatines toothless. Dorsal fin much larger than
anal, partly concealed by loose skin; spinous dorsal entirely obliterated except the tips of the last 3

Fig. 89. Gilbertidia sigolutes (Jordan A- Starts).

spines, which project above the skin as mere tubercles; origin of anal nearly under fourth dorsal ray;
tips of last dorsal and anal rays overlapping base of caudal fin; caudal fin evenly rounded; pectoral
well developed, its upper rays longest, reaching origin of anal fin, the lower rays somewhat enlarged,
their tips free: ventrals small,' short, barely reaching vent; nostrils with conspicuous nasal flaps;
lower jaw, side of head, and side of body above pectoral Jin with conspicuous mucous pores.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

3-_>7

Color in alcohol, brownish white: the back in from of dorsal crossed bya broad bluish band; r»
under pectorals and ventrals bluish; head everywhere above finely punctate with brownish; under
pari of head whitish; fins all plain bluish while.

One specimen, 2.5 inches long, was dredged at station 4256, in 73 fathoms, in Chilkool Inlet. July 16,
1903, and a specimen 1-fo inches long, at station 4257, off Funter Bay. Two specimens, each about
1.5 inches long, were seined at Loring, April 25, 1903, by Mr. < Ihamberlain.

Family 34. RHAMPHOCOTTIDyE.

167. Rhamphocottus richardsoni Giinther.

The collection contains the following specimens:

Two collected by the Albatross in Straits of Fuca L891); 2 seined al mouth of Hood Canal; 5 from
stations 4197, 4204, 4205, 4209. 4212. These differ from current descriptions in that the tubercles are
simple and prickly, but uol bifid or trifid. Dorsal spines ""' always vn, sometimes \m. and in one
case vn 11: first pectoral ray- and the dorsal rays prickly for their whole length; black Bpol nol always
present on all the dorsal rays. There are numerous tubercles on upper half of membrane of eye.

This species was recorded from St. Paul, Kodiak island, by Bean 1 L882).

/

m^md y

¥T*m%%PXr V

Fig. 90. — Rhamphocottus richardsoni (timther.

Family 35. AGONIDjE. The Sea-Poachers.
168. Hypsagonus quadricornis (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

Specimens from 1.5 to 2 inches long were taken in 1903 al the following Albatross station?: 1204,

4205 7. 1212. I2i:s. 12S4. one specimen being taken ai each station. The species was also seen at
Fort Rupert and Admiralty Inlet.

Recorded by Gilbert 1895) from north and south of the Aleutian Islands ami in Bristol Bay at
stations 3213, 3214, 3217, 3220. 322',. 3224, 3262, and 3322.

328

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
169. Occa dodecaedron (Tilesius).

Recorded by Nelson (1887) from Unalaklik and by Gilbert (1895), as Brachyopsis dodecaedrus, from
Bristol Bay at stations 3239, 3240, 3242, and 3248.

Fig. 91.— Oeca dodecaedron (TilesiU3).
170. Pallasina barbata (Steindachner).

Twelve specimens, 2.25 to 4 inches long, seined in Funter Bay; one, 4.75 inches long, seined in
Kilisut Harbor; two, 3.8 and 5 inches long, seined in Cleveland Passage; all collected by the Albatross
in 1903.

These specimens might just as well be called P. air, except for the 3 or more rows of plates (some
times 2) on median line in front of ventrals. P. air is said to have but 2 and the neighboring plates small.
These specimens have 2 or 3, and the other plates small or large. The barbel is short, in barbata it
should be long.

Recorded as Siphagonus barbata (Bean 1882) from Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Unalaska; Port
Clarence. Albatross stations 3239, 3240, 3242 to 3245, and 3258, all in Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1893).
Iliuliuk. Unalaska (Turner 188G). Port Clarence (Scofield 1897).

Fig. 92.— Pallasina barbata (Steindachner).

171. Pallasina aix Stalks.

Recorded from Chignik Bay (Scofield 1899).

172. Podothecus acipenserinus (Tilesius).

Thirteen specimens, 2 to 5.5 inches, no label, but probably from Alaska; ten, 3 to 8.5 inches long,
collected by the Albatross at stations 3598, 3600, and at Port Ludlow; twenty-five. 4.5 to 8 inches long,
collected by the Albatross in 1903 at stations 4270 to 1272, 4276, and 4296; also at Marrowstone Point,
and seined at Quarantine Station; one specimen taken at Yes Bay by the Albatross in 1905.

Fig. 93.— Podothecus acipenserinus (Tilesius).

In most of the specimens the plates on caudal peduncle have spines, which is contrary to current
descriptions. The color also is different in our specimens; in most of them the black streaks between
plates are absent; the 3 Mark bars on caudal peduncle and the one under anterior part of soft dorsal
arc not noted in current description!

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

329

Originally described by Tilesius from (Jnalaska. Recorded by Bean (1882) from St. Paul. Kodiak
Island: [Jnalaska; Cape Lisburne; Arctic Ocean. From many stations (44) around the Aleutian Islands
and in Bristol Bayby Gilbert (1895). From St. Paul Island by Townsend (1887).

™x

Fig. 94.- Avrrrunru-. emmelane Jordan .*.■ starks.

173. Averruncus eminelane Jordan & Starks.

One specimen, 6.25 inches 1'mg. dredged ai si. it ion 1222, mouth of Hood 'anal. Only 2 ether
specimens known. They were taken in a seine mar Port Orchard, Pugel Sound, by E. C. Starks.

Msg-A'^iLiJ!

-.v

Fig. 95. -Sarritor frenatus Gilbert.

174. Sarritor frenatus Gilbert.

Six specimens, 2.5 to 10.5 inches long, collected by the Matron at stations :>.">!»> io. and

4292. i >riginall) described by< rilberl 1895 as Odontopyi isfr< natustroio Albatross stations 3219, 3225 to
3227, 3255 to 3258, 3263 3269, 3279, 3282, 3309, 331] 3313 and 3330, loi ated on both aidesofthe Uaskan
Peninsula and both north and smith of the Aleutian Chain.

175. Sarritor leptorhynchus (Gilbert

Seven specimens, 3.25 to 4.5 inches long, were dredged ai stations 1268 1279 1283 I 35 and 1286.
i friginally described by Gilbert I 1895) from north and south of the Alaskan Peninsula at station 3215
3219 ::222, 3229, 3259, 3265, and 3267

Fig 96 B tbyagonu nigripinnis ' rilberl

176. Bathyagonus nigripinnis < rilbert.

The collection contains 36 specimens, 2.25 to 8 inches long,-dredged by the Albatross in 1903 at
stations 1191, 1198, 1231,4235,4236,4238, 1240, 1241, 1250 to 1252, 1258, and 4266. The species was
originally described by Gilbert I L895) from north and smith of Unalaska at stations 3210. 3316, 3324,
3325, 3329 to 3332, and 3337.

330

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

177. Xenochirus pentacanthus Gilbert.

This species is very generally distributed from Puget Sound to Bering Sea. It was never taken
abundantly, but was found at a great many different places, 71 specimens, from 1.6 to 4. 65 inches long,
being taken at stations 3547 (Bering Seal, 3597. 4193. 1221. 122:;. 1226, 1227. 423s, 4244, 4271, 4274 to
4276, 4278 to 4281, 4283, 4285 to 4289, 1290 to 4293. and 4295.

It is very doubtful whether the prickly breast {alascanus) and narrow interorbital (pentacanthus)
which separate pentacanthus and alascanus are good characters. In this large series some have the
prickly breast but narrow interorbital. With a larger series these 2 species would very probably run
together.

178. Xenochirus alascanus Gilbert.

This species was not taken by us. It was originally described by Gilbert (1895) from vicinity of
Unimak Pass at stations 3216, 3219, 3223, 3225 to 3226, 3257, 3258, 3263, 3309 to 3311, 3313, 3322r3334,
3336, and 3339. Recorded from Karluk (Jordan & Gilbert 1899 1.

179. Xenochirus latifrons Gilbert.

We have 142 specimens, 3.5 to 6 inches long, collected by J. P. Todd near Seattle, 1903.

180. Odontopyxis trispinosus Lockington.

One specimen, 2.65 inches long, dredged at station 4221; one specimen, 2.4 inches long, dredged at
station 4193; the species also seen at station 4226, near Loring. and station 4243. Kasaan Hay. Recorded
from Sitka by Bean (1882) as Podotheeus trispinosus.

181. Aspidophoroides guntheri Bean.

Originally described by Bean (1886) 'from Alaska." in Bering Sea, perhaps. Nol found by recent
collectors.

Fig. t)7.— Aspidophoroides guntheri Bean.

182. Aspidophoroides bartoni Gilbert.

Eleven specimens, 2 to 5.25 inches long, were dredged at stations 3599 (Bering Sea), 4273, 4276,
4279. 4283, 42S5, 4286, 42S9, 4291. and 4292. This species was originally described by Gilbert ( 1895 ) from
north ami south of the Aleutian Islands and in Bristol Bay from 41 different dredging stations, ranging
between 3213 and 3311.

183. Aspidophoroides inermis Gunther.

One specimen, 2.75 inches long, dredged at station 4272: one specimen, 1 inches, mouth Hood
Canal, collected by the Albatross. 1903. The type of this species came from Unalaska. The species
wasalso taken at Albatross stations 3213, 3219,3220, 3265. and 3322. these in Bristol Hay and north and
south of the Aleutian group.

Family 36. CYCL0PTERID/E. The Lump Suckers.

184. Eumicrotremus orbis (Gunther).

One specimen 1.1 inches long, mouth of Hood Canal, July 1; one specimen 1 inch long dredged at
station 1205; one specimen 1.5 inches long dredged at station 4291 ; one specimen 3.85 inches long, taken
from stomach of cod caught in Bering Sea in spring of 1902 in 500 feet of water. The species has also

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

331

been recorded from Iliuliuk, Unalaska, and from St. Paul Island I Bean 1882) as Eu micro! mints spinosus.
South of Sannak Islands and in Bristol Bay from stations 3213, 3258, and :;_'7I (Gilbert L895). OS St.
Paul Island (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

185. Lethrotremus muticus Gilbert.

This species, nut taken by recent collectors, was described by < rilbert 1 1895 > from stations 3223 and
3258, near Unimak Pass.

Fig. 98.— Lethrot minis muticus OUlxrt .

186. Cyclopteroides gyrinops ( iannan.

Recorded from St. Paul Island (Garman 1892 \ and Dutch Earbor (.Ionian & Gilbert L899

187. Cyclopterichthys ventricosus i Pallas).

No. 02234 and 02298. 8.5 and 7.7"> inches Ions;, respectively, collected by Butter at Karluk in 1903.
These 2 specimens show the two different schemes of coloration noted in descriptions. Recorded from
St. Paul Island (Kincaid 1899).

Family 37. l.IPAKIDID.li. The Sea Snail,

188. Neoliparis rutteri Gilbert & Snyder.

Bead -1 to length; depth 4.33; eye 1.6 to head: snout 3; toterorbital equal to snout: dorsal \. 28;
anal 26; pectoral 33; caudal 14; branchiostegale 6

Body tadpole-shaped, anterior portion to origin of anal rounded, the remainder "really compressed;
dorsal outline gently arched; ventral outline of 2 gentle arches meeting each other at a broad angle at
the origin of anal; head small, depressed: snout broadly rounded viewed from above, truncate from
the side: mouth narrow, horizontal, with little lateral cleft and mandible barely included: lips rather
thin: teeth small, white, tricuspid, in several rows in each jaw; nostrils inconspicuous, anterior with a
small tube; several mucous pores on head along ramus of lower jaw and behind eye: gill-slit narrow,
slightly wider than eye, entirely above upper base of pectoral: opercle ending in a soft sharp (lap.

Dorsal tin low, its origin over middle of pectoral, its length about 3.5 timeshead, the fin quitelow, the
posterior rays longer, margin minutely crenulate, longest ray about 2.5 in head; anal similar to dorsal,
its origin under about the third or fourth dorsal ray. last ray of anal slightly posterior to last dorsal ray and
both hits slightly united to caudal at the tips of their last rays; caudal truncate, long and slender, its
length about 1.2 in head; pectorals broad, of 2 lobes, the upper broad and rounded, lower narrow, its

332

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

margin ill denned, and not very distinct from upper lobe; rays somewhat produced, longest ray consid-
erably shorter than upper lobe, length of upper lobe 1.3 in head, tip reaching vent; ventral disk nearly
circular, its length l.li in head. I."» horny lobes, rather deciduous.

Color jet black above, lighter on belly, a white crescent-shaped line across base of caudal, extending
on tip of last dorsal and anal ray; caudal indistinctly barred with black and white bars; dorsal and anal
litis dark, edges with a narrow black border.

We have 13 specimens, varying from 0.75 to 2.75 inches long, collected by Mr. Rutter at Karluk,
June 8-10, 1903. The species is recorded by Rutter (.1899) from Karluk and Uyak Bay.

afc*ss-»

Fig. 99.— Neoliparis rutteri Gilbert & Snyder.
189. Neoliparis callyodon I Paha- 1.

One hundred and twenty-six specimens, 0.75 to 5 inches long, secured in 1903 from the following
places: Shakan Bay; Diamond Point; Point Ellis: Punter Bay; stations -1205-7; Naha Bay. Loring;
Neah Bay, and at Karluk.

Recorded (Bean 1S82. as Li parts calliodon) from Port Etches; Belkofski; Sanborn Harbor. Shtt-
magins; Nateekin Bay, Unalaska; Adak; Amchitka; St. Michael. Unalaska (Gilbert 1895). Karluk
and Uyak Bay l Rutter L899 i. Si . Michael (Turner 188G, as Liparis calliodon I. Jordan & Gilbert (1899)
found it at Captains Harbor, Unalaska; St. Paul Island; St. George Island, and Sitka.

Fig. 100. — Neoliparis callyodon (Pallas).

190. Liparis cyclopus < lumber. (PI. win. fig. 1.)

Recorded from Unalaska (Bean L882) as Liparis cyclopus; Aika [aland (Turner L886) as Liparis
cyclopus; Bristol Bay, at station 3230 (Gilbert 1895).

191. Liparis fucensis ( Hlberl .

Twelve specimens, 1.4 to 3.25 inches long, dredged at stations 4208, 4220, 1270 to 4272, 4289, and
1302, and mouth Hood ('anal; and 22 ismall) from station 4256.

Bull. U. S B. F. 1906.

Plate XVIII.

' °.

Bull. U. S. B F. 1906.

Plate XIX.

.*>''

y/,X-

J

l M

tV-.r-

I

■2

1

«, r

■'*.

''■'. .

S; :

h

T«r

Bull. U. S. 8. F. 1906.

Plate XX.

§ik

%

■ '. ,

V 'I

I '

1

>.

I

<-

V

-

h-

tr

■

in

CO

.

o

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 333

192. Liparis agassizii I'm nam .

Recorded from Unalaska and St. Paul Island i Bean 1882) as Liparis gibbus. Bristol Bay at stations
3241. 3247, and 3305 (Gilbert 1895). Point Barrow (Murdoch 1885).

Pig. 101. — Liparis agassizii Putnam.

193. Liparis herschelinus .""'nlii <M. (PI. win. fig. 2.)

Recorded from Eerschel bland, Arctic Ocean Scofield L899 .

194. Liparis cyclostigma Gilbert. (PI. XIX.

Originally described by Gilbert i 1895) from Bristol Bay a1 Btation 3252, near Unalaska.

195. Liparis pulchellus Ayn s.

Recorded fr St. Paul, Kodiak Island, and from Iliuliuk, Unalaska (Bean L882); Tongass (Boan

L884); station 3269 in Bristol Bay (Gilbert L895)

196. Crystamchthys mirabilis .hinlaii & Gilbert. (PI. XX, fig. I

Recorded from station 3638, off St. Paul Man. I (Jordan <& Gilbert L899)

197. Careproctus simus Gilbert

( (riginally described by ( filbert 1 1895 i from north of Unalaska at Btation 3331.

198. Careproctus colletti Gilbert.

One specimen, 3.5 inches 1 < >iilt. from station 1295, Shelikof Straits.

This specimen differs somewhat from current descriptions; the head is I. not 6; distance from tip
of snuut to origin of anal is 2.5, no1 3.66. Color almost white, nol dusky, though our specimen may have
faded. Month ami trill cavity not dusky; peritoneum while, not dusk}

This species was originally described by Gilbert 1895 i from station 3338, south of Alaskan Peninsula.

199. Careproctus phasma Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert L895) from Bristol Bay al stations 3254 and 3256

200. Careproctus spectrum Bean.

( Iriginally described by Bean (1891) from Albatross si a i ion 28 18, between Culm ami Nagai islam Is.

201. Careproctus ostentum Gilbert.
» (riginally described by Gilbert i L895 from north of Unalaska Island at Mat ions :;:;j i and 3331.

202. Careproctus ectenes Gilbert.
Originally described by Gilbert I 1895) from north of Unalaska at station 3331

203. Prognurus cypselurus Jordan A: Gilbert. (PI. xx, fig. -. I
Originally described by Jordan A Gilbert 1 1899) from Albatross station 3644, off Bogoslof Island.

334

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

204. Gyrinichthys minytremus Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from north of Unalaska Island at station 3331.

205. Paraliparis holomelas Gilbert.

( Iriginally described by Gilbert ( 1S95) from north oi' Unalaska at stations 3308 and 3332. We have
25 specimens taken at stations 4194, 4202, 4251-4253, 4255, 4258. 4292 and 4293.

206. Paraliparis cephalus Gilbert.

Recorded by Gilbert (1895) from north of Unalaska at stations 3225 and 3330.

207. Paraliparis ulochir Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from north of Unalaska at station 3332.

208. Rhinoliparis barbulifer Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from north of Unalaska at stations 3227, 3325, 332ti, 3329 to
3332.

Fig. 102.— Bathyinaster signatus Cope.

Family 38. BATHYMASTERID.-E.
209. Bathymaster signatus Cope.

Seventeen specimens 1.5 to 11.75 inches long, collected at stations 3856, 3599 (Bering Sea). 4285,
4289, and at Karluk; Loring; Yes Bay; Redfish Bay; Killisnoo; Sitka; and Pablof Harbor.

It has been recorded (Bean 1882 and 1884) from Sitka; St. Paul, Kodiak Island; Coal Harbor and
off Popoff Island, Shumagins; Iliuliuk, Unalaska; Mary Island; Fort Wrangell; Port Chester and
Xakat. Gilbert (1895) records it as very abundant in the shallow water dredgings along the southern
shore of the Alaskan Peninsula, northward through Unimak Pass and north of Unalaska at stations
3211 to 3215. 3217, 3220, 3222, 3223 and 3319, and Jordan & Gilbert (1S99) record it from Sitka.

Fig. 103.— Ronquilus jordani Gilbert.
210. Ronquilus jordani (iilbert.

The collection contains 37 specimens 2.5 to (i.75 inches long taken in Admiralty Inlet, at Hood Canal,
and al stations U93, 4197, 4204, 4209, 4212. 4213, 4220. 4228, 4272. 1278 and 4289. The Bpecies was
originally described by Gilbert L8.89) as Batkymaster jordani from Fort Wrangell. He also records i1
under the same name from station 32(;2 in Bristol Bay.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 335

Family 39. TRICHODONTIDyE.

211. Trichodon trichodon (Tile

We have 1 specimen 2.5 inches long collected by the Albatross in Akutan Bay, September 17, 1894.

The species has been recorded (Bean 1882) as Trichodon stdleri from Coal Harbor and Humboldt
Harbor, Shumagins; Unalaska, and Cape Etolin, Nunivak Island. BristolBayat station 3260 and from
Herendeen Bay (Gilbert 1895). Mr. II. C. Fassett examined a specimen at Klawak in 1905 which was
taken near that place.

Though rare, this curious fish appears to be widely distributed in Alaska.

Fig. 104.— Triehodon trichodon (Tilesius).
212. Arctoscopus japonicus (Steindachnei
We have 1 specimen 1 inch long collected by the Albatross in A km an Bay, July 24, 1894.

Fig. 105.— Arctoscopus Japonicus (Steindachner).

Family 40. BATKACHOlDID.li. The Toadfishes.
213. Porichthys notatus Girard.
The collection contains 6 specimens 5to 6.75 inches long, collected at Union Bay ami at station 4218.

336 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family 41. GOBIESOCIDvE. The Clingfishes.

214. Caularehus mseandricus (GLrard).

The collect Li mo mtains 2 specimens, each 2.75 inches long, seined at Fort Rupert June 28, 1003. We
also have 2 specimens 1.5 and 2.25 inches long taken at Gabriola Island by the Albatross.

Fig. 106. — Caularehus mreandricus (Girard).

Family 42. BLENNIID^E. The Blennies.

215. Bryosternrna polyactocephalus (Pallas).

One specimen 7 inches long seined at station 4228; 2 specimens 4.5 inches long dredged at station
4205; no. 2914, a specimen 11.4 inches long, from station 4253.

Fig. 107— Bryosternrna polyactocephalus (Pallas).

In the smaller examples the cirri on the top of head are coarse, thick, and blunt; in the larger exam-
ples they are quite different, being small and hairlike and not so numerous.

Recorded from stations 3213 and 3274, north ami BOUth of the Alaskan Peninsula (Gilbert 1895) as
Chirolophus polyactocephalus. St. Michael (Nelson 1887) and St. Paul (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

^""isiJjjj!

Fig. 10S.— Apodichthys flavidus Girard.
216. Apodichthys flavidus Girard.
The collection contains 22 specimens 4 to 8 inches long from Sucia Islam 1. May li, L894.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

337

217. Pholis dolichogaster (Pallas).

Recorded from Kigiktowik and Unalakleet, Norton Sound (Nelson 1887) as Muraenoidesruben
and from Aleutian Islands (Bean 1882) as Murai noides dolichogaster.

-pS&Sm-

^

Fig. 109.— Pholis dolichogastir (Pall
218. Pholis fasciatus (Bloch & Schneider).

. Wehave 14 specimens 2.25 to3 inches long, collected by Rutterat Karluk .Time 8 L0, L903, and one
specimen 7 inches long collected by Mr. M. C. Marsh a1 St. Paul island, Pribilof Group, 1906. The

species has been recorded Erom St. Paul Island (Bean 1882) as Wursei les maxillai is and from Bristol Hay

at stations 3230, 3232 to 3234 (Gilbert L895)

219. Pholis gilli Evermann & Goldsborough, new species.

Head 8.66 in length; depth at origin of dorsal 10.5; eye 5 in head; Bnout 5; maxillary 3.25; man-
dible 2.5; interorbital L.5 in eye; dorsal ucxxrv; anal n. 14; pectorals L5; branchiostegals !.

Body elongate^ greatly compressed, almost ribbon-shaped; head small, upper profile arched,
anterior profile roomed; a high sharp ridge Erom nape to snout; snout blunt, short; mouth small
very oblique; jaws nearly equal; maxillary reaching anterior edge of orbit; teeth conical, stout, in
a single row in the jaws, except for a patch on anterior edge of lower jaw, none on vomer and palatines-
upper lip a high, ili i ii fold continuous posteriorly with the fold on lower lip, latter interrupted by a

f v.

Flo. 110. Pholia gilli Evermann & Goldsborough, new species. Type.

broad frenum; nostrils close behind upper lip, posterior in a small tube; a row of conspicuous tubes
below eye running backward and upward posteriorly; gill-opening free from isthmus, forming a broad
fold, not continued forward; eve small, anterior, high.

Origin of dorsal above base of pectoral, its anterior spines concealed in membrane, short, gradually
lengthening posteriorly, the spines not concealed, the longest spine slightly longer than eve: dorsal
and anal connected for their entire height, forming a slight notch with the broad rounded caudal, the
length of caudal about half head: anal low, with 2 short stout spines, membranes thick, nearly con-
cealing the rays; vent midway between root of pectoral and base of caudal; pectoral short and broadly
rounded, 2.5 in head; ventral very minute, its rays about equal to spine, which equals pupil. Scales
minute, covering body, head naked. '

B. B. F. 1906—22

338

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Color in alcohol: General color brown, the minute scales giving this brown the appearance of small
white punctulations; a series of 10 white blotches punctate with brown along base of dorsal, each one
ex lending from upper edge of tin down upon body, forming semicircular patches about as large as pectoral
fin; a series of irregular white parallel bars about as wide as eye on anterior lower half of side, these
broken posteriorly into rows of dots; head pale beneath, a white stripe extending from front of occiput
through eye to posterior tip of mandible, broadening somewhat as it descends, another small white
stripe extending vertically along anterior margin of orbit; snout and lower lip brown, chin white;
caudal and anal dusky; ventral and pectoral plain; dorsal general color of back.

This fish differs from the description of P. dolichogaster in having the anterior spines of dorsal short,
also in having a sharp ridge on interorbital space, and the color entirely different.

The above from the type, no. 5782C, U. S. National Museum, a specimen 0.75 inches long collected
in Bering Sea in 1902, sent in by Mrs. E. W. Clark, of Washington, D. C.

Named for Dr. Theodore Nicholas Gill.

220. Pholis ornatus (Girard).

The collection contains 208 specimens 1.6 to 8 inches long. It is common along the shores from
Port Townsend to Unalaska and was collected at the following places: Marrowstone Point; Admiralty
Head; Port Townsend; Fort Rupert; Union Bay; Whidby Island; Kilisut Harbor; Duncan Canal;
Sucia Island; Tongass Harbor; Metlakahtla; Loring; Yes Bay; Karta; Klawak; Shakan; Funter Bay;
Ankau River; Karluk; Litnik; and Unalaska.

Fig. 111.— Pholis ornatus (Girard).

There are 2 very distinct color patterns in our specimens. Most of them have the ocellate spots
on the dorsal and upper part of body; others have broad U-shaped dark marks on dorsal and upper
part of body instead of these dark spots. The latter have from 1 to 3 dark spots on anterior rays of dorsal,
these sometimes indistinct.

This species has been recorded as Mursenoides ornatus (Bean 1882) from Sitka; Port Mulgrave,
Yakutat Bay; Port Etches; Chugachik Bay and Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet; Kodiak; Coal Harbor and
Sanborn Harbor, Shumagins; Belkofski, Alaska Peninsula; Iliuliuk, Unalaska; Atka; Adak; Amchi-
tka; Attn and Port Moller, and under the same name by Bean in 1884 from Wrangell and Tongass.
Unalaska and Herendeen Bay (Gilbert 1895). Karluk and Uyak and Alitak bays (Rutter 1899).
Atka Island (Turner 1880 i as Murxnoides ornatus.

SS>=-*<: —

Fig. 112.— Anoplarchus atropurpureus (Kittlitz).
221. Anoplarchus atropurpureus i Kittlitz).

This collection contains 201 specimens one-half to 4.5 inches long. The species is common along
the shore from Port Townsend to Bering Sea. Il was taken at the following places: Gabriola Island,
Point Ellis, Fort Rupert, Port McArthur, Loring, Shakan Bay, Klawak. Alitak Narrows. Karluk,
Uyak Bay, and Atka Island.

li has been recorded from St. Michael by .Nelson (1887). By Bean (1882) from Sitka: Port
Mulgrave; Kodiak Island: Coal Harbor. Sanborn Harbor, and Popoff Straits, Shumagins; Unalaska;

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

339

Nazal) Bay, Atka; Amchitka; Kyska Harbor; Port Etches; St. Michael. Wrangell, Mary Island, and
Tun-ass (Bean L884). Unalaska (Gilbert 1895). Rutter (1899) found n common at Karluk. and in
Oyak, and Alitak bays.

222. Xiphistes chirus (Jordan & Gilbert).

Recorded l>y Bean (1882) from Adak and Amchitka, Aleutian I-lands.

Pie. 1 13 Xiphistes cnlnu i Ionian & Gilbert ).

223. Xiphidion mucosum < rirard.

The collection contains I 1 specimens, L.5 to 6.75 inches long, collected ai Gabriola Island, Point
Ellis, and Port Rupert. The species has been recorded from Wrangell and Mary Island bj Bean 1882)
as Xiphistes mucosus.

224. Xiphidion rupestre (Jordan & Gilbert).

We have 1 specimen 5 inches long from Cedar Island, Loring, Juno 17, 1904. Bean (1882)

records it from Sitka as Xiphister rupestris.

■;■■■ >yrff*4fi^,-^' ">**»■*££

Fk;. 114.— Xiphidion rupestre (Jordan & Gilbert u Type.

225. Opisthocentrus ocellatus iTih-iu-

We have 8 specimens, 5.5 to 7 inches long, collected ai Tareinski Harbor, Kamchatka, 1900, by
the Albatross.

226. Leptoclinus maculatus (Pries).

The collection contains 3 specimens I to 5.5 inches long from Albatross stations 4274 and 1279.
Recorded from station 3223 in Unimak Pass and stations 3252, 3253, 3257 to 3259, 3279 and 3309, all in
Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1895).

227. Poroclinus rothrocki I Jean.

Originally described by Bean (1891) from Ubatross station 2852, between Nagai and Big Koniuehi
Island. Station 3312, north of Unalaska Island (Gilbert 1895).

228. Lumpenus medius (Reinhardt). (PI. \\i. fig. 1.)

\\i-m\ 5 in length; depth 8.9; eye 3.5 in head; snout 1.6; interorbita) 3 in eye; dorsal i vin; anal a,
3 i 35 to 38); pectoral 14; ventral 3; caudal 2.2 in head; ventral 2.75; pectoral 1.35.

The collection contains 21 specimens. 2.5 to II inches long, collected at stations 4243, 4270 to
4272, 1274 to 4276, 4280, 4281, 4287, and in Kasaan I'.av.

sw

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

229. Lumpenus angnillaris i Pallas |.

This species was found to be quite common. It was taken at various points and seen at many others
from Seattle to Atka Island. One hundred and fifty-two specimens, ranging from 1.75 to 14.5 inches
in length, were secured from the following places: Seattle; Kilisut Harbor; Duncan Canal; Loring;
Ankau River; New Morzhovoi; Pablof Harbor; Akutan Bay, Makushin Bay; Unalaska; Atka: and
stations 4214, 4218, 423d, 4272. and 4296.

Recorded (Bean 1882) from Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Chugachik Bay, Cook Inlet; Port Levas-
hef, Iliuliuk and Chernofski, Unalaska; Wrangell and Sitka, and, in cruise of the Corwin. from Point
Belcher. Also from Norton Sound (Nelson 1887). Nakal Harbor and Boca de Quadra (Bean 18sii.
Unalaska (Gilbert 1895).

230. Lumpenus mackayi Gilbert.
Originally describe 1 by Gilbert (1895) from mouth of Nushagak River.

231. Lumpenus fabricii (Cuvier <& Valenciennes).
Recorded from Bristt 1 Bay at stations 3241 to 3244 (Gilbert 1805) as Leptoblenniw nubilus.
232. Lumpenus longirostris Evermann & Goldsborough, new species.

Head 5.25 in length; depth 8.2: eye 4.75 in head; snout 2.8; dorsal lxiii (lxiii to lxxii; anal in
(m to v), 39 (38 to 42); interorbital 1.2 in eye.

Body elongate, compressed; head long, compressed, interorbital slightly convex; eye large, elon-
gate, median, high; snout long, blunt, and projecting, mouth small, nearly horizontal, lower jaw included;
maxillary not nearly reaching eye, reaching halfway from tip of snout to posterior edge of eye; teeth in a
single crowded row on each jaw, crowded and more or less in a patch anteriorly, no teeth on vomer or
palatines; gill-openings continued forward to below anterior edge of pupil, the membranes then narrowly
joined to isthmus.

Wmmumk

jMfcLL*

*<SrV

Fig. 115. — Lumpenus longirostris Evermann & Goldsborough, new species. Type.

Dorsal fin beginning immediately above upper end of gill-opening, the spines short, strong, and pun-
gent, none of them flexible, the anterior ones very short, less than width of pupil, the fin gradually
increasing in height to opposite front of anal, thence decreasing very slowly to posterior end. the longest
spine about 1.3 in snout, the third ray from last two-thirds height of longest ray, the tips of the spines
naked for about one-quarter of their height; anal with 3 (in most examples 4) strong spines similar to
those of dorsal fin, the first half as high as second, which equals third, soft rays all forked and of about
equal length, the last 3 free for upper third of their length; caudal rounded, 1.9 in head; ventral short,
of 1 short, sharp strong spine, equal to perpendicular diameter of eye, and 3 simple rays, the fin 2 in snout ;
pectoral large, rounded, the middle rays longest, 1.5 in head.

Scales small, smooth, rounded, covering entire body and head, those of head smaller and more
closely imbricated.

The foregoing description from the type no. 57827 U. S. National Museum, a specimen 9.3 inches
long, taken in Lynn Canal, July 10, 1903, at Albatross station 4255. The Bureau of Fisheries cotype is
no. 5232; Stanford University Museum, no. 20013; Field Museum of Natural History, no. 01 111;
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, no. 33005.

Life colors of one example: Back and upper side light olivaceous with darker brownish blotches;
middle of side and underparts sooty blue; middle part of belly blackish; pectoral and ventral dark;
dorsal pale yellowish at base, a narrow dark line near edge."

a Not necessarily color of type, it not being known from wlueh specimen the note was taken.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

341

Color in Bpirits, grayish olivaceous, edge of dorsal, anal, and of gill-opening black; pectoral, caudal,
ventral, and lips black; a dark blotch on opercle; belly and top of head slightly darker than body.

Measurements of 19 Examples of Luhfenus longirostris from Station 4254.

No.

70

Length.

■

8

7

8J
51
6j
5j

M

7j
8{

n
?

6
6J

Head.

Depth.

10
9j
9f

Eye.

9
9$

in

Snout.

Dorsal.

LXV
LXVI
I. XX
LXV
LXV
LXVI
LXIV
LXIV
LXIV
LXIV
I.XT\
IAM1
LXV
L\l\
LXIV
LXIV
LXIV
LXV
LXVI

iv. 42

IV, 411

IV, 41

l\ 41

, II

IV, 11

IV, 39

IV, 10

IV, 43

IV, 40

IV, 41

IV. 40

IV, III

IV, 41

IV, .111

IV, 42

This species maj be readily distinguished by its very long Bnout, in which respect it differs from
all the other speciesof Lumpenns, and in the naked tips of the dorsal spine. We have 60 other specimens,
ranging in length from 2.5 to 9.87 inches, all of which we take as cotypes. Thej were collected at si at ions

423s, 4251, 12".:', 4254, 1255, and 1256.

Fig. 116. — Sticha as punotatui Fabrictus).

233. Stichseus punctatus (Fabricius).

Recorded from St. Michael (Nelson 1887, Bean L879). (ape Lisbotirne illean 18.S2) as Xotor/ramnms
roihrockii, Bristol Bay al station 3239 and from Karta Bay (Gilbert 1895).

Family 43. CRYPTACANTHODIDjE.

234. Delolepis virgatus Bean.

The collection contains a specimen (no. 1660), 10 inches long, collected al Dutch Earbor, 1893 or
1S!M. Species originally described by Bean 1 1882) from Kingcombe Inlet, British Columbia, and Port
Wrangell; recorded also from Unalaska (Gilbert 1895).

7Zm777WV//7^W^^^^^7r^77T77^777>

Fig. 117.— Lyconectes aleutensis Gilbert.
235. Lyconectes aleutensis Gilbert.

Originally described by Oilbert (1895) from station 3312, north of Unalaska.

342 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family 44. ANARHICHADIDjE. The Wolf-Fishes.
236. Anarhichas lepturus (Beam.
Recorded from St. Michael and Kigiktowik (Nelson 1887); also from St. Michael 1 Turner 1886).

^^y^gmm^

Fig. 118. — Anarhichas lepturus (Bean).

Family 45. PTILICHTHYIDJ:. The Quill-Fishes.

237. Ptilichthys goodei Bean.

One specimen, 13.5 inches long, from Snug Harbor, August 6, 1903, caught in dip net over rail of
ship. Originally descrihed by Bean (1882) from Port Levashef, Unalaska. Recorded by Gilbert
(1895) from station 331, Unalaska Harbor.

Fig. 119.— Ptilichthys goodei Bean.

Family 40. ZOARCID/E.

238. Lyciscus crotalinus (Gilbert 1.

Recorded by Gilbert (18951 as Lycodopsis crotalinus from station 3210, south of Sannak Island.

239. Lycodopsis paciricus (Collet! 1.

This species, not heretofore recorded north of Puget Sound, was taken at station 4272, in Afognak
Bay, and also at stations 4214. 4219. 4223, and 4233. and at Seattle. Twenty-three specimens, ranging
from 3 to 8.75 inches in length, were collected. In some there is a very evident black blotch on the
upper part of the 3 or 4 anterior dorsal rays.

240. Lycodes concolor Gill & Townsend.

Described from Bering Sea, latitude 55° 19' north, longitude lliS° 11' west, at Albatross station
3608, in 276 fathoms.

241. Lycodes digitatus Gill & Townsend.

Described from Bering Sea. latitude 56° 14' north, longitude 164° 8' west, at Albatross station 3541,
in 49 fathoms.

242. Lycodes palearis Gilbert.

The collection contains 7 specimens, 2.25 to 15.5 inches long, taken at stations 4223. 4246, 1272. and

4273.

The spe.ies was originally described from stations 3253 and 3254, Bristol Bay (Gilbert L895).

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 343

243. Lycodes jordani ICvormann & Goldsborough, new species.

Head 7 in total length; depth 14; eye 4.5 in head; Bnout 3.5; maxillary 2.9; interorbital 3 in
length of eye; length of pectoral 2.1 in head; ventral 1.5 in eye; dorsal 116; anal 93 (dorsal and anal
counts taken from cotype).

Head and nape naked, rest of body fully scaled, except the axil of pectoral, which is naked; dorsal
origin over anterior part of pectoral; anal origin under aboul t lie eighteenth dorsal ray; pectorals nearly
rounded in outline, the fourth to seventh rays from the upper part being the longest, all the rays except a
few upper free at their tips, the free margin about equal in length to pupil.

Top of head flat, the interorbital space about equal to pupil, the bone being much narrower, about
one-fourth (lie space; maxillary reaching anterior edge of pupil; small villiform teeth on vomer, pala-
tines, and jaws, those on jaws in a single row laterally, broadening into a patch anteriorly; a row of 1
arge pores on mandible, the row continued in 3 similar pores on preopercle; 6 similar but smaller

m "-■" "**■*"

Fig. 120. I.yt'odfs joni.tiii Kvrimuin & Goldsborough, new species. Typo.

puns extending from anterior nasal opening just above maxillary and posteriorly under eye. tlie last
pore above the aext to last in lower row; anterior nasal opining with short tube; lower jaw included;
upper jaw reaching very slightly beyond lower, for a .list a tee less than half width of pupil; lateral line
not evident

( ieneral color: Brownish olivaceous, the scales on bodj and fins white, giving the body the appear-
ance of being white spotted, the pectoral, head, and edges of dorsal and anal a darker olive than thai of
body.

Another specimen from station 4267, and which we take as a cotype, gives the following measure-
ments: Head 6.8 in total length; depth L6.5; eye 1.66inhead; snout 3.9; interorbital 1.3 in eye, the
bone about I in eye; maxillary 3 in head; mandible 3.4; ventral equaling eye; pectoral 2 in head;

dorsal I L6; anal 93.

This species is near Lycodes palearis, differing in depth, in color, in the shorter upper jaw, and in
oilier characters.

Type, no. 57828, (J. S. National Museum (field no. 2439), a specimen 13.25 inches long from Albatross
station 3788, and cotype, no. 20014, Stanford University Museum, a specimen 8.4 inches long from
station 4207.

244. Lycodes brevipes Bean.

This species was found to be very e. minion in the deep waters from Puget Sound to Shelikof Strait.
Sixty-three specimens, 2.5 to 10.75 inches long, are in the collection. These were taken at stations 2S48,
4201, 1218, 1246, 4248, 4250, 4252, 4254 to 4256, 1258, 4275, 4280, 4283, 4285, 4291 to 1293, 1295, and 1296.

Originally described by Bean (1891) from Tnga and Nagai islands, at Albatross station 2848; recorded
also from stations 3216, 3225 to 3227, 3263, 3309 to 3311, 3313, and 3330, located north and south of the
Aleutian Islands and in Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1895), and from off Karluk (Jordan & Gilbert 1896).

344

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

245. Lycodalepis turneri Bean.

Recorded by Bean ( 1879 I as Lycodes turneri from St. Michael and (1882) as Lycodes eocdneus from Big
Diomede Island, Bering Strait. Point Barrow (Murdoch 18S5) as Lycodes turneri and Lycodes coccineus.
Norton Sound (Nelson 1887 ) and Point Barrow (Scofield 1899), both as Lycodalepis turner).

^^ IBX

Fig. 121.— Lycodalepis turneri Bean.
246. Furcimanus diaptera (Gilbert).

Thirty-nine specimens of this species, ranging in length from 2.45 to 12.5 inches long, were taken
at stations 4198, 4236, 4238, 4251. 4255.

The color in all the large specimens is uniform and the bars are lacking; in the medium-size ones
the bars are very faint; some of the small ones are nearly plain, others distinctly barred.

Recorded by Gilbert (1895) as Lycodes diapterus from north of Unalaska, at stations 3227, 3324,
.; !2G 3329 to 3332.

sf!*™" w^rnV^mfi!m

:*^~~.„

Fig. 122. — Furcimanus diapterus (Gilbert).

247. Bothrocara pusilla (Bean).

The collection contains 14 specimens, 4.75 to G inches long, dredged at stations 4251, 4252, 4255,
4256.

Originally described by Bean (1891) as Maynca pusilla from off Nagai Island, Albatross station
2848. North of Unalaska at stations 3224. 3227, 3330, and 3331 (Gilbert 1895).

248. Bothrocara mollis Bean. (PI. xxi, fig. 2.)

Recorded from Albatross station 3G34, off Bogoslof Island (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

Fig. 123.— Gymnelis viridis (Fabricius).
249. Gymnelis viridis (Fabricius).

Three specimens, 3 to 4 inches long, collected by Mr. Putter at Karluk, June 8-10, 1903.

These specimens differ somewhat from current descriptions. The head is 8 not G.5 in length, and
color in alcohol is almosl uniform cherry red; 2 of the specimens have a conspicuous white bar along
the cl k, which is faint in the third specimen.

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate XXI.

■>,

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

345

Tin- species lias been recorded ilican lss2i fr Coal Harbor, Shumagins; St. Michael, and 1'na-

laeka. Ppinl Barrow (Murdoch 1885). Si. Michael (Turner 1886). (Tnalaska and at station 3256 in
Bristol Bay (Gilbert 1895). Karluk (Rutter 1899).

250. Gymnelis stigma (Lay & Bennett

Originally described from Kotzebue Sound i 1839); also recorded from Albatross Btation 3688, near
St. Paul Island (Jordan & Gilbert L899)

_~ ^r-rr—' "~: ';'' '," ' ...~,'-; ■ , •■"■'■r^-^^rrr- *..<ivww.^^yssw»t?

:-.^-w • ±.:-,'

Fi<;. i_'4. Uelanoatigma pammelaa Gilbert.

251. Melanostigma panmielas Gilbert.

Described from the coast of southern Alaska, latitude 16 LC north, longitude 121 18 VS" west,
at Albatross station 3202, in 382 fathoms.

Family 47. LYCODAPODID/E.

252. Lycodapus rierasfer Gilbert.

This species is represented in the collection bj v peci 5 to 6 inches long, dredged at si aliens

4225, 4250, and 4257. Recorded from north of Tnalaska at station 3324 (Gilbert L89 i

253. Lycodapus parviceps Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from station 3324, north of 1 nalaska Island.

— - IHu

Fig. 125.— Afexlucciua productua (Ayres).
254. Lycodapus extensus Gilbert.
Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from station ::.".l'1. north of Unalaska.

Family 48. MERLUCCID^E.

255. Merluccius productus 1 AyrcM.
We have one specimen, 4.5 inches long, collected by Mr. J. P. Todd near Seattle, 1903.

34(5 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

Family 41)- &XDl\)JE. The Codfishes.

256. Boreogadus saida (Lepecliin).

Recorded from Kigiktowik, Norton Sound (Nelson L887); St. Michael (Turner 188G); St. Michael
and Cape Lisburne (Bean 1882); Point Barrow (Murdoch 1885); Port Clarence (Scofleld 1899).

Wm^A^T^^^-

Fig. 12<».— Boreogadus saida (Lepechin).

257. Theragra chalcogramma 1 Fallas). Alaska Pollock.

An abundant and widely distributed species. Examples were collected or seen as follows:
One specimen (no. 02899), 12 inches long, from station 4250; one (no. 02892), 11 inches lung, from
station 4246 (dorsal 14-16-18; anal 21-19); eight, 5.75 to 7 inches long, seined in Cleveland Passage;
one (no. 0291S), 10.5 inches long, from Skagway; one (no. 03002), 9.5 inches long, from station 4292;
one, 8 inches long, from station 4296; twenty, 2.5 to 3 inches long, from station 4212: a few seen at
Earluk and 2 at Shakan; 4 (20, 24, 24, and 24.5 inches long, weight 1, 2, 2.5, and 2.5 pounds) taken on
a hook at Sand Point; 12 (average length 22.5 inches, average weight 2.75 pounds) taken over the rail

Fig. 127.— Theragra chalcogramma (Pallas).

with hand line at Fox Harbor. Others were taken or seen at the Chilkoot cannery, Cleveland Passage,
Skagway (where many were taken on hunk and line); Dundas Bay (several in salmon trap); Pavlof
Harbor; Unalaska; Chignik Bay; Sitkoh Bay; Loring; Litnik Bay; and stations 2844, 2864, 37S1 (off
Kamchatka 1, 4246, 4250, and 4255; and a specimen 6.5 inches long collected by Mr. M. C. Marsh at
St. Paul Island, Pribilof Group, August 7, 1906.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.
The following table exhibits the variation in the dorsal and anal rays:

Dorsal and Anal Fin Counts in Specimens of Theracra CHALCOGRAMMA.

347

No.

2918

3002

Locality.

Skagway

Station 4292

Station 4246

Station 4250

Station 4292

Cleveland Passage.

do

...do

....do

....do

....do

....do

Length.

10.00
9.50
11.25

12.00

S IHI

7.00
5.50

I 25
6.00
6.00
5 75

5. 75

Dorsal.

12-15-18
12-14-19
14-10-1S
13-13-19
13-16-18
12-14-16
12-13-16
13-15-15
13-13-18
12-14-18
11-15-16
12-15-16

18-17

17 L9
21 19

18 19

18-20
is is
is 17
18-18
17-18
17 17
18-17
is 17

Thi' species lias been previously recorded (Bean 1882) as Pollachai* i-hiiimiirammns from Chuga-
chik Bay and Refuge Cove, Cook Inlet; Pirate Cove and Humboldt Harbor, Shumagins; Uiuliuk;
Chemofski; (Jnalaska; and Wrangell. Under the same name byGilbert I 1895), from Captains Harbor,
Unalaska, and ai many stations in the shallow water of Bristol Bay and around the Aleutian islands.
Ohalaskaand St. Paul and St. George islands Jordan & Gilbert L899). Chignik Bay(Scofield L899).

258. Theragra fucensis (Jordan & Gilbert .

This species has not heretofore been recorded from Alaskan waters, though Scofield and Seale n»>k
in Chignik Bay a specimen which seems as near T. fucensis as /' chaleogrammus. li is verj probable
that the 2 species intergrade, i li< > northern specimens representing what is non known as T. chalco-
grammus, and the southern T. fucensis. It thi- i- so, the name T. chaleogrammus should be retained for
both. <>ur collection contains but a single example, do. 08122, a specimen lo inches long taken at
Loring by the Albatross in 1905.

Fig. 12K. — Eloixinus oava^a i Kiiirvuter).
259. Eleginus navaga (Kolreuter).

This codfish is common and at places abundant along the entire Alaskan coast. It is represented
in our collections by specimens from various localities extending from Puget Sound to the Alaskan
peninsula and a cress to Kamchatka. Forty-eight specimens, from 1.5 to 13 inches long, are in the collec-
tion from the following places: Admiralty Island; Pert Alexander; Litnik Bay; Karluk: t'yak Bay;
Unalaska; Petropaulovsk, and Tareinski Harbor in Kamchatka, and stations 4202. 421?.. 4218 to 4220.
4268,4271.4272. 1275, 1277. 127s.

The usual descriptions of Eleginus navaga and Microgadus proximus refer to the same characters so
seldom, except in features in which they happen to be alike, that from these characters it is impossible
to compare the species, and the only way given to separate them is by dissection and a comparison of
the transverse processes of the vertebra?. We find that the following comparisons are helpful, and that
the species may be separated by their use:

In pro rim us the first dorsal has 14 rays.

348 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

In navaga the first dorsal has 13 rays.

In proximus first anal base=second dorsal bast-, and is 1.5 in head.

In navaga first anal base=second dorsal base, and in 1.15 in head.

In proximus the barbel is longer than pupil.

In navaga the barbel is equal to or less than pupil.

E. navaga has been recorded (Bean, 1882, as Tilcsia gracilis) from Port Chatham, Cook Inlet; St.
Paul. Kodiak; St. Michael. Port Clarence, Golwin Bay (Townsend 1S87) as Pleurogadus navaga.
St. Michael (Nelson 1887). St. Michael and Unalaska (Turner 1886). Port Clarence (Scofield, 1899).

260. Microg-adus proxirnus (Girard).

This species wan ii. ii fi mild to be abundant, but was taken at various places from Seattle to Unalaska.
Sixty-four specimens 1.25 to 10.5 inches long were secured from station 2S69; Seattle; Cordova Bay;
Chasina Anchorage; Cleveland Passage; Hunter Bay; Litnik Bay; Karluk, and Unalaska.

It was recorded from Yakutat Bay by Bean (1882).

Fig. 129.— Microgadus proximus (Girard).
261. Gadus macrocephalus Tilesius. Alaska Cod.

We have in our collection 25 specimens 3.75 to 18 inches long taken by the Albatross at various
times from 1894 to 1900 at the following places: Stations 3462 and 3600; Killisnoo; Ikatan Bay; Morz-
hovoi and Petropaulovsk.

This species was one of the common fishes taken with hook and line, chiefly over the rail of the ship,
and at many stations. At Litnik Bay 9 were taken in this manner, average weight 5J pounds, average
length 25§ inches; at Alitak Bay, 2, weighing 6 and 7 pounds and having a length of 23 and 26.5 inches,
respectively: at Chignik Bay. 7. weighing from 7 to 14 pounds, total weight 66 pounds, length ranging
from 26 to 33 inches, average length 28.64 inches; at Sand Point, Shumagin Islands, 7, weighing from
5 to 10 pounds, total weight 66 pounds, length ranging from 26 to 34.5 inches, average length 30.35; at
Fox Harbor, 12, average length 27.33 inches and average weight 8 pounds; at Uyak Bay, 12, weighing
from 6 to 15 pounds, total weight 106 pounds, average 8| pounds, length ranging from 25 to 36 inches,
average length 29.5 inches. Many were seen swimming about under the slaughterhouse, where several
were gaffed. At Fnx Bay several young were caught in a dipnet over the rail. These small ones often
seek protection, and perhaps f 1 also under jelly fishes.

We have no record of any large examples of this cod from the Pacific, where it perhaps does not
reach a weight exceeding 15 or 20 pounds. It reaches a much larger size in the Atlantic. The
Gloucester Times of February 1 , 1907, records the capture by Mr. Thomas Jesso at Little Bras d'or ( < ape
Breton) of a codfish 6 feet 4 inches long, weighing 142 pounds, and states that this is one of the largest
ever caught, lie states, however, that he has seen whole boat loads ranging from 30 to 80 pounds.
The average of those 1 in night to Gloucester probably does not exceed 15 pounds.

Recorded by Bean il8S2> as Cadus morrhua from Sitka; Old Sitka; off Marmot Island; St. Paul,
Kodiak; Popoff Snail; Belkofski; Iliuliuk; Chemofski; Unalaska; St. Paul Island; Kygani Straits.
Turner (1886). Shumagin Islands; Cook Inlet; throughout the Aleutian Islands. Gilbert (1895),
Bering Sea at stations 3224, 3226, 3285, 3291. and 3301. Jordan A: Gilbert (1S99), Karluk;. Belkofski;
Unga; Unalaska; St. Paul and St. George. Scofield (1S99), Chignik Bay.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

349

262. Antimora microlepis ltean.

The collection contains a single example, no. 1315, 21 inches long, taken by the Albatross in Ber-
ing Sea L895 The species was recorded from stations 3330 and 3331, Bering Sea, by Gilbert, 1895

263. Lota maculosa (Le Sueur j. Ling.

Said i'> be common in Lake Bennett, Tagish Arm, Lake Atlin. and probably in all suitable waters
in the Yukon basin.

Two specimens were secured in Lake Bennett in July, 1903, one 4.5 inches long taken along
shore ami the other 25 inches long in a gill net set a1 the bottom of the lake

Recorded by Murdoch (1885) from Meade and Kuahru rivers. Nelson L887) Nulato; Fori
Reliance; Andreafski, Yukon River; Koilik. Turner (1886), Yukon River. Gilbert (1895), Nushagak.

Flo. Kill.— Lot. 'i iiMHilu ' 1 ' - 1 1 ■ 1 1 j- ' .

Family 50. MACROURIM.
264. ATbatrossia pectoralis (Gilbert).
Recorded from Albatross station 3634, ofl Bogoslof Island (Jordan & Gilbert i-'1''

265. Bogosloviuu clarki i.lorilan .v Gilbert). iFl. xxn.
Originally described from Albatross station 3634, off Bogoslof Island (Jordan A Gilbert 1

266. Bogoslovius firmisquamis (Gill & Towna
We have a single specimen 21.5 inches long from Albatross station 3274, Bering Sea, June 27, 1890.

267. Chalinura serrula (Bean
( iriginally described by Bean (1891) from east oi Prince of Wales Island, Albatross station 28 >9.

350

BULLETIN OF THE BUEEAU OF FISHERIES.

268. Macrourus acrolepis (Bean).

The collection contains 2 specimens, bos. 2601 and 2599, 5 and 8 inches long, dredged at station
3784, north of Aleutian Islands, 1900. Recorded froni Albatross station 3034, off Bogoslof Island (Jordan &
Gilbert 1899).

Fig. 131. — Macrourus acrolepis (Bean).

269. Macrourus cinereus (Gilbert).

We have 4 specimens, 7.5 to 17.5 inches long, dredged in 600 fathoms at station 3034, in Bering
Sea, July 7, L896, and one specimen, no. 2959, 17 inches long, dredged at station 4207, off Cape Edge-
cumbe, 1903.

Originally described by Gilbert (1895) from north of Unalaska Island at stations 3307 and 3329;
has been recorded from station 3034, off Bogoslof Island (Jordan & Gilbert 1899).

V#

^^T^

■\\\v

Fig. 132.— Athoresthes stomias (Jordan Si Gilbert).

Family 51. PLEURONECTIDiE. The Flounders.

270. Atheresthes stomias (Jordan & Gilbert).

Seven specimens, 0 to 28 inches long, are in the collection from A tin Island, and Bering Sea
(Augusl Hi. 1895) and slat ions 3789, 1223. 4283. Others were seen or collected at Boca de Quadra; Behm
Canal; Loring; in trap at Dundae Bay: and at stations 1231 and 1272: and one. 28 inches long, in very bad

Bull. U. S. B. F. 1906.

Plate XXII.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

351

condition, was collected at station 3608. Bering Sea. This large specimen differs from currenl descrip-
tions in having the teeth not conspicuously arrow-shaped (a few are faintly so), and in having the inter-
orbital broad, 2 in eye, and not ridged. It gives the following measurements: Head 3.3 in length;
depth 2.8; eye 5.1 in head; snout 3.6; maxillary 1.6; mandible 1.5; pectorals 2.5; caudal lunate, its
length 1.65; dorsal 110; anal 86; gillrakers 3+11, roughish, strong, broad, and short, longest about 3
in eye; scales smooth to the touch, not firmly attached : head, premaxillary and mandible scaled.

This species has been recorded (Bean, 1882) from Port Etches, off Afognak; off Popoff Island,
Shumagins, Bean ( 1884), Wrangell and Naha Bay. Gilbert (1895), from many stations north and south of
the Aleutian Islands and in Bristol Bay. Jordan & Gilbert (1899), Unalaska Scofield i 1899), Unga
and Karluk, and Chignik Bay.

M

Fig. 133.- Ilipjiii^iiissus hippoglossus (Limuwis).

271. Hippoglossus hippoglossus ( I, iim.-iu- 1. Halibut.

Halibut were often seen and wen' often taken with hook and line in various places. No specimens
were saved, but numerous examples \\ ere measured and weighed. The following table gives the results
and the important data concerning the examples

Locality.

Length.

Width.

Weight.

l ocality.

Length.

Width.

Weight.

Inch* s.

70.0
58.0
41.0
32.0

628 il
27.0
K)

68 ii
33.0
31.0
29.0
24.0

"27.0
25.0
23. 5
20.0

Inch* s.

Pounds.

■• 155 ii

7- II

30 ii
15. il
Hi n
8.0
11.0
120 n
14.0

1-1 11

10.0
7.0

'i 0

i, ii

3.5

5.5

In. hi 8.

^55.0
29 n

10 ii
SI ii

30.5

24 .
20.0

i n

Ill 711
19 nn

I'mnitls.
14.0

18 00
12.50
9.50

'1 III!

9.00
9.75

1,, mi
9.00
9. 25
9.00

!

8.00
7 50
6.50
7.7.5

Do

75.0

Do

siii. nil Bay

9.5

K.i

Do

10,7,

DO

8 .in
Hi. (ill
in nn
6.00
7.00
17.00

8. 5

Do

Illl

10.5

Do

Do

9.0

Do

12.5

Do

Sitka

4.5

1 i.i

110. 0

p.

Do

(')
8.0

1 >n

ll.d
36.0
27.0
36 ii
38.0

6.00

13 00

ll.iid

In Illl

17.00

Hi

lti.0

hi.

8.0

I '

20.0

tin

Do

22.0

J>'...

a In the stomach of the 155-pound example were Found Cancer antt tvnarius, Fragment s of clam shells, backbone of a fish and
;i large Btone with partly digested barnacles on it. The brain with part, of the skull of this example was saved; the brain
was very small, no Larger than 4 peas.

6 The si i una eh of another example (from Cleveland Passage) contained 2 pollocks ( Theragra chah ogramma) ,2 anemones,
and a mi of gravel. Another I Pavlof Bay i had a < '• ratocottus diet rait* in its stomach. One caught at Killisnoo (the 75-pound
example! had about 6 large crabs in its stomach, and another l'mm I he same place contained a Ceratocottus diccraus.

e Stomach contained Head of an Enophrys bison.

-'Six large crabs in stomach.

« About 200.

In addition to the examples caugh.1 a few were seen swimming aboul a1 Uyak. Mr. John N. Cobb
reports having seen and helped weigh a1 Juneau in the summer of 1904 a 365-pound halibut.

352 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

The' halibut has been recorded i Bean 1880) from Port Althorp; Chugachik, Cook Inlet; off
Marmot Bland, and St. Paul. Kodiak. Bean I 1882), Unalaska: St. Michael and Sitka as Eippoglossus
vulgaris. Gilbert i 1 S95 >, from all the Cod Banks and at stations 3218. 3230, 3238, and 3239. Turner
(1886), St. Michael and Attu as Hippoglossus vulgaris. Jordan & Gilbert (1899), St. Paul, Unga,
Unalaska. and Karluk. Seofield (1899), Chignik Bay.

272. Lyopsetta exilis (Jordan & Gilbert).

The collection contains 48 specimens 2.5 to 9.25 inches long, collected at stations 2870,4191,4194,
4197, 4223, 422(3, and near Seattle. It was also seen or taken at stations 4219. 4223. 4233, 4243. 4250. All
of these stations are off southeastern Alaska or British Columbia. The species was not seen north of
Wrangell.

273. Eopsetta jordani (I.oekington).

The collection contains two examples, no. 2097, a specimen 19 inches long collected at hydrographic
station 3373 off Alaska, 1893, N. 54° 51', W. 164°. 27'; and no. 2106, a specimen 16.5 inches long collected
off Cape Flattery, no date.

The species is recorded from Unalaska (Townsend 1887 ) as Iltppoglossohks Jordan i.

274. Hippoglossoides elassodon Jordan & Gilbert.

We have 91 specimens varying from 2 to 15 inches in length and dredged at the following stations:
2870, 34G0. 3G00, 4214, 4215, 4218 to 4220, 4223, 4226, 4234, 4243. 4254, 4255, 4268 to 4272. 4274, 427:.. 1278,
42S0. 42S1 I.. 4283. 1285 to 4288. 4292, 4295, and 4296. These stations extend from off Port Townsend
(4214) to Bering Sea.

^V'.

Fig. 134.— nippoglossoides elassodon Jordan & Gilbert.

The species was also seen at stations 4224, 4233, 4242, 1248, 4249, 4250, and 4256.

The following is a color note on a specimen dredged at station 4244 : Light rusty or grayish, with a few
blackish blotches, 1 at base of caudal peduncle plainest ; (ins light, much blotched with black; anal G5.

The young are much slenderer than large examples; one specimen 3.25 inches long had a depth "f
3.75 in length. This species has the nostril in a somewhat conspicuous tube. In a specimen from stal ii in
422:; the scales are smooth, not rough on middle of eyed side. In this character there seem to be consid-
erable differences, though not any constant enough to make different species.

//. elassodem has also been recorded (Bean 1882) from St. Paul. Kodiak; Humboldt Harbor, Shu-
magins; Iliuliuk; Unalaska; and St. Michael. Gilbert I 1895), from many stations north and south of
the Aleutian Islands and in Bristol Bay. Jordan & Gilbert ( L899), off Karluk.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

275. Psettichthys melanostictus Girard.

353

The collection contains i specimens, G.25 to 15 inches long, collected off Cape Flattery, at Seattle
(1888), and near Marrowstone Point (1903).
Recorded from Wrangell (Bean 1882).

Fig. 135 i 1 1< titbys mclanostlctua Qirard.
276. Parophrys vetulus Girard.

Twenty-two specimens L.75 to 8.5 inches long collected at the following places: Marrowstone Point;
Klawak; Gabriola Island; Kilisut Harbor; Port Townsend; Vakuiai: and For) Rupert. Others were
seen or collected at Seattle; Tribune Bay; Marrowstone Point; Quarantine Station; Kili.-nt Barbor;
and stations 2869, 3460, 1214, 1219, 1221, 1269, and 1271.

Some of the small specimens have ground color brown, irregularly blotched with black. There
are, however, on the same specimen, round blotches of black Bomewhal smaller than eye at regulai
intervals around the body jusl below base of dorsal and above base of anal; in some specimens tl
dark blotches have smaller white blotches between them; a small white blotch at each end of interorbital
i : a distinct white Bpol just below axil of pectoral, another at base of ventral, these quite constant
in all ■an- specimens; tins decidedly blotched.

'.J.

Fig. 136. (nopsottfl Isehyra (Jordan & Gilbert).

277. Inopsetta isehyra (Jordan & Gilbert).

Recorded from Unalaska (Nelson 1887).

278. Isopsetta isolepis i Lockington

We have I apecimens, hi..") to 12 inches long, collected at Seattle ami si a i ions 2869, 4276, and 4297.

B.B.F.1906— 23

354

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

279. Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres

This flounder is widely (distributed. Ii takes the hook readily and was frequently taken over the
rail. It was also frequently seen in the salmon traps and many were seined. Seventy-eight specimens,
ranging in length from 2.2"> to 17 inches, were secured, being taken at Marrowstone Point: Cordova Bay;
Dundas Bay; FunterBay; HuntersBay; Ketchikan; Tongass Harbor; Sitka; New Morzhovoi; Akutan
Bay; Agattu [sland; Attn Island; Yakutat; Isanotski (Issannakh) Strait; Karluk; Unalaska; and stations
3598 i Bering Sea), -1193, 4212, 4219, 4262, 1268, 4269, 1272, -127:!. 1277, and 4278.

*#

'Mm

\V !

■ '->,

&L W

: ■

' "&'■/ m-- ■■■'

Fig. 137.— Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres).

It. lias also been recorded (Bean L882) from Sitka; Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay; Chugachik Bay
and Port Chatham, Cook Inlet; St. Paul. Kodiak; Humboldt Harbor and Popoff Strait.-. Shumagins;
Ilinliuk and Nateekin Bay, Unalaska; Nazan Bay, Aika; Chichagof Harbor, Attn; St. Paul Island.
Gilbert (1895) took it abundantly at Unalaska and Chernofski harbors, at Herendeen Bay and Hage-
meister Island, andat 58 different stations in Bristol Bay. St. Paul Island, and station 3637, off St. George,
and Unalaska (Jordan & Gilbert 1899). Chignik Bay (Scofield 1899).

N^

-Limanda aspera (Pallas).

m

Fig. 138.-

280. Limanda aspera (Pallas).

Taken at Pyramid Harbor: Cordova Hay; Karta Bay; Yakuiai Bay; Shumagin Islands; and stations
3781 (off Kamchatka I and 4269. Five specimens preserved, ranging in length from 1.75 to 15 inches
The specimen from off Kamchatka is 15 inches long and agrees fairly well with curreni descriptions of

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

355

the species, but differs in having the opercle and preopercle Bcaled and nor naked below; the gillrakers
an- stoul and short, about the length of pupil; caudal is truncate.

Recorded (Bean 1882), from Sitka; St. Paul, Kodiak Island; Humboldt Harbor, Shumagins. Bean
(1884), Wrangell and Tongass. Gilbert (1895) took il in abundance at Herendeen Bay and at 24
different stations in Bristol Bay. Townsend i ISS7 i. Kotzobue Sound.

Fig. 139. — Lixnanda proboscidca Gilbert.

281. Limanda proboscidea Gilbert.

Originally described by Gilberl 1895) from Btations 3239, 3240, and 3248 in Bristol Hay. and from
Herendeen Bay.

,i"i;:i,

X\x,

'wJ

Fig. 140.— Pleurom cti ■■ quadrituberculatus Pallas.

282. Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus Pallas.

Eight specimens, 3.5 to 15 inches long, taken at Sand Point, Snug Harbor, Now Morzhovoi, and
Btation 4287. Recorded byGilbert I 1895) as abundant at Chernofski Harbor and Herendeen Hay. and
at stations 3240, 3244, 3251, and 3252. Bristol Bay. Chignik Hay and Port Clarence (Scofiekl 1899.)

35(3

BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
283. Liopsetta glacialis iTallas).

We have 4 specimens, 6.V5 to 9 inches long, collected by the Albatross on the Asiatic coast at
Pertopaulski and Tareinski harbors (1900).

The species has been recorded from Hotham Inlet and Chamisso Island, Kotzebue Sound i Bi an
1882). Unalaska and Attu islands and St. Michael (Turner 18S6>. St. Michael (Nelson iss:
Port Clarence (Scofield 1899"). Mouth of Naknek and Nushagak rivers, and at station 3232 in Bristol
Bay (Gilbert 1895).

V;

'« -y

ml

Fig. 141.— Liopsetta glacialis (Pallas).

284. Platichthys stellatus ( Pallas).

This is apparently the most abundant and widely distributed Sounder in Alaska, many large examples
being frequently taken in salmon traps. We have 41 examples, ranging in length from 0.5 to 11.25 inches,

Fig. 142.— Platichthys stellatus (Pallas).

taken at various places along the coast from Cape Flattery northward to the Alaskan peninsula and across
to Kamchatka. The following localities are represented: Cape Flattery; Gabriola Island: Kilisut Harbor;
Tribune Bay; Marrowstone Point: Mink Arm: Loring; Yes Bay: Helm Hay: Yakutat; Karluk; Nushagak;
Unalaska: Petropaulski; and Tareinski Harbor.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA.

357

The two smallest specimens, those from Marrowstone Point, agree with the others in fin count, but
differ somewhat in color, which is brown and mottled and flecked with white; a row of the white spot - at
bases of dorsal and anal more distinct than others. In the small specimens stellate prickles are present
only along bases of dorsal and anal, with numerous pits, representing scales everywhere on hody; Ln the
medium size the scales are just beginning to ap ig sides of body: in thi es they are well

I. "i eloped all over the body.

FIG. 143.— Pl.itii-htliys stdlatu

This species lias been recorded (Bean L882 as Pleu onectes stellatus, from Sitka; Port Mulgi
YakutatBay; Chugachik Bay, Cook Inlet; St. Paul, Kodiak; Qiuliuk, TJnalaska; St. Michael: Ander-
son River and Hot ham Inlet, Kotzebue Sound. St. Michael and Unalaska (Nelson l^v7 . Mouth of
the Nushagai River and stations 3229 1240, and 3269, Bristol Bay(Gilbert, L895 - St. Paul;

Unalaeka, and Karluk (Jordan & Gilbert L899 . Port i larence (Scofield 1899

285. Microstomus pacificus Lockington

Eleven specimens ranging in length from 7.70 to 2] inches were secured at [si tski [ssannakh)

Strait, and stations 3447, 4230, 4233, 4234 ! 1296, and 1299. Most of these specimens are 1

(16 to 20 inches), and the number of dorsal and anal rays is more (dorsal 107, anal 91) than is usually
given. The eye is slightly smaller, about 4 in head. The teeth in the lower jaw run from 16 to 20 and
not 10.

The species is also recorded from stations 3216 and 3333, Alaskan peninsula Gilbert 1895

286. Glyptocephalus zachirus I Lockington I.

Thirty-six specimens, from 3 to 18 inches in length. This deep-water flounder was found to be quite
common all along the Alaskan roast, being taken at many stations between 4201, off Fort Rupert, Van-
couver Island, and 12S7 in Uyak Bay. Many specimens were taken or obsen edat the folloii ing dredging
stations: 1201, 1219,4221,4223.4224,4226,4227,4230,4231,4233,4234,4236 to4238, 1243 1246, 1248 to
4251, 4254, 4259, 4268 to -1270. -1272. 4283, 4287, 4296, and 4299. Recorded from Bering Sea and north
Pacific generally (Gilbert 1895

358 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

287. Citharichthys sordidus I ( lirard i.

We have a single specimen, no. 1680, 10.25 inches long, collected at Kyska Island. June. 1894. This
extends the northern and western range of this species. It has not been recorded heretofore north of
British Columbia.

'"•'."'' '':'r:-;.

>■', ■

"%

Fig. 144.— Citharichthys sordidus (Girard).

288. Citharichthys stigmseus Jordan &Gilbert.

The collection contains 1 specimen 4 indies long collected by J. P. Todd, near Seattle, in 1903,
and 2 specimens, 3.75 to 4.25 inches long dredged at station 4219.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

In the following bibliography are given, in alphabetical order, the titles of all
papers dealing with the fish fauna of Alaska which we have been able to consult:

Bean, Tarleton H.

1879. On the occurrence of Stichseus punetatus (Fabr.) Kroyer, at St. Michaels, Alaska. Pro-
ceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. i, 1878 (1879), p. 279.

1880. On the occurrence of Hippoglossus vulgaris Flem., at Unalashka and St. Michaels, Alaska.
Proceedings TJ. S. National Museum, vol. n, 187!) I 1880), p. (53-66.

1880. Description of a new fish from Alaska I Anarrhichas !< pturus >. with notes upon other species

of the genus Anarrhichas. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. n. 1879 (1880). p. 212-218.
1880. Descriptions of some genera and species of Alaskan fishes. Proceedings TJ. S. National

Museum, vol. n. 1S79 (1880), p. 353-359.
L882. Descriptions of new fishes from Alaska and Siberia. Proceedings U. S. National Museum,

vol. lv. 1881 (1882), p. 144-159.
1882. A preliminary catalogue of the fishes of Alaskan and adjacent waters. Proceedings TJ. S.

National Museum, vol. iv, 1881 (1882), p. 237-272.

1882. Notes on a collection of fishes made by Capt. Henry E. Nichols, TJ. S. N., in British Columbia
and Southern Alaska, with descriptions of new species and a new genus (Delolepis). Pro-
ceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. iv, 1881 (1882), p. 463-474.

L883. Description of a new species of Alepidosaurus [A. sesculapius) from Alaska. Proceedings

1 s. National Museum, vol. v. 1882 (1883), p. 661-663.

1883. List of fishes known to occur in the Arctic Ocean north of Bering Strait. From Cruise of
the Revenue Steamer Corwin in Alaska and the N. W. Arctic Ocean in 1881 (1883), p. 118-120,

2 pl.

I ss l . Notes on a collection of fishes made in 1882 and 1883 by Capt. Henry E. Nichols, TJ. S. N.,
in Alaska and British Columbia, with a description of a new genus and species, Prionhtiim
macellus. Proceedings TJ. S. National Museum, vol. vi, 1883 (1884), p. 353-61.

THE FISHES OF ALASKA. 359

Bean. Tarleton EL— Continued.

1885. Description of a new species oi whitefish [Coregonui nelsonii fro Alaska. Proceedings
I . s. National Museum, vol. vu, Ism [885 . p 18.

1886. Description of a new species of Aspidophorcrides {A. gilntherC) from Alaska. Proceedings
l". S. National Museum, vol. vm. 1885 1886), p. 74

1887. The fishery resources and fishing grounds of Alaska. From The Fisheries and Fishery
Industries of the United States, section in, p. 81 116, L887.

1889. Description of Cwegonus pusillus, a new species of whitefish from Alaska. Procei
I". S. National Museum, vol. si, 1^ L889), p. 526.

1890. The Alaska salmon and their allies. Transactions American Fisheries Society, 1890,
p. 19 66, pi. i mi.

1891. New fishes collected off the coast of Alaska and the adjacent region southward. Pro-
ceeding IT. S. National Museum, vol. mil 1890 L891 p. :I7 15.

1895. Description of a nevs species of rockfish, Sebastichthys bwisp Uaska. Procei
U. S. National Museum, vol. mii iv.n (1895), p. 627 628.

Bean, Tarleton II., ami Bean, Barton A.

1896. Fi hes collected at Bering ami Copper islands by Nikolai A. Grebnitski ami Leonhard
Stejneger. Proceedings L7. S. National Museum, vol. \t\. L89" L896 . p. 237 25]

1898. Note mi Oxycottus acuticeps (Gilbert) fr Sitka and Kadiak, Alaska. Proceedings i S.

National Museum, vol. xxi, L899 (1898), p. 655 656

Beardslee, I. \.

L883. The salmon and trout of Alaska, from Fishing with the fly, by Charles 1'. Orvis and A.
Nelson Cheney, L883, p I.
Cope, E. D.

1873. A contribution to the ichthyology of Alaska. Proceedings American Philosophical Society,
L873, p. Ul 32.
Dall, Win lam II.

1S70. Alaska ami its resources, p. t-xn+1-628, map ami illustrations. Boston, 1870.
Elliott. II en is v W.

L882. Catalogue of the fishes of the Pribylo-\ Group. From A Monograph of the Beal-islands of
Alaska, by Henry \V. Elliott, lsv>. p. 136 L37.
Garman. S.

L892. The Discoboli. Memoirs Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. xiv, no. l>. 1892, p. I 96,
pi. i-xrxi.
Gilbert. Charles Henry.

1889. Description of a new species of Baihymaster (B. jordani) from Puget Sound and Alaska.
Proceedings l'. S. National Museum, vol. xi. 1888 i L889 . p. 554. *

1895. The ichthyological collections of the Stea r Albatross during the years 1890 and L891.

Report l\ S. Fish Commission 1893 i L895), p. 393 I7i;. pi. l'ii-35.
Gill, THEODORE.

L882. Bibliography of the fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States to the end of 1879. Bul-
letin U. S. National Museum No. II, issi>. p. i-;:>,.
Hallcick, (ii \i;i is

ls77. The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide, p. 1 688, New York, 1877.

Jordan. DAVID STARR, and I'.vi i:m\\\. BARTON WARREN.

is'.ni 1900. Fishes of North and Middle America, being Bulletin U. S. National Museum No. 17.

pt. 1 iv. 1896 1900, p. 1 -3313, pi. 1 cc< sen.
190-1. Preliminarj Report of the Alaska Salmon Commission. Documenl No. 477, House of Repre-
sentatives, 58th Congress, 2d session.
Jordan, David Starr, and Gilbert, Charles Henry.

1899. Tlio lishes of Bering Sea. From Report on tin1 Fur-Seal Investigations, 1896—97, pari :',
L899), p. 133 192, pi. xlii-lxxxv.

1883. Synopsis of the fishes of North America, being Bullet in No. L6. of the U. S. National Museum,
1882 (1883).

360 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES.

LoCKINGTON, W. N.

1881. Description of a new fish from Alaska (Uranidea microstoma). Proceedings U. S. National
Museum, vol. m, 1880 (1881), p. 58-50.
Moser, Jefferson F.

1902. Alaska salmon investigations in 1900 and 1901. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xxi,

1901 (1902), p. 173-398.
1899. The salmon and salmon fisheries of Alaska. Report of the operations of the United States
Fish Commission Steamer Albatross for the year ending June 30, 1S98. Bulletin U. S. Fish
Commission, vol. xvni. 189S (1899), p. 1-178.
Murdoch, John.

1884. Fish and fishing at Point Barrow, Arctic Alaska. Transactions American Fish-Cultural
Association, 1884, p. 111-115.

1885. Natural History, Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska.
Fishes, p. 129-132.

Nelson, Edward W.

1887. Field notes on Alaskan fishes, by Edward W. Nelson, with additional notes by Tarleton II.
Bean. From Report upon Natural History Collections made in Alaska between the years 1877
and 18s L by Edward W. Nelson, edited by Hemy W. Henshaw (1887), p. 295-322, pi. xin-xxi.
Osgood. Wilfred H.

1901. Natural history of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. From North American
Fauna, no. 21, Biological Survey, Department of Agriculture, 1901, p. 20.

RUTTER, CloUDSLEY.

1899. Notes on a collection of tide-pool fishes from Kadiak Island in Alaska. Bulletin U. S. Fish
Commission, vol. xvm, 1898 (1S99), p. 189-192, 1 text-figure.
Soofield, Norman Bishop.

1899. List of fishes obtained in the waters of Arctic Alaska. From Report on Fur-Seal Investiga-
tions 1S9G-97, part 3 (1899), p. 493-509.
Smith, Hugh M.

1904. A new cottoid fish from Bering Sea. Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, vol.
xvn. Dec. 27. 1904, p. 163-164.
Townsend, Charles H.

1887. Notes on the natural history and ethnology of northern Alaska. From Report of the Cruise
of the Revenue Marine Steamer Corwin in the Arctic Ocean in the year 1885 (1887), by Captain
M. A. Ileaiy, l". S. R. M.. Commander, p. 95-9(1. two plates.
True. F. W.

1S89. Statement regarding the natural history specimens collected by the Corwin. From Report
of the Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer Corwin in the Arctic Ocean in the year 1884 (1889),
by Captain M. A. Healy, U. S. R. M., Commander, p. 127.
Turner, L. M.

1886. Researches in Alaska, pt. iv. Fishes. From Contributions to the Natural History of Alaska,
Results of investigations made chiefly in the Yukon District and the Aleutian Islands: con-
ducted under the auspices of the Signal Service, United States Army, extending from May.
1874, to August. IXS.L (1886), p. 87-113, plates 1-15.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXIII

o

m
Q.

A. HOEN A CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXIV

*y

/

igw

4 ••«-

Z

O

s

B

_l

.T!

<

E

^:

<

0

ai

0

CL
5

CD

u

c..-

A

A. MOEN i, CO., LITM.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXV

JV

' '

A4 0VXt'

#/-<

o *-

■< 3

00 XI

0. «*

5

A. HOEN A CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. 8. F. 1906

PLATE XXVI

• V * * * _

St

bt

u

c

~*

TO

cc

<D

CL

0

s

CD

3

X

A. HOEN A CO.. LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXVII

/

o

oj

2

E

_i

<£

tu

<S)

c

^6

o

©

o

o

o

CD

A. HOEN A CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXVIII

o

I

2 6

<c

bfl

CO

c

C3

"5

O

D

Q

m

A. HOEN & CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXIX

MttfMt

o

2

-J J!

<* <u

</> £

-t —

O S

O 3

I

A. MOEN & CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXX

o

-J "5

•* E

2 <c

o

HOEN 4 CO., UTH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXI

o

id

I

E

o

u

£

a

a

"O

o

<I

A. MOEN 4 CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXII

o

2

O tifl

o .s
o t

DO

or

UJ

A. HOEN A CO.. LITH.

4»

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXIII

■

z

3 I

i/5 a

A. HOEN ft CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXIV

o

•TS

>

E

—1

<

M

•J-J

c

T3

a

0>

UJ

1

cr

[5

A. HOEN A CO., IITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXV

ii

A. MOEN & CO., LITH

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXV!

A. HOEN i CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXVII

O
CE

I-

o
a.

x
l-
l-

=3

o

<:

■>£.

</)

A. HOEN & CO., LITH

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXVIII

,. '.

ID

o

A. HOEN 4 CO., LITH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XXXIX

//

v

*-

-

-

o

cr

h-

O E

co a)

z *"

2 1

in

L~ -

A. HOEN & CO., LITM.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

PLATE XL

O
cc

DC -

«* 3

> "O

o

A. HOEN 4 CO., UTH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

a.
U

A. HOEN 4 CO., UTH.

BULL. U. S. B. F. 1906

X

tn

Li_

a:

o

o

<r
o

LU

tr

A. HOEN A CO., UTH.

INDEX.

Names of new species are printed in bold-face type, synonyms in italics.

Page.

abysslcola, Iiaja

acanthias, dgualus 228

AcantJwcottus profundorum

scllaris 317

Acipenser medirostris 231

Acipenseridse 231

acipenserinus, Podothecus 328

acrolepis, Macrourus 350

acuticeps, Blennirottus 31

Oligocottus 332

Oxycottv

sesculapius, PlagyodHS 271

agassizii. Liparis 333

aggregatus, i > matogaster 276

Agonldse

aix, Pallasina 328

alascanus, Argyrosomus

BebastolobUB 27;i

Xenochirus 330

Alaska cod 348

cutthroat trout 258

fishes 21!)

grayling 266

grcenling 293

pi illock

rainbow troul 261

Albatrossia pect oralis

albatrossis, Osmerus 269

aleutensls, Lyconectes 341

aleutii s, Sebastodes 284

aleutica, Raja 230

aleuticus, C'ottus 308

Theci ipterus 316

Uosa sapidisslma 234

ii lulus, Sebastodes 283

altivelis, Sebastolobus 280

amcricanm, Ammodi/tes 275

HemitrvptervA 325

Ammodytcs americanus 27.5

personatus 27.5

Ammodytidse 275

Anarhichadidas 342

Anarhichas lepturus 342

Angel sharks 228

anguillaris. Lumpenus 340

Anoplarchus atropurpureus 338

Anoplopoma fimbria 290

Anoploj latidse 290

antennarlus, Cancer 3.51

Antimora roicrolepis 349

Apodichthys Savidus 336

Arct ic smelt 269

COS

Argentinida;

[auretl e

; Ills

■is

Damalichthys.
armatus, Leptocottus

I pOottM

Artediellus pacincus

asper, Coitus

//. xagramue

Aspldophoroldes barl

giinthcri

Inermls
asprellus, Radulinus.

Astrolyti lis

Atheresl hes stomias

ai kn mackerel

Atka-flsh

\i La ni u* shad

aureus, Anop]

Aulorhynchidffl

Aulorhynchus flavidu

aurea, Lampel ra

aurora, CaioUomus

Sebasti* hthys

Averriineus emmelane
\\ ocel i ma gilli

. Coitus

Myoxocephalus

ba rbata, Pall tsina

barbulifer, Rhinoliparia

bartonl, Aspldophoroidi

Bathyagonus oigriplnnis

ba1 0,3 bius, i iisi i ibranchus. -.

Batty lagus borealis

Bathymaster jordani

signatus

Bathymasteridse

Ba1 rachoididae

beani, Triglops

beldingi, Cottus

Berycidse

bicornis, Icelus

Big California skate

bilineata, Lepidopsetta

bilobus, Blepsias

Histiocottus

liinoculata. Raja

age

I3

235

279
298

299

H

154
130
330
330
301
298
350
290
290
234
338
275

-'7 5
227
231
287
329

32
313
313
328
328
.334
,;.;il
329
231
27(1
334

134
334
33.5
301
309
275
300
229
3.54
324
324
229

II

INDEX.

Page.

bison, Enophrys 305,351

Black-banded rockfish 289

Black bass, Sitka 280

Black cod 290

Black rockfish 282

Blennicottus acuticeps 321,324

clarki 323

embryum 322

globiceps 322

Blennies 336

Blenniidfe 336

Blepsias bilobus 324

cirrhosus 324

Blueback salmon 252

Blue perch 278

Boccacio 280

Bogoslovius clarki 349

firmisquamis 349

borealis, Bathylagus 270

Icelinus 298

I 'lagyodus 271

Boreogadus saida 346

Borers 220

Bothrocara mollis 344

pusilla 344

brachypoda, Pygosteus pungitius 273

Brachyopsis dodccaedrus 328

bradfordi, Porocottus 317

brevipes, Lycodes 343

brevispinis, Stbastichthys prorigcr 282

Sebastodes 282

Bryostemma polyactocephalus 336

Bullhead, Great Bear Lake 307

prickly 306

burchami, Icelinus 297

Calico salmon 242

California herring 232

skate 229

smelt 26S

calliodon, Liparis 332

callyodon, Neoliparis 332

canaliculatus, Icelus 301

Cancer antennarius 351

Capelin 267

Careproctus colletti 333

ectenes 333

ostentum 333

phasma 333

simus 333

spectrum 333

cataphractus, Oasterosteus 273

Catostomidffi 231

Catostomus aurora 231

forsterianus 231

hudsonius 231

longirostrum 231

nanomyzon 231

catostomus, Catostomus 231

('vprinus 231

Caularchus mseandrieus 336

caulias, Sigmistes 321

caurimis. Sebastodes 287

cavifrons, Hemil ripterus 325

cepbalus, Parallparis 334

l n.il i i(JOl l US 'lirrnius 31 15,351

lucasi 305

chalcogrammus, Pollachius 347

chalcogranoma, Theragra 346,351

Chalinura serrula 349

challengeri, Macdonaldia 271

chamberlaini, Cot t us 308

Charr, western 264

Chauliodontidse 271

Chauliodus macouni 271

Chimxra collici 230

Chimeras 230

Chimseridse 230

Chinook salmon 244

Ckirolophus polyacloccphalus 336

cbirus, Xiphistes 339

Chitonotus pugetensis 296

Chum 242

ciliatus, Epinephelus _ 281

Sebastodes 281

cinereus. Macrourus 350

cirrhosus, Blepsias 324

Citharichthys sordidus 35$

stigmteus 358

clarki, Blennicottus 323

Bogoslovius 349

clarkii, Salmo 2.58

claviger, Enophrys 305

CUngfishes 336

Clupea pallasii 232. 233

Clupeidse 232

coccineus Lycodes 344

Cod , Alaska 348

1 ilack 290

cultus 295

red rock 286

Codfishes 346

cognatus, Cottus 307

Coho 249

colletti, Careproctus 333

collici, Ckimsera 230

Hydrolagus 230

concolor Lycodes 342

rooperi. Raja 229

Coregonus kennicotti 234

laurettse 235

merckii 235

nelsoni 235

pusillus 235

quadrilateralis 234

Cottidae 296

Cottus aleuticus 308

asper 306

axillaris 313

beldingi 309

chamberlaini 308

cognatus 307

decastrcnsis 313

gulosus 306

humilis 312

nigtr 313

quadricornis 317

spilotus 309

tsenioptcrus 312,315

crameri, Sebastodes 285

crisl iceps, Plectromus 276

Cristivomer namaycush 263

crotalinus, Lyciscus 342

Lycodopsis 342

t i \ ]-i:iranthodid£e 341

t'rystaluchthys miral)ilis. 333

Cyclopterichthys ventricosus 331

INDEX.

Ill

Page.

eyclopteridffl 330

Cyclopteroides gyrinops 331

cyclopus, Liparis 332

cyclostigma, Liparis 333

Cyclothone microdon 271

Cymatogaster aggregatus 276

Gyprinus catostomus 231

03 pselurus, Prognurus 333

dalli. Sebastod is 287

Dallia pectoralis 271

DaJlidse 271

Damalichthys argyrosomus 279

D i '.coitus setiger 3i«>

deani, Polistotrema 22o

decagramm ■ immoa ; 293

decastrt ru ,Cottu 313

Delolepi i \ irgatus 341

dentex, Osmerus 269

Diapim 1 1" ta 271

diaptera, FurcSmanus 344

diapU rus, Lycodes 344

diceraus, Cen :ottua 305,351

digital us, Lycodes 342

diploproa, Sebastodea 286

Distribution, geographic

dodecaedron, Occa 32s

ihjili i .inlni.-, ft nil h ;/<-'!< ^ .._>

Dogfish 228

Dog salmon 242

dolichogaster, Afura 337

Pholis _

Dolly Varden trout 264

ectenes, Ca reproctus 333

Eil, lamprey ■_■,

Eels, snip-1 232

E la mint (orftcata 393

odon, Hlppoglossoides 352

Eleginus navaga 347

1'lunpit.us, 1 >phiodon 295

Embiotoeidae 276

embryum, Blennicottus 322

emmelane, \ \ erruncus 329

Enophrys bison 305 ; ,1

claviger 305

Entosphenus 1 ridentatus 227

Eopsetta jordani

Epinepht lus ciliotus 281

F,S"i'!,l;r __ .y~3

Ksn\ luciuS

Eulachon 268

Eumetopias BteUeri 292

Eumicrotremus orbis 330

spinosus .__ 33]

euryops, Icelus 3oij

exilis, Lyopsetta 3,-,2

extensus, Lycodapue 345

tabricii, Luinpenus 34Q

Easciatus, Pholis 337

Eenestralis, Astrolytes 298

fieraster, Lycodapua 345

filamentosus, Tarandichthys 297

fimbria, Anoplopoma 290

firmisquamis, Bogoslovius 349

flavidus, Apodichthys 336

Aulorhynchus 275

Flounders . . * 350

Page.

forficata, Elanura 301

forsterianus, Catostomus ^33

fremitus, Odontopyxis 329

Sarritor 329

fucensis, Lipa ris 332

The nigra 347

Furcimanus diaptera 344

Gadidae 34^

Gadus macrocephalus 348

morrhua 343

gairdncri, Salmo 260

mnocanthus 319

erosteidae 273

tphxactus 1.73

halus 273

ui'er, Lampanyctus 270

1 I ij raphic distribution

g 1 bb u 333

igolutea

gilli, Avocettina

gilli, Pholis 337

gilli Synchirua 325

tlis, Liopsetta 35$

tins 322

322

achirus 357

Gobiesocidae 335

g lei, Ptilichthys 3^0

gorbuscha < ►ncorhynchus 236

gracili Vil -43

Grayling, Alaska 2C6

nigs

1 307

Lakes trout

Bculpin 310

iturgeoo 231

Greenling 294

1

lings 290

griseolineatum, Slphostoma

gulOSU I ;'| ,:

gunthexi, A \ Idea 330

tigma 345

locanthus galeatua 319

pistilliger 319

Gymnelis virldis 344

G 1 lichthj aytremus 334

' 331

225

Halibut 353

0 243

Bemilepidotus bemilepidotus 304

rdani 303

/ in ch urns 304

pidotus, Bemilepidotus 304

HemitripU rus arm nam us 325

cavifrons 305

marmoratus 323

Heptatremidse 225

Herring, California 232

Herrings 932

herschelinus, Liparis 333

hexacornis, Oncocottus 317

Hexagrammidae 090

Hexagrammos decagrammus _ _ 293

lagocephalus 295

octogrammus 293

IV

INDEX.

Page.

Hexagrammos ordinatus 293

stelleri 294

superciliosus 295

Hexagramus asper 294

Hippoglossoides elassodon 352

jordani 352

Hippoglossus hippoglossus 351

vulgaris 352

hippoglossus, Hippoglossus 351

Histiobranchus bathybius 231

Histiocottus bilobus 324

holomelas, Paraliparis 334

hudsonius Catostomus 231

humilis, Cottus 312

Humpback salmon 230

Hyd rolagus colliei 230

Hypomesus olidus 270

pretiosus 209

Hypsagonus <|u;idricornis 327

Icelinus borealis 298

burchami 297

strabo 298

Icelus bicomis 300

canaliculat us 301

euryops 300

scutiger 300

spiniger 300

vicinalis 300

Inconnu 236

inermis, Aspidoplioroides 330

Iuopsetta ischyra 353

iotroniger, Sebastodes 286

irideus, Salmo 260

Irish lord 303

ischyra, Inopsetta 353

isolepis, Isopsetta 353

Isopsetta isolepis 353

jaok, Myoxoeephalus 311

japonicus, Arctoscopus 335

jordani, Bathymaster 334

Eopsetta 352

nemilepidotus 303

Hippoglossoides 352

Ronquilus 334

jordani, Ly codes 343

kennicotti, Coregonus 234

Kennicott's whitefish 2^4

keta, Oncorhynehus 242

King salmon 244

kisutcli, I NH-orhyuchus 249

lagocephalus, Hexagrammos 295

Lake trout 263

Lampanyctus gemmifer 270

Lampetra aurea 227

Lam p rey eel 227

Lampreys 227

lateralis, Tseniotoca 27s

laticeps, Megalocottus 31.",

latifrone, Xenochirus 330

Stelgidinotus 29s

latipinnis, Zaniolepis 296

Launces, sand 275

laurettas, Argyrosomus ■ 235

Least whitefish 235

Lekai 243

Lepidopsctta bilineata 354

■Leploblennius nubilus 340

Leptoclinua maculatus 339

Ling

Liopsetta glacialis

Liparididie

Liparis agassizii

- 'i/Uodcn

cyclopus

cyclostigraa

f ucensis

gibbus

hersehelinus

pulchellus

longirostris, Lumpenus

longirostru in , Catosto mus

Long-nosed sucker

Lord, Irish

Lota maculosa

jucosi, Ceratocottus

lucidus, Argyrosomus

lucius, Esox

iugubris, Melamphats

Plectromus

Lump suckers

Lumpenus anguillaris

fabricii

longirostris

mackayi

medius

Lyciscus crotalinus

Lycodalepis turneri

Lycodapodidae

Lycodapus extensus

fierasfer

parviceps

Lycodes brevipes

coccincus

concolor

diapterus

digitatus

jordani

palearis 342,

turneri

Lycodopsis crota tnu.s

pacificus

Lyconectes aleutensis

Lyopsetta exilis

Macdonaldia challengeri

macellus, Prionistius

mackayi, Lumpenus

mackenzii, Stenodus

Macki ivi. \tka

macouni, Chauliodus

macrocephalus, Gadus...

Macrourida^

Macrourus acrolepis

cinereus

maculatus, Leptoclinus

maculosa, Lota

maculosus, Oligocntius

mseandricus, Caularchus

Malacocottus zonurus

INDEX.

Page.

maligcr, SebasticJUhya 289

Sebastodes 288

Mallotus villosus 267

malma, Salvelinus 264

marmorata, Ulca 325

marmoratus, Jlemitripterus 325

aria, Mura noides 337

Muimca pusilla 344

medirostris, Acipensei ->:;1

mediUS, Lurapenus 339

Megalocottus lit icepa 315

platycepbalus 314

Melamphaes lugvbris 275

melanopfl, Sebastodes -"■"'• -s< k

melanostictus, Psettichtbye 353

Mi lanostigma pamrnelas

Melletes papilio 303

merckn l oregonua * 235

Mi luccidae 345

Merluceius product us 34.5

microceplmlus, Gush rosteus 273

Somnioaus . . 228

microdon, Cyclothone 271

Microvillus p ro \ ini us 347,348

microlepis, Antimora 340

>nicros;/omn, Uranidia

Mirrostomidae

Microstomus pacifieus

mlnytremus, Gyrinichthya 334

mirabilis, Crystalliclithys. 333

mollis, Botbrocara . 344

nionopterygius. I'leurogrammus 290

nmrrhua, Gadus 348

mucosum, Xiphidion

mucosus, Xiphistes

murxnoides dolichogasfer

inn r maris

ornatus 338

ruberrimus 337

muticus, Lethrot remua 331

Myctopbidaa 270

Myoxocephalus axilla ria 313

Jaol 311

Qlger 313

i-!- acantbocepbalua 310 119

st.llcri 313

verrucosus 312

mystinus. <<■)>;> -t< ■< lr>

namaycush, Crlativomer

Nannobrachium leucopsarum 270

nannochir 270

nannochir, Nfl anobracbium 270

nanomyzon, Catostotnus 231

Xnitii- hthi/s oculofascwtus

Nautlscus pribllovius 325

navagu, Eleginue 347

PlcuTogadus 348

aebuloauS] Sebastodes

Needlefiah - 275

nelsoni. Coregonus..

Nelson's whit dish 235

Nemichthyida-

Neoliparie cailyodon 332

rutteri. . 331

nerka, Oncorhynchus 252

nige r, Coitus 313

Myoxocepbalua 313

nigripinnis, Batbyagonua :;-"'

Page.

nigrocinctus, Sebastodes 289

Northern sucker * 231

Notacanthidae 271

Notogrammus rotkrocki 341

notospilotus, Artedius 298

nuhihjy. Leptoblcnnius

edros 328

1 is. I ipisthocentrus 339

octogrammu nmos

topyxis frenatus

la 330

olidus, Hypomesus .

Oligocoi •

globici ps

maculoaus. .....

Oncocottus hexacornia 317

317

Oncorhyncln 236

keta

Usutcb. .

uerka.

t s. ■ i 244

Ophiodon elongatue

Opisthooenti 339

rockflab 287

i ► range rockflsb.. 284

icrotremua 330

ordinal 293

ornatus, M ■ 338

338

Osmerus al atrosaie ... . 289

dentex 209

thaleiohthya 268

osteutuni. Card] 333

Oxycoti ■ :'•■ 322

Oxylebiua plctus

paclflcus, ArtedleUus '... 299

Lyoodopaia 342

Micn> i 357

Thaleicl thya

palearia, Lycodea 342.343

pallasii, Clapea 232,233

PaUaslnaalx. 328

328

pammelas, Melanostigma

papilio, Uelleti - 303

paradoxus, Psychrolutes

Paraliparis oephaluB . 334

holomelaa 334

ulochlr. 334

parmifera, Raja.. 230

Paropbrya vetulua 353

pai \ ioepa i 345

paucispinis, 280

ralis, Aibatrossia 34A

Dallia. . - 27J

pentacanthus, Xenochirus 330

Perca 281

IVrch, blue 278

vivipai ou

271

white viviparous 279

personatus, Ammodytes 275

Petromyzonidae 227

phasma. Careproctua 333

Pholia dolichogaster 337,338

fasciatus 337

gillt 337

VI

INDKX.

Page.

Pholis ornatus 338

pictus, ' Ixylebius 296

ping< Hi, Triglops 302

Pink salmon 236

pinnig'T. Sebastodes 284

Pipefishes 2.5

pistiliiger, Gymnocanthus 319

Plagyodontidaa -71

Plagyodus fcsculapius 271

borealis 271

Platichthys steliatus 356

platycephalus, Megalocottus 314

Plectromus cristiceps 276

lugubris 275

Pleurogadus navaga 348

Pleurogrammus monopterygius 290

Pieuronectes quadritubercuiatus 355

357

Pleuronectidse 350

Podothecus acipenserinus 328

trispinosus 330

Polistotrema deani -'-.".

stouti 225,226

Pollachius chalcogrammus 347

Pollock, Alaska 346

polyacanthocephalus. Myoxocephalus 310,319

polyattocephnlu1-. Bryostemma 336

Chirolophus 336

Porgee 279

Porichthys notatus 335

Poroclinus rothrocki 339

Porocottus bradfordi 317

quadrifilis. 317

seliaris 317

pretiosus, Hyporaesus 269

pribilovius, Nautiscus 325

Prickly bullhead 306

Prioni.stius tnacellus 302

proboscidea, Limanda 355

profundorum. Acanthot onus 315

Zesticelus 315

Prognurus cypselurus 333

proximus, Microgadus 347.:>is

Psettichthys melanostictus 353

Psychrolub"- paradoxus 326

zrhra 326

Ptilichthyid;f 342

Ptilichthys goodei 342

pugetensis, Ghitonotus 296

pulchellus, Liparis 333

punctal li--.. St LChSUS 341

piingi this, Pygosteus 273

brachypoda, Pygosteus 273

purpural us, Salmo 258

pusilhi, Bothrocara 344

Maynea 344

pusillus, \.rgyrosomus 235

Pygosteus pungitius 273

pun ii i bus brachypoda 273

quadricornis, Cofiu.s 317

Elypsagonus 327

'tins 317

quadrifilis, Porocottus 317

quadrilateraUs, Coregonus 234

quadrituberculatus, Pieuronectes 355

QuiUfishes 342

Quinnut salmon 244

Radulinus asprellus 301

Page.

Rainbow trout 261

Raja abyssicola 230

aleutica 230

binoculatu 229

coopcri , 229

pannifera 230

rhina 229

stellulatn 229

t rachura 230

Rajida? 229

Rastrinus scutiger 300

Ratfish 230

Rays and skatrs 229

Red rock cod 286

rock trout 295

rockfish / 286

salmon 252

Redfish 252

Rhainphocottidse 327

Rhaxnphocottus richardsoni ;>-'7

rhina, Raja 229

Rhinoliparis barbulifVr 334

richardsoni, Rhamphocottus. ...- 327

Rock trout 293

Rockfish. black 282

black-banded 289

orange 284

orange-red 287

red. 286

yellow-backed - 288

Ronquilus jordani 3; -1

rothrocki, Notogrammus 341

Poroclinus 339

rosaceus, Sebastodes 287

Round whitefish 234

ruh> r, SebasticfUhya 286

rubtrrintiis, Mursenoides ' ;7

Sebastodes 286

rupi stre, Xiphidion 339

rupestrix, St bastichthyi 287

Si bastodes 287

Xiphister 339

rut ten, Neoliparis 331

saida, Boreogadus 346

Salmo clarkii 258

gairdneri GO

irideus 2ti0

purpuratus 258

nut> s 264

Salmon, blueback 252

ealieo 242

chinook 244

dog 242

humpback 236

king 244

lekai 242

pink 23(i

quinnat 244

red 252

silver 249

trout 264

Salmonidte 234

Salmons 234

Salvelinua malma 264

Sand launces 275

sapidissima, Al<>sa 234

Sarritor frenatus 329

leptorhynchus 329

INDEX.

VII

Paga

saxicola, Sebastodes 284

scepticus, Trigloi>s 302

Scorprenidce ' ' '

Scorpion-Gshes 279

Sculpin, great 310

red 304

Seulpins , 296

scutigrr, Icclus 300

Rastrinua 300

Sea-poachers 327

Sea snail 331

Sebastichthys aurora 287

maligt r 289

proriger brevispinis 282

ruber

rupestris 287

Sebastodes aleutionua 284

alutus

brevispinis 282

caurinus

crameri

Cilia tils

dalli -v-

diploproa 286

introniger 286

maliger 288

melanops

mystinus 282

nebulosus 289

nigroclnctus

I i spin is 280

pinniger 284

rosaceus 287

ruberrimus 286

rupestris 287

saxicola 284

swifti 285

Sebastolohu alascanus '-'T'.i

altivelis 280

sellaris, Acantfiorottus 317

Porocottus 317

serrula, Challnura 149

setiger, Dasycottus 316

Shad , Atlantic 234

Shark, sleeper 228

Sharks, angel 228

Sigmistes caulias 321

signatus, Bathymaster 334

signifer, Thymallus

sigolutes, Gilbertidia 326

silenus, Zaprora 276

Silver salmon 249

simus, Careproctus 333

SipJiagonua barbata 328

Siphostoma griseolineatum 275

Bit ka black bass 280

Skate, big California

Skates a nil raya 229

Sleeper shark 228

Smelt, Arctic 269

California 268

surf 269

Smelts 267

Snail, sea 331

Snipe eels 232

Sockeye ^y2

Somniosida' 228

Somniosus microcephalns 228

Page.

sordidus, Citharichthys 358

spectrum, Careproctus 333

spilotus, Cot tus

spiniger, Icelus

rpinosus, Eumicrotrimus : ;

SquaUdae 228

Squalus acanthias

sucklii 228

i ina squat ina 228

squat ina, Squatina 228

Squatinidaa

Steelhead trout

dinotu ■■ i.ii i irons 298

■ II rtus, Platicbtbya

ri, Eumetopias

294

Myoxocephalus 313

Trichodon 335

ata, Raja

Stenodus mackenzli..

56 hum- xenoat thus

inctatus 341

si icklebacks 273

stigma icbthya 358

stigma, Gymnelia 345

urogloaaUB 270

Btomias, Ithereathes 350

si out i. Pollstotrema 225

strabo, Icelinus 298

Striped surf-flab 278

Sturgeon, green 231

sturgeons 231

Surf smelt

Sucker, long-nosed

northern 231

Suckers 231

lump 330

aucklii, 228

superciliosu mmos

Surf-fish, striped. -~v

white 276

Surf-fishes, viviparous

swifti, Sebastodes

Synaphobranchldaa 231

Synchirus gilli

Syngnathidse 275

txniopterus. Coitus 31i

itoca lateralia 278

Tahseh

Tarandichthys olamentosus -"'7

297

tenuis, Tarandichthys 297

thaleichthys, i '-merits 268

Thaleichthys pacificus 268

Theeopi ems aleutlcua .'llii

Theragra chalci igramma 346,351

fucensis 347

theta, Diaphua 271

ThymalUdaj 166

Thymallus signifer 266

gracilis 34S

- -- 230

304

335

333

Toadfishes

trachura, Raja

trachurus, Hi milt pidotua

Trichodon stelleri

trichodon.. .

trichodon, Trichodon 335

VIII

INDEX.

Page.

Trichodontidee 335

tmlentatus, Entosphenus 227

Triglops beani 301

pingelli 302

scepticua 302

frispinosus, Odontopyxis 330

Podothecus 330

Trout, Alaska cut t hroat 258

rainbow 261

Dolly Varden 264

Great Lakes 263

lake 263

red rock 295

rock 293

salmon 264

steelhead 260

Trouts 234

tschawytscha, Oncorhynchus 244

tudes, Salmo 264

turneri, Lycodalepis 344

Lycodes 344

rii-.i marmorata 325

ulochir, Paraliparis 334

Uranidia microstoma 308

variabilis, Perca 281

ventricosus, Cyclopterichthys 331

verrucosus, Myoxocephalus 312

vetulus, Parophrys 3.33

vicinalis, Icelus 300

viliosus, Mallotus 267

virgatus, Delolepis 341

Page.

viridis, Gymnelis 344

Viviparous perch 276

vulgaris, Hippoglossus 352

Western charr 264

White surf-fish 276

White viviparous perch 279

Whitefish 234

Kennicott 's 234

least 235

Nelson's 235

round 234

Wolf-fishes 342

Xenoehirus al&scanus 330

latlfrons 330

pentacanthus 330

xenostethus, Sternias 302

Xiphidion mucosum 339

rupestre 339

Xtphistcr rupeslris 339

Xiphisteschirus 339

mucosus 339

Yellow-backed rockfish 288

zachirus, Glyptocephalus 357

Zaniolepis latipinnis 296

Zaprora silenus 276

Zaproridse 276

zebra, Psychrolutes 326

Zesticelus profundorum 315

ZoarcidEe 342

zonutus, Malacocottus 316

o

UH nui L